(https://snapshot.debian.org/package/universalindentgui/1.2.0-1.1). The code is available under GPL2 licence. Signed-off-by: Michele Calgaro <michele.calgaro@yahoo.it>master
commit
5bb4d4359a
GPG Key ID:
2A75B7CA8ADED5CF
@ -0,0 +1 @@
|
||||
debian/patches
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1 @@
|
||||
series
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1 @@
|
||||
2
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
|
||||
disable_check_for_update.patch
|
||||
qsci_rename.patch
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,688 @@
|
||||
/***************************************************************************
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2006-2012 by Thomas Schweitzer *
|
||||
* thomas-schweitzer(at)arcor.de *
|
||||
* *
|
||||
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify *
|
||||
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2.0 as *
|
||||
* published by the Free Software Foundation. *
|
||||
* *
|
||||
* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, *
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of *
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the *
|
||||
* GNU General Public License for more details. *
|
||||
* *
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License *
|
||||
* along with this program in the file LICENSE.GPL; if not, write to the *
|
||||
* Free Software Foundation, Inc., *
|
||||
* 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. *
|
||||
***************************************************************************/
|
||||
|
||||
#include "UiGuiSettings.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#include "SettingsPaths.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#include <QSettings>
|
||||
#include <QPoint>
|
||||
#include <QSize>
|
||||
#include <QDir>
|
||||
#include <QDate>
|
||||
#include <QStringList>
|
||||
#include <QCoreApplication>
|
||||
#include <QMetaMethod>
|
||||
#include <QMetaProperty>
|
||||
#include <QWidget>
|
||||
|
||||
//! \defgroup grp_Settings All concerning the settings.
|
||||
|
||||
/*!
|
||||
\class UiGuiSettings
|
||||
\ingroup grp_Settings
|
||||
\brief Handles the settings of the program. Reads them on startup and saves them on exit.
|
||||
Is a singleton class and can only be accessed via getInstance().
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
// Inits the single class instance pointer.
|
||||
QWeakPointer<UiGuiSettings> UiGuiSettings::_instance;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*!
|
||||
\brief The constructor for the settings.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
UiGuiSettings::UiGuiSettings() : QObject() {
|
||||
// Create the main application settings object from the UniversalIndentGUI.ini file.
|
||||
_qsettings = new QSettings(SettingsPaths::getSettingsPath() + "/UniversalIndentGUI.ini", QSettings::IniFormat, this);
|
||||
|
||||
_indenterDirctoryStr = SettingsPaths::getGlobalFilesPath() + "/indenters";
|
||||
readAvailableTranslations();
|
||||
initSettings();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*!
|
||||
\brief Returns the instance of the settings class. If no instance exists, ONE will be created.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
QSharedPointer<UiGuiSettings> UiGuiSettings::getInstance() {
|
||||
QSharedPointer<UiGuiSettings> sharedInstance = _instance.toStrongRef();
|
||||
if ( sharedInstance.isNull() ) {
|
||||
// Create the settings object, which loads all UiGui settings from a file.
|
||||
sharedInstance = QSharedPointer<UiGuiSettings>(new UiGuiSettings());
|
||||
_instance = sharedInstance.toWeakRef();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return sharedInstance;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*!
|
||||
\brief The destructor saves the settings to a file.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
UiGuiSettings::~UiGuiSettings() {
|
||||
// Convert the language setting from an integer index to a string.
|
||||
int index = _qsettings->value("UniversalIndentGUI/language", 0).toInt();
|
||||
if ( index < 0 || index >= _availableTranslations.size() )
|
||||
index = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
_qsettings->setValue( "UniversalIndentGUI/language", _availableTranslations.at(index) );
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*!
|
||||
\brief Scans the translations directory for available translation files and
|
||||
stores them in the QList \a _availableTranslations.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void UiGuiSettings::readAvailableTranslations() {
|
||||
QString languageShort;
|
||||
QStringList languageFileList;
|
||||
|
||||
// English is the default language. A translation file does not exist but to have a menu entry, added here.
|
||||
languageFileList << "universalindent_en.qm";
|
||||
|
||||
// Find all translation files in the "translations" directory.
|
||||
QDir translationDirectory = QDir( SettingsPaths::getGlobalFilesPath() + "/translations" );
|
||||
languageFileList << translationDirectory.entryList( QStringList("universalindent_*.qm") );
|
||||
|
||||
// Loop for each found translation file
|
||||
foreach ( languageShort, languageFileList ) {
|
||||
// Remove the leading string "universalindent_" from the filename.
|
||||
languageShort.remove(0,16);
|
||||
// Remove trailing file extension ".qm".
|
||||
languageShort.chop(3);
|
||||
|
||||
_availableTranslations.append(languageShort);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*!
|
||||
\brief Returns a list of the mnemonics of the available translations.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
QStringList UiGuiSettings::getAvailableTranslations() {
|
||||
return _availableTranslations;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*!
|
||||
\brief Returns the value of the by \a settingsName defined setting as QVariant.
|
||||
|
||||
If the named setting does not exist, 0 is being returned.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
QVariant UiGuiSettings::getValueByName(QString settingName) {
|
||||
return _qsettings->value("UniversalIndentGUI/" + settingName);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*!
|
||||
\brief Loads the settings for the main application.
|
||||
|
||||
Settings are for example last selected indenter, last loaded source code file and so on.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
bool UiGuiSettings::initSettings()
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Read the version string saved in the settings file.
|
||||
_qsettings->setValue( "UniversalIndentGUI/version", _qsettings->value("UniversalIndentGUI/version", "") );
|
||||
|
||||
// Read windows last size and position from the settings file.
|
||||
_qsettings->setValue( "UniversalIndentGUI/maximized", _qsettings->value("UniversalIndentGUI/maximized", false) );
|
||||
_qsettings->setValue( "UniversalIndentGUI/position", _qsettings->value("UniversalIndentGUI/position", QPoint(50, 50)) );
|
||||
_qsettings->setValue( "UniversalIndentGUI/size", _qsettings->value("UniversalIndentGUI/size", QSize(800, 600)) );
|
||||
|
||||
// Read last selected encoding for the opened source code file.
|
||||
_qsettings->setValue( "UniversalIndentGUI/encoding", _qsettings->value("UniversalIndentGUI/encoding", "UTF-8") );
|
||||
|
||||
// Read maximum length of list for recently opened files.
|
||||
_qsettings->setValue( "UniversalIndentGUI/recentlyOpenedListSize", _qsettings->value("UniversalIndentGUI/recentlyOpenedListSize", 5) );
|
||||
|
||||
// Read if last opened source code file should be loaded on startup.
|
||||
_qsettings->setValue( "UniversalIndentGUI/loadLastSourceCodeFileOnStartup", _qsettings->value("UniversalIndentGUI/loadLastSourceCodeFileOnStartup", true) );
|
||||
|
||||
// Read last opened source code file from the settings file.
|
||||
_qsettings->setValue( "UniversalIndentGUI/lastSourceCodeFile", _qsettings->value("UniversalIndentGUI/lastSourceCodeFile", _indenterDirctoryStr+"/example.cpp") );
|
||||
|
||||
// Read last selected indenter from the settings file.
|
||||
int selectedIndenter = _qsettings->value("UniversalIndentGUI/selectedIndenter", 0).toInt();
|
||||
if ( selectedIndenter < 0 ) {
|
||||
selectedIndenter = 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
_qsettings->setValue( "UniversalIndentGUI/selectedIndenter", selectedIndenter );
|
||||
|
||||
// Read if syntax highlighting is enabled.
|
||||
_qsettings->setValue( "UniversalIndentGUI/SyntaxHighlightingEnabled", _qsettings->value("UniversalIndentGUI/SyntaxHighlightingEnabled", true) );
|
||||
|
||||
// Read if white space characters should be displayed.
|
||||
_qsettings->setValue( "UniversalIndentGUI/whiteSpaceIsVisible", _qsettings->value("UniversalIndentGUI/whiteSpaceIsVisible", false) );
|
||||
|
||||
// Read if indenter parameter tool tips are enabled.
|
||||
_qsettings->setValue( "UniversalIndentGUI/indenterParameterTooltipsEnabled", _qsettings->value("UniversalIndentGUI/indenterParameterTooltipsEnabled", true) );
|
||||
|
||||
// Read the tab width from the settings file.
|
||||
_qsettings->setValue( "UniversalIndentGUI/tabWidth", _qsettings->value("UniversalIndentGUI/tabWidth", 4) );
|
||||
|
||||
// Read the last selected language and stores the index it has in the list of available translations.
|
||||
_qsettings->setValue( "UniversalIndentGUI/language", _availableTranslations.indexOf( _qsettings->value("UniversalIndentGUI/language", "").toString() ) );
|
||||
|
||||
// Read the update check settings from the settings file.
|
||||
_qsettings->setValue( "UniversalIndentGUI/CheckForUpdate", _qsettings->value("UniversalIndentGUI/CheckForUpdate", true) );
|
||||
_qsettings->setValue( "UniversalIndentGUI/LastUpdateCheck", _qsettings->value("UniversalIndentGUI/LastUpdateCheck", QDate(1900,1,1)) );
|
||||
|
||||
// Read the main window state.
|
||||
_qsettings->setValue( "UniversalIndentGUI/MainWindowState", _qsettings->value("UniversalIndentGUI/MainWindowState", QByteArray()) );
|
||||
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*!
|
||||
\brief Register the by \a propertyName defined property of \a obj to be connected to the setting defined by \a settingName.
|
||||
|
||||
The \a propertyName must be one of those that are listed in the Qt "Properties" documentation section of a Qt Object.
|
||||
All further needed info is retrieved via the \a obj's MetaObject, like the to the property bound signal.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
bool UiGuiSettings::registerObjectProperty( QObject *obj, const QString &propertyName, const QString &settingName )
|
||||
{
|
||||
const QMetaObject *metaObject = obj->metaObject();
|
||||
bool connectSuccess = false;
|
||||
|
||||
// Connect to the objects destroyed signal, so that it will be correctly unregistered.
|
||||
connectSuccess = connect(obj, SIGNAL(destroyed(QObject*)), this, SLOT(unregisterObjectProperty(QObject*)));
|
||||
|
||||
int indexOfProp = metaObject->indexOfProperty( qPrintable(propertyName) );
|
||||
if ( connectSuccess && indexOfProp > -1 ) {
|
||||
QMetaProperty mProp = metaObject->property(indexOfProp);
|
||||
|
||||
// Connect to the property's value changed signal.
|
||||
if ( mProp.hasNotifySignal() ) {
|
||||
QMetaMethod signal = mProp.notifySignal();
|
||||
//QString teststr = qPrintable(SIGNAL() + QString(signal.signature()));
|
||||
// The command "SIGNAL() + QString(signal.signature())" assembles the signal methods signature to a valid Qt SIGNAL.
|
||||
connectSuccess = connect(obj, qPrintable(SIGNAL() + QString(signal.signature())), this, SLOT(handleObjectPropertyChange()));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if ( connectSuccess ) {
|
||||
_registeredObjectProperties[obj] = QStringList() << propertyName << settingName;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else {
|
||||
//TODO: Write a debug warning to the log.
|
||||
disconnect(obj, SIGNAL(destroyed(QObject*)), this, SLOT(unregisterObjectProperty(QObject*)));
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// If setting already exists, set the objects property to the setting value.
|
||||
if ( _qsettings->contains("UniversalIndentGUI/" + settingName) ) {
|
||||
mProp.write(obj, _qsettings->value("UniversalIndentGUI/" + settingName));
|
||||
}
|
||||
// Otherwise add the setting and set it to the value of the objects property.
|
||||
else {
|
||||
_qsettings->setValue("UniversalIndentGUI/" + settingName, mProp.read(obj));
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
else {
|
||||
//TODO: Write a debug warning to the log.
|
||||
disconnect(obj, SIGNAL(destroyed(QObject*)), this, SLOT(unregisterObjectProperty(QObject*)));
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*!
|
||||
\brief Searches the child QObjects of \a obj for a property name and setting name definition within
|
||||
their custom properties and registers this property name to that setting name if both were found.
|
||||
|
||||
The custom properties, for which are searched, are "connectedPropertyName" and "connectedSettingName",
|
||||
where "connectedPropertyName" is the name of a QObject property as it is documented in the QtDocs, and
|
||||
"connectedSettingName" is the name of a setting here within UiGuiSettings. If the mentioned setting
|
||||
name doesn't exist, it will be created.
|
||||
|
||||
Returns true, if all found property and setting definitions could be successfully registered.
|
||||
Returns false, if any of those registrations fails.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
bool UiGuiSettings::registerObjectPropertyRecursive(QObject *obj) {
|
||||
return checkCustomPropertiesAndCallFunction(obj, &UiGuiSettings::registerObjectProperty);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*!
|
||||
\brief Assigns the by \a settingName defined setting value to the by \a propertyName defined property of \a obj.
|
||||
|
||||
Returns true, if the value could be assigned, otherwise returns false, which is the case if settingName doesn't exist
|
||||
within the settings or if the mentioned propertyName wasn't found for the \a obj.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
bool UiGuiSettings::setObjectPropertyToSettingValue( QObject *obj, const QString &propertyName, const QString &settingName )
|
||||
{
|
||||
const QMetaObject *metaObject = obj->metaObject();
|
||||
|
||||
int indexOfProp = metaObject->indexOfProperty( qPrintable(propertyName) );
|
||||
if ( indexOfProp > -1 ) {
|
||||
QMetaProperty mProp = metaObject->property(indexOfProp);
|
||||
|
||||
// If setting already exists, set the objects property to the setting value.
|
||||
if ( _qsettings->contains("UniversalIndentGUI/" + settingName) ) {
|
||||
mProp.write(obj, _qsettings->value("UniversalIndentGUI/" + settingName));
|
||||
}
|
||||
// The setting didn't exist so return that setting the objects property failed.
|
||||
else {
|
||||
//TODO: Write a debug warning to the log.
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
else {
|
||||
//TODO: Write a debug warning to the log.
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*!
|
||||
\brief Searches the child QObjects of \a obj for a property name and setting name definition within
|
||||
their custom properties and sets each property to settings value.
|
||||
|
||||
The custom properties, for which are searched, are "connectedPropertyName" and "connectedSettingName",
|
||||
where "connectedPropertyName" is the name of a QObject property as it is documented in the QtDocs, and
|
||||
"connectedSettingName" is the name of a setting here within UiGuiSettings.
|
||||
|
||||
Returns true, if all found property and setting definitions could be successfully registered.
|
||||
Returns false, if any of those registrations fails.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
bool UiGuiSettings::setObjectPropertyToSettingValueRecursive(QObject *obj) {
|
||||
return checkCustomPropertiesAndCallFunction(obj, &UiGuiSettings::setObjectPropertyToSettingValue);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*!
|
||||
\brief Assigns the by \a propertyName defined property's value of \a obj to the by \a settingName defined setting.
|
||||
|
||||
If the \a settingName didn't exist yet, it will be created.
|
||||
|
||||
Returns true, if the value could be assigned, otherwise returns false, which is the case if the mentioned
|
||||
propertyName wasn't found for the \a obj.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
bool UiGuiSettings::setSettingToObjectPropertyValue( QObject *obj, const QString &propertyName, const QString &settingName )
|
||||
{
|
||||
const QMetaObject *metaObject = obj->metaObject();
|
||||
|
||||
int indexOfProp = metaObject->indexOfProperty( qPrintable(propertyName) );
|
||||
if ( indexOfProp > -1 ) {
|
||||
QMetaProperty mProp = metaObject->property(indexOfProp);
|
||||
|
||||
setValueByName(settingName, mProp.read(obj));
|
||||
}
|
||||
else {
|
||||
//TODO: Write a debug warning to the log.
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*!
|
||||
\brief Searches the child QObjects of \a obj for a property name and setting name definition within
|
||||
their custom properties and sets each setting to the property value.
|
||||
|
||||
The custom properties, for which are searched, are "connectedPropertyName" and "connectedSettingName",
|
||||
where "connectedPropertyName" is the name of a QObject property as it is documented in the QtDocs, and
|
||||
"connectedSettingName" is the name of a setting here within UiGuiSettings. If the settingName
|
||||
didn't exist yet, it will be created.
|
||||
|
||||
Returns true, if all found property and setting definitions could be successfully registered.
|
||||
Returns false, if any of those registrations fails.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
bool UiGuiSettings::setSettingToObjectPropertyValueRecursive(QObject *obj) {
|
||||
return checkCustomPropertiesAndCallFunction(obj, &UiGuiSettings::setSettingToObjectPropertyValue);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*!
|
||||
\brief Iterates over all \a objs child QObjects and checks whether they have the custom properties
|
||||
"connectedPropertyName" and "connectedSettingName" set. If both are set, it invokes the \a callBackFunc
|
||||
with both.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
bool UiGuiSettings::checkCustomPropertiesAndCallFunction(QObject *obj, bool (UiGuiSettings::*callBackFunc)(QObject *obj, const QString &propertyName, const QString &settingName)) {
|
||||
bool success = true;
|
||||
|
||||
// Find all widgets that have PropertyName and SettingName defined in their style sheet.
|
||||
QList<QObject *> allObjects = obj->findChildren<QObject *>();
|
||||
foreach (QObject *object, allObjects) {
|
||||
QString propertyName = object->property("connectedPropertyName").toString();
|
||||
QString settingName = object->property("connectedSettingName").toString();
|
||||
|
||||
// If property and setting name were found, register that widget with the settings.
|
||||
if ( !propertyName.isEmpty() && !settingName.isEmpty() ) {
|
||||
success &= (this->*callBackFunc)( object, propertyName, settingName );
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return success;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*!
|
||||
\brief The with a certain property registered \a obj gets unregistered.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void UiGuiSettings::unregisterObjectProperty(QObject *obj) {
|
||||
if ( _registeredObjectProperties.contains(obj) ) {
|
||||
const QMetaObject *metaObject = obj->metaObject();
|
||||
QString propertyName = _registeredObjectProperties[obj].first();
|
||||
QString settingName = _registeredObjectProperties[obj].last();
|
||||
|
||||
bool connectSuccess = false;
|
||||
int indexOfProp = metaObject->indexOfProperty( qPrintable(propertyName) );
|
||||
if ( indexOfProp > -1 ) {
|
||||
QMetaProperty mProp = metaObject->property(indexOfProp);
|
||||
|
||||
// Disconnect to the property's value changed signal.
|
||||
if ( mProp.hasNotifySignal() ) {
|
||||
QMetaMethod signal = mProp.notifySignal();
|
||||
// The command "SIGNAL() + QString(signal.signature())" assembles the signal methods signature to a valid Qt SIGNAL.
|
||||
connectSuccess = disconnect(obj, qPrintable(SIGNAL() + QString(signal.signature())), this, SLOT(handleObjectPropertyChange()));
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
_registeredObjectProperties.remove(obj);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*!
|
||||
\brief Registers a slot form the \a obj by its \a slotName to be invoked, if the by \a settingName defined
|
||||
setting changes.
|
||||
|
||||
The registered slot may have no parameters or exactly one. If it accepts one parameter, whenever the setting
|
||||
\a settingName changes the slot gets tried to be invoked with the settings value as parameter. This only works,
|
||||
if the slot parameter is of the same type as the setting.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
bool UiGuiSettings::registerObjectSlot(QObject *obj, const QString &slotName, const QString &settingName) {
|
||||
|
||||
const QMetaObject *metaObject = obj->metaObject();
|
||||
|
||||
bool connectSuccess = false;
|
||||
// Connect to the objects destroyed signal, so that it will be correctly unregistered.
|
||||
connectSuccess = connect(obj, SIGNAL(destroyed(QObject*)), this, SLOT(unregisterObjectSlot(QObject*)));
|
||||
|
||||
QString normalizedSlotName = QMetaObject::normalizedSignature( qPrintable(slotName) );
|
||||
int indexOfMethod = metaObject->indexOfMethod( qPrintable(normalizedSlotName) );
|
||||
if ( connectSuccess && indexOfMethod > -1 ) {
|
||||
QMetaMethod mMethod = metaObject->method(indexOfMethod);
|
||||
//QMetaMethod::Access access = mMethod.access();
|
||||
//QMetaMethod::MethodType methType = mMethod.methodType();
|
||||
|
||||
// Since the method can at maximum be invoked with the setting value as argument,
|
||||
// only methods taking max one argument are allowed.
|
||||
if ( mMethod.parameterTypes().size() <= 1 ) {
|
||||
_registeredObjectSlots.insert(obj, QStringList() << normalizedSlotName << settingName);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else {
|
||||
//TODO: Write a debug warning to the log.
|
||||
disconnect(obj, SIGNAL(destroyed(QObject*)), this, SLOT(unregisterObjectSlot(QObject*)));
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
else {
|
||||
//TODO: Write a debug warning to the log.
|
||||
disconnect(obj, SIGNAL(destroyed(QObject*)), this, SLOT(unregisterObjectSlot(QObject*)));
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*!
|
||||
\brief If \a obj, \a slotName and \a settingName are given, that certain connection is unregistered.
|
||||
If only \a obj is given, all to this object registered slot-setting connections are unregistered.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void UiGuiSettings::unregisterObjectSlot(QObject *obj, const QString &slotName, const QString &settingName) {
|
||||
//const QMetaObject *metaObject = obj->metaObject();
|
||||
QString normalizedSlotName = QMetaObject::normalizedSignature( qPrintable(slotName) );
|
||||
QMutableMapIterator<QObject*, QStringList> it(_registeredObjectSlots);
|
||||
while (it.hasNext()) {
|
||||
it.next();
|
||||
if (it.key() == obj && slotName.isEmpty() && settingName.isEmpty())
|
||||
it.remove();
|
||||
else if (it.key() == obj && it.value().first() == slotName && it.value().last() == settingName)
|
||||
it.remove();
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*!
|
||||
\brief This private slot gets invoked whenever a registered objects property changes
|
||||
and distributes the new value to all other to the same settingName registered objects.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void UiGuiSettings::handleObjectPropertyChange() {
|
||||
QObject *obj = QObject::sender();
|
||||
QString className = obj->metaObject()->className();
|
||||
const QMetaObject *metaObject = obj->metaObject();
|
||||
QString propertyName = _registeredObjectProperties[obj].first();
|
||||
QString settingName = _registeredObjectProperties[obj].last();
|
||||
|
||||
int indexOfProp = metaObject->indexOfProperty( qPrintable(propertyName) );
|
||||
if ( indexOfProp > -1 ) {
|
||||
QMetaProperty mProp = metaObject->property(indexOfProp);
|
||||
setValueByName(settingName, mProp.read(obj));
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*!
|
||||
\brief Sets the setting defined by \a settingName to \a value.
|
||||
|
||||
When setting a changed value, all to this settingName registered objects get
|
||||
the changed value set too.
|
||||
If the \a settingName didn't exist yet, it will be created.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void UiGuiSettings::setValueByName(const QString &settingName, const QVariant &value) {
|
||||
// Do the updating only, if the setting was really changed.
|
||||
if ( _qsettings->value("UniversalIndentGUI/" + settingName) != value ) {
|
||||
_qsettings->setValue("UniversalIndentGUI/" + settingName, value);
|
||||
|
||||
// Set the new value for all registered object properties for settingName.
|
||||
for ( QMap<QObject*, QStringList>::ConstIterator it = _registeredObjectProperties.begin(); it != _registeredObjectProperties.end(); ++it ) {
|
||||
if ( it.value().last() == settingName ) {
|
||||
QObject *obj = it.key();
|
||||
const QMetaObject *metaObject = obj->metaObject();
|
||||
QString propertyName = it.value().first();
|
||||
|
||||
int indexOfProp = metaObject->indexOfProperty( qPrintable(propertyName) );
|
||||
if ( indexOfProp > -1 ) {
|
||||
QMetaProperty mProp = metaObject->property(indexOfProp);
|
||||
mProp.write(obj, value);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Invoke all registered object methods for settingName.
|
||||
for ( QMap<QObject*, QStringList>::ConstIterator it = _registeredObjectSlots.begin(); it != _registeredObjectSlots.end(); ++it ) {
|
||||
if ( it.value().last() == settingName ) {
|
||||
QObject *obj = it.key();
|
||||
const QMetaObject *metaObject = obj->metaObject();
|
||||
QString slotName = it.value().first();
|
||||
|
||||
int indexOfMethod = metaObject->indexOfMethod( qPrintable(slotName) );
|
||||
if ( indexOfMethod > -1 ) {
|
||||
QMetaMethod mMethod = metaObject->method(indexOfMethod);
|
||||
//QMetaMethod::Access access = mMethod.access();
|
||||
//QMetaMethod::MethodType methType = mMethod.methodType();
|
||||
|
||||
bool success = false;
|
||||
|
||||
// Handle registered slots taking one parameter.
|
||||
if ( mMethod.parameterTypes().size() == 1 ) {
|
||||
if ( mMethod.parameterTypes().first() == value.typeName() ) {
|
||||
success = invokeMethodWithValue(obj, mMethod, value);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
// Handle registered slots taking zero parameters.
|
||||
else {
|
||||
success = mMethod.invoke( obj, Qt::DirectConnection );
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if ( success == false ) {
|
||||
// TODO: Write a warning to the log if no success.
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#include <QBitArray>
|
||||
#include <QBitmap>
|
||||
#include <QBrush>
|
||||
#include <QCursor>
|
||||
#include <QDateTime>
|
||||
#include <QFont>
|
||||
#include <QIcon>
|
||||
#include <QKeySequence>
|
||||
#include <QLocale>
|
||||
#include <QPalette>
|
||||
#include <QPen>
|
||||
#include <QSizePolicy>
|
||||
#include <QTextFormat>
|
||||
#include <QTextLength>
|
||||
#include <QUrl>
|
||||
#if QT_VERSION >= 0x040600
|
||||
#include <QMatrix4x4>
|
||||
#include <QVector2D>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
bool UiGuiSettings::invokeMethodWithValue( QObject *obj, QMetaMethod mMethod, QVariant value )
|
||||
{
|
||||
switch (value.type()) {
|
||||
case QVariant::BitArray :
|
||||
return mMethod.invoke( obj, Qt::DirectConnection, Q_ARG(QBitArray, value.toBitArray()) );
|
||||
case QVariant::Bitmap :
|
||||
return mMethod.invoke( obj, Qt::DirectConnection, Q_ARG(QBitmap, value.value<QBitmap>()) );
|
||||
case QVariant::Bool :
|
||||
return mMethod.invoke( obj, Qt::DirectConnection, Q_ARG(bool, value.toBool()) );
|
||||
case QVariant::Brush :
|
||||
return mMethod.invoke( obj, Qt::DirectConnection, Q_ARG(QBrush, value.value<QBrush>()) );
|
||||
case QVariant::ByteArray :
|
||||
return mMethod.invoke( obj, Qt::DirectConnection, Q_ARG(QByteArray, value.toByteArray()) );
|
||||
case QVariant::Char :
|
||||
return mMethod.invoke( obj, Qt::DirectConnection, Q_ARG(QChar, value.toChar()) );
|
||||
case QVariant::Color :
|
||||
return mMethod.invoke( obj, Qt::DirectConnection, Q_ARG(QColor, value.value<QColor>()) );
|
||||
case QVariant::Cursor :
|
||||
return mMethod.invoke( obj, Qt::DirectConnection, Q_ARG(QCursor, value.value<QCursor>()) );
|
||||
case QVariant::Date :
|
||||
return mMethod.invoke( obj, Qt::DirectConnection, Q_ARG(QDate, value.toDate()) );
|
||||
case QVariant::DateTime :
|
||||
return mMethod.invoke( obj, Qt::DirectConnection, Q_ARG(QDateTime, value.toDateTime()) );
|
||||
case QVariant::Double :
|
||||
return mMethod.invoke( obj, Qt::DirectConnection, Q_ARG(double, value.toDouble()) );
|
||||
case QVariant::Font :
|
||||
return mMethod.invoke( obj, Qt::DirectConnection, Q_ARG(QFont, value.value<QFont>()) );
|
||||
case QVariant::Hash :
|
||||
return mMethod.invoke( obj, Qt::DirectConnection, Q_ARG(QVariantHash, value.toHash()) );
|
||||
case QVariant::Icon :
|
||||
return mMethod.invoke( obj, Qt::DirectConnection, Q_ARG(QIcon, value.value<QIcon>()) );
|
||||
case QVariant::Image :
|
||||
return mMethod.invoke( obj, Qt::DirectConnection, Q_ARG(QImage, value.value<QImage>()) );
|
||||
case QVariant::Int :
|
||||
return mMethod.invoke( obj, Qt::DirectConnection, Q_ARG(int, value.toInt()) );
|
||||
case QVariant::KeySequence :
|
||||
return mMethod.invoke( obj, Qt::DirectConnection, Q_ARG(QKeySequence, value.value<QKeySequence>()) );
|
||||
case QVariant::Line :
|
||||
return mMethod.invoke( obj, Qt::DirectConnection, Q_ARG(QLine, value.toLine()) );
|
||||
case QVariant::LineF :
|
||||
return mMethod.invoke( obj, Qt::DirectConnection, Q_ARG(QLineF, value.toLineF()) );
|
||||
case QVariant::List :
|
||||
return mMethod.invoke( obj, Qt::DirectConnection, Q_ARG(QVariantList, value.toList()) );
|
||||
case QVariant::Locale :
|
||||
return mMethod.invoke( obj, Qt::DirectConnection, Q_ARG(QLocale, value.toLocale()) );
|
||||
case QVariant::LongLong :
|
||||
return mMethod.invoke( obj, Qt::DirectConnection, Q_ARG(qlonglong, value.toLongLong()) );
|
||||
case QVariant::Map :
|
||||
return mMethod.invoke( obj, Qt::DirectConnection, Q_ARG(QVariantMap, value.toMap()) );
|
||||
case QVariant::Matrix :
|
||||
return mMethod.invoke( obj, Qt::DirectConnection, Q_ARG(QMatrix, value.value<QMatrix>()) );
|
||||
case QVariant::Transform :
|
||||
return mMethod.invoke( obj, Qt::DirectConnection, Q_ARG(QTransform, value.value<QTransform>()) );
|
||||
#if QT_VERSION >= 0x040600
|
||||
case QVariant::Matrix4x4 :
|
||||
return mMethod.invoke( obj, Qt::DirectConnection, Q_ARG(QMatrix4x4, value.value<QMatrix4x4>()) );
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
case QVariant::Palette :
|
||||
return mMethod.invoke( obj, Qt::DirectConnection, Q_ARG(QPalette, value.value<QPalette>()) );
|
||||
case QVariant::Pen :
|
||||
return mMethod.invoke( obj, Qt::DirectConnection, Q_ARG(QPen, value.value<QPen>()) );
|
||||
case QVariant::Pixmap :
|
||||
return mMethod.invoke( obj, Qt::DirectConnection, Q_ARG(QPixmap, value.value<QPixmap>()) );
|
||||
case QVariant::Point :
|
||||
return mMethod.invoke( obj, Qt::DirectConnection, Q_ARG(QPoint, value.toPoint()) );
|
||||
// case QVariant::PointArray :
|
||||
// return Q_ARG(QPointArray, value.value<QPointArray>()) );
|
||||
case QVariant::PointF :
|
||||
return mMethod.invoke( obj, Qt::DirectConnection, Q_ARG(QPointF, value.toPointF()) );
|
||||
case QVariant::Polygon :
|
||||
return mMethod.invoke( obj, Qt::DirectConnection, Q_ARG(QPolygon, value.value<QPolygon>()) );
|
||||
#if QT_VERSION >= 0x040600
|
||||
case QVariant::Quaternion :
|
||||
return mMethod.invoke( obj, Qt::DirectConnection, Q_ARG(QQuaternion, value.value<QQuaternion>()) );
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
case QVariant::Rect :
|
||||
return mMethod.invoke( obj, Qt::DirectConnection, Q_ARG(QRect, value.toRect()) );
|
||||
case QVariant::RectF :
|
||||
return mMethod.invoke( obj, Qt::DirectConnection, Q_ARG(QRectF, value.toRectF()) );
|
||||
case QVariant::RegExp :
|
||||
return mMethod.invoke( obj, Qt::DirectConnection, Q_ARG(QRegExp, value.toRegExp()) );
|
||||
case QVariant::Region :
|
||||
return mMethod.invoke( obj, Qt::DirectConnection, Q_ARG(QRegion, value.value<QRegion>()) );
|
||||
case QVariant::Size :
|
||||
return mMethod.invoke( obj, Qt::DirectConnection, Q_ARG(QSize, value.toSize()) );
|
||||
case QVariant::SizeF :
|
||||
return mMethod.invoke( obj, Qt::DirectConnection, Q_ARG(QSizeF, value.toSizeF()) );
|
||||
case QVariant::SizePolicy :
|
||||
return mMethod.invoke( obj, Qt::DirectConnection, Q_ARG(QSizePolicy, value.value<QSizePolicy>()) );
|
||||
case QVariant::String :
|
||||
return mMethod.invoke( obj, Qt::DirectConnection, Q_ARG(QString, value.toString()) );
|
||||
case QVariant::StringList :
|
||||
return mMethod.invoke( obj, Qt::DirectConnection, Q_ARG(QStringList, value.toStringList()) );
|
||||
case QVariant::TextFormat :
|
||||
return mMethod.invoke( obj, Qt::DirectConnection, Q_ARG(QTextFormat, value.value<QTextFormat>()) );
|
||||
case QVariant::TextLength :
|
||||
return mMethod.invoke( obj, Qt::DirectConnection, Q_ARG(QTextLength, value.value<QTextLength>()) );
|
||||
case QVariant::Time :
|
||||
return mMethod.invoke( obj, Qt::DirectConnection, Q_ARG(QTime, value.toTime()) );
|
||||
case QVariant::UInt :
|
||||
return mMethod.invoke( obj, Qt::DirectConnection, Q_ARG(uint, value.toUInt()) );
|
||||
case QVariant::ULongLong :
|
||||
return mMethod.invoke( obj, Qt::DirectConnection, Q_ARG(qulonglong, value.toULongLong()) );
|
||||
case QVariant::Url :
|
||||
return mMethod.invoke( obj, Qt::DirectConnection, Q_ARG(QUrl, value.toUrl()) );
|
||||
#if QT_VERSION >= 0x040600
|
||||
case QVariant::Vector2D :
|
||||
return mMethod.invoke( obj, Qt::DirectConnection, Q_ARG(QVector2D, value.value<QVector2D>()) );
|
||||
case QVariant::Vector3D :
|
||||
return mMethod.invoke( obj, Qt::DirectConnection, Q_ARG(QVector3D, value.value<QVector3D>()) );
|
||||
case QVariant::Vector4D :
|
||||
return mMethod.invoke( obj, Qt::DirectConnection, Q_ARG(QVector4D, value.value<QVector4D>()) );
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
default:
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,201 @@
|
||||
TEMPLATE = app
|
||||
QT += network
|
||||
QT += script
|
||||
|
||||
unix:TARGET = universalindentgui
|
||||
win32:TARGET = UniversalIndentGUI
|
||||
macx:TARGET = UniversalIndentGUI
|
||||
|
||||
DEPENDPATH += resources \
|
||||
src \
|
||||
debug \
|
||||
release
|
||||
|
||||
INCLUDEPATH += src
|
||||
|
||||
CONFIG += debug_and_release
|
||||
|
||||
macx {
|
||||
# If using as framework qscintilla needs to be build with:
|
||||
# qmake -spec macx-g++ CONFIG+=sdk CONFIG+=x86_64 CONFIG+=x86 CONFIG+=lib_bundle qscintilla.pro && make && sudo make install
|
||||
#LIBS += -framework qscintilla2
|
||||
LIBS += -lqscintilla2
|
||||
ICON = resources/UniversalIndentGUI.icns
|
||||
}
|
||||
else {
|
||||
LIBS += -lqscintilla2
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
CONFIG(release, debug|release) {
|
||||
|
||||
win32:pipe2nul = ">NUL"
|
||||
unix:pipe2nul = "&> /dev/null"
|
||||
macx:pipe2nul = "&> /dev/null"
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Language file processing
|
||||
##########################
|
||||
message(Updating language files)
|
||||
lupdate = lupdate
|
||||
unix:lupdate = lupdate-qt4
|
||||
macx:lupdate = lupdate
|
||||
lrelease = lrelease
|
||||
unix:lrelease = lrelease-qt4
|
||||
macx:lrelease = lrelease
|
||||
# Update translation files
|
||||
message ( Updating universalindent.ts )
|
||||
system($${lupdate} src -ts ./translations/universalindent.ts -silent)
|
||||
message ( Updating universalindent_de.ts )
|
||||
system($${lupdate} src -ts ./translations/universalindent_de.ts -silent)
|
||||
message ( Updating universalindent_fr.ts )
|
||||
system($${lupdate} src -ts ./translations/universalindent_fr.ts -silent)
|
||||
message ( Updating universalindent_ja.ts )
|
||||
system($${lupdate} src -ts ./translations/universalindent_ja.ts -silent)
|
||||
message ( Updating universalindent_ru.ts )
|
||||
system($${lupdate} src -ts ./translations/universalindent_ru.ts -silent)
|
||||
message ( Updating universalindent_uk.ts )
|
||||
system($${lupdate} src -ts ./translations/universalindent_uk.ts -silent)
|
||||
message ( Updating universalindent_zh_TW.ts )
|
||||
system($${lupdate} src -ts ./translations/universalindent_zh_TW.ts -silent)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Create translation binaries
|
||||
message ( Creating translation binaries )
|
||||
system($${lrelease} ./translations/universalindent_de.ts -qm ./translations/universalindent_de.qm -silent)
|
||||
system($${lrelease} ./translations/universalindent_fr.ts -qm ./translations/universalindent_fr.qm -silent)
|
||||
system($${lrelease} ./translations/universalindent_ja.ts -qm ./translations/universalindent_ja.qm -silent)
|
||||
system($${lrelease} ./translations/universalindent_ru.ts -qm ./translations/universalindent_ru.qm -silent)
|
||||
system($${lrelease} ./translations/universalindent_uk.ts -qm ./translations/universalindent_uk.qm -silent)
|
||||
system($${lrelease} ./translations/universalindent_zh_TW.ts -qm ./translations/universalindent_zh_TW.qm -silent)
|
||||
|
||||
# Copy Qts own translation files to the local translation directory
|
||||
message ( Copy Qts own translation files to the local translation directory )
|
||||
qtTranslationInstallDir = $$[QT_INSTALL_TRANSLATIONS]
|
||||
win32:qtTranslationInstallDir = $$replace(qtTranslationInstallDir, /, \\)
|
||||
unix:system(cp $${qtTranslationInstallDir}/qt_de.qm ./translations/ $$pipe2nul)
|
||||
unix:system(cp $${qtTranslationInstallDir}/qt_fr.qm ./translations/ $$pipe2nul)
|
||||
unix:system(cp $${qtTranslationInstallDir}/qt_ja.qm ./translations/ $$pipe2nul)
|
||||
unix:system(cp $${qtTranslationInstallDir}/qt_ru.qm ./translations/ $$pipe2nul)
|
||||
unix:system(cp $${qtTranslationInstallDir}/qt_uk.qm ./translations/ $$pipe2nul)
|
||||
unix:system(cp $${qtTranslationInstallDir}/qt_zh_TW.qm ./translations/ $$pipe2nul)
|
||||
win32:system(copy $${qtTranslationInstallDir}\\qt_de.qm .\\translations\\ /Y $$pipe2nul)
|
||||
win32:system(copy $${qtTranslationInstallDir}\\qt_fr.qm .\\translations\\ /Y $$pipe2nul)
|
||||
win32:system(copy $${qtTranslationInstallDir}\\qt_ja.qm .\\translations\\ /Y $$pipe2nul)
|
||||
win32:system(copy $${qtTranslationInstallDir}\\qt_ru.qm .\\translations\\ /Y $$pipe2nul)
|
||||
win32:system(copy $${qtTranslationInstallDir}\\qt_uk.qm .\\translations\\ /Y $$pipe2nul)
|
||||
win32:system(copy $${qtTranslationInstallDir}\\qt_zh_TW.qm .\\translations\\ /Y $$pipe2nul)
|
||||
|
||||
# Defining files that shall be installed when calling "make install"
|
||||
####################################################################
|
||||
# Create and install man page
|
||||
exists( ./doc/universalindentgui.1* ) {
|
||||
unix:system(rm ./doc/universalindentgui.1*)
|
||||
}
|
||||
unix:system(cp ./doc/universalindentgui.man ./doc/universalindentgui.1)
|
||||
unix:system(gzip -9 ./doc/universalindentgui.1)
|
||||
unix:documentation.path = /usr/share/man/man1
|
||||
unix:documentation.files = doc/universalindentgui.1.gz
|
||||
|
||||
# Install indenter ini files, examples and some indenters
|
||||
unix:indenters.path = /usr/share/universalindentgui/indenters
|
||||
unix:indenters.files = indenters/uigui_*.ini
|
||||
unix:indenters.files += indenters/example.*
|
||||
unix:indenters.files += indenters/JsDecoder.js
|
||||
unix:indenters.files += indenters/phpStylist.php
|
||||
unix:indenters.files += indenters/phpStylist.txt
|
||||
unix:indenters.files += indenters/pindent.py
|
||||
unix:indenters.files += indenters/pindent.txt
|
||||
unix:indenters.files += indenters/rbeautify.rb
|
||||
unix:indenters.files += indenters/ruby_formatter.rb
|
||||
unix:indenters.files += indenters/shellindent.awk
|
||||
|
||||
# Install translation files
|
||||
unix:translation.path = /usr/share/universalindentgui/translations
|
||||
unix:translation.files = translations/*.qm
|
||||
|
||||
# Install highlighter default config
|
||||
unix:highlighterconfig.path = /usr/share/universalindentgui/config
|
||||
unix:highlighterconfig.files = config/UiGuiSyntaxHighlightConfig.ini
|
||||
|
||||
# Install binary
|
||||
unix:target.path = /usr/bin
|
||||
|
||||
# Set everything that shall be installed
|
||||
unix:INSTALLS += target \
|
||||
highlighterconfig \
|
||||
indenters \
|
||||
translation \
|
||||
documentation
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
CONFIG(debug, debug|release) {
|
||||
DESTDIR = ./debug
|
||||
DEFINES += _DEBUG DEBUG
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
DESTDIR = ./release
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
MOC_DIR = $${DESTDIR}/moc
|
||||
UI_DIR = $${DESTDIR}/uic
|
||||
OBJECTS_DIR = $${DESTDIR}/obj
|
||||
RCC_DIR = $${DESTDIR}/qrc
|
||||
|
||||
#message ( destdir is $${DESTDIR}. uic is $${UI_DIR}. moc is $${MOC_DIR})
|
||||
|
||||
# Input
|
||||
HEADERS += src/AboutDialog.h \
|
||||
src/AboutDialogGraphicsView.h \
|
||||
src/IndentHandler.h \
|
||||
src/MainWindow.h \
|
||||
src/SettingsPaths.h \
|
||||
src/TemplateBatchScript.h \
|
||||
src/UiGuiErrorMessage.h \
|
||||
src/UiGuiHighlighter.h \
|
||||
src/UiGuiIndentServer.h \
|
||||
src/UiGuiIniFileParser.h \
|
||||
src/UiGuiSettings.h \
|
||||
src/UiGuiSettingsDialog.h \
|
||||
src/UiGuiSystemInfo.h \
|
||||
src/UiGuiVersion.h \
|
||||
src/UpdateCheckDialog.h \
|
||||
src/debugging/TSLogger.h
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
FORMS += src/MainWindow.ui \
|
||||
src/ToolBarWidget.ui \
|
||||
src/UiGuiSettingsDialog.ui \
|
||||
src/AboutDialog.ui \
|
||||
src/UpdateCheckDialog.ui \
|
||||
src/debugging/TSLoggerDialog.ui
|
||||
|
||||
SOURCES += src/AboutDialog.cpp \
|
||||
src/AboutDialogGraphicsView.cpp \
|
||||
src/IndentHandler.cpp \
|
||||
src/main.cpp \
|
||||
src/MainWindow.cpp \
|
||||
src/SettingsPaths.cpp \
|
||||
src/TemplateBatchScript.cpp \
|
||||
src/UiGuiErrorMessage.cpp \
|
||||
src/UiGuiHighlighter.cpp \
|
||||
src/UiGuiIndentServer.cpp \
|
||||
src/UiGuiIniFileParser.cpp \
|
||||
src/UiGuiSettings.cpp \
|
||||
src/UiGuiSettingsDialog.cpp \
|
||||
src/UiGuiSystemInfo.cpp \
|
||||
src/UiGuiVersion.cpp \
|
||||
src/UpdateCheckDialog.cpp \
|
||||
src/debugging/TSLogger.cpp
|
||||
|
||||
RESOURCES += resources/Icons.qrc
|
||||
RC_FILE = resources/programicon.rc
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#message(Creating symbolic links within target dir for debugging)
|
||||
#macx:system(ln -s $$PWD/config ./debug/config)
|
||||
#macx:system(ln -s $$PWD/indenters ./debug/indenters)
|
||||
#macx:system(ln -s $$PWD/translations ./debug/translations)
|
||||
#macx:system(ln -s $$PWD/config ./release/config)
|
||||
#macx:system(ln -s $$PWD/indenters ./release/indenters)
|
||||
#macx:system(ln -s $$PWD/translations ./release/translations)
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,741 @@
|
||||
// !$*UTF8*$!
|
||||
{
|
||||
archiveVersion = 1;
|
||||
classes = {
|
||||
};
|
||||
objectVersion = 42;
|
||||
objects = {
|
||||
|
||||
/* Begin PBXBuildFile section */
|
||||
033FA4A2951F6995E4B52E75 /* moc_AboutDialog.cpp in Build Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = 71D24B3D256D9E9FC90EEDF7 /* moc_AboutDialog.cpp */; settings = {ATTRIBUTES = (); }; };
|
||||
07182A1FDE8301C8D9EAF7F5 /* UiGuiSettingsDialog.cpp in Build Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = 26383A497B0CC65909DA431D /* UiGuiSettingsDialog.cpp */; settings = {ATTRIBUTES = (); }; };
|
||||
0794A9D3A24B32A06CD8CA37 /* TSLogger.cpp in Build Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = 5EEB118D3C499097B07CA6DC /* TSLogger.cpp */; settings = {ATTRIBUTES = (); }; };
|
||||
10D0CC7BD2D2E5A3A90EEF25 /* moc_UiGuiHighlighter.cpp in Build Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = 705CF7C739E81ED3345C9F41 /* moc_UiGuiHighlighter.cpp */; settings = {ATTRIBUTES = (); }; };
|
||||
1446C37D55222BE8281C2D84 /* moc_MainWindow.cpp in Build Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = 59F78802D4802B940EA308A0 /* moc_MainWindow.cpp */; settings = {ATTRIBUTES = (); }; };
|
||||
157D8322CB15EB4B4B698465 /* AboutDialogGraphicsView.cpp in Build Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = D3A96D6E7DF8830490467C04 /* AboutDialogGraphicsView.cpp */; settings = {ATTRIBUTES = (); }; };
|
||||
204EDFAF3269B294371D7373 /* QtCore in Frameworks & Libraries */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = FC65490F7BEA4427C242848C /* QtCore */; };
|
||||
2B7F90DE44210DB9F5D23F0C /* AboutDialog.cpp in Build Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = 8B5B29CE11F2EFCD1C93EB6C /* AboutDialog.cpp */; settings = {ATTRIBUTES = (); }; };
|
||||
2CE072BF0886F682F0FE8266 /* moc_UiGuiSettingsDialog.cpp in Build Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = A7DD7C62D24BBDB386C3840D /* moc_UiGuiSettingsDialog.cpp */; settings = {ATTRIBUTES = (); }; };
|
||||
2E0B7B483AE3DAFB774883DC /* UiGuiErrorMessage.cpp in Build Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = EB9AF2B1C20FF4B1225EA3FB /* UiGuiErrorMessage.cpp */; settings = {ATTRIBUTES = (); }; };
|
||||
32D9B1CB3877EF0A567B997D /* QtScript in Frameworks & Libraries */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = 9EF9FEB32A7980D519425A9E /* QtScript */; };
|
||||
358CDAA858B633E7AD0B6646 /* UniversalIndentGUI.icns in Bundle Resources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = A6C4B7ADC28FF6F9840A9319 /* UniversalIndentGUI.icns */; settings = {ATTRIBUTES = (); }; };
|
||||
3B7E26C095F17917F557F0BB /* QtGui in Frameworks & Libraries */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = 6988CE9D964BC66484DA49D5 /* QtGui */; };
|
||||
4393711A82B0A27E8301FEB8 /* moc_UiGuiErrorMessage.cpp in Build Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = 998C921BBFDF579B258C28EA /* moc_UiGuiErrorMessage.cpp */; settings = {ATTRIBUTES = (); }; };
|
||||
447799AD66EF47D36B5A72E3 /* moc_IndentHandler.cpp in Build Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = DEDA4624B80C4136C3D118C2 /* moc_IndentHandler.cpp */; settings = {ATTRIBUTES = (); }; };
|
||||
45FD613422A15DDFF65F07EB /* TemplateBatchScript.cpp in Build Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = E9B6F1DAFB4C5CD5E9C4C02C /* TemplateBatchScript.cpp */; settings = {ATTRIBUTES = (); }; };
|
||||
4DAB46634D6A37252BC2E3D4 /* qrc_Icons.cpp in Build Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = 1BB748495103B59368976F44 /* qrc_Icons.cpp */; settings = {ATTRIBUTES = (); }; };
|
||||
54824FDC5DD27B6216E263F5 /* moc_UpdateCheckDialog.cpp in Build Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = D4515A4B9864E652FE65CBDE /* moc_UpdateCheckDialog.cpp */; settings = {ATTRIBUTES = (); }; };
|
||||
64CDA74634FD0C1F9265CF5F /* SettingsPaths.cpp in Build Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = AAFD01B4A071D73CD002C7FD /* SettingsPaths.cpp */; settings = {ATTRIBUTES = (); }; };
|
||||
83EFC8071DE20B90AE46E0A1 /* UiGuiIndentServer.cpp in Build Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = 9840C47AE913CA84966C04AE /* UiGuiIndentServer.cpp */; settings = {ATTRIBUTES = (); }; };
|
||||
86D03C28F9A095696FA4C465 /* moc_AboutDialogGraphicsView.cpp in Build Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F84894CE7D4FF11845C5DEC1 /* moc_AboutDialogGraphicsView.cpp */; settings = {ATTRIBUTES = (); }; };
|
||||
8DCA76267BA4834F731C5BAB /* moc_UiGuiIndentServer.cpp in Build Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = 836D42CF391C82A0B70687F3 /* moc_UiGuiIndentServer.cpp */; settings = {ATTRIBUTES = (); }; };
|
||||
8DFAEC14C5621835B85BDBBB /* UiGuiSettings.cpp in Build Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = 944A1A0B82857EC61410FC06 /* UiGuiSettings.cpp */; settings = {ATTRIBUTES = (); }; };
|
||||
9892D98357F2D175D03F6488 /* moc_UiGuiSettings.cpp in Build Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F4DF9DB04F138672E3CB95D5 /* moc_UiGuiSettings.cpp */; settings = {ATTRIBUTES = (); }; };
|
||||
A56B320001BC86C5B01B08D0 /* UiGuiSystemInfo.cpp in Build Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = 8CE031E032D58BFFADB163E3 /* UiGuiSystemInfo.cpp */; settings = {ATTRIBUTES = (); }; };
|
||||
A87876F3A24FCE545FEAFB05 /* UiGuiVersion.cpp in Build Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = D038693E47A07F84995184E5 /* UiGuiVersion.cpp */; settings = {ATTRIBUTES = (); }; };
|
||||
AAC1168526D0C37A3F415917 /* MainWindow.cpp in Build Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = 1C0B64226A129D35F02DC004 /* MainWindow.cpp */; settings = {ATTRIBUTES = (); }; };
|
||||
B3D97A9EF6FD086AC8AA1400 /* QtNetwork in Frameworks & Libraries */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = B235A8A774654CA992F5A861 /* QtNetwork */; };
|
||||
C61FC1CBE0E603A32A3D1D8E /* moc_TSLogger.cpp in Build Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = 4082D6E68F89F86822C28CAE /* moc_TSLogger.cpp */; settings = {ATTRIBUTES = (); }; };
|
||||
CE0306F2BD402BE1CC71BA98 /* IndentHandler.cpp in Build Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = 7B749332F0EE106BAF891CBB /* IndentHandler.cpp */; settings = {ATTRIBUTES = (); }; };
|
||||
D05E9C8E00DF8978FAD6C45F /* UiGuiIniFileParser.cpp in Build Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = BAC68B56402ED1C21C4A4561 /* UiGuiIniFileParser.cpp */; settings = {ATTRIBUTES = (); }; };
|
||||
E938E42F14AC74220066EAA2 /* UniversalIndentGUI.app in Project Copy */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = E938E42C14AC74220066EAA2 /* UniversalIndentGUI.app */; };
|
||||
ED461CD43406DFA44318404B /* UiGuiHighlighter.cpp in Build Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = 95C394A7DB7625A6018F145F /* UiGuiHighlighter.cpp */; settings = {ATTRIBUTES = (); }; };
|
||||
F42AF6C1FF5FF9F82C3E049D /* UpdateCheckDialog.cpp in Build Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = 4B2D11C739E037330FF187DB /* UpdateCheckDialog.cpp */; settings = {ATTRIBUTES = (); }; };
|
||||
FD1638E377D97C82BDB438FB /* main.cpp in Build Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = 7EC3C68A81EFFF79B6CA22AC /* main.cpp */; settings = {ATTRIBUTES = (); }; };
|
||||
/* End PBXBuildFile section */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Begin PBXCopyFilesBuildPhase section */
|
||||
F6069D5A5DA8AA28EDB8B3C6 /* Project Copy */ = {
|
||||
isa = PBXCopyFilesBuildPhase;
|
||||
buildActionMask = 2147483647;
|
||||
dstPath = /Volumes/SHARED/Programming/uigui/universalindent/trunk/release;
|
||||
dstSubfolderSpec = 0;
|
||||
files = (
|
||||
E938E42F14AC74220066EAA2 /* UniversalIndentGUI.app in Project Copy */,
|
||||
);
|
||||
name = "Project Copy";
|
||||
runOnlyForDeploymentPostprocessing = 0;
|
||||
};
|
||||
/* End PBXCopyFilesBuildPhase section */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Begin PBXFileReference section */
|
||||
01A925071F5E8C4DEAA029A7 /* UiGuiIniFileParser.h */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.h; name = UiGuiIniFileParser.h; path = src/UiGuiIniFileParser.h; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
|
||||
0405CDFCAFF3A176EB7C5B2B /* SettingsPaths.h */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.h; name = SettingsPaths.h; path = src/SettingsPaths.h; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
|
||||
04EC27988BE80C166C06D386 /* ui_AboutDialog.h */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.h; name = ui_AboutDialog.h; path = release/uic/ui_AboutDialog.h; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
|
||||
0501473B7E166B9D10974B09 /* AboutDialog.h */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.h; name = AboutDialog.h; path = src/AboutDialog.h; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
|
||||
0D2093D6D7971F9434E27A2D /* UiGuiHighlighter.h */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.h; name = UiGuiHighlighter.h; path = src/UiGuiHighlighter.h; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
|
||||
19D832A234461F61E597073E /* UiGuiErrorMessage.h */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.h; name = UiGuiErrorMessage.h; path = src/UiGuiErrorMessage.h; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
|
||||
1BB748495103B59368976F44 /* qrc_Icons.cpp */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.cpp.cpp; name = qrc_Icons.cpp; path = release/qrc/qrc_Icons.cpp; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
|
||||
1C0B64226A129D35F02DC004 /* MainWindow.cpp */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.cpp.cpp; name = MainWindow.cpp; path = src/MainWindow.cpp; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
|
||||
234F1B047D06A4E84A3BA652 /* UiGuiIndentServer.h */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.h; name = UiGuiIndentServer.h; path = src/UiGuiIndentServer.h; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
|
||||
2365565B0E8281A9A554DE48 /* IndentHandler.h */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.h; name = IndentHandler.h; path = src/IndentHandler.h; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
|
||||
240575E52D89C74CAFF8C83F /* UpdateCheckDialog.h */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.h; name = UpdateCheckDialog.h; path = src/UpdateCheckDialog.h; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
|
||||
26383A497B0CC65909DA431D /* UiGuiSettingsDialog.cpp */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.cpp.cpp; name = UiGuiSettingsDialog.cpp; path = src/UiGuiSettingsDialog.cpp; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
|
||||
290E702759265E2A11910569 /* UpdateCheckDialog.ui */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = text.xml; name = UpdateCheckDialog.ui; path = src/UpdateCheckDialog.ui; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
|
||||
3194C2F269DA07FBC8FB120D /* UiGuiSettingsDialog.h */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.h; name = UiGuiSettingsDialog.h; path = src/UiGuiSettingsDialog.h; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
|
||||
3E78CB522F65C3B2CD054660 /* AboutDialog.ui */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = text.xml; name = AboutDialog.ui; path = src/AboutDialog.ui; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
|
||||
4082D6E68F89F86822C28CAE /* moc_TSLogger.cpp */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.cpp.cpp; name = moc_TSLogger.cpp; path = release/moc/moc_TSLogger.cpp; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
|
||||
4B2D11C739E037330FF187DB /* UpdateCheckDialog.cpp */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.cpp.cpp; name = UpdateCheckDialog.cpp; path = src/UpdateCheckDialog.cpp; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
|
||||
59F78802D4802B940EA308A0 /* moc_MainWindow.cpp */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.cpp.cpp; name = moc_MainWindow.cpp; path = release/moc/moc_MainWindow.cpp; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
|
||||
5EEB118D3C499097B07CA6DC /* TSLogger.cpp */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.cpp.cpp; name = TSLogger.cpp; path = src/debugging/TSLogger.cpp; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
|
||||
5FDBC0A18FE03C4893ABD97E /* UiGuiSystemInfo.h */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.h; name = UiGuiSystemInfo.h; path = src/UiGuiSystemInfo.h; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
|
||||
6988CE9D964BC66484DA49D5 /* QtGui */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = "compiled.mach-o.dylib"; name = QtGui; path = /opt/local/lib/libQtGui.4.7.4.dylib; sourceTree = "<absolute>"; };
|
||||
705CF7C739E81ED3345C9F41 /* moc_UiGuiHighlighter.cpp */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.cpp.cpp; name = moc_UiGuiHighlighter.cpp; path = release/moc/moc_UiGuiHighlighter.cpp; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
|
||||
71D24B3D256D9E9FC90EEDF7 /* moc_AboutDialog.cpp */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.cpp.cpp; name = moc_AboutDialog.cpp; path = release/moc/moc_AboutDialog.cpp; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
|
||||
7B749332F0EE106BAF891CBB /* IndentHandler.cpp */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.cpp.cpp; name = IndentHandler.cpp; path = src/IndentHandler.cpp; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
|
||||
7DBF76AABA74FE9F8ACD5DB5 /* Icons.qrc */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = text; name = Icons.qrc; path = resources/Icons.qrc; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
|
||||
7EC3C68A81EFFF79B6CA22AC /* main.cpp */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.cpp.cpp; name = main.cpp; path = src/main.cpp; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
|
||||
836D42CF391C82A0B70687F3 /* moc_UiGuiIndentServer.cpp */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.cpp.cpp; name = moc_UiGuiIndentServer.cpp; path = release/moc/moc_UiGuiIndentServer.cpp; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
|
||||
8B5B29CE11F2EFCD1C93EB6C /* AboutDialog.cpp */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.cpp.cpp; name = AboutDialog.cpp; path = src/AboutDialog.cpp; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
|
||||
8CE031E032D58BFFADB163E3 /* UiGuiSystemInfo.cpp */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.cpp.cpp; name = UiGuiSystemInfo.cpp; path = src/UiGuiSystemInfo.cpp; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
|
||||
944A1A0B82857EC61410FC06 /* UiGuiSettings.cpp */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.cpp.cpp; name = UiGuiSettings.cpp; path = src/UiGuiSettings.cpp; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
|
||||
957A01A17EA639CF3AC8D438 /* ui_TSLoggerDialog.h */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.h; name = ui_TSLoggerDialog.h; path = release/uic/ui_TSLoggerDialog.h; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
|
||||
95C394A7DB7625A6018F145F /* UiGuiHighlighter.cpp */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.cpp.cpp; name = UiGuiHighlighter.cpp; path = src/UiGuiHighlighter.cpp; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
|
||||
97D35E3EB9A27948A62C0C38 /* ui_MainWindow.h */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.h; name = ui_MainWindow.h; path = release/uic/ui_MainWindow.h; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
|
||||
9840C47AE913CA84966C04AE /* UiGuiIndentServer.cpp */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.cpp.cpp; name = UiGuiIndentServer.cpp; path = src/UiGuiIndentServer.cpp; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
|
||||
998C921BBFDF579B258C28EA /* moc_UiGuiErrorMessage.cpp */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.cpp.cpp; name = moc_UiGuiErrorMessage.cpp; path = release/moc/moc_UiGuiErrorMessage.cpp; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
|
||||
9B1A8589DE3DB63FE9FEADAD /* AboutDialogGraphicsView.h */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.h; name = AboutDialogGraphicsView.h; path = src/AboutDialogGraphicsView.h; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
|
||||
9EF9FEB32A7980D519425A9E /* QtScript */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = "compiled.mach-o.dylib"; name = QtScript; path = /opt/local/lib/libQtScript.4.7.4.dylib; sourceTree = "<absolute>"; };
|
||||
9FAD1502AC6B577554578224 /* TSLoggerDialog.ui */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = text.xml; name = TSLoggerDialog.ui; path = src/debugging/TSLoggerDialog.ui; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
|
||||
A1FD7528F1BA6EC4A87E142A /* ui_ToolBarWidget.h */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.h; name = ui_ToolBarWidget.h; path = release/uic/ui_ToolBarWidget.h; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
|
||||
A6C4B7ADC28FF6F9840A9319 /* UniversalIndentGUI.icns */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = image.icns; name = UniversalIndentGUI.icns; path = resources/UniversalIndentGUI.icns; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
|
||||
A77AB8EA63A1F08C970A0DB1 /* TemplateBatchScript.h */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.h; name = TemplateBatchScript.h; path = src/TemplateBatchScript.h; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
|
||||
A7CBECAE098937E7541F811C /* MainWindow.ui */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = text.xml; name = MainWindow.ui; path = src/MainWindow.ui; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
|
||||
A7DD7C62D24BBDB386C3840D /* moc_UiGuiSettingsDialog.cpp */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.cpp.cpp; name = moc_UiGuiSettingsDialog.cpp; path = release/moc/moc_UiGuiSettingsDialog.cpp; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
|
||||
AAFD01B4A071D73CD002C7FD /* SettingsPaths.cpp */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.cpp.cpp; name = SettingsPaths.cpp; path = src/SettingsPaths.cpp; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
|
||||
AC4AC748C3685570D9D8B977 /* UiGuiSettings.h */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.h; name = UiGuiSettings.h; path = src/UiGuiSettings.h; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
|
||||
B235A8A774654CA992F5A861 /* QtNetwork */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = "compiled.mach-o.dylib"; name = QtNetwork; path = /opt/local/lib/libQtNetwork.4.7.4.dylib; sourceTree = "<absolute>"; };
|
||||
B3201EB1AA113D49631A1BC2 /* UiGuiSettingsDialog.ui */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = text.xml; name = UiGuiSettingsDialog.ui; path = src/UiGuiSettingsDialog.ui; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
|
||||
B3E50F5A6CE91D794A9AE2AA /* ToolBarWidget.ui */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = text.xml; name = ToolBarWidget.ui; path = src/ToolBarWidget.ui; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
|
||||
BAC68B56402ED1C21C4A4561 /* UiGuiIniFileParser.cpp */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.cpp.cpp; name = UiGuiIniFileParser.cpp; path = src/UiGuiIniFileParser.cpp; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
|
||||
C2D745F51D062CD6409FA16C /* ui_UpdateCheckDialog.h */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.h; name = ui_UpdateCheckDialog.h; path = release/uic/ui_UpdateCheckDialog.h; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
|
||||
D038693E47A07F84995184E5 /* UiGuiVersion.cpp */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.cpp.cpp; name = UiGuiVersion.cpp; path = src/UiGuiVersion.cpp; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
|
||||
D3A96D6E7DF8830490467C04 /* AboutDialogGraphicsView.cpp */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.cpp.cpp; name = AboutDialogGraphicsView.cpp; path = src/AboutDialogGraphicsView.cpp; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
|
||||
D4515A4B9864E652FE65CBDE /* moc_UpdateCheckDialog.cpp */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.cpp.cpp; name = moc_UpdateCheckDialog.cpp; path = release/moc/moc_UpdateCheckDialog.cpp; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
|
||||
D807F0DE3110F0AD45593FA7 /* MainWindow.h */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.h; name = MainWindow.h; path = src/MainWindow.h; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
|
||||
DCEF1F98F703B62597F530A9 /* ui_UiGuiSettingsDialog.h */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.h; name = ui_UiGuiSettingsDialog.h; path = release/uic/ui_UiGuiSettingsDialog.h; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
|
||||
DEDA4624B80C4136C3D118C2 /* moc_IndentHandler.cpp */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.cpp.cpp; name = moc_IndentHandler.cpp; path = release/moc/moc_IndentHandler.cpp; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
|
||||
E457C7C0F6FE92258C9ABDE6 /* UniversalIndentGUI.pro */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = text; path = UniversalIndentGUI.pro; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
|
||||
E938E42C14AC74220066EAA2 /* UniversalIndentGUI.app */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = wrapper.application; includeInIndex = 0; path = UniversalIndentGUI.app; sourceTree = BUILT_PRODUCTS_DIR; };
|
||||
E9B6F1DAFB4C5CD5E9C4C02C /* TemplateBatchScript.cpp */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.cpp.cpp; name = TemplateBatchScript.cpp; path = src/TemplateBatchScript.cpp; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
|
||||
EB9AF2B1C20FF4B1225EA3FB /* UiGuiErrorMessage.cpp */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.cpp.cpp; name = UiGuiErrorMessage.cpp; path = src/UiGuiErrorMessage.cpp; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
|
||||
F45A82FFD3FBFC99A2A0B897 /* UiGuiVersion.h */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.h; name = UiGuiVersion.h; path = src/UiGuiVersion.h; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
|
||||
F4DF9DB04F138672E3CB95D5 /* moc_UiGuiSettings.cpp */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.cpp.cpp; name = moc_UiGuiSettings.cpp; path = release/moc/moc_UiGuiSettings.cpp; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
|
||||
F5BD042A2B240A02A39C20AC /* TSLogger.h */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.h; name = TSLogger.h; path = src/debugging/TSLogger.h; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
|
||||
F84894CE7D4FF11845C5DEC1 /* moc_AboutDialogGraphicsView.cpp */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.cpp.cpp; name = moc_AboutDialogGraphicsView.cpp; path = release/moc/moc_AboutDialogGraphicsView.cpp; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
|
||||
FC65490F7BEA4427C242848C /* QtCore */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = "compiled.mach-o.dylib"; name = QtCore; path = /opt/local/lib/libQtCore.4.7.4.dylib; sourceTree = "<absolute>"; };
|
||||
/* End PBXFileReference section */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Begin PBXFrameworksBuildPhase section */
|
||||
2A1043669E6E5A7426EA502A /* Frameworks & Libraries */ = {
|
||||
isa = PBXFrameworksBuildPhase;
|
||||
buildActionMask = 2147483647;
|
||||
files = (
|
||||
32D9B1CB3877EF0A567B997D /* QtScript in Frameworks & Libraries */,
|
||||
3B7E26C095F17917F557F0BB /* QtGui in Frameworks & Libraries */,
|
||||
B3D97A9EF6FD086AC8AA1400 /* QtNetwork in Frameworks & Libraries */,
|
||||
204EDFAF3269B294371D7373 /* QtCore in Frameworks & Libraries */,
|
||||
);
|
||||
name = "Frameworks & Libraries";
|
||||
runOnlyForDeploymentPostprocessing = 0;
|
||||
};
|
||||
/* End PBXFrameworksBuildPhase section */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Begin PBXGroup section */
|
||||
05596AB53D8D521C69802C27 /* UniversalIndentGUI */ = {
|
||||
isa = PBXGroup;
|
||||
children = (
|
||||
FB61758D0F0FDA4BA867C3D5 /* Sources */,
|
||||
46E892BBB6BB6952967E0561 /* Temporary Sources */,
|
||||
883D7615C4D2DE3FA1218F12 /* Headers */,
|
||||
7CABE3C80E79AD2B307756D2 /* Sources [qmake] */,
|
||||
52C235EBF1C9B07808119459 /* Sources [RCC] */,
|
||||
EEC299C65D5017EB9DD513B0 /* Sources [UIC] */,
|
||||
ED1E82605DD74B483AF3C982 /* External Frameworks and Libraries */,
|
||||
E938E42D14AC74220066EAA2 /* Products */,
|
||||
);
|
||||
name = UniversalIndentGUI;
|
||||
sourceTree = "<group>";
|
||||
};
|
||||
06674E1DE8D3EB6E763DFFDA /* src */ = {
|
||||
isa = PBXGroup;
|
||||
children = (
|
||||
8B5B29CE11F2EFCD1C93EB6C /* AboutDialog.cpp */,
|
||||
D3A96D6E7DF8830490467C04 /* AboutDialogGraphicsView.cpp */,
|
||||
7B749332F0EE106BAF891CBB /* IndentHandler.cpp */,
|
||||
7EC3C68A81EFFF79B6CA22AC /* main.cpp */,
|
||||
1C0B64226A129D35F02DC004 /* MainWindow.cpp */,
|
||||
AAFD01B4A071D73CD002C7FD /* SettingsPaths.cpp */,
|
||||
E9B6F1DAFB4C5CD5E9C4C02C /* TemplateBatchScript.cpp */,
|
||||
EB9AF2B1C20FF4B1225EA3FB /* UiGuiErrorMessage.cpp */,
|
||||
95C394A7DB7625A6018F145F /* UiGuiHighlighter.cpp */,
|
||||
9840C47AE913CA84966C04AE /* UiGuiIndentServer.cpp */,
|
||||
BAC68B56402ED1C21C4A4561 /* UiGuiIniFileParser.cpp */,
|
||||
944A1A0B82857EC61410FC06 /* UiGuiSettings.cpp */,
|
||||
26383A497B0CC65909DA431D /* UiGuiSettingsDialog.cpp */,
|
||||
8CE031E032D58BFFADB163E3 /* UiGuiSystemInfo.cpp */,
|
||||
D038693E47A07F84995184E5 /* UiGuiVersion.cpp */,
|
||||
4B2D11C739E037330FF187DB /* UpdateCheckDialog.cpp */,
|
||||
682C39EDA1B6CDF80B0D9214 /* debugging */,
|
||||
);
|
||||
name = src;
|
||||
sourceTree = "<group>";
|
||||
};
|
||||
16A82DA2701971900CCC9274 /* resources */ = {
|
||||
isa = PBXGroup;
|
||||
children = (
|
||||
7DBF76AABA74FE9F8ACD5DB5 /* Icons.qrc */,
|
||||
);
|
||||
name = resources;
|
||||
sourceTree = "<group>";
|
||||
};
|
||||
17088D39164D72415814D3CE /* moc */ = {
|
||||
isa = PBXGroup;
|
||||
children = (
|
||||
71D24B3D256D9E9FC90EEDF7 /* moc_AboutDialog.cpp */,
|
||||
F84894CE7D4FF11845C5DEC1 /* moc_AboutDialogGraphicsView.cpp */,
|
||||
DEDA4624B80C4136C3D118C2 /* moc_IndentHandler.cpp */,
|
||||
59F78802D4802B940EA308A0 /* moc_MainWindow.cpp */,
|
||||
998C921BBFDF579B258C28EA /* moc_UiGuiErrorMessage.cpp */,
|
||||
705CF7C739E81ED3345C9F41 /* moc_UiGuiHighlighter.cpp */,
|
||||
836D42CF391C82A0B70687F3 /* moc_UiGuiIndentServer.cpp */,
|
||||
F4DF9DB04F138672E3CB95D5 /* moc_UiGuiSettings.cpp */,
|
||||
A7DD7C62D24BBDB386C3840D /* moc_UiGuiSettingsDialog.cpp */,
|
||||
D4515A4B9864E652FE65CBDE /* moc_UpdateCheckDialog.cpp */,
|
||||
4082D6E68F89F86822C28CAE /* moc_TSLogger.cpp */,
|
||||
);
|
||||
name = moc;
|
||||
sourceTree = "<group>";
|
||||
};
|
||||
46E892BBB6BB6952967E0561 /* Temporary Sources */ = {
|
||||
isa = PBXGroup;
|
||||
children = (
|
||||
BC7AF8B1E3D64E5DB82A180B /* release */,
|
||||
);
|
||||
name = "Temporary Sources";
|
||||
sourceTree = "<group>";
|
||||
};
|
||||
52C235EBF1C9B07808119459 /* Sources [RCC] */ = {
|
||||
isa = PBXGroup;
|
||||
children = (
|
||||
16A82DA2701971900CCC9274 /* resources */,
|
||||
);
|
||||
name = "Sources [RCC]";
|
||||
sourceTree = "<group>";
|
||||
};
|
||||
682C39EDA1B6CDF80B0D9214 /* debugging */ = {
|
||||
isa = PBXGroup;
|
||||
children = (
|
||||
5EEB118D3C499097B07CA6DC /* TSLogger.cpp */,
|
||||
);
|
||||
name = debugging;
|
||||
sourceTree = "<group>";
|
||||
};
|
||||
7CABE3C80E79AD2B307756D2 /* Sources [qmake] */ = {
|
||||
isa = PBXGroup;
|
||||
children = (
|
||||
E457C7C0F6FE92258C9ABDE6 /* UniversalIndentGUI.pro */,
|
||||
);
|
||||
name = "Sources [qmake]";
|
||||
sourceTree = "<group>";
|
||||
};
|
||||
8161BBD1CA4ABAD2BDCD1290 /* debugging */ = {
|
||||
isa = PBXGroup;
|
||||
children = (
|
||||
9FAD1502AC6B577554578224 /* TSLoggerDialog.ui */,
|
||||
);
|
||||
name = debugging;
|
||||
sourceTree = "<group>";
|
||||
};
|
||||
883D7615C4D2DE3FA1218F12 /* Headers */ = {
|
||||
isa = PBXGroup;
|
||||
children = (
|
||||
F4AF6147B42623F6B3284738 /* src */,
|
||||
);
|
||||
name = Headers;
|
||||
sourceTree = "<group>";
|
||||
};
|
||||
A1B6D1488110DA0868414A40 /* src */ = {
|
||||
isa = PBXGroup;
|
||||
children = (
|
||||
A7CBECAE098937E7541F811C /* MainWindow.ui */,
|
||||
B3E50F5A6CE91D794A9AE2AA /* ToolBarWidget.ui */,
|
||||
B3201EB1AA113D49631A1BC2 /* UiGuiSettingsDialog.ui */,
|
||||
3E78CB522F65C3B2CD054660 /* AboutDialog.ui */,
|
||||
290E702759265E2A11910569 /* UpdateCheckDialog.ui */,
|
||||
8161BBD1CA4ABAD2BDCD1290 /* debugging */,
|
||||
);
|
||||
name = src;
|
||||
sourceTree = "<group>";
|
||||
};
|
||||
A742563A513C5350203403C2 /* uic */ = {
|
||||
isa = PBXGroup;
|
||||
children = (
|
||||
97D35E3EB9A27948A62C0C38 /* ui_MainWindow.h */,
|
||||
A1FD7528F1BA6EC4A87E142A /* ui_ToolBarWidget.h */,
|
||||
DCEF1F98F703B62597F530A9 /* ui_UiGuiSettingsDialog.h */,
|
||||
04EC27988BE80C166C06D386 /* ui_AboutDialog.h */,
|
||||
C2D745F51D062CD6409FA16C /* ui_UpdateCheckDialog.h */,
|
||||
957A01A17EA639CF3AC8D438 /* ui_TSLoggerDialog.h */,
|
||||
);
|
||||
name = uic;
|
||||
sourceTree = "<group>";
|
||||
};
|
||||
B06B937E4E5DB1B571475081 /* resources */ = {
|
||||
isa = PBXGroup;
|
||||
children = (
|
||||
A6C4B7ADC28FF6F9840A9319 /* UniversalIndentGUI.icns */,
|
||||
);
|
||||
name = resources;
|
||||
sourceTree = "<group>";
|
||||
};
|
||||
BC7AF8B1E3D64E5DB82A180B /* release */ = {
|
||||
isa = PBXGroup;
|
||||
children = (
|
||||
17088D39164D72415814D3CE /* moc */,
|
||||
E60B3FBF3190558138C79865 /* qrc */,
|
||||
A742563A513C5350203403C2 /* uic */,
|
||||
);
|
||||
name = release;
|
||||
sourceTree = "<group>";
|
||||
};
|
||||
CAC892C702EF9F77734C8010 /* debugging */ = {
|
||||
isa = PBXGroup;
|
||||
children = (
|
||||
F5BD042A2B240A02A39C20AC /* TSLogger.h */,
|
||||
);
|
||||
name = debugging;
|
||||
sourceTree = "<group>";
|
||||
};
|
||||
E60B3FBF3190558138C79865 /* qrc */ = {
|
||||
isa = PBXGroup;
|
||||
children = (
|
||||
1BB748495103B59368976F44 /* qrc_Icons.cpp */,
|
||||
);
|
||||
name = qrc;
|
||||
sourceTree = "<group>";
|
||||
};
|
||||
E938E42D14AC74220066EAA2 /* Products */ = {
|
||||
isa = PBXGroup;
|
||||
children = (
|
||||
E938E42C14AC74220066EAA2 /* UniversalIndentGUI.app */,
|
||||
);
|
||||
name = Products;
|
||||
sourceTree = "<group>";
|
||||
};
|
||||
ED1E82605DD74B483AF3C982 /* External Frameworks and Libraries */ = {
|
||||
isa = PBXGroup;
|
||||
children = (
|
||||
9EF9FEB32A7980D519425A9E /* QtScript */,
|
||||
6988CE9D964BC66484DA49D5 /* QtGui */,
|
||||
B235A8A774654CA992F5A861 /* QtNetwork */,
|
||||
FC65490F7BEA4427C242848C /* QtCore */,
|
||||
);
|
||||
name = "External Frameworks and Libraries";
|
||||
sourceTree = "<group>";
|
||||
};
|
||||
EEC299C65D5017EB9DD513B0 /* Sources [UIC] */ = {
|
||||
isa = PBXGroup;
|
||||
children = (
|
||||
A1B6D1488110DA0868414A40 /* src */,
|
||||
);
|
||||
name = "Sources [UIC]";
|
||||
sourceTree = "<group>";
|
||||
};
|
||||
F4AF6147B42623F6B3284738 /* src */ = {
|
||||
isa = PBXGroup;
|
||||
children = (
|
||||
0501473B7E166B9D10974B09 /* AboutDialog.h */,
|
||||
9B1A8589DE3DB63FE9FEADAD /* AboutDialogGraphicsView.h */,
|
||||
2365565B0E8281A9A554DE48 /* IndentHandler.h */,
|
||||
D807F0DE3110F0AD45593FA7 /* MainWindow.h */,
|
||||
0405CDFCAFF3A176EB7C5B2B /* SettingsPaths.h */,
|
||||
A77AB8EA63A1F08C970A0DB1 /* TemplateBatchScript.h */,
|
||||
19D832A234461F61E597073E /* UiGuiErrorMessage.h */,
|
||||
0D2093D6D7971F9434E27A2D /* UiGuiHighlighter.h */,
|
||||
234F1B047D06A4E84A3BA652 /* UiGuiIndentServer.h */,
|
||||
01A925071F5E8C4DEAA029A7 /* UiGuiIniFileParser.h */,
|
||||
AC4AC748C3685570D9D8B977 /* UiGuiSettings.h */,
|
||||
3194C2F269DA07FBC8FB120D /* UiGuiSettingsDialog.h */,
|
||||
5FDBC0A18FE03C4893ABD97E /* UiGuiSystemInfo.h */,
|
||||
F45A82FFD3FBFC99A2A0B897 /* UiGuiVersion.h */,
|
||||
240575E52D89C74CAFF8C83F /* UpdateCheckDialog.h */,
|
||||
CAC892C702EF9F77734C8010 /* debugging */,
|
||||
);
|
||||
name = src;
|
||||
sourceTree = "<group>";
|
||||
};
|
||||
FB61758D0F0FDA4BA867C3D5 /* Sources */ = {
|
||||
isa = PBXGroup;
|
||||
children = (
|
||||
06674E1DE8D3EB6E763DFFDA /* src */,
|
||||
B06B937E4E5DB1B571475081 /* resources */,
|
||||
);
|
||||
name = Sources;
|
||||
sourceTree = "<group>";
|
||||
};
|
||||
/* End PBXGroup section */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Begin PBXNativeTarget section */
|
||||
A630BEF242261A8F9F0C2E16 /* UniversalIndentGUI */ = {
|
||||
isa = PBXNativeTarget;
|
||||
buildConfigurationList = E938E43C14AC74310066EAA2 /* Build configuration list for PBXNativeTarget "UniversalIndentGUI" */;
|
||||
buildPhases = (
|
||||
D7BA7D76DAB5DD13389D6332 /* Qt Qmake */,
|
||||
A0A52A2ADF7A1E2A99738674 /* Qt Preprocessors */,
|
||||
F6069D5A5DA8AA28EDB8B3C6 /* Project Copy */,
|
||||
C29B8785722055ED95EF7B57 /* Build Sources */,
|
||||
2A1043669E6E5A7426EA502A /* Frameworks & Libraries */,
|
||||
3787F99312C85FF0073FD7BA /* Bundle Resources */,
|
||||
);
|
||||
buildRules = (
|
||||
);
|
||||
dependencies = (
|
||||
);
|
||||
name = UniversalIndentGUI;
|
||||
productInstallPath = release/;
|
||||
productName = UniversalIndentGUI;
|
||||
productReference = E938E42C14AC74220066EAA2 /* UniversalIndentGUI.app */;
|
||||
productType = "com.apple.product-type.application";
|
||||
};
|
||||
/* End PBXNativeTarget section */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Begin PBXProject section */
|
||||
91B15E841AA80083484172DE /* Project object */ = {
|
||||
isa = PBXProject;
|
||||
buildConfigurationList = 2A951308CDB28F104D0A4BD2 /* Build configuration list for PBXProject "UniversalIndentGUI" */;
|
||||
compatibilityVersion = "Xcode 2.4";
|
||||
developmentRegion = English;
|
||||
hasScannedForEncodings = 1;
|
||||
knownRegions = (
|
||||
English,
|
||||
Japanese,
|
||||
French,
|
||||
German,
|
||||
);
|
||||
mainGroup = 05596AB53D8D521C69802C27 /* UniversalIndentGUI */;
|
||||
productRefGroup = E938E42D14AC74220066EAA2 /* Products */;
|
||||
projectDirPath = "";
|
||||
projectRoot = "";
|
||||
targets = (
|
||||
A630BEF242261A8F9F0C2E16 /* UniversalIndentGUI */,
|
||||
);
|
||||
};
|
||||
/* End PBXProject section */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Begin PBXResourcesBuildPhase section */
|
||||
3787F99312C85FF0073FD7BA /* Bundle Resources */ = {
|
||||
isa = PBXResourcesBuildPhase;
|
||||
buildActionMask = 2147483647;
|
||||
files = (
|
||||
358CDAA858B633E7AD0B6646 /* UniversalIndentGUI.icns in Bundle Resources */,
|
||||
);
|
||||
name = "Bundle Resources";
|
||||
runOnlyForDeploymentPostprocessing = 0;
|
||||
};
|
||||
/* End PBXResourcesBuildPhase section */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Begin PBXShellScriptBuildPhase section */
|
||||
A0A52A2ADF7A1E2A99738674 /* Qt Preprocessors */ = {
|
||||
isa = PBXShellScriptBuildPhase;
|
||||
buildActionMask = 2147483647;
|
||||
files = (
|
||||
);
|
||||
name = "Qt Preprocessors";
|
||||
runOnlyForDeploymentPostprocessing = 0;
|
||||
shellPath = /bin/sh;
|
||||
shellScript = "make -C /Volumes/SHARED/Programming/uigui/universalindent/trunk -f 'UniversalIndentGUI.xcodeproj/qt_preprocess.mak'";
|
||||
};
|
||||
D7BA7D76DAB5DD13389D6332 /* Qt Qmake */ = {
|
||||
isa = PBXShellScriptBuildPhase;
|
||||
buildActionMask = 2147483647;
|
||||
files = (
|
||||
);
|
||||
name = "Qt Qmake";
|
||||
runOnlyForDeploymentPostprocessing = 0;
|
||||
shellPath = /bin/sh;
|
||||
shellScript = "make -C /Volumes/SHARED/Programming/uigui/universalindent/trunk -f 'UniversalIndentGUI.xcodeproj/qt_makeqmake.mak'";
|
||||
};
|
||||
/* End PBXShellScriptBuildPhase section */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Begin PBXSourcesBuildPhase section */
|
||||
C29B8785722055ED95EF7B57 /* Build Sources */ = {
|
||||
isa = PBXSourcesBuildPhase;
|
||||
buildActionMask = 2147483647;
|
||||
files = (
|
||||
2B7F90DE44210DB9F5D23F0C /* AboutDialog.cpp in Build Sources */,
|
||||
157D8322CB15EB4B4B698465 /* AboutDialogGraphicsView.cpp in Build Sources */,
|
||||
CE0306F2BD402BE1CC71BA98 /* IndentHandler.cpp in Build Sources */,
|
||||
FD1638E377D97C82BDB438FB /* main.cpp in Build Sources */,
|
||||
AAC1168526D0C37A3F415917 /* MainWindow.cpp in Build Sources */,
|
||||
64CDA74634FD0C1F9265CF5F /* SettingsPaths.cpp in Build Sources */,
|
||||
45FD613422A15DDFF65F07EB /* TemplateBatchScript.cpp in Build Sources */,
|
||||
2E0B7B483AE3DAFB774883DC /* UiGuiErrorMessage.cpp in Build Sources */,
|
||||
ED461CD43406DFA44318404B /* UiGuiHighlighter.cpp in Build Sources */,
|
||||
83EFC8071DE20B90AE46E0A1 /* UiGuiIndentServer.cpp in Build Sources */,
|
||||
D05E9C8E00DF8978FAD6C45F /* UiGuiIniFileParser.cpp in Build Sources */,
|
||||
8DFAEC14C5621835B85BDBBB /* UiGuiSettings.cpp in Build Sources */,
|
||||
07182A1FDE8301C8D9EAF7F5 /* UiGuiSettingsDialog.cpp in Build Sources */,
|
||||
A56B320001BC86C5B01B08D0 /* UiGuiSystemInfo.cpp in Build Sources */,
|
||||
A87876F3A24FCE545FEAFB05 /* UiGuiVersion.cpp in Build Sources */,
|
||||
F42AF6C1FF5FF9F82C3E049D /* UpdateCheckDialog.cpp in Build Sources */,
|
||||
0794A9D3A24B32A06CD8CA37 /* TSLogger.cpp in Build Sources */,
|
||||
033FA4A2951F6995E4B52E75 /* moc_AboutDialog.cpp in Build Sources */,
|
||||
86D03C28F9A095696FA4C465 /* moc_AboutDialogGraphicsView.cpp in Build Sources */,
|
||||
447799AD66EF47D36B5A72E3 /* moc_IndentHandler.cpp in Build Sources */,
|
||||
1446C37D55222BE8281C2D84 /* moc_MainWindow.cpp in Build Sources */,
|
||||
4393711A82B0A27E8301FEB8 /* moc_UiGuiErrorMessage.cpp in Build Sources */,
|
||||
10D0CC7BD2D2E5A3A90EEF25 /* moc_UiGuiHighlighter.cpp in Build Sources */,
|
||||
8DCA76267BA4834F731C5BAB /* moc_UiGuiIndentServer.cpp in Build Sources */,
|
||||
9892D98357F2D175D03F6488 /* moc_UiGuiSettings.cpp in Build Sources */,
|
||||
2CE072BF0886F682F0FE8266 /* moc_UiGuiSettingsDialog.cpp in Build Sources */,
|
||||
54824FDC5DD27B6216E263F5 /* moc_UpdateCheckDialog.cpp in Build Sources */,
|
||||
C61FC1CBE0E603A32A3D1D8E /* moc_TSLogger.cpp in Build Sources */,
|
||||
4DAB46634D6A37252BC2E3D4 /* qrc_Icons.cpp in Build Sources */,
|
||||
);
|
||||
name = "Build Sources";
|
||||
runOnlyForDeploymentPostprocessing = 0;
|
||||
};
|
||||
/* End PBXSourcesBuildPhase section */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Begin XCBuildConfiguration section */
|
||||
8DB1DD96F65B1BF1FFC506E0 /* Debug */ = {
|
||||
isa = XCBuildConfiguration;
|
||||
buildSettings = {
|
||||
COPY_PHASE_STRIP = NO;
|
||||
GCC_GENERATE_DEBUGGING_SYMBOLS = YES;
|
||||
GCC_OPTIMIZATION_LEVEL = 0;
|
||||
};
|
||||
name = Debug;
|
||||
};
|
||||
95E1EB2E5DDD587BE5B3E548 /* Release */ = {
|
||||
isa = XCBuildConfiguration;
|
||||
buildSettings = {
|
||||
COPY_PHASE_STRIP = YES;
|
||||
GCC_GENERATE_DEBUGGING_SYMBOLS = NO;
|
||||
};
|
||||
name = Release;
|
||||
};
|
||||
E938E43414AC74230066EAA2 /* Debug */ = {
|
||||
isa = XCBuildConfiguration;
|
||||
buildSettings = {
|
||||
ARCHS = x86_64;
|
||||
BUILD_ROOT = /Volumes/SHARED/Programming/uigui/universalindent/trunk;
|
||||
COPY_PHASE_STRIP = NO;
|
||||
DYLIB_COMPATIBILITY_VERSION = 1.0;
|
||||
DYLIB_CURRENT_VERSION = 1.0.0;
|
||||
GCC_GENERATE_DEBUGGING_SYMBOLS = YES;
|
||||
GCC_OPTIMIZATION_LEVEL = 0;
|
||||
HEADER_SEARCH_PATHS = (
|
||||
release/moc,
|
||||
src,
|
||||
/opt/local/include/QtScript,
|
||||
/opt/local/include/QtGui,
|
||||
/opt/local/include/QtNetwork,
|
||||
/opt/local/include/QtCore,
|
||||
/opt/local/include,
|
||||
release/uic,
|
||||
/usr/local/include,
|
||||
/System/Library/Frameworks/CarbonCore.framework/Headers,
|
||||
"/opt/local/share/qt4/mkspecs/macx-xcode",
|
||||
);
|
||||
INFOPLIST_FILE = Info.plist;
|
||||
INSTALL_DIR = /Volumes/SHARED/Programming/uigui/universalindent/trunk/release/;
|
||||
LEXFLAGS = "";
|
||||
LIBRARY_SEARCH_PATHS = /opt/local/lib;
|
||||
MACOSX_DEPLOYMENT_TARGET = 10.6;
|
||||
OBJROOT = release/obj/;
|
||||
OTHER_CFLAGS = (
|
||||
"-pipe",
|
||||
"-O2",
|
||||
"-Wall",
|
||||
"-W",
|
||||
"-DQT_NO_DEBUG",
|
||||
"-DQT_SCRIPT_LIB",
|
||||
"-DQT_GUI_LIB",
|
||||
"-DQT_NETWORK_LIB",
|
||||
"-DQT_CORE_LIB",
|
||||
"-DQT_SHARED",
|
||||
);
|
||||
OTHER_CPLUSPLUSFLAGS = (
|
||||
"-pipe",
|
||||
"-O2",
|
||||
"-Wall",
|
||||
"-W",
|
||||
"-DQT_NO_DEBUG",
|
||||
"-DQT_SCRIPT_LIB",
|
||||
"-DQT_GUI_LIB",
|
||||
"-DQT_NETWORK_LIB",
|
||||
"-DQT_CORE_LIB",
|
||||
"-DQT_SHARED",
|
||||
);
|
||||
OTHER_LDFLAGS = (
|
||||
"-headerpad_max_install_names",
|
||||
"-lqscintilla2",
|
||||
"-L/opt/local/lib",
|
||||
);
|
||||
OTHER_REZFLAGS = "";
|
||||
PREBINDING = NO;
|
||||
PRODUCT_NAME = UniversalIndentGUI;
|
||||
SECTORDER_FLAGS = "";
|
||||
WARNING_CFLAGS = "";
|
||||
YACCFLAGS = "-d";
|
||||
};
|
||||
name = Debug;
|
||||
};
|
||||
E938E43514AC74230066EAA2 /* Release */ = {
|
||||
isa = XCBuildConfiguration;
|
||||
buildSettings = {
|
||||
ARCHS = x86_64;
|
||||
BUILD_ROOT = /Volumes/SHARED/Programming/uigui/universalindent/trunk;
|
||||
COPY_PHASE_STRIP = YES;
|
||||
DYLIB_COMPATIBILITY_VERSION = 1.0;
|
||||
DYLIB_CURRENT_VERSION = 1.0.0;
|
||||
GCC_GENERATE_DEBUGGING_SYMBOLS = NO;
|
||||
HEADER_SEARCH_PATHS = (
|
||||
release/moc,
|
||||
src,
|
||||
/opt/local/include/QtScript,
|
||||
/opt/local/include/QtGui,
|
||||
/opt/local/include/QtNetwork,
|
||||
/opt/local/include/QtCore,
|
||||
/opt/local/include,
|
||||
release/uic,
|
||||
/usr/local/include,
|
||||
/System/Library/Frameworks/CarbonCore.framework/Headers,
|
||||
"/opt/local/share/qt4/mkspecs/macx-xcode",
|
||||
);
|
||||
INFOPLIST_FILE = Info.plist;
|
||||
INSTALL_DIR = /Volumes/SHARED/Programming/uigui/universalindent/trunk/release/;
|
||||
LEXFLAGS = "";
|
||||
LIBRARY_SEARCH_PATHS = /opt/local/lib;
|
||||
MACOSX_DEPLOYMENT_TARGET = 10.6;
|
||||
OBJROOT = release/obj/;
|
||||
OTHER_CFLAGS = (
|
||||
"-pipe",
|
||||
"-O2",
|
||||
"-Wall",
|
||||
"-W",
|
||||
"-DQT_NO_DEBUG",
|
||||
"-DQT_SCRIPT_LIB",
|
||||
"-DQT_GUI_LIB",
|
||||
"-DQT_NETWORK_LIB",
|
||||
"-DQT_CORE_LIB",
|
||||
"-DQT_SHARED",
|
||||
);
|
||||
OTHER_CPLUSPLUSFLAGS = (
|
||||
"-pipe",
|
||||
"-O2",
|
||||
"-Wall",
|
||||
"-W",
|
||||
"-DQT_NO_DEBUG",
|
||||
"-DQT_SCRIPT_LIB",
|
||||
"-DQT_GUI_LIB",
|
||||
"-DQT_NETWORK_LIB",
|
||||
"-DQT_CORE_LIB",
|
||||
"-DQT_SHARED",
|
||||
);
|
||||
OTHER_LDFLAGS = (
|
||||
"-headerpad_max_install_names",
|
||||
"-lqscintilla2",
|
||||
"-L/opt/local/lib",
|
||||
);
|
||||
OTHER_REZFLAGS = "";
|
||||
PREBINDING = NO;
|
||||
PRODUCT_NAME = UniversalIndentGUI;
|
||||
SECTORDER_FLAGS = "";
|
||||
WARNING_CFLAGS = "";
|
||||
YACCFLAGS = "-d";
|
||||
};
|
||||
name = Release;
|
||||
};
|
||||
E938E43614AC74230066EAA2 /* Default */ = {
|
||||
isa = XCBuildConfiguration;
|
||||
buildSettings = {
|
||||
ARCHS = x86_64;
|
||||
BUILD_ROOT = /Volumes/SHARED/Programming/uigui/universalindent/trunk;
|
||||
DYLIB_COMPATIBILITY_VERSION = 1.0;
|
||||
DYLIB_CURRENT_VERSION = 1.0.0;
|
||||
HEADER_SEARCH_PATHS = (
|
||||
release/moc,
|
||||
src,
|
||||
/opt/local/include/QtScript,
|
||||
/opt/local/include/QtGui,
|
||||
/opt/local/include/QtNetwork,
|
||||
/opt/local/include/QtCore,
|
||||
/opt/local/include,
|
||||
release/uic,
|
||||
/usr/local/include,
|
||||
/System/Library/Frameworks/CarbonCore.framework/Headers,
|
||||
"/opt/local/share/qt4/mkspecs/macx-xcode",
|
||||
);
|
||||
INFOPLIST_FILE = Info.plist;
|
||||
INSTALL_DIR = /Volumes/SHARED/Programming/uigui/universalindent/trunk/release/;
|
||||
LEXFLAGS = "";
|
||||
LIBRARY_SEARCH_PATHS = /opt/local/lib;
|
||||
MACOSX_DEPLOYMENT_TARGET = 10.6;
|
||||
OBJROOT = release/obj/;
|
||||
OTHER_CFLAGS = (
|
||||
"-pipe",
|
||||
"-O2",
|
||||
"-Wall",
|
||||
"-W",
|
||||
"-DQT_NO_DEBUG",
|
||||
"-DQT_SCRIPT_LIB",
|
||||
"-DQT_GUI_LIB",
|
||||
"-DQT_NETWORK_LIB",
|
||||
"-DQT_CORE_LIB",
|
||||
"-DQT_SHARED",
|
||||
);
|
||||
OTHER_CPLUSPLUSFLAGS = (
|
||||
"-pipe",
|
||||
"-O2",
|
||||
"-Wall",
|
||||
"-W",
|
||||
"-DQT_NO_DEBUG",
|
||||
"-DQT_SCRIPT_LIB",
|
||||
"-DQT_GUI_LIB",
|
||||
"-DQT_NETWORK_LIB",
|
||||
"-DQT_CORE_LIB",
|
||||
"-DQT_SHARED",
|
||||
);
|
||||
OTHER_LDFLAGS = (
|
||||
"-headerpad_max_install_names",
|
||||
"-lqscintilla2",
|
||||
"-L/opt/local/lib",
|
||||
);
|
||||
OTHER_REZFLAGS = "";
|
||||
PREBINDING = NO;
|
||||
PRODUCT_NAME = UniversalIndentGUI;
|
||||
SECTORDER_FLAGS = "";
|
||||
WARNING_CFLAGS = "";
|
||||
YACCFLAGS = "-d";
|
||||
};
|
||||
name = Default;
|
||||
};
|
||||
/* End XCBuildConfiguration section */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Begin XCConfigurationList section */
|
||||
2A951308CDB28F104D0A4BD2 /* Build configuration list for PBXProject "UniversalIndentGUI" */ = {
|
||||
isa = XCConfigurationList;
|
||||
buildConfigurations = (
|
||||
8DB1DD96F65B1BF1FFC506E0 /* Debug */,
|
||||
95E1EB2E5DDD587BE5B3E548 /* Release */,
|
||||
);
|
||||
defaultConfigurationIsVisible = 0;
|
||||
defaultConfigurationName = Release;
|
||||
};
|
||||
E938E43C14AC74310066EAA2 /* Build configuration list for PBXNativeTarget "UniversalIndentGUI" */ = {
|
||||
isa = XCConfigurationList;
|
||||
buildConfigurations = (
|
||||
E938E43414AC74230066EAA2 /* Debug */,
|
||||
E938E43514AC74230066EAA2 /* Release */,
|
||||
E938E43614AC74230066EAA2 /* Default */,
|
||||
);
|
||||
defaultConfigurationIsVisible = 0;
|
||||
defaultConfigurationName = Default;
|
||||
};
|
||||
/* End XCConfigurationList section */
|
||||
};
|
||||
rootObject = 91B15E841AA80083484172DE /* Project object */;
|
||||
}
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,298 @@
|
||||
2012-01-01 Version 1.2.0
|
||||
[add] The Linux version has a menu entry in the application development menu now.
|
||||
[add] The Linux version has a mime type association to some code files now, so that UiGUI is available as "open with".
|
||||
[add] Added support for the Visual Basic beautifier VBSBeautifier.
|
||||
[add] Added support for the SQL beautifier Pl/Sql tidy.
|
||||
[add] Updated the Artistic Style configuration to support Artistic Style version 2.02.1.
|
||||
[add] Updated the Uncrustify configuration to support Uncrustify version 0.59.
|
||||
[add] Updated the PerlTidy configuration to support PerlTidy version 1.74.
|
||||
[add] Updated the Ruby Script Beautifier to version 2.9.
|
||||
[fix] Bug ID 3021933: Updated the Artistic Style configuration to support Artistic Style version 2.01.
|
||||
[fix] Bug ID 3021931: Fixed calling of Artistic Style version 1.22 and later.
|
||||
[fix] Bug ID 3006513: Fixed compiling UiGUI using GCC 4.5 and later.
|
||||
[fix] Bug ID 2942381: When loading an indenter configuration file, the settings displayed in the docking widget were correctly updated, but the code wasn't.
|
||||
[fix] Bug ID 2135872: A zombie process kept on running if UiGUI was quit during the update check in background if no internet connection is available.
|
||||
[fix] Bug ID 3175027: Uncrustify had wrong pop-up comments for two check-boxes.
|
||||
[fix] Bug ID 2916163: The proxy settings are properly used and applied now.
|
||||
[fix] Made the JsDecoder integration be compatible with recent Qt versions.
|
||||
[change] Changed the created shell scripts indenter config file reference. Now each created shell script has a corresponding config file being created in the same dir as the shell script, with the same name but different suffix. But since the config file is referenced by "./", when calling the script the working directory must be the same as the directory containing the config file.
|
||||
[change] Using TCLAP as command line parser instead of own command line parsing.
|
||||
[change] Setting a file name as parameter on the command line without any prefix will load this file instead of the last opened one.
|
||||
[change] Rewritten and improved the internal way how settings are connected to the UI.
|
||||
[change] Refactored and cleaned up the code.
|
||||
[change] Will no longer deliver binary bundles linked against Qt statically. Instead delivering all dependent DLLs and libs.
|
||||
|
||||
2009-07-16 Version 1.1.0
|
||||
[add] Added a logging class, that can catch debug output and make trace backs if any problems occur possible.
|
||||
[add] Added an application icon for Mac OS X.
|
||||
[change] Feature Request ID 2596302 : Updated the greatcode.ini. Thanks to adxadx who has done this work!
|
||||
[change] Feature Request ID 2793216: Updated to Uncrustify 0.53.
|
||||
[change] Updated to JsDecoder version 1.1.0
|
||||
[fix] Bug ID 2791229: If UiGUI was located in a path containing Unicode characters or such a path needed to be handed over to a called indenter, the indenter could get confused on Windows. So using the Windows 8.3 short path notation.
|
||||
[fix] On Mac OS X the used default font wasn't monospaced. Switched back to use Courier on Mac.
|
||||
|
||||
2009-02-12 Version 1.0.2
|
||||
[add] Feature Request ID 2498654 : Added support for the Fortran indenter F90ppr. http://universalindent.sf.net/issue/feature/2498654
|
||||
[add] Made it possible to define "stdin" to be used for an indenter calling.
|
||||
[change] Made the source code be compilable with the slightly older QScintilla version 2.2.
|
||||
[change] When starting the very first time without any existing application settings, do not show the mainwindow at position 0,0. On Mac the window couldn't be moved because the window title bar was hidden under the Mac menu bar.
|
||||
[change] When using a non Windows system the default editor font type is now Monospace instead of Courier. The latter was not found properly.
|
||||
[change] For security reason using a randomly generated temporary directory name on Unix based systems.
|
||||
[change] Improved the GUI updates for the Notepad++ plugin a bit. Not what I would call "good" yet.
|
||||
[fix] Bug ID 2284777 : The Notepad++ plugin was falsely linked against Qt debug dlls, which were not included. http://universalindent.sf.net/issue/bug/2284777
|
||||
[fix] Bug ID 2594251 : The new version available check didn't work anymore since version 1.0.1. http://universalindent.sf.net/issue/bug/2594251
|
||||
[fix] Avoid a crash if an uigui ini file with faulty header info is read, where the indenter executable was empty.
|
||||
[fix] Some application settings were tried to be read from a wrong directory when running in multi user mode.
|
||||
|
||||
2008-10-14 Version 1.0.1
|
||||
[add] Feature Request ID 2161471 : Added support for the Python indenter pindent.
|
||||
[add] Feature Request ID 1883444 : Added support for the JSP indenter JSPPP.
|
||||
[add] Feature Request ID 1867563 : Added support for the XML indenter XML Indent.
|
||||
[add] Support for French language. Thanks to Erwan "leg".
|
||||
[change] Some small translation corrections.
|
||||
[change] Improved the "new version available" check.
|
||||
[change] On Mac and Linux a one pixel frame was shown around the whole screen when about dialog is visible. Removed that.
|
||||
[change] Updated to Uncrustify version 0.49 from SVN repository.
|
||||
[change] Using a new logo icon for UniversalIndentGUI. The logo was created by Erwan "leg". Thanks!
|
||||
[fix] Bug ID 2173527 : Could not load Artistic Style config file properly if both parameters "--brackets=linux" and "--brackets=break-closing" were set. http://universalindent.sf.net/issue/2173527
|
||||
[fix] The distributed version of GNU Indent was using a misspelled configuration file, thus lieve preview didn't correctly work. Using original GNU Win32 version now.
|
||||
[fix] In version 1.0.0 the creation of batch files for indenters undet Windows always created a bash/shell script instead of batch.
|
||||
[fix] Keyboard shortcuts for enabling/disabling "Live Preview" and syntax highlighting didn't work.
|
||||
|
||||
2008-09-30 Version 1.0.0 non public release. Only presented for Qt Centre programming contest.
|
||||
[add] Made it possible to start UiGUI in different modes via parameters: Normal (full UI), plugin (only indenter menu, server active), server only.
|
||||
[add] Added a server functionality. Future plan is to let UiGUI run also as server so plugins from other editors can send indent requests over TCP/IP to it. Very early state right now.
|
||||
[add] Created a plugin for Notepad++. This plugin shows the indenter parameter menu and lets the user indent the selected or whole text. Live preview works also. Still has some eventloop graphic update problems.
|
||||
[add] Added support for two (rather simple) Ruby beautifiers, ruby_formatter and rbeautify.
|
||||
[add] Feature Request ID 1985475 : Added the possibility to reset all indenter parameters to default values. http://universalindent.sf.net/issue/1985475
|
||||
[add] Feature Request ID 1989585 : Added a context menu in indenter parameters widget and moved all functions handling these actions from the main window to the indent handler. http://universalindent.sf.net/issue/1989585
|
||||
[add] Feature Request ID 1977033 : Now supporting the Cobol intender Cobol Beautifier. http://universalindent.sf.net/issue/1977033
|
||||
[add] Feature Request ID 2080832 : Now showing the cursors current line and column number in the statusbars down right corner. http://universalindent.sf.net/issue/2080832
|
||||
[change] Using Qt >= 4.4.x now and thereby implemented an animated 3D about dialog.
|
||||
[change] Using QScintilla >= 2.3 now and thereby added support for Cmake, Fortran[77], Pascal, PostScript, TCL, VHDL, XML and YAML.
|
||||
[change] Reformatted the about dialog to only contain one QTextEdit. Also added some more links to that text.
|
||||
[change] Limited the size of the combobox showing the indenters because with the supported programming languages in the name, the comobox was to large in width.
|
||||
[change] Prevent php file from being tried to be executed directly. That could happen if the file has the execution flag set. However that should never be the case, so this is a workaround.
|
||||
[change] Added a new class UiguiIniFileParser which will replace the currently used QSettings for reading the indenter parameters. Thus parameters appear in the menu in the same order as in the ini file and are no longer alphabetically sorted.
|
||||
[change] Redesigned the user interface and code a bit. The indenter selection combo box along with the manual button are now placed in docking widget where all indenter parameters are placed. This is done in preparation to pull out the complete indent handler, so it can be used as plugin for Notepad++ or Eclipse etc.]
|
||||
[change] Made reading the indenter config files more tolerant. If the user disobeys case sensitivity when editing the config file by hand, the values are correctly parsed anyway.
|
||||
[change] Feature Request ID 1989587 : There is no longer any need to have a current value setting in the ini files. A default value is enough. http://universalindent.sf.net/issue/1989587
|
||||
[change] Completely removed QT3Support functions.
|
||||
[change] Removed all compiler warnings.
|
||||
[change] Changed the way internal settings are handled. Using QObject propertys for connected setting name now.
|
||||
[fix] The by each indenter supported programming languages, written in braces, are removed from the created shell scripts name.
|
||||
[fix] Corrected the move/mv commands parameter in the created shell and batch script when calling recursive.
|
||||
[fix] Bug ID 1986471 : The file modification flag did not work properly. Reason was that QScintilla can not set its textedit component modified flag to true by a function call. http://universalindent.sf.net/issue/1986471
|
||||
|
||||
2008-05-26 Version 0.8.2
|
||||
[add] Feature Request ID 1971206 : Now showing by the indenter supported programming languages next to indenter name.
|
||||
[add] Feature Request ID 1971181 : Added support for the HTML indenter HTB.
|
||||
[add] Feature Request ID 1867562 : Added support for the HTML indenter hindent.
|
||||
[add] Added support for the php indenter phpStylist version 1.0.
|
||||
[add] Added the possibility to directly setting php files as indenter. The suffix .php is recognized and php used as default interpreter.
|
||||
[add] Extended the created batch/shell script so it is able to indent only one file given as parameter or a whole directory recursively with a defined file suffix.
|
||||
[add] Feature Request ID 1885911 : Added the possibility to open a file on applications start, that is handed over as parameter on the command line.
|
||||
[add] Feature Request ID 1729429 : Added the possibility to drag'n drop in any source code file for opening it.
|
||||
[change] Created indenter shell scripts now automatically have the executable flag set to true.
|
||||
[change] Completed the support for all perl tidy parameters.
|
||||
[change] Updated to uncrustify version 0.46.
|
||||
[fix] Bug ID 1933074 : On Unix systems the user config files were stored in his home dir in the subfolder ".config". Now they are directly stored in ".universalindentgui".
|
||||
[fix] Fixed a bug where the string "<html><body>" was prepended to the output code. Occurred for example when using the shell indenter.
|
||||
|
||||
2008-03-27 Version 0.8.1
|
||||
[add] Feature Request ID 1909450 : Added support for the PEAR PHP beautifier. Thus PHP beautifying is also possible on Linux and Mac OS X. (Needs the PEAR package "PHP_Beautifier" to be installed and a path entry pointing to the PHP dir.)
|
||||
[add] Added support and translations for Russian and Ukrainian language. Thanks to Oleksandr (http://korytskyy.lviv.ua).
|
||||
[add] Feature Request ID 1901935 : From now on files are saved with the same encoding as they were opened and no longer always UTF-8. Also it is possible to save the file with any other encoding.
|
||||
[change] The detection whether to run in portable mode now depends on where the "config" folder resides and no longer the "indenters" folder. This is needed to be able to correctly run on Windows multiuser systems.
|
||||
[change] Removed the word "beta" whereever it occurred, since UiGUI isn't that beta anymore.
|
||||
[fix] Bug ID 1910773 : On Unix systems the globally available files, like indenters, translations etc are not longer installed to /etc/universalindentgui but to /usr/share/universalindentgui.
|
||||
|
||||
2008-01-17 Version 0.8.0 Beta
|
||||
[add] Feature Request ID 1849297 : Added support for indenters written in JavaScript using an internal interpreter. Have a look into the README.txt to get to know, what steps are needed for that.
|
||||
[add] Added support for a simple JavaScript indenter written in JavaScript itself.
|
||||
[add] Added support for a simple shell code indenter written in awk.
|
||||
[add] Feature Request ID 1736946 : It is now possible to run any indenter that is available in the global environment via a path entry.
|
||||
[add] Feature Request ID 1852483 : Indenters written in script languages, like perl, are now also supported, if they have a correct shebang.
|
||||
[add] Added support for the well known perltidy. The uigui ini file is completed up to the category and including "Line Break Control". Rest needs to be done.
|
||||
[add] Feature Request ID 1866599 : Adapted the used paths for settings, temporary files and the one containing indenter ini files to be conform with systems that use strict user rights management. Most this concerns Linux, where the binary resides inside a bin dir and user specific settings are stored in his home dir. Short: now supporting multiuser systems and also have a portable mode, where modifications are only on local media.
|
||||
[add] Feature Request ID 1730360 : Along with real support for multiuser systems, each user can have his own indenter settings. These won't be overwritten by an update, what was the case before.
|
||||
[add] Feature Request ID 1867628 : Added a button to the toolbar near the indenter selection that opens the indenters online manual.
|
||||
[add] Feature Request ID 1867660 : Created a simple man page for unix based systems.
|
||||
[add] The by the qmake projekt file resulting makefile has a directive for install on unix based systems now.
|
||||
[add] Added example files for most supported programming languages, so each indenter can be tested.
|
||||
[change] The source code archive is now in a Unix conform format and naming convention.
|
||||
[change] The used paths have changed. The "data" directory has been renamed to indenters and includes only the uigui ini files and maybe some indenter binaries. Futher a config and a temp directory are used.
|
||||
[change] In case of an error during calling the indenter, its standard output is appended to the error dialog.
|
||||
[change] Corrected some misspelling.
|
||||
[change] Renamed htmltidy to tidy because that is its official name and also the name of the binary in all Linux packages.
|
||||
[fix] Bug ID 1855460 : The parameter settings of the indenter were only saved, if preview is turned on. Now the settings are always remembered.
|
||||
[fix] Bug ID 1854156 : The syntax highlighter did not switch to perl if a file with suffix .pl or .pm was loaded.
|
||||
|
||||
2007-11-22 Version 0.7.1 Beta
|
||||
[add] Feature Request ID 1833814 : Added support for building on MacOSX.
|
||||
[change] Feature Request ID 1836486 : Update to latest version of Uncrustify.
|
||||
[change] Update to latest version of Artistic Styler.
|
||||
|
||||
2007-11-11 Version 0.7.0 Beta
|
||||
[add] Feature Request ID 1826733 : If the called indenter returns an error message, you can chose to not show the same error again. Helpful for HTMLtidy since it often shows a long, repeating error list.
|
||||
[add] Feature Request ID 1805974 : Added an option to clear the list of recently opened files.
|
||||
[add] Feature Request ID 1760997 : Added some code lines to example.cpp to test whether an indenter correctly handles preprocessor defines.
|
||||
[add] Feature Request ID 1752551 : If the user manually checks for updates a progress/busy dialog will be shown.
|
||||
[add] Feature Request ID 1736932 : The user gets shown a dialog if he has manually checked for an update and no new one is available.
|
||||
[change] The update check is now enabled by default.
|
||||
[change] Slighty changes made to the settings dialog; put texts in front of the changed value.
|
||||
[fix] Bug ID 1807179 : GNU Indent didn't work properly on Windows system, after the dlls libiconv-2.dll and libintl-2.dll were removed. Readded them.
|
||||
[fix] Bug ID 1805976 : The HTML export didn't produce any output. Fixed that, but still has not syntax formatting.
|
||||
[fix] Bug ID 1815023 : Mixed traditional with simplified chinese translation. Now preferring to use english text instead of mixing if no traditional translation is available.
|
||||
[fix] Bug ID 1815120 : The font of the editor component was wrong (not monospaced), if syntax highlighting was turned off.
|
||||
|
||||
2007-06-13 Version 0.6.1 Beta
|
||||
[add] Feature Request ID 1729433 : Added a recently opened file menu.
|
||||
[add] Feature Request ID 1704290 : Added possibiltiy to integrate into an IDE, editor or other as external tool. This is donw by creating a batch/shell script which accepts a file as parameter and calls the indenter with the in UniversalIndentGUI made settings.
|
||||
[add] Feature Request ID 1673659 : The string parameter in the uigui ini files for each indenter can now also be a list of strings divided by "|" sign. As result the parameter name with value will be written to the indenter config file for each of the values.
|
||||
[add] Feature Request ID 1730180 : UniversalIndentGUI can automatically check on start, whether a new version is available. This setting is disabled by default and can be enabled in the settings.
|
||||
[add] Added support for HTML Tidy. The executable is contained in the release package.
|
||||
[add] Feature Request ID 1736432 : The width of the dock widget containing the indenter parameters is now restored on program start.
|
||||
[change] The about dialog shows now a credits scroller to say thanks to all people, who have helped me somehow.
|
||||
[fix] Bug ID 1733499 : UniversalIndentGui crashed if inside of an indenter ini file the category number of one parameter was higher than the available categories.
|
||||
[fix] Bug ID 1735586 : Some dialogs had untranslated buttons. For example yes, no, cancel were not translated.
|
||||
|
||||
2007-06-03 Version 0.6.0 Beta
|
||||
[add] Feature Request ID 1700557 : Added a settings dialog for handling more possible settings with better usabiltiy.
|
||||
[add] Feature Request ID 1700556 : Added option to load last file or not on startup.
|
||||
[add] Feature Request ID 1684011 : Added option to set the width used to display tabs (default is four spaces).
|
||||
[add] Feature Request ID 1651718 : Added multiple choices, for the indenter configuration, with for the user readable text. Before the text inside of the combo boxes for the indenter parameters was exactly the same text as the command line parameter of the indenter. Now with "ChoicesReadable" a list with the same length as "Choices" can be used to insert readable text into the combo box. If this list is not set, the content of "Choices" will be used.
|
||||
[add] Partly Japanese translation. Thanks to Nirvash.
|
||||
[add] The language selection show the countries flag in front of its name to identify the language faster.
|
||||
[add] Feature Request ID 1657253 : If now configuration ini file for any indenter can be found, a warning will be displayed.
|
||||
[change] Feature Request ID 1723228 : The default font for all syntax highlighters is now mono spaced, Courier.
|
||||
[change] Along with the settings dialog cleaned up the user interface. Moved some not that often needed settings away to the settings dialog.
|
||||
[change] The full text of the GPL in the about dialog did slow down the program startup and translation. Now only a hint and link to the GPL is given in the about dialog.
|
||||
[fix] Bug ID 1692511 : UniversalIndentGui crashed, if a by the syntax highlighter unsupported file extension was opened.
|
||||
[fix] Bug ID 1727538 : The setting for syntax highlighting was allways enabled on startup, even if disabled on closing.
|
||||
[fix] Bug ID 1729026 : The highlighting style was not correct when changed to another highlighter than the current. Only after toggling preview for example the style was correct.
|
||||
[fix] The editors column showing the line numbers did not adapt its width to the maximum line number.
|
||||
|
||||
2007-03-19 Version 0.5.1 Beta
|
||||
[add] Supporting syntax highlightning for the programming language D.
|
||||
[change] The live typing and indenting feature was not adapted to QScintilla. Now works again (depending on the used indenter).
|
||||
[fix] Bug ID 1678783 : Files other encoded than ascii were not displayed correctly. Now allways displaying files using UTF-8 encoding.
|
||||
[fix] Bug ID 1678783 : The new syntax highlighter selection menu was not translated.
|
||||
[fix] When file was reloaded with other encoding the file was allways set to be modified even if it wasn't.
|
||||
|
||||
2007-03-14 Version 0.5.0 Beta
|
||||
[add/change] Using QScintilla as editing component, which is by far more mighty than the before uses QTextEdit. Have a look inside the development area for details.
|
||||
[add] Because of QScintilla, added syntax highlightning for bash, batch, cpp, csharp, css, diff, html, idl, java, javascript, lua, makefile, perl, pov, ini, python, ruby, sql and tex.
|
||||
[add] Also added code folding for previously mentioned languages.
|
||||
[add] Added support for the indenter "phpCB" phpCodeBeatufier. (Thanks to Nelson Tai) The executable is not included in the UiGui release, because I am not sure about the license of phpCB right now.
|
||||
[add] The output of an indenter can now be read from stdout, by setting "stdout" for "outputFileParameter".
|
||||
[add] Feature Request ID 1673549 : The order of the indenter call parameters for input file, output file and options[file] is now selectable in three states: pio, ipo, iop.
|
||||
[add] Feature Request ID 1675503 : The last set encoding is being remembered and used on loading last file.
|
||||
[add] Feature Request ID 1669822 : The last window position, size and maximized state is stored in the settings and restored.
|
||||
[add] Feature Request ID 1673670 : Made it possible to switch between visible and invisible white space characters, like spaces and tabs.
|
||||
[change] The "personal" configuration files of each indenter (like gc.cfg) are no longer included in a release, so these settings can be loaded into UiGui after updating.
|
||||
[fix] Bug ID 1678783: If the current opened file had no save name yet, only the path was written to the settings file, causing an error on next start.
|
||||
|
||||
2007-02-25 Version 0.4.2 Beta
|
||||
[add] Support for the indenter CSSTidy has been added.
|
||||
[add] Support for new language: Taiwan (Chinese).
|
||||
[change] For easier translation the about dialog has been redesigned a bit.
|
||||
2007-02-11 Version 0.4.1 Beta
|
||||
[add] Support for the indenter Uncrustify has been added.
|
||||
[add] Feature Request ID 1651719: A binary release for Linux AMD64 is now available.
|
||||
[add] Feature Request ID 1657251: If only a win32 executable exists under Linux, wine will be used to call it. Now a test will be mad if wine is installed and an error message will show up if not installed.
|
||||
[change] Some changes mad to the Artistic Styler ini file as suggested by its author Jim Pattee.
|
||||
[change] Put the file open button at first position in the toolbar, because normally this is the first step one would do, if he tries to find the optimal indenter and settings for himself.
|
||||
[change] The background in the about dialog has been changed to look equal on all systems.
|
||||
[change] The error message dialogs had small optical enhancements to be more readable.
|
||||
[fix] Bug ID 1657255: If an error occurred during the try to call the indenter, a message box is being shown, but the mouse cursor still indicated that the application is being busy.
|
||||
[fix] Bug ID 1651071: Changing the file encoding did not affect the code sent to the indenter, so the code while preview turned on, had wrong encoding (still seems to have some encoding problems under Linux).
|
||||
[fix] Bug ID 1650222: On Windows systems there were two DLLs missing to run GNU Indent ("libiconv-2.dll" and "libintl-2.dll")
|
||||
[fix] Bug ID 1649918: The indenter was not called after first program start, so preview updated first after changing a setting or the code.
|
||||
|
||||
2007-02-01 Version 0.4 Beta
|
||||
[add] All parameters of GNU Indent have been added.
|
||||
[add] From now on the indenter BCPP is included.
|
||||
[add] The loaded source file encoding is now convertable by the menu entry "Reopen File with other Encoding". This way chinese encoding etc. is possible to load. (Suggest for this submitted by Nelson, Bug ID 1643541)
|
||||
[add] A subdirectory "doc" has been added, containing the file "iniFileFormat.html" with info how to write ini files for new indenters.
|
||||
[change] Updated the astyle executable and the ini file to version 1.20.1
|
||||
[change] Restructured the gui design a little bit. Using a moveable dock widget for the indenter settings now. Using a toolbar that can also be placed at the bottom.
|
||||
[change] Made it possible to change the language without the need to restart the application.
|
||||
[change] Line numbers are now geyed out, because this is more decent and selecting the numbers is no longer possible.
|
||||
[change] The link to the homepage in the about dialog now really opens the website.
|
||||
[change] The linux version is now statically linked against Qt so there should be no problems with wrong Qt versions installed or even no Qt libraries installed.
|
||||
[fix] Bug ID 1553601: If no uigui ini file was found the application stopped with an exception.
|
||||
|
||||
2006-09-04 Version 0.3.1 Beta
|
||||
[add] Language selector and german translation added.
|
||||
|
||||
2006-08-25 Version 0.3 Beta
|
||||
[add] A message box will show up at opening a source file or program exit, if the source code has been changed, and ask whether to save the file or not.
|
||||
[add] The symbol "*" will be shown in the window title in front of the source file name if the source code has been changed.
|
||||
[add] By a settings menu entry the tool tips for the indenter parameter settings can be en/disabled because they can be annoying.
|
||||
[add] A settings file is from now on used to remember the last selected indenter and last opened source code file.
|
||||
[add] The source code can now be exported as a PDF or HTML document.
|
||||
[add] Some commands are now faster available by keyboard shortcuts.
|
||||
[fix] The calling name in the indenter ini file for GreatCode was written lower case while the real file name was upper case, which resulted in a program calling error.
|
||||
[fix] Corrected the tab order for the gui elements.
|
||||
[change] Optimized speed when switching between the available indenters. If the indenters ini file is large, this still takes some time.
|
||||
|
||||
2006-08-11 Version 0.2.5 Alpha
|
||||
[add] when loading or saving either a source code or config file the load/save dialog will open in the files directory and not allways in the UniversalIndentGUI dir
|
||||
[add] currently made settings for the indenter can be saved to any file
|
||||
[add] the menue entries for loading and saving the indenter config file have now icons
|
||||
[add] the currently opened source code file name and path will be shown in the window title bar
|
||||
[add] a error dialog that will be shown once if the indenter executable for the selected indenter does not exist
|
||||
[fix] turning syntax highlight on/off did first take effect after toggle of preview
|
||||
[fix] the image in the about dialog box was not allways visible
|
||||
|
||||
2006-08-03 Version 0.2.4 Alpha
|
||||
[change] the windows version does no longer need any dlls due to static linking and removing bind to mingwm10.dll
|
||||
[change] the windows version of the GNU Indent is replaced by a DJGPP compiled GNU Indent version, that needs no further DLLs
|
||||
[add] possibility to save the shown/indented source code
|
||||
[fix] the file extension used to call the selected indenter. It is now equal to the loaded source file extension so the indenter recognizes the source code language
|
||||
[fix] unnecessary calls of the indenter removed
|
||||
[fix] indenter was not called if preview was activated and indenter changed
|
||||
[fix] under linux the file mask for the open source file dialog did not work correctly
|
||||
|
||||
2006-07-16 Version 0.2.3 Alpha
|
||||
[add] possibility to edit the source code while preview is active and see how it is formatted. So that is real live ;-)
|
||||
|
||||
2006-07-14 Version 0.2.2 Alpha
|
||||
[add] ini file for GNU Indent with some first settings (if any one wants to write more in it let me know)
|
||||
[add] a menu bar for more pleasent and common use of the program (some not yet used menu items are disabled)
|
||||
[add] an about dialog
|
||||
[add] some icons for better look and feel (can you feel it ;-) )
|
||||
[fix] a bug under linux which caused an endless loop if text was edited
|
||||
|
||||
2006-07-07 Version 0.2.1.1 Alpha (win32 only)
|
||||
- previously compiled using Visual Studio 2005 Express, whereby an additional installation of a redistributable package was needed to run UniversalIndentGUI. To avoid this and not force the user to install anything, now using mingw to compile.
|
||||
|
||||
2006-07-04 Version 0.2.1 Alpha
|
||||
[add] function to load config file (not the uigui ini file) of every indenter (and reenabled load config file button)
|
||||
[add] use of a default value when loading a indenter config file and not all parameters are set.
|
||||
[add] all documented default parameters of GreatCode and Astyle to their ini files.
|
||||
[fix] loading of file mask for source code file after changing indenter
|
||||
[fix] call of indenter failed under win32 if a linux binary exists.
|
||||
|
||||
2006-06-30 Version 0.2.0 Alpha
|
||||
[add] missing parameters for flexible indenter ini file format
|
||||
[add] complete Astyle ini file
|
||||
[add] multiple choice combobox for parameters
|
||||
[add] checkbox in front of numeric and string parameters to enable/disable them. If disabled indenters default value is used
|
||||
|
||||
2006-06-28
|
||||
[add] working ini file for Astyle (right now only few boolean parameters)
|
||||
[change] ini file format for booleans to reach the planned flexibility
|
||||
|
||||
2006-06-23
|
||||
[add] combobox in the upper left showing available indenters (found by searching for uigui_*.ini file). at the moment only GreatCode and testwise Astyle
|
||||
[add] more detailed info if the indenter call results in an error
|
||||
[add] icon for executable
|
||||
[change] style/format of the ini file. Still not all planned features implemented
|
||||
- some bugfixes, as you can say this in a preAlpha
|
||||
|
||||
2006-06-07
|
||||
[change] unnecessary gui menu removed
|
||||
[fix] corrected ini file for great code (only in executable release)
|
||||
[add] made call of windows version of GreatCode under Linux possible by using wine
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,12 @@
|
||||
How to install UniversalIndentGUI
|
||||
---------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
Well, there is no need to install this application at all. While you are reading this file,
|
||||
you obviously already have unpacked the archive and thats all you need to do. You can start
|
||||
the program by calling its executable. On Windows thats "UniversalIndentGUI.exe" and on any
|
||||
other system it is "UniversalIndentGUI".
|
||||
|
||||
No additional libraries are needed.
|
||||
|
||||
For information about how to build UniversalIndentGUI from source, have a look into the
|
||||
file readme.html.
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,201 @@
|
||||
TEMPLATE = app
|
||||
QT += network
|
||||
QT += script
|
||||
|
||||
unix:TARGET = universalindentgui
|
||||
win32:TARGET = UniversalIndentGUI
|
||||
macx:TARGET = UniversalIndentGUI
|
||||
|
||||
DEPENDPATH += resources \
|
||||
src \
|
||||
debug \
|
||||
release
|
||||
|
||||
INCLUDEPATH += src
|
||||
|
||||
CONFIG += debug_and_release
|
||||
|
||||
macx {
|
||||
# If using as framework qscintilla needs to be build with:
|
||||
# qmake -spec macx-g++ CONFIG+=sdk CONFIG+=x86_64 CONFIG+=x86 CONFIG+=lib_bundle qscintilla.pro && make && sudo make install
|
||||
#LIBS += -framework qscintilla2
|
||||
LIBS += -lqscintilla2
|
||||
ICON = resources/UniversalIndentGUI.icns
|
||||
}
|
||||
else {
|
||||
LIBS += -lqscintilla2_qt4
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
CONFIG(release, debug|release) {
|
||||
|
||||
win32:pipe2nul = ">NUL"
|
||||
unix:pipe2nul = "&> /dev/null"
|
||||
macx:pipe2nul = "&> /dev/null"
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Language file processing
|
||||
##########################
|
||||
message(Updating language files)
|
||||
lupdate = lupdate
|
||||
unix:lupdate = lupdate-qt4
|
||||
macx:lupdate = lupdate
|
||||
lrelease = lrelease
|
||||
unix:lrelease = lrelease-qt4
|
||||
macx:lrelease = lrelease
|
||||
# Update translation files
|
||||
message ( Updating universalindent.ts )
|
||||
system($${lupdate} src -ts ./translations/universalindent.ts -silent)
|
||||
message ( Updating universalindent_de.ts )
|
||||
system($${lupdate} src -ts ./translations/universalindent_de.ts -silent)
|
||||
message ( Updating universalindent_fr.ts )
|
||||
system($${lupdate} src -ts ./translations/universalindent_fr.ts -silent)
|
||||
message ( Updating universalindent_ja.ts )
|
||||
system($${lupdate} src -ts ./translations/universalindent_ja.ts -silent)
|
||||
message ( Updating universalindent_ru.ts )
|
||||
system($${lupdate} src -ts ./translations/universalindent_ru.ts -silent)
|
||||
message ( Updating universalindent_uk.ts )
|
||||
system($${lupdate} src -ts ./translations/universalindent_uk.ts -silent)
|
||||
message ( Updating universalindent_zh_TW.ts )
|
||||
system($${lupdate} src -ts ./translations/universalindent_zh_TW.ts -silent)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Create translation binaries
|
||||
message ( Creating translation binaries )
|
||||
system($${lrelease} ./translations/universalindent_de.ts -qm ./translations/universalindent_de.qm -silent)
|
||||
system($${lrelease} ./translations/universalindent_fr.ts -qm ./translations/universalindent_fr.qm -silent)
|
||||
system($${lrelease} ./translations/universalindent_ja.ts -qm ./translations/universalindent_ja.qm -silent)
|
||||
system($${lrelease} ./translations/universalindent_ru.ts -qm ./translations/universalindent_ru.qm -silent)
|
||||
system($${lrelease} ./translations/universalindent_uk.ts -qm ./translations/universalindent_uk.qm -silent)
|
||||
system($${lrelease} ./translations/universalindent_zh_TW.ts -qm ./translations/universalindent_zh_TW.qm -silent)
|
||||
|
||||
# Copy Qts own translation files to the local translation directory
|
||||
message ( Copy Qts own translation files to the local translation directory )
|
||||
qtTranslationInstallDir = $$[QT_INSTALL_TRANSLATIONS]
|
||||
win32:qtTranslationInstallDir = $$replace(qtTranslationInstallDir, /, \\)
|
||||
unix:system(cp $${qtTranslationInstallDir}/qt_de.qm ./translations/ $$pipe2nul)
|
||||
unix:system(cp $${qtTranslationInstallDir}/qt_fr.qm ./translations/ $$pipe2nul)
|
||||
unix:system(cp $${qtTranslationInstallDir}/qt_ja.qm ./translations/ $$pipe2nul)
|
||||
unix:system(cp $${qtTranslationInstallDir}/qt_ru.qm ./translations/ $$pipe2nul)
|
||||
unix:system(cp $${qtTranslationInstallDir}/qt_uk.qm ./translations/ $$pipe2nul)
|
||||
unix:system(cp $${qtTranslationInstallDir}/qt_zh_TW.qm ./translations/ $$pipe2nul)
|
||||
win32:system(copy $${qtTranslationInstallDir}\\qt_de.qm .\\translations\\ /Y $$pipe2nul)
|
||||
win32:system(copy $${qtTranslationInstallDir}\\qt_fr.qm .\\translations\\ /Y $$pipe2nul)
|
||||
win32:system(copy $${qtTranslationInstallDir}\\qt_ja.qm .\\translations\\ /Y $$pipe2nul)
|
||||
win32:system(copy $${qtTranslationInstallDir}\\qt_ru.qm .\\translations\\ /Y $$pipe2nul)
|
||||
win32:system(copy $${qtTranslationInstallDir}\\qt_uk.qm .\\translations\\ /Y $$pipe2nul)
|
||||
win32:system(copy $${qtTranslationInstallDir}\\qt_zh_TW.qm .\\translations\\ /Y $$pipe2nul)
|
||||
|
||||
# Defining files that shall be installed when calling "make install"
|
||||
####################################################################
|
||||
# Create and install man page
|
||||
exists( ./doc/universalindentgui.1* ) {
|
||||
unix:system(rm ./doc/universalindentgui.1*)
|
||||
}
|
||||
unix:system(cp ./doc/universalindentgui.man ./doc/universalindentgui.1)
|
||||
unix:system(gzip -9 ./doc/universalindentgui.1)
|
||||
unix:documentation.path = /usr/share/man/man1
|
||||
unix:documentation.files = doc/universalindentgui.1.gz
|
||||
|
||||
# Install indenter ini files, examples and some indenters
|
||||
unix:indenters.path = /usr/share/universalindentgui/indenters
|
||||
unix:indenters.files = indenters/uigui_*.ini
|
||||
unix:indenters.files += indenters/example.*
|
||||
unix:indenters.files += indenters/JsDecoder.js
|
||||
unix:indenters.files += indenters/phpStylist.php
|
||||
unix:indenters.files += indenters/phpStylist.txt
|
||||
unix:indenters.files += indenters/pindent.py
|
||||
unix:indenters.files += indenters/pindent.txt
|
||||
unix:indenters.files += indenters/rbeautify.rb
|
||||
unix:indenters.files += indenters/ruby_formatter.rb
|
||||
unix:indenters.files += indenters/shellindent.awk
|
||||
|
||||
# Install translation files
|
||||
unix:translation.path = /usr/share/universalindentgui/translations
|
||||
unix:translation.files = translations/*.qm
|
||||
|
||||
# Install highlighter default config
|
||||
unix:highlighterconfig.path = /usr/share/universalindentgui/config
|
||||
unix:highlighterconfig.files = config/UiGuiSyntaxHighlightConfig.ini
|
||||
|
||||
# Install binary
|
||||
unix:target.path = /usr/bin
|
||||
|
||||
# Set everything that shall be installed
|
||||
unix:INSTALLS += target \
|
||||
highlighterconfig \
|
||||
indenters \
|
||||
translation \
|
||||
documentation
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
CONFIG(debug, debug|release) {
|
||||
DESTDIR = ./debug
|
||||
DEFINES += _DEBUG DEBUG
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
DESTDIR = ./release
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
MOC_DIR = $${DESTDIR}/moc
|
||||
UI_DIR = $${DESTDIR}/uic
|
||||
OBJECTS_DIR = $${DESTDIR}/obj
|
||||
RCC_DIR = $${DESTDIR}/qrc
|
||||
|
||||
#message ( destdir is $${DESTDIR}. uic is $${UI_DIR}. moc is $${MOC_DIR})
|
||||
|
||||
# Input
|
||||
HEADERS += src/AboutDialog.h \
|
||||
src/AboutDialogGraphicsView.h \
|
||||
src/IndentHandler.h \
|
||||
src/MainWindow.h \
|
||||
src/SettingsPaths.h \
|
||||
src/TemplateBatchScript.h \
|
||||
src/UiGuiErrorMessage.h \
|
||||
src/UiGuiHighlighter.h \
|
||||
src/UiGuiIndentServer.h \
|
||||
src/UiGuiIniFileParser.h \
|
||||
src/UiGuiSettings.h \
|
||||
src/UiGuiSettingsDialog.h \
|
||||
src/UiGuiSystemInfo.h \
|
||||
src/UiGuiVersion.h \
|
||||
src/UpdateCheckDialog.h \
|
||||
src/debugging/TSLogger.h
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
FORMS += src/MainWindow.ui \
|
||||
src/ToolBarWidget.ui \
|
||||
src/UiGuiSettingsDialog.ui \
|
||||
src/AboutDialog.ui \
|
||||
src/UpdateCheckDialog.ui \
|
||||
src/debugging/TSLoggerDialog.ui
|
||||
|
||||
SOURCES += src/AboutDialog.cpp \
|
||||
src/AboutDialogGraphicsView.cpp \
|
||||
src/IndentHandler.cpp \
|
||||
src/main.cpp \
|
||||
src/MainWindow.cpp \
|
||||
src/SettingsPaths.cpp \
|
||||
src/TemplateBatchScript.cpp \
|
||||
src/UiGuiErrorMessage.cpp \
|
||||
src/UiGuiHighlighter.cpp \
|
||||
src/UiGuiIndentServer.cpp \
|
||||
src/UiGuiIniFileParser.cpp \
|
||||
src/UiGuiSettings.cpp \
|
||||
src/UiGuiSettingsDialog.cpp \
|
||||
src/UiGuiSystemInfo.cpp \
|
||||
src/UiGuiVersion.cpp \
|
||||
src/UpdateCheckDialog.cpp \
|
||||
src/debugging/TSLogger.cpp
|
||||
|
||||
RESOURCES += resources/Icons.qrc
|
||||
RC_FILE = resources/programicon.rc
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#message(Creating symbolic links within target dir for debugging)
|
||||
#macx:system(ln -s $$PWD/config ./debug/config)
|
||||
#macx:system(ln -s $$PWD/indenters ./debug/indenters)
|
||||
#macx:system(ln -s $$PWD/translations ./debug/translations)
|
||||
#macx:system(ln -s $$PWD/config ./release/config)
|
||||
#macx:system(ln -s $$PWD/indenters ./release/indenters)
|
||||
#macx:system(ln -s $$PWD/translations ./release/translations)
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
|
||||
Microsoft Visual Studio Solution File, Format Version 10.00
|
||||
# Visual C++ Express 2008
|
||||
Project("{8BC9CEB8-8B4A-11D0-8D11-00A0C91BC942}") = "UniversalIndentGUI", "src\UniversalIndentGUI.vcproj", "{CF521500-824E-4DB7-A7FA-F4A8B6BB008A}"
|
||||
EndProject
|
||||
Project("{8BC9CEB8-8B4A-11D0-8D11-00A0C91BC942}") = "UniversalIndentGUI_NPP", "src\UniversalIndentGUI_NPP\UniversalIndentGUI_NPP.vcproj", "{0A9F9D63-C282-4AE8-9F80-A6D5F541AD12}"
|
||||
EndProject
|
||||
Project("{8BC9CEB8-8B4A-11D0-8D11-00A0C91BC942}") = "UiGUI_Server_Test_Client", "src\UiGUI_Server_Test_Client\UiGUI_Server_Test_Client.vcproj", "{DE19ED58-2330-4B86-AFD1-18A4A037E488}"
|
||||
EndProject
|
||||
Global
|
||||
GlobalSection(SolutionConfigurationPlatforms) = preSolution
|
||||
Debug|Win32 = Debug|Win32
|
||||
Release|Win32 = Release|Win32
|
||||
EndGlobalSection
|
||||
GlobalSection(ProjectConfigurationPlatforms) = postSolution
|
||||
{CF521500-824E-4DB7-A7FA-F4A8B6BB008A}.Debug|Win32.ActiveCfg = Debug|Win32
|
||||
{CF521500-824E-4DB7-A7FA-F4A8B6BB008A}.Debug|Win32.Build.0 = Debug|Win32
|
||||
{CF521500-824E-4DB7-A7FA-F4A8B6BB008A}.Release|Win32.ActiveCfg = Release|Win32
|
||||
{CF521500-824E-4DB7-A7FA-F4A8B6BB008A}.Release|Win32.Build.0 = Release|Win32
|
||||
{0A9F9D63-C282-4AE8-9F80-A6D5F541AD12}.Debug|Win32.ActiveCfg = Debug|Win32
|
||||
{0A9F9D63-C282-4AE8-9F80-A6D5F541AD12}.Debug|Win32.Build.0 = Debug|Win32
|
||||
{0A9F9D63-C282-4AE8-9F80-A6D5F541AD12}.Release|Win32.ActiveCfg = Release|Win32
|
||||
{0A9F9D63-C282-4AE8-9F80-A6D5F541AD12}.Release|Win32.Build.0 = Release|Win32
|
||||
{DE19ED58-2330-4B86-AFD1-18A4A037E488}.Debug|Win32.ActiveCfg = Debug|Win32
|
||||
{DE19ED58-2330-4B86-AFD1-18A4A037E488}.Debug|Win32.Build.0 = Debug|Win32
|
||||
{DE19ED58-2330-4B86-AFD1-18A4A037E488}.Release|Win32.ActiveCfg = Release|Win32
|
||||
{DE19ED58-2330-4B86-AFD1-18A4A037E488}.Release|Win32.Build.0 = Release|Win32
|
||||
EndGlobalSection
|
||||
GlobalSection(SolutionProperties) = preSolution
|
||||
HideSolutionNode = FALSE
|
||||
EndGlobalSection
|
||||
EndGlobal
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,741 @@
|
||||
// !$*UTF8*$!
|
||||
{
|
||||
archiveVersion = 1;
|
||||
classes = {
|
||||
};
|
||||
objectVersion = 42;
|
||||
objects = {
|
||||
|
||||
/* Begin PBXBuildFile section */
|
||||
033FA4A2951F6995E4B52E75 /* moc_AboutDialog.cpp in Build Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = 71D24B3D256D9E9FC90EEDF7 /* moc_AboutDialog.cpp */; settings = {ATTRIBUTES = (); }; };
|
||||
07182A1FDE8301C8D9EAF7F5 /* UiGuiSettingsDialog.cpp in Build Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = 26383A497B0CC65909DA431D /* UiGuiSettingsDialog.cpp */; settings = {ATTRIBUTES = (); }; };
|
||||
0794A9D3A24B32A06CD8CA37 /* TSLogger.cpp in Build Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = 5EEB118D3C499097B07CA6DC /* TSLogger.cpp */; settings = {ATTRIBUTES = (); }; };
|
||||
10D0CC7BD2D2E5A3A90EEF25 /* moc_UiGuiHighlighter.cpp in Build Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = 705CF7C739E81ED3345C9F41 /* moc_UiGuiHighlighter.cpp */; settings = {ATTRIBUTES = (); }; };
|
||||
1446C37D55222BE8281C2D84 /* moc_MainWindow.cpp in Build Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = 59F78802D4802B940EA308A0 /* moc_MainWindow.cpp */; settings = {ATTRIBUTES = (); }; };
|
||||
157D8322CB15EB4B4B698465 /* AboutDialogGraphicsView.cpp in Build Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = D3A96D6E7DF8830490467C04 /* AboutDialogGraphicsView.cpp */; settings = {ATTRIBUTES = (); }; };
|
||||
204EDFAF3269B294371D7373 /* QtCore in Frameworks & Libraries */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = FC65490F7BEA4427C242848C /* QtCore */; };
|
||||
2B7F90DE44210DB9F5D23F0C /* AboutDialog.cpp in Build Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = 8B5B29CE11F2EFCD1C93EB6C /* AboutDialog.cpp */; settings = {ATTRIBUTES = (); }; };
|
||||
2CE072BF0886F682F0FE8266 /* moc_UiGuiSettingsDialog.cpp in Build Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = A7DD7C62D24BBDB386C3840D /* moc_UiGuiSettingsDialog.cpp */; settings = {ATTRIBUTES = (); }; };
|
||||
2E0B7B483AE3DAFB774883DC /* UiGuiErrorMessage.cpp in Build Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = EB9AF2B1C20FF4B1225EA3FB /* UiGuiErrorMessage.cpp */; settings = {ATTRIBUTES = (); }; };
|
||||
32D9B1CB3877EF0A567B997D /* QtScript in Frameworks & Libraries */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = 9EF9FEB32A7980D519425A9E /* QtScript */; };
|
||||
358CDAA858B633E7AD0B6646 /* UniversalIndentGUI.icns in Bundle Resources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = A6C4B7ADC28FF6F9840A9319 /* UniversalIndentGUI.icns */; settings = {ATTRIBUTES = (); }; };
|
||||
3B7E26C095F17917F557F0BB /* QtGui in Frameworks & Libraries */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = 6988CE9D964BC66484DA49D5 /* QtGui */; };
|
||||
4393711A82B0A27E8301FEB8 /* moc_UiGuiErrorMessage.cpp in Build Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = 998C921BBFDF579B258C28EA /* moc_UiGuiErrorMessage.cpp */; settings = {ATTRIBUTES = (); }; };
|
||||
447799AD66EF47D36B5A72E3 /* moc_IndentHandler.cpp in Build Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = DEDA4624B80C4136C3D118C2 /* moc_IndentHandler.cpp */; settings = {ATTRIBUTES = (); }; };
|
||||
45FD613422A15DDFF65F07EB /* TemplateBatchScript.cpp in Build Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = E9B6F1DAFB4C5CD5E9C4C02C /* TemplateBatchScript.cpp */; settings = {ATTRIBUTES = (); }; };
|
||||
4DAB46634D6A37252BC2E3D4 /* qrc_Icons.cpp in Build Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = 1BB748495103B59368976F44 /* qrc_Icons.cpp */; settings = {ATTRIBUTES = (); }; };
|
||||
54824FDC5DD27B6216E263F5 /* moc_UpdateCheckDialog.cpp in Build Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = D4515A4B9864E652FE65CBDE /* moc_UpdateCheckDialog.cpp */; settings = {ATTRIBUTES = (); }; };
|
||||
64CDA74634FD0C1F9265CF5F /* SettingsPaths.cpp in Build Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = AAFD01B4A071D73CD002C7FD /* SettingsPaths.cpp */; settings = {ATTRIBUTES = (); }; };
|
||||
83EFC8071DE20B90AE46E0A1 /* UiGuiIndentServer.cpp in Build Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = 9840C47AE913CA84966C04AE /* UiGuiIndentServer.cpp */; settings = {ATTRIBUTES = (); }; };
|
||||
86D03C28F9A095696FA4C465 /* moc_AboutDialogGraphicsView.cpp in Build Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F84894CE7D4FF11845C5DEC1 /* moc_AboutDialogGraphicsView.cpp */; settings = {ATTRIBUTES = (); }; };
|
||||
8DCA76267BA4834F731C5BAB /* moc_UiGuiIndentServer.cpp in Build Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = 836D42CF391C82A0B70687F3 /* moc_UiGuiIndentServer.cpp */; settings = {ATTRIBUTES = (); }; };
|
||||
8DFAEC14C5621835B85BDBBB /* UiGuiSettings.cpp in Build Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = 944A1A0B82857EC61410FC06 /* UiGuiSettings.cpp */; settings = {ATTRIBUTES = (); }; };
|
||||
9892D98357F2D175D03F6488 /* moc_UiGuiSettings.cpp in Build Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F4DF9DB04F138672E3CB95D5 /* moc_UiGuiSettings.cpp */; settings = {ATTRIBUTES = (); }; };
|
||||
A56B320001BC86C5B01B08D0 /* UiGuiSystemInfo.cpp in Build Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = 8CE031E032D58BFFADB163E3 /* UiGuiSystemInfo.cpp */; settings = {ATTRIBUTES = (); }; };
|
||||
A87876F3A24FCE545FEAFB05 /* UiGuiVersion.cpp in Build Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = D038693E47A07F84995184E5 /* UiGuiVersion.cpp */; settings = {ATTRIBUTES = (); }; };
|
||||
AAC1168526D0C37A3F415917 /* MainWindow.cpp in Build Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = 1C0B64226A129D35F02DC004 /* MainWindow.cpp */; settings = {ATTRIBUTES = (); }; };
|
||||
B3D97A9EF6FD086AC8AA1400 /* QtNetwork in Frameworks & Libraries */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = B235A8A774654CA992F5A861 /* QtNetwork */; };
|
||||
C61FC1CBE0E603A32A3D1D8E /* moc_TSLogger.cpp in Build Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = 4082D6E68F89F86822C28CAE /* moc_TSLogger.cpp */; settings = {ATTRIBUTES = (); }; };
|
||||
CE0306F2BD402BE1CC71BA98 /* IndentHandler.cpp in Build Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = 7B749332F0EE106BAF891CBB /* IndentHandler.cpp */; settings = {ATTRIBUTES = (); }; };
|
||||
D05E9C8E00DF8978FAD6C45F /* UiGuiIniFileParser.cpp in Build Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = BAC68B56402ED1C21C4A4561 /* UiGuiIniFileParser.cpp */; settings = {ATTRIBUTES = (); }; };
|
||||
E938E42F14AC74220066EAA2 /* UniversalIndentGUI.app in Project Copy */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = E938E42C14AC74220066EAA2 /* UniversalIndentGUI.app */; };
|
||||
ED461CD43406DFA44318404B /* UiGuiHighlighter.cpp in Build Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = 95C394A7DB7625A6018F145F /* UiGuiHighlighter.cpp */; settings = {ATTRIBUTES = (); }; };
|
||||
F42AF6C1FF5FF9F82C3E049D /* UpdateCheckDialog.cpp in Build Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = 4B2D11C739E037330FF187DB /* UpdateCheckDialog.cpp */; settings = {ATTRIBUTES = (); }; };
|
||||
FD1638E377D97C82BDB438FB /* main.cpp in Build Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = 7EC3C68A81EFFF79B6CA22AC /* main.cpp */; settings = {ATTRIBUTES = (); }; };
|
||||
/* End PBXBuildFile section */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Begin PBXCopyFilesBuildPhase section */
|
||||
F6069D5A5DA8AA28EDB8B3C6 /* Project Copy */ = {
|
||||
isa = PBXCopyFilesBuildPhase;
|
||||
buildActionMask = 2147483647;
|
||||
dstPath = /Volumes/SHARED/Programming/uigui/universalindent/trunk/release;
|
||||
dstSubfolderSpec = 0;
|
||||
files = (
|
||||
E938E42F14AC74220066EAA2 /* UniversalIndentGUI.app in Project Copy */,
|
||||
);
|
||||
name = "Project Copy";
|
||||
runOnlyForDeploymentPostprocessing = 0;
|
||||
};
|
||||
/* End PBXCopyFilesBuildPhase section */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Begin PBXFileReference section */
|
||||
01A925071F5E8C4DEAA029A7 /* UiGuiIniFileParser.h */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.h; name = UiGuiIniFileParser.h; path = src/UiGuiIniFileParser.h; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
|
||||
0405CDFCAFF3A176EB7C5B2B /* SettingsPaths.h */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.h; name = SettingsPaths.h; path = src/SettingsPaths.h; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
|
||||
04EC27988BE80C166C06D386 /* ui_AboutDialog.h */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.h; name = ui_AboutDialog.h; path = release/uic/ui_AboutDialog.h; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
|
||||
0501473B7E166B9D10974B09 /* AboutDialog.h */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.h; name = AboutDialog.h; path = src/AboutDialog.h; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
|
||||
0D2093D6D7971F9434E27A2D /* UiGuiHighlighter.h */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.h; name = UiGuiHighlighter.h; path = src/UiGuiHighlighter.h; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
|
||||
19D832A234461F61E597073E /* UiGuiErrorMessage.h */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.h; name = UiGuiErrorMessage.h; path = src/UiGuiErrorMessage.h; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
|
||||
1BB748495103B59368976F44 /* qrc_Icons.cpp */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.cpp.cpp; name = qrc_Icons.cpp; path = release/qrc/qrc_Icons.cpp; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
|
||||
1C0B64226A129D35F02DC004 /* MainWindow.cpp */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.cpp.cpp; name = MainWindow.cpp; path = src/MainWindow.cpp; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
|
||||
234F1B047D06A4E84A3BA652 /* UiGuiIndentServer.h */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.h; name = UiGuiIndentServer.h; path = src/UiGuiIndentServer.h; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
|
||||
2365565B0E8281A9A554DE48 /* IndentHandler.h */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.h; name = IndentHandler.h; path = src/IndentHandler.h; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
|
||||
240575E52D89C74CAFF8C83F /* UpdateCheckDialog.h */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.h; name = UpdateCheckDialog.h; path = src/UpdateCheckDialog.h; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
|
||||
26383A497B0CC65909DA431D /* UiGuiSettingsDialog.cpp */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.cpp.cpp; name = UiGuiSettingsDialog.cpp; path = src/UiGuiSettingsDialog.cpp; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
|
||||
290E702759265E2A11910569 /* UpdateCheckDialog.ui */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = text.xml; name = UpdateCheckDialog.ui; path = src/UpdateCheckDialog.ui; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
|
||||
3194C2F269DA07FBC8FB120D /* UiGuiSettingsDialog.h */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.h; name = UiGuiSettingsDialog.h; path = src/UiGuiSettingsDialog.h; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
|
||||
3E78CB522F65C3B2CD054660 /* AboutDialog.ui */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = text.xml; name = AboutDialog.ui; path = src/AboutDialog.ui; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
|
||||
4082D6E68F89F86822C28CAE /* moc_TSLogger.cpp */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.cpp.cpp; name = moc_TSLogger.cpp; path = release/moc/moc_TSLogger.cpp; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
|
||||
4B2D11C739E037330FF187DB /* UpdateCheckDialog.cpp */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.cpp.cpp; name = UpdateCheckDialog.cpp; path = src/UpdateCheckDialog.cpp; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
|
||||
59F78802D4802B940EA308A0 /* moc_MainWindow.cpp */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.cpp.cpp; name = moc_MainWindow.cpp; path = release/moc/moc_MainWindow.cpp; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
|
||||
5EEB118D3C499097B07CA6DC /* TSLogger.cpp */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.cpp.cpp; name = TSLogger.cpp; path = src/debugging/TSLogger.cpp; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
|
||||
5FDBC0A18FE03C4893ABD97E /* UiGuiSystemInfo.h */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.h; name = UiGuiSystemInfo.h; path = src/UiGuiSystemInfo.h; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
|
||||
6988CE9D964BC66484DA49D5 /* QtGui */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = "compiled.mach-o.dylib"; name = QtGui; path = /opt/local/lib/libQtGui.4.7.4.dylib; sourceTree = "<absolute>"; };
|
||||
705CF7C739E81ED3345C9F41 /* moc_UiGuiHighlighter.cpp */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.cpp.cpp; name = moc_UiGuiHighlighter.cpp; path = release/moc/moc_UiGuiHighlighter.cpp; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
|
||||
71D24B3D256D9E9FC90EEDF7 /* moc_AboutDialog.cpp */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.cpp.cpp; name = moc_AboutDialog.cpp; path = release/moc/moc_AboutDialog.cpp; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
|
||||
7B749332F0EE106BAF891CBB /* IndentHandler.cpp */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.cpp.cpp; name = IndentHandler.cpp; path = src/IndentHandler.cpp; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
|
||||
7DBF76AABA74FE9F8ACD5DB5 /* Icons.qrc */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = text; name = Icons.qrc; path = resources/Icons.qrc; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
|
||||
7EC3C68A81EFFF79B6CA22AC /* main.cpp */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.cpp.cpp; name = main.cpp; path = src/main.cpp; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
|
||||
836D42CF391C82A0B70687F3 /* moc_UiGuiIndentServer.cpp */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.cpp.cpp; name = moc_UiGuiIndentServer.cpp; path = release/moc/moc_UiGuiIndentServer.cpp; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
|
||||
8B5B29CE11F2EFCD1C93EB6C /* AboutDialog.cpp */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.cpp.cpp; name = AboutDialog.cpp; path = src/AboutDialog.cpp; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
|
||||
8CE031E032D58BFFADB163E3 /* UiGuiSystemInfo.cpp */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.cpp.cpp; name = UiGuiSystemInfo.cpp; path = src/UiGuiSystemInfo.cpp; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
|
||||
944A1A0B82857EC61410FC06 /* UiGuiSettings.cpp */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.cpp.cpp; name = UiGuiSettings.cpp; path = src/UiGuiSettings.cpp; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
|
||||
957A01A17EA639CF3AC8D438 /* ui_TSLoggerDialog.h */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.h; name = ui_TSLoggerDialog.h; path = release/uic/ui_TSLoggerDialog.h; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
|
||||
95C394A7DB7625A6018F145F /* UiGuiHighlighter.cpp */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.cpp.cpp; name = UiGuiHighlighter.cpp; path = src/UiGuiHighlighter.cpp; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
|
||||
97D35E3EB9A27948A62C0C38 /* ui_MainWindow.h */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.h; name = ui_MainWindow.h; path = release/uic/ui_MainWindow.h; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
|
||||
9840C47AE913CA84966C04AE /* UiGuiIndentServer.cpp */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.cpp.cpp; name = UiGuiIndentServer.cpp; path = src/UiGuiIndentServer.cpp; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
|
||||
998C921BBFDF579B258C28EA /* moc_UiGuiErrorMessage.cpp */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.cpp.cpp; name = moc_UiGuiErrorMessage.cpp; path = release/moc/moc_UiGuiErrorMessage.cpp; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
|
||||
9B1A8589DE3DB63FE9FEADAD /* AboutDialogGraphicsView.h */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.h; name = AboutDialogGraphicsView.h; path = src/AboutDialogGraphicsView.h; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
|
||||
9EF9FEB32A7980D519425A9E /* QtScript */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = "compiled.mach-o.dylib"; name = QtScript; path = /opt/local/lib/libQtScript.4.7.4.dylib; sourceTree = "<absolute>"; };
|
||||
9FAD1502AC6B577554578224 /* TSLoggerDialog.ui */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = text.xml; name = TSLoggerDialog.ui; path = src/debugging/TSLoggerDialog.ui; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
|
||||
A1FD7528F1BA6EC4A87E142A /* ui_ToolBarWidget.h */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.h; name = ui_ToolBarWidget.h; path = release/uic/ui_ToolBarWidget.h; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
|
||||
A6C4B7ADC28FF6F9840A9319 /* UniversalIndentGUI.icns */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = image.icns; name = UniversalIndentGUI.icns; path = resources/UniversalIndentGUI.icns; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
|
||||
A77AB8EA63A1F08C970A0DB1 /* TemplateBatchScript.h */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.h; name = TemplateBatchScript.h; path = src/TemplateBatchScript.h; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
|
||||
A7CBECAE098937E7541F811C /* MainWindow.ui */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = text.xml; name = MainWindow.ui; path = src/MainWindow.ui; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
|
||||
A7DD7C62D24BBDB386C3840D /* moc_UiGuiSettingsDialog.cpp */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.cpp.cpp; name = moc_UiGuiSettingsDialog.cpp; path = release/moc/moc_UiGuiSettingsDialog.cpp; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
|
||||
AAFD01B4A071D73CD002C7FD /* SettingsPaths.cpp */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.cpp.cpp; name = SettingsPaths.cpp; path = src/SettingsPaths.cpp; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
|
||||
AC4AC748C3685570D9D8B977 /* UiGuiSettings.h */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.h; name = UiGuiSettings.h; path = src/UiGuiSettings.h; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
|
||||
B235A8A774654CA992F5A861 /* QtNetwork */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = "compiled.mach-o.dylib"; name = QtNetwork; path = /opt/local/lib/libQtNetwork.4.7.4.dylib; sourceTree = "<absolute>"; };
|
||||
B3201EB1AA113D49631A1BC2 /* UiGuiSettingsDialog.ui */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = text.xml; name = UiGuiSettingsDialog.ui; path = src/UiGuiSettingsDialog.ui; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
|
||||
B3E50F5A6CE91D794A9AE2AA /* ToolBarWidget.ui */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = text.xml; name = ToolBarWidget.ui; path = src/ToolBarWidget.ui; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
|
||||
BAC68B56402ED1C21C4A4561 /* UiGuiIniFileParser.cpp */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.cpp.cpp; name = UiGuiIniFileParser.cpp; path = src/UiGuiIniFileParser.cpp; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
|
||||
C2D745F51D062CD6409FA16C /* ui_UpdateCheckDialog.h */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.h; name = ui_UpdateCheckDialog.h; path = release/uic/ui_UpdateCheckDialog.h; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
|
||||
D038693E47A07F84995184E5 /* UiGuiVersion.cpp */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.cpp.cpp; name = UiGuiVersion.cpp; path = src/UiGuiVersion.cpp; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
|
||||
D3A96D6E7DF8830490467C04 /* AboutDialogGraphicsView.cpp */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.cpp.cpp; name = AboutDialogGraphicsView.cpp; path = src/AboutDialogGraphicsView.cpp; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
|
||||
D4515A4B9864E652FE65CBDE /* moc_UpdateCheckDialog.cpp */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.cpp.cpp; name = moc_UpdateCheckDialog.cpp; path = release/moc/moc_UpdateCheckDialog.cpp; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
|
||||
D807F0DE3110F0AD45593FA7 /* MainWindow.h */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.h; name = MainWindow.h; path = src/MainWindow.h; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
|
||||
DCEF1F98F703B62597F530A9 /* ui_UiGuiSettingsDialog.h */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.h; name = ui_UiGuiSettingsDialog.h; path = release/uic/ui_UiGuiSettingsDialog.h; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
|
||||
DEDA4624B80C4136C3D118C2 /* moc_IndentHandler.cpp */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.cpp.cpp; name = moc_IndentHandler.cpp; path = release/moc/moc_IndentHandler.cpp; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
|
||||
E457C7C0F6FE92258C9ABDE6 /* UniversalIndentGUI.pro */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = text; path = UniversalIndentGUI.pro; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
|
||||
E938E42C14AC74220066EAA2 /* UniversalIndentGUI.app */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = wrapper.application; includeInIndex = 0; path = UniversalIndentGUI.app; sourceTree = BUILT_PRODUCTS_DIR; };
|
||||
E9B6F1DAFB4C5CD5E9C4C02C /* TemplateBatchScript.cpp */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.cpp.cpp; name = TemplateBatchScript.cpp; path = src/TemplateBatchScript.cpp; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
|
||||
EB9AF2B1C20FF4B1225EA3FB /* UiGuiErrorMessage.cpp */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.cpp.cpp; name = UiGuiErrorMessage.cpp; path = src/UiGuiErrorMessage.cpp; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
|
||||
F45A82FFD3FBFC99A2A0B897 /* UiGuiVersion.h */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.h; name = UiGuiVersion.h; path = src/UiGuiVersion.h; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
|
||||
F4DF9DB04F138672E3CB95D5 /* moc_UiGuiSettings.cpp */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.cpp.cpp; name = moc_UiGuiSettings.cpp; path = release/moc/moc_UiGuiSettings.cpp; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
|
||||
F5BD042A2B240A02A39C20AC /* TSLogger.h */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.h; name = TSLogger.h; path = src/debugging/TSLogger.h; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
|
||||
F84894CE7D4FF11845C5DEC1 /* moc_AboutDialogGraphicsView.cpp */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.cpp.cpp; name = moc_AboutDialogGraphicsView.cpp; path = release/moc/moc_AboutDialogGraphicsView.cpp; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
|
||||
FC65490F7BEA4427C242848C /* QtCore */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = "compiled.mach-o.dylib"; name = QtCore; path = /opt/local/lib/libQtCore.4.7.4.dylib; sourceTree = "<absolute>"; };
|
||||
/* End PBXFileReference section */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Begin PBXFrameworksBuildPhase section */
|
||||
2A1043669E6E5A7426EA502A /* Frameworks & Libraries */ = {
|
||||
isa = PBXFrameworksBuildPhase;
|
||||
buildActionMask = 2147483647;
|
||||
files = (
|
||||
32D9B1CB3877EF0A567B997D /* QtScript in Frameworks & Libraries */,
|
||||
3B7E26C095F17917F557F0BB /* QtGui in Frameworks & Libraries */,
|
||||
B3D97A9EF6FD086AC8AA1400 /* QtNetwork in Frameworks & Libraries */,
|
||||
204EDFAF3269B294371D7373 /* QtCore in Frameworks & Libraries */,
|
||||
);
|
||||
name = "Frameworks & Libraries";
|
||||
runOnlyForDeploymentPostprocessing = 0;
|
||||
};
|
||||
/* End PBXFrameworksBuildPhase section */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Begin PBXGroup section */
|
||||
05596AB53D8D521C69802C27 /* UniversalIndentGUI */ = {
|
||||
isa = PBXGroup;
|
||||
children = (
|
||||
FB61758D0F0FDA4BA867C3D5 /* Sources */,
|
||||
46E892BBB6BB6952967E0561 /* Temporary Sources */,
|
||||
883D7615C4D2DE3FA1218F12 /* Headers */,
|
||||
7CABE3C80E79AD2B307756D2 /* Sources [qmake] */,
|
||||
52C235EBF1C9B07808119459 /* Sources [RCC] */,
|
||||
EEC299C65D5017EB9DD513B0 /* Sources [UIC] */,
|
||||
ED1E82605DD74B483AF3C982 /* External Frameworks and Libraries */,
|
||||
E938E42D14AC74220066EAA2 /* Products */,
|
||||
);
|
||||
name = UniversalIndentGUI;
|
||||
sourceTree = "<group>";
|
||||
};
|
||||
06674E1DE8D3EB6E763DFFDA /* src */ = {
|
||||
isa = PBXGroup;
|
||||
children = (
|
||||
8B5B29CE11F2EFCD1C93EB6C /* AboutDialog.cpp */,
|
||||
D3A96D6E7DF8830490467C04 /* AboutDialogGraphicsView.cpp */,
|
||||
7B749332F0EE106BAF891CBB /* IndentHandler.cpp */,
|
||||
7EC3C68A81EFFF79B6CA22AC /* main.cpp */,
|
||||
1C0B64226A129D35F02DC004 /* MainWindow.cpp */,
|
||||
AAFD01B4A071D73CD002C7FD /* SettingsPaths.cpp */,
|
||||
E9B6F1DAFB4C5CD5E9C4C02C /* TemplateBatchScript.cpp */,
|
||||
EB9AF2B1C20FF4B1225EA3FB /* UiGuiErrorMessage.cpp */,
|
||||
95C394A7DB7625A6018F145F /* UiGuiHighlighter.cpp */,
|
||||
9840C47AE913CA84966C04AE /* UiGuiIndentServer.cpp */,
|
||||
BAC68B56402ED1C21C4A4561 /* UiGuiIniFileParser.cpp */,
|
||||
944A1A0B82857EC61410FC06 /* UiGuiSettings.cpp */,
|
||||
26383A497B0CC65909DA431D /* UiGuiSettingsDialog.cpp */,
|
||||
8CE031E032D58BFFADB163E3 /* UiGuiSystemInfo.cpp */,
|
||||
D038693E47A07F84995184E5 /* UiGuiVersion.cpp */,
|
||||
4B2D11C739E037330FF187DB /* UpdateCheckDialog.cpp */,
|
||||
682C39EDA1B6CDF80B0D9214 /* debugging */,
|
||||
);
|
||||
name = src;
|
||||
sourceTree = "<group>";
|
||||
};
|
||||
16A82DA2701971900CCC9274 /* resources */ = {
|
||||
isa = PBXGroup;
|
||||
children = (
|
||||
7DBF76AABA74FE9F8ACD5DB5 /* Icons.qrc */,
|
||||
);
|
||||
name = resources;
|
||||
sourceTree = "<group>";
|
||||
};
|
||||
17088D39164D72415814D3CE /* moc */ = {
|
||||
isa = PBXGroup;
|
||||
children = (
|
||||
71D24B3D256D9E9FC90EEDF7 /* moc_AboutDialog.cpp */,
|
||||
F84894CE7D4FF11845C5DEC1 /* moc_AboutDialogGraphicsView.cpp */,
|
||||
DEDA4624B80C4136C3D118C2 /* moc_IndentHandler.cpp */,
|
||||
59F78802D4802B940EA308A0 /* moc_MainWindow.cpp */,
|
||||
998C921BBFDF579B258C28EA /* moc_UiGuiErrorMessage.cpp */,
|
||||
705CF7C739E81ED3345C9F41 /* moc_UiGuiHighlighter.cpp */,
|
||||
836D42CF391C82A0B70687F3 /* moc_UiGuiIndentServer.cpp */,
|
||||
F4DF9DB04F138672E3CB95D5 /* moc_UiGuiSettings.cpp */,
|
||||
A7DD7C62D24BBDB386C3840D /* moc_UiGuiSettingsDialog.cpp */,
|
||||
D4515A4B9864E652FE65CBDE /* moc_UpdateCheckDialog.cpp */,
|
||||
4082D6E68F89F86822C28CAE /* moc_TSLogger.cpp */,
|
||||
);
|
||||
name = moc;
|
||||
sourceTree = "<group>";
|
||||
};
|
||||
46E892BBB6BB6952967E0561 /* Temporary Sources */ = {
|
||||
isa = PBXGroup;
|
||||
children = (
|
||||
BC7AF8B1E3D64E5DB82A180B /* release */,
|
||||
);
|
||||
name = "Temporary Sources";
|
||||
sourceTree = "<group>";
|
||||
};
|
||||
52C235EBF1C9B07808119459 /* Sources [RCC] */ = {
|
||||
isa = PBXGroup;
|
||||
children = (
|
||||
16A82DA2701971900CCC9274 /* resources */,
|
||||
);
|
||||
name = "Sources [RCC]";
|
||||
sourceTree = "<group>";
|
||||
};
|
||||
682C39EDA1B6CDF80B0D9214 /* debugging */ = {
|
||||
isa = PBXGroup;
|
||||
children = (
|
||||
5EEB118D3C499097B07CA6DC /* TSLogger.cpp */,
|
||||
);
|
||||
name = debugging;
|
||||
sourceTree = "<group>";
|
||||
};
|
||||
7CABE3C80E79AD2B307756D2 /* Sources [qmake] */ = {
|
||||
isa = PBXGroup;
|
||||
children = (
|
||||
E457C7C0F6FE92258C9ABDE6 /* UniversalIndentGUI.pro */,
|
||||
);
|
||||
name = "Sources [qmake]";
|
||||
sourceTree = "<group>";
|
||||
};
|
||||
8161BBD1CA4ABAD2BDCD1290 /* debugging */ = {
|
||||
isa = PBXGroup;
|
||||
children = (
|
||||
9FAD1502AC6B577554578224 /* TSLoggerDialog.ui */,
|
||||
);
|
||||
name = debugging;
|
||||
sourceTree = "<group>";
|
||||
};
|
||||
883D7615C4D2DE3FA1218F12 /* Headers */ = {
|
||||
isa = PBXGroup;
|
||||
children = (
|
||||
F4AF6147B42623F6B3284738 /* src */,
|
||||
);
|
||||
name = Headers;
|
||||
sourceTree = "<group>";
|
||||
};
|
||||
A1B6D1488110DA0868414A40 /* src */ = {
|
||||
isa = PBXGroup;
|
||||
children = (
|
||||
A7CBECAE098937E7541F811C /* MainWindow.ui */,
|
||||
B3E50F5A6CE91D794A9AE2AA /* ToolBarWidget.ui */,
|
||||
B3201EB1AA113D49631A1BC2 /* UiGuiSettingsDialog.ui */,
|
||||
3E78CB522F65C3B2CD054660 /* AboutDialog.ui */,
|
||||
290E702759265E2A11910569 /* UpdateCheckDialog.ui */,
|
||||
8161BBD1CA4ABAD2BDCD1290 /* debugging */,
|
||||
);
|
||||
name = src;
|
||||
sourceTree = "<group>";
|
||||
};
|
||||
A742563A513C5350203403C2 /* uic */ = {
|
||||
isa = PBXGroup;
|
||||
children = (
|
||||
97D35E3EB9A27948A62C0C38 /* ui_MainWindow.h */,
|
||||
A1FD7528F1BA6EC4A87E142A /* ui_ToolBarWidget.h */,
|
||||
DCEF1F98F703B62597F530A9 /* ui_UiGuiSettingsDialog.h */,
|
||||
04EC27988BE80C166C06D386 /* ui_AboutDialog.h */,
|
||||
C2D745F51D062CD6409FA16C /* ui_UpdateCheckDialog.h */,
|
||||
957A01A17EA639CF3AC8D438 /* ui_TSLoggerDialog.h */,
|
||||
);
|
||||
name = uic;
|
||||
sourceTree = "<group>";
|
||||
};
|
||||
B06B937E4E5DB1B571475081 /* resources */ = {
|
||||
isa = PBXGroup;
|
||||
children = (
|
||||
A6C4B7ADC28FF6F9840A9319 /* UniversalIndentGUI.icns */,
|
||||
);
|
||||
name = resources;
|
||||
sourceTree = "<group>";
|
||||
};
|
||||
BC7AF8B1E3D64E5DB82A180B /* release */ = {
|
||||
isa = PBXGroup;
|
||||
children = (
|
||||
17088D39164D72415814D3CE /* moc */,
|
||||
E60B3FBF3190558138C79865 /* qrc */,
|
||||
A742563A513C5350203403C2 /* uic */,
|
||||
);
|
||||
name = release;
|
||||
sourceTree = "<group>";
|
||||
};
|
||||
CAC892C702EF9F77734C8010 /* debugging */ = {
|
||||
isa = PBXGroup;
|
||||
children = (
|
||||
F5BD042A2B240A02A39C20AC /* TSLogger.h */,
|
||||
);
|
||||
name = debugging;
|
||||
sourceTree = "<group>";
|
||||
};
|
||||
E60B3FBF3190558138C79865 /* qrc */ = {
|
||||
isa = PBXGroup;
|
||||
children = (
|
||||
1BB748495103B59368976F44 /* qrc_Icons.cpp */,
|
||||
);
|
||||
name = qrc;
|
||||
sourceTree = "<group>";
|
||||
};
|
||||
E938E42D14AC74220066EAA2 /* Products */ = {
|
||||
isa = PBXGroup;
|
||||
children = (
|
||||
E938E42C14AC74220066EAA2 /* UniversalIndentGUI.app */,
|
||||
);
|
||||
name = Products;
|
||||
sourceTree = "<group>";
|
||||
};
|
||||
ED1E82605DD74B483AF3C982 /* External Frameworks and Libraries */ = {
|
||||
isa = PBXGroup;
|
||||
children = (
|
||||
9EF9FEB32A7980D519425A9E /* QtScript */,
|
||||
6988CE9D964BC66484DA49D5 /* QtGui */,
|
||||
B235A8A774654CA992F5A861 /* QtNetwork */,
|
||||
FC65490F7BEA4427C242848C /* QtCore */,
|
||||
);
|
||||
name = "External Frameworks and Libraries";
|
||||
sourceTree = "<group>";
|
||||
};
|
||||
EEC299C65D5017EB9DD513B0 /* Sources [UIC] */ = {
|
||||
isa = PBXGroup;
|
||||
children = (
|
||||
A1B6D1488110DA0868414A40 /* src */,
|
||||
);
|
||||
name = "Sources [UIC]";
|
||||
sourceTree = "<group>";
|
||||
};
|
||||
F4AF6147B42623F6B3284738 /* src */ = {
|
||||
isa = PBXGroup;
|
||||
children = (
|
||||
0501473B7E166B9D10974B09 /* AboutDialog.h */,
|
||||
9B1A8589DE3DB63FE9FEADAD /* AboutDialogGraphicsView.h */,
|
||||
2365565B0E8281A9A554DE48 /* IndentHandler.h */,
|
||||
D807F0DE3110F0AD45593FA7 /* MainWindow.h */,
|
||||
0405CDFCAFF3A176EB7C5B2B /* SettingsPaths.h */,
|
||||
A77AB8EA63A1F08C970A0DB1 /* TemplateBatchScript.h */,
|
||||
19D832A234461F61E597073E /* UiGuiErrorMessage.h */,
|
||||
0D2093D6D7971F9434E27A2D /* UiGuiHighlighter.h */,
|
||||
234F1B047D06A4E84A3BA652 /* UiGuiIndentServer.h */,
|
||||
01A925071F5E8C4DEAA029A7 /* UiGuiIniFileParser.h */,
|
||||
AC4AC748C3685570D9D8B977 /* UiGuiSettings.h */,
|
||||
3194C2F269DA07FBC8FB120D /* UiGuiSettingsDialog.h */,
|
||||
5FDBC0A18FE03C4893ABD97E /* UiGuiSystemInfo.h */,
|
||||
F45A82FFD3FBFC99A2A0B897 /* UiGuiVersion.h */,
|
||||
240575E52D89C74CAFF8C83F /* UpdateCheckDialog.h */,
|
||||
CAC892C702EF9F77734C8010 /* debugging */,
|
||||
);
|
||||
name = src;
|
||||
sourceTree = "<group>";
|
||||
};
|
||||
FB61758D0F0FDA4BA867C3D5 /* Sources */ = {
|
||||
isa = PBXGroup;
|
||||
children = (
|
||||
06674E1DE8D3EB6E763DFFDA /* src */,
|
||||
B06B937E4E5DB1B571475081 /* resources */,
|
||||
);
|
||||
name = Sources;
|
||||
sourceTree = "<group>";
|
||||
};
|
||||
/* End PBXGroup section */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Begin PBXNativeTarget section */
|
||||
A630BEF242261A8F9F0C2E16 /* UniversalIndentGUI */ = {
|
||||
isa = PBXNativeTarget;
|
||||
buildConfigurationList = E938E43C14AC74310066EAA2 /* Build configuration list for PBXNativeTarget "UniversalIndentGUI" */;
|
||||
buildPhases = (
|
||||
D7BA7D76DAB5DD13389D6332 /* Qt Qmake */,
|
||||
A0A52A2ADF7A1E2A99738674 /* Qt Preprocessors */,
|
||||
F6069D5A5DA8AA28EDB8B3C6 /* Project Copy */,
|
||||
C29B8785722055ED95EF7B57 /* Build Sources */,
|
||||
2A1043669E6E5A7426EA502A /* Frameworks & Libraries */,
|
||||
3787F99312C85FF0073FD7BA /* Bundle Resources */,
|
||||
);
|
||||
buildRules = (
|
||||
);
|
||||
dependencies = (
|
||||
);
|
||||
name = UniversalIndentGUI;
|
||||
productInstallPath = release/;
|
||||
productName = UniversalIndentGUI;
|
||||
productReference = E938E42C14AC74220066EAA2 /* UniversalIndentGUI.app */;
|
||||
productType = "com.apple.product-type.application";
|
||||
};
|
||||
/* End PBXNativeTarget section */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Begin PBXProject section */
|
||||
91B15E841AA80083484172DE /* Project object */ = {
|
||||
isa = PBXProject;
|
||||
buildConfigurationList = 2A951308CDB28F104D0A4BD2 /* Build configuration list for PBXProject "UniversalIndentGUI" */;
|
||||
compatibilityVersion = "Xcode 2.4";
|
||||
developmentRegion = English;
|
||||
hasScannedForEncodings = 1;
|
||||
knownRegions = (
|
||||
English,
|
||||
Japanese,
|
||||
French,
|
||||
German,
|
||||
);
|
||||
mainGroup = 05596AB53D8D521C69802C27 /* UniversalIndentGUI */;
|
||||
productRefGroup = E938E42D14AC74220066EAA2 /* Products */;
|
||||
projectDirPath = "";
|
||||
projectRoot = "";
|
||||
targets = (
|
||||
A630BEF242261A8F9F0C2E16 /* UniversalIndentGUI */,
|
||||
);
|
||||
};
|
||||
/* End PBXProject section */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Begin PBXResourcesBuildPhase section */
|
||||
3787F99312C85FF0073FD7BA /* Bundle Resources */ = {
|
||||
isa = PBXResourcesBuildPhase;
|
||||
buildActionMask = 2147483647;
|
||||
files = (
|
||||
358CDAA858B633E7AD0B6646 /* UniversalIndentGUI.icns in Bundle Resources */,
|
||||
);
|
||||
name = "Bundle Resources";
|
||||
runOnlyForDeploymentPostprocessing = 0;
|
||||
};
|
||||
/* End PBXResourcesBuildPhase section */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Begin PBXShellScriptBuildPhase section */
|
||||
A0A52A2ADF7A1E2A99738674 /* Qt Preprocessors */ = {
|
||||
isa = PBXShellScriptBuildPhase;
|
||||
buildActionMask = 2147483647;
|
||||
files = (
|
||||
);
|
||||
name = "Qt Preprocessors";
|
||||
runOnlyForDeploymentPostprocessing = 0;
|
||||
shellPath = /bin/sh;
|
||||
shellScript = "make -C /Volumes/SHARED/Programming/uigui/universalindent/trunk -f 'UniversalIndentGUI.xcodeproj/qt_preprocess.mak'";
|
||||
};
|
||||
D7BA7D76DAB5DD13389D6332 /* Qt Qmake */ = {
|
||||
isa = PBXShellScriptBuildPhase;
|
||||
buildActionMask = 2147483647;
|
||||
files = (
|
||||
);
|
||||
name = "Qt Qmake";
|
||||
runOnlyForDeploymentPostprocessing = 0;
|
||||
shellPath = /bin/sh;
|
||||
shellScript = "make -C /Volumes/SHARED/Programming/uigui/universalindent/trunk -f 'UniversalIndentGUI.xcodeproj/qt_makeqmake.mak'";
|
||||
};
|
||||
/* End PBXShellScriptBuildPhase section */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Begin PBXSourcesBuildPhase section */
|
||||
C29B8785722055ED95EF7B57 /* Build Sources */ = {
|
||||
isa = PBXSourcesBuildPhase;
|
||||
buildActionMask = 2147483647;
|
||||
files = (
|
||||
2B7F90DE44210DB9F5D23F0C /* AboutDialog.cpp in Build Sources */,
|
||||
157D8322CB15EB4B4B698465 /* AboutDialogGraphicsView.cpp in Build Sources */,
|
||||
CE0306F2BD402BE1CC71BA98 /* IndentHandler.cpp in Build Sources */,
|
||||
FD1638E377D97C82BDB438FB /* main.cpp in Build Sources */,
|
||||
AAC1168526D0C37A3F415917 /* MainWindow.cpp in Build Sources */,
|
||||
64CDA74634FD0C1F9265CF5F /* SettingsPaths.cpp in Build Sources */,
|
||||
45FD613422A15DDFF65F07EB /* TemplateBatchScript.cpp in Build Sources */,
|
||||
2E0B7B483AE3DAFB774883DC /* UiGuiErrorMessage.cpp in Build Sources */,
|
||||
ED461CD43406DFA44318404B /* UiGuiHighlighter.cpp in Build Sources */,
|
||||
83EFC8071DE20B90AE46E0A1 /* UiGuiIndentServer.cpp in Build Sources */,
|
||||
D05E9C8E00DF8978FAD6C45F /* UiGuiIniFileParser.cpp in Build Sources */,
|
||||
8DFAEC14C5621835B85BDBBB /* UiGuiSettings.cpp in Build Sources */,
|
||||
07182A1FDE8301C8D9EAF7F5 /* UiGuiSettingsDialog.cpp in Build Sources */,
|
||||
A56B320001BC86C5B01B08D0 /* UiGuiSystemInfo.cpp in Build Sources */,
|
||||
A87876F3A24FCE545FEAFB05 /* UiGuiVersion.cpp in Build Sources */,
|
||||
F42AF6C1FF5FF9F82C3E049D /* UpdateCheckDialog.cpp in Build Sources */,
|
||||
0794A9D3A24B32A06CD8CA37 /* TSLogger.cpp in Build Sources */,
|
||||
033FA4A2951F6995E4B52E75 /* moc_AboutDialog.cpp in Build Sources */,
|
||||
86D03C28F9A095696FA4C465 /* moc_AboutDialogGraphicsView.cpp in Build Sources */,
|
||||
447799AD66EF47D36B5A72E3 /* moc_IndentHandler.cpp in Build Sources */,
|
||||
1446C37D55222BE8281C2D84 /* moc_MainWindow.cpp in Build Sources */,
|
||||
4393711A82B0A27E8301FEB8 /* moc_UiGuiErrorMessage.cpp in Build Sources */,
|
||||
10D0CC7BD2D2E5A3A90EEF25 /* moc_UiGuiHighlighter.cpp in Build Sources */,
|
||||
8DCA76267BA4834F731C5BAB /* moc_UiGuiIndentServer.cpp in Build Sources */,
|
||||
9892D98357F2D175D03F6488 /* moc_UiGuiSettings.cpp in Build Sources */,
|
||||
2CE072BF0886F682F0FE8266 /* moc_UiGuiSettingsDialog.cpp in Build Sources */,
|
||||
54824FDC5DD27B6216E263F5 /* moc_UpdateCheckDialog.cpp in Build Sources */,
|
||||
C61FC1CBE0E603A32A3D1D8E /* moc_TSLogger.cpp in Build Sources */,
|
||||
4DAB46634D6A37252BC2E3D4 /* qrc_Icons.cpp in Build Sources */,
|
||||
);
|
||||
name = "Build Sources";
|
||||
runOnlyForDeploymentPostprocessing = 0;
|
||||
};
|
||||
/* End PBXSourcesBuildPhase section */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Begin XCBuildConfiguration section */
|
||||
8DB1DD96F65B1BF1FFC506E0 /* Debug */ = {
|
||||
isa = XCBuildConfiguration;
|
||||
buildSettings = {
|
||||
COPY_PHASE_STRIP = NO;
|
||||
GCC_GENERATE_DEBUGGING_SYMBOLS = YES;
|
||||
GCC_OPTIMIZATION_LEVEL = 0;
|
||||
};
|
||||
name = Debug;
|
||||
};
|
||||
95E1EB2E5DDD587BE5B3E548 /* Release */ = {
|
||||
isa = XCBuildConfiguration;
|
||||
buildSettings = {
|
||||
COPY_PHASE_STRIP = YES;
|
||||
GCC_GENERATE_DEBUGGING_SYMBOLS = NO;
|
||||
};
|
||||
name = Release;
|
||||
};
|
||||
E938E43414AC74230066EAA2 /* Debug */ = {
|
||||
isa = XCBuildConfiguration;
|
||||
buildSettings = {
|
||||
ARCHS = x86_64;
|
||||
BUILD_ROOT = /Volumes/SHARED/Programming/uigui/universalindent/trunk;
|
||||
COPY_PHASE_STRIP = NO;
|
||||
DYLIB_COMPATIBILITY_VERSION = 1.0;
|
||||
DYLIB_CURRENT_VERSION = 1.0.0;
|
||||
GCC_GENERATE_DEBUGGING_SYMBOLS = YES;
|
||||
GCC_OPTIMIZATION_LEVEL = 0;
|
||||
HEADER_SEARCH_PATHS = (
|
||||
release/moc,
|
||||
src,
|
||||
/opt/local/include/QtScript,
|
||||
/opt/local/include/QtGui,
|
||||
/opt/local/include/QtNetwork,
|
||||
/opt/local/include/QtCore,
|
||||
/opt/local/include,
|
||||
release/uic,
|
||||
/usr/local/include,
|
||||
/System/Library/Frameworks/CarbonCore.framework/Headers,
|
||||
"/opt/local/share/qt4/mkspecs/macx-xcode",
|
||||
);
|
||||
INFOPLIST_FILE = Info.plist;
|
||||
INSTALL_DIR = /Volumes/SHARED/Programming/uigui/universalindent/trunk/release/;
|
||||
LEXFLAGS = "";
|
||||
LIBRARY_SEARCH_PATHS = /opt/local/lib;
|
||||
MACOSX_DEPLOYMENT_TARGET = 10.6;
|
||||
OBJROOT = release/obj/;
|
||||
OTHER_CFLAGS = (
|
||||
"-pipe",
|
||||
"-O2",
|
||||
"-Wall",
|
||||
"-W",
|
||||
"-DQT_NO_DEBUG",
|
||||
"-DQT_SCRIPT_LIB",
|
||||
"-DQT_GUI_LIB",
|
||||
"-DQT_NETWORK_LIB",
|
||||
"-DQT_CORE_LIB",
|
||||
"-DQT_SHARED",
|
||||
);
|
||||
OTHER_CPLUSPLUSFLAGS = (
|
||||
"-pipe",
|
||||
"-O2",
|
||||
"-Wall",
|
||||
"-W",
|
||||
"-DQT_NO_DEBUG",
|
||||
"-DQT_SCRIPT_LIB",
|
||||
"-DQT_GUI_LIB",
|
||||
"-DQT_NETWORK_LIB",
|
||||
"-DQT_CORE_LIB",
|
||||
"-DQT_SHARED",
|
||||
);
|
||||
OTHER_LDFLAGS = (
|
||||
"-headerpad_max_install_names",
|
||||
"-lqscintilla2_qt4",
|
||||
"-L/opt/local/lib",
|
||||
);
|
||||
OTHER_REZFLAGS = "";
|
||||
PREBINDING = NO;
|
||||
PRODUCT_NAME = UniversalIndentGUI;
|
||||
SECTORDER_FLAGS = "";
|
||||
WARNING_CFLAGS = "";
|
||||
YACCFLAGS = "-d";
|
||||
};
|
||||
name = Debug;
|
||||
};
|
||||
E938E43514AC74230066EAA2 /* Release */ = {
|
||||
isa = XCBuildConfiguration;
|
||||
buildSettings = {
|
||||
ARCHS = x86_64;
|
||||
BUILD_ROOT = /Volumes/SHARED/Programming/uigui/universalindent/trunk;
|
||||
COPY_PHASE_STRIP = YES;
|
||||
DYLIB_COMPATIBILITY_VERSION = 1.0;
|
||||
DYLIB_CURRENT_VERSION = 1.0.0;
|
||||
GCC_GENERATE_DEBUGGING_SYMBOLS = NO;
|
||||
HEADER_SEARCH_PATHS = (
|
||||
release/moc,
|
||||
src,
|
||||
/opt/local/include/QtScript,
|
||||
/opt/local/include/QtGui,
|
||||
/opt/local/include/QtNetwork,
|
||||
/opt/local/include/QtCore,
|
||||
/opt/local/include,
|
||||
release/uic,
|
||||
/usr/local/include,
|
||||
/System/Library/Frameworks/CarbonCore.framework/Headers,
|
||||
"/opt/local/share/qt4/mkspecs/macx-xcode",
|
||||
);
|
||||
INFOPLIST_FILE = Info.plist;
|
||||
INSTALL_DIR = /Volumes/SHARED/Programming/uigui/universalindent/trunk/release/;
|
||||
LEXFLAGS = "";
|
||||
LIBRARY_SEARCH_PATHS = /opt/local/lib;
|
||||
MACOSX_DEPLOYMENT_TARGET = 10.6;
|
||||
OBJROOT = release/obj/;
|
||||
OTHER_CFLAGS = (
|
||||
"-pipe",
|
||||
"-O2",
|
||||
"-Wall",
|
||||
"-W",
|
||||
"-DQT_NO_DEBUG",
|
||||
"-DQT_SCRIPT_LIB",
|
||||
"-DQT_GUI_LIB",
|
||||
"-DQT_NETWORK_LIB",
|
||||
"-DQT_CORE_LIB",
|
||||
"-DQT_SHARED",
|
||||
);
|
||||
OTHER_CPLUSPLUSFLAGS = (
|
||||
"-pipe",
|
||||
"-O2",
|
||||
"-Wall",
|
||||
"-W",
|
||||
"-DQT_NO_DEBUG",
|
||||
"-DQT_SCRIPT_LIB",
|
||||
"-DQT_GUI_LIB",
|
||||
"-DQT_NETWORK_LIB",
|
||||
"-DQT_CORE_LIB",
|
||||
"-DQT_SHARED",
|
||||
);
|
||||
OTHER_LDFLAGS = (
|
||||
"-headerpad_max_install_names",
|
||||
"-lqscintilla2_qt4",
|
||||
"-L/opt/local/lib",
|
||||
);
|
||||
OTHER_REZFLAGS = "";
|
||||
PREBINDING = NO;
|
||||
PRODUCT_NAME = UniversalIndentGUI;
|
||||
SECTORDER_FLAGS = "";
|
||||
WARNING_CFLAGS = "";
|
||||
YACCFLAGS = "-d";
|
||||
};
|
||||
name = Release;
|
||||
};
|
||||
E938E43614AC74230066EAA2 /* Default */ = {
|
||||
isa = XCBuildConfiguration;
|
||||
buildSettings = {
|
||||
ARCHS = x86_64;
|
||||
BUILD_ROOT = /Volumes/SHARED/Programming/uigui/universalindent/trunk;
|
||||
DYLIB_COMPATIBILITY_VERSION = 1.0;
|
||||
DYLIB_CURRENT_VERSION = 1.0.0;
|
||||
HEADER_SEARCH_PATHS = (
|
||||
release/moc,
|
||||
src,
|
||||
/opt/local/include/QtScript,
|
||||
/opt/local/include/QtGui,
|
||||
/opt/local/include/QtNetwork,
|
||||
/opt/local/include/QtCore,
|
||||
/opt/local/include,
|
||||
release/uic,
|
||||
/usr/local/include,
|
||||
/System/Library/Frameworks/CarbonCore.framework/Headers,
|
||||
"/opt/local/share/qt4/mkspecs/macx-xcode",
|
||||
);
|
||||
INFOPLIST_FILE = Info.plist;
|
||||
INSTALL_DIR = /Volumes/SHARED/Programming/uigui/universalindent/trunk/release/;
|
||||
LEXFLAGS = "";
|
||||
LIBRARY_SEARCH_PATHS = /opt/local/lib;
|
||||
MACOSX_DEPLOYMENT_TARGET = 10.6;
|
||||
OBJROOT = release/obj/;
|
||||
OTHER_CFLAGS = (
|
||||
"-pipe",
|
||||
"-O2",
|
||||
"-Wall",
|
||||
"-W",
|
||||
"-DQT_NO_DEBUG",
|
||||
"-DQT_SCRIPT_LIB",
|
||||
"-DQT_GUI_LIB",
|
||||
"-DQT_NETWORK_LIB",
|
||||
"-DQT_CORE_LIB",
|
||||
"-DQT_SHARED",
|
||||
);
|
||||
OTHER_CPLUSPLUSFLAGS = (
|
||||
"-pipe",
|
||||
"-O2",
|
||||
"-Wall",
|
||||
"-W",
|
||||
"-DQT_NO_DEBUG",
|
||||
"-DQT_SCRIPT_LIB",
|
||||
"-DQT_GUI_LIB",
|
||||
"-DQT_NETWORK_LIB",
|
||||
"-DQT_CORE_LIB",
|
||||
"-DQT_SHARED",
|
||||
);
|
||||
OTHER_LDFLAGS = (
|
||||
"-headerpad_max_install_names",
|
||||
"-lqscintilla2_qt4",
|
||||
"-L/opt/local/lib",
|
||||
);
|
||||
OTHER_REZFLAGS = "";
|
||||
PREBINDING = NO;
|
||||
PRODUCT_NAME = UniversalIndentGUI;
|
||||
SECTORDER_FLAGS = "";
|
||||
WARNING_CFLAGS = "";
|
||||
YACCFLAGS = "-d";
|
||||
};
|
||||
name = Default;
|
||||
};
|
||||
/* End XCBuildConfiguration section */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Begin XCConfigurationList section */
|
||||
2A951308CDB28F104D0A4BD2 /* Build configuration list for PBXProject "UniversalIndentGUI" */ = {
|
||||
isa = XCConfigurationList;
|
||||
buildConfigurations = (
|
||||
8DB1DD96F65B1BF1FFC506E0 /* Debug */,
|
||||
95E1EB2E5DDD587BE5B3E548 /* Release */,
|
||||
);
|
||||
defaultConfigurationIsVisible = 0;
|
||||
defaultConfigurationName = Release;
|
||||
};
|
||||
E938E43C14AC74310066EAA2 /* Build configuration list for PBXNativeTarget "UniversalIndentGUI" */ = {
|
||||
isa = XCConfigurationList;
|
||||
buildConfigurations = (
|
||||
E938E43414AC74230066EAA2 /* Debug */,
|
||||
E938E43514AC74230066EAA2 /* Release */,
|
||||
E938E43614AC74230066EAA2 /* Default */,
|
||||
);
|
||||
defaultConfigurationIsVisible = 0;
|
||||
defaultConfigurationName = Default;
|
||||
};
|
||||
/* End XCConfigurationList section */
|
||||
};
|
||||
rootObject = 91B15E841AA80083484172DE /* Project object */;
|
||||
}
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,73 @@
|
||||
#############################################################################
|
||||
# Makefile for building: release/UniversalIndentGUI.app/Contents/MacOS/UniversalIndentGUI
|
||||
# Generated by qmake (2.01a) (Qt 4.7.4) on: Do. Dez 29 11:10:32 2011
|
||||
# Project: UniversalIndentGUI.pro
|
||||
# Template: app
|
||||
# Command: /opt/local/bin/qmake -spec /opt/local/share/qt4/mkspecs/macx-xcode -o UniversalIndentGUI.xcodeproj/project.pbxproj UniversalIndentGUI.pro
|
||||
#############################################################################
|
||||
|
||||
QMAKE = /opt/local/bin/qmake
|
||||
UniversalIndentGUI.xcodeproj/project.pbxproj: UniversalIndentGUI.pro /opt/local/share/qt4/mkspecs/macx-xcode/qmake.conf /opt/local/share/qt4/mkspecs/common/unix.conf \
|
||||
/opt/local/share/qt4/mkspecs/common/mac.conf \
|
||||
/opt/local/share/qt4/mkspecs/common/mac-g++.conf \
|
||||
/opt/local/share/qt4/mkspecs/qconfig.pri \
|
||||
/opt/local/share/qt4/mkspecs/modules/qt_webkit_version.pri \
|
||||
/opt/local/share/qt4/mkspecs/features/qt_functions.prf \
|
||||
/opt/local/share/qt4/mkspecs/features/qt_config.prf \
|
||||
/opt/local/share/qt4/mkspecs/features/exclusive_builds.prf \
|
||||
/opt/local/share/qt4/mkspecs/features/default_pre.prf \
|
||||
/opt/local/share/qt4/mkspecs/features/mac/default_pre.prf \
|
||||
/opt/local/share/qt4/mkspecs/features/release.prf \
|
||||
/opt/local/share/qt4/mkspecs/features/debug_and_release.prf \
|
||||
/opt/local/share/qt4/mkspecs/features/default_post.prf \
|
||||
/opt/local/share/qt4/mkspecs/features/mac/default_post.prf \
|
||||
/opt/local/share/qt4/mkspecs/features/mac/x86_64.prf \
|
||||
/opt/local/share/qt4/mkspecs/features/mac/objective_c.prf \
|
||||
/opt/local/share/qt4/mkspecs/features/warn_on.prf \
|
||||
/opt/local/share/qt4/mkspecs/features/qt.prf \
|
||||
/opt/local/share/qt4/mkspecs/features/unix/thread.prf \
|
||||
/opt/local/share/qt4/mkspecs/features/moc.prf \
|
||||
/opt/local/share/qt4/mkspecs/features/mac/rez.prf \
|
||||
/opt/local/share/qt4/mkspecs/features/mac/sdk.prf \
|
||||
/opt/local/share/qt4/mkspecs/features/resources.prf \
|
||||
/opt/local/share/qt4/mkspecs/features/uic.prf \
|
||||
/opt/local/share/qt4/mkspecs/features/yacc.prf \
|
||||
/opt/local/share/qt4/mkspecs/features/lex.prf \
|
||||
/opt/local/lib/libQtScript.prl \
|
||||
/opt/local/lib/libQtCore.prl \
|
||||
/opt/local/lib/libQtGui.prl \
|
||||
/opt/local/lib/libQtNetwork.prl
|
||||
$(QMAKE) -spec /opt/local/share/qt4/mkspecs/macx-xcode -o UniversalIndentGUI.xcodeproj/project.pbxproj UniversalIndentGUI.pro
|
||||
/opt/local/share/qt4/mkspecs/common/unix.conf:
|
||||
/opt/local/share/qt4/mkspecs/common/mac.conf:
|
||||
/opt/local/share/qt4/mkspecs/common/mac-g++.conf:
|
||||
/opt/local/share/qt4/mkspecs/qconfig.pri:
|
||||
/opt/local/share/qt4/mkspecs/modules/qt_webkit_version.pri:
|
||||
/opt/local/share/qt4/mkspecs/features/qt_functions.prf:
|
||||
/opt/local/share/qt4/mkspecs/features/qt_config.prf:
|
||||
/opt/local/share/qt4/mkspecs/features/exclusive_builds.prf:
|
||||
/opt/local/share/qt4/mkspecs/features/default_pre.prf:
|
||||
/opt/local/share/qt4/mkspecs/features/mac/default_pre.prf:
|
||||
/opt/local/share/qt4/mkspecs/features/release.prf:
|
||||
/opt/local/share/qt4/mkspecs/features/debug_and_release.prf:
|
||||
/opt/local/share/qt4/mkspecs/features/default_post.prf:
|
||||
/opt/local/share/qt4/mkspecs/features/mac/default_post.prf:
|
||||
/opt/local/share/qt4/mkspecs/features/mac/x86_64.prf:
|
||||
/opt/local/share/qt4/mkspecs/features/mac/objective_c.prf:
|
||||
/opt/local/share/qt4/mkspecs/features/warn_on.prf:
|
||||
/opt/local/share/qt4/mkspecs/features/qt.prf:
|
||||
/opt/local/share/qt4/mkspecs/features/unix/thread.prf:
|
||||
/opt/local/share/qt4/mkspecs/features/moc.prf:
|
||||
/opt/local/share/qt4/mkspecs/features/mac/rez.prf:
|
||||
/opt/local/share/qt4/mkspecs/features/mac/sdk.prf:
|
||||
/opt/local/share/qt4/mkspecs/features/resources.prf:
|
||||
/opt/local/share/qt4/mkspecs/features/uic.prf:
|
||||
/opt/local/share/qt4/mkspecs/features/yacc.prf:
|
||||
/opt/local/share/qt4/mkspecs/features/lex.prf:
|
||||
/opt/local/lib/libQtScript.prl:
|
||||
/opt/local/lib/libQtCore.prl:
|
||||
/opt/local/lib/libQtGui.prl:
|
||||
/opt/local/lib/libQtNetwork.prl:
|
||||
qmake: FORCE
|
||||
@$(QMAKE) -spec /opt/local/share/qt4/mkspecs/macx-xcode -o UniversalIndentGUI.xcodeproj/project.pbxproj UniversalIndentGUI.pro
|
||||
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,116 @@
|
||||
#############################################################################
|
||||
# Makefile for building: release/UniversalIndentGUI.app/Contents/MacOS/UniversalIndentGUI
|
||||
# Generated by qmake (2.01a) (Qt 4.7.4) on: Do. Dez 29 11:10:32 2011
|
||||
# Project: UniversalIndentGUI.pro
|
||||
# Template: app
|
||||
# Command: /opt/local/bin/qmake -spec /opt/local/share/qt4/mkspecs/macx-xcode -o UniversalIndentGUI.xcodeproj/project.pbxproj UniversalIndentGUI.pro
|
||||
#############################################################################
|
||||
|
||||
MOC = /opt/local/bin/moc
|
||||
UIC = /opt/local/bin/uic
|
||||
LEX = flex
|
||||
LEXFLAGS =
|
||||
YACC = yacc
|
||||
YACCFLAGS = -d
|
||||
DEFINES = -DQT_NO_DEBUG -DQT_SCRIPT_LIB -DQT_GUI_LIB -DQT_NETWORK_LIB -DQT_CORE_LIB -DQT_SHARED
|
||||
INCPATH = -I/opt/local/share/qt4/mkspecs/macx-xcode -I. -Irelease/moc -Isrc -I/opt/local/include/QtScript -I/opt/local/include/QtGui -I/opt/local/include/QtNetwork -I/opt/local/include/QtCore -I/opt/local/include -Irelease/uic -I/usr/local/include -I/System/Library/Frameworks/CarbonCore.framework/Headers
|
||||
DEL_FILE = rm -f
|
||||
MOVE = mv -f
|
||||
|
||||
IMAGES =
|
||||
PARSERS =
|
||||
preprocess: $(PARSERS) compilers
|
||||
clean preprocess_clean: parser_clean compiler_clean
|
||||
|
||||
parser_clean:
|
||||
check: first
|
||||
|
||||
mocclean: compiler_moc_header_clean compiler_moc_source_clean
|
||||
|
||||
mocables: compiler_moc_header_make_all compiler_moc_source_make_all
|
||||
|
||||
compilers: ./release/moc/moc_AboutDialog.cpp ./release/moc/moc_AboutDialogGraphicsView.cpp ./release/moc/moc_IndentHandler.cpp\
|
||||
./release/moc/moc_MainWindow.cpp ./release/moc/moc_UiGuiErrorMessage.cpp ./release/moc/moc_UiGuiHighlighter.cpp\
|
||||
./release/moc/moc_UiGuiIndentServer.cpp ./release/moc/moc_UiGuiSettings.cpp ./release/moc/moc_UiGuiSettingsDialog.cpp\
|
||||
./release/moc/moc_UpdateCheckDialog.cpp ./release/moc/moc_TSLogger.cpp ./release/qrc/qrc_Icons.cpp ./release/uic/ui_MainWindow.h ./release/uic/ui_ToolBarWidget.h ./release/uic/ui_UiGuiSettingsDialog.h\
|
||||
./release/uic/ui_AboutDialog.h ./release/uic/ui_UpdateCheckDialog.h ./release/uic/ui_TSLoggerDialog.h
|
||||
compiler_objective_c_make_all:
|
||||
compiler_objective_c_clean:
|
||||
compiler_moc_header_make_all: release/moc/moc_AboutDialog.cpp release/moc/moc_AboutDialogGraphicsView.cpp release/moc/moc_IndentHandler.cpp release/moc/moc_MainWindow.cpp release/moc/moc_UiGuiErrorMessage.cpp release/moc/moc_UiGuiHighlighter.cpp release/moc/moc_UiGuiIndentServer.cpp release/moc/moc_UiGuiSettings.cpp release/moc/moc_UiGuiSettingsDialog.cpp release/moc/moc_UpdateCheckDialog.cpp release/moc/moc_TSLogger.cpp
|
||||
compiler_moc_header_clean:
|
||||
-$(DEL_FILE) release/moc/moc_AboutDialog.cpp release/moc/moc_AboutDialogGraphicsView.cpp release/moc/moc_IndentHandler.cpp release/moc/moc_MainWindow.cpp release/moc/moc_UiGuiErrorMessage.cpp release/moc/moc_UiGuiHighlighter.cpp release/moc/moc_UiGuiIndentServer.cpp release/moc/moc_UiGuiSettings.cpp release/moc/moc_UiGuiSettingsDialog.cpp release/moc/moc_UpdateCheckDialog.cpp release/moc/moc_TSLogger.cpp
|
||||
release/moc/moc_AboutDialog.cpp: src/AboutDialog.h
|
||||
/opt/local/bin/moc $(DEFINES) $(INCPATH) -D__APPLE__ -D__GNUC__ src/AboutDialog.h -o release/moc/moc_AboutDialog.cpp
|
||||
|
||||
release/moc/moc_AboutDialogGraphicsView.cpp: src/AboutDialogGraphicsView.h
|
||||
/opt/local/bin/moc $(DEFINES) $(INCPATH) -D__APPLE__ -D__GNUC__ src/AboutDialogGraphicsView.h -o release/moc/moc_AboutDialogGraphicsView.cpp
|
||||
|
||||
release/moc/moc_IndentHandler.cpp: src/IndentHandler.h
|
||||
/opt/local/bin/moc $(DEFINES) $(INCPATH) -D__APPLE__ -D__GNUC__ src/IndentHandler.h -o release/moc/moc_IndentHandler.cpp
|
||||
|
||||
release/moc/moc_MainWindow.cpp: src/MainWindow.h
|
||||
/opt/local/bin/moc $(DEFINES) $(INCPATH) -D__APPLE__ -D__GNUC__ src/MainWindow.h -o release/moc/moc_MainWindow.cpp
|
||||
|
||||
release/moc/moc_UiGuiErrorMessage.cpp: src/UiGuiErrorMessage.h
|
||||
/opt/local/bin/moc $(DEFINES) $(INCPATH) -D__APPLE__ -D__GNUC__ src/UiGuiErrorMessage.h -o release/moc/moc_UiGuiErrorMessage.cpp
|
||||
|
||||
release/moc/moc_UiGuiHighlighter.cpp: src/UiGuiHighlighter.h
|
||||
/opt/local/bin/moc $(DEFINES) $(INCPATH) -D__APPLE__ -D__GNUC__ src/UiGuiHighlighter.h -o release/moc/moc_UiGuiHighlighter.cpp
|
||||
|
||||
release/moc/moc_UiGuiIndentServer.cpp: src/UiGuiIndentServer.h
|
||||
/opt/local/bin/moc $(DEFINES) $(INCPATH) -D__APPLE__ -D__GNUC__ src/UiGuiIndentServer.h -o release/moc/moc_UiGuiIndentServer.cpp
|
||||
|
||||
release/moc/moc_UiGuiSettings.cpp: src/UiGuiSettings.h
|
||||
/opt/local/bin/moc $(DEFINES) $(INCPATH) -D__APPLE__ -D__GNUC__ src/UiGuiSettings.h -o release/moc/moc_UiGuiSettings.cpp
|
||||
|
||||
release/moc/moc_UiGuiSettingsDialog.cpp: src/UiGuiSettingsDialog.h
|
||||
/opt/local/bin/moc $(DEFINES) $(INCPATH) -D__APPLE__ -D__GNUC__ src/UiGuiSettingsDialog.h -o release/moc/moc_UiGuiSettingsDialog.cpp
|
||||
|
||||
release/moc/moc_UpdateCheckDialog.cpp: src/UpdateCheckDialog.h
|
||||
/opt/local/bin/moc $(DEFINES) $(INCPATH) -D__APPLE__ -D__GNUC__ src/UpdateCheckDialog.h -o release/moc/moc_UpdateCheckDialog.cpp
|
||||
|
||||
release/moc/moc_TSLogger.cpp: src/debugging/TSLogger.h
|
||||
/opt/local/bin/moc $(DEFINES) $(INCPATH) -D__APPLE__ -D__GNUC__ src/debugging/TSLogger.h -o release/moc/moc_TSLogger.cpp
|
||||
|
||||
compiler_rcc_make_all: release/qrc/qrc_Icons.cpp
|
||||
compiler_rcc_clean:
|
||||
-$(DEL_FILE) release/qrc/qrc_Icons.cpp
|
||||
release/qrc/qrc_Icons.cpp: resources/Icons.qrc
|
||||
/opt/local/bin/rcc -name Icons resources/Icons.qrc -o release/qrc/qrc_Icons.cpp
|
||||
|
||||
compiler_image_collection_make_all: release/uic/qmake_image_collection.cpp
|
||||
compiler_image_collection_clean:
|
||||
-$(DEL_FILE) release/uic/qmake_image_collection.cpp
|
||||
compiler_moc_source_make_all:
|
||||
compiler_moc_source_clean:
|
||||
compiler_rez_source_make_all:
|
||||
compiler_rez_source_clean:
|
||||
compiler_uic_make_all: release/uic/ui_MainWindow.h release/uic/ui_ToolBarWidget.h release/uic/ui_UiGuiSettingsDialog.h release/uic/ui_AboutDialog.h release/uic/ui_UpdateCheckDialog.h release/uic/ui_TSLoggerDialog.h
|
||||
compiler_uic_clean:
|
||||
-$(DEL_FILE) release/uic/ui_MainWindow.h release/uic/ui_ToolBarWidget.h release/uic/ui_UiGuiSettingsDialog.h release/uic/ui_AboutDialog.h release/uic/ui_UpdateCheckDialog.h release/uic/ui_TSLoggerDialog.h
|
||||
release/uic/ui_MainWindow.h: src/MainWindow.ui
|
||||
/opt/local/bin/uic src/MainWindow.ui -o release/uic/ui_MainWindow.h
|
||||
|
||||
release/uic/ui_ToolBarWidget.h: src/ToolBarWidget.ui
|
||||
/opt/local/bin/uic src/ToolBarWidget.ui -o release/uic/ui_ToolBarWidget.h
|
||||
|
||||
release/uic/ui_UiGuiSettingsDialog.h: src/UiGuiSettingsDialog.ui
|
||||
/opt/local/bin/uic src/UiGuiSettingsDialog.ui -o release/uic/ui_UiGuiSettingsDialog.h
|
||||
|
||||
release/uic/ui_AboutDialog.h: src/AboutDialog.ui
|
||||
/opt/local/bin/uic src/AboutDialog.ui -o release/uic/ui_AboutDialog.h
|
||||
|
||||
release/uic/ui_UpdateCheckDialog.h: src/UpdateCheckDialog.ui
|
||||
/opt/local/bin/uic src/UpdateCheckDialog.ui -o release/uic/ui_UpdateCheckDialog.h
|
||||
|
||||
release/uic/ui_TSLoggerDialog.h: src/debugging/TSLoggerDialog.ui
|
||||
/opt/local/bin/uic src/debugging/TSLoggerDialog.ui -o release/uic/ui_TSLoggerDialog.h
|
||||
|
||||
compiler_yacc_decl_make_all:
|
||||
compiler_yacc_decl_clean:
|
||||
compiler_yacc_impl_make_all:
|
||||
compiler_yacc_impl_clean:
|
||||
compiler_lex_make_all:
|
||||
compiler_lex_clean:
|
||||
compiler_clean: compiler_moc_header_clean compiler_rcc_clean compiler_uic_clean
|
||||
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,433 @@
|
||||
// !$*UTF8*$!
|
||||
{
|
||||
1C0B64226A129D35F02DC004 /* MainWindow.cpp */ = {
|
||||
uiCtxt = {
|
||||
sepNavIntBoundsRect = "{{0, 0}, {1040, 18980}}";
|
||||
sepNavSelRange = "{3643, 0}";
|
||||
sepNavVisRange = "{3137, 827}";
|
||||
};
|
||||
};
|
||||
3194C2F269DA07FBC8FB120D /* UiGuiSettingsDialog.h */ = {
|
||||
uiCtxt = {
|
||||
sepNavIntBoundsRect = "{{0, 0}, {1040, 702}}";
|
||||
sepNavSelRange = "{1518, 0}";
|
||||
sepNavVisRange = "{1431, 541}";
|
||||
};
|
||||
};
|
||||
5EEB118D3C499097B07CA6DC /* TSLogger.cpp */ = {
|
||||
uiCtxt = {
|
||||
sepNavIntBoundsRect = "{{0, 0}, {1040, 3419}}";
|
||||
sepNavSelRange = "{3754, 9}";
|
||||
sepNavVisRange = "{3868, 1309}";
|
||||
};
|
||||
};
|
||||
7B749332F0EE106BAF891CBB /* IndentHandler.cpp */ = {
|
||||
uiCtxt = {
|
||||
sepNavIntBoundsRect = "{{0, 0}, {1475, 23205}}";
|
||||
sepNavSelRange = "{79164, 0}";
|
||||
sepNavVisRange = "{78562, 741}";
|
||||
};
|
||||
};
|
||||
7EC3C68A81EFFF79B6CA22AC /* main.cpp */ = {
|
||||
uiCtxt = {
|
||||
sepNavIntBoundsRect = "{{0, 0}, {1055, 3458}}";
|
||||
sepNavSelRange = "{9296, 0}";
|
||||
sepNavVisRange = "{8787, 1089}";
|
||||
};
|
||||
};
|
||||
91B15E841AA80083484172DE /* Project object */ = {
|
||||
activeBuildConfigurationName = Release;
|
||||
activeExecutable = E938E42E14AC74220066EAA2 /* UniversalIndentGUI */;
|
||||
activeTarget = A630BEF242261A8F9F0C2E16 /* UniversalIndentGUI */;
|
||||
breakpoints = (
|
||||
E938E45B14AC75750066EAA2 /* MainWindow.cpp:101 */,
|
||||
E938E46114AC75930066EAA2 /* MainWindow.cpp:104 */,
|
||||
E938E46914AC760C0066EAA2 /* UiGuiSettings.cpp:65 */,
|
||||
E938E46B14AC76120066EAA2 /* UiGuiSettings.cpp:81 */,
|
||||
);
|
||||
codeSenseManager = E938E40714AC700F0066EAA2 /* Code sense */;
|
||||
executables = (
|
||||
E938E42E14AC74220066EAA2 /* UniversalIndentGUI */,
|
||||
);
|
||||
perUserDictionary = {
|
||||
PBXConfiguration.PBXFileTableDataSource3.PBXExecutablesDataSource = {
|
||||
PBXFileTableDataSourceColumnSortingDirectionKey = "-1";
|
||||
PBXFileTableDataSourceColumnSortingKey = PBXExecutablesDataSource_NameID;
|
||||
PBXFileTableDataSourceColumnWidthsKey = (
|
||||
22,
|
||||
300,
|
||||
750,
|
||||
);
|
||||
PBXFileTableDataSourceColumnsKey = (
|
||||
PBXExecutablesDataSource_ActiveFlagID,
|
||||
PBXExecutablesDataSource_NameID,
|
||||
PBXExecutablesDataSource_CommentsID,
|
||||
);
|
||||
};
|
||||
PBXConfiguration.PBXFileTableDataSource3.PBXFileTableDataSource = {
|
||||
PBXFileTableDataSourceColumnSortingDirectionKey = "-1";
|
||||
PBXFileTableDataSourceColumnSortingKey = PBXFileDataSource_Filename_ColumnID;
|
||||
PBXFileTableDataSourceColumnWidthsKey = (
|
||||
20,
|
||||
862,
|
||||
20,
|
||||
48,
|
||||
43,
|
||||
43,
|
||||
20,
|
||||
);
|
||||
PBXFileTableDataSourceColumnsKey = (
|
||||
PBXFileDataSource_FiletypeID,
|
||||
PBXFileDataSource_Filename_ColumnID,
|
||||
PBXFileDataSource_Built_ColumnID,
|
||||
PBXFileDataSource_ObjectSize_ColumnID,
|
||||
PBXFileDataSource_Errors_ColumnID,
|
||||
PBXFileDataSource_Warnings_ColumnID,
|
||||
PBXFileDataSource_Target_ColumnID,
|
||||
);
|
||||
};
|
||||
PBXConfiguration.PBXTargetDataSource.PBXTargetDataSource = {
|
||||
PBXFileTableDataSourceColumnSortingDirectionKey = "-1";
|
||||
PBXFileTableDataSourceColumnSortingKey = PBXFileDataSource_Filename_ColumnID;
|
||||
PBXFileTableDataSourceColumnWidthsKey = (
|
||||
20,
|
||||
822,
|
||||
60,
|
||||
20,
|
||||
48,
|
||||
43,
|
||||
43,
|
||||
);
|
||||
PBXFileTableDataSourceColumnsKey = (
|
||||
PBXFileDataSource_FiletypeID,
|
||||
PBXFileDataSource_Filename_ColumnID,
|
||||
PBXTargetDataSource_PrimaryAttribute,
|
||||
PBXFileDataSource_Built_ColumnID,
|
||||
PBXFileDataSource_ObjectSize_ColumnID,
|
||||
PBXFileDataSource_Errors_ColumnID,
|
||||
PBXFileDataSource_Warnings_ColumnID,
|
||||
);
|
||||
};
|
||||
PBXPerProjectTemplateStateSaveDate = 346855027;
|
||||
PBXWorkspaceStateSaveDate = 346855027;
|
||||
};
|
||||
perUserProjectItems = {
|
||||
E938E46314AC75960066EAA2 /* PBXTextBookmark */ = E938E46314AC75960066EAA2 /* PBXTextBookmark */;
|
||||
E938E48114AC77A80066EAA2 /* PBXTextBookmark */ = E938E48114AC77A80066EAA2 /* PBXTextBookmark */;
|
||||
E938E4B314AC7A360066EAA2 /* PBXTextBookmark */ = E938E4B314AC7A360066EAA2 /* PBXTextBookmark */;
|
||||
E938E4B714AC7A360066EAA2 /* PBXTextBookmark */ = E938E4B714AC7A360066EAA2 /* PBXTextBookmark */;
|
||||
E938E4C714AC7B520066EAA2 /* PBXTextBookmark */ = E938E4C714AC7B520066EAA2 /* PBXTextBookmark */;
|
||||
E938E4CD14AC7B650066EAA2 /* PBXTextBookmark */ = E938E4CD14AC7B650066EAA2 /* PBXTextBookmark */;
|
||||
E938E4D314AC7D730066EAA2 /* PBXTextBookmark */ = E938E4D314AC7D730066EAA2 /* PBXTextBookmark */;
|
||||
E938E4D414AC7D730066EAA2 /* PBXTextBookmark */ = E938E4D414AC7D730066EAA2 /* PBXTextBookmark */;
|
||||
E938E4D514AC7D730066EAA2 /* PBXTextBookmark */ = E938E4D514AC7D730066EAA2 /* PBXTextBookmark */;
|
||||
E938E4D614AC7D730066EAA2 /* PBXTextBookmark */ = E938E4D614AC7D730066EAA2 /* PBXTextBookmark */;
|
||||
E938E4E714ACB49E0066EAA2 /* PBXTextBookmark */ = E938E4E714ACB49E0066EAA2 /* PBXTextBookmark */;
|
||||
E938E4E814ACB49E0066EAA2 /* PBXTextBookmark */ = E938E4E814ACB49E0066EAA2 /* PBXTextBookmark */;
|
||||
E938E4E914ACB49E0066EAA2 /* PBXTextBookmark */ = E938E4E914ACB49E0066EAA2 /* PBXTextBookmark */;
|
||||
};
|
||||
sourceControlManager = E938E40614AC700F0066EAA2 /* Source Control */;
|
||||
userBuildSettings = {
|
||||
};
|
||||
};
|
||||
944A1A0B82857EC61410FC06 /* UiGuiSettings.cpp */ = {
|
||||
uiCtxt = {
|
||||
sepNavIntBoundsRect = "{{0, 0}, {1040, 9126}}";
|
||||
sepNavSelRange = "{2691, 0}";
|
||||
sepNavVisRange = "{2803, 1071}";
|
||||
};
|
||||
};
|
||||
A630BEF242261A8F9F0C2E16 /* UniversalIndentGUI */ = {
|
||||
activeExec = 0;
|
||||
executables = (
|
||||
E938E42E14AC74220066EAA2 /* UniversalIndentGUI */,
|
||||
);
|
||||
};
|
||||
AC4AC748C3685570D9D8B977 /* UiGuiSettings.h */ = {
|
||||
uiCtxt = {
|
||||
sepNavIntBoundsRect = "{{0, 0}, {1040, 1118}}";
|
||||
sepNavSelRange = "{1440, 0}";
|
||||
sepNavVisRange = "{463, 1236}";
|
||||
};
|
||||
};
|
||||
D807F0DE3110F0AD45593FA7 /* MainWindow.h */ = {
|
||||
uiCtxt = {
|
||||
sepNavIntBoundsRect = "{{0, 0}, {1247, 1924}}";
|
||||
sepNavSelRange = "{4885, 0}";
|
||||
sepNavVisRange = "{1496, 850}";
|
||||
};
|
||||
};
|
||||
E938E40614AC700F0066EAA2 /* Source Control */ = {
|
||||
isa = PBXSourceControlManager;
|
||||
fallbackIsa = XCSourceControlManager;
|
||||
isSCMEnabled = 0;
|
||||
scmConfiguration = {
|
||||
repositoryNamesForRoots = {
|
||||
"" = "";
|
||||
};
|
||||
};
|
||||
};
|
||||
E938E40714AC700F0066EAA2 /* Code sense */ = {
|
||||
isa = PBXCodeSenseManager;
|
||||
indexTemplatePath = "";
|
||||
};
|
||||
E938E42E14AC74220066EAA2 /* UniversalIndentGUI */ = {
|
||||
isa = PBXExecutable;
|
||||
activeArgIndices = (
|
||||
);
|
||||
argumentStrings = (
|
||||
);
|
||||
autoAttachOnCrash = 1;
|
||||
breakpointsEnabled = 1;
|
||||
configStateDict = {
|
||||
};
|
||||
customDataFormattersEnabled = 1;
|
||||
dataTipCustomDataFormattersEnabled = 1;
|
||||
dataTipShowTypeColumn = 1;
|
||||
dataTipSortType = 0;
|
||||
debuggerPlugin = GDBDebugging;
|
||||
disassemblyDisplayState = 0;
|
||||
dylibVariantSuffix = "";
|
||||
enableDebugStr = 1;
|
||||
environmentEntries = (
|
||||
);
|
||||
executableSystemSymbolLevel = 0;
|
||||
executableUserSymbolLevel = 0;
|
||||
libgmallocEnabled = 0;
|
||||
name = UniversalIndentGUI;
|
||||
savedGlobals = {
|
||||
};
|
||||
showTypeColumn = 0;
|
||||
sourceDirectories = (
|
||||
);
|
||||
variableFormatDictionary = {
|
||||
};
|
||||
};
|
||||
E938E45B14AC75750066EAA2 /* MainWindow.cpp:101 */ = {
|
||||
isa = PBXFileBreakpoint;
|
||||
actions = (
|
||||
);
|
||||
breakpointStyle = 0;
|
||||
continueAfterActions = 0;
|
||||
countType = 0;
|
||||
delayBeforeContinue = 0;
|
||||
fileReference = 1C0B64226A129D35F02DC004 /* MainWindow.cpp */;
|
||||
functionName = "MainWindow::MainWindow(QString file2OpenOnStart, QWidget *parent)";
|
||||
hitCount = 1;
|
||||
ignoreCount = 0;
|
||||
lineNumber = 101;
|
||||
location = UniversalIndentGUI;
|
||||
modificationTime = 346848101.622124;
|
||||
originalNumberOfMultipleMatches = 1;
|
||||
state = 0;
|
||||
};
|
||||
E938E46114AC75930066EAA2 /* MainWindow.cpp:104 */ = {
|
||||
isa = PBXFileBreakpoint;
|
||||
actions = (
|
||||
);
|
||||
breakpointStyle = 0;
|
||||
continueAfterActions = 0;
|
||||
countType = 0;
|
||||
delayBeforeContinue = 0;
|
||||
fileReference = 1C0B64226A129D35F02DC004 /* MainWindow.cpp */;
|
||||
functionName = "MainWindow::MainWindow(QString file2OpenOnStart, QWidget *parent)";
|
||||
hitCount = 1;
|
||||
ignoreCount = 0;
|
||||
lineNumber = 104;
|
||||
location = UniversalIndentGUI;
|
||||
modificationTime = 346848114.812431;
|
||||
originalNumberOfMultipleMatches = 1;
|
||||
state = 1;
|
||||
};
|
||||
E938E46314AC75960066EAA2 /* PBXTextBookmark */ = {
|
||||
isa = PBXTextBookmark;
|
||||
fRef = 7EC3C68A81EFFF79B6CA22AC /* main.cpp */;
|
||||
name = "main.cpp: 248";
|
||||
rLen = 0;
|
||||
rLoc = 9296;
|
||||
rType = 0;
|
||||
vrLen = 1089;
|
||||
vrLoc = 8787;
|
||||
};
|
||||
E938E46514AC75960066EAA2 /* qsharedpointer_impl.h */ = {
|
||||
isa = PBXFileReference;
|
||||
lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.h;
|
||||
name = qsharedpointer_impl.h;
|
||||
path = /opt/local/include/QtCore/qsharedpointer_impl.h;
|
||||
sourceTree = "<absolute>";
|
||||
};
|
||||
E938E46914AC760C0066EAA2 /* UiGuiSettings.cpp:65 */ = {
|
||||
isa = PBXFileBreakpoint;
|
||||
actions = (
|
||||
);
|
||||
breakpointStyle = 0;
|
||||
continueAfterActions = 0;
|
||||
countType = 0;
|
||||
delayBeforeContinue = 0;
|
||||
fileReference = 944A1A0B82857EC61410FC06 /* UiGuiSettings.cpp */;
|
||||
functionName = "UiGuiSettings::getInstance()";
|
||||
hitCount = 2;
|
||||
ignoreCount = 0;
|
||||
lineNumber = 65;
|
||||
location = UniversalIndentGUI;
|
||||
modificationTime = 346848115.5478889;
|
||||
originalNumberOfMultipleMatches = 1;
|
||||
state = 1;
|
||||
};
|
||||
E938E46B14AC76120066EAA2 /* UiGuiSettings.cpp:81 */ = {
|
||||
isa = PBXFileBreakpoint;
|
||||
actions = (
|
||||
);
|
||||
breakpointStyle = 0;
|
||||
continueAfterActions = 0;
|
||||
countType = 0;
|
||||
delayBeforeContinue = 0;
|
||||
fileReference = 944A1A0B82857EC61410FC06 /* UiGuiSettings.cpp */;
|
||||
functionName = "UiGuiSettings::~UiGuiSettings()";
|
||||
hitCount = 1;
|
||||
ignoreCount = 0;
|
||||
lineNumber = 81;
|
||||
location = UniversalIndentGUI;
|
||||
modificationTime = 346848140.41869;
|
||||
originalNumberOfMultipleMatches = 1;
|
||||
state = 1;
|
||||
};
|
||||
E938E48114AC77A80066EAA2 /* PBXTextBookmark */ = {
|
||||
isa = PBXTextBookmark;
|
||||
fRef = E938E48214AC77A80066EAA2 /* qstringlist.h */;
|
||||
name = "qstringlist.h: 68";
|
||||
rLen = 0;
|
||||
rLoc = 2245;
|
||||
rType = 0;
|
||||
vrLen = 636;
|
||||
vrLoc = 1852;
|
||||
};
|
||||
E938E48214AC77A80066EAA2 /* qstringlist.h */ = {
|
||||
isa = PBXFileReference;
|
||||
lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.h;
|
||||
name = qstringlist.h;
|
||||
path = /opt/local/include/QtCore/qstringlist.h;
|
||||
sourceTree = "<absolute>";
|
||||
};
|
||||
E938E4B314AC7A360066EAA2 /* PBXTextBookmark */ = {
|
||||
isa = PBXTextBookmark;
|
||||
fRef = E938E46514AC75960066EAA2 /* qsharedpointer_impl.h */;
|
||||
name = "qsharedpointer_impl.h: 339";
|
||||
rLen = 0;
|
||||
rLoc = 11920;
|
||||
rType = 0;
|
||||
vrLen = 867;
|
||||
vrLoc = 11651;
|
||||
};
|
||||
E938E4B714AC7A360066EAA2 /* PBXTextBookmark */ = {
|
||||
isa = PBXTextBookmark;
|
||||
fRef = AC4AC748C3685570D9D8B977 /* UiGuiSettings.h */;
|
||||
name = "UiGuiSettings.h: 22";
|
||||
rLen = 0;
|
||||
rLoc = 1440;
|
||||
rType = 0;
|
||||
vrLen = 1236;
|
||||
vrLoc = 463;
|
||||
};
|
||||
E938E4C714AC7B520066EAA2 /* PBXTextBookmark */ = {
|
||||
isa = PBXTextBookmark;
|
||||
fRef = 3194C2F269DA07FBC8FB120D /* UiGuiSettingsDialog.h */;
|
||||
name = "UiGuiSettingsDialog.h: 28";
|
||||
rLen = 0;
|
||||
rLoc = 1518;
|
||||
rType = 0;
|
||||
vrLen = 541;
|
||||
vrLoc = 1431;
|
||||
};
|
||||
E938E4CD14AC7B650066EAA2 /* PBXTextBookmark */ = {
|
||||
isa = PBXTextBookmark;
|
||||
fRef = 7B749332F0EE106BAF891CBB /* IndentHandler.cpp */;
|
||||
name = "IndentHandler.cpp: 1728";
|
||||
rLen = 0;
|
||||
rLoc = 79164;
|
||||
rType = 0;
|
||||
vrLen = 741;
|
||||
vrLoc = 78562;
|
||||
};
|
||||
E938E4D314AC7D730066EAA2 /* PBXTextBookmark */ = {
|
||||
isa = PBXTextBookmark;
|
||||
fRef = D807F0DE3110F0AD45593FA7 /* MainWindow.h */;
|
||||
name = "MainWindow.h: 53";
|
||||
rLen = 0;
|
||||
rLoc = 1961;
|
||||
rType = 0;
|
||||
vrLen = 722;
|
||||
vrLoc = 1743;
|
||||
};
|
||||
E938E4D414AC7D730066EAA2 /* PBXTextBookmark */ = {
|
||||
isa = PBXTextBookmark;
|
||||
fRef = 1C0B64226A129D35F02DC004 /* MainWindow.cpp */;
|
||||
name = "MainWindow.cpp: 104";
|
||||
rLen = 0;
|
||||
rLoc = 3643;
|
||||
rType = 0;
|
||||
vrLen = 827;
|
||||
vrLoc = 3137;
|
||||
};
|
||||
E938E4D514AC7D730066EAA2 /* PBXTextBookmark */ = {
|
||||
isa = PBXTextBookmark;
|
||||
fRef = 944A1A0B82857EC61410FC06 /* UiGuiSettings.cpp */;
|
||||
name = "UiGuiSettings.cpp: 65";
|
||||
rLen = 0;
|
||||
rLoc = 2691;
|
||||
rType = 0;
|
||||
vrLen = 1071;
|
||||
vrLoc = 2803;
|
||||
};
|
||||
E938E4D614AC7D730066EAA2 /* PBXTextBookmark */ = {
|
||||
isa = PBXTextBookmark;
|
||||
fRef = E938E4D714AC7D730066EAA2 /* qglobal.h */;
|
||||
name = "qglobal.h: 1749";
|
||||
rLen = 0;
|
||||
rLoc = 53149;
|
||||
rType = 0;
|
||||
vrLen = 1090;
|
||||
vrLoc = 52596;
|
||||
};
|
||||
E938E4D714AC7D730066EAA2 /* qglobal.h */ = {
|
||||
isa = PBXFileReference;
|
||||
lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.h;
|
||||
name = qglobal.h;
|
||||
path = /opt/local/include/QtCore/qglobal.h;
|
||||
sourceTree = "<absolute>";
|
||||
};
|
||||
E938E4E714ACB49E0066EAA2 /* PBXTextBookmark */ = {
|
||||
isa = PBXTextBookmark;
|
||||
fRef = 5EEB118D3C499097B07CA6DC /* TSLogger.cpp */;
|
||||
name = "TSLogger.cpp: 102";
|
||||
rLen = 9;
|
||||
rLoc = 3754;
|
||||
rType = 0;
|
||||
vrLen = 1309;
|
||||
vrLoc = 3868;
|
||||
};
|
||||
E938E4E814ACB49E0066EAA2 /* PBXTextBookmark */ = {
|
||||
isa = PBXTextBookmark;
|
||||
fRef = F45A82FFD3FBFC99A2A0B897 /* UiGuiVersion.h */;
|
||||
rLen = 5;
|
||||
rLoc = 1582;
|
||||
rType = 0;
|
||||
};
|
||||
E938E4E914ACB49E0066EAA2 /* PBXTextBookmark */ = {
|
||||
isa = PBXTextBookmark;
|
||||
fRef = F45A82FFD3FBFC99A2A0B897 /* UiGuiVersion.h */;
|
||||
name = "UiGuiVersion.h: 29";
|
||||
rLen = 0;
|
||||
rLoc = 1699;
|
||||
rType = 0;
|
||||
vrLen = 1100;
|
||||
vrLoc = 780;
|
||||
};
|
||||
F45A82FFD3FBFC99A2A0B897 /* UiGuiVersion.h */ = {
|
||||
uiCtxt = {
|
||||
sepNavIntBoundsRect = "{{0, 0}, {1040, 520}}";
|
||||
sepNavSelRange = "{1699, 0}";
|
||||
sepNavVisRange = "{780, 1100}";
|
||||
};
|
||||
};
|
||||
}
|
||||
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
|
||||
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
|
||||
<VisualStudioToolFile
|
||||
Name="Qt-Rules"
|
||||
Version="8,00"
|
||||
>
|
||||
<Rules>
|
||||
<CustomBuildRule
|
||||
Name="UIC"
|
||||
DisplayName="UIC"
|
||||
CommandLine="uic.exe "$(InputDir)$(InputName).ui" -o "$(OutDir)\tmp\uic\ui_$(InputName).h""
|
||||
Outputs="$(OutDir)\tmp\uic\ui_$(InputName).h"
|
||||
FileExtensions="*.ui"
|
||||
ExecutionDescription="UICing $(InputName).h..."
|
||||
>
|
||||
<Properties>
|
||||
</Properties>
|
||||
</CustomBuildRule>
|
||||
<CustomBuildRule
|
||||
Name="MOC"
|
||||
DisplayName="MOC"
|
||||
CommandLine="moc.exe "$(InputDir)$(InputName).h" -o "$(OutDir)\tmp\moc\moc_$(InputName).cpp""
|
||||
Outputs="$(OutDir)\tmp\moc\moc_$(InputName).cpp"
|
||||
FileExtensions="*.h"
|
||||
ExecutionDescription="MOCing $(InputName).h..."
|
||||
>
|
||||
<Properties>
|
||||
</Properties>
|
||||
</CustomBuildRule>
|
||||
<CustomBuildRule
|
||||
Name="QRC"
|
||||
DisplayName="QRC"
|
||||
CommandLine="rcc.exe -name $(InputName) "$(InputDir)$(InputName).qrc" -o "$(OutDir)\tmp\qrc\qrc_$(InputName).cpp""
|
||||
Outputs="$(OutDir)\tmp\qrc\qrc_$(InputName).cpp"
|
||||
FileExtensions="*.qrc"
|
||||
ExecutionDescription="QRCing $(InputName).h..."
|
||||
>
|
||||
<Properties>
|
||||
</Properties>
|
||||
</CustomBuildRule>
|
||||
</Rules>
|
||||
</VisualStudioToolFile>
|
||||
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
@ -0,0 +1,88 @@
|
||||
universalindentgui (1.2.0-1.1) unstable; urgency=medium
|
||||
|
||||
* Non-maintainer upload.
|
||||
* Update for new qscintilla2 library names (Closes: #885647)
|
||||
|
||||
-- Scott Kitterman <scott@kitterman.com> Thu, 04 Jan 2018 07:06:09 -0500
|
||||
|
||||
universalindentgui (1.2.0-1) unstable; urgency=low
|
||||
|
||||
* New upstream release.
|
||||
* Drop 02_fix_gcc_4.5_build.patch - merged upstream.
|
||||
* Update debian/contol:
|
||||
- bump debhelper to 9.
|
||||
- bump Standards-Version to 3.9.3 (no changes needed).
|
||||
|
||||
-- Fathi Boudra <fabo@debian.org> Tue, 22 May 2012 08:49:27 +0300
|
||||
|
||||
universalindentgui (1.1.0-2) unstable; urgency=low
|
||||
|
||||
* Add 02_fix_gcc_4.5_build.patch (Closes: #565043)
|
||||
|
||||
-- Fathi Boudra <fabo@debian.org> Mon, 21 Feb 2011 12:21:21 +0200
|
||||
|
||||
universalindentgui (1.1.0-1) unstable; urgency=low
|
||||
|
||||
* New upstream release.
|
||||
* Update debian/control:
|
||||
- Bump quilt and debhelper build-dependency versions.
|
||||
- Bump Standards-Version to 3.8.3 (no changes needed).
|
||||
* Convert debian/rules to dh usage.
|
||||
* Rename debian/universalindentgui.lintian to
|
||||
debian/universalindentgui.lintian-overrides for dh_lintian usage.
|
||||
* Add debian/README.source file.
|
||||
|
||||
-- Fathi Boudra <fabo@debian.org> Thu, 20 Aug 2009 13:41:45 +0200
|
||||
|
||||
universalindentgui (1.0.2-1) unstable; urgency=low
|
||||
|
||||
* New upstream release:
|
||||
- The default editor font type is now Monospace instead of Courier.
|
||||
(Closes: #483873)
|
||||
* Add 01_disable_check_for_update.diff patch:
|
||||
Automatic check for update is disabled by default. (Closes: #514999)
|
||||
* Bump debian/compat to 7.
|
||||
* Update debian/control:
|
||||
- Set Thomas Schweitzer as maintainer and myself as uploader.
|
||||
(Closes: #483068)
|
||||
- Bump debhelper build-dependency to 7.
|
||||
- Bump Standards-Version to 3.8.1. No changes needed.
|
||||
- Update recommended beautifier list.
|
||||
- Update description to list all supported beautifiers.
|
||||
* Update debian/copyright:
|
||||
- Add PerlTidy.pm and JsDecoder.js missing copyrights.
|
||||
* Cleanup debian/rules.
|
||||
|
||||
-- Fathi Boudra <fabo@debian.org> Wed, 29 Apr 2009 10:50:58 +0200
|
||||
|
||||
universalindentgui (0.8.1-1.2) unstable; urgency=low
|
||||
|
||||
* Non-maintainer upload.
|
||||
* Avoid symlink attacks by using mkdtemp (Closes: 504726)
|
||||
|
||||
-- Eddy Petrișor <eddy.petrisor@gmail.com> Wed, 12 Nov 2008 01:34:23 +0200
|
||||
|
||||
universalindentgui (0.8.1-1.1) unstable; urgency=high
|
||||
|
||||
* Non-maintainer upload.
|
||||
* urgency high since universalindentgui is actually useless by default
|
||||
(can be hacked to work by setting TMPDIR='/tmp/a')
|
||||
* fixed temporary path asamblation so indents can work
|
||||
(Closes: 486577)
|
||||
|
||||
-- Eddy Petrișor <eddy.petrisor@gmail.com> Wed, 05 Nov 2008 03:51:48 +0200
|
||||
|
||||
universalindentgui (0.8.1-1) unstable; urgency=low
|
||||
|
||||
* New upstream release
|
||||
* debian/rules: Do not delete perltidy as it's no longer shipped
|
||||
* debian/rules: Cleanup extended
|
||||
|
||||
-- Sebastian Pipping <webmaster@hartwork.org> Wed, 02 April 2008 04:45:00 +0100
|
||||
|
||||
universalindentgui (0.8.0-1) unstable; urgency=low
|
||||
|
||||
* Initial release (Closes: #459671)
|
||||
* Add man page missing in release archive (svn revision 603 plus fixes)
|
||||
|
||||
-- Sebastian Pipping <webmaster@hartwork.org> Tue, 08 Jan 2008 15:13:53 +0100
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1 @@
|
||||
9
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
|
||||
Source: universalindentgui
|
||||
Section: devel
|
||||
Priority: optional
|
||||
Maintainer: Thomas Schweitzer <thomas-schweitzer@arcor.de>
|
||||
Uploaders: Fathi Boudra <fabo@debian.org>
|
||||
Build-Depends: debhelper (>= 9), libqscintilla2-qt4-dev, libqt4-dev
|
||||
Standards-Version: 3.9.3
|
||||
Homepage: http://universalindent.sourceforge.net
|
||||
|
||||
Package: universalindentgui
|
||||
Architecture: any
|
||||
Depends: ${misc:Depends}, ${shlibs:Depends}
|
||||
Recommends: astyle,
|
||||
bcpp,
|
||||
csstidy,
|
||||
hindent,
|
||||
indent,
|
||||
perltidy,
|
||||
tidy,
|
||||
uncrustify,
|
||||
xmlindent
|
||||
Description: GUI frontend for several code beautifiers
|
||||
UniversalIndentGui is a GUI fontend for several code beautifiers, currently
|
||||
supporting:
|
||||
* Artistic Styler
|
||||
* BCPP
|
||||
* Cobol Beautify
|
||||
* CSSTidy
|
||||
* Fortran 90 PPR
|
||||
* GNU Indent
|
||||
* GreatCode
|
||||
* hindent
|
||||
* HTB
|
||||
* Javascript Decoder
|
||||
* JSPPP
|
||||
* Perl Tidy
|
||||
* PHP_Beautifier
|
||||
* PHP Code Beautifier
|
||||
* PHP Stylist
|
||||
* pindent
|
||||
* Ruby Beautify
|
||||
* Ruby Formatter
|
||||
* Shell Indent
|
||||
* (HTML) Tidy
|
||||
* Uncrustify
|
||||
* XML Indent
|
||||
.
|
||||
UniversalIndentGui allows you to tune a beautifier's configuration and see
|
||||
how the changes affects a source example live. It is especially useful to
|
||||
compare different C/C++ beautifiers when you have to choose one of them.
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,59 @@
|
||||
This package was debianized by:
|
||||
|
||||
Fathi Boudra <fabo@debian.org> on Wed, 29 Apr 2009 10:50:58 +0200
|
||||
|
||||
It was downloaded from:
|
||||
|
||||
http://universalindent.sourceforge.net
|
||||
|
||||
Upstream Author:
|
||||
|
||||
Thomas Schweitzer <thomas-schweitzer@arcor.de>
|
||||
|
||||
Copyright:
|
||||
|
||||
Copyright (C) 2006-2012 Thomas Schweitzer
|
||||
|
||||
Copyright for indenters/PerlTidyLib.pm file:
|
||||
|
||||
Copyright (C) 2000-2007 Steve Hancock
|
||||
|
||||
This file is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
|
||||
(at your option) any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
Copyright for indenters/JsDecoder.js file:
|
||||
|
||||
Copyright (C) 2004-2006 Cezary Tomczak
|
||||
|
||||
This file is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
|
||||
(at your option) any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
UniversalIndentGUI license:
|
||||
|
||||
This package is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2 as
|
||||
published by the Free Software Foundation.
|
||||
|
||||
This package is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
along with this package; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
|
||||
|
||||
On Debian systems, the complete text of the GNU General
|
||||
Public License version 2 can be found in `/usr/share/common-licenses/GPL-2'
|
||||
and the GPL version 3 can be found in `/usr/share/common-licenses/GPL-3'.
|
||||
|
||||
The Debian packaging is:
|
||||
|
||||
Copyright (C) 2009 Fathi Boudra <fabo@debian.org>
|
||||
|
||||
and is licensed under the GPL version 2,
|
||||
see `/usr/share/common-licenses/GPL-2'.
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
|
||||
CHANGELOG.txt
|
||||
readme.html
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
|
||||
?package(universalindentgui): \
|
||||
needs="X11" \
|
||||
section="Applications/Programming" \
|
||||
title="UniversalIndentgui" \
|
||||
command="/usr/bin/universalindentgui"
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,15 @@
|
||||
---
|
||||
src/UiGuiSettings.cpp | 2 +-
|
||||
1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-)
|
||||
|
||||
--- a/src/UiGuiSettings.cpp
|
||||
+++ b/src/UiGuiSettings.cpp
|
||||
@@ -181,7 +181,7 @@ bool UiGuiSettings::initSettings()
|
||||
_qsettings->setValue( "UniversalIndentGUI/language", _availableTranslations.indexOf( _qsettings->value("UniversalIndentGUI/language", "").toString() ) );
|
||||
|
||||
// Read the update check settings from the settings file.
|
||||
- _qsettings->setValue( "UniversalIndentGUI/CheckForUpdate", _qsettings->value("UniversalIndentGUI/CheckForUpdate", true) );
|
||||
+ _qsettings->setValue( "UniversalIndentGUI/CheckForUpdate", _qsettings->value("UniversalIndentGUI/CheckForUpdate", false) );
|
||||
_qsettings->setValue( "UniversalIndentGUI/LastUpdateCheck", _qsettings->value("UniversalIndentGUI/LastUpdateCheck", QDate(1900,1,1)) );
|
||||
|
||||
// Read the main window state.
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
|
||||
--- universalindentgui-1.2.0.orig/UniversalIndentGUI.pro
|
||||
+++ universalindentgui-1.2.0/UniversalIndentGUI.pro
|
||||
@@ -23,7 +23,7 @@ macx {
|
||||
ICON = resources/UniversalIndentGUI.icns
|
||||
}
|
||||
else {
|
||||
- LIBS += -lqscintilla2
|
||||
+ LIBS += -lqscintilla2_qt4
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
CONFIG(release, debug|release) {
|
||||
--- universalindentgui-1.2.0.orig/UniversalIndentGUI.xcodeproj/project.pbxproj
|
||||
+++ universalindentgui-1.2.0/UniversalIndentGUI.xcodeproj/project.pbxproj
|
||||
@@ -571,7 +571,7 @@
|
||||
);
|
||||
OTHER_LDFLAGS = (
|
||||
"-headerpad_max_install_names",
|
||||
- "-lqscintilla2",
|
||||
+ "-lqscintilla2_qt4",
|
||||
"-L/opt/local/lib",
|
||||
);
|
||||
OTHER_REZFLAGS = "";
|
||||
@@ -637,7 +637,7 @@
|
||||
);
|
||||
OTHER_LDFLAGS = (
|
||||
"-headerpad_max_install_names",
|
||||
- "-lqscintilla2",
|
||||
+ "-lqscintilla2_qt4",
|
||||
"-L/opt/local/lib",
|
||||
);
|
||||
OTHER_REZFLAGS = "";
|
||||
@@ -701,7 +701,7 @@
|
||||
);
|
||||
OTHER_LDFLAGS = (
|
||||
"-headerpad_max_install_names",
|
||||
- "-lqscintilla2",
|
||||
+ "-lqscintilla2_qt4",
|
||||
"-L/opt/local/lib",
|
||||
);
|
||||
OTHER_REZFLAGS = "";
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
|
||||
disable_check_for_update.patch
|
||||
qsci_rename.patch
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
|
||||
#!/usr/bin/make -f
|
||||
|
||||
# Uncomment this to turn on verbose mode.
|
||||
#export DH_VERBOSE=1
|
||||
|
||||
%:
|
||||
dh $@ --parallel --buildsystem=qmake_qt4
|
||||
|
||||
override_dh_auto_install:
|
||||
dh_auto_install
|
||||
|
||||
# Remove shellindent
|
||||
rm -f debian/universalindentgui/usr/share/universalindentgui/indenters/example.sh
|
||||
rm -f debian/universalindentgui/usr/share/universalindentgui/indenters/shellindent.awk
|
||||
rm -f debian/universalindentgui/usr/share/universalindentgui/indenters/uigui_shellindent.ini
|
||||
|
||||
# Fix lintian warnings/errors
|
||||
find debian/universalindentgui/usr/share/universalindentgui -type f -exec chmod a-x '{}' \;
|
||||
find debian/universalindentgui/usr/share/universalindentgui -type f -name '*.rb' | xargs chmod a+x
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1 @@
|
||||
3.0 (quilt)
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,4 @@
|
||||
# intended behavior. We don't want to depends on ruby.
|
||||
ruby-script-but-no-ruby-dep usr/share/universalindentgui/indenters/example.rb
|
||||
ruby-script-but-no-ruby-dep usr/share/universalindentgui/indenters/rbeautify.rb
|
||||
ruby-script-but-no-ruby-dep usr/share/universalindentgui/indenters/ruby_formatter.rb
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,157 @@
|
||||
<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd">
|
||||
<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xml:lang="en">
|
||||
<head>
|
||||
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8" />
|
||||
<title>iniFileFormat</title>
|
||||
</head>
|
||||
<body>
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
Fileformat of the UniversalIndentGUI indent description ini files<br />
|
||||
=================================================================<br />
|
||||
<br />
|
||||
1. General<br />
|
||||
----------<br />
|
||||
The ini file has equal base format as common used ini files. It contains groups, which are written in brackets []. These groups can contain keys, to which a value can be assigned by the equal sign =.<br />
|
||||
<br />
|
||||
2. Ini file header<br />
|
||||
------------------<br />
|
||||
At the beginning of the ini file the header is located. It is named [header]. In the following a ini file header is shown:<br />
|
||||
</p>
|
||||
<pre>
|
||||
[header]
|
||||
categories=Predefined Style|Tab and Bracket|Indentation|Formatting
|
||||
cfgFileParameterEnding=cr
|
||||
configFilename=.astylerc
|
||||
fileTypes=*.cpp|*.c|*.h|*.hpp|*.cs|*.java
|
||||
indenterFileName=astyle
|
||||
indenterName=Artistic Style
|
||||
inputFileName=indentinput
|
||||
inputFileParameter=
|
||||
manual="http://website.of.onlinemanual"
|
||||
outputFileName=indentinput
|
||||
outputFileParameter=none
|
||||
parameterOrder=ipo
|
||||
stringparaminquotes=false
|
||||
useCfgFileParameter="--options="
|
||||
version=1.21
|
||||
</pre>
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
"categories" defines the categories, where each parameter can be assigned to. It is a list of strings, with each category name divied by a "|" from the other.<br />
|
||||
<br />
|
||||
"cfgFileParameterEnding" defines how each parameter setting in the indenters config file is seperated from the other. Possible values are "cr" for CarriageReturn or any other string (also space signs, which are normally used if parameters are only set via commandline).<br />
|
||||
<br />
|
||||
"configFilename" is the filename of the indenters default config file. It is used when the indenter is being called and might be explicit handed over as argument by setting the parameter "useCfgFileParameter". If "configFilename" is left empty, all parameters are set with the commandline call of the indenter. (As needed for csstidy and phpCB for example.)<br />
|
||||
<br />
|
||||
"fileTypes" is a list of fileendings used for the selection in the "open source file" file dialog.<br />
|
||||
<br />
|
||||
"indenterFileName" is the name of the indenters executable without any extension. Under linux it is tested, whether only a file with the extension ".exe" exists. If so, wine will be used to call the indenter.<br />
|
||||
<br />
|
||||
"indenterName" is the name of the indenter as it will be shown in UniversalIndentGUIs indenters selection. Theoretic it can be any string.<br />
|
||||
<br />
|
||||
"inputFileName" defines the file used as input file for the called indenter. It is a copy of the previous opened source code file.<br />
|
||||
<br />
|
||||
"inputFileParameter" sets the eventually needed parameter in front of "inputFileName" to tell the indenter and the command line call that the following string is the input file. If set to "none" no special output file will be set.
|
||||
If set to "<" or "stdin" the to be formatted source code will be sent to the indenter using the standard input stdin.<br />
|
||||
<br />
|
||||
"manual" is a string that points to a website that hosts the indenters online manual.<br />
|
||||
<br />
|
||||
"outputFileName" the file name where the indenter writes its formatted source code to. Also the file UniversalIndentGUI reads after the indenter call to show it in the preview. Some times an indenter overwrites the content of the inputfile by default and creates a backup (as AStyle does). In this case "outputFileName" is equal to "inputFileName" but the parameter "outputFileParameter" has to be set to "none". No output file name will be selected for the indenter but UniversalIndentGUI knows where the output was written to.<br />
|
||||
<br />
|
||||
"outputFileParameter" same as for "inputFileParameter" with respect to the special case mentioned for "inputFileParameter" if the input file will be overwritten. If the indenter only writes to standard output (stdout) this value has to be set to "stdout" (see uigui_phpCB.ini). In that case "outputFileName" can be left empty. It will be ignored anyway.<br />
|
||||
<br />
|
||||
"parameterOrder" Some indenters need a strict order of the command line parameters for input file, output file and eventually indent settings. "parameterOrder" can be set to "iop", "ipo" and "pio" to define the order of input, ouput and paramters at the commandline call.<br />
|
||||
<br />
|
||||
"stringparaminquotes" tells UniversalIndentGUI that all string values should be written to the indenter config file in quotes.<br />
|
||||
<br />
|
||||
"useCfgFileParameter" is the parameter for the indenter used to tell the indenter where to find the config file, set in "configFilename", that it should use. If this parameter is left empty you should read the indenters manual where it searches by default for the config file.<br />
|
||||
<br />
|
||||
"version" is not evaluated by UiGUI, but by this it is easier to see for which version of the indenter the configuration file has been written for.<br />
|
||||
<br />
|
||||
3. The indenters parameters<br />
|
||||
---------------------------<br />
|
||||
After the header definition the paramters used by the indenter are defined. Each paramter name is written in brackets [] again, but the name is only descriptive and not functional. Each parameter consists of keys with values (same as in header). There are four types of parameters: boolean, numeric, string and multiple. All have the following keys in common:<br />
|
||||
"Category" defines to which category they belong and are corresponding only shown there in the GUI.<br />
|
||||
<br />
|
||||
"Description" holds a text describing the parameter and it options. It is formatted as html, so source code examples can be embedded via <pre></pre> for example. This text is shown as tool tip for each parameter.<br />
|
||||
<br />
|
||||
"EditorType" defines whether the parameter is boolean, numeric, string or multiple.<br />
|
||||
<br />
|
||||
"ValueDefault" is the default value that is normally used by the indenter if this parameter is not defined. It is needed if the config file of an indenter is loaded but this parameter value is not defined there. For boolean 0 is equal to false and 1 is equal to true. In case of multiple the number defines which of the multiple choice parameters is selected, starting with 0.<br />
|
||||
<br />
|
||||
"Enabled" is not used for boolean but for all other parameters. Defines whether the value should be written to the indenters config file or not. If it is disabled it will not be written and the indenter uses its default value.<br />
|
||||
<br />
|
||||
<br />
|
||||
3.1. Boolean parameters<br />
|
||||
<br />
|
||||
Example:<br />
|
||||
</p>
|
||||
<pre>
|
||||
[ANSI style formatting]
|
||||
Category=0
|
||||
Description="<html>ANSI style formatting/indenting.</html>"
|
||||
EditorType=boolean
|
||||
TrueFalse="--style=ansi|"
|
||||
Value=0
|
||||
ValueDefault=0
|
||||
</pre>
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
The only special here is the key "TrueFalse". The string is a parameter list always consists of two parameters devided by a "|" sign, where the first one defines the true case and the second the false case. Some indenters like GreatCode have a parameter for true and false, some other like AStyle in this example only have a parameter for the false case, so the second parameter is empty.<br />
|
||||
<br />
|
||||
<br />
|
||||
3.2. Numeric parameters<br />
|
||||
</p>
|
||||
<pre>
|
||||
[Indent spaces]
|
||||
CallName="--indent=spaces="
|
||||
Category=1
|
||||
Description="<html>Indent using # spaces per indent</html>"
|
||||
EditorType=numeric
|
||||
Enabled=false
|
||||
MaxVal=20
|
||||
MinVal=2
|
||||
Value=4
|
||||
ValueDefault=4
|
||||
</pre>
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
Numeric parameters have defined a maximum value "MaxVal" and a minimum value "MinVal" which can/should not be exceeded. The "CallName" is the parameter as string as it will be written to the indenters config file. At its ending "Value" will be appended.<br />
|
||||
<br />
|
||||
<br />
|
||||
3.3. String parameters<br />
|
||||
</p>
|
||||
<pre>
|
||||
[Comment separation char]
|
||||
CallName=-cmt_sep_char_4-
|
||||
Category=5
|
||||
Description="<html>Set the special character to fill automatic comments.</html>"
|
||||
EditorType=string
|
||||
Enabled=true
|
||||
Value=*
|
||||
ValueDefault=*
|
||||
</pre>
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
The "CallName" is the parameter as string as it will be written to the indenters config file. At its ending "Value" will be appended. Value can also be a list of strings separated by the "|" sign. By this the parameter is written to the config file with each value in the list. <br />
|
||||
In the upper example value could be "C|c|K". The result in the ouput file would be:<br />
|
||||
-cmt_sep_char_4-C
|
||||
-cmt_sep_char_4-c
|
||||
-cmt_sep_char_4-K
|
||||
<br />
|
||||
<br />
|
||||
<br />
|
||||
3.4. Multiple parameters<br />
|
||||
</p>
|
||||
<pre>
|
||||
[Bracket style]
|
||||
Category=1
|
||||
Choices="--brackets=break|--brackets=attach|--brackets=linux|--brackets=break-closing-headers"
|
||||
ChoicesReadable="Break brackets|Attach brackets|Break brackets Linux like|Break closing headers"
|
||||
Description="<html>Sets the bracket style.</html>"
|
||||
EditorType=multiple
|
||||
Enabled=false
|
||||
Value=1
|
||||
ValueDefault=-1
|
||||
</pre>
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
Multiple parameters can have exactly one parameter out of a list selected. "Choices" is a parameter list consisting of parameters devided by a "|" sign. Each parameter in the list will be exactly written to the indenters config file as defined here. The list "ChoicesReadable" can be used to show more readable text in the combo box, instead of the "Choices" text. "ChoicesReadable" must have as many entries as "Choices".<br />
|
||||
</p>
|
||||
</body>
|
||||
</html>
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
|
||||
.TH universalindentgui 1 "2012-01-01" "1.2.0" "UniversalIndentGUI"
|
||||
|
||||
.SH NAME
|
||||
universalindentgui \- GUI frontend for several code beautifiers
|
||||
|
||||
.SH SYNOPSIS
|
||||
.B universalindentgui
|
||||
.RI [ FILE ]
|
||||
.br
|
||||
Optional the as parameter given
|
||||
.IR FILE
|
||||
can be opened at start.
|
||||
|
||||
.SH DESCRIPTION
|
||||
\fBUniversalIndentGUI\fP is a GUI frontend for nearly any code beautifier. It allows you to comfortably change each parameter of a beautifier and directly see how the source code is affected done by a live preview. Many free available code beautifier, formatter and indenter are currently supported, like GNU Indent, Uncrustify, Artistic Styler, PHP Stylist, Ruby Beautify, HTML Tidy and many other (look at features for complete list). Currently not supported indenters can be easily added by creating a configuration file for them.
|
||||
|
||||
.SH BUGS
|
||||
Currently known bugs can be browsed on http://sf.net/tracker2/?func=browse&group_id=167482&atid=843127
|
||||
|
||||
.SH AUTHOR
|
||||
Thomas\ Schweitzer <thomas_-_s@users.sourceforge.net>
|
||||
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
@ -0,0 +1,59 @@
|
||||
000000* An example illustrating the use of a programmer defined paragraphs
|
||||
* and perform-thru
|
||||
identification division.
|
||||
program-id. level88.
|
||||
author. kik.
|
||||
environment division.
|
||||
configuration section.
|
||||
special-names.
|
||||
console is crt
|
||||
decimal-point is comma.
|
||||
data division.
|
||||
working-storage section.
|
||||
77 transaction-kode pic 99.
|
||||
88 valid-kode value 4, 8 thru 15.
|
||||
88 create value 10.
|
||||
88 destroy value 15.
|
||||
|
||||
procedure division.
|
||||
main section.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Some code leading to "transacion-kode" getting a value
|
||||
*
|
||||
|
||||
move 10 to transaction-kode.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Testing the conditions
|
||||
*
|
||||
|
||||
if valid-kode then
|
||||
if create then
|
||||
perform p-create thru p-create-end
|
||||
else
|
||||
if destroy then
|
||||
perform p-destroy thru p-destroy-end
|
||||
else
|
||||
perform ordinary-transaction
|
||||
thru ordinary-transaction-end.
|
||||
|
||||
*
|
||||
p-create.
|
||||
* some creation code
|
||||
p-create-end.
|
||||
exit.
|
||||
|
||||
p-destroy.
|
||||
* some destruction code
|
||||
p-destroy-end.
|
||||
exit.
|
||||
|
||||
ordinary-transaction.
|
||||
* some ordinary data processing code
|
||||
ord-trns-1.
|
||||
|
||||
ord-trns-2.
|
||||
|
||||
ordinary-transaction-end.
|
||||
exit.
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,349 @@
|
||||
#include <a.h>
|
||||
#include <a.h>
|
||||
#include <a.h>
|
||||
|
||||
using namespace a.b.c a;
|
||||
|
||||
PREPROCESSOR()
|
||||
|
||||
BEGIN_MESSAGE_MAP()
|
||||
ON_COMMAND()
|
||||
END_MESSAGE_MAP()
|
||||
|
||||
extern struct x y;
|
||||
|
||||
static const class Example :
|
||||
Int1, Int2, Int3
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
Example::~Example() :
|
||||
S1(),
|
||||
S2(),
|
||||
S3() {
|
||||
// if statements with empty braces
|
||||
if( x ) { }
|
||||
else if( x ) { }
|
||||
else { }
|
||||
|
||||
// if statements with exactly one braced statement
|
||||
if( x ) {
|
||||
statement;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if( x ) {
|
||||
statement;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else {
|
||||
statement;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// special 'if' cases
|
||||
if( x ) {
|
||||
statement;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else {
|
||||
statement;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if( x ) {
|
||||
statement;
|
||||
|
||||
statement;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else {
|
||||
statement;
|
||||
|
||||
statement;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// if statements with a single implicit substatement
|
||||
if( x )
|
||||
statement;
|
||||
|
||||
else if( x )
|
||||
statement;
|
||||
|
||||
else
|
||||
statement;
|
||||
|
||||
// if statements with multiple statements
|
||||
if( x ) {
|
||||
statement;
|
||||
|
||||
statement;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if( x ) {
|
||||
statement;
|
||||
|
||||
statement;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else {
|
||||
statement;
|
||||
|
||||
statement;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// while statements with a single implicit substatement
|
||||
while( x )
|
||||
statement;
|
||||
|
||||
// while statements with a single implicit 'if' substatement
|
||||
while( x )
|
||||
if( x )
|
||||
statement;
|
||||
|
||||
// while with multiple statements
|
||||
while( x ) {
|
||||
statement;
|
||||
|
||||
statement;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// labeled statement
|
||||
label:
|
||||
statement;
|
||||
|
||||
// for statements with a single braced statement
|
||||
for ( x; x; x ) {
|
||||
statement;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// do statements with a single braced substatement
|
||||
do {
|
||||
statement;
|
||||
} while ( false );
|
||||
|
||||
// do statement with an empty block
|
||||
do { } while ( x );
|
||||
|
||||
// local blocks
|
||||
{
|
||||
statement;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Switch blocks:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You can have case substatements be aligned by giving an example like:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* case 1: statement;
|
||||
*
|
||||
* statement;
|
||||
*
|
||||
* statement;
|
||||
*
|
||||
* etc...
|
||||
*/
|
||||
switch( c ) {
|
||||
case 1:
|
||||
case 2:
|
||||
case 3:
|
||||
statement;
|
||||
|
||||
statement;
|
||||
|
||||
statement;
|
||||
|
||||
case 4:
|
||||
break; // case with exactly one substatement
|
||||
|
||||
default:
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void method( const myClass<item> &x, int [][][] c, ... ) {
|
||||
// try-catch-finally with empty bodies
|
||||
try { }
|
||||
catch(Throwable e) { }
|
||||
finally { }
|
||||
|
||||
// try-catch-finally with exactly one statement
|
||||
try {
|
||||
statement;
|
||||
}
|
||||
catch( Throwable t ) {
|
||||
statement;
|
||||
}
|
||||
finally {
|
||||
statement;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// try-catch-finally with multiple statements
|
||||
try {
|
||||
statement;
|
||||
|
||||
statement;
|
||||
}
|
||||
catch( Throwable e ) {
|
||||
statement;
|
||||
|
||||
statement;
|
||||
}
|
||||
finally {
|
||||
statement;
|
||||
|
||||
statement;
|
||||
|
||||
statement;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
// enum statement
|
||||
static typedef enum x
|
||||
{
|
||||
x,
|
||||
y,
|
||||
z,
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
// simple typedef
|
||||
typedef interface static short int x;
|
||||
|
||||
namespace x
|
||||
{
|
||||
// template header
|
||||
template <class T>
|
||||
x y z v() const;
|
||||
|
||||
// pure virtual function, using c-style formal parameters with double parens
|
||||
void v(()) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
// function with one single line statement and c-style formal parameters
|
||||
void v(( int i )) {
|
||||
statement;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
// function with no statements
|
||||
myClass<myType>::method() { }
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
template <T> class x
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
|
||||
// operator declarations
|
||||
int operator +();
|
||||
|
||||
int operator []();
|
||||
|
||||
// template method
|
||||
static void A<x>::method() [][][] {
|
||||
asm
|
||||
{
|
||||
- Assembler statements -
|
||||
|
||||
The outside braces are formatted but the asm code is passed through
|
||||
unchanged.
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
asm Single line assembler statements are also just passed through
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
extern void oldStyleFunction()
|
||||
int a;
|
||||
int b;
|
||||
int c; {
|
||||
// various simple statements
|
||||
long int a, b, c;
|
||||
|
||||
long double [] i;
|
||||
|
||||
goto x;
|
||||
|
||||
delete [] x;
|
||||
|
||||
delete [][][] x;
|
||||
|
||||
return x;
|
||||
|
||||
continue label;
|
||||
|
||||
throw e;
|
||||
|
||||
// c-style function calls with double parens
|
||||
b((a, b, c));
|
||||
|
||||
a(());
|
||||
|
||||
// expressions
|
||||
new Object()->field.method();
|
||||
|
||||
s = "string"
|
||||
"split across lines";
|
||||
|
||||
method(a, B::C, 'd');
|
||||
|
||||
z = j[0][0][0] || k * 3 >> ++i + "0" > i++ & (i) == !j;
|
||||
|
||||
int *v;
|
||||
|
||||
int &v;
|
||||
|
||||
x = x * *x;
|
||||
|
||||
(int *)x;
|
||||
|
||||
int (*functionPointer)( x, y, z );
|
||||
|
||||
h[0] += a ? b : ((int)c).d;
|
||||
|
||||
new Handler();
|
||||
}
|
||||
} a, b, c; // struct instances
|
||||
|
||||
class Class2
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Array creation with multiple non-array elements.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If you give this example with the elements on the same line, then
|
||||
* Polystyle will automatically vertically align them into a grid when it
|
||||
* fits your code to the page. An alternate style is to have each
|
||||
* element on its own line, like this:
|
||||
* {
|
||||
* x,
|
||||
* y
|
||||
* z
|
||||
* }
|
||||
*/
|
||||
boolean *bools1 =
|
||||
{
|
||||
x, y, z
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
// array creation with a single element
|
||||
boolean bools2 = { x };
|
||||
|
||||
// array creation with no elements
|
||||
boolean bools3 = { };
|
||||
|
||||
// multidimensional array creation
|
||||
const int *** array =
|
||||
{
|
||||
{ 1, 2, 3 },
|
||||
{ 1, 2, 3 },
|
||||
{ 1, 2, 3 },
|
||||
};
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#if x
|
||||
|
||||
#define x
|
||||
|
||||
#elif a
|
||||
|
||||
#define x
|
||||
|
||||
#else
|
||||
|
||||
#define x
|
||||
|
||||
#define x
|
||||
|
||||
#define x
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// see if multi line macros are safely handled:
|
||||
#define multilinemacro do { x= x+5; } while (0); \
|
||||
printf("a multilinemacro"); \
|
||||
printf("a multilinemacro2");
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,272 @@
|
||||
/* General
|
||||
/*******************************/
|
||||
body
|
||||
{
|
||||
font-size: Small;
|
||||
margin: 30px 0 20px 0;
|
||||
background: url(images/background.jpg);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
span
|
||||
{
|
||||
font-family: Tahoma,serif;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Page
|
||||
/*******************************/
|
||||
#page
|
||||
{
|
||||
width: 808px;
|
||||
margin: 0 auto;
|
||||
position: relative;
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Links general
|
||||
/*******************************/
|
||||
a
|
||||
{
|
||||
color: #36b;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
a:link { text-decoration:none; }
|
||||
a:visited { text-decoration:none; }
|
||||
a:active { text-decoration:none; }
|
||||
a:focus { text-decoration:none; }
|
||||
a:hover { text-decoration:underline; }
|
||||
|
||||
/* Links external
|
||||
/*******************************/
|
||||
a.external
|
||||
{
|
||||
background: url("images/externallinks.png") center right no-repeat;
|
||||
padding-right: 13px;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Header
|
||||
/*******************************/
|
||||
#header
|
||||
{
|
||||
float: left;
|
||||
width: 800px;
|
||||
height: 171px;
|
||||
background-image: url(images/banner.jpg);
|
||||
background-repeat: no-repeat;
|
||||
background-position: left bottom;
|
||||
padding-left: 20px;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Tabs
|
||||
/*******************************/
|
||||
#tabs
|
||||
{
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#tabs ul
|
||||
{
|
||||
list-style: none;
|
||||
display: inline;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#tabs li
|
||||
{
|
||||
width: 125px;
|
||||
float: left;
|
||||
background-image: url(images/tab3.jpg);
|
||||
background-repeat: no-repeat;
|
||||
background-position: center top;
|
||||
text-align: center;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#tabs li a
|
||||
{
|
||||
font-family: sans-serif;
|
||||
font-size: 100%;
|
||||
font-weight: normal;
|
||||
color: black;
|
||||
height: 28px;
|
||||
padding: 21px 0 0 0;
|
||||
display: block;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#tabs li a:link { text-decoration:none; }
|
||||
#tabs li a:visited { text-decoration:none; }
|
||||
#tabs li a:active { text-decoration:none; }
|
||||
#tabs li a:focus { text-decoration:none; }
|
||||
#tabs li a:hover
|
||||
{
|
||||
width: 125px;
|
||||
float: left;
|
||||
background-image: url(images/tab3hover.jpg);
|
||||
background-repeat: no-repeat;
|
||||
background-position: center top;
|
||||
text-align: center;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#tabs #current
|
||||
{
|
||||
background-image: url(images/tab3_selected.jpg);
|
||||
background-repeat: no-repeat;
|
||||
background-position: center top;
|
||||
margin-top: -5px;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#tabs #current a
|
||||
{
|
||||
background-image: url(images/tab3_selected.jpg);
|
||||
background-repeat: no-repeat;
|
||||
background-position: center top;
|
||||
padding: 27px 0;
|
||||
height: 17px;
|
||||
font-weight: bold;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Main
|
||||
*******************************/
|
||||
#main
|
||||
{
|
||||
background-image: url(images/page_middle.png);
|
||||
background-repeat: repeat-y;
|
||||
float: left;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Content
|
||||
/*******************************/
|
||||
#content
|
||||
{
|
||||
padding: 22px;
|
||||
margin: 0;
|
||||
width: 541px;
|
||||
float: left;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#content h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6, h7, #content h2 a
|
||||
{
|
||||
font-family: Tahoma,serif;
|
||||
margin-bottom: 10px;
|
||||
margin-top: 10px;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#content h1
|
||||
{
|
||||
font-size: x-large;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#content h2
|
||||
{
|
||||
font-size: large;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#content p, #content ul, #content a, #content ol
|
||||
{
|
||||
margin-top: 10px;
|
||||
font-family: verdana, sans-serif;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Progress
|
||||
/*******************************/
|
||||
.progressframe
|
||||
{
|
||||
border: 1px black solid;
|
||||
width: 100%;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
.progress
|
||||
{
|
||||
font-family: Tahoma,serif;
|
||||
font-weight: bold;
|
||||
/*padding-left: 10px;*/
|
||||
background-color: red;
|
||||
color: white;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
.p0 { width: 0%; color: black; background-color: white; }
|
||||
.p5 { width: 5%; background-color: rgb(240,16,0); }
|
||||
.p10 { width: 10%; background-color: rgb(240,32,0); }
|
||||
.p15 { width: 15%; background-color: rgb(240,48,0); }
|
||||
.p20 { width: 20%; background-color: rgb(240,64,0); }
|
||||
.p25 { width: 25%; background-color: rgb(240,80,0); }
|
||||
.p30 { width: 30%; background-color: rgb(240,80,0); }
|
||||
.p35 { width: 35%; background-color: rgb(240,96,0); }
|
||||
.p40 { width: 40%; background-color: rgb(240,96,0); }
|
||||
.p45 { width: 45%; background-color: rgb(240,112,0); }
|
||||
.p50 { width: 50%; background-color: rgb(240,112,0); }
|
||||
.p55 { width: 55%; background-color: rgb(224,128,0); }
|
||||
.p60 { width: 60%; background-color: rgb(208,144,0); }
|
||||
.p65 { width: 65%; background-color: rgb(192,160,0); }
|
||||
.p70 { width: 70%; background-color: rgb(176,176,0); }
|
||||
.p75 { width: 75%; background-color: rgb(176,176,0); }
|
||||
.p80 { width: 80%; background-color: rgb(160,192,0); }
|
||||
.p85 { width: 85%; background-color: rgb(160,192,0); }
|
||||
.p90 { width: 90%; background-color: rgb(144,208,0); }
|
||||
.p95 { width: 95%; background-color: rgb(144,208,0); }
|
||||
.p100 { width: 100%; background-color: green; }
|
||||
|
||||
/* Sidebar
|
||||
/*******************************/
|
||||
#sidebar
|
||||
{
|
||||
margin: 0;
|
||||
padding: 10px;
|
||||
width: 195px;
|
||||
font-family: verdana, sans-serif;
|
||||
float: right;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#sidebar a
|
||||
{
|
||||
border : none;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#sidebar a:link { text-decoration:none; }
|
||||
#sidebar a:visited { text-decoration:none; }
|
||||
#sidebar a:active { text-decoration:none; }
|
||||
#sidebar a:focus { text-decoration:none; }
|
||||
#sidebar a:hover { text-decoration:underline; }
|
||||
|
||||
#sidebar a img
|
||||
{
|
||||
border : none;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#sidebar h1
|
||||
{
|
||||
font-size: 10pt;
|
||||
font-weight: bold;
|
||||
margin-bottom: 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#sidebar ul
|
||||
{
|
||||
vertical-align: middle;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#sidebar li
|
||||
{
|
||||
list-style-image: url(images/icon_page.gif);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* Footer
|
||||
/*******************************/
|
||||
#footer
|
||||
{
|
||||
font-family: verdana, sans-serif;
|
||||
background: url(images/page_bottom.png);
|
||||
font-size: x-small;
|
||||
font-weight: bold;
|
||||
color: #CCCCCC;
|
||||
height: 44px;
|
||||
width: 800px;
|
||||
clear: both;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#footer p
|
||||
{
|
||||
padding: 0px 0 0 20px;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#footer a
|
||||
{
|
||||
color: #CCE0F5;
|
||||
}
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
|
||||
module module1
|
||||
! Identity of a utility
|
||||
! ____________________________________________________________________
|
||||
character (len=*), parameter :: xyz = &
|
||||
"I am just a more or less long string."
|
||||
character (len=*), parameter :: zhlp = '( &
|
||||
&"This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify"/&
|
||||
&"____________________________________________________________________")'
|
||||
integer:: n
|
||||
contains
|
||||
|
||||
recursive subroutine sub1(x)
|
||||
integer,intent(inout):: x
|
||||
integer:: y
|
||||
y=0
|
||||
if (x<n) then
|
||||
x= x + 1
|
||||
y =x**2
|
||||
print *, 'x = ', x,', y = ', y
|
||||
call sub1(x)
|
||||
print *, 'x = ', x,', y = ', y
|
||||
end if
|
||||
end subroutine sub1
|
||||
|
||||
end module module1
|
||||
|
||||
program main
|
||||
use module1
|
||||
integer:: x = 0
|
||||
print *, 'Enter number of repeats'
|
||||
read (*,*) n
|
||||
call sub1(x)
|
||||
end program main
|
||||
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
@ -0,0 +1,12 @@
|
||||
function decode() {
|
||||
var jsdecoder = new JsDecoder();var jscolorizer = new JsColorizer();var code;
|
||||
jsdecoder.s = document.getElementById("a1").value;
|
||||
code = jsdecoder.decode();
|
||||
|
||||
if (document.all) { document.getElementById("a2").innerText = code; }
|
||||
else {
|
||||
code = code.replace(/&/g, "&"); code = code.replace(/</g, "<");
|
||||
code = code.replace(/>/g, ">"); jscolorizer.s = code;
|
||||
code = jscolorizer.colorize(); document.getElementById("a2").innerHTML = code;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,4 @@
|
||||
<?php
|
||||
if($code == BAD){$action = REWRITE;}else{$action = KEEP;}
|
||||
for($i=0; $i<10;$i++){while($j>0){$j++;doCall($i+$j);if($k){$k/=10;}}}
|
||||
?>
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,55 @@
|
||||
print "Help Desk -- What Editor do you use?";
|
||||
chomp($editor = <STDIN>);
|
||||
if ($editor =~ /emacs/i) {
|
||||
print "Why aren't you using vi?\n";
|
||||
} elsif ($editor =~ /vi/i) {
|
||||
print "Why aren't you using emacs?\n";
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
print "I think that's the problem\n";
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
{
|
||||
L9140:
|
||||
if ($msccom::obj==$msccom::food) {
|
||||
goto L8142;
|
||||
}
|
||||
if ($msccom::obj==$msccom::bird||$msccom::obj==$msccom::snake||$msccom::obj==$msccom::clam||$msccom::obj==$msccom::oyster||$msccom::obj==$msccom::dwarf||$msccom::obj==$msccom::dragon||$msccom::obj==$msccom::troll||$msccom::obj==$msccom::bear) {
|
||||
$msccom::spk=71;
|
||||
}
|
||||
goto L2011;
|
||||
#
|
||||
# DRINK. IF NO OBJECT, ASSUME WATER AND LOOK FOR IT HERE. IF WATER IS
|
||||
# THE BOTTLE, DRINK THAT, ELSE MUST BE AT A WATER LOC, SO DRINK STREAM.
|
||||
#
|
||||
L9150:
|
||||
if ($msccom::obj==0&&$liqloc->($placom::loc)!=$msccom::water&&($liq->(0)!=$msccom::water||!$here->($msccom::bottle))) {
|
||||
goto L8000;
|
||||
}
|
||||
if ($msccom::obj!=0&&$msccom::obj!=$msccom::water) {
|
||||
$msccom::spk=110;
|
||||
}
|
||||
if ($msccom::spk==110||$liq->(0)!=$msccom::water||!$here->($msccom::bottle)) {
|
||||
goto L2011;
|
||||
}
|
||||
$placom::prop->($msccom::bottle)=1;
|
||||
$placom::place->($msccom::water)=0;
|
||||
$msccom::spk=74;
|
||||
goto L2011;
|
||||
#
|
||||
# RUB. YIELDS VARIOUS SNIDE REMARKS.
|
||||
#
|
||||
L9160:
|
||||
if ($msccom::obj!=$placom::lamp) {
|
||||
$msccom::spk=76;
|
||||
}
|
||||
goto L2011;
|
||||
#
|
||||
# THROW. SAME AS DISCARD UNLESS AXE. THEN SAME AS ATTACK EXCEPT IGNOR
|
||||
# AND IF DWARF IS PRESENT THEN ONE MIGHT BE KILLED. (ONLY WAY TO DO SO
|
||||
# AXE ALSO SPECIAL FOR DRAGON, BEAR, AND TROLL. TREASURES SPECIAL FOR
|
||||
#
|
||||
L9170:
|
||||
if ($toting->($msccom::rod2)&&$msccom::obj==$msccom::rod&&!$toting->($msccom::rod)) {
|
||||
$msccom::obj=$msccom::rod2;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
|
||||
#! /usr/bin/env python
|
||||
"Replace CRLF with LF in argument files. Print names of changed files."
|
||||
|
||||
import sys, os
|
||||
|
||||
def main():
|
||||
for filename in sys.argv[1:]:
|
||||
if os.path.isdir(filename):
|
||||
print filename, "Directory!"
|
||||
continue
|
||||
data = open(filename, "rb").read()
|
||||
if '\0' in data:
|
||||
print filename, "Binary!"
|
||||
continue
|
||||
newdata = data.replace("\r\n", "\n")
|
||||
if newdata != data:
|
||||
print filename
|
||||
f = open(filename, "wb")
|
||||
f.write(newdata)
|
||||
f.close()
|
||||
|
||||
if __name__ == '__main__':
|
||||
main()
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,224 @@
|
||||
#!/usr/bin/env ruby
|
||||
#odd assignments
|
||||
BEGIN {
|
||||
puts "a block i have never seen used"
|
||||
}
|
||||
entry = Post.update(params["id"],{:title => params["title"],:post => params['post'],:context => params["context"],:creator => session[:creator]})
|
||||
definition = "moo"
|
||||
puts moo
|
||||
moo = case 3
|
||||
when 2
|
||||
"unless proceeding to 3"
|
||||
when 3
|
||||
"right"
|
||||
when 4
|
||||
"one to many"
|
||||
when 5
|
||||
"three sir"
|
||||
end
|
||||
|
||||
puts moo
|
||||
def pointless_call
|
||||
if false
|
||||
"Sdf"
|
||||
elsif true
|
||||
"df"
|
||||
end
|
||||
end
|
||||
puts pointless_call
|
||||
|
||||
if true
|
||||
puts "moo"
|
||||
end
|
||||
i = 5
|
||||
def title
|
||||
doc = load_page
|
||||
title = doc.search("h1").first.inner_html
|
||||
clean_html_tags(title)
|
||||
clean_9_0(title)
|
||||
title
|
||||
end
|
||||
if i
|
||||
if true
|
||||
puts "moo"
|
||||
elsif i < 3 * 23
|
||||
"sdf"
|
||||
else
|
||||
"df"
|
||||
end
|
||||
end
|
||||
class Tested
|
||||
def sadf
|
||||
"asdf"
|
||||
end
|
||||
end
|
||||
|
||||
module Moo
|
||||
def t434t
|
||||
"352"
|
||||
end#comments at the end
|
||||
end #comments again debug_if
|
||||
|
||||
=begin
|
||||
block comments
|
||||
should have no formatting done
|
||||
ever
|
||||
=end
|
||||
|
||||
#java formatter test parts
|
||||
|
||||
ping(argument) {|block|
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (moo)
|
||||
cow;
|
||||
else
|
||||
dog;
|
||||
end
|
||||
|
||||
x = 5
|
||||
x = 5
|
||||
x = 5
|
||||
x = 5
|
||||
IN_OUTS_RX = /^(def|class|module|begin|case|if|unless|loop|while|until|for)/
|
||||
|
||||
#end java formatter test parts
|
||||
|
||||
here_doc = <<-EOX
|
||||
This should not
|
||||
loose its formatting
|
||||
EOX
|
||||
dsfffffffff=[2, 3, 4, 5]
|
||||
print <<-STRING1, <<-STRING2
|
||||
Concat
|
||||
STRING1
|
||||
enate
|
||||
STRING2
|
||||
|
||||
unless false
|
||||
"4"
|
||||
else
|
||||
"5"
|
||||
end
|
||||
x = 2
|
||||
while x > 0
|
||||
x -= 1
|
||||
if x == 1
|
||||
"p"
|
||||
else
|
||||
"3"
|
||||
end
|
||||
end
|
||||
x = 2
|
||||
until x < 0
|
||||
x -= 1
|
||||
end
|
||||
a = 3
|
||||
a *= 2 while a < 100
|
||||
a -= 10 until a < 100
|
||||
print "Hello\n" while false
|
||||
print "Goodbye\n" while false
|
||||
3.times do
|
||||
print "Ho! "
|
||||
end
|
||||
0.upto(9) do | x|
|
||||
print x, " "
|
||||
end
|
||||
0.step(12, 3) {|x | print x, " " }
|
||||
x = 0
|
||||
loop {
|
||||
if x == 5
|
||||
break
|
||||
end
|
||||
x += 1
|
||||
}
|
||||
(1..4).each {|x|
|
||||
puts x
|
||||
}
|
||||
(1..4).each do | x|
|
||||
puts x
|
||||
end
|
||||
for i in (1..4)
|
||||
puts i
|
||||
end
|
||||
i = 0
|
||||
loop do
|
||||
i += 1
|
||||
next if i < 3
|
||||
print i
|
||||
break if i > 4
|
||||
end
|
||||
string = "x+1"
|
||||
begin
|
||||
eval string
|
||||
rescue SyntaxError, NameError => boom
|
||||
print "String doesn't compile: " + boom
|
||||
rescue StandardError => bang
|
||||
print "Error running script: " + bang
|
||||
ensure
|
||||
print "thank you pick axe"
|
||||
end
|
||||
a = "Fats ' ' \\\" do Waller"
|
||||
a =~ /\/a/
|
||||
if true then print "a" end
|
||||
x = 3
|
||||
unless true then print "a" end
|
||||
x = 3
|
||||
begin raise "cow"
|
||||
rescue Exception => e
|
||||
end
|
||||
x = 3
|
||||
puts i += 1 while i < 3 # ruby
|
||||
x = 3
|
||||
klass = Fixnum
|
||||
#its like a do while loop
|
||||
begin
|
||||
print klass
|
||||
klass = klass.superclass
|
||||
print " < " if klass
|
||||
end while klass
|
||||
puts
|
||||
p Fixnum.ancestors
|
||||
boom = %q / this is a spinal tap/
|
||||
boom = %q - string-
|
||||
boom =%q(a (nested) string)
|
||||
x = "done with string"
|
||||
|
||||
puts "In parent,term = #{ENV['TERM']}"
|
||||
cow = if true
|
||||
"moot"
|
||||
else
|
||||
"woot"
|
||||
end
|
||||
|
||||
fork do
|
||||
puts "Start of child 1,term=#{ENV['TERM']}"
|
||||
ENV['TERM'] = "ansi"
|
||||
fork do
|
||||
puts "Start of child 2, term=#{ENV['TERM']}"
|
||||
begin
|
||||
if moo < 3
|
||||
p "asdf4"
|
||||
elsif 9 * 0
|
||||
p "asde"
|
||||
else
|
||||
puts cow
|
||||
end
|
||||
end while x > 3
|
||||
end
|
||||
Process.wait
|
||||
puts "End of child 1, term=#{ENV['TERM']}"
|
||||
end
|
||||
Process.wait
|
||||
puts "Back in parent, term=#{ENV['TERM']}"
|
||||
|
||||
OPENOFFICE = true # do Openoffice - Spreadsheet Tests?
|
||||
EXCEL = true # do Excel Tests?
|
||||
GOOGLE = true # do Google - Spreadsheet Tests?
|
||||
|
||||
OPENOFFICEWRITE = false # experimental:
|
||||
|
||||
END{
|
||||
puts "another block i have never seen"
|
||||
}
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
|
||||
#!/bin/sh
|
||||
|
||||
string="Hallo Welt"
|
||||
# if else test
|
||||
if [ -n "$string" ]; then
|
||||
echo "The string is \"$string\"!"
|
||||
else
|
||||
echo "The string is empty!"
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
# for test
|
||||
array="Text1 Text2 Text3 Text4"
|
||||
for i in $array
|
||||
do
|
||||
echo "The string \"$i\" is in the array!"
|
||||
done
|
||||
|
||||
count=0
|
||||
while [ $count -le 10 ]
|
||||
do
|
||||
echo "We've counted up to $count."
|
||||
count=$[$count+1] #increment counter by one.
|
||||
done
|
||||
|
||||
echo "Passed everything!"
|
||||
#read -p "press any key to continue"
|
||||
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,37 @@
|
||||
CREATE PACKAGE BODY b IS
|
||||
|
||||
PROCEDURE proc1 IS
|
||||
BEGIN
|
||||
IF 7 <> 5 THEN
|
||||
FOR rec IN (SELECT * FROM dual
|
||||
WHERE g = 5) LOOP
|
||||
NULL;
|
||||
END LOOP;
|
||||
END IF;
|
||||
END;
|
||||
|
||||
PROCEDURE recurse IS
|
||||
b number:=5;
|
||||
d456 number:=456;
|
||||
BEGIN
|
||||
recurse;
|
||||
proc1;
|
||||
a := (a + 1
|
||||
+4
|
||||
+ 5
|
||||
+ 8);
|
||||
c := f + 4 + 34;
|
||||
total := earth +sky;
|
||||
|
||||
--this is comment
|
||||
|
||||
uk:=h;
|
||||
g:=l;
|
||||
exception
|
||||
when no_data then
|
||||
hello;
|
||||
END;
|
||||
|
||||
BEGIN
|
||||
NULL;
|
||||
END;
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
|
||||
Dim docRoot As New ChilkatXml
|
||||
|
||||
Dim success As Long
|
||||
|
||||
docRoot.Tag = "myDoc"
|
||||
|
||||
' To zip compress the content, set this flag to 1
|
||||
Dim zipContent As Long
|
||||
zipContent = 0
|
||||
' To 128-bit AES encrypt the content, set this flag to 1
|
||||
Dim encryptContent As Long
|
||||
encryptContent = 0
|
||||
Dim encryptPassword As String
|
||||
encryptPassword = ""
|
||||
|
||||
Dim pdfNode As ChilkatXml
|
||||
|
||||
Set pdfNode = docRoot.NewChild("pdf","")
|
||||
|
||||
' Embed a PDF into XML
|
||||
success = pdfNode.SetBinaryContentFromFile("sample.pdf",zipContent,encryptContent,encryptPassword)
|
||||
If (success <> 1) Then
|
||||
MsgBox pdfNode.LastErrorText
|
||||
|
||||
Exit Sub
|
||||
End If
|
||||
|
||||
MsgBox pdfNode.LastErrorText
|
||||
|
||||
' Display the entire XML document:
|
||||
Text1.Text = Text1.Text & docRoot.GetXml() & vbCrLf
|
||||
|
||||
' Get the Base64-encoded content and display it:
|
||||
Text1.Text = Text1.Text & pdfNode.Content & vbCrLf
|
||||
|
||||
' Extract the binary content from XML:
|
||||
Dim unzipContent As Long
|
||||
unzipContent = 0
|
||||
Dim decryptContent As Long
|
||||
decryptContent = 0
|
||||
Dim decryptPassword As String
|
||||
decryptPassword = ""
|
||||
success = pdfNode.SaveBinaryContent("out.pdf",unzipContent,decryptContent,decryptPassword)
|
||||
If (success <> 1) Then
|
||||
MsgBox pdfNode.LastErrorText
|
||||
|
||||
Exit Sub
|
||||
End If
|
||||
|
||||
MsgBox "Success!"
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,12 @@
|
||||
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="ISO-8859-1" standalone="yes"?>
|
||||
<verzeichnis>
|
||||
<titel>Wikipedia Städteverzeichnis</titel>
|
||||
<eintrag>
|
||||
<stichwort>Genf</stichwort>
|
||||
<eintragstext>Genf ist der Sitz von ...</eintragstext>
|
||||
</eintrag>
|
||||
<eintrag>
|
||||
<stichwort>Köln</stichwort>
|
||||
<eintragstext>Köln ist eine Stadt, die ...</eintragstext>
|
||||
</eintrag>
|
||||
</verzeichnis>
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,294 @@
|
||||
#!/usr/bin/perl
|
||||
#
|
||||
# hindent 1.1.2
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Properly indent HTML code and convert tags to uppercase like the Gods intended.
|
||||
# Understands all nesting tags defined under the HTML 3.2 standard.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# by Paul Balyoz <pab@domtools.com>
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Usage:
|
||||
# hindent [-fslcv] [-i num] [file ...] > newfile
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Options:
|
||||
# -f Flow - just prints tags _without_args_, for visual checking.
|
||||
# NOTE: This option DAMAGES the HTML code. The output is for
|
||||
# human debugging use ONLY. Keep your original file!!
|
||||
# -s Strict - prints 1 tag per line with proper indenting.
|
||||
# Helpful for deciphering HTML code that's all on one line.
|
||||
# NOTE: This slightly DAMAGES the HTML code because it introduces
|
||||
# whitespace around tags that had none before, which will mess up
|
||||
# formatting somewhat on the page (links will have extra spaces, etc).
|
||||
# -i num Set indentation to this many characters.
|
||||
# -l List all the tags we recognize and exit.
|
||||
# -c Lowercase HTML tags. (Uppercase is default)
|
||||
# -v Print version of hindent and exit.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Copyright (C) 1993-1999 Paul A. Balyoz <pab@domtools.com>
|
||||
#
|
||||
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||
# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
|
||||
# (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
# GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
# Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
|
||||
#
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# How many spaces to indent per level?
|
||||
# (sets of 8-spaces will be automatically converted to tabs intelligently).
|
||||
# You can use any value here, some recommendations: 8, 4, 3, or 2
|
||||
$spacesperlevel = 2;
|
||||
|
||||
# How many spaces does a "tab" occupy on your screen?
|
||||
# Unix generally uses 8-space-tabs, but it's user-configurable in most editors.
|
||||
# If tabs are not turned off (-t0) then we output 1 tab character for every
|
||||
# $tabstop spaces we need to output.
|
||||
$tabstop = 8;
|
||||
|
||||
# Tags that require their own end tag <TAG>...</TAG> we will nest them
|
||||
# properly: (WARNING, you must use lower-case here)
|
||||
# All other tags (not on this list) will be ignored for indenting purposes.
|
||||
%nesttag = (
|
||||
'html' => 1,
|
||||
'head' => 1,
|
||||
'body' => 1,
|
||||
'title' => 1,
|
||||
|
||||
'a' => 1,
|
||||
|
||||
'table' => 1,
|
||||
'tr' => 1,
|
||||
'th' => 1,
|
||||
'td' => 1,
|
||||
|
||||
'form' => 1,
|
||||
'select' => 1,
|
||||
'textarea' => 1,
|
||||
|
||||
# 'p' => 1, Don't do this one because many people use <P> but not </P>
|
||||
'ul' => 1,
|
||||
'ol' => 1,
|
||||
'dl' => 1,
|
||||
'blockquote' => 1,
|
||||
'center' => 1,
|
||||
'div' => 1,
|
||||
|
||||
'font' => 1,
|
||||
'pre' => 1,
|
||||
'tt' => 1,
|
||||
'i' => 1,
|
||||
'b' => 1,
|
||||
'u' => 1,
|
||||
'strike' => 1,
|
||||
'big' => 1,
|
||||
'small' => 1,
|
||||
'sub' => 1,
|
||||
'sup' => 1,
|
||||
'em' => 1,
|
||||
'strong' => 1,
|
||||
'dfn' => 1,
|
||||
'code' => 1,
|
||||
'samp' => 1,
|
||||
'kbd' => 1,
|
||||
'var' => 1,
|
||||
'cite' => 1,
|
||||
|
||||
'h1' => 1,
|
||||
'h2' => 1,
|
||||
'h3' => 1,
|
||||
'h4' => 1,
|
||||
'h5' => 1,
|
||||
'h6' => 1,
|
||||
|
||||
'applet' => 1,
|
||||
|
||||
'map' => 1,
|
||||
|
||||
'frameset' => 1,
|
||||
'noframes' => 1,
|
||||
);
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#-------------------\
|
||||
# END CONFIGURATIONS ===================================================================
|
||||
#-------------------/
|
||||
|
||||
use Getopt::Std;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Parse args
|
||||
#
|
||||
|
||||
sub usageexit {
|
||||
print STDERR "usage: hindent [-fslcv] [-i num] [-t num] [file ...] > newfile\n";
|
||||
exit 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
getopts('fsi:lvt:c') || &usageexit;
|
||||
if (defined $opt_i) {
|
||||
if ($opt_i < 0 || $opt_i > 10) {
|
||||
print STDERR "$0: error: indentation factor '$opt_i' not in range 0..10.\n";
|
||||
&usageexit;
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
$spacesperlevel = $opt_i;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (defined $opt_t) {
|
||||
if ($opt_t < 0 || $opt_t > 12) {
|
||||
print STDERR "$0: error: indentation factor '$opt_i' not in range 0..12.\n";
|
||||
&usageexit;
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
$tabstop = $opt_t;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# If -l option, just list tags and exit.
|
||||
#
|
||||
|
||||
if ($opt_l) {
|
||||
print "hindent recognizes these HTML tags:\n";
|
||||
for $tag (sort(keys(%nesttag))) {
|
||||
$tag =~ tr/a-z/A-Z/;
|
||||
print "$tag\n";
|
||||
}
|
||||
exit 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# If -v option, just print version and exit.
|
||||
#
|
||||
|
||||
if ($opt_v) {
|
||||
print "hindent version 1.1.2\n";
|
||||
exit 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Main HTML parsing code
|
||||
#
|
||||
|
||||
$level = 0; # indentation level
|
||||
$changelevel = 0; # change in indentation level (delta)
|
||||
$out = ""; # accumulated output string
|
||||
while (<>) {
|
||||
chomp; # some HTML has no newline on last line, chop mangles it.
|
||||
s/^\s+//; # remove ALL preceding whitespace, we rebuild it ourselves
|
||||
$line++;
|
||||
|
||||
$end = -1;
|
||||
$start = $len = 0;
|
||||
while (/<(.*?)>/g) {
|
||||
$end = $start+$len-1; # of previous values
|
||||
$start = length($`);
|
||||
$len = 1 + length($1) + 1;
|
||||
($tag,$arg) = split(/\s+/,$1,2);
|
||||
if (!$opt_f) {
|
||||
$out .= substr($_, $end+1, $start-($end+1)); # print stuff from last tag to here
|
||||
}
|
||||
if ($opt_c) {
|
||||
$tag =~ tr/A-Z/a-z/;
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
$tag =~ tr/a-z/A-Z/;
|
||||
}
|
||||
if ($arg && !$opt_f) {
|
||||
$out .= "<$tag $arg>";
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
$out .= "<$tag>";
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# if regular tag, push it on stack; if end-tag, pop it off stack.
|
||||
# but don't do any of this if it's not a special "nesting" tag!
|
||||
if ($tag !~ m,^/,) {
|
||||
if ($nesttag{lc($tag)}) {
|
||||
push @tagstack,$tag;
|
||||
$changelevel++; # remember how much for later
|
||||
}
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
$tag =~ s,^/,,; # convert this end-tag to a begin-tag
|
||||
$tag = lc($tag);
|
||||
if ($nesttag{lc($tag)}) {
|
||||
# throw away tags until we find a match
|
||||
if ($#tagstack > -1) {
|
||||
while ($tag ne lc(pop @tagstack)) {
|
||||
$changelevel--; # we threw away extra tags
|
||||
last if $#tagstack <= 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
$changelevel--; # we threw away extra tags
|
||||
if ($level+$changelevel < 0) {
|
||||
print STDERR "line $line: saw more end tags than begin ones!\n";
|
||||
$changelevel = -$level;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
&printout if $opt_s; # -s -> print every tag on new line
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Print rest of line after the last match, and newline.
|
||||
# (not part of Flow)
|
||||
#
|
||||
if (!$opt_f) {
|
||||
$end = $start+$len-1;
|
||||
$out .= substr($_,$end+1,length($_)-($end+1));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
&printout;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# Any tags left on the stack?
|
||||
if ($level > 0) {
|
||||
print STDERR "WARNING: level=$level, ", $#tagstack+1," tags left on stack after done parsing! Specifically:\n";
|
||||
while ($tag = pop @tagstack) {
|
||||
print STDERR "\t$tag";
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
exit 0;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Print this line of data indented properly.
|
||||
#
|
||||
sub printout {
|
||||
my($numtabs) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# To OUTdent, do that BEFORE printing.
|
||||
#
|
||||
if ($changelevel < 0) {
|
||||
$level += $changelevel;
|
||||
$changelevel = 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Print indents and this line of output
|
||||
#
|
||||
$spaces = " " x ($level * $spacesperlevel);
|
||||
$numtabs = int(length($spaces)/$tabstop) if $tabstop;
|
||||
print "\t" x $numtabs; # print the tabs
|
||||
print " " x (length($spaces)-$numtabs*$tabstop); # print the spaces
|
||||
print "$out\n";
|
||||
$out = "";
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# To INdent, do that AFTER printing.
|
||||
#
|
||||
if ($changelevel > 0) {
|
||||
$level += $changelevel;
|
||||
$changelevel = 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,156 @@
|
||||
<!-- manual page source format generated by PolyglotMan v3.2, -->
|
||||
<!-- available at http://polyglotman.sourceforge.net/ -->
|
||||
|
||||
<html>
|
||||
<head>
|
||||
<title>HINDENT(1) manual page</title>
|
||||
</head>
|
||||
<body bgcolor='white'>
|
||||
<a href='#toc'>Table of Contents</a><p>
|
||||
|
||||
<h2><a name='sect0' href='#toc0'>Name</a></h2>
|
||||
hindent - HTML reformatting/nesting utility
|
||||
<h2><a name='sect1' href='#toc1'>Synopsis</a></h2>
|
||||
<b>hindent</b> [-fslcv]
|
||||
[-i <i>num</i>] [-t <i>num</i>] [file ...]
|
||||
<h2><a name='sect2' href='#toc2'>Description</a></h2>
|
||||
This utility takes one or more HTML
|
||||
files and reformats them by properly indenting them for greater human readability.
|
||||
The new HTML code is written to standard output, any errors go to standard
|
||||
error. If no file is specified, <b>hindent</b> reads from standard input. If more
|
||||
than one file is specified, each is taken in turn and all output is concatenated
|
||||
(with no way to distinguish when one output ends and the next begins). <p>
|
||||
Without
|
||||
any options, <b>hindent</b> simply varies the amount of whitespace at the beginning
|
||||
of each line of input - no lines are added or subtracted from the HTML code.
|
||||
This means that it generates output that should draw the same on all browsers
|
||||
as the input HTML. If the <b>-s</b> or <b>-f</b> options are used, the resulting HTML may
|
||||
not draw exactly the same any more. It is important that you keep your
|
||||
original HTML data around, just in case! <p>
|
||||
This version of <b>hindent</b> understands
|
||||
all container tags defined in the HTML 3.2 standard.
|
||||
<h2><a name='sect3' href='#toc3'>Options</a></h2>
|
||||
|
||||
<dl>
|
||||
|
||||
<dt><b>-c</b> </dt>
|
||||
<dd>Case. Forces
|
||||
all tags to lowercase. By default, <b>hindent</b> forces all tags to uppercase.
|
||||
</dd>
|
||||
|
||||
<dt><b>-f</b> </dt>
|
||||
<dd>Flow. Prints just tags without any data between the tags. Damages the
|
||||
HTML in a big way, so save a copy of your original HTML. This option helps
|
||||
you follow the HTML code flow visually. </dd>
|
||||
|
||||
<dt><b>-i <i>num</i></b> </dt>
|
||||
<dd>Indent level. Set indentation
|
||||
to this many character spaces per code nesting level. If set to 0, no indentation
|
||||
is done (all output is left-justified). </dd>
|
||||
|
||||
<dt><b>-l</b> </dt>
|
||||
<dd>List tags. Causes <b>hindent</b> to print
|
||||
a complete list of tags that it recognizes to stdout, and exits. </dd>
|
||||
|
||||
<dt><b>-s</b> </dt>
|
||||
<dd>Strict.
|
||||
Multiple tags per line are broken out onto separate lines. Can damage the
|
||||
HTML in minor ways by drawing an extra space character in certain parts
|
||||
of the web page, so save a copy of your original HTML. This option helps
|
||||
you follow the HTML code flow visually, especially with computer-generated
|
||||
HTML that comes out all on one line. </dd>
|
||||
|
||||
<dt><b>-t <i>num</i></b> </dt>
|
||||
<dd>Tab stop. Set the number of spaces
|
||||
that a tab character occupies on your system. Defaults to 8, but some people
|
||||
prefer expanding tabs to 4 spaces instead. If set to 0, no tabs are output
|
||||
(spaces used to indent lines). </dd>
|
||||
|
||||
<dt><b>-v</b> </dt>
|
||||
<dd>Version. Prints <b>hindent</b>’s version number
|
||||
to stdout and exits immediately. </dd>
|
||||
</dl>
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
The <b>-s</b> option is the most useful, it would
|
||||
be the default if it didn’t damage the HTML code. <p>
|
||||
Any combination of these
|
||||
options may be used.
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
<h2><a name='sect4' href='#toc4'>Examples</a></h2>
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
Example 1. Download a web page, reformat it,
|
||||
view it: <br>
|
||||
<pre>
|
||||
</pre><p>
|
||||
|
||||
<dl>
|
||||
|
||||
<dt>CRlynx -source <a href='http://www.domtools.com/~pab'><a href='http://www.domtools.com/~pab'><a href='http://www.domtools.com/~pab'><a href='http://www.domtools.com/~pab'><a href='http://www.domtools.com/~pab'><a href='http://www.domtools.com/~pab'><a href='http://www.domtools.com/~pab'><a href='http://www.domtools.com/~pab'><a href='http://www.domtools.com/~pab'><a href='http://www.domtools.com/~pab'>http://www.domtools.com/~pab</a>
|
||||
</a>
|
||||
</a>
|
||||
</a>
|
||||
</a>
|
||||
</a>
|
||||
</a>
|
||||
</a>
|
||||
</a>
|
||||
</a>
|
||||
| hindent | moreExample 2. View
|
||||
only the structure, one tag per line: </dt>
|
||||
<dd><br>
|
||||
<pre>
|
||||
</pre></dd>
|
||||
</dl>
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
|
||||
<dl>
|
||||
|
||||
<dt>CRlynx -source <a href='http://www.domtools.com/~pab'><a href='http://www.domtools.com/~pab'><a href='http://www.domtools.com/~pab'><a href='http://www.domtools.com/~pab'><a href='http://www.domtools.com/~pab'><a href='http://www.domtools.com/~pab'><a href='http://www.domtools.com/~pab'><a href='http://www.domtools.com/~pab'><a href='http://www.domtools.com/~pab'><a href='http://www.domtools.com/~pab'>http://www.domtools.com/~pab</a>
|
||||
</a>
|
||||
</a>
|
||||
</a>
|
||||
</a>
|
||||
</a>
|
||||
</a>
|
||||
</a>
|
||||
</a>
|
||||
</a>
|
||||
| hindent -s -f | moreExample 3. Reformat
|
||||
my home page non-damagingly with 4-space tabs, keeping a backup copy: </dt>
|
||||
<dd><br>
|
||||
<pre>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
</pre></dd>
|
||||
</dl>
|
||||
|
||||
<h2><a name='sect5' href='#toc5'>CRcd $HOME/public_htmlmv index.html index.html.oldhindent -i4 index.html.old
|
||||
> index.htmlSite</a></h2>
|
||||
The master web page for this tool is:
|
||||
<dl>
|
||||
|
||||
<dt><a href='http://www.domtools.com/unix/hindent.shtml'>http://www.domtools.com/unix/hindent.shtml</a>
|
||||
|
||||
</dt>
|
||||
<dd></dd>
|
||||
</dl>
|
||||
|
||||
<h2><a name='sect6' href='#toc6'>Version</a></h2>
|
||||
<b>Hindent</b> version 1.1.2
|
||||
<h2><a name='sect7' href='#toc7'>Author</a></h2>
|
||||
Paul Balyoz <pab@domtools.com> <p>
|
||||
|
||||
<hr><p>
|
||||
<a name='toc'><b>Table of Contents</b></a><p>
|
||||
<ul>
|
||||
<li><a name='toc0' href='#sect0'>Name</a></li>
|
||||
<li><a name='toc1' href='#sect1'>Synopsis</a></li>
|
||||
<li><a name='toc2' href='#sect2'>Description</a></li>
|
||||
<li><a name='toc3' href='#sect3'>Options</a></li>
|
||||
<li><a name='toc4' href='#sect4'>Examples</a></li>
|
||||
<li><a name='toc5' href='#sect5'>CRcd $HOME/public_htmlmv index.html index.html.oldhindent -i4 index.html.old > index.htmlSite</a></li>
|
||||
<li><a name='toc6' href='#sect6'>Version</a></li>
|
||||
<li><a name='toc7' href='#sect7'>Author</a></li>
|
||||
</ul>
|
||||
</body>
|
||||
</html>
|
||||
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
@ -0,0 +1,161 @@
|
||||
/*****************************************************************************
|
||||
* The contents of this file are subject to the RECIPROCAL PUBLIC LICENSE
|
||||
* Version 1.1 ("License"); You may not use this file except in compliance
|
||||
* with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
|
||||
* http://opensource.org/licenses/rpl.php. Software distributed under the
|
||||
* License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
|
||||
* either express or implied.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @product: phpStylist
|
||||
* @author: Mr. Milk (aka Marcelo Leite)
|
||||
* @email: mrmilk@anysoft.com.br
|
||||
* @version: 1.0
|
||||
* @date: 2007-11-22
|
||||
*
|
||||
*****************************************************************************/
|
||||
|
||||
CONTENTS
|
||||
--------
|
||||
Below you will find instructions on how to use phpStylist:
|
||||
|
||||
- Web Server Usage
|
||||
- Command Line Mode
|
||||
- PSPad Integration
|
||||
- Command Line Options
|
||||
|
||||
==============================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
WEB SERVER USAGE
|
||||
----------------
|
||||
|
||||
phpStylist runs as a single file on you web server. You don't need any special
|
||||
module or library. It has been tested with php from 4.4.2 to 5.2.2.
|
||||
|
||||
Save phpStylist.php to your web server folder and start it from the browser.
|
||||
For example, http://localhost/phpStylist.php.
|
||||
|
||||
On the left menu, you will see more than 30 options that you can use to adjust
|
||||
the application to your coding style. All options are sticky based on cookies.
|
||||
Select one of your files or click on the button "Use Sample" and try each
|
||||
option to see what it is all about.
|
||||
|
||||
If you want to type in or paste code directly into the app, first click on the
|
||||
option "SHOW EDITABLE TEXT BOX". The right panel will then become editable.
|
||||
|
||||
COMMAND LINE MODE
|
||||
-----------------
|
||||
|
||||
You can also use phpStylist through the command line to automatically format
|
||||
local files. You will still need php installed.
|
||||
|
||||
First, find the exact location of you php.exe and the exact location where you
|
||||
placed phpStylist. Let's say they are in
|
||||
"C:\Program Files\PHP\php.exe" and "C:\Program Files\Apache\htdocs\phpStylist.php"
|
||||
|
||||
You then must run php passing phpStylist.php along with the -f argument. At
|
||||
this point the command line would be like this:
|
||||
"C:\Program Files\PHP\php.exe" -f "C:\Program Files\Apache\htdocs\phpStylist.php"
|
||||
|
||||
But that's not all. You also need to add the full path of the source file you
|
||||
want to format and the options you want to be used. For each of those 34 options
|
||||
you see on the web server usage, there will be an option on the command line.
|
||||
You can use the "--help" option to see a list of options.
|
||||
|
||||
Use the --help switch to see all options (full list at the end of this file):
|
||||
"C:\Program Files\PHP\php.exe" -f "C:\Program Files\Apache\htdocs\phpStylist.php" --help
|
||||
|
||||
The first phpStylist paramenter MUST be the source file name you want to
|
||||
format. After the file name, you can add as many options as you want, in any
|
||||
order. It can get pretty big, but it works. Another example:
|
||||
"C:\Program Files\PHP\php.exe" -f "C:\Program Files\Apache\htdocs\phpStylist.php"
|
||||
"C:\Program Files\Apache\htdocs\source_file_to_format.php" --space_after_if
|
||||
--indent_case --indent_size 4 --space_after_comma --line_before_function
|
||||
|
||||
Output will be to STDOUT, so if you want to send it to a file, append "> filename"
|
||||
at the end of the command line. In our above example:
|
||||
"C:\Program Files\PHP\php.exe" -f "C:\Program Files\Apache\htdocs\phpStylist.php"
|
||||
"C:\Program Files\Apache\htdocs\source_file_to_format.php" --space_after_if
|
||||
--indent_case --indent_size 4 --line_before_comment_multi --vertical_array
|
||||
--line_before_function > "C:\Code Library\Formatted Code\destination_file.php"
|
||||
|
||||
Don't forget the quotes around long file names.
|
||||
|
||||
PSPAD INTEGRATION
|
||||
-----------------
|
||||
PSPad is a popular, powerful and free code editor. It can be extended through
|
||||
scripting. I have also created a script that will automatically format php code
|
||||
from inside the editor. In fact, the script runs phpStylist in command line
|
||||
mode, sending the current editor file name. It then get the results and replace
|
||||
the code in the editor.
|
||||
|
||||
Save the file phpStylist.js to your PSPad javascript folder, usually
|
||||
C:\Program Files\PSPad\Script\JScript.
|
||||
|
||||
Open the phpStylist.js file and edit the first two variables:
|
||||
php_path = "C:\\Program Files\\xampp\\php\\php.exe";
|
||||
stylist_path = "C:\\Program Files\\xampp\\htdocs\\phpStylist.php";
|
||||
|
||||
Replace the paths with the appropriate for your system. Don't forget to double
|
||||
backslashes.
|
||||
|
||||
You will also see all the options, some are commented out, some are active (the
|
||||
current setup is the one I use). Simply comment out or uncomment the options
|
||||
you want to use and save the file. Restart PSPad or use the the option Scripts,
|
||||
Recompile Scripts.
|
||||
|
||||
Now, just open a php file on the editor and select phpStylist from the menu.
|
||||
That's all. You can also select some block of code before using the option so
|
||||
you can reformat only that portion. Of course, try to select a full block such
|
||||
as a function.
|
||||
|
||||
If you don't use PSPad or don't want the integration you don't need the file
|
||||
phpStylist.js.
|
||||
|
||||
FULL LIST OF OPTIONS
|
||||
--------------------
|
||||
|
||||
Indentation and General Formatting:
|
||||
--indent_size n n characters per indentation level
|
||||
--indent_with_tabs Indent with tabs instead of spaces
|
||||
--keep_redundant_lines Keep redundant lines
|
||||
--space_inside_parentheses Space inside parentheses
|
||||
--space_outside_parentheses Space outside parentheses
|
||||
--space_after_comma Space after comma
|
||||
|
||||
Operators:
|
||||
--space_around_assignment Space around = .= += -= *= /= <<<
|
||||
--align_var_assignment Align block +3 assigned variables
|
||||
--space_around_comparison Space around == === != !== > >= < <=
|
||||
--space_around_arithmetic Space around - + * / %
|
||||
--space_around_logical Space around && || AND OR XOR << >>
|
||||
--space_around_colon_question Space around ? :
|
||||
|
||||
Functions, Classes and Objects:
|
||||
--line_before_function Blank line before keyword
|
||||
--line_before_curly_function Opening bracket on next line
|
||||
--line_after_curly_function Blank line below opening bracket
|
||||
--space_around_obj_operator Space around ->
|
||||
--space_around_double_colon Space around ::
|
||||
|
||||
Control Structures:
|
||||
--space_after_if Space between keyword and opening parentheses
|
||||
--else_along_curly Keep else/elseif along with bracket
|
||||
--line_before_curly Opening bracket on next line
|
||||
--add_missing_braces Add missing brackets to single line structs
|
||||
--line_after_break Blank line after case "break"
|
||||
--space_inside_for Space between "for" elements
|
||||
--indent_case Extra indent for "Case" and "Default"
|
||||
|
||||
Arrays and Concatenation:
|
||||
--line_before_array Opening array parentheses on next line
|
||||
--vertical_array Non-empty arrays as vertical block
|
||||
--align_array_assignment Align block +3 assigned array elements
|
||||
--space_around_double_arrow Space around double arrow
|
||||
--vertical_concat Concatenation as vertical block
|
||||
--space_around_concat Space around concat elements
|
||||
|
||||
Comments:
|
||||
--line_before_comment_multi Blank line before multi-line comment (/*)
|
||||
--line_after_comment_multi Blank line after multi-line comment (/*)
|
||||
--line_before_comment Blank line before single line comments (//)
|
||||
--line_after_comment Blank line after single line comments (//)
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,543 @@
|
||||
#! /usr/bin/python
|
||||
|
||||
# This file contains a class and a main program that perform three
|
||||
# related (though complimentary) formatting operations on Python
|
||||
# programs. When called as "pindent -c", it takes a valid Python
|
||||
# program as input and outputs a version augmented with block-closing
|
||||
# comments. When called as "pindent -d", it assumes its input is a
|
||||
# Python program with block-closing comments and outputs a commentless
|
||||
# version. When called as "pindent -r" it assumes its input is a
|
||||
# Python program with block-closing comments but with its indentation
|
||||
# messed up, and outputs a properly indented version.
|
||||
|
||||
# A "block-closing comment" is a comment of the form '# end <keyword>'
|
||||
# where <keyword> is the keyword that opened the block. If the
|
||||
# opening keyword is 'def' or 'class', the function or class name may
|
||||
# be repeated in the block-closing comment as well. Here is an
|
||||
# example of a program fully augmented with block-closing comments:
|
||||
|
||||
# def foobar(a, b):
|
||||
# if a == b:
|
||||
# a = a+1
|
||||
# elif a < b:
|
||||
# b = b-1
|
||||
# if b > a: a = a-1
|
||||
# # end if
|
||||
# else:
|
||||
# print 'oops!'
|
||||
# # end if
|
||||
# # end def foobar
|
||||
|
||||
# Note that only the last part of an if...elif...else... block needs a
|
||||
# block-closing comment; the same is true for other compound
|
||||
# statements (e.g. try...except). Also note that "short-form" blocks
|
||||
# like the second 'if' in the example must be closed as well;
|
||||
# otherwise the 'else' in the example would be ambiguous (remember
|
||||
# that indentation is not significant when interpreting block-closing
|
||||
# comments).
|
||||
|
||||
# The operations are idempotent (i.e. applied to their own output
|
||||
# they yield an identical result). Running first "pindent -c" and
|
||||
# then "pindent -r" on a valid Python program produces a program that
|
||||
# is semantically identical to the input (though its indentation may
|
||||
# be different). Running "pindent -e" on that output produces a
|
||||
# program that only differs from the original in indentation.
|
||||
|
||||
# Other options:
|
||||
# -s stepsize: set the indentation step size (default 8)
|
||||
# -t tabsize : set the number of spaces a tab character is worth (default 8)
|
||||
# -e : expand TABs into spaces
|
||||
# file ... : input file(s) (default standard input)
|
||||
# The results always go to standard output
|
||||
|
||||
# Caveats:
|
||||
# - comments ending in a backslash will be mistaken for continued lines
|
||||
# - continuations using backslash are always left unchanged
|
||||
# - continuations inside parentheses are not extra indented by -r
|
||||
# but must be indented for -c to work correctly (this breaks
|
||||
# idempotency!)
|
||||
# - continued lines inside triple-quoted strings are totally garbled
|
||||
|
||||
# Secret feature:
|
||||
# - On input, a block may also be closed with an "end statement" --
|
||||
# this is a block-closing comment without the '#' sign.
|
||||
|
||||
# Possible improvements:
|
||||
# - check syntax based on transitions in 'next' table
|
||||
# - better error reporting
|
||||
# - better error recovery
|
||||
# - check identifier after class/def
|
||||
|
||||
# The following wishes need a more complete tokenization of the source:
|
||||
# - Don't get fooled by comments ending in backslash
|
||||
# - reindent continuation lines indicated by backslash
|
||||
# - handle continuation lines inside parentheses/braces/brackets
|
||||
# - handle triple quoted strings spanning lines
|
||||
# - realign comments
|
||||
# - optionally do much more thorough reformatting, a la C indent
|
||||
|
||||
# Defaults
|
||||
STEPSIZE = 8
|
||||
TABSIZE = 8
|
||||
EXPANDTABS = 0
|
||||
|
||||
import os
|
||||
import re
|
||||
import sys
|
||||
|
||||
next = {}
|
||||
next['if'] = next['elif'] = 'elif', 'else', 'end'
|
||||
next['while'] = next['for'] = 'else', 'end'
|
||||
next['try'] = 'except', 'finally'
|
||||
next['except'] = 'except', 'else', 'end'
|
||||
next['else'] = next['finally'] = next['def'] = next['class'] = 'end'
|
||||
next['end'] = ()
|
||||
start = 'if', 'while', 'for', 'try', 'def', 'class'
|
||||
|
||||
class PythonIndenter:
|
||||
|
||||
def __init__(self, fpi = sys.stdin, fpo = sys.stdout,
|
||||
indentsize = STEPSIZE, tabsize = TABSIZE, expandtabs = EXPANDTABS):
|
||||
self.fpi = fpi
|
||||
self.fpo = fpo
|
||||
self.indentsize = indentsize
|
||||
self.tabsize = tabsize
|
||||
self.lineno = 0
|
||||
self.expandtabs = expandtabs
|
||||
self._write = fpo.write
|
||||
self.kwprog = re.compile(
|
||||
r'^\s*(?P<kw>[a-z]+)'
|
||||
r'(\s+(?P<id>[a-zA-Z_]\w*))?'
|
||||
r'[^\w]')
|
||||
self.endprog = re.compile(
|
||||
r'^\s*#?\s*end\s+(?P<kw>[a-z]+)'
|
||||
r'(\s+(?P<id>[a-zA-Z_]\w*))?'
|
||||
r'[^\w]')
|
||||
self.wsprog = re.compile(r'^[ \t]*')
|
||||
# end def __init__
|
||||
|
||||
def write(self, line):
|
||||
if self.expandtabs:
|
||||
self._write(line.expandtabs(self.tabsize))
|
||||
else:
|
||||
self._write(line)
|
||||
# end if
|
||||
# end def write
|
||||
|
||||
def readline(self):
|
||||
line = self.fpi.readline()
|
||||
if line: self.lineno = self.lineno + 1
|
||||
# end if
|
||||
return line
|
||||
# end def readline
|
||||
|
||||
def error(self, fmt, *args):
|
||||
if args: fmt = fmt % args
|
||||
# end if
|
||||
sys.stderr.write('Error at line %d: %s\n' % (self.lineno, fmt))
|
||||
self.write('### %s ###\n' % fmt)
|
||||
# end def error
|
||||
|
||||
def getline(self):
|
||||
line = self.readline()
|
||||
while line[-2:] == '\\\n':
|
||||
line2 = self.readline()
|
||||
if not line2: break
|
||||
# end if
|
||||
line = line + line2
|
||||
# end while
|
||||
return line
|
||||
# end def getline
|
||||
|
||||
def putline(self, line, indent = None):
|
||||
if indent is None:
|
||||
self.write(line)
|
||||
return
|
||||
# end if
|
||||
tabs, spaces = divmod(indent*self.indentsize, self.tabsize)
|
||||
i = 0
|
||||
m = self.wsprog.match(line)
|
||||
if m: i = m.end()
|
||||
# end if
|
||||
self.write('\t'*tabs + ' '*spaces + line[i:])
|
||||
# end def putline
|
||||
|
||||
def reformat(self):
|
||||
stack = []
|
||||
while 1:
|
||||
line = self.getline()
|
||||
if not line: break # EOF
|
||||
# end if
|
||||
m = self.endprog.match(line)
|
||||
if m:
|
||||
kw = 'end'
|
||||
kw2 = m.group('kw')
|
||||
if not stack:
|
||||
self.error('unexpected end')
|
||||
elif stack[-1][0] != kw2:
|
||||
self.error('unmatched end')
|
||||
# end if
|
||||
del stack[-1:]
|
||||
self.putline(line, len(stack))
|
||||
continue
|
||||
# end if
|
||||
m = self.kwprog.match(line)
|
||||
if m:
|
||||
kw = m.group('kw')
|
||||
if kw in start:
|
||||
self.putline(line, len(stack))
|
||||
stack.append((kw, kw))
|
||||
continue
|
||||
# end if
|
||||
if next.has_key(kw) and stack:
|
||||
self.putline(line, len(stack)-1)
|
||||
kwa, kwb = stack[-1]
|
||||
stack[-1] = kwa, kw
|
||||
continue
|
||||
# end if
|
||||
# end if
|
||||
self.putline(line, len(stack))
|
||||
# end while
|
||||
if stack:
|
||||
self.error('unterminated keywords')
|
||||
for kwa, kwb in stack:
|
||||
self.write('\t%s\n' % kwa)
|
||||
# end for
|
||||
# end if
|
||||
# end def reformat
|
||||
|
||||
def delete(self):
|
||||
begin_counter = 0
|
||||
end_counter = 0
|
||||
while 1:
|
||||
line = self.getline()
|
||||
if not line: break # EOF
|
||||
# end if
|
||||
m = self.endprog.match(line)
|
||||
if m:
|
||||
end_counter = end_counter + 1
|
||||
continue
|
||||
# end if
|
||||
m = self.kwprog.match(line)
|
||||
if m:
|
||||
kw = m.group('kw')
|
||||
if kw in start:
|
||||
begin_counter = begin_counter + 1
|
||||
# end if
|
||||
# end if
|
||||
self.putline(line)
|
||||
# end while
|
||||
if begin_counter - end_counter < 0:
|
||||
sys.stderr.write('Warning: input contained more end tags than expected\n')
|
||||
elif begin_counter - end_counter > 0:
|
||||
sys.stderr.write('Warning: input contained less end tags than expected\n')
|
||||
# end if
|
||||
# end def delete
|
||||
|
||||
def complete(self):
|
||||
self.indentsize = 1
|
||||
stack = []
|
||||
todo = []
|
||||
thisid = ''
|
||||
current, firstkw, lastkw, topid = 0, '', '', ''
|
||||
while 1:
|
||||
line = self.getline()
|
||||
i = 0
|
||||
m = self.wsprog.match(line)
|
||||
if m: i = m.end()
|
||||
# end if
|
||||
m = self.endprog.match(line)
|
||||
if m:
|
||||
thiskw = 'end'
|
||||
endkw = m.group('kw')
|
||||
thisid = m.group('id')
|
||||
else:
|
||||
m = self.kwprog.match(line)
|
||||
if m:
|
||||
thiskw = m.group('kw')
|
||||
if not next.has_key(thiskw):
|
||||
thiskw = ''
|
||||
# end if
|
||||
if thiskw in ('def', 'class'):
|
||||
thisid = m.group('id')
|
||||
else:
|
||||
thisid = ''
|
||||
# end if
|
||||
elif line[i:i+1] in ('\n', '#'):
|
||||
todo.append(line)
|
||||
continue
|
||||
else:
|
||||
thiskw = ''
|
||||
# end if
|
||||
# end if
|
||||
indent = len(line[:i].expandtabs(self.tabsize))
|
||||
while indent < current:
|
||||
if firstkw:
|
||||
if topid:
|
||||
s = '# end %s %s\n' % (
|
||||
firstkw, topid)
|
||||
else:
|
||||
s = '# end %s\n' % firstkw
|
||||
# end if
|
||||
self.putline(s, current)
|
||||
firstkw = lastkw = ''
|
||||
# end if
|
||||
current, firstkw, lastkw, topid = stack[-1]
|
||||
del stack[-1]
|
||||
# end while
|
||||
if indent == current and firstkw:
|
||||
if thiskw == 'end':
|
||||
if endkw != firstkw:
|
||||
self.error('mismatched end')
|
||||
# end if
|
||||
firstkw = lastkw = ''
|
||||
elif not thiskw or thiskw in start:
|
||||
if topid:
|
||||
s = '# end %s %s\n' % (
|
||||
firstkw, topid)
|
||||
else:
|
||||
s = '# end %s\n' % firstkw
|
||||
# end if
|
||||
self.putline(s, current)
|
||||
firstkw = lastkw = topid = ''
|
||||
# end if
|
||||
# end if
|
||||
if indent > current:
|
||||
stack.append((current, firstkw, lastkw, topid))
|
||||
if thiskw and thiskw not in start:
|
||||
# error
|
||||
thiskw = ''
|
||||
# end if
|
||||
current, firstkw, lastkw, topid = \
|
||||
indent, thiskw, thiskw, thisid
|
||||
# end if
|
||||
if thiskw:
|
||||
if thiskw in start:
|
||||
firstkw = lastkw = thiskw
|
||||
topid = thisid
|
||||
else:
|
||||
lastkw = thiskw
|
||||
# end if
|
||||
# end if
|
||||
for l in todo: self.write(l)
|
||||
# end for
|
||||
todo = []
|
||||
if not line: break
|
||||
# end if
|
||||
self.write(line)
|
||||
# end while
|
||||
# end def complete
|
||||
|
||||
# end class PythonIndenter
|
||||
|
||||
# Simplified user interface
|
||||
# - xxx_filter(input, output): read and write file objects
|
||||
# - xxx_string(s): take and return string object
|
||||
# - xxx_file(filename): process file in place, return true iff changed
|
||||
|
||||
def complete_filter(input = sys.stdin, output = sys.stdout,
|
||||
stepsize = STEPSIZE, tabsize = TABSIZE, expandtabs = EXPANDTABS):
|
||||
pi = PythonIndenter(input, output, stepsize, tabsize, expandtabs)
|
||||
pi.complete()
|
||||
# end def complete_filter
|
||||
|
||||
def delete_filter(input= sys.stdin, output = sys.stdout,
|
||||
stepsize = STEPSIZE, tabsize = TABSIZE, expandtabs = EXPANDTABS):
|
||||
pi = PythonIndenter(input, output, stepsize, tabsize, expandtabs)
|
||||
pi.delete()
|
||||
# end def delete_filter
|
||||
|
||||
def reformat_filter(input = sys.stdin, output = sys.stdout,
|
||||
stepsize = STEPSIZE, tabsize = TABSIZE, expandtabs = EXPANDTABS):
|
||||
pi = PythonIndenter(input, output, stepsize, tabsize, expandtabs)
|
||||
pi.reformat()
|
||||
# end def reformat_filter
|
||||
|
||||
class StringReader:
|
||||
def __init__(self, buf):
|
||||
self.buf = buf
|
||||
self.pos = 0
|
||||
self.len = len(self.buf)
|
||||
# end def __init__
|
||||
def read(self, n = 0):
|
||||
if n <= 0:
|
||||
n = self.len - self.pos
|
||||
else:
|
||||
n = min(n, self.len - self.pos)
|
||||
# end if
|
||||
r = self.buf[self.pos : self.pos + n]
|
||||
self.pos = self.pos + n
|
||||
return r
|
||||
# end def read
|
||||
def readline(self):
|
||||
i = self.buf.find('\n', self.pos)
|
||||
return self.read(i + 1 - self.pos)
|
||||
# end def readline
|
||||
def readlines(self):
|
||||
lines = []
|
||||
line = self.readline()
|
||||
while line:
|
||||
lines.append(line)
|
||||
line = self.readline()
|
||||
# end while
|
||||
return lines
|
||||
# end def readlines
|
||||
# seek/tell etc. are left as an exercise for the reader
|
||||
# end class StringReader
|
||||
|
||||
class StringWriter:
|
||||
def __init__(self):
|
||||
self.buf = ''
|
||||
# end def __init__
|
||||
def write(self, s):
|
||||
self.buf = self.buf + s
|
||||
# end def write
|
||||
def getvalue(self):
|
||||
return self.buf
|
||||
# end def getvalue
|
||||
# end class StringWriter
|
||||
|
||||
def complete_string(source, stepsize = STEPSIZE, tabsize = TABSIZE, expandtabs = EXPANDTABS):
|
||||
input = StringReader(source)
|
||||
output = StringWriter()
|
||||
pi = PythonIndenter(input, output, stepsize, tabsize, expandtabs)
|
||||
pi.complete()
|
||||
return output.getvalue()
|
||||
# end def complete_string
|
||||
|
||||
def delete_string(source, stepsize = STEPSIZE, tabsize = TABSIZE, expandtabs = EXPANDTABS):
|
||||
input = StringReader(source)
|
||||
output = StringWriter()
|
||||
pi = PythonIndenter(input, output, stepsize, tabsize, expandtabs)
|
||||
pi.delete()
|
||||
return output.getvalue()
|
||||
# end def delete_string
|
||||
|
||||
def reformat_string(source, stepsize = STEPSIZE, tabsize = TABSIZE, expandtabs = EXPANDTABS):
|
||||
input = StringReader(source)
|
||||
output = StringWriter()
|
||||
pi = PythonIndenter(input, output, stepsize, tabsize, expandtabs)
|
||||
pi.reformat()
|
||||
return output.getvalue()
|
||||
# end def reformat_string
|
||||
|
||||
def complete_file(filename, stepsize = STEPSIZE, tabsize = TABSIZE, expandtabs = EXPANDTABS):
|
||||
source = open(filename, 'r').read()
|
||||
result = complete_string(source, stepsize, tabsize, expandtabs)
|
||||
if source == result: return 0
|
||||
# end if
|
||||
import os
|
||||
try: os.rename(filename, filename + '~')
|
||||
except os.error: pass
|
||||
# end try
|
||||
f = open(filename, 'w')
|
||||
f.write(result)
|
||||
f.close()
|
||||
return 1
|
||||
# end def complete_file
|
||||
|
||||
def delete_file(filename, stepsize = STEPSIZE, tabsize = TABSIZE, expandtabs = EXPANDTABS):
|
||||
source = open(filename, 'r').read()
|
||||
result = delete_string(source, stepsize, tabsize, expandtabs)
|
||||
if source == result: return 0
|
||||
# end if
|
||||
import os
|
||||
try: os.rename(filename, filename + '~')
|
||||
except os.error: pass
|
||||
# end try
|
||||
f = open(filename, 'w')
|
||||
f.write(result)
|
||||
f.close()
|
||||
return 1
|
||||
# end def delete_file
|
||||
|
||||
def reformat_file(filename, stepsize = STEPSIZE, tabsize = TABSIZE, expandtabs = EXPANDTABS):
|
||||
source = open(filename, 'r').read()
|
||||
result = reformat_string(source, stepsize, tabsize, expandtabs)
|
||||
if source == result: return 0
|
||||
# end if
|
||||
import os
|
||||
try: os.rename(filename, filename + '~')
|
||||
except os.error: pass
|
||||
# end try
|
||||
f = open(filename, 'w')
|
||||
f.write(result)
|
||||
f.close()
|
||||
return 1
|
||||
# end def reformat_file
|
||||
|
||||
# Test program when called as a script
|
||||
|
||||
usage = """
|
||||
usage: pindent (-c|-d|-r) [-s stepsize] [-t tabsize] [-e] [file] ...
|
||||
-c : complete a correctly indented program (add #end directives)
|
||||
-d : delete #end directives
|
||||
-r : reformat a completed program (use #end directives)
|
||||
-s stepsize: indentation step (default %(STEPSIZE)d)
|
||||
-t tabsize : the worth in spaces of a tab (default %(TABSIZE)d)
|
||||
-e : expand TABs into spaces (defailt OFF)
|
||||
[file] ... : files are changed in place, with backups in file~
|
||||
If no files are specified or a single - is given,
|
||||
the program acts as a filter (reads stdin, writes stdout).
|
||||
""" % vars()
|
||||
|
||||
def error_both(op1, op2):
|
||||
sys.stderr.write('Error: You can not specify both '+op1+' and -'+op2[0]+' at the same time\n')
|
||||
sys.stderr.write(usage)
|
||||
sys.exit(2)
|
||||
# end def error_both
|
||||
|
||||
def test():
|
||||
import getopt
|
||||
try:
|
||||
opts, args = getopt.getopt(sys.argv[1:], 'cdrs:t:e')
|
||||
except getopt.error, msg:
|
||||
sys.stderr.write('Error: %s\n' % msg)
|
||||
sys.stderr.write(usage)
|
||||
sys.exit(2)
|
||||
# end try
|
||||
action = None
|
||||
stepsize = STEPSIZE
|
||||
tabsize = TABSIZE
|
||||
expandtabs = EXPANDTABS
|
||||
for o, a in opts:
|
||||
if o == '-c':
|
||||
if action: error_both(o, action)
|
||||
# end if
|
||||
action = 'complete'
|
||||
elif o == '-d':
|
||||
if action: error_both(o, action)
|
||||
# end if
|
||||
action = 'delete'
|
||||
elif o == '-r':
|
||||
if action: error_both(o, action)
|
||||
# end if
|
||||
action = 'reformat'
|
||||
elif o == '-s':
|
||||
stepsize = int(a)
|
||||
elif o == '-t':
|
||||
tabsize = int(a)
|
||||
elif o == '-e':
|
||||
expandtabs = 1
|
||||
# end if
|
||||
# end for
|
||||
if not action:
|
||||
sys.stderr.write(
|
||||
'You must specify -c(omplete), -d(elete) or -r(eformat)\n')
|
||||
sys.stderr.write(usage)
|
||||
sys.exit(2)
|
||||
# end if
|
||||
if not args or args == ['-']:
|
||||
action = eval(action + '_filter')
|
||||
action(sys.stdin, sys.stdout, stepsize, tabsize, expandtabs)
|
||||
else:
|
||||
action = eval(action + '_file')
|
||||
for filename in args:
|
||||
action(filename, stepsize, tabsize, expandtabs)
|
||||
# end for
|
||||
# end if
|
||||
# end def test
|
||||
|
||||
if __name__ == '__main__':
|
||||
test()
|
||||
# end if
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,75 @@
|
||||
# This file contains a class and a main program that perform three
|
||||
# related (though complimentary) formatting operations on Python
|
||||
# programs. When called as "pindent -c", it takes a valid Python
|
||||
# program as input and outputs a version augmented with block-closing
|
||||
# comments. When called as "pindent -d", it assumes its input is a
|
||||
# Python program with block-closing comments and outputs a commentless
|
||||
# version. When called as "pindent -r" it assumes its input is a
|
||||
# Python program with block-closing comments but with its indentation
|
||||
# messed up, and outputs a properly indented version.
|
||||
|
||||
# A "block-closing comment" is a comment of the form '# end <keyword>'
|
||||
# where <keyword> is the keyword that opened the block. If the
|
||||
# opening keyword is 'def' or 'class', the function or class name may
|
||||
# be repeated in the block-closing comment as well. Here is an
|
||||
# example of a program fully augmented with block-closing comments:
|
||||
|
||||
# def foobar(a, b):
|
||||
# if a == b:
|
||||
# a = a+1
|
||||
# elif a < b:
|
||||
# b = b-1
|
||||
# if b > a: a = a-1
|
||||
# # end if
|
||||
# else:
|
||||
# print 'oops!'
|
||||
# # end if
|
||||
# # end def foobar
|
||||
|
||||
# Note that only the last part of an if...elif...else... block needs a
|
||||
# block-closing comment; the same is true for other compound
|
||||
# statements (e.g. try...except). Also note that "short-form" blocks
|
||||
# like the second 'if' in the example must be closed as well;
|
||||
# otherwise the 'else' in the example would be ambiguous (remember
|
||||
# that indentation is not significant when interpreting block-closing
|
||||
# comments).
|
||||
|
||||
# The operations are idempotent (i.e. applied to their own output
|
||||
# they yield an identical result). Running first "pindent -c" and
|
||||
# then "pindent -r" on a valid Python program produces a program that
|
||||
# is semantically identical to the input (though its indentation may
|
||||
# be different). Running "pindent -e" on that output produces a
|
||||
# program that only differs from the original in indentation.
|
||||
|
||||
# Other options:
|
||||
# -s stepsize: set the indentation step size (default 8)
|
||||
# -t tabsize : set the number of spaces a tab character is worth (default 8)
|
||||
# -e : expand TABs into spaces
|
||||
# file ... : input file(s) (default standard input)
|
||||
# The results always go to standard output
|
||||
|
||||
# Caveats:
|
||||
# - comments ending in a backslash will be mistaken for continued lines
|
||||
# - continuations using backslash are always left unchanged
|
||||
# - continuations inside parentheses are not extra indented by -r
|
||||
# but must be indented for -c to work correctly (this breaks
|
||||
# idempotency!)
|
||||
# - continued lines inside triple-quoted strings are totally garbled
|
||||
|
||||
# Secret feature:
|
||||
# - On input, a block may also be closed with an "end statement" --
|
||||
# this is a block-closing comment without the '#' sign.
|
||||
|
||||
# Possible improvements:
|
||||
# - check syntax based on transitions in 'next' table
|
||||
# - better error reporting
|
||||
# - better error recovery
|
||||
# - check identifier after class/def
|
||||
|
||||
# The following wishes need a more complete tokenization of the source:
|
||||
# - Don't get fooled by comments ending in backslash
|
||||
# - reindent continuation lines indicated by backslash
|
||||
# - handle continuation lines inside parentheses/braces/brackets
|
||||
# - handle triple quoted strings spanning lines
|
||||
# - realign comments
|
||||
# - optionally do much more thorough reformatting, a la C indent
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,222 @@
|
||||
#!/usr/bin/ruby -w
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
=begin
|
||||
/***************************************************************************
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2008, Paul Lutus *
|
||||
* *
|
||||
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify *
|
||||
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by *
|
||||
* the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or *
|
||||
* (at your option) any later version. *
|
||||
* *
|
||||
* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, *
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of *
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the *
|
||||
* GNU General Public License for more details. *
|
||||
* *
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License *
|
||||
* along with this program; if not, write to the *
|
||||
* Free Software Foundation, Inc., *
|
||||
* 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. *
|
||||
***************************************************************************/
|
||||
=end
|
||||
|
||||
PVERSION = "Version 2.9, 10/24/2008"
|
||||
|
||||
module RBeautify
|
||||
|
||||
# user-customizable values
|
||||
|
||||
RBeautify::TabStr = " "
|
||||
RBeautify::TabSize = 3
|
||||
|
||||
# indent regexp tests
|
||||
|
||||
IndentExp = [
|
||||
/^module\b/,
|
||||
/^class\b/,
|
||||
/^if\b/,
|
||||
/(=\s*|^)until\b/,
|
||||
/(=\s*|^)for\b/,
|
||||
/^unless\b/,
|
||||
/(=\s*|^)while\b/,
|
||||
/(=\s*|^)begin\b/,
|
||||
/(^| )case\b/,
|
||||
/\bthen\b/,
|
||||
/^rescue\b/,
|
||||
/^def\b/,
|
||||
/\bdo\b/,
|
||||
/^else\b/,
|
||||
/^elsif\b/,
|
||||
/^ensure\b/,
|
||||
/\bwhen\b/,
|
||||
/\{[^\}]*$/,
|
||||
/\[[^\]]*$/
|
||||
]
|
||||
|
||||
# outdent regexp tests
|
||||
|
||||
OutdentExp = [
|
||||
/^rescue\b/,
|
||||
/^ensure\b/,
|
||||
/^elsif\b/,
|
||||
/^end\b/,
|
||||
/^else\b/,
|
||||
/\bwhen\b/,
|
||||
/^[^\{]*\}/,
|
||||
/^[^\[]*\]/
|
||||
]
|
||||
|
||||
def RBeautify.rb_make_tab(tab)
|
||||
return (tab < 0)?"":TabStr * TabSize * tab
|
||||
end
|
||||
|
||||
def RBeautify.rb_add_line(line,tab)
|
||||
line.strip!
|
||||
line = rb_make_tab(tab) + line if line.length > 0
|
||||
return line
|
||||
end
|
||||
|
||||
def RBeautify.beautify_string(source, path = "")
|
||||
comment_block = false
|
||||
in_here_doc = false
|
||||
here_doc_term = ""
|
||||
program_end = false
|
||||
multiLine_array = []
|
||||
multiLine_str = ""
|
||||
tab = 0
|
||||
output = []
|
||||
source.each do |line|
|
||||
line.chomp!
|
||||
if(!program_end)
|
||||
# detect program end mark
|
||||
if(line =~ /^__END__$/)
|
||||
program_end = true
|
||||
else
|
||||
# combine continuing lines
|
||||
if(!(line =~ /^\s*#/) && line =~ /[^\\]\\\s*$/)
|
||||
multiLine_array.push line
|
||||
multiLine_str += line.sub(/^(.*)\\\s*$/,"\\1")
|
||||
next
|
||||
end
|
||||
|
||||
# add final line
|
||||
if(multiLine_str.length > 0)
|
||||
multiLine_array.push line
|
||||
multiLine_str += line.sub(/^(.*)\\\s*$/,"\\1")
|
||||
end
|
||||
|
||||
tline = ((multiLine_str.length > 0)?multiLine_str:line).strip
|
||||
if(tline =~ /^=begin/)
|
||||
comment_block = true
|
||||
end
|
||||
if(in_here_doc)
|
||||
in_here_doc = false if tline =~ %r{\s*#{here_doc_term}\s*}
|
||||
else # not in here_doc
|
||||
if tline =~ %r{=\s*<<}
|
||||
here_doc_term = tline.sub(%r{.*=\s*<<-?\s*([_|\w]+).*},"\\1")
|
||||
in_here_doc = here_doc_term.size > 0
|
||||
end
|
||||
end
|
||||
end
|
||||
end
|
||||
if(comment_block || program_end || in_here_doc)
|
||||
# add the line unchanged
|
||||
output << line
|
||||
else
|
||||
comment_line = (tline =~ /^#/)
|
||||
if(!comment_line)
|
||||
# throw out sequences that will
|
||||
# only sow confusion
|
||||
while tline.gsub!(/\{[^\{]*?\}/,"")
|
||||
end
|
||||
while tline.gsub!(/\[[^\[]*?\]/,"")
|
||||
end
|
||||
while tline.gsub!(/'.*?'/,"")
|
||||
end
|
||||
while tline.gsub!(/".*?"/,"")
|
||||
end
|
||||
while tline.gsub!(/\`.*?\`/,"")
|
||||
end
|
||||
while tline.gsub!(/\([^\(]*?\)/,"")
|
||||
end
|
||||
while tline.gsub!(/\/.*?\//,"")
|
||||
end
|
||||
while tline.gsub!(/%r(.).*?\1/,"")
|
||||
end
|
||||
# delete end-of-line comments
|
||||
tline.sub!(/#[^\"]+$/,"")
|
||||
# convert quotes
|
||||
tline.gsub!(/\\\"/,"'")
|
||||
OutdentExp.each do |re|
|
||||
if(tline =~ re)
|
||||
tab -= 1
|
||||
break
|
||||
end
|
||||
end
|
||||
end
|
||||
if (multiLine_array.length > 0)
|
||||
multiLine_array.each do |ml|
|
||||
output << rb_add_line(ml,tab)
|
||||
end
|
||||
multiLine_array.clear
|
||||
multiLine_str = ""
|
||||
else
|
||||
output << rb_add_line(line,tab)
|
||||
end
|
||||
if(!comment_line)
|
||||
IndentExp.each do |re|
|
||||
if(tline =~ re && !(tline =~ /\s+end\s*$/))
|
||||
tab += 1
|
||||
break
|
||||
end
|
||||
end
|
||||
end
|
||||
end
|
||||
if(tline =~ /^=end/)
|
||||
comment_block = false
|
||||
end
|
||||
end
|
||||
error = (tab != 0)
|
||||
STDERR.puts "Error: indent/outdent mismatch: #{tab}." if error
|
||||
return output.join("\n") + "\n",error
|
||||
end # beautify_string
|
||||
|
||||
def RBeautify.beautify_file(path)
|
||||
error = false
|
||||
if(path == '-') # stdin source
|
||||
source = STDIN.read
|
||||
dest,error = beautify_string(source,"stdin")
|
||||
print dest
|
||||
else # named file source
|
||||
source = File.read(path)
|
||||
dest,error = beautify_string(source,path)
|
||||
if(source != dest)
|
||||
# make a backup copy
|
||||
File.open(path + "~","w") { |f| f.write(source) }
|
||||
# overwrite the original
|
||||
File.open(path,"w") { |f| f.write(dest) }
|
||||
end
|
||||
end
|
||||
return error
|
||||
end # beautify_file
|
||||
|
||||
def RBeautify.main
|
||||
error = false
|
||||
if(!ARGV[0])
|
||||
STDERR.puts "usage: Ruby filenames or \"-\" for stdin."
|
||||
exit 0
|
||||
end
|
||||
ARGV.each do |path|
|
||||
error = (beautify_file(path))?true:error
|
||||
end
|
||||
error = (error)?1:0
|
||||
exit error
|
||||
end # main
|
||||
end # module RBeautify
|
||||
|
||||
# if launched as a standalone program, not loaded as a module
|
||||
if __FILE__ == $0
|
||||
RBeautify.main
|
||||
end
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,283 @@
|
||||
#!/usr/bin/ruby -w
|
||||
#
|
||||
# == Synopsis
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Simple Ruby Formatter
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Created by: Stephen Becker IV
|
||||
# Contributions: Andrew Nutter-Upham
|
||||
# Contact: sbeckeriv@gmail.com
|
||||
# SVN: http://svn.stephenbeckeriv.com/code/ruby_formatter/
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Its been done before RadRails did,
|
||||
# http://vim.sourceforge.net/tips/tip.php?tip_id = 1368 that guy did it, but I did
|
||||
# not look for a ruby formatter until i was done.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# It is called simple formatting because it is. I have the concept of 3 differnt
|
||||
# indent actions In, Out and Both. I have mixed the concept of indenting and
|
||||
# outdenting. Out means you have added white space and in means you remove a layer
|
||||
# of white space.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Basic logic
|
||||
# Decrease current depth if
|
||||
# ((the it is not a one line if unless statment
|
||||
# (need to lookfor more oneline blocks) and it ends with end
|
||||
# or if the } count is larger then {)
|
||||
# or
|
||||
# the first word is in the both list)
|
||||
#
|
||||
# and
|
||||
# depth is larger then zero
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Increase current depth if
|
||||
# It is not a one liner
|
||||
# and
|
||||
# (the word is in the out list
|
||||
# or
|
||||
# the word is in the both list
|
||||
# or
|
||||
# it looks like a start block)
|
||||
# and
|
||||
# temp_depth is nil (used for = comment blocks)
|
||||
#
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Sure there are some regx's and a crap load of gsubs, but it still simple. Its
|
||||
# not like its a pychecker (http://www.metaslash.com/brochure/ipc10.html)
|
||||
#
|
||||
# == Usage
|
||||
#
|
||||
# ruby [options] filelist
|
||||
#
|
||||
# options:
|
||||
# -s # will change the indent to a space count of # per level
|
||||
# by default we space with 1 tab per level
|
||||
# -b # create a backup file
|
||||
#
|
||||
# examples:
|
||||
# ruby simple_formatter.rb -s 3 -b /moo/cluck/cow.rb
|
||||
# runs with the indent of 3 spaces,creates a backup file, and formats moo/cluck/cow.rb
|
||||
#
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Tested with random files off of koders.com
|
||||
#
|
||||
#
|
||||
::DEBUG_ME = false
|
||||
require 'getoptlong'
|
||||
require "fileutils"
|
||||
require "pp"
|
||||
$escape_strings = {:regex=>"EsCaPedReGex",:string=>"EsCaPeDStRiNg"}
|
||||
begin
|
||||
require 'rdoc/usage'
|
||||
rescue Exception => e
|
||||
#eat the no load of rdocs?
|
||||
end
|
||||
opts = GetoptLong.new(
|
||||
[ '--help', '-h', GetoptLong::NO_ARGUMENT ],
|
||||
[ '--spaces', '-s', GetoptLong::OPTIONAL_ARGUMENT ],
|
||||
[ '--debug', '-d', GetoptLong::NO_ARGUMENT ],
|
||||
[ '--backup', '-b', GetoptLong::NO_ARGUMENT ]
|
||||
)
|
||||
space_count = nil
|
||||
backup = false
|
||||
files = []
|
||||
opts.each do | opt, arg|
|
||||
case opt
|
||||
when '--help'
|
||||
begin
|
||||
RDoc::usage
|
||||
rescue Exception =>e
|
||||
puts "If you want to use rdocs you need to install it"
|
||||
exit(-1)
|
||||
end
|
||||
when '--spaces'
|
||||
space_count = arg.to_i
|
||||
when '--backup'
|
||||
backup = true
|
||||
when '--debug'
|
||||
::DEBUG_ME = true
|
||||
end
|
||||
end
|
||||
require "profile" if ::DEBUG_ME
|
||||
if ARGV.length < 1
|
||||
puts "Missing filelist argument (try --help)"
|
||||
exit 0
|
||||
end
|
||||
array_loc = ARGV
|
||||
#find if the string is a start block
|
||||
#return true if it is
|
||||
#rules
|
||||
# does not include end at the end
|
||||
# and ( { out number the } or it includes do
|
||||
DO_RX = /\sdo\s*$/
|
||||
def start_block?(string)
|
||||
return true if string.gsub(/\|.*\|/, "").match(DO_RX) || (string.scan(/\{/).size > string.scan(/\}/).size)
|
||||
false
|
||||
end
|
||||
#is this an end block?
|
||||
#rules
|
||||
#its not a one liner
|
||||
#and it ends with end
|
||||
#or } out number {
|
||||
CHECK_ENDS_RX = /end$|end\s+while/
|
||||
def check_ends?(string)
|
||||
#check for one liners end and }
|
||||
#string = just_the_string_please(string)
|
||||
return true if (string.scan(/\{/).size < string.scan(/\}/).size) || string.match(CHECK_ENDS_RX)
|
||||
false
|
||||
end
|
||||
IN_OUTS_RX = /^(def|class|module|begin|case|if|unless|loop|while|until|for)/
|
||||
#look at first work does it start with one of the out works
|
||||
def in_outs?(string)
|
||||
string.sub!(/\(.*\)/, "")
|
||||
return true if string.lstrip.match(IN_OUTS_RX) && string.strip.size == $1.strip.size
|
||||
false
|
||||
end
|
||||
IN_BOTH_RX = /^(elsif|else|when|rescue|ensure)/
|
||||
#look at first work does it start with one of the both words?
|
||||
def in_both?(string)
|
||||
return true if string.lstrip.match(IN_BOTH_RX) && string.strip.size == $1.strip.size
|
||||
false
|
||||
end
|
||||
#extra formatting for the line
|
||||
#we wrap = with spaces
|
||||
#JUST_STRING_PLEASE_RX = /^#.*|\/.*\/|"([^"])*"|'([^'])*'/
|
||||
LINE_CLEAN_UP_RX = /[a-zA-Z\]\'\"{\d]+=[a-zA-Z\[\'\"{\d]+/
|
||||
def line_clean_up(x)
|
||||
#this formatts strings and regexs remove and add in replacement works
|
||||
|
||||
x.gsub!(/\\\//,$escape_strings[:regex])
|
||||
strings = x.scan(/#.*|["'\/].*?["'\/]/)
|
||||
strings.each { | str |
|
||||
x.sub!(str, $escape_strings[:string])
|
||||
}
|
||||
#lofted code from java formatter #{add in link}
|
||||
# replace "){" with ") {"
|
||||
x.sub!(/\)\s*\{/, ") {")
|
||||
# replace "return(" with "return ("
|
||||
# replace "if(" with "if ("
|
||||
# replace "while(" with "while ("
|
||||
# replace "switch(" with "switch (" ruby does not have a switch
|
||||
# replace "catch(" with "catch ("
|
||||
x.sub!(/\b(return|if|elsif|while|case|catch)\s*\(/, '\1 (')
|
||||
# replace " ;" with ";"
|
||||
# replace " ," with ","
|
||||
x.gsub!(/\s+([\;\,])/, '\1')
|
||||
#replace ",abc" with ", abc"
|
||||
x.gsub!(/\,(\w+)/, ', \1')
|
||||
|
||||
x.gsub!(/(\)|"|\w)\s*([\+\-\*\/\&\|\^\%]|\&\&|\|\||[\>\<]|\>\=|\<\=|\=\=|\!\=|\<\<|\>\>|\>\>\>)\s*(?=(\w | "))/, '\1 \2 ')
|
||||
# a space before and after AssignmentOperator
|
||||
x.gsub!(/(\w)\s*(\+\=|\-\=|\*\=|\/\=|\&\=|\|\=|\^\=|\%\=|\<\<\=|\>\>\=|\>\>\>\=)\s*(?=(\w))/, '\1 \2 ')
|
||||
# do not trim spaces
|
||||
x.gsub!(/(\w)\=\s*(?=(\w|"))/, '\1 = ')
|
||||
x.gsub!(/(\w)\s*\=(?=(\w|"))/, '\1 = ')
|
||||
#becker format
|
||||
#not complete list but alot of the common ones.
|
||||
x.sub!(/(\.each|\.collect[!]*|\.map[!]*|\.delete_if|\.sort[!]*|\.each_[pair|key|value|byte|with_index|line|option]|\.reject[!]*|\.reverse_each|\.detect|\.find[_all]*|\.select|\.module_eval|\.all_waits|loop|proc|lambda|fork|at_exit)\s*\{/, '\1 {')
|
||||
x.sub!(/def\s(\w*)?(\(.*?\))/, 'def \1\2') if x.match(/def\s+?(\w*)?\(.*?\)/)
|
||||
x.sub!(/^for\s+(\w*)?\s+in\s+?(.*)$/, 'for \1 in \2') if x.match(/^for\s+(\w*)?\s*?in\s*?(.*)$/)
|
||||
x.gsub!(/(\w)\=>\s*(?=(\w|"|:))/, '\1 => ')
|
||||
x.gsub!(/(\w)\s*\=>(?=(\w|"|:))/, '\1 => ')
|
||||
x.strip!
|
||||
x.gsub!($escape_strings[:string]) {
|
||||
strings.shift
|
||||
}
|
||||
x.gsub!($escape_strings[:regex], "\\\/")
|
||||
return x
|
||||
end
|
||||
|
||||
JUST_STRING_PLEASE_RX = /\/.*\/|"([^"])*" | '([^']) * '|#.*/
|
||||
def just_the_string_please(org_string)
|
||||
string = String.new(org_string)
|
||||
#remove escaped chars
|
||||
string.gsub!(/\\\/|\\"|\\'/, "")
|
||||
string.gsub!(JUST_STRING_PLEASE_RX, "")
|
||||
string = string.strip
|
||||
string.sub!(/\b(return|if|while|case|catch)\s*\(/, '\1 (')
|
||||
puts "clean string: #{string}" if ::DEBUG_ME
|
||||
string
|
||||
end
|
||||
ONE_LINER_RX = /(unless|if).*(then).*end|(begin).*(rescue|ensure|else).*end/
|
||||
def one_liner?(string)
|
||||
return true if string.match(ONE_LINER_RX)
|
||||
false
|
||||
end
|
||||
|
||||
array_loc.each {|file_loc|
|
||||
f = File.open(file_loc, "r")
|
||||
text = f.read
|
||||
f.close
|
||||
if File.expand_path(file_loc) == File.expand_path($0)
|
||||
$escape_strings = {:regex=>"EsCaPedReGex#{rand(200)}",:string=>"EsCaPeDStRiNg#{rand(200)}"}
|
||||
end
|
||||
new_text = ""
|
||||
current_depth = 0
|
||||
spaces = " " * space_count if space_count
|
||||
here_doc_ending = nil
|
||||
indenter = spaces || "\t"
|
||||
temp_depth = nil
|
||||
line_count = 1
|
||||
|
||||
text.split("\n").each { |x|
|
||||
#comments
|
||||
#The first idea was to leave them alone.
|
||||
#after running a few test i did not like the way it looked
|
||||
if temp_depth
|
||||
puts "In temp_depth #{x} line ♯ #{line_count} here:#{here_doc_ending}" if ::DEBUG_ME
|
||||
new_text << x << "\n"
|
||||
#block comments, its going to get ugly
|
||||
if !x.lstrip.scan(/^\=end/).empty? || (here_doc_ending && x.strip == here_doc_ending.strip)
|
||||
#swap and set
|
||||
puts "swap and set #{x} line # #{line_count}" if ::DEBUG_ME
|
||||
current_depth = temp_depth
|
||||
temp_depth = nil
|
||||
here_doc_ending = nil
|
||||
end
|
||||
line_count += 1
|
||||
next
|
||||
end
|
||||
#block will always be 0 depth
|
||||
#block comments, its going to get ugly
|
||||
unless x.lstrip.scan(/^\=begin/).empty?
|
||||
#swap and set
|
||||
puts "Looking for begin #{x} #{line_count}" if ::DEBUG_ME
|
||||
temp_depth = current_depth
|
||||
current_depth = 0
|
||||
end
|
||||
#here docs have same type of logic for block comments
|
||||
unless x.lstrip.scan(/<<-/).empty?
|
||||
#swap and set
|
||||
here_doc_ending = x.lstrip.split(/<<-/).last.strip
|
||||
temp_depth = current_depth
|
||||
end
|
||||
#whats the first word?
|
||||
text_node = x.split.first || ""
|
||||
just_string = just_the_string_please(x)
|
||||
in_both = in_both?(text_node)
|
||||
one_liner = one_liner?(just_string)
|
||||
#check if its in end or both and that the current_depth is >0
|
||||
#maybe i should raise if it goes negative ?
|
||||
puts "minus one #{line_count} #{x} statement:#{(check_ends?(just_string) || in_both) && current_depth > 0} check_ends:#{check_ends?(just_string)} in_both:#{in_both} current_depth:#{ current_depth }" if ::DEBUG_ME
|
||||
if (check_ends?(just_string) || in_both) && !one_liner
|
||||
puts "We have a Negative depth count. This was caused around line:#{line_count}\nCheck for if( it should be if (" if current_depth == 0
|
||||
current_depth -= 1 unless current_depth == 0
|
||||
end
|
||||
clean_string = line_clean_up(x)
|
||||
current_indent = clean_string.size>0 ? indenter*current_depth : ""
|
||||
new_text << current_indent << clean_string << "\n"
|
||||
#we want to kick the indent out one
|
||||
# x.match(/(unless|if).*(then).*end/): we use this match one liners for if statements not one-line blocks
|
||||
# in_outs? returns true if the first work is in the out array
|
||||
# in_both? does the same for the both array
|
||||
# start_block looks for to not have an end at the end and {.count > }.count and if the word do is in there
|
||||
# temp_depth is used when we hit the = comments should be nil unless you are in a comment
|
||||
puts "plus one match:#{line_count} #{x} not a one liner:#{!(one_liner)} or statements:#{(in_outs?(text_node) || in_both?(text_node) || start_block?(x))} in_outs#{in_outs?(text_node)} in_both:#{ in_both?(text_node)} start_block:#{ start_block?(x)} temp_depth:#{temp_depth}" if ::DEBUG_ME
|
||||
current_depth += 1 if ((in_outs?(text_node) || start_block?(just_string) || in_both || x.lstrip.slice(/\w*\s=\s(unless|if|case)/)) && !one_liner && !temp_depth)
|
||||
line_count += 1
|
||||
}
|
||||
FileUtils.cp("#{file_loc}","#{file_loc}.bk.#{Time.now.to_s.gsub(/\s|:/,"_")}") if backup
|
||||
f = File.open("#{file_loc}","w+")
|
||||
f.puts new_text
|
||||
f.close
|
||||
puts "Done!"
|
||||
}
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
|
||||
#!/usr/bin/awk -f
|
||||
|
||||
# SOLARIS USERS: Change "awk" to "nawk", above!!!
|
||||
|
||||
# This is part of Phil's AWK tutorial at http://www.bolthole.com/AWK.html
|
||||
# This program adjusts the indentation level based on which keywords are
|
||||
# found in each line it encounters.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# THIS IS A (relatively) COMPLEX PROGRAM. If you're an AWK rookie,
|
||||
# go back and read the tutorial before trying to understand this program!
|
||||
# This program shows off awk functions, variables, and its ability to
|
||||
# perform multiple actions for the same line
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
function doindent(){
|
||||
tmpindent=indent;
|
||||
if(indent<0){
|
||||
print "ERROR; indent level == " indent
|
||||
}
|
||||
while(tmpindent >0){
|
||||
printf(" ");
|
||||
tmpindent-=1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
$1 == "done" { indent -=1; }
|
||||
$1 == "fi" { indent -=1; }
|
||||
$0 ~ /}/ { if(indent!=0) indent-=1; }
|
||||
|
||||
# This is the 'default' action, that actually prints a line out.
|
||||
# This gets called AS WELL AS any other matching clause, in the
|
||||
# order they appear in this program.
|
||||
# An "if" match is run AFTER we run this clause.
|
||||
# A "done" match is run BEFORE we run this clause.
|
||||
{
|
||||
doindent();
|
||||
print $0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
$0 ~ /if.*;[ ]*then/ { indent+=1; }
|
||||
$0 ~ /for.*;[ ]*do/ { indent+=1; }
|
||||
$0 ~ /while.*;[ ]*do/ { indent+=1; }
|
||||
|
||||
$1 == "then" { indent+=1; }
|
||||
$1 == "do" { indent+=1; }
|
||||
$0 ~ /{$/ { indent+=1; }
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,543 @@
|
||||
[header]
|
||||
categories="Cobol Beautifier|Renumbering|Generic Reporting|Cobol Dialects|Extra Features|Copy Libraries|Parser Messages|Length and Offset|PrettyPrint Basics|PrettyPrint Indentation|Output Comments|Line Identification"
|
||||
cfgFileParameterEnding=" "
|
||||
configFilename=
|
||||
fileTypes=*.cbl|*.cob
|
||||
indenterFileName=cbl-beau.exe
|
||||
indenterName=Cobol Beautifier (Cobol)
|
||||
inputFileName=indentinput
|
||||
inputFileParameter=" "
|
||||
manual=http://www.siber.com/sct/tools/cbl-beau.html
|
||||
outputFileName=indentoutput
|
||||
outputFileParameter="-gen-file="
|
||||
parameterOrder=ipo
|
||||
showHelpParameter="-help"
|
||||
stringparaminquotes=false
|
||||
useCfgFileParameter=
|
||||
version=1.0
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
[Add value clause]
|
||||
Category=0
|
||||
Description="<html>Add VALUE clauses to WS data items that have no VALUE clause</html>"
|
||||
ValueDefault=0
|
||||
Enabled=false
|
||||
EditorType=boolean
|
||||
TrueFalse="-add-value-clause|"
|
||||
|
||||
[Norm dd levels]
|
||||
Category=0
|
||||
Description="<html>Normalize data item level numbers</html>"
|
||||
ValueDefault=0
|
||||
Enabled=false
|
||||
EditorType=boolean
|
||||
TrueFalse="-norm-dd-levels|"
|
||||
|
||||
[Add end stmts]
|
||||
Category=0
|
||||
Description="<html>Add END-IF, END-SEARCH, END-EVALUATE, END-PERFORM closing statements</html>"
|
||||
ValueDefault=0
|
||||
Enabled=false
|
||||
EditorType=boolean
|
||||
TrueFalse="-add-end-stmts|"
|
||||
|
||||
[Section name fmt]
|
||||
CallName="-section-name-fmt="
|
||||
Category=1
|
||||
Description="<html>Section name format, smth like T1%dT2%sT3</html>"
|
||||
EditorType=string
|
||||
Enabled=false
|
||||
ValueDefault="T1%dT2%sT3"
|
||||
|
||||
[Section name start]
|
||||
CallName="-section-name-start="
|
||||
Category=1
|
||||
Description="<html>Start value for number in section name</html>"
|
||||
EditorType=numeric
|
||||
Enabled=false
|
||||
MaxVal=9999
|
||||
MinVal=0
|
||||
ValueDefault=1
|
||||
|
||||
[Section name step]
|
||||
CallName="-section-name-step="
|
||||
Category=1
|
||||
Description="<html>Step for number in section name</html>"
|
||||
EditorType=numeric
|
||||
Enabled=false
|
||||
MaxVal=9999
|
||||
MinVal=0
|
||||
ValueDefault=1
|
||||
|
||||
[Para name fmt]
|
||||
CallName="-para-name-fmt="
|
||||
Category=1
|
||||
Description="<html>Paragraph name format, smth like T1%dT2%sT3</html>"
|
||||
EditorType=string
|
||||
Enabled=false
|
||||
ValueDefault="T1%dT2%sT3"
|
||||
|
||||
[Para name start]
|
||||
CallName="-para-name-start="
|
||||
Category=1
|
||||
Description="<html>Start value for counter in paragraph name</html>"
|
||||
EditorType=numeric
|
||||
Enabled=false
|
||||
MaxVal=9999
|
||||
MinVal=0
|
||||
ValueDefault=1
|
||||
|
||||
[Para name step]
|
||||
CallName="-para-name-step="
|
||||
Category=1
|
||||
Description="<html>Step for counter in paragraph name</html>"
|
||||
EditorType=numeric
|
||||
Enabled=false
|
||||
MaxVal=9999
|
||||
MinVal=0
|
||||
ValueDefault=1
|
||||
|
||||
[Data name fmt]
|
||||
CallName="-data-name-fmt="
|
||||
Category=1
|
||||
Description="<html>Data name format, smth like T1%dT2%sT3</html>"
|
||||
EditorType=string
|
||||
Enabled=false
|
||||
ValueDefault="T1%dT2%sT3"
|
||||
|
||||
[Data name start]
|
||||
CallName="-data-name-start="
|
||||
Category=1
|
||||
Description="<html>Start value for number in data name</html>"
|
||||
EditorType=numeric
|
||||
Enabled=false
|
||||
MaxVal=9999
|
||||
MinVal=0
|
||||
ValueDefault=1
|
||||
|
||||
[Data name step]
|
||||
CallName="-data-name-step="
|
||||
Category=1
|
||||
Description="<html>Step for number in data name</html>"
|
||||
EditorType=numeric
|
||||
Enabled=false
|
||||
MaxVal=9999
|
||||
MinVal=0
|
||||
ValueDefault=1
|
||||
|
||||
[Conv warn]
|
||||
Category=2
|
||||
Description="<html>Warn about transformation problems</html>"
|
||||
ValueDefault=1
|
||||
Enabled=true
|
||||
EditorType=boolean
|
||||
TrueFalse="-conv-warn|-no-conv-warn"
|
||||
|
||||
[Conv info]
|
||||
Category=2
|
||||
Description="<html>Inform about every transformation performed</html>"
|
||||
ValueDefault=0
|
||||
Enabled=false
|
||||
EditorType=boolean
|
||||
TrueFalse="-conv-info|-no-conv-info"
|
||||
|
||||
[Conv list]
|
||||
Category=2
|
||||
Description="<html>List all transformations applied</html>"
|
||||
ValueDefault=0
|
||||
Enabled=false
|
||||
EditorType=boolean
|
||||
TrueFalse="-conv-list|-no-conv-list"
|
||||
|
||||
[Find only]
|
||||
Category=2
|
||||
Description="<html>Only list potential transformations, do not execute them</html>"
|
||||
ValueDefault=0
|
||||
Enabled=false
|
||||
EditorType=boolean
|
||||
TrueFalse="-find-only|-no-find-only"
|
||||
|
||||
[Silent]
|
||||
Category=2
|
||||
Description="<html>Do not print short summary of the conversion</html>"
|
||||
ValueDefault=0
|
||||
Enabled=false
|
||||
EditorType=boolean
|
||||
TrueFalse="-silent|-no-silent"
|
||||
|
||||
[Primary Cobol dialect]
|
||||
Category=3
|
||||
Description="<html>Set the primary Cobol dialect</html>"
|
||||
ValueDefault=1
|
||||
Enabled=false
|
||||
EditorType=multiple
|
||||
Choices="-lang=ansi74|-lang=ansi85|-lang=osvs|-lang=vsii|-lang=saa|-lang=xopen|-lang=mf|-lang=ms|-lang=rm|-lang=rm85|-lang=dosvs|-lang=univac|-lang=wang|-lang=fsc|-lang=net|-lang=fscnet|-lang=icobol|-lang=acu|-lang=dml|-lang=idms"
|
||||
ChoicesReadable="Ansi 74|Ansi 85|OSVS|VSII|SAA|XOpen|MF|MS|RM|RM 85|DOSVS|UniVAC|Wang|FSC|Net|FSCnet|iCobol|ACU|DML|IDMS"
|
||||
|
||||
[Secondary Cobol dialect]
|
||||
Category=3
|
||||
Description="<html>Set the secondary Cobol dialect</html>"
|
||||
ValueDefault=0
|
||||
Enabled=false
|
||||
EditorType=multiple
|
||||
Choices="-lang2=ansi74|-lang2=ansi85|-lang2=osvs|-lang2=vsii|-lang2=saa|-lang2=xopen|-lang2=mf|-lang2=ms|-lang2=rm|-lang2=rm85|-lang2=dosvs|-lang2=univac|-lang2=wang|-lang2=fsc|-lang2=net|-lang2=fscnet|-lang2=icobol|-lang2=acu|-lang2=dml|-lang2=idms"
|
||||
ChoicesReadable="Ansi 74|Ansi 85|OSVS|VSII|SAA|XOpen|MF|MS|RM|RM 85|DOSVS|UniVAC|Wang|FSC|Net|FSCnet|iCobol|ACU|DML|IDMS"
|
||||
|
||||
[Line format]
|
||||
Category=3
|
||||
Description="<html>Set the secondary Cobol dialect</html>"
|
||||
ValueDefault=0
|
||||
Enabled=false
|
||||
EditorType=multiple
|
||||
Choices="-line-format=dial|-line-format=fixed|-line-format=free|-line-format=fsc-free|-line-format=var"
|
||||
ChoicesReadable="Dial|fixed|free|FSC free|var"
|
||||
|
||||
[Progid comments]
|
||||
Category=3
|
||||
Description="<html>Allow Program-Id line comments</html>"
|
||||
ValueDefault=0
|
||||
Enabled=false
|
||||
EditorType=boolean
|
||||
TrueFalse="-progid-comments|-no-progid-comments"
|
||||
|
||||
[Separators follow spaces]
|
||||
Category=3
|
||||
Description="<html>Separators must be followed by spaces</html>"
|
||||
ValueDefault=0
|
||||
Enabled=false
|
||||
EditorType=multiple
|
||||
Choices="-sep-space-reqd=dial|-sep-space-reqd=no|-sep-space-reqd=yes"
|
||||
ChoicesReadable="Dial|No|Yes"
|
||||
|
||||
[Exclude keywords]
|
||||
CallName="-exclude-keywords="
|
||||
Category=3
|
||||
Description="<html>Excluded keywords (separated by spaces?)</html>"
|
||||
EditorType=string
|
||||
Enabled=false
|
||||
ValueDefault=""
|
||||
|
||||
[Set constants]
|
||||
CallName="-set-constants="
|
||||
Category=4
|
||||
Description="<html>78 constant settings, strings: name'value', numbers: name(value)</html>"
|
||||
EditorType=string
|
||||
Enabled=false
|
||||
ValueDefault=""
|
||||
|
||||
[Assign external]
|
||||
Category=4
|
||||
Description="<html>Assume that undefined data items in ASSIGN TO are external</html>"
|
||||
ValueDefault=0
|
||||
Enabled=false
|
||||
EditorType=boolean
|
||||
TrueFalse="-assign-external|-no-assign-external"
|
||||
|
||||
[SQL]
|
||||
Category=4
|
||||
Description="<html>Parse SQL in EXEC SQL</html>"
|
||||
ValueDefault=0
|
||||
Enabled=false
|
||||
EditorType=boolean
|
||||
TrueFalse="-sql|-no-sql"
|
||||
|
||||
[CICS]
|
||||
Category=4
|
||||
Description="<html>Parse CICS statements embedded in EXEC CICS ... END-EXEC</html>"
|
||||
ValueDefault=0
|
||||
Enabled=false
|
||||
EditorType=boolean
|
||||
TrueFalse="-cics|-no-cics"
|
||||
|
||||
[CICS EIB]
|
||||
Category=4
|
||||
Description="<html>Add CICS EIB data block to LINKAGE SECTION</html>"
|
||||
ValueDefault=0
|
||||
Enabled=false
|
||||
EditorType=multiple
|
||||
Choices="-cics-eib=auto|-cics-eib=no|-cics-eib=yes"
|
||||
ChoicesReadable="Auto|No|Yes"
|
||||
|
||||
[Copylib dir]
|
||||
CallName="-copylib-dir="
|
||||
Category=5
|
||||
Description="<html>Copylib directories path</html>"
|
||||
EditorType=string
|
||||
Enabled=false
|
||||
ValueDefault="."
|
||||
|
||||
[Copylib suffix]
|
||||
CallName="-copylib-sfx="
|
||||
Category=5
|
||||
Description="<html>Copylib files default suffix(es)</html>"
|
||||
EditorType=string
|
||||
Enabled=false
|
||||
ValueDefault=".cpy"
|
||||
|
||||
[Copylib names]
|
||||
Category=5
|
||||
Description="<html>Add CICS EIB data block to LINKAGE SECTION</html>"
|
||||
ValueDefault=0
|
||||
Enabled=false
|
||||
EditorType=multiple
|
||||
Choices="-copynames-case=exact|-copynames-case=lower|-copynames-case=upper"
|
||||
ChoicesReadable="Exact|Lower|Upper"
|
||||
|
||||
[Copylib old]
|
||||
Category=5
|
||||
Description="<html>Allow old 1968 Copy statements</html>"
|
||||
ValueDefault=0
|
||||
Enabled=false
|
||||
EditorType=boolean
|
||||
TrueFalse="-old-copy|-no-old-copy"
|
||||
|
||||
[Copylib irreversibly]
|
||||
Category=5
|
||||
Description="<html>Inline copybooks irreversibly</html>"
|
||||
ValueDefault=0
|
||||
Enabled=false
|
||||
EditorType=boolean
|
||||
TrueFalse="-irrev-inline|-no-irrev-inline"
|
||||
|
||||
[Warnings]
|
||||
Category=6
|
||||
Description="<html>Display Warnings</html>"
|
||||
ValueDefault=0
|
||||
Enabled=false
|
||||
EditorType=boolean
|
||||
TrueFalse="-warnings|-no-warnings"
|
||||
|
||||
[Muli undef errors]
|
||||
Category=6
|
||||
Description="<html>Error message for every (OFF: only first) use of undefined name</html>"
|
||||
ValueDefault=0
|
||||
Enabled=false
|
||||
EditorType=boolean
|
||||
TrueFalse="-multi-undefd-errs|-no-multi-undefd-errs"
|
||||
|
||||
[Same para data name]
|
||||
Category=6
|
||||
Description="<html>One name can be used both as paragraph-name and data-name</html>"
|
||||
ValueDefault=0
|
||||
Enabled=false
|
||||
EditorType=multiple
|
||||
Choices="-same-para-data-name=dial|-same-para-data-name=no|-same-para-data-name=yes"
|
||||
ChoicesReadable="Dial|No|Yes"
|
||||
|
||||
[Lengths and offsets]
|
||||
Category=7
|
||||
Description="<html>Compute data item lengths and offsets</html>"
|
||||
ValueDefault=0
|
||||
Enabled=false
|
||||
EditorType=boolean
|
||||
TrueFalse="-leng-offs|-no-leng-offs"
|
||||
|
||||
[Storage mode]
|
||||
Category=7
|
||||
Description="<html>Is Numeric Sign a Trailing Separate Character</html>"
|
||||
ValueDefault=0
|
||||
Enabled=false
|
||||
EditorType=multiple
|
||||
Choices="-lo-stor-mode=dial|-lo-stor-mode=no|-lo-stor-mode=yes"
|
||||
ChoicesReadable="Dial|No|Yes"
|
||||
|
||||
[Numeric sign trailing separate]
|
||||
Category=7
|
||||
Description="<html>Is Numeric Sign a Trailing Separate Character</html>"
|
||||
ValueDefault=0
|
||||
Enabled=false
|
||||
EditorType=multiple
|
||||
Choices="-num-sign-trail-sep=dial|-num-sign-trail-sep=no|-num-sign-trail-sep=yes"
|
||||
ChoicesReadable="Dial|No|Yes"
|
||||
|
||||
[Num sign EBCDIC]
|
||||
Category=7
|
||||
Description="<html>Is Numeric Sign an EBCDIC character</html>"
|
||||
ValueDefault=0
|
||||
Enabled=false
|
||||
EditorType=boolean
|
||||
TrueFalse="-num-sign-ebcdic|-no-num-sign-ebcdic"
|
||||
|
||||
[Lo pointer size]
|
||||
CallName="-lo-pointer-size="
|
||||
Category=7
|
||||
Description="<html>Memory model: Pointer size</html>"
|
||||
EditorType=numeric
|
||||
Enabled=true
|
||||
MaxVal=99
|
||||
MinVal=1
|
||||
ValueDefault=4
|
||||
|
||||
[Lo proc pointer size]
|
||||
CallName="-lo-proc-pointer-size="
|
||||
Category=7
|
||||
Description="<html>Memory model: Procedure-Pointer size</html>"
|
||||
EditorType=numeric
|
||||
Enabled=true
|
||||
MaxVal=99
|
||||
MinVal=1
|
||||
ValueDefault=4
|
||||
|
||||
[Lo index size]
|
||||
CallName="-lo-index-size="
|
||||
Category=7
|
||||
Description="<html>Memory model: Index size</html>"
|
||||
EditorType=numeric
|
||||
Enabled=true
|
||||
MaxVal=99
|
||||
MinVal=1
|
||||
ValueDefault=4
|
||||
|
||||
[Lo unfold flex arrays]
|
||||
Category=7
|
||||
Description="<html>Compute length of table with OCCURS DEPENDING ON based on upper bounds</html>"
|
||||
ValueDefault=1
|
||||
Enabled=true
|
||||
EditorType=boolean
|
||||
TrueFalse="-lo-unfold-flex-arrays|-no-lo-unfold-flex-arrays"
|
||||
|
||||
[Progress]
|
||||
Category=7
|
||||
Description="<html>Display Parsing Progress Indicator</html>"
|
||||
ValueDefault=0
|
||||
Enabled=false
|
||||
EditorType=boolean
|
||||
TrueFalse="-progress|-no-progress"
|
||||
|
||||
[Bailout level]
|
||||
Category=7
|
||||
Description="<html>Level of parser messages that cause bailout</html>"
|
||||
ValueDefault=2
|
||||
Enabled=false
|
||||
EditorType=multiple
|
||||
Choices="-bailout-level=warnings|-bailout-level=errors|-bailout-level=severe"
|
||||
ChoicesReadable="Warnings|Errors|Severe"
|
||||
|
||||
[Stats]
|
||||
Category=7
|
||||
Description="<html>Print short source program statistics</html>"
|
||||
ValueDefault=0
|
||||
Enabled=false
|
||||
EditorType=boolean
|
||||
TrueFalse="-stat|-no-stat"
|
||||
|
||||
[Genereate SourcePrint]
|
||||
Category=8
|
||||
Description="<html>Generate Cobol in SourcePrint (ON) / PrettyPrint(OFF) mode</html>"
|
||||
ValueDefault=0
|
||||
Enabled=false
|
||||
EditorType=boolean
|
||||
TrueFalse="-gen-src|-no-gen-src"
|
||||
|
||||
[Copybook dir]
|
||||
CallName="-gen-copy-dir="
|
||||
Category=8
|
||||
Description="<html>Write copybooks to this directory</html>"
|
||||
EditorType=string
|
||||
Enabled=false
|
||||
ValueDefault=""
|
||||
|
||||
[Indent size]
|
||||
CallName="-gen-indent-step="
|
||||
Category=9
|
||||
Description="<html>Indentation step</html>"
|
||||
EditorType=numeric
|
||||
Enabled=true
|
||||
MaxVal=99
|
||||
MinVal=1
|
||||
ValueDefault=2
|
||||
|
||||
[Indent max]
|
||||
CallName="-gen-max-indent="
|
||||
Category=9
|
||||
Description="<html>Maximum starting position for indented text</html>"
|
||||
EditorType=numeric
|
||||
Enabled=true
|
||||
MaxVal=99
|
||||
MinVal=1
|
||||
ValueDefault=40
|
||||
|
||||
[Tabs]
|
||||
CallName="-gen-tabs="
|
||||
Category=9
|
||||
Description="<html>Tabulation Positions</html>"
|
||||
EditorType=string
|
||||
Enabled=false
|
||||
ValueDefault="12,24,32,42,44,54"
|
||||
|
||||
[Line format]
|
||||
Category=9
|
||||
Description="<html>Generated line format</html>"
|
||||
ValueDefault=1
|
||||
Enabled=false
|
||||
EditorType=multiple
|
||||
Choices="-gen-line-format=na|-gen-line-format=fixed|-gen-line-format=free|-gen-line-format=fsc-free|-gen-line-format=var"
|
||||
ChoicesReadable="Na|Fixed|Free|FSC-free|Var"
|
||||
|
||||
[Observe rules]
|
||||
Category=9
|
||||
Description="<html>Observe Area A/B rules in generated code</html>"
|
||||
ValueDefault=1
|
||||
Enabled=true
|
||||
EditorType=boolean
|
||||
TrueFalse="-gen-observe-ab-rules |-no-gen-observe-ab-rules "
|
||||
|
||||
[Preserve comments]
|
||||
Category=10
|
||||
Description="<html>Preserve comments</html>"
|
||||
ValueDefault=1
|
||||
Enabled=true
|
||||
EditorType=boolean
|
||||
TrueFalse="-gen-print-comments |-no-gen-print-comments "
|
||||
|
||||
[Enter Exit comments]
|
||||
Category=10
|
||||
Description="<html>Generate Enter/Exit comments around inlined copybooks</html>"
|
||||
ValueDefault=1
|
||||
Enabled=true
|
||||
EditorType=boolean
|
||||
TrueFalse="-gen-enter-exit-copy-comments|-no-gen-enter-exit-copy-comments"
|
||||
|
||||
[Preserve line IDs]
|
||||
Category=11
|
||||
Description="<html>Preserve original Line IDs (cols 1-6, 73-80)</html>"
|
||||
ValueDefault=1
|
||||
Enabled=true
|
||||
EditorType=boolean
|
||||
TrueFalse="-gen-line-id-comments|-no-gen-line-id-comments"
|
||||
|
||||
[Put text 73-80]
|
||||
CallName="-gen-73to80-fmt="
|
||||
Category=11
|
||||
Description="<html>Put text of this format into columns 73 to 80</html>"
|
||||
EditorType=string
|
||||
Enabled=false
|
||||
ValueDefault=""
|
||||
|
||||
[Start number 73-80]
|
||||
CallName="-gen-73to80-start="
|
||||
Category=11
|
||||
Description="<html>Start value for number put into columns 73 to 80</html>"
|
||||
EditorType=numeric
|
||||
Enabled=true
|
||||
MaxVal=99
|
||||
MinVal=1
|
||||
ValueDefault=1
|
||||
|
||||
[Step number 73-80]
|
||||
CallName="-gen-73to80-step="
|
||||
Category=11
|
||||
Description="<html>Step for number put into columns 73 to 80</html>"
|
||||
EditorType=numeric
|
||||
Enabled=true
|
||||
MaxVal=99
|
||||
MinVal=1
|
||||
ValueDefault=1
|
||||
|
||||
[Convert comments]
|
||||
CallName="-gen-mark-conv="
|
||||
Category=11
|
||||
Description="<html>Add comment in columns 73 and up that show that line was changed or generated</html>"
|
||||
EditorType=string
|
||||
Enabled=false
|
||||
ValueDefault=""
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,144 @@
|
||||
[header]
|
||||
categories=Indentation|Comments|General
|
||||
cfgFileParameterEnding=cr
|
||||
configFilename=bcpp.cfg
|
||||
fileTypes=*.cpp|*.c|*.h|*.hpp
|
||||
indenterFileName=bcpp
|
||||
indenterName=BCPP (C, C++)
|
||||
inputFileName=indentinput
|
||||
inputFileParameter="-fi "
|
||||
manual=http://universalindent.sf.net/indentermanuals/bcpp.txt
|
||||
outputFileName=indentoutput
|
||||
outputFileParameter="-fo "
|
||||
parameterOrder=ipo
|
||||
showHelpParameter=qxyz
|
||||
stringparaminquotes=false
|
||||
useCfgFileParameter="-fnc "
|
||||
version=2009-06-30
|
||||
|
||||
[Ascii_Chars_Only]
|
||||
Category=2
|
||||
Description=<html>Setting this parameter to yes will strip any non-printable non-ASCII characters from the input file. Any non-printable characters that lie within quotes will be transformed into octal/character notation if NonAscii_Quotes_To_Octal is set to True. Comment out this parameter if you are using Leave_Graphic_Chars parameter as this parameter will override it.</html>
|
||||
EditorType=boolean
|
||||
TrueFalse="ascii_chars_only=yes|ascii_chars_only=no"
|
||||
ValueDefault=1
|
||||
|
||||
[Backup_File]
|
||||
Category=2
|
||||
Description=<html>This option will backup the input file to a file with the extension .bac and overwrite the input file with the reformatted version.</html>
|
||||
EditorType=boolean
|
||||
TrueFalse="backup_file=yes|backup_file=no"
|
||||
ValueDefault=0
|
||||
|
||||
[Comments_With_Code]
|
||||
CallName="comments_with_code="
|
||||
Category=1
|
||||
Description=<html>Defines the column in which comments that appear after code on a line will be placed.</html>
|
||||
EditorType=numeric
|
||||
Enabled=true
|
||||
MaxVal=99
|
||||
MinVal=0
|
||||
ValueDefault=50
|
||||
|
||||
[Comments_With_Nocode]
|
||||
CallName="comments_with_nocode="
|
||||
Category=1
|
||||
Description=<html>Defines the column in which comments that appear in a line will be placed.</html>
|
||||
EditorType=numeric
|
||||
Enabled=true
|
||||
MaxVal=99
|
||||
MinVal=0
|
||||
ValueDefault=0
|
||||
|
||||
[Function_Spacing]
|
||||
CallName="function_spacing="
|
||||
Category=0
|
||||
Description=<html>This parameter specifies how many lines separate two functions.</html>
|
||||
EditorType=numeric
|
||||
Enabled=false
|
||||
MaxVal=99
|
||||
MinVal=0
|
||||
ValueDefault=2
|
||||
|
||||
[Indent_Exec_Sql]
|
||||
Category=0
|
||||
Description=<html>If true bcpp looks for embedded SQL statements (e.g. EXEC SQL) and formats them specially.</html>
|
||||
EditorType=boolean
|
||||
TrueFalse="indent_exec_sql=yes|indent_exec_sql=no"
|
||||
ValueDefault=0
|
||||
|
||||
[Indent_Preprocessor]
|
||||
Category=0
|
||||
Description=<html>If true bcpp will indent preprocessor lines to the indention of the C(++) code. If false preprocessor lines will be in the first column. Unrecognized (i.e. nonstandard) preprocessor lines are always put into the first column.</html>
|
||||
EditorType=boolean
|
||||
TrueFalse="indent_preprocessor=yes|indent_preprocessor=no"
|
||||
ValueDefault=0
|
||||
|
||||
[Indent_Spacing]
|
||||
CallName="indent_spacing="
|
||||
Category=0
|
||||
Description=<html>Specifies how many spaces to indent. This parameter also sets the width of tabs. Bcpp considers the width of a tab to be the same as the width of an indent.</html>
|
||||
EditorType=numeric
|
||||
Enabled=true
|
||||
MaxVal=99
|
||||
MinVal=0
|
||||
ValueDefault=4
|
||||
|
||||
[Keep_Comments_With_Code]
|
||||
Category=1
|
||||
Description=<html>This option overrides the "Comments_With_Code" option. Setting this option On will make comments which do not fit as inline comments append to the code anyway. </html>
|
||||
EditorType=boolean
|
||||
TrueFalse="keep_comments_with_code=yes|keep_comments_with_code=no"
|
||||
ValueDefault=0
|
||||
|
||||
[Leave_Comments_NoCode]
|
||||
Category=1
|
||||
Description=<html>This options overrides the Comments_With_Nocodeoption. Setting this option On will indent comments that do not occur on the same line as code to the same indention as code. </html>
|
||||
EditorType=boolean
|
||||
TrueFalse="leave_comments_nocode=yes|leave_comments_nocode=no"
|
||||
ValueDefault=0
|
||||
|
||||
[Leave_Graphic_Chars]
|
||||
Category=2
|
||||
Description=<html>Setting this parameter to yes will strip non-printable characters from the source file but leave any characters that are IBM graphics alone. Any non-printable characters that lie within quotes will be transformed into octal/character notation if NonAscii_Quotes_To_Octal parameter is set to True.</html>
|
||||
EditorType=boolean
|
||||
TrueFalse="leave_graphic_chars=yes|leave_graphic_chars=no"
|
||||
ValueDefault=1
|
||||
|
||||
[NonAscii_Quotes_To_Octal]
|
||||
Category=2
|
||||
Description=<html>se this option to change non-ASCII (non-printable) chars to octal notation if they lie within quotes. This parameter doesn't take effect unless either the Ascii_Chars_Only or Leave_Graphic_Chars parameters have been set.</html>
|
||||
EditorType=boolean
|
||||
TrueFalse="nonascii_quotes_to_octal=yes|nonascii_quotes_to_octal=no"
|
||||
ValueDefault=0
|
||||
|
||||
[Place_Brace_On_New_Line]
|
||||
Category=0
|
||||
Description=<html>When set to 'on' bcpp will place opening braces on new lines (Pascalstyle C coding) when set to 'off' bcpp will use K&Rstyle C coding.</html>
|
||||
EditorType=boolean
|
||||
TrueFalse="place_brace_on_new_line=yes|place_brace_on_new_line=no"
|
||||
ValueDefault=1
|
||||
|
||||
[Program_Output]
|
||||
Category=2
|
||||
Description=<html>This parameter will stop output from the program corrupting output that may exit from the program via the standard output. If this parameter is set to off/no then no output is generated from the program unless an error is encountered. The standard error is used to display any errors encountered while processing.</html>
|
||||
EditorType=boolean
|
||||
TrueFalse="program_output=yes|program_output=no"
|
||||
ValueDefault=0
|
||||
|
||||
[Queue_Buffer]
|
||||
CallName="queue_buffer="
|
||||
Category=2
|
||||
Description=<html>Specifies what the internal memory requires will be in size of the line processing buffer. This is used for open brace relocation in Kernighan/Ritchie style. Extending this buffer to large amounts of memory will slow processing on small machines.</html>
|
||||
EditorType=numeric
|
||||
Enabled=true
|
||||
MaxVal=99
|
||||
MinVal=0
|
||||
ValueDefault=2
|
||||
|
||||
[Use_Tabs]
|
||||
Category=0
|
||||
Description=<html>Specifies whether to use tabs in indenting code.</html>
|
||||
EditorType=boolean
|
||||
TrueFalse="use_tabs=yes|use_tabs=no"
|
||||
ValueDefault=0
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,119 @@
|
||||
[header]
|
||||
categories=General
|
||||
cfgFileParameterEnding=" "
|
||||
configFilename=
|
||||
fileTypes=*.css
|
||||
indenterFileName=csstidy
|
||||
indenterName=CSSTidy (CSS)
|
||||
inputFileName=indentinput
|
||||
inputFileParameter=
|
||||
manual=http://csstidy.sourceforge.net/usage.php
|
||||
outputFileName=indentoutput
|
||||
outputFileParameter=
|
||||
parameterOrder=ipo
|
||||
showHelpParameter=
|
||||
stringparaminquotes=false
|
||||
useCfgFileParameter=
|
||||
version=1.3
|
||||
|
||||
[Add Timestamp]
|
||||
Category=0
|
||||
Description=<html>Add Timestamp.</html>
|
||||
EditorType=boolean
|
||||
TrueFalse="--timestamp=true|--timestamp=false"
|
||||
ValueDefault=0
|
||||
|
||||
[Allow HTML in templates]
|
||||
Category=0
|
||||
Description=<html>Allow HTML in templates.</html>
|
||||
EditorType=boolean
|
||||
TrueFalse="--allow_html_in_templates=true|--allow_html_in_templates=false"
|
||||
ValueDefault=1
|
||||
|
||||
[Case for properties]
|
||||
Category=0
|
||||
Choices="--case_properties=0|--case_properties=1|--case_properties=2"
|
||||
Description=<html><pre> 0 - None.<br> 1 - Lowercase.<br> 2 - Uppercase.</pre></html>
|
||||
EditorType=multiple
|
||||
Enabled=false
|
||||
ValueDefault=1
|
||||
|
||||
[Compress colors]
|
||||
Category=0
|
||||
Description=<html>Compress colors.</html>
|
||||
EditorType=boolean
|
||||
TrueFalse="--compress_colors=true|--compress_colors=false"
|
||||
ValueDefault=1
|
||||
|
||||
[Compress font-weight]
|
||||
Category=0
|
||||
Description=<html>Compress font weight.</html>
|
||||
EditorType=boolean
|
||||
TrueFalse="--compress_font=true|--compress_font=false"
|
||||
ValueDefault=1
|
||||
|
||||
[Lowercase selectors]
|
||||
Category=0
|
||||
Description=<html>Lowercase selectors names needed for XHTML.</html>
|
||||
EditorType=boolean
|
||||
TrueFalse="--lowercase_s=true|--lowercase_s=false"
|
||||
ValueDefault=0
|
||||
|
||||
[Optimise shorthands]
|
||||
Category=0
|
||||
Choices="--optimise_shorthands=0|--optimise_shorthands=1|--optimise_shorthands=2"
|
||||
Description=<html><pre> 0 - Do not optimise.<br> 1 - Safe optimisations.<br> 2 - All optimisations.</pre></html>
|
||||
EditorType=multiple
|
||||
Enabled=false
|
||||
ValueDefault=1
|
||||
|
||||
[Preserve CSS]
|
||||
Category=0
|
||||
Description="<html>Save comments, hacks, etc.<br>Most optimisations can NOT be applied if this is enabled.</html>"
|
||||
EditorType=boolean
|
||||
TrueFalse="--preserve_css=true|--preserve_css=false"
|
||||
ValueDefault=0
|
||||
|
||||
[Regroup selectors]
|
||||
Category=0
|
||||
Choices="--merge_selectors=0|--merge_selectors=1|--merge_selectors=2"
|
||||
Description="<html><pre> 0 - Do not change anything<br> 1 - Only seperate selectors (split at , )<br> 2 - Merge selectors with the same properties (fast)</pre></html>"
|
||||
EditorType=multiple
|
||||
Enabled=false
|
||||
ValueDefault=2
|
||||
|
||||
[Remove last semikolon]
|
||||
Category=0
|
||||
Description="<html>Remove last ;</html>"
|
||||
EditorType=boolean
|
||||
TrueFalse="--remove_last_;=true|--remove_last_;=false"
|
||||
ValueDefault=0
|
||||
|
||||
[Remove unnecessary backslashes]
|
||||
Category=0
|
||||
Description=<html>Remove backslashes.</html>
|
||||
EditorType=boolean
|
||||
TrueFalse="--remove_bslash=true|--remove_bslash=false"
|
||||
ValueDefault=1
|
||||
|
||||
[Sort properties]
|
||||
Category=0
|
||||
Description=<html>Sort properties.</html>
|
||||
EditorType=boolean
|
||||
TrueFalse="--sort_properties=true|--sort_properties=false"
|
||||
ValueDefault=0
|
||||
|
||||
[Sort selectors %28caution%29]
|
||||
Category=0
|
||||
Description=<html><strong>Attention:</strong> This may change the behavior of your CSS code!</html>
|
||||
EditorType=boolean
|
||||
TrueFalse="--sort_selectors=true|--sort_selectors=false"
|
||||
ValueDefault=0
|
||||
|
||||
[Template]
|
||||
Category=0
|
||||
Choices="--template=highest|--template=high|--template=default|--template=low"
|
||||
Description="<html><pre> Highest - No readability, smallest size.<br> High - Moderate readability, smaller size.<br> Default - balance between readability and size.<br> Low - Higher readability.</pre></html>"
|
||||
EditorType=multiple
|
||||
Enabled=false
|
||||
ValueDefault=2
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
|
||||
[header]
|
||||
categories=
|
||||
cfgFileParameterEnding=
|
||||
configFilename=
|
||||
fileTypes=*.f90
|
||||
indenterFileName=f90ppr.exe
|
||||
indenterName=Fortran 90 PPR (Fortran)
|
||||
inputFileName=indentinput
|
||||
inputFileParameter="< "
|
||||
manual=ftp://ftp.ifremer.fr/ifremer/fortran90
|
||||
outputFileName=
|
||||
outputFileParameter=stdout
|
||||
parameterOrder=pio
|
||||
showHelpParameter=
|
||||
stringparaminquotes=false
|
||||
useCfgFileParameter=
|
||||
version=1.3
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,527 @@
|
||||
[header]
|
||||
categories=General|Blank lines|Comments|Statements|Declarations|Indentation|Breaking long lines
|
||||
cfgFileParameterEnding=cr
|
||||
configFilename=.indent.pro
|
||||
fileTypes=*.c|*.h
|
||||
indenterFileName=indent
|
||||
indenterName=GNU Indent (C)
|
||||
inputFileName=indentinput
|
||||
inputFileParameter=
|
||||
manual=http://universalindent.sf.net/indentermanuals/indent.html
|
||||
outputFileName=indentoutput
|
||||
outputFileParameter="-o "
|
||||
parameterOrder=ipo
|
||||
showHelpParameter=-h
|
||||
stringparaminquotes=false
|
||||
useCfgFileParameter=none
|
||||
version=2.2.9
|
||||
|
||||
[ANSI style formatting]
|
||||
Category=0
|
||||
Description=<html>original Berkeley indent</html>
|
||||
EditorType=boolean
|
||||
TrueFalse=-orig|
|
||||
ValueDefault=0
|
||||
|
||||
[GNU style formatting]
|
||||
Category=0
|
||||
Description=<html>GNU style formatting/indenting.</html>
|
||||
EditorType=boolean
|
||||
TrueFalse=-gnu|
|
||||
ValueDefault=0
|
||||
|
||||
[KR style formatting]
|
||||
Category=0
|
||||
Description=<html>Kernighan&Ritchie style formatting/indenting.</html>
|
||||
EditorType=boolean
|
||||
TrueFalse=-kr|
|
||||
ValueDefault=0
|
||||
|
||||
[blank-before-sizeof]
|
||||
Category=3
|
||||
Description=<html>Put a space between sizeof and its argument.</html>
|
||||
EditorType=boolean
|
||||
TrueFalse=-bs|
|
||||
ValueDefault=0
|
||||
|
||||
[blank-lines-after-commas]
|
||||
Category=4
|
||||
Description=<html>Force newline after comma in declaration.</html>
|
||||
EditorType=boolean
|
||||
TrueFalse=-bc|
|
||||
ValueDefault=0
|
||||
|
||||
[blank-lines-after-declarations]
|
||||
Category=1
|
||||
Description=<html>The -bad option forces a blank line after every block of declarations.</html>
|
||||
EditorType=boolean
|
||||
TrueFalse=-bad|
|
||||
ValueDefault=0
|
||||
|
||||
[blank-lines-after-procedures]
|
||||
Category=1
|
||||
Description=<html>The -bap option forces a blank line after every procedure body.</html>
|
||||
EditorType=boolean
|
||||
TrueFalse=-bap|
|
||||
ValueDefault=0
|
||||
|
||||
[blank-lines-before-block-comments]
|
||||
Category=1
|
||||
Description=<html>Force blank lines before block comments.</html>
|
||||
EditorType=boolean
|
||||
TrueFalse=-bbb|
|
||||
ValueDefault=0
|
||||
|
||||
[brace-indentn]
|
||||
CallName=-bli
|
||||
Category=3
|
||||
Description=<html>Indent braces n spaces.</html>
|
||||
EditorType=numeric
|
||||
Enabled=false
|
||||
MaxVal=120
|
||||
MinVal=0
|
||||
ValueDefault=3
|
||||
|
||||
[braces-after-if-line]
|
||||
Category=3
|
||||
Description="<html>Put braces on line after if, etc.</html>"
|
||||
EditorType=boolean
|
||||
TrueFalse=-bl|
|
||||
ValueDefault=0
|
||||
|
||||
[braces-after-struct-decl-line]
|
||||
Category=4
|
||||
Description=<html>Put braces on the line after struct declaration lines.</html>
|
||||
EditorType=boolean
|
||||
TrueFalse=-bls|
|
||||
ValueDefault=0
|
||||
|
||||
[braces-on-if-line]
|
||||
Category=3
|
||||
Description="<html>Put braces on line with if, etc.</html>"
|
||||
EditorType=boolean
|
||||
TrueFalse=-br|
|
||||
ValueDefault=0
|
||||
|
||||
[braces-on-struct-decl-line]
|
||||
Category=4
|
||||
Description=<html>Put braces on struct declaration line.</html>
|
||||
EditorType=boolean
|
||||
TrueFalse=-brs|
|
||||
ValueDefault=0
|
||||
|
||||
[break-after-boolean-operator]
|
||||
Category=6
|
||||
Description=<html>Do not prefer to break long lines before boolean operators.</html>
|
||||
EditorType=boolean
|
||||
TrueFalse=-nbbo|
|
||||
ValueDefault=0
|
||||
|
||||
[break-before-boolean-operator]
|
||||
Category=6
|
||||
Description=<html>Prefer to break long lines before boolean operators.</html>
|
||||
EditorType=boolean
|
||||
TrueFalse=-bbo|
|
||||
ValueDefault=0
|
||||
|
||||
[break-function-decl-args]
|
||||
Category=4
|
||||
Description=<html>Break the line after the last argument in a declaration.</html>
|
||||
EditorType=boolean
|
||||
TrueFalse=-bfde|
|
||||
ValueDefault=0
|
||||
|
||||
[case-brace-indentationn]
|
||||
CallName=-cbi
|
||||
Category=3
|
||||
Description=<html>Indent braces after a case label N spaces.</html>
|
||||
EditorType=numeric
|
||||
Enabled=false
|
||||
MaxVal=120
|
||||
MinVal=0
|
||||
ValueDefault=4
|
||||
|
||||
[case-indentationn]
|
||||
CallName=-cli
|
||||
Category=3
|
||||
Description=<html>Case label indent of n spaces.</html>
|
||||
EditorType=numeric
|
||||
Enabled=false
|
||||
MaxVal=120
|
||||
MinVal=0
|
||||
ValueDefault=4
|
||||
|
||||
[comment-delimiters-on-blank-lines]
|
||||
Category=2
|
||||
Description=<html>Put comment delimiters on blank lines.</html>
|
||||
EditorType=boolean
|
||||
TrueFalse=-cdb|
|
||||
ValueDefault=0
|
||||
|
||||
[comment-indentationn]
|
||||
CallName=-c
|
||||
Category=2
|
||||
Description=<html>Put comments to the right of code in column n.</html>
|
||||
EditorType=numeric
|
||||
Enabled=false
|
||||
MaxVal=120
|
||||
MinVal=0
|
||||
ValueDefault=33
|
||||
|
||||
[comment-line-lengthn]
|
||||
CallName=-lc
|
||||
Category=2
|
||||
Description=<html>Set maximum line length for comment formatting to n.</html>
|
||||
EditorType=numeric
|
||||
Enabled=false
|
||||
MaxVal=120
|
||||
MinVal=1
|
||||
ValueDefault=78
|
||||
|
||||
[continuation-indentationn]
|
||||
CallName=-ci
|
||||
Category=3
|
||||
Description=<html>Continuation indent of n spaces.</html>
|
||||
EditorType=numeric
|
||||
Enabled=false
|
||||
MaxVal=120
|
||||
MinVal=0
|
||||
ValueDefault=4
|
||||
|
||||
[continue-at-parentheses]
|
||||
Category=5
|
||||
Description=<html>Line up continued lines at parentheses.</html>
|
||||
EditorType=boolean
|
||||
TrueFalse=-lp|
|
||||
ValueDefault=0
|
||||
|
||||
[cuddle-do-while]
|
||||
Category=2
|
||||
Description="<html>Cuddle while of do {} while; and preceeding `}'.</html>"
|
||||
EditorType=boolean
|
||||
TrueFalse=-cdw|
|
||||
ValueDefault=0
|
||||
|
||||
[cuddle-else]
|
||||
Category=2
|
||||
Description=<html>Cuddle else and preceeding `}'.</html>
|
||||
EditorType=boolean
|
||||
TrueFalse=-ce|
|
||||
ValueDefault=0
|
||||
|
||||
[declaration-comment-columnn]
|
||||
CallName=-cd
|
||||
Category=2
|
||||
Description=<html>Put comments to the right of the declarations in column n.</html>
|
||||
EditorType=numeric
|
||||
Enabled=false
|
||||
MaxVal=120
|
||||
MinVal=0
|
||||
ValueDefault=33
|
||||
|
||||
[declaration-indentationn]
|
||||
CallName=-di
|
||||
Category=4
|
||||
Description=<html>Put variables in column n.</html>
|
||||
EditorType=numeric
|
||||
Enabled=false
|
||||
MaxVal=120
|
||||
MinVal=0
|
||||
ValueDefault=4
|
||||
|
||||
[dont-break-function-decl-args]
|
||||
Category=4
|
||||
Description=<html>Don't put each argument in a function declaration on a seperate line.</html>
|
||||
EditorType=boolean
|
||||
TrueFalse=-nbfda|
|
||||
ValueDefault=0
|
||||
|
||||
[dont-break-procedure-type]
|
||||
Category=4
|
||||
Description=<html>Put the type of a procedure on the same line as its name.</html>
|
||||
EditorType=boolean
|
||||
TrueFalse=-npsl|
|
||||
ValueDefault=0
|
||||
|
||||
[dont-cuddle-do-while]
|
||||
Category=3
|
||||
Description="<html>Do not cuddle } and the while of a do {} while;.</html>"
|
||||
EditorType=boolean
|
||||
TrueFalse=-ncdw|
|
||||
ValueDefault=0
|
||||
|
||||
[dont-cuddle-else]
|
||||
Category=3
|
||||
Description=<html>Do not cuddle } and else.</html>
|
||||
EditorType=boolean
|
||||
TrueFalse=-nce|
|
||||
ValueDefault=0
|
||||
|
||||
[dont-line-up-parentheses]
|
||||
Category=3
|
||||
Description=<html>Do not line up parentheses.</html>
|
||||
EditorType=boolean
|
||||
TrueFalse=-nlp|
|
||||
ValueDefault=0
|
||||
|
||||
[dont-space-special-semicolon]
|
||||
Category=3
|
||||
Description=<html>Do not force a space before the semicolon after certain statements. Disables `-ss'.</html>
|
||||
EditorType=boolean
|
||||
TrueFalse=-nss|
|
||||
ValueDefault=0
|
||||
|
||||
[else-endif-columnn]
|
||||
CallName=-cp
|
||||
Category=2
|
||||
Description=<html>Put comments to the right of #else and #endif statements in column n.</html>
|
||||
EditorType=numeric
|
||||
Enabled=false
|
||||
MaxVal=120
|
||||
MinVal=0
|
||||
ValueDefault=33
|
||||
|
||||
[format-all-comments]
|
||||
Category=2
|
||||
Description=<html>Do not disable all formatting of comments.</html>
|
||||
EditorType=boolean
|
||||
TrueFalse=-fca|
|
||||
ValueDefault=0
|
||||
|
||||
[format-first-column-comments]
|
||||
Category=2
|
||||
Description=<html>Format comments in the first column.</html>
|
||||
EditorType=boolean
|
||||
TrueFalse=-fc1|
|
||||
ValueDefault=0
|
||||
|
||||
[honour-newlines]
|
||||
Category=6
|
||||
Description=<html>Prefer to break long lines at the position of newlines in the input.</html>
|
||||
EditorType=boolean
|
||||
TrueFalse=-hnl|
|
||||
ValueDefault=0
|
||||
|
||||
[ignore-newlines]
|
||||
Category=6
|
||||
Description=<html>Do not prefer to break long lines at the position of newlines in the input.</html>
|
||||
EditorType=boolean
|
||||
TrueFalse=-nhnl|
|
||||
ValueDefault=0
|
||||
|
||||
[indent-leveln]
|
||||
CallName=-i
|
||||
Category=5
|
||||
Description=<html>Set indentation level to n spaces.</html>
|
||||
EditorType=numeric
|
||||
Enabled=false
|
||||
MaxVal=120
|
||||
MinVal=0
|
||||
ValueDefault=4
|
||||
|
||||
[leave-preprocessor-space]
|
||||
Category=5
|
||||
Description=<html>Leave space between `#' and preprocessor directive.</html>
|
||||
EditorType=boolean
|
||||
TrueFalse=-lps|
|
||||
ValueDefault=0
|
||||
|
||||
[line-comments-indentationn]
|
||||
CallName=-d
|
||||
Category=2
|
||||
Description=<html>Set indentation of comments not to the right of code to n spaces.</html>
|
||||
EditorType=numeric
|
||||
Enabled=false
|
||||
MaxVal=120
|
||||
MinVal=0
|
||||
ValueDefault=33
|
||||
|
||||
[line-lengthn]
|
||||
CallName=-l
|
||||
Category=6
|
||||
Description=<html>Set maximum line length for non-comment lines to n.</html>
|
||||
EditorType=numeric
|
||||
Enabled=false
|
||||
MaxVal=220
|
||||
MinVal=1
|
||||
ValueDefault=120
|
||||
|
||||
[no-blank-lines-after-commas]
|
||||
Category=4
|
||||
Description=<html>Do not force newlines after commas in declarations.</html>
|
||||
EditorType=boolean
|
||||
TrueFalse=-nbc|
|
||||
ValueDefault=0
|
||||
|
||||
[no-parameter-indentation]
|
||||
Category=5
|
||||
Description=<html>Zero width indentation for parameters.</html>
|
||||
EditorType=boolean
|
||||
TrueFalse=-nip|
|
||||
ValueDefault=0
|
||||
|
||||
[no-space-after-casts]
|
||||
Category=3
|
||||
Description=<html>Do not put a space after cast operators.</html>
|
||||
EditorType=boolean
|
||||
TrueFalse=-ncs|
|
||||
ValueDefault=0
|
||||
|
||||
[no-space-after-for]
|
||||
Category=3
|
||||
Description=<html>Do not put a space after every for.</html>
|
||||
EditorType=boolean
|
||||
TrueFalse=-nsaf|
|
||||
ValueDefault=0
|
||||
|
||||
[no-space-after-function-call-names]
|
||||
Category=3
|
||||
Description=<html>Do not put space after the function in function calls.</html>
|
||||
EditorType=boolean
|
||||
TrueFalse=-npcs|
|
||||
ValueDefault=0
|
||||
|
||||
[no-space-after-if]
|
||||
Category=3
|
||||
Description=<html>Do not put a space after every if.</html>
|
||||
EditorType=boolean
|
||||
TrueFalse=-nsai|
|
||||
ValueDefault=0
|
||||
|
||||
[no-space-after-parentheses]
|
||||
Category=3
|
||||
Description=<html>Do not put a space after every '(' and before every ')'.</html>
|
||||
EditorType=boolean
|
||||
TrueFalse=-nprs|
|
||||
ValueDefault=0
|
||||
|
||||
[no-space-after-while]
|
||||
Category=3
|
||||
Description=<html>Do not put a space after every while.</html>
|
||||
EditorType=boolean
|
||||
TrueFalse=-nsaw|
|
||||
ValueDefault=0
|
||||
|
||||
[no-tabs]
|
||||
Category=5
|
||||
Description=<html>Use spaces instead of tabs.</html>
|
||||
EditorType=boolean
|
||||
TrueFalse=-nut|
|
||||
ValueDefault=1
|
||||
|
||||
[parameter-indentationn]
|
||||
CallName=-ip
|
||||
Category=5
|
||||
Description=<html>Indent parameter types in old-style function definitions by n spaces.</html>
|
||||
EditorType=numeric
|
||||
Enabled=false
|
||||
MaxVal=120
|
||||
MinVal=0
|
||||
ValueDefault=4
|
||||
|
||||
[paren-indentationn]
|
||||
CallName=-pi
|
||||
Category=3
|
||||
Description=<html>Specify the extra indentation per open parentheses '(' when a statement is broken.</html>
|
||||
EditorType=numeric
|
||||
Enabled=false
|
||||
MaxVal=120
|
||||
MinVal=0
|
||||
ValueDefault=4
|
||||
|
||||
[procnames-start-lines]
|
||||
Category=4
|
||||
Description=<html>Put the type of a procedure on the line before its name.</html>
|
||||
EditorType=boolean
|
||||
TrueFalse=-psl|
|
||||
ValueDefault=0
|
||||
|
||||
[space-after-cast]
|
||||
Category=3
|
||||
Description=<html>Put a space after a cast operator.</html>
|
||||
EditorType=boolean
|
||||
TrueFalse=-cs|
|
||||
ValueDefault=0
|
||||
|
||||
[space-after-for]
|
||||
Category=3
|
||||
Description=<html>Put a space after each for.</html>
|
||||
EditorType=boolean
|
||||
TrueFalse=-saf|
|
||||
ValueDefault=0
|
||||
|
||||
[space-after-if]
|
||||
Category=3
|
||||
Description=<html>Put a space after each if.</html>
|
||||
EditorType=boolean
|
||||
TrueFalse=-sai|
|
||||
ValueDefault=0
|
||||
|
||||
[space-after-parentheses]
|
||||
Category=3
|
||||
Description=<html>Put a space after every '(' and before every ')'.</html>
|
||||
EditorType=boolean
|
||||
TrueFalse=-prs|
|
||||
ValueDefault=0
|
||||
|
||||
[space-after-procedure-calls]
|
||||
Category=3
|
||||
Description=<html>Insert a space between the name of the procedure being called and the `('.</html>
|
||||
EditorType=boolean
|
||||
TrueFalse=-pcs|
|
||||
ValueDefault=0
|
||||
|
||||
[space-after-while]
|
||||
Category=3
|
||||
Description=<html>Put a space after each while.</html>
|
||||
EditorType=boolean
|
||||
TrueFalse=-saw|
|
||||
ValueDefault=0
|
||||
|
||||
[space-special-semicolon]
|
||||
Category=3
|
||||
Description="<html>On one-line for and while statements, force a blank before the semicolon.</html>"
|
||||
EditorType=boolean
|
||||
TrueFalse=-ss|
|
||||
ValueDefault=0
|
||||
|
||||
[start-left-side-of-comments]
|
||||
Category=2
|
||||
Description=<html>Put the `*' character at the left of comments.</html>
|
||||
EditorType=boolean
|
||||
TrueFalse=-sc|
|
||||
ValueDefault=0
|
||||
|
||||
[struct-brace-indentationn]
|
||||
CallName=-sbi
|
||||
Category=3
|
||||
Description="<html>Indent braces of a struct, union or enum N spaces.</html>"
|
||||
EditorType=numeric
|
||||
Enabled=false
|
||||
MaxVal=120
|
||||
MinVal=0
|
||||
ValueDefault=4
|
||||
|
||||
[swallow-optional-blank-lines]
|
||||
Category=1
|
||||
Description=<html>The -sob option causes indent to swallow optional blank lines.</html>
|
||||
EditorType=boolean
|
||||
TrueFalse=-sob|
|
||||
ValueDefault=0
|
||||
|
||||
[tab-sizen]
|
||||
CallName=-ts
|
||||
Category=5
|
||||
Description=<html>Set tab size to n spaces.</html>
|
||||
EditorType=numeric
|
||||
Enabled=false
|
||||
MaxVal=120
|
||||
MinVal=0
|
||||
ValueDefault=4
|
||||
|
||||
[use-tabs]
|
||||
Category=5
|
||||
Description=<html>Use tabs.</html>
|
||||
EditorType=boolean
|
||||
TrueFalse=-ut|
|
||||
ValueDefault=0
|
||||
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
@ -0,0 +1,66 @@
|
||||
[header]
|
||||
categories=Basic Options
|
||||
cfgFileParameterEnding=cr
|
||||
configFilename=
|
||||
fileTypes=*.htm|*.html|*.xhtml
|
||||
indenterFileName=hindent
|
||||
indenterName=hindent (HTML)
|
||||
inputFileName=indentinput
|
||||
inputFileParameter=
|
||||
manual=http://www.linuxdriver.co.il/man/1/H/hindent
|
||||
outputFileName=
|
||||
outputFileParameter=stdout
|
||||
parameterOrder=pio
|
||||
showHelpParameter=-v
|
||||
stringparaminquotes=false
|
||||
useCfgFileParameter=
|
||||
version=1.1.2-7
|
||||
|
||||
[Case]
|
||||
Category=0
|
||||
Description="<html>Forces all tags to lowercase. By default, hindent forces all tags to uppercase.</html>"
|
||||
EditorType=boolean
|
||||
TrueFalse=-c|
|
||||
ValueDefault=0
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
[Flow]
|
||||
Category=0
|
||||
Description="<html>Prints just tags without any data between the tags. Damages the HTML in a big way, so save a copy of your original HTML. This option helps you follow the HTML code flow visually.</html>"
|
||||
EditorType=boolean
|
||||
TrueFalse=-f|
|
||||
ValueDefault=0
|
||||
|
||||
[Indent level]
|
||||
CallName="-i "
|
||||
Category=0
|
||||
Description="<html>Set indentation to this many character spaces per code nesting level. If set to 0, no indentation is done (all output is left-justified).</html>"
|
||||
EditorType=numeric
|
||||
Enabled=false
|
||||
MaxVal=9999
|
||||
MinVal=0
|
||||
ValueDefault=4
|
||||
|
||||
[List tags]
|
||||
Category=0
|
||||
Description="<html>Causes hindent to print a complete list of tags that it recognizes to stdout, and exits.</html>"
|
||||
EditorType=boolean
|
||||
TrueFalse=-l|
|
||||
ValueDefault=0
|
||||
|
||||
[Strict]
|
||||
Category=0
|
||||
Description="<html>Multiple tags per line are broken out onto separate lines. Can damage the HTML in minor ways by drawing an extra space character in certain parts of the web page, so save a copy of your original HTML. This option helps you follow the HTML code flow visually, especially with computer-generated HTML that comes out all on one line.</html>"
|
||||
EditorType=boolean
|
||||
TrueFalse=-s|
|
||||
ValueDefault=0
|
||||
|
||||
[Tab stop]
|
||||
CallName="-t "
|
||||
Category=0
|
||||
Description="<html>Set the number of spaces that a tab character occupies on your system. Defaults to 8, but some people prefer expanding tabs to 4 spaces instead. If set to 0, no tabs are output (spaces used to indent lines).</html>"
|
||||
EditorType=numeric
|
||||
Enabled=false
|
||||
MaxVal=9999
|
||||
MinVal=0
|
||||
ValueDefault=8
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,147 @@
|
||||
[header]
|
||||
categories=Basic Options
|
||||
cfgFileParameterEnding=cr
|
||||
configFilename=
|
||||
fileTypes=*.htm|*.html|*.xhtml|*.xml|*.xlst
|
||||
indenterFileName=htb
|
||||
indenterName=HTB (HTML, XML, XSL)
|
||||
inputFileName=indentinput
|
||||
inputFileParameter=
|
||||
manual=http://www.digital-mines.com/htb/htb_docs.html
|
||||
outputFileName=indentoutput
|
||||
outputFileParameter=
|
||||
parameterOrder=pio
|
||||
showHelpParameter=-h
|
||||
stringparaminquotes=false
|
||||
useCfgFileParameter=
|
||||
version=2.0
|
||||
|
||||
[Multi-Attribute Tag Break]
|
||||
Category=0
|
||||
Description="<html><p>The -a command-line option causes all tags containing more that one attribute to be broken over multiple lines, each with a single attribute. The attributes are aligned vertically with the first attribute. A similar attribute break will occur by default, but only on tags exceeding the column 80 limit, and each line may contain more than one attribute.<br><br> <b>Before:</b><pre><BODY BGCOLOR="#FFFFFF" MARGINWIDTH="0" MARGINHEIGHT="0" LINK="#666666" VLINK="#666666" ALINK="#000000">\n<TABLE WIDTH="800" BORDER="0" CELLPADDING="0" CELLSPACING="0">\n<TR>\n<TD COLSPAN="2" WIDTH="196" BGCOLOR="cccccc" VALIGN="top"><IMG SRC="/images/homepage/rev/logo_06.gif" WIDTH="196" HEIGHT="63"></TD>\n<TD BGCOLOR="cccccc" WIDTH="600" VALIGN="top">\n<TABLE WIDTH="600" BORDER="0" CELLPADDING="0" CELLSPACING="0" VALIGN="top">\n<TR>\n<TD VALIGN="top" HEIGHT="17" BGCOLOR="#CCCCCC"><IMG SRC="/images/homepage/rev/comp8_07.gif" WIDTH="600" HEIGHT="17"></TD>\n</TR></pre><b>After:</b> <pre><BODY ALINK="#000000"\n BGCOLOR="#FFFFFF"\n LINK="#666666"\n MARGINHEIGHT="0"\n MARGINWIDTH="0"\n VLINK="#666666">\n<TABLE BORDER="0"\n CELLPADDING="0"\n CELLSPACING="0"\n WIDTH="800">\n <TR>\n <TD BGCOLOR="cccccc"\n COLSPAN="2"\n VALIGN="top"\n WIDTH="196"><IMG HEIGHT="63"\n SRC="/images/homepage/rev/logo_06.gif"\n WIDTH="196"></TD>\n <TD BGCOLOR="cccccc"\n VALIGN="top"\n WIDTH="600"> \n <TABLE BORDER="0"\n CELLPADDING="0"\n CELLSPACING="0"\n VALIGN="top"\n WIDTH="600">\n <TR>\n <TD BGCOLOR="#CCCCCC"\n HEIGHT="17"\n VALIGN="top"><IMG HEIGHT="17"\n SRC="/images/homepage/rev/comp8_07.gif"\n WIDTH="600"></TD>\n </TR></pre></html>"
|
||||
EditorType=boolean
|
||||
TrueFalse=-a|
|
||||
ValueDefault=0
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
[All Attribute Tag Break]
|
||||
Category=0
|
||||
Description="<html><p>The -b command-line option causes all tag attributes to be broken on succeeding lines. The attributes are aligned vertically with the last character in the tag name.<br><br> <b>Before:</b><pre><BODY BGCOLOR="#FFFFFF" MARGINWIDTH="0" MARGINHEIGHT="0" LINK="#666666" VLINK="#666666" ALINK="#000000">\n<TABLE WIDTH="800" BORDER="0" CELLPADDING="0" CELLSPACING="0">\n<TR>\n<TD COLSPAN="2" WIDTH="196" BGCOLOR="cccccc" VALIGN="top"><IMG SRC="/images/homepage/rev/logo_06.gif" WIDTH="196" HEIGHT="63"></TD>\n<TD BGCOLOR="cccccc" WIDTH="600" VALIGN="top">\n<TABLE WIDTH="600" BORDER="0" CELLPADDING="0" CELLSPACING="0" VALIGN="top">\n<TR>\n<TD VALIGN="top" HEIGHT="17" BGCOLOR="#CCCCCC"><IMG SRC="/images/homepage/rev/comp8_07.gif" WIDTH="600" HEIGHT="17"></TD>\n</TR></pre><b>After:</b><pre><BODY\n ALINK="#000000"\n BGCOLOR="#FFFFFF"\n BOTMARGIN="0"\n MARGINHEIGHT="0"\n MARGINWIDTH="0"\n LEFTMARGIN="0"\n LINK="#666666"\n TOPMARGIN="0"\n VLINK="#666666">\n<TABLE\n BORDER="0"\n CELLPADDING="0"\n CELLSPACING="0"\n WIDTH="800">\n <TR>\n <TD\n BGCOLOR="cccccc"\n COLSPAN="2"\n VALIGN="top"\n WIDTH="196"><IMG\n HEIGHT="63"\n SRC="/images/homepage/rev/logo_06.gif"\n WIDTH="196"></TD>\n <TD\n BGCOLOR="cccccc"\n VALIGN="top"\n WIDTH="600"> \n <TABLE\n BORDER="0"\n VALIGN="top"\n CELLPADDING="0"\n CELLSPACING="0"\n WIDTH="600">\n <TR>\n <TD\n BGCOLOR="#CCCCCC"\n HEIGHT="17"\n VALIGN="top"><IMG\n HEIGHT="17"\n SRC="/images/homepage/rev/comp8_07.gif"\n WIDTH="600"></TD>\n </TR>\n</pre></html>"
|
||||
EditorType=boolean
|
||||
TrueFalse=-b|
|
||||
ValueDefault=0
|
||||
|
||||
[Add Carriage Returns]
|
||||
Category=0
|
||||
Description="<html>The -c command-line option adds an extra carriage return character to each output line of reformatted data. This allows Unix versions of HTB to create a DOS/Windows compatible text files directly.</html>"
|
||||
EditorType=boolean
|
||||
TrueFalse=-c|
|
||||
ValueDefault=0
|
||||
|
||||
[Omit Carriage Returns]
|
||||
Category=0
|
||||
Description="<html>The -d command-line option inhibits extra carriage return character output even if present in the source data. This allows the Windows version of HTB to create a Unix compatible text file directly. This is the default behavior and correctly creates a natively compatible format whether Unix or Windows.</html>"
|
||||
EditorType=boolean
|
||||
TrueFalse=-d|
|
||||
ValueDefault=0
|
||||
|
||||
[Escaped Tag Conversion]
|
||||
Category=0
|
||||
Description="<html>The -e command-line option replaces the special markup characters '<', '>', and '&' with escape strings '<', '>', and '&' respectively. Also, the tag sequence '<HTML><BODY><PRE>' is added to the beginning of the output data and the sequence '</PRE></BODY></HTML>' is appended to the end of the data. This creates an entirely new HTML document, which when viewed with a Web Browser, will appear as source instead of normal rendering. This is useful in creating markup tag documentation and is the mechanism used to create the examples in this document. Use in combination with the -k option to do the conversion without applying other reformatting options.</html>"
|
||||
EditorType=boolean
|
||||
TrueFalse=-e|
|
||||
ValueDefault=0
|
||||
|
||||
[Join Lines - Compress Output]
|
||||
Category=0
|
||||
Description="<html>The -j command-line option removes all unnecessary whitespace & comments and joins the output lines together whenever possible. The result is totally 'unbeautified' output, but the size will be reduced from 10-40% for quicker transfer over the network. Use this option whenever performance is more important than readability.</html>"
|
||||
EditorType=boolean
|
||||
TrueFalse=-j|
|
||||
ValueDefault=0
|
||||
|
||||
[Keep Layout - Case Changes Only]
|
||||
Category=0
|
||||
Description="<html><p>When the current indenting and appearance of your tagged document is acceptable, the -k command-line option may be used to change only the case of the tag names and attributes with no other changes applied.<br><br> <b>Example:</b><br><br>- Keep the current layout of an HTML document, but change the tag attribute names to lower case (<a href="#option_m">-m option</a>, opposite of tag name case which by default is upper)...<br><br><center><code>htb -km myfile.html</code></center><br> <b>Before:</b><pre><FORM ENCTYPE="multipart/form-data" NAME="coreform" METHOD="POST">\n<INPUT TYPE="submit" VALUE="Submit Request"> \n<INPUT NAME="cgi" TYPE="button" VALUE="cgi2xml">cgi2xml \n<TABLE BORDER="5" CELLPADDING="5">\n <TR>\n <TD> <FONT COLOR="purple"> \n <H4>Output formatting:</H4> </FONT>Debug: \n <INPUT NAME="debug"><BR> \n <BR> Filter: \n <INPUT NAME="filter"><BR> Output: \n <INPUT NAME="output"><BR> \n <BR> Pagestart: \n <INPUT SIZE="4" NAME="pagestart"><BR> Pagesize: \n <INPUT SIZE="4" NAME="pagesize"><BR> \n </TD>\n </TR>\n</TABLE>\n</FORM></pre><b>After:</b><pre><FORM enctype="multipart/form-data" name="coreform" method="POST">\n<INPUT type="submit" value="Submit Request"> \n<INPUT name="cgi" type="button" value="cgi2xml">cgi2xml \n<TABLE border="5" cellpadding="5">\n <TR>\n <TD> <FONT color="purple"> \n <H4>Output formatting:</H4> </FONT>Debug: \n <INPUT name="debug"><BR> \n <BR> Filter: \n <INPUT name="filter"><BR> Output: \n <INPUT name="output"><BR> \n <BR> Pagestart: \n <INPUT size="4" name="pagestart"><BR> Pagesize: \n <INPUT size="4" name="pagesize"><BR> \n </TD>\n </TR>\n</TABLE>\n</FORM></pre></html>"
|
||||
EditorType=boolean
|
||||
TrueFalse=-k|
|
||||
ValueDefault=0
|
||||
|
||||
[Tag Names Lower Case]
|
||||
Category=0
|
||||
Description="<html><p>The -l command-line option changes all HTML tag names and their attributes to lower case. Combine with the <a href="#option_m">-m (mixed case) option</a> to keep the tag names lower case, but make the attribute names upper case.<br><br> <b>Before:</b><pre><FORM ENCTYPE="multipart/form-data" NAME="coreform" METHOD="POST">\n<INPUT TYPE="submit" VALUE="Submit Request"> \n<INPUT NAME="cgi" TYPE="button" VALUE="cgi2xml">cgi2xml \n<TABLE BORDER="5" CELLPADDING="5">\n <TR>\n <TD> <FONT COLOR="purple"> \n <H4>Output formatting:</H4> </FONT>Debug: \n <INPUT NAME="debug"><BR> \n <BR> Filter: \n <INPUT NAME="filter"><BR> Output: \n <INPUT NAME="output"><BR> \n <BR> Pagestart: \n <INPUT SIZE="4" NAME="pagestart"><BR> Pagesize: \n <INPUT SIZE="4" NAME="pagesize"><BR> \n </TD>\n </TR>\n</TABLE>\n</FORM></pre><b>After:</b><pre><form enctype="multipart/form-data" method="post" name="coreform">\n<input type="submit" value="Submit Request"> \n<input name="cgi" type="button" value="cgi2xml">cgi2xml \n<table border="5" cellpadding="5">\n <tr>\n <td> <font color="purple"> \n <h4>Output formatting:</h4> </font>Debug: \n <input name="debug"><br> \n <br> Filter: \n <input name="filter"><br> Output: \n <input name="output"><br> \n <br> Pagestart: \n <input name="pagestart" size="4"><br> Pagesize: \n <input name="pagesize size="4"><br> \n </td>\n </tr>\n</table>\n</form>\n</pre></html>"
|
||||
EditorType=boolean
|
||||
TrueFalse=-l|
|
||||
ValueDefault=0
|
||||
|
||||
[Tag Attributes Opposite Case]
|
||||
Category=0
|
||||
Description="<html>The -m command-line option makes the tag attribute case the opposite of the tag name. Since the HTB default is to make tag names upper case, the addition of this option will make the tag attributes lower case. If combined with the -l option (lower case) the tag names will be lower case, and the tag attributes will be upper case. See the -k option for an example.</html>"
|
||||
EditorType=boolean
|
||||
TrueFalse=-m|
|
||||
ValueDefault=0
|
||||
|
||||
[Never Break Tags Between Lines]
|
||||
Category=0
|
||||
Description="<html>The -n command-line option cancels the default behavior of breaking tags which exceed the 80 column limit and keeps tags intact within a single line of output regardless of their length. This is often desirable, especially on XSL files.</html>"
|
||||
EditorType=boolean
|
||||
TrueFalse=-n|
|
||||
ValueDefault=0
|
||||
|
||||
[Remove Non-HTML Tags]
|
||||
Category=0
|
||||
Description="<html><p>The -r command-line option strips any tag which is not part of the HTML 4.01 specification (and a group of widely recognized, commonly used legacy tags) from the output. Its a convenient way to separate HTML from hybrid files like ASP, JSP, XSL or files containing custom tags. The stripped tags are reported along with any errors to "standard error".<br><br> <b>Example:</b><br><br>- Remove all non-HTML tags from an XSL/XHTML file... <br> <br><center><code>htb -r myfile.xsl</code></center><br> <b>Before:</b><pre>\n <xsl:for-each select="ELEMENT/NODE1"> \n <xsl:variable select="position()-1" name="vpos" /> \n <TR VALIGN="top">\n <TD ALIGN="center"><FONT SIZE="1" FACE="Helvetica"><xsl:value-of select="$vpos" /></FONT> \n </TD>\n <TD ALIGN="center"><FONT FACE="Helvetica"> \n <INPUT NAME="ELEM{$vpos}" TYPE="text" VALUE="Element {$vpos}" /></FONT> \n </TD>\n <TD ALIGN="center"><FONT FACE="Helvetica"> \n <INPUT NAME="NUMB{$vpos}" TYPE="text" VALUE="2" /></FONT> \n </TD>\n <TD ALIGN="center"><FONT FACE="Helvetica"> \n <xsl:variable select="count(//NODE1[@id &gt; -1)" name="pcnt" /> \n <xsl:variable name="selsize"> \n <xsl:choose><xsl:when test="$pcnt &lt; 5"> \n <xsl:value-of select="$pcnt" /> \n </xsl:when><xsl:otherwise> \n <xsl:value-of select="'5'" /> \n </xsl:otherwise></xsl:choose> \n </xsl:variable> \n <SELECT SIZE="{$selsize}" NAME="VALU{$vpos}">\n <xsl:for-each select="//VALUE[@id &gt; -1]"> \n <OPTION VALUE="{@id}">\n <xsl:value-of select="NAME" /></OPTION> \n </xsl:for-each> \n </SELECT></FONT> \n </TD>\n </TR>\n </xsl:for-each></pre><b>After:</b> <pre>\n <TR VALIGN="top">\n <TD ALIGN="center"><FONT FACE="Helvetica" SIZE="1"></FONT> \n </TD>\n <TD ALIGN="center"><FONT FACE="Helvetica"> \n <INPUT NAME="ELEM{$vpos}" TYPE="text" VALUE="Element {$vpos}" /></FONT> \n </TD>\n <TD ALIGN="center"><FONT FACE="Helvetica"> \n <INPUT NAME="NUMB{$vpos}" TYPE="text" VALUE="2" /></FONT> \n </TD>\n <TD ALIGN="center"><FONT FACE="Helvetica"> \n <SELECT NAME="VALU{$vpos}" SIZE="{$selsize}">\n <OPTION VALUE="{@id}"></OPTION>\n </SELECT></FONT> \n </TD>\n </TR></pre></html>"
|
||||
EditorType=boolean
|
||||
TrueFalse=-r|
|
||||
ValueDefault=0
|
||||
|
||||
[Remove Tabs from SCRIPTs]
|
||||
Category=0
|
||||
Description="<html>HTB automatically removes any tab characters found in the source document during the indenting process, but by default SCRIPTs are kept intact. To completely remove all tabs, specify the -s option and tab characters found within SCRIPT elements will be replaced with sets if of indented spaces. This could make the indented script statements look slightly worse and may require minor editing, but the beautified output is clear of any tab characters.</html>"
|
||||
EditorType=boolean
|
||||
TrueFalse=-r|
|
||||
ValueDefault=0
|
||||
|
||||
[Convert to Plain Text]
|
||||
Category=0
|
||||
Description="<html>The -t command-line option strips all markup tags, comments and converts the input to plain text. All ASCII and ISO8859-1 HTML escape strings are converted back to the characters they represent. An attempt is made to compress extra whitespace, but in general the text will require additional re-formatting to be made presentable. Use this option to isolate the textual content within tagged documents (not necessarily HTML) for use in other documentation.</html>"
|
||||
EditorType=boolean
|
||||
TrueFalse=-t|
|
||||
ValueDefault=0
|
||||
|
||||
[Tag Names Upper Case]
|
||||
Category=0
|
||||
Description="<html><p>The -u command-line option changes all HTML tag names and their attributes to upper case. Since this is the default behavior of HTB, it is not required. Use the <a href="#option_m">-m (mixed case) option</a> to keep the tag names upper case, but make the attribute names lower case.<br><br> <b>Before:</b><pre><form enctype="multipart/form-data" name="coreform" method="POST">\n<input type="submit" value="Submit Request"> \n<input name="cgi" type="button" value="cgi2xml">cgi2xml \n<table border="5" cellpadding="5">\n <tr>\n <td> <font color="purple"> \n <h4>Output formatting:</h4> </font>Debug: \n <input name="debug"><br> \n <br> Filter: \n <input name="filter"><br> Output: \n <input name="output"><br> \n <br> Pagestart: \n <input size="4" name="pagestart"><br> Pagesize: \n <input size="4" name="pagesize"><br> \n </td>\n </tr>\n</table>\n</form></pre><b>After:</b><pre><FORM ENCTYPE="multipart/form-data" METHOD="POST" NAME="coreform">\n<INPUT TYPE="submit" VALUE="Submit Request"> \n<INPUT NAME="cgi" TYPE="button" VALUE="cgi2xml">cgi2xml \n<TABLE BORDER="5" CELLPADDING="5">\n <TR>\n <TD> <FONT COLOR="purple"> \n <H4>Output formatting:</H4> </FONT>Debug: \n <INPUT NAME="debug"><BR> \n <BR> Filter: \n <INPUT NAME="filter"><BR> Output: \n <INPUT NAME="output"><BR> \n <BR> Pagestart: \n <INPUT NAME="pagestart" SIZE="4"><BR> Pagesize: \n <INPUT NAME="pagesize" SIZE="4"><BR> \n </TD>\n </TR>\n</TABLE>\n</FORM></pre></html>"
|
||||
EditorType=boolean
|
||||
TrueFalse=-u|
|
||||
ValueDefault=0
|
||||
|
||||
[Unknown Tags are XML]
|
||||
Category=0
|
||||
Description="<html><p>HTB automatically detects XML compliant files and is able to apply reformatting to unknown tags since they meet the predictable behavior of the XML specification. If the input document is not strictly XML compliant, but does contain custom tagging which may be considered "well-formed" XML, the -x option may be used to apply XML handling on these otherwise ignored tags. If XML is detected, either automatically, or with the -x option, the tag case is NOT changed for these non-HTML tags, since they are often case-sensitive. Also, the attributes of unknown tags will remain in original order instead of being sorted as with HTML attributes. To turn off XML auto-detection and apply case changes and attribute sorting to all tags known and unknown, use the <a href="#option_y">-y option</a>.<br><br> <b>Example:</b><br><br>- Make <a href="#option_l">tag names and attributes lower case</a>, <a href="#option_n">never break tags</a>, and treat unknown tags in an HTML file as well formed XML... <br><br><center><code>htb -lnx myfile.html</code></center><br> <b>Before:</b><pre><TR><TD WIDTH=182 ALIGN=left BGCOLOR="#ffffff">\n<NYT_HEADLINE>\n<A\n\nHREF="/onthisday/20020619.html"><FONT SIZE="3" FACE="times"><B>On June 19 ...<BR></B></FONT></A>\n</NYT_HEADLINE>\n<NYT_BYLINE>\n<FONT SIZE="-1"></FONT>\n</NYT_BYLINE>\n<NYT_SUMMARY>\n<FONT SIZE="-1">\n<B>1964:</B> The Civil Rights Act of 1964 was approved. (<A \nHREF="/onthisday/big/0619.html">See this front page.</A>) <BR>\n<B>1903:</B> Lou Gehrig was born. <A \nHREF="/onthisday/bday/0619.html">(Read about his life.)</A> <BR>\n<B>1886:</B> Harper's Weekly featured a cartoon about the proposed annexation of Nova Scotia. <A \nHREF="/onthisday/harp/0619.html">(See the cartoon.)</A></FONT>\n</TD></TR></pre><b>After:</b><pre><tr>\n <td align="left" bgcolor="#ffffff" width="182"> \n <NYT_HEADLINE> \n <a href="/onthisday/20020619.html"><font face="times" size="3"><b>On June 19 ...<br></b></font></a> \n </NYT_HEADLINE> \n <NYT_BYLINE> <font size="-1"></font> \n </NYT_BYLINE> \n <NYT_SUMMARY> <font size="-1"> <b>1964:</b> The Civil Rights Act of 1964 was approved. (<a href="/onthisday/big/0619.html">See this front page.</a>) \n <br> <b>1903:</b> Lou Gehrig was born. \n <a href="/onthisday/bday/0619.html">(Read about his life.)</a> \n <br> <b>1886:</b> Harper's Weekly featured a cartoon about the proposed annexation of Nova Scotia. \n <a href="/onthisday/harp/0619.html">(See the cartoon.)</a></font> \n </td>\n</tr></pre></html>"
|
||||
EditorType=boolean
|
||||
TrueFalse=-x|
|
||||
ValueDefault=0
|
||||
|
||||
[Turn off XML detection]
|
||||
Category=0
|
||||
Description="<html><p>HTB automatically detects XML compliant files and treats the unknown tags differently than HTML tags. XML tags are indented as whitespace permits and case changes & attribute sorting are not applied. To turn off this default behavior and apply case changes & sorting to all tags known and unknown, specify the -y option.<br><br> <b>Example:</b><br><br>- <a href="#option_n">Never break tags</a>, <a href="#option_l">make all tags lower case</a> whether HTML or not, and do not change indenting for unknown tags... <br><center><code>htb -lny myfile.html</code></center><br> <b>Before:</b> <pre><TR><TD WIDTH=182 ALIGN=left BGCOLOR="#ffffff">\n<NYT_HEADLINE>\n<A\n\nHREF="/onthisday/20020619.html"><FONT SIZE="3" FACE="times"><B>On June 19 ...<BR></B></FONT></A>\n</NYT_HEADLINE>\n<NYT_BYLINE>\n<FONT SIZE="-1"></FONT>\n</NYT_BYLINE>\n<NYT_SUMMARY>\n<FONT SIZE="-1">\n<B>1964:</B> The Civil Rights Act of 1964 was approved. (<A \nHREF="/onthisday/big/0619.html">See this front page.</A>) <BR>\n<B>1903:</B> Lou Gehrig was born. <A \nHREF="/onthisday/bday/0619.html">(Read about his life.)</A> <BR>\n<B>1886:</B> Harper's Weekly featured a cartoon about the proposed annexation of Nova Scotia. <A \nHREF="/onthisday/harp/0619.html">(See the cartoon.)</A></FONT>\n</TD></TR></pre><b>After:</b><pre><tr>\n <td align="left" bgcolor="#ffffff" width="182"> \n <nyt_headline> \n <a href="/onthisday/20020619.html"><font face="times" size="3"><b>On June 19 ...<br></b></font></a> \n </nyt_headline> \n <nyt_byline> <font size="-1"></font> \n </nyt_byline> \n <nyt_summary> <font size="-1"> <b>1964:</b> The Civil Rights Act of 1964 was approved. (<a href="/onthisday/big/0619.html">See this front page.</a>) \n <br> <b>1903:</b> Lou Gehrig was born. \n <a href="/onthisday/bday/0619.html">(Read about his life.)</a> \n <br> <b>1886:</b> Harper's Weekly featured a cartoon about the proposed annexation of Nova Scotia. \n <a href="/onthisday/harp/0619.html">(See the cartoon.)</a></font> \n </td>\n</tr></pre></html>"
|
||||
EditorType=boolean
|
||||
TrueFalse=-y|
|
||||
ValueDefault=0
|
||||
|
||||
[Remove Comments]
|
||||
Category=0
|
||||
Description="<html>The -z command-line option removes all stand-alone comments from the input data. This does not include JavaScript comments or comment blocks within APPLET, OBJECT, SCRIPT, and STYLE tags used to hide text from browsers. The revised output should render and function as the original. The -z option is useful in reducing tagged file sizes when the comment blocks are no longer needed, or in removing dead, commented-out sections within documents which tend to collect over time. The stripped comments are not lost, however. These are sent to the 'standard error' stream and may be collected in another file for reference or for use in documentation by 'standard error' redirection ('2>' or '2>>'). If 'standard error' is not redirected, the stripped comments will be seen scrolling by on the screen. Use in combination with the -k option to strip comments without otherwise changing the document layout.</html>"
|
||||
EditorType=boolean
|
||||
TrueFalse=-z|
|
||||
ValueDefault=0
|
||||
|
||||
[Spaces for Indenting]
|
||||
CallName="-"
|
||||
Category=0
|
||||
Description="<html>A command-line option from 0 to 9 represents the number of spaces used for increments of indenting. Specifying 0 will cause all indenting to be removed and the tags will shifted to the left. If not specified, the default is to indent by 3.</html>"
|
||||
EditorType=numeric
|
||||
Enabled=false
|
||||
MaxVal=9
|
||||
MinVal=0
|
||||
ValueDefault=3
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
|
||||
[header]
|
||||
categories=
|
||||
cfgFileParameterEnding=cr
|
||||
configFilename=
|
||||
fileTypes=*.js
|
||||
indenterFileName=JsDecoder
|
||||
indenterName=JsDecoder (JavaScript)
|
||||
inputFileName=
|
||||
inputFileParameter=
|
||||
manual="http://www.gosu.pl/decoder/"
|
||||
outputFileName=
|
||||
outputFileParameter=
|
||||
parameterOrder=
|
||||
showHelpParameter=
|
||||
stringparaminquotes=
|
||||
useCfgFileParameter=
|
||||
version=1.1.0
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,81 @@
|
||||
[header]
|
||||
categories=General options
|
||||
cfgFileParameterEnding=" "
|
||||
configFilename=
|
||||
fileTypes=*.jsp|*.html|*.xml
|
||||
indenterFileName=jsppp
|
||||
indenterName=JSPPP (JSP)
|
||||
inputFileName=indentinput
|
||||
inputFileParameter=
|
||||
manual=http://jsppp.sourceforge.net/
|
||||
outputFileName=indentinput
|
||||
outputFileParameter=none
|
||||
stringparaminquotes=false
|
||||
parameterOrder=pio
|
||||
showHelpParameter=-h
|
||||
stringparaminquotes=false
|
||||
useCfgFileParameter=
|
||||
version=0.5.2a
|
||||
|
||||
[Spaces]
|
||||
Category=0
|
||||
Description="<html>If spaces is true, spaces, not tabs, will be used to indent the lines.</html>"
|
||||
EditorType=boolean
|
||||
TrueFalse=|--tabs
|
||||
ValueDefault=1
|
||||
|
||||
[Number of spaces]
|
||||
Category=0
|
||||
Description="<html>If spaces are used for indenting, NUMSPACES is the number of spaces to use per indent level.</html>"
|
||||
Enabled=true
|
||||
EditorType=numeric
|
||||
CallName="--spaces="
|
||||
MinVal=0
|
||||
MaxVal=999
|
||||
ValueDefault=2
|
||||
|
||||
[Line length]
|
||||
Category=0
|
||||
Description="<html>The length, in bytes (JSPPP does not yet support Unicode input, no one has asked for it yet) of the soft line length limit. JavaScript, long element names, attributes, etc., that cannot be broken up will end up over the limit if they have already been indented too far.</html>"
|
||||
Enabled=false
|
||||
EditorType=numeric
|
||||
CallName="--length="
|
||||
MinVal=1
|
||||
MaxVal=9999
|
||||
ValueDefault=120
|
||||
|
||||
[Tabsize]
|
||||
Category=0
|
||||
Description="<html>The default number of spaces per tab is 8. This number is used to determine how much of the line has been used by a tab.</html>"
|
||||
Enabled=false
|
||||
EditorType=numeric
|
||||
CallName="--tab-size="
|
||||
MinVal=0
|
||||
MaxVal=999
|
||||
ValueDefault=8
|
||||
|
||||
[Punctuation]
|
||||
Category=0
|
||||
Description="<html>PUNCTUATION is a list of characters which should be handled specially after an anchor tag. If there is whitespace after a link tag but before one of these characters then the whitespace is removed. To have no special characters, use the line "PUNCTUATION=".</html>"
|
||||
Enabled=false
|
||||
CallName=PUNCTUATION=
|
||||
EditorType=string
|
||||
ValueDefault=",.!?"
|
||||
|
||||
[Loose or tight spacing]
|
||||
Category=0
|
||||
Description="<html>Use loose or tight spacing.</html>"
|
||||
Enabled=true
|
||||
EditorType=multiple
|
||||
Choices="--loose-spacing|--tight-spacing"
|
||||
ChoicesReadable="Loose spacing|Tight spacing"
|
||||
ValueDefault=0
|
||||
|
||||
[Backup file]
|
||||
Category=0
|
||||
Description="<html>Leave a backup file, which will be overwritten on a second run, or leave no backup file at all.</html>"
|
||||
Enabled=true
|
||||
EditorType=multiple
|
||||
Choices="--engage-safety|--disengage-safety"
|
||||
ChoicesReadable="Leave backup file|Leave NO backup file"
|
||||
ValueDefault=1
|
||||
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
@ -0,0 +1,151 @@
|
||||
[header]
|
||||
categories=General
|
||||
cfgFileParameterEnding=" "
|
||||
configFilename=
|
||||
fileTypes=*.php|*.htm|*.html|*.xhtml
|
||||
indenterFileName=phpCB
|
||||
indenterName=PHP Code Beautifier (PHP)
|
||||
inputFileName=indentinput
|
||||
inputFileParameter=
|
||||
manual=http://www.waterproof.fr/products/phpCodeBeautifier/manual.php
|
||||
outputFileName=
|
||||
outputFileParameter=stdout
|
||||
parameterOrder=pio
|
||||
showHelpParameter=-h
|
||||
stringparaminquotes=false
|
||||
useCfgFileParameter=
|
||||
version=2007-02-21
|
||||
|
||||
[Align all assignement statements]
|
||||
Category=0
|
||||
Description=<html>Align all assignement statements</html>
|
||||
EditorType=boolean
|
||||
TrueFalse=--align-equal-statements|
|
||||
ValueDefault=1
|
||||
|
||||
[Align all assignement statements to a fixed position]
|
||||
CallName="--align-equal-statements-to-fixed-pos "
|
||||
Category=0
|
||||
Description="<html>Align all assignement statements to a fixed position.<hr><table><thead><tr><td width='50%'>Source</td><td width='50%'>With --align-equal-statements-to-fixed-pos 40</td></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td width='50%'><pre><?php <br>$noError = true; <br>$feildEmpty = false; <br>$showMessage = false; <br>$showMessage = false; <br>$anotherVariable[0123] = 'bla bla bla'; <br>$showBlaBlaBlaMessage = false; <br>?></pre></td><td width='50%'><pre><?php <br>$noError<span> </span> = true; <br>$feildEmpty<span> </span> = false; <br>$showMessage<span> </span> = false; <br>$showMessage<span> </span> = false; <br>$anotherVariable[0123]<span> </span> = 'bla bla bla'; <br>$showBlaBlaBlaMessage<span> </span> = false; <br>?> </pre></td></tr></tbody></table></html>"
|
||||
EditorType=numeric
|
||||
Enabled=false
|
||||
MaxVal=60
|
||||
MinVal=4
|
||||
ValueDefault=30
|
||||
|
||||
[Allow to insert a space after '(']
|
||||
Category=0
|
||||
Description=<html>Allow to insert a space after start bracket '('</html>
|
||||
EditorType=boolean
|
||||
TrueFalse=--space-after-start-bracket|
|
||||
ValueDefault=0
|
||||
|
||||
[Allow to insert a space after 'if']
|
||||
Category=0
|
||||
Description=<html>Allow to insert a space after 'if' keyword</html>
|
||||
EditorType=boolean
|
||||
TrueFalse=--space-after-if|
|
||||
ValueDefault=1
|
||||
|
||||
[Allow to insert a space after 'switch']
|
||||
Category=0
|
||||
Description=<html>Allow to insert a space after 'switch' keyword</html>
|
||||
EditorType=boolean
|
||||
TrueFalse=--space-after-switch|
|
||||
ValueDefault=1
|
||||
|
||||
[Allow to insert a space after 'while']
|
||||
Category=0
|
||||
Description=<html>Allow to insert a space after 'while' keyword</html>
|
||||
EditorType=boolean
|
||||
TrueFalse=--space-after-while|
|
||||
ValueDefault=1
|
||||
|
||||
[Allow to insert a space after '}']
|
||||
Category=0
|
||||
Description=<html>Allow to insert a space after starting angle bracket '}'</html>
|
||||
EditorType=boolean
|
||||
TrueFalse=--space-after-end-angle-bracket|
|
||||
ValueDefault=1
|
||||
|
||||
[Allow to insert a space before ')']
|
||||
Category=0
|
||||
Description=<html>Allow to insert a space before end bracket ')'</html>
|
||||
EditorType=boolean
|
||||
TrueFalse=--space-before-end-bracket|
|
||||
ValueDefault=0
|
||||
|
||||
[Allow to insert a space before '{']
|
||||
Category=0
|
||||
Description=<html>Allow to insert a space before starting angle bracket '{'</html>
|
||||
EditorType=boolean
|
||||
TrueFalse=--space-before-start-angle-bracket|
|
||||
ValueDefault=1
|
||||
|
||||
[Change comments]
|
||||
Category=0
|
||||
Description="<html>Change '# ...' comments into '// ...' comments<hr><table><thead><tr><td width='33%'>Source</td><td width='33%'>With --change-shell-comment-to-double-slashes-comment</td><td width='33%'>Without --change-shell-comment-to-double-slashes-comment</td></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td width='33%'><pre><?php<br><br>#comment content<br>//another comment<br>?></pre></td><td width='33%'><pre><?php<br><br>// comment content<br>// another comment<br>?></pre></td><td width='33%'><pre><?php<br><br># comment content<br>// another comment<br>?></pre></td></tr></tbody></table></html>"
|
||||
EditorType=boolean
|
||||
TrueFalse=--change-shell-comment-to-double-slashes-comment|
|
||||
ValueDefault=1
|
||||
|
||||
[Comment render style]
|
||||
Category=0
|
||||
Choices="--comment-rendering-style PEAR|--comment-rendering-style PHPDoc"
|
||||
ChoicesReadable="PEAR comment rendering style|PHPDoc comment rendering style"
|
||||
Description="<html>The following style of comment formating are available:<hr><table><thead><tr><td width='50%'><b>--comment-rendering-style</b> PEAR</td><td width='50%'><b>--comment-rendering-style</b> PHPDoc</td></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td width='50%'><pre><?php<br><br>/**<br> * bla bla bla<br> *<br> * @access public<br> */<br>?></pre></td><td width='50%'><pre><?php<br><br>/**<br>* bla bla bla<br>*<br>* @access public<br>*/<br>?></pre></td></tr></tbody></table></html>"
|
||||
EditorType=multiple
|
||||
Enabled=true
|
||||
ValueDefault=0
|
||||
|
||||
[Force large PHP code tag]
|
||||
Category=0
|
||||
Description="<html>Change '<?' and '<%' tokens into '<?php' and '%>' into '?>'</html>"
|
||||
EditorType=boolean
|
||||
TrueFalse=--force-large-php-code-tag|
|
||||
ValueDefault=1
|
||||
|
||||
[Glue "&&" to following item]
|
||||
Category=0
|
||||
Description="<html>Glue '&' to following item<hr><table><thead><tr><td width='50%'>With --glue-amperscore</td><td width='50%'>Without --glue-amperscore</td></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td width='50%'><pre><?php<br>$value = &$objectInstance;<br>?></pre></td><td width='50%'><pre><?php<br>$value = & $objectInstance;<br>?></pre></td><br></tr></tbody></table></html>"
|
||||
EditorType=boolean
|
||||
TrueFalse=--glue-amperscore|
|
||||
ValueDefault=1
|
||||
|
||||
[Increase padding before case statements]
|
||||
Category=0
|
||||
Description="<html>Increase padding before case statements:<hr><table><thead><tr><td width='50%'>With --extra-padding-for-case-statement</td><td width='50%'>Without --extra-padding-for-case-statement</td></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td width='50%'><pre><?php<br><br>switch($condition){<br><span> </span>case 1:<br><span> </span> action1();<br><span> </span> break;<br><span> </span>case 2:<br><span> </span> action2();<br><span> </span> break;<br><span> </span>default:<br><span> </span> defaultaction();<br><span> </span> break;<br>}<br>?></pre></td><td width='50%'><pre><?php<br><br>switch($condition){<br>case 1:<br> action1();<br> break;<br>case 2:<br> action2();<br> break;<br>default:<br> defaultaction();<br> break;<br>}<br>?></pre></td></tr></tbody></table></html>"
|
||||
EditorType=boolean
|
||||
TrueFalse=--extra-padding-for-case-statement|
|
||||
ValueDefault=0
|
||||
|
||||
[Indent with TAB]
|
||||
Category=0
|
||||
Description="<html>If selected, tabulation (ASCII #9) character is used to indent text, elsewhere space (ASCII #32) character is used</html>"
|
||||
EditorType=boolean
|
||||
TrueFalse=--indent-with-tab|
|
||||
ValueDefault=0
|
||||
|
||||
[Lowercase for NULL, TRUE and FALSE constants]
|
||||
Category=0
|
||||
Description="<html>Lowercase for NULL, TRUE and FALSE constants as encouraged in PEAR coding standards<hr><table><thead><tr><td width='50%'>With --force-true-false-null-contant-lowercase</td><td width='50%'>Without --force-true-false-null-contant-lowercase</td></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td width='50%'><pre><?php<br>if(<strong>true</strong>){<br> if(<strong>false</strong>){<br> $value = <strong>null</strong>;<br> }<br>}<br>?></pre></td><td width='50%'><pre><?php<br>if(<strong>TRUE</strong>){<br> if(<strong>FALSE</strong>){<br> $value = <strong>NULL</strong>;<br> }<br>}<br>?></pre></td></tr></tbody></table></html>"
|
||||
EditorType=boolean
|
||||
TrueFalse=--force-true-false-null-contant-lowercase|
|
||||
ValueDefault=1
|
||||
|
||||
[Padding char count]
|
||||
CallName="--padding-char-count "
|
||||
Category=0
|
||||
Description=<html>Indent using # spaces per indent</html>
|
||||
EditorType=numeric
|
||||
Enabled=false
|
||||
MaxVal=8
|
||||
MinVal=0
|
||||
ValueDefault=4
|
||||
|
||||
[Use "One true brace" formating for functions]
|
||||
Category=0
|
||||
Description="<html>Use 'One true brace' formating for functions<hr><table><thead><tr><td width='50%'>With --one-true-brace-function-declaration</td><td width='50%'>Without --one-true-brace-function-declaration</td></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td width='50%'><pre><?php<br><br>function aFunction($param)<br>{<br> // function content<br>}<br>?></pre></td><td width='50%'><pre><?php<br><br>function aFunction($param) {<br> // function content<br>}<br>?></pre></td></tr></tbody></table></html>"
|
||||
EditorType=boolean
|
||||
TrueFalse=--one-true-brace-function-declaration|
|
||||
ValueDefault=1
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,258 @@
|
||||
[header]
|
||||
categories="General|Operators|Functions, Classes and Objects|Control Structures|Arrays and Concatenation|Comments"
|
||||
cfgFileParameterEnding=" "
|
||||
configFilename=
|
||||
fileTypes=*.php|*.phpt|*.phps
|
||||
indenterFileName=phpStylist.php
|
||||
indenterName=phpStylist (PHP)
|
||||
inputFileName=indentinput
|
||||
inputFileParameter=" "
|
||||
manual=http://sourceforge.net/projects/phpstylist/
|
||||
outputFileName=
|
||||
outputFileParameter=stdout
|
||||
parameterOrder=ipo
|
||||
showHelpParameter="-- --help"
|
||||
stringparaminquotes=false
|
||||
useCfgFileParameter=
|
||||
version=1.0
|
||||
|
||||
[Indent size]
|
||||
CallName="--indent_size "
|
||||
Category=0
|
||||
Description="<html>Indent the code with the set number of spaces.</html>"
|
||||
EditorType=numeric
|
||||
Enabled=true
|
||||
MaxVal=99
|
||||
MinVal=0
|
||||
ValueDefault=4
|
||||
|
||||
[Indent with tabs]
|
||||
Category=0
|
||||
Description="<html>Indent with tabs instead of spaces</html>"
|
||||
EditorType=boolean
|
||||
TrueFalse="--indent_with_tabs|"
|
||||
ValueDefault=0
|
||||
|
||||
[Keep redundant lines]
|
||||
Category=0
|
||||
Description="<html>Keep redundant lines</html>"
|
||||
EditorType=boolean
|
||||
TrueFalse="--keep_redundant_lines|"
|
||||
ValueDefault=0
|
||||
|
||||
[Space inside parentheses]
|
||||
Category=0
|
||||
Description="<html>Space inside parentheses</html>"
|
||||
EditorType=boolean
|
||||
TrueFalse="--space_inside_parentheses|"
|
||||
ValueDefault=0
|
||||
|
||||
[Space outside parentheses]
|
||||
Category=0
|
||||
Description="<html>Space outside parentheses</html>"
|
||||
EditorType=boolean
|
||||
TrueFalse="--space_outside_parentheses|"
|
||||
ValueDefault=0
|
||||
|
||||
[Space after comma]
|
||||
Category=0
|
||||
Description="<html>Space after comma</html>"
|
||||
EditorType=boolean
|
||||
TrueFalse="--space_after_comma|"
|
||||
ValueDefault=0
|
||||
|
||||
[Space around assignment]
|
||||
Category=1
|
||||
Description="<html>Space around = .= += -= *= /= <<<</html>"
|
||||
EditorType=boolean
|
||||
TrueFalse="--space_around_assignment|"
|
||||
ValueDefault=0
|
||||
|
||||
[Align block +3 assigned variables]
|
||||
Category=1
|
||||
Description="<html>Align block +3 assigned variables</html>"
|
||||
EditorType=boolean
|
||||
TrueFalse="--align_var_assignment|"
|
||||
ValueDefault=0
|
||||
|
||||
[Space around comparison]
|
||||
Category=1
|
||||
Description="<html>Space around == === != !== > >= < <=</html>"
|
||||
EditorType=boolean
|
||||
TrueFalse="--space_around_comparison|"
|
||||
ValueDefault=0
|
||||
|
||||
[Space around arithmetic]
|
||||
Category=1
|
||||
Description="<html>Space around - + * / %</html>"
|
||||
EditorType=boolean
|
||||
TrueFalse="--space_around_arithmetic|"
|
||||
ValueDefault=0
|
||||
|
||||
[Space around logical]
|
||||
Category=1
|
||||
Description="<html>Space around && || AND OR XOR << >></html>"
|
||||
EditorType=boolean
|
||||
TrueFalse="--space_around_logical|"
|
||||
ValueDefault=0
|
||||
|
||||
[Space around colon and question]
|
||||
Category=1
|
||||
Description="<html>Space around ? :</html>"
|
||||
EditorType=boolean
|
||||
TrueFalse="--space_around_colon_question|"
|
||||
ValueDefault=0
|
||||
|
||||
[Blank line before keyword]
|
||||
Category=2
|
||||
Description="<html>Blank line before keyword</html>"
|
||||
EditorType=boolean
|
||||
TrueFalse="--line_before_function|"
|
||||
ValueDefault=0
|
||||
|
||||
[Opening bracket on next line]
|
||||
Category=2
|
||||
Description="<html>Opening bracket on next line</html>"
|
||||
EditorType=boolean
|
||||
TrueFalse="--line_before_curly_function|"
|
||||
ValueDefault=0
|
||||
|
||||
[Blank line below opening bracket]
|
||||
Category=2
|
||||
Description="<html>Blank line below opening bracket</html>"
|
||||
EditorType=boolean
|
||||
TrueFalse="--line_after_curly_function|"
|
||||
ValueDefault=0
|
||||
|
||||
[Space around ->]
|
||||
Category=2
|
||||
Description="<html>Space around -></html>"
|
||||
EditorType=boolean
|
||||
TrueFalse="--space_around_obj_operator|"
|
||||
ValueDefault=0
|
||||
|
||||
[Space around ::]
|
||||
Category=2
|
||||
Description="<html>Space around ::</html>"
|
||||
EditorType=boolean
|
||||
TrueFalse="--space_around_double_colon|"
|
||||
ValueDefault=0
|
||||
|
||||
[Space before parentheses]
|
||||
Category=3
|
||||
Description="<html>Space between keyword and opening parentheses</html>"
|
||||
EditorType=boolean
|
||||
TrueFalse="--space_after_if|"
|
||||
ValueDefault=0
|
||||
|
||||
[Keep else/elseif along with bracket]
|
||||
Category=3
|
||||
Description="<html>Keep else/elseif along with bracket</html>"
|
||||
EditorType=boolean
|
||||
TrueFalse="--else_along_curly|"
|
||||
ValueDefault=0
|
||||
|
||||
[Opening bracket on next line]
|
||||
Category=3
|
||||
Description="<html>Opening bracket on next line</html>"
|
||||
EditorType=boolean
|
||||
TrueFalse="--line_before_curly|"
|
||||
ValueDefault=0
|
||||
|
||||
[Add missing brackets]
|
||||
Category=3
|
||||
Description="<html>Add missing brackets to single line structs</html>"
|
||||
EditorType=boolean
|
||||
TrueFalse="--add_missing_braces|"
|
||||
ValueDefault=0
|
||||
|
||||
[Blank line after case "break"]
|
||||
Category=3
|
||||
Description="<html>Blank line after case 'break'</html>"
|
||||
EditorType=boolean
|
||||
TrueFalse="--line_after_break|"
|
||||
ValueDefault=0
|
||||
|
||||
[Space between "for" elements]
|
||||
Category=3
|
||||
Description="<html>Space between 'for' elements</html>"
|
||||
EditorType=boolean
|
||||
TrueFalse="--space_inside_for|"
|
||||
ValueDefault=0
|
||||
|
||||
[Extra indent for "Case" and "Default"]
|
||||
Category=3
|
||||
Description="<html>Extra indent for 'Case' and 'Default'</html>"
|
||||
EditorType=boolean
|
||||
TrueFalse="--indent_case|"
|
||||
ValueDefault=0
|
||||
|
||||
[Opening array parentheses on next line]
|
||||
Category=4
|
||||
Description="<html>Opening array parentheses on next line</html>"
|
||||
EditorType=boolean
|
||||
TrueFalse="--line_before_array|"
|
||||
ValueDefault=0
|
||||
|
||||
[Non-empty arrays as vertical block]
|
||||
Category=4
|
||||
Description="<html>Non-empty arrays as vertical block</html>"
|
||||
EditorType=boolean
|
||||
TrueFalse="--vertical_array|"
|
||||
ValueDefault=0
|
||||
|
||||
[Align block +3 assigned array elements]
|
||||
Category=4
|
||||
Description="<html>Align block +3 assigned array elements</html>"
|
||||
EditorType=boolean
|
||||
TrueFalse="--align_array_assignment|"
|
||||
ValueDefault=0
|
||||
|
||||
[Space around double arrow]
|
||||
Category=4
|
||||
Description="<html>Space around double arrow</html>"
|
||||
EditorType=boolean
|
||||
TrueFalse="--space_around_double_arrow|"
|
||||
ValueDefault=0
|
||||
|
||||
[Concatenation as vertical block]
|
||||
Category=4
|
||||
Description="<html>Concatenation as vertical block</html>"
|
||||
EditorType=boolean
|
||||
TrueFalse="--vertical_concat|"
|
||||
ValueDefault=0
|
||||
|
||||
[Space around concat elements]
|
||||
Category=4
|
||||
Description="<html>Space around concat elements</html>"
|
||||
EditorType=boolean
|
||||
TrueFalse="--space_around_concat|"
|
||||
ValueDefault=0
|
||||
|
||||
[Blank line before multi-line comment]
|
||||
Category=5
|
||||
Description="<html>Blank line before multi-line comment (/*)</html>"
|
||||
EditorType=boolean
|
||||
TrueFalse="--line_before_comment_multi|"
|
||||
ValueDefault=0
|
||||
|
||||
[Blank line after multi-line comment]
|
||||
Category=5
|
||||
Description="<html>Blank line after multi-line comment (/*)</html>"
|
||||
EditorType=boolean
|
||||
TrueFalse="--line_after_comment_multi|"
|
||||
ValueDefault=0
|
||||
|
||||
[Blank line before single line comments]
|
||||
Category=5
|
||||
Description="<html>Blank line before single line comments (//)</html>"
|
||||
EditorType=boolean
|
||||
TrueFalse="--line_before_comment|"
|
||||
ValueDefault=0
|
||||
|
||||
[Blank line after single line comments]
|
||||
Category=5
|
||||
Description="<html>Blank line after single line comments (//)</html>"
|
||||
EditorType=boolean
|
||||
TrueFalse="--line_after_comment|"
|
||||
ValueDefault=0
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,108 @@
|
||||
[header]
|
||||
categories=General
|
||||
cfgFileParameterEnding=" "
|
||||
configFilename=
|
||||
fileTypes=*.php|*.phpt|*.phps
|
||||
indenterFileName=php_beautifier
|
||||
indenterName=PHP_Beautifier (PHP)
|
||||
inputFileName=indentinput
|
||||
inputFileParameter="-f "
|
||||
manual=http://beautifyphp.sourceforge.net/docs/PHP_Beautifier/tutorial_PHP_Beautifier.howtouse.commandline.pkg.html
|
||||
outputFileName=indentoutput
|
||||
outputFileParameter="-o "
|
||||
parameterOrder=iop
|
||||
showHelpParameter=--help
|
||||
stringparaminquotes=false
|
||||
useCfgFileParameter=
|
||||
version=0.1.13
|
||||
|
||||
[Indent With Spaces]
|
||||
CallName="-s"
|
||||
Category=1
|
||||
Description=<html>Indent the code with the set number of spaces.</html>
|
||||
EditorType=numeric
|
||||
Enabled=true
|
||||
MaxVal=99
|
||||
MinVal=0
|
||||
ValueDefault=4
|
||||
|
||||
[Indent With Tabs]
|
||||
CallName="-t"
|
||||
Category=1
|
||||
Description=<html>Indent the code with the set number of tabs.</html>
|
||||
EditorType=numeric
|
||||
Enabled=false
|
||||
MaxVal=99
|
||||
MinVal=0
|
||||
ValueDefault=1
|
||||
|
||||
[Add Header]
|
||||
Category=0
|
||||
Choices="-l \"Pear(add_header=php)\"|-l \"Pear(add_header=bsd)\"|-l \"Pear(add_header=apache)\"|-l \"Pear(add_header=lgpl)\"|-l \"Pear(add_header=pear)\""
|
||||
ChoicesReadable="PHP|BSD|Apache|LGPL|PEAR"
|
||||
Description="<html>Adds header information to a file. These can be Php, BSD, Apache, LGPL or Pear license info.</html>"
|
||||
EditorType=multiple
|
||||
Enabled=true
|
||||
ValueDefault=0
|
||||
|
||||
[Newline Class]
|
||||
Category=0
|
||||
Description=<html>Add a new line after class before opening brace.</html>
|
||||
EditorType=boolean
|
||||
TrueFalse="-l \"Pear(newline_class=true)\"|-l \"Pear(newline_class=false)\""
|
||||
ValueDefault=1
|
||||
|
||||
[Newline Function]
|
||||
Category=0
|
||||
Description=<html>Add a new line after function before opening brace.</html>
|
||||
EditorType=boolean
|
||||
TrueFalse="-l \"Pear(newline_function=true)\"|-l \"Pear(newline_function=false)\""
|
||||
ValueDefault=1
|
||||
|
||||
[New Lines Before]
|
||||
CallName="-l \"NewLines(before="
|
||||
Category=0
|
||||
Description="<html>Add new lines before specific keywords. Keywords are separated by a single colon. Example: if:switch:T_CLASS<br />The string MUST end with a closing brace and an escaped double quote.</html>"
|
||||
EditorType=string
|
||||
Enabled=false
|
||||
ValueDefault="if:switch:T_CLASS)\""
|
||||
|
||||
[New Lines After]
|
||||
CallName="-l \"NewLines(after="
|
||||
Category=0
|
||||
Description="<html>Add new lines after specific keywords. Keywords are separated by a single colon. Example: T_COMMENT:function<br />The string MUST end with a closing brace and an escaped double quote.</html>"
|
||||
EditorType=string
|
||||
Enabled=false
|
||||
ValueDefault="T_COMMENT:function)\""
|
||||
|
||||
[Arrays Nested]
|
||||
Category=0
|
||||
Description=<html></html>
|
||||
EditorType=boolean
|
||||
TrueFalse="-l \"ArrayNested()\"|"
|
||||
ValueDefault=0
|
||||
|
||||
[Lowercase]
|
||||
Category=0
|
||||
Description=<html>Lowercases all control structures.</html>
|
||||
EditorType=boolean
|
||||
TrueFalse="-l \"Lowercase()\"|"
|
||||
ValueDefault=0
|
||||
|
||||
[List Class And Functions]
|
||||
Category=0
|
||||
Choices="-l \"ListClassFunction(list_classes=true)\"|-l \"ListClassFunction(list_functions=true)\"|-l \"ListClassFunction()\""
|
||||
ChoicesReadable="List Classes|List Functions|List Classes And Functions"
|
||||
Description=<html>Create a list of functions and classes in the script By default, this Filter puts the list at the beggining of the script. If you want it in another position, put a comment like that <pre> // Class and Function List </pre> The script lookup for the string 'Class and Function List' in a comment and replace the entire comment with the list.</html>
|
||||
EditorType=multiple
|
||||
Enabled=false
|
||||
ValueDefault=0
|
||||
|
||||
[Indent Styles]
|
||||
Category=0
|
||||
Choices="-l \"IndentStyles(style=k&r)\"|-l \"IndentStyles(style=allman)\"|-l \"IndentStyles(style=whitesmiths)\"|-l \"IndentStyles(style=gnu)\""
|
||||
ChoicesReadable="K&R|Allman|Whitesmiths|GNU"
|
||||
Description=<html></html>
|
||||
EditorType=multiple
|
||||
Enabled=false
|
||||
ValueDefault=0
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,54 @@
|
||||
[header]
|
||||
categories=General options
|
||||
cfgFileParameterEnding=" "
|
||||
configFilename=
|
||||
fileTypes=*.py
|
||||
indenterFileName=pindent.py
|
||||
indenterName=PIndent (Python)
|
||||
inputFileName=indentinput
|
||||
inputFileParameter=
|
||||
manual=http://coverage.livinglogic.de/Tools/scripts/pindent.py.html
|
||||
outputFileName=indentinput
|
||||
outputFileParameter=none
|
||||
stringparaminquotes=false
|
||||
parameterOrder=pio
|
||||
showHelpParameter=
|
||||
stringparaminquotes=false
|
||||
useCfgFileParameter=
|
||||
version="from Python 2.5.1 package"
|
||||
|
||||
[End directives]
|
||||
Category=0
|
||||
Description="<html>Complete takes a valid Python program as input and outputs a version augmented with block-closing comments (add #end directives).<br />Or Delete assumes its input is a Python program with block-closing comments and outputs a commentless version(delete #end directives).<br />Or Reformat assumes its input is a Python program with block-closing comments but with its indentation messed up, and outputs a properly indented version (use #end directives).</html>"
|
||||
Enabled=true
|
||||
EditorType=multiple
|
||||
Choices="-c|-d|-r"
|
||||
ChoicesReadable="Complete|Delete|Reformat"
|
||||
ValueDefault=0
|
||||
|
||||
[Step size]
|
||||
Category=0
|
||||
Description="<html>Sets the indentation step size.</html>"
|
||||
Enabled=true
|
||||
EditorType=numeric
|
||||
CallName="-s "
|
||||
MinVal=0
|
||||
MaxVal=999
|
||||
ValueDefault=8
|
||||
|
||||
[Tab size]
|
||||
Category=0
|
||||
Description="<html>Sets the number of spaces a tab character is worth.</html>"
|
||||
Enabled=true
|
||||
EditorType=numeric
|
||||
CallName="-t "
|
||||
MinVal=0
|
||||
MaxVal=999
|
||||
ValueDefault=8
|
||||
|
||||
[Convert Tabs]
|
||||
Category=0
|
||||
Description="<html>Expand TABs into spaces.</html>"
|
||||
EditorType=boolean
|
||||
TrueFalse=-e|
|
||||
ValueDefault=0
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,196 @@
|
||||
[header]
|
||||
categories=General options|Spaces|Indentation|Alignments
|
||||
cfgFileParameterEnding=cr
|
||||
configFilename=psti.cfg
|
||||
fileTypes=*.sql
|
||||
indenterFileName=psti.exe
|
||||
indenterName=Pl/Sql tidy (Pl/Sql)
|
||||
inputFileName=indentinput
|
||||
inputFileParameter="-i "
|
||||
manual=http://psti.equinoxbase.com/manual.html
|
||||
outputFileName=indentoutput
|
||||
outputFileParameter="-o "
|
||||
stringparaminquotes=false
|
||||
parameterOrder=iop
|
||||
showHelpParameter=-h
|
||||
stringparaminquotes=false
|
||||
useCfgFileParameter="-ls "
|
||||
version=1.2
|
||||
|
||||
[Disable all switches]
|
||||
Category=0
|
||||
Description="<html>Sets all switches to off.</html>"
|
||||
Enabled=false
|
||||
EditorType=boolean
|
||||
TrueFalse=-0|
|
||||
ValueDefault=0
|
||||
|
||||
[Uppercase Keywords]
|
||||
Category=0
|
||||
Description="<html>Uppercase Keywords.</html>"
|
||||
Enabled=false
|
||||
EditorType=boolean
|
||||
TrueFalse=-uk+|-uk-
|
||||
ValueDefault=0
|
||||
|
||||
[Capitalized Keywords]
|
||||
Category=0
|
||||
Description="<html>Capitalized Keywords.</html>"
|
||||
Enabled=false
|
||||
EditorType=boolean
|
||||
TrueFalse=-ck+|-ck-
|
||||
ValueDefault=0
|
||||
|
||||
[Lowercase Keywords]
|
||||
Category=0
|
||||
Description="<html>Lowercase Keywords.</html>"
|
||||
Enabled=false
|
||||
EditorType=boolean
|
||||
TrueFalse=-lk+|-lk-
|
||||
ValueDefault=0
|
||||
|
||||
[Uppercase Identifiers]
|
||||
Category=0
|
||||
Description="<html>Uppercase Identifiers.</html>"
|
||||
Enabled=false
|
||||
EditorType=boolean
|
||||
TrueFalse=-ui+|-ui-
|
||||
ValueDefault=0
|
||||
|
||||
[Lowercase Identifiers]
|
||||
Category=0
|
||||
Description="<html>Lowercase Identifiers.</html>"
|
||||
Enabled=false
|
||||
EditorType=boolean
|
||||
TrueFalse=-li+|-li-
|
||||
ValueDefault=0
|
||||
|
||||
[Capitalized Identifiers]
|
||||
Category=0
|
||||
Description="<html>Capitalized Identifiers.</html>"
|
||||
Enabled=false
|
||||
EditorType=boolean
|
||||
TrueFalse=-ci+|-ci-
|
||||
ValueDefault=0
|
||||
|
||||
[Compactify]
|
||||
Category=1
|
||||
Description="<html>Compactify, remove redundant spaces/keep.</html>"
|
||||
Enabled=false
|
||||
EditorType=boolean
|
||||
TrueFalse=-c+|-c-
|
||||
ValueDefault=0
|
||||
|
||||
[Remove Operation Spaces]
|
||||
Category=1
|
||||
Description="<html>Remove spaces around operations (+,- etcdo nothing/).</html>"
|
||||
Enabled=false
|
||||
EditorType=boolean
|
||||
TrueFalse=-co+|-co-
|
||||
ValueDefault=0
|
||||
|
||||
[Add Operation Spaces]
|
||||
Category=1
|
||||
Description="<html>Add space around operations/do nothing.</html>"
|
||||
Enabled=false
|
||||
EditorType=boolean
|
||||
TrueFalse=-sao+|-sao-
|
||||
ValueDefault=0
|
||||
|
||||
[Remove Space Open Bracket]
|
||||
Category=1
|
||||
Description="<html>Remove spaces after opening brackets/keep.</html>"
|
||||
Enabled=false
|
||||
EditorType=boolean
|
||||
TrueFalse=-rsaob+|-rsaob-
|
||||
ValueDefault=0
|
||||
|
||||
[Don't Remove Bracket Space]
|
||||
Category=1
|
||||
Description="<html>Don't remove spaces around brackets/do nothing.</html>"
|
||||
Enabled=false
|
||||
EditorType=boolean
|
||||
TrueFalse=-ncb+|-ncb-
|
||||
ValueDefault=0
|
||||
|
||||
[Indent Size]
|
||||
Category=2
|
||||
Description="<html>Indent size in spaces or in tabs (generally).</html>"
|
||||
Enabled=true
|
||||
EditorType=numeric
|
||||
CallName="-is "
|
||||
MinVal=0
|
||||
MaxVal=1024
|
||||
ValueDefault=4
|
||||
|
||||
[Indent Lines]
|
||||
Category=2
|
||||
Description="<html>Whether to indent strings lines.</html>"
|
||||
Enabled=true
|
||||
EditorType=boolean
|
||||
TrueFalse=-in+|-in-
|
||||
ValueDefault=1
|
||||
|
||||
[Keep relative indentation]
|
||||
Category=2
|
||||
Description="<html>Keep the relative identation of an allowed sql/do nothing.</html>"
|
||||
Enabled=false
|
||||
EditorType=boolean
|
||||
TrueFalse=-rs+|-rs-
|
||||
ValueDefault=0
|
||||
|
||||
[Indent after exception]
|
||||
Category=2
|
||||
Description="<html>Extra indentation after exception when yes/no.</html>"
|
||||
Enabled=false
|
||||
EditorType=boolean
|
||||
TrueFalse=-iaew+|-iaew-
|
||||
ValueDefault=0
|
||||
|
||||
[Indent after case]
|
||||
Category=2
|
||||
Description="<html>Extra indentation after case when yes/no.</html>"
|
||||
Enabled=false
|
||||
EditorType=boolean
|
||||
TrueFalse=-iacw+|-iacw-
|
||||
ValueDefault=0
|
||||
|
||||
[Indent after cursor]
|
||||
Category=2
|
||||
Description="<html>Extra indentation after cursor yes/no.</html>"
|
||||
Enabled=false
|
||||
EditorType=boolean
|
||||
TrueFalse=-iac+|-iac-
|
||||
ValueDefault=0
|
||||
|
||||
[Indent comments]
|
||||
Category=2
|
||||
Description="<html>Indent standalone comments.</html>"
|
||||
Enabled=false
|
||||
EditorType=boolean
|
||||
TrueFalse=-isc+|-isc-
|
||||
ValueDefault=0
|
||||
|
||||
[Indent comments special]
|
||||
Category=2
|
||||
Description="<html>Indent standalone comments in some special cases too.</html>"
|
||||
Enabled=false
|
||||
EditorType=boolean
|
||||
TrueFalse=-isc2+|-isc2-
|
||||
ValueDefault=0
|
||||
|
||||
[Indent inside comments]
|
||||
Category=2
|
||||
Description="<html>Indent inside comments/do nothing.</html>"
|
||||
Enabled=false
|
||||
EditorType=boolean
|
||||
TrueFalse=-iic+|-iic-
|
||||
ValueDefault=0
|
||||
|
||||
[Column alignment]
|
||||
Category=3
|
||||
Description="<html>Column like lists inside brackets.</html>"
|
||||
Enabled=false
|
||||
EditorType=boolean
|
||||
TrueFalse=-clb+|-clb-
|
||||
ValueDefault=0
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
|
||||
[header]
|
||||
categories=
|
||||
cfgFileParameterEnding=" "
|
||||
configFilename=
|
||||
fileTypes=*.rb
|
||||
indenterFileName=rbeautify.rb
|
||||
indenterName=Ruby Script Beautifier (Ruby)
|
||||
inputFileName=indentinput
|
||||
inputFileParameter=
|
||||
manual=http://www.arachnoid.com/ruby/rubyBeautifier.html
|
||||
outputFileName=indentinput
|
||||
outputFileParameter=none
|
||||
parameterOrder=pio
|
||||
showHelpParameter=
|
||||
stringparaminquotes=false
|
||||
useCfgFileParameter=
|
||||
version=2.9
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
|
||||
[header]
|
||||
categories=General
|
||||
cfgFileParameterEnding=" "
|
||||
configFilename=
|
||||
fileTypes=*.rb
|
||||
indenterFileName=ruby_formatter.rb
|
||||
indenterName=Simple Ruby Formatter (Ruby)
|
||||
inputFileName=indentinput
|
||||
inputFileParameter=
|
||||
manual=http://raa.ruby-lang.org/project/ruby_formatter/
|
||||
outputFileName=indentinput
|
||||
outputFileParameter=none
|
||||
parameterOrder=pio
|
||||
showHelpParameter=
|
||||
stringparaminquotes=false
|
||||
useCfgFileParameter=
|
||||
version=Rev 0.6.1
|
||||
|
||||
[indent spaces]
|
||||
CallName="-s "
|
||||
Category=0
|
||||
Description=<html>Indent using # spaces per indent</html>
|
||||
EditorType=numeric
|
||||
Enabled=false
|
||||
MaxVal=20
|
||||
MinVal=2
|
||||
ValueDefault=4
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
|
||||
[header]
|
||||
categories=
|
||||
cfgFileParameterEnding=" "
|
||||
configFilename=
|
||||
fileTypes=*.sh
|
||||
indenterFileName=shellindent.awk
|
||||
indenterName=Shell Code Indent (sh)
|
||||
inputFileName=indentinput
|
||||
inputFileParameter=
|
||||
manual=http://www.bolthole.com/AWK.html
|
||||
outputFileName=
|
||||
outputFileParameter=stdout
|
||||
parameterOrder=pio
|
||||
showHelpParameter=
|
||||
stringparaminquotes=false
|
||||
useCfgFileParameter=
|
||||
version=2008-01-10
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,612 @@
|
||||
[header]
|
||||
categories="HTML, XHTML, XML|Diagnostics|Pretty Print|Character Encoding|Miscellaneous"
|
||||
cfgFileParameterEnding=cr
|
||||
configFilename=htmltidy.cfg
|
||||
fileTypes=*.html|*.htm
|
||||
indenterFileName=tidy
|
||||
indenterName=(HTML) Tidy
|
||||
inputFileName=indentinput
|
||||
inputFileParameter=
|
||||
manual=http://tidy.sourceforge.net/docs/tidy_man.html
|
||||
outputFileName=indentoutput
|
||||
outputFileParameter="-o "
|
||||
parameterOrder=poi
|
||||
showHelpParameter=-h
|
||||
stringparaminquotes=false
|
||||
useCfgFileParameter="-q -config "
|
||||
version=2007-05-24
|
||||
|
||||
[Quiet]
|
||||
Category=4
|
||||
Description="<html>This option specifies if Tidy should output the summary of the numbers of errors and warnings, or the welcome or informational messages.</html>"
|
||||
EditorType=boolean
|
||||
Enabled=true
|
||||
TrueFalse=quiet:yes|quiet:no
|
||||
ValueDefault=1
|
||||
|
||||
[Uppercase tags]
|
||||
Category=0
|
||||
Description=<html>This option specifies if Tidy should output tag names in upper case. The default is no, which results in lower case tag names, except for XML input, where the original case is preserved.</html>
|
||||
EditorType=boolean
|
||||
Enabled=false
|
||||
TrueFalse=uppercase-tags:yes|uppercase-tags:no
|
||||
ValueDefault=0
|
||||
|
||||
[accessibility-check]
|
||||
CallName=accessibility-check:
|
||||
Category=1
|
||||
Description="<html>This option specifies what level of accessibility checking, if any, that Tidy should do. Level 0 is equivalent to Tidy Classic's accessibility checking. For more information on Tidy's accessibility checking, visit the Adaptive Technology Resource Centre at the University of Toronto.</html>"
|
||||
EditorType=numeric
|
||||
Enabled=true
|
||||
MaxVal=3
|
||||
MinVal=0
|
||||
ValueDefault=0
|
||||
|
||||
[add-xml-decl]
|
||||
Category=0
|
||||
Description="<html>This option specifies if Tidy should add the XML declaration when outputting XML or XHTML. Note that if the input already includes an <?xml ... ?> declaration then this option will be ignored. If the encoding for the output is different from 'ascii', one of the utf encodings or 'raw', the declaration is always added as required by the XML standard.</html>"
|
||||
EditorType=boolean
|
||||
Enabled=false
|
||||
TrueFalse=add-xml-decl:yes|add-xml-decl:no
|
||||
ValueDefault=0
|
||||
|
||||
[add-xml-space]
|
||||
Category=0
|
||||
Description="<html>This option specifies if Tidy should add xml:space='preserve' to elements such as <PRE>, <STYLE> and <SCRIPT> when generating XML. This is needed if the whitespace in such elements is to be parsed appropriately without having access to the DTD.</html>"
|
||||
EditorType=boolean
|
||||
Enabled=false
|
||||
TrueFalse=add-xml-space:yes|add-xml-space:no
|
||||
ValueDefault=0
|
||||
|
||||
[alt-text]
|
||||
CallName=alt-text:
|
||||
Category=0
|
||||
Description="<html>-This option specifies the default 'alt=' text Tidy uses for <IMG> attributes. This feature is dangerous as it suppresses further accessibility warnings. You are responsible for making your documents accessible to people who can not see the images!</html>"
|
||||
EditorType=string
|
||||
Enabled=false
|
||||
ValueDefault=
|
||||
|
||||
[ascii-chars]
|
||||
Category=3
|
||||
Description="<html>Can be used to modify behavior of -c (--clean yes) option. If set to 'yes' when using -c, &emdash;, ”, and other named character entities are downgraded to their closest ascii equivalents.</html>"
|
||||
EditorType=boolean
|
||||
Enabled=false
|
||||
TrueFalse=ascii-chars:yes|ascii-chars:no
|
||||
ValueDefault=0
|
||||
|
||||
[assume-xml-procins]
|
||||
Category=0
|
||||
Description=<html>This option specifies if Tidy should change the parsing of processing instructions to require ?> as the terminator rather than >. This option is automatically set if the input is in XML.</html>
|
||||
EditorType=boolean
|
||||
Enabled=false
|
||||
TrueFalse=assume-xml-procins:yes|assume-xml-procins:no
|
||||
ValueDefault=0
|
||||
|
||||
[bare]
|
||||
Category=0
|
||||
Description="<html>This option specifies if Tidy should strip Microsoft specific HTML from Word 2000 documents, and output spaces rather than non-breaking spaces where they exist in the input.</html>"
|
||||
EditorType=boolean
|
||||
Enabled=false
|
||||
TrueFalse=bare:yes|bare:no
|
||||
ValueDefault=0
|
||||
|
||||
[break-before-br]
|
||||
Category=2
|
||||
Description=<html>This option specifies if Tidy should output a line break before each <BR> element.</html>
|
||||
EditorType=boolean
|
||||
Enabled=false
|
||||
TrueFalse=break-before-br:yes|break-before-br:no
|
||||
ValueDefault=0
|
||||
|
||||
[char-encoding]
|
||||
Category=3
|
||||
Choices=char-encoding:raw|char-encoding:ascii|char-encoding:latin0|char-encoding:latin1|char-encoding:utf8|char-encoding:iso2022|char-encoding:mac|char-encoding:win1252|char-encoding:ibm858|char-encoding:utf16le|char-encoding:utf16be|char-encoding:utf16|char-encoding:big5|char-encoding:shiftjis
|
||||
Description="<html>This option specifies the character encoding Tidy uses for both the input and output. For ascii, Tidy will accept Latin-1 (ISO-8859-1) character values, but will use entities for all characters whose value > 127. For raw, Tidy will output values above 127 without translating them into entities. For latin1, characters above 255 will be written as entities. For utf8, Tidy assumes that both input and output is encoded as UTF-8. You can use iso2022 for files encoded using the ISO-2022 family of encodings e.g. ISO-2022-JP. For mac and win1252, Tidy will accept vendor specific character values, but will use entities for all characters whose value > 127.</html>"
|
||||
EditorType=multiple
|
||||
Enabled=false
|
||||
ValueDefault=1
|
||||
|
||||
[clean]
|
||||
Category=0
|
||||
Description=<html>This option specifies if Tidy should strip out surplus presentational tags and attributes replacing them by style rules and structural markup as appropriate. It works well on the HTML saved by Microsoft Office products.</html>
|
||||
EditorType=boolean
|
||||
Enabled=false
|
||||
TrueFalse=clean:yes|clean:no
|
||||
ValueDefault=0
|
||||
|
||||
[css-prefix]
|
||||
CallName=css-prefix
|
||||
Category=0
|
||||
Description="<html>-This option specifies the prefix that Tidy uses for styles rules. By default, 'c' will be used.</html>"
|
||||
EditorType=string
|
||||
Enabled=false
|
||||
ValueDefault=
|
||||
|
||||
[decorate-inferred-ul]
|
||||
Category=0
|
||||
Description=<html>This option specifies if Tidy should decorate inferred UL elements with some CSS markup to avoid indentation to the right.</html>
|
||||
EditorType=boolean
|
||||
Enabled=false
|
||||
TrueFalse=decorate-inferred-ul:yes|decorate-inferred-ul:no
|
||||
ValueDefault=0
|
||||
|
||||
[doctype]
|
||||
Category=0
|
||||
Choices=doctype:omit|doctype:auto|doctype:strict|doctype:transitional|doctype:user
|
||||
Description=<html>This option specifies the DOCTYPE declaration generated by Tidy. If set to 'omit' the output won't contain a DOCTYPE declaration. If set to 'auto' (the default) Tidy will use an educated guess based upon the contents of the document. If set to 'strict', Tidy will set the DOCTYPE to the strict DTD. If set to 'loose', the DOCTYPE is set to the loose (transitional) DTD. Alternatively, you can supply a string for the formal public identifier (FPI). For example: doctype: '-//ACME//DTD HTML 3.14159//EN' If you specify the FPI for an XHTML document, Tidy will set the system identifier to an empty string. For an HTML document, Tidy adds a system identifier only if one was already present in order to preserve the processing mode of some browsers. Tidy leaves the DOCTYPE for generic XML documents unchanged. --doctype omit implies --numeric-entities yes. This option does not offer a validation of the document conformance.</html>
|
||||
EditorType=multiple
|
||||
Enabled=false
|
||||
ValueDefault=1
|
||||
|
||||
[drop-empty-paras]
|
||||
Category=0
|
||||
Description=<html>This option specifies if Tidy should discard empty paragraphs.</html>
|
||||
EditorType=boolean
|
||||
Enabled=false
|
||||
TrueFalse=drop-empty-paras:yes|drop-empty-paras:no
|
||||
ValueDefault=1
|
||||
|
||||
[drop-font-tags]
|
||||
Category=0
|
||||
Description=<html>This option specifies if Tidy should discard <FONT> and <CENTER> tags without creating the corresponding style rules. This option can be set independently of the clean option.</html>
|
||||
EditorType=boolean
|
||||
Enabled=false
|
||||
TrueFalse=drop-font-tags:yes|drop-font-tags:no
|
||||
ValueDefault=0
|
||||
|
||||
[drop-proprietary-attributes]
|
||||
Category=0
|
||||
Description="<html>This option specifies if Tidy should strip out proprietary attributes, such as MS data binding attributes. </html>"
|
||||
EditorType=boolean
|
||||
Enabled=false
|
||||
TrueFalse=drop-proprietary-attributes:yes|drop-proprietary-attributes:no
|
||||
ValueDefault=0
|
||||
|
||||
[enclose-block-text]
|
||||
Category=0
|
||||
Description=<html>This option specifies if Tidy should insert a <P> element to enclose any text it finds in any element that allows mixed content for HTML transitional but not HTML strict.</html>
|
||||
EditorType=boolean
|
||||
Enabled=false
|
||||
TrueFalse=enclose-block-text:yes|enclose-block-text:no
|
||||
ValueDefault=0
|
||||
|
||||
[enclose-text]
|
||||
Category=0
|
||||
Description=<html>This option specifies if Tidy should enclose any text it finds in the body element within a <P> element. This is useful when you want to take existing HTML and use it with a style sheet.</html>
|
||||
EditorType=boolean
|
||||
Enabled=false
|
||||
TrueFalse=enclose-text:yes|enclose-text:no
|
||||
ValueDefault=0
|
||||
|
||||
[escape-cdata]
|
||||
Category=0
|
||||
Description=<html>This option specifies if Tidy should convert <![CDATA[]]> sections to normal text.</html>
|
||||
EditorType=boolean
|
||||
Enabled=false
|
||||
TrueFalse=escape-cdata:yes|escape-cdata:no
|
||||
ValueDefault=0
|
||||
|
||||
[fix-backslash]
|
||||
Category=0
|
||||
Description=<html>This option specifies if Tidy should replace backslash characters '' in URLs by forward slashes '/'.</html>
|
||||
EditorType=boolean
|
||||
Enabled=false
|
||||
TrueFalse=fix-backslash:yes|fix-backslash:no
|
||||
ValueDefault=1
|
||||
|
||||
[fix-bad-comments]
|
||||
Category=0
|
||||
Description="<html>This option specifies if Tidy should replace unexpected hyphens with '=' characters when it comes across adjacent hyphens. The default is yes. This option is provided for users of Cold Fusion which uses the comment syntax: <!--- ---></html>"
|
||||
EditorType=boolean
|
||||
Enabled=false
|
||||
TrueFalse=fix-bad-comments:yes|fix-bad-comments:no
|
||||
ValueDefault=1
|
||||
|
||||
[fix-uri]
|
||||
Category=0
|
||||
Description="<html>This option specifies if Tidy should check attribute values that carry URIs for illegal characters and if such are found, escape them as HTML 4 recommends.</html>"
|
||||
EditorType=boolean
|
||||
Enabled=false
|
||||
TrueFalse=fix-uri:yes|fix-uri:no
|
||||
ValueDefault=1
|
||||
|
||||
[hide-comments]
|
||||
Category=0
|
||||
Description=<html>This option specifies if Tidy should print out comments.</html>
|
||||
EditorType=boolean
|
||||
Enabled=false
|
||||
TrueFalse=hide-comments:yes|hide-comments:no
|
||||
ValueDefault=0
|
||||
|
||||
[hide-endtags]
|
||||
Category=0
|
||||
Description=<html>This option specifies if Tidy should omit optional end-tags when generating the pretty printed markup. This option is ignored if you are outputting to XML.</html>
|
||||
EditorType=boolean
|
||||
Enabled=false
|
||||
TrueFalse=hide-endtags:yes|hide-endtags:no
|
||||
ValueDefault=0
|
||||
|
||||
[indent]
|
||||
Category=2
|
||||
Description="<html>This option specifies if Tidy should indent block-level tags. If set to 'auto', this option causes Tidy to decide whether or not to indent the content of tags such as TITLE, H1-H6, LI, TD, TD, or P depending on whether or not the content includes a block-level element. You are advised to avoid setting indent to yes as this can expose layout bugs in some browsers.</html>"
|
||||
EditorType=boolean
|
||||
Enabled=false
|
||||
TrueFalse=indent:yes|indent:no
|
||||
ValueDefault=0
|
||||
|
||||
[indent-attributes]
|
||||
Category=2
|
||||
Description=<html>This option specifies if Tidy should begin each attribute on a new line.</html>
|
||||
EditorType=boolean
|
||||
Enabled=false
|
||||
TrueFalse=indent-attributes:yes|indent-attributes:no
|
||||
ValueDefault=0
|
||||
|
||||
[indent-cdata]
|
||||
Category=0
|
||||
Description=<html>This option specifies if Tidy should indent <![CDATA[]]> sections.</html>
|
||||
EditorType=boolean
|
||||
Enabled=false
|
||||
TrueFalse=indent-cdata:yes|indent-cdata:no
|
||||
ValueDefault=0
|
||||
|
||||
[indent-spaces]
|
||||
CallName=indent-spaces:
|
||||
Category=2
|
||||
Description="<html>This option specifies the number of spaces Tidy uses to indent content, when indentation is enabled.</html>"
|
||||
EditorType=numeric
|
||||
Enabled=true
|
||||
MaxVal=5000
|
||||
MinVal=0
|
||||
ValueDefault=2
|
||||
|
||||
[input-encoding]
|
||||
Category=3
|
||||
Choices=input-encoding:raw|input-encoding:ascii|input-encoding:latin0|input-encoding:latin1|input-encoding:utf8|input-encoding:iso2022|input-encoding:mac|input-encoding:win1252|input-encoding:ibm858|input-encoding:utf16le|input-encoding:utf16be|input-encoding:utf16|input-encoding:big5|input-encoding:shiftjis
|
||||
Description=<html>This option specifies the character encoding Tidy uses for the input. See char-encoding for more info.</html>
|
||||
EditorType=multiple
|
||||
Enabled=false
|
||||
ValueDefault=4
|
||||
|
||||
[input-xml]
|
||||
Category=0
|
||||
Description=<html>This option specifies if Tidy should use the XML parser rather than the error correcting HTML parser.</html>
|
||||
EditorType=boolean
|
||||
Enabled=false
|
||||
TrueFalse=input-xml:yes|input-xml:no
|
||||
ValueDefault=0
|
||||
|
||||
[join-classes]
|
||||
Category=0
|
||||
Description="<html>This option specifies if Tidy should combine class names to generate a single new class name, if multiple class assignments are detected on an element.</html>"
|
||||
EditorType=boolean
|
||||
Enabled=false
|
||||
TrueFalse=join-classes:yes|join-classes:no
|
||||
ValueDefault=0
|
||||
|
||||
[join-styles]
|
||||
Category=0
|
||||
Description="<html>This option specifies if Tidy should combine styles to generate a single new style, if multiple style values are detected on an element.</html>"
|
||||
EditorType=boolean
|
||||
Enabled=false
|
||||
TrueFalse=join-styles:yes|join-styles:no
|
||||
ValueDefault=1
|
||||
|
||||
[literal-attributes]
|
||||
Category=0
|
||||
Description=<html>This option specifies if Tidy should ensure that whitespace characters within attribute values are passed through unchanged.</html>
|
||||
EditorType=boolean
|
||||
Enabled=false
|
||||
TrueFalse=literal-attributes:yes|literal-attributes:no
|
||||
ValueDefault=0
|
||||
|
||||
[logical-emphasis]
|
||||
Category=0
|
||||
Description="<html>This option specifies if Tidy should replace any occurrence of <I> by <EM> and any occurrence of <B> by <STRONG>. In both cases, the attributes are preserved unchanged. This option can be set independently of the clean and drop-font-tags options.</html>"
|
||||
EditorType=boolean
|
||||
Enabled=false
|
||||
TrueFalse=logical-emphasis:yes|logical-emphasis:no
|
||||
ValueDefault=0
|
||||
|
||||
[lower-literals]
|
||||
Category=0
|
||||
Description=<html>This option specifies if Tidy should convert the value of an attribute that takes a list of predefined values to lower case. This is required for XHTML documents.</html>
|
||||
EditorType=boolean
|
||||
Enabled=false
|
||||
TrueFalse=lower-literals:yes|lower-literals:no
|
||||
ValueDefault=1
|
||||
|
||||
[markup]
|
||||
Category=2
|
||||
Description=<html>This option specifies if Tidy should generate a pretty printed version of the markup. Note that Tidy won't generate a pretty printed version if it finds significant errors (see force-output).</html>
|
||||
EditorType=boolean
|
||||
Enabled=false
|
||||
TrueFalse=markup:yes|markup:no
|
||||
ValueDefault=1
|
||||
|
||||
[merge-divs]
|
||||
Category=0
|
||||
Choices=merge-divs:auto|merge-divs:yes|merge-divs:no
|
||||
ChoicesReadable=Merge Divs Auto|Do Merge Divs|Do Not Merge Divs
|
||||
Description="<html>Can be used to modify behavior of -c (--clean yes) option. This option specifies if Tidy should merge nested <div> such as '<div><div>...</div></div>'. If set to 'auto', the attributes of the inner <div> are moved to the outer one. As well, nested <div> with ID attributes are not merged. If set to 'yes', the attributes of the inner <div> are discarded with the exception of 'class' and 'style'.</html>"
|
||||
EditorType=multiple
|
||||
Enabled=false
|
||||
ValueDefault=0
|
||||
|
||||
[ncr]
|
||||
Category=0
|
||||
Description=<html>This option specifies if Tidy should allow numeric character references.</html>
|
||||
EditorType=boolean
|
||||
Enabled=false
|
||||
TrueFalse=ncr:yes|ncr:no
|
||||
ValueDefault=1
|
||||
|
||||
[new-blocklevel-tags]
|
||||
CallName=new-blocklevel-tags:
|
||||
Category=0
|
||||
Description="<html>This option specifies new block-level tags. This option takes a space or comma separated list of tag names. Unless you declare new tags, Tidy will refuse to generate a tidied file if the input includes previously unknown tags. Note you can't change the content model for elements such as <TABLE>, <UL>, <OL> and <DL>. This option is ignored in XML mode.</html>"
|
||||
EditorType=string
|
||||
Enabled=false
|
||||
ValueDefault=
|
||||
|
||||
[new-empty-tags]
|
||||
CallName=new-empty-tags:
|
||||
Category=0
|
||||
Description="<html>This option specifies new empty inline tags. This option takes a space or comma separated list of tag names. Unless you declare new tags, Tidy will refuse to generate a tidied file if the input includes previously unknown tags. Remember to also declare empty tags as either inline or blocklevel. This option is ignored in XML mode.</html>"
|
||||
EditorType=string
|
||||
Enabled=false
|
||||
ValueDefault=
|
||||
|
||||
[new-inline-tags]
|
||||
CallName=new-inline-tags:
|
||||
Category=0
|
||||
Description="<html>This option specifies new non-empty inline tags. This option takes a space or comma separated list of tag names. Unless you declare new tags, Tidy will refuse to generate a tidied file if the input includes previously unknown tags. This option is ignored in XML mode.</html>"
|
||||
EditorType=string
|
||||
Enabled=false
|
||||
ValueDefault=
|
||||
|
||||
[new-pre-tags]
|
||||
CallName=new-pre-tags:
|
||||
Category=0
|
||||
Description="<html>This option specifies new tags that are to be processed in exactly the same way as HTML's <PRE> element. This option takes a space or comma separated list of tag names. Unless you declare new tags, Tidy will refuse to generate a tidied file if the input includes previously unknown tags. Note you can not as yet add new CDATA elements (similar to <SCRIPT>). This option is ignored in XML mode.</html>"
|
||||
EditorType=string
|
||||
Enabled=false
|
||||
ValueDefault=
|
||||
|
||||
[newline]
|
||||
Category=3
|
||||
Choices=newline:LF|newline:CRLF|newline:CR
|
||||
Description="<html>The default is appropriate to the current platform: CRLF on PC-DOS, MS-Windows and OS/2, CR on Classic Mac OS, and LF everywhere else (Unix and Linux).</html>"
|
||||
EditorType=multiple
|
||||
Enabled=false
|
||||
ValueDefault=1
|
||||
|
||||
[numeric-entities]
|
||||
Category=0
|
||||
Description="<html>This option specifies if Tidy should output entities other than the built-in HTML entities (&, <, > and ") in the numeric rather than the named entity form. Only entities compatible with the DOCTYPE declaration generated are used. Entities that can be represented in the output encoding are translated correspondingly.</html>"
|
||||
EditorType=boolean
|
||||
Enabled=false
|
||||
TrueFalse=numeric-entities:yes|numeric-entities:no
|
||||
ValueDefault=0
|
||||
|
||||
[output-bom]
|
||||
Category=3
|
||||
Choices=output-bom:auto|output-bom:yes|output-bom:no
|
||||
Description="<html>This option specifies if Tidy should write a Unicode Byte Order Mark character (BOM; also known as Zero Width No-Break Space; has value of U+FEFF) to the beginning of the output; only for UTF-8 and UTF-16 output encodings. If set to 'auto', this option causes Tidy to write a BOM to the output only if a BOM was present at the beginning of the input. A BOM is always written for XML/XHTML output using UTF-16 output encodings.</html>"
|
||||
EditorType=multiple
|
||||
Enabled=false
|
||||
ValueDefault=0
|
||||
|
||||
[output-encoding]
|
||||
Category=3
|
||||
Choices=output-encoding:raw|output-encoding:ascii|output-encoding:latin0|output-encoding:latin1|output-encoding:utf8|output-encoding:iso2022|output-encoding:mac|output-encoding:win1252|output-encoding:ibm858|output-encoding:utf16le|output-encoding:utf16be|output-encoding:utf16|output-encoding:big5|output-encoding:shiftjis
|
||||
Description="<html>This option specifies the character encoding Tidy uses for the output. See char-encoding for more info. May only be different from input-encoding for Latin encodings (ascii, latin0, latin1, mac, win1252, ibm858).</html>"
|
||||
EditorType=multiple
|
||||
Enabled=false
|
||||
ValueDefault=1
|
||||
|
||||
[output-html]
|
||||
Category=0
|
||||
Description="<html>This option specifies if Tidy should generate pretty printed output, writing it as HTML.</html>"
|
||||
EditorType=boolean
|
||||
Enabled=false
|
||||
TrueFalse=output-html:yes|output-html:no
|
||||
ValueDefault=0
|
||||
|
||||
[output-xhtml]
|
||||
Category=0
|
||||
Description="<html>This option specifies if Tidy should generate pretty printed output, writing it as extensible HTML. This option causes Tidy to set the DOCTYPE and default namespace as appropriate to XHTML. If a DOCTYPE or namespace is given they will checked for consistency with the content of the document. In the case of an inconsistency, the corrected values will appear in the output. For XHTML, entities can be written as named or numeric entities according to the setting of the 'numeric-entities' option. The original case of tags and attributes will be preserved, regardless of other options.</html>"
|
||||
EditorType=boolean
|
||||
Enabled=false
|
||||
TrueFalse=output-xhtml:yes|output-xhtml:no
|
||||
ValueDefault=0
|
||||
|
||||
[output-xml]
|
||||
Category=0
|
||||
Description="<html>This option specifies if Tidy should pretty print output, writing it as well-formed XML. Any entities not defined in XML 1.0 will be written as numeric entities to allow them to be parsed by a XML parser. The original case of tags and attributes will be preserved, regardless of other options.</html>"
|
||||
EditorType=boolean
|
||||
Enabled=false
|
||||
TrueFalse=output-xml:yes|output-xml:no
|
||||
ValueDefault=0
|
||||
|
||||
[preserve-entities]
|
||||
Category=0
|
||||
Description=<html>This option specifies if Tidy should preserve the well-formed entitites as found in the input.</html>
|
||||
EditorType=boolean
|
||||
Enabled=false
|
||||
TrueFalse=preserve-entities:yes|preserve-entities:no
|
||||
ValueDefault=0
|
||||
|
||||
[punctuation-wrap]
|
||||
Category=2
|
||||
Description=<html>This option specifies if Tidy should line wrap after some Unicode or Chinese punctuation characters.</html>
|
||||
EditorType=boolean
|
||||
Enabled=false
|
||||
TrueFalse=punctuation-wrap:yes|punctuation-wrap:no
|
||||
ValueDefault=0
|
||||
|
||||
[quote-ampersand]
|
||||
Category=0
|
||||
Description="<html>This option specifies if Tidy should output unadorned & characters as &.</html>"
|
||||
EditorType=boolean
|
||||
Enabled=false
|
||||
TrueFalse=quote-ampersand:yes|quote-ampersand:no
|
||||
ValueDefault=1
|
||||
|
||||
[quote-marks]
|
||||
Category=0
|
||||
Description="<html>This option specifies if Tidy should output ' characters as " as is preferred by some editing environments. The apostrophe character ' is written out as ' since many web browsers don't yet support '.</html>"
|
||||
EditorType=boolean
|
||||
Enabled=false
|
||||
TrueFalse=quote-marks:yes|quote-marks:no
|
||||
ValueDefault=0
|
||||
|
||||
[quote-nbsp]
|
||||
Category=0
|
||||
Description="<html>This option specifies if Tidy should output non-breaking space characters as entities, rather than as the Unicode character value 160 (decimal).</html>"
|
||||
EditorType=boolean
|
||||
Enabled=false
|
||||
TrueFalse=quote-nbsp:yes|quote-nbsp:no
|
||||
ValueDefault=1
|
||||
|
||||
[repeated-attributes]
|
||||
Category=0
|
||||
Choices=repeated-attributes:keep-first|repeated-attributes:keep-last
|
||||
Description="<html>This option specifies if Tidy should keep the first or last attribute, if an attribute is repeated, e.g. has two align attributes.</html>"
|
||||
EditorType=multiple
|
||||
Enabled=false
|
||||
ValueDefault=1
|
||||
|
||||
[replace-color]
|
||||
Category=0
|
||||
Description="<html>This option specifies if Tidy should replace numeric values in color attributes by HTML/XHTML color names where defined, e.g. replace '#ffffff' with 'white'.</html>"
|
||||
EditorType=boolean
|
||||
Enabled=false
|
||||
TrueFalse=replace-color:yes|replace-color:no
|
||||
ValueDefault=0
|
||||
|
||||
[show-body-only]
|
||||
Category=0
|
||||
Description=<html>This option specifies if Tidy should print only the contents of the body tag as an HTML fragment. Useful for incorporating existing whole pages as a portion of another page.</html>
|
||||
EditorType=boolean
|
||||
Enabled=false
|
||||
TrueFalse=show-body-only:yes|show-body-only:no
|
||||
ValueDefault=0
|
||||
|
||||
[show-errors]
|
||||
CallName=show-errors:
|
||||
Category=1
|
||||
Description="<html>This option specifies what level of accessibility checking, if any, that Tidy should do. Level 0 is equivalent to Tidy Classic's accessibility checking. For more information on Tidy's accessibility checking, visit the Adaptive Technology Resource Centre at the University of Toronto.</html>"
|
||||
EditorType=numeric
|
||||
Enabled=true
|
||||
MaxVal=5000
|
||||
MinVal=0
|
||||
ValueDefault=6
|
||||
|
||||
[show-warnings]
|
||||
Category=1
|
||||
Description=<html>This option specifies if Tidy should suppress warnings. This can be useful when a few errors are hidden in a flurry of warnings.</html>
|
||||
EditorType=boolean
|
||||
Enabled=false
|
||||
TrueFalse=show-warnings:yes|show-warnings:no
|
||||
ValueDefault=1
|
||||
|
||||
[split]
|
||||
Category=2
|
||||
Description=<html>Currently not used. Tidy Classic only.</html>
|
||||
EditorType=boolean
|
||||
Enabled=false
|
||||
TrueFalse=split:yes|split:no
|
||||
ValueDefault=0
|
||||
|
||||
[tab-size]
|
||||
CallName=tab-size:
|
||||
Category=2
|
||||
Description=<html>This option specifies the number of columns that Tidy uses between successive tab stops. It is used to map tabs to spaces when reading the input. Tidy never outputs tabs.</html>
|
||||
EditorType=numeric
|
||||
Enabled=true
|
||||
MaxVal=5000
|
||||
MinVal=0
|
||||
ValueDefault=8
|
||||
|
||||
[uppercase-attributes]
|
||||
Category=0
|
||||
Description="<html>This option specifies if Tidy should output attribute names in upper case. The default is no, which results in lower case attribute names, except for XML input, where the original case is preserved.</html>"
|
||||
EditorType=boolean
|
||||
Enabled=false
|
||||
TrueFalse=uppercase-attributes:yes|uppercase-attributes:no
|
||||
ValueDefault=0
|
||||
|
||||
[vertical-space]
|
||||
Category=2
|
||||
Description=<html>This option specifies if Tidy should add some empty lines for readability.</html>
|
||||
EditorType=boolean
|
||||
Enabled=false
|
||||
TrueFalse=vertical-space:yes|vertical-space:no
|
||||
ValueDefault=0
|
||||
|
||||
[word-2000]
|
||||
Category=0
|
||||
Description="<html>This option specifies if Tidy should go to great pains to strip out all the surplus stuff Microsoft Word 2000 inserts when you save Word documents as 'Web pages'. Doesn't handle embedded images or VML. You should consider using Word's 'Save As: Web Page, Filtered'.</html>"
|
||||
EditorType=boolean
|
||||
Enabled=false
|
||||
TrueFalse=word-2000:yes|word-2000:no
|
||||
ValueDefault=0
|
||||
|
||||
[wrap]
|
||||
CallName=wrap:
|
||||
Category=2
|
||||
Description=<html>This option specifies the right margin Tidy uses for line wrapping. Tidy tries to wrap lines so that they do not exceed this length. Set wrap to zero if you want to disable line wrapping.</html>
|
||||
EditorType=numeric
|
||||
Enabled=true
|
||||
MaxVal=5000
|
||||
MinVal=0
|
||||
ValueDefault=68
|
||||
|
||||
[wrap-asp]
|
||||
Category=2
|
||||
Description="<html>This option specifies if Tidy should line wrap text contained within ASP pseudo elements, which look like: <% ... %>.</html>"
|
||||
EditorType=boolean
|
||||
Enabled=false
|
||||
TrueFalse=wrap-asp:yes|wrap-asp:no
|
||||
ValueDefault=1
|
||||
|
||||
[wrap-attributes]
|
||||
Category=2
|
||||
Description="<html>This option specifies if Tidy should line wrap attribute values, for easier editing. This option can be set independently of wrap-script-literals.</html>"
|
||||
EditorType=boolean
|
||||
Enabled=false
|
||||
TrueFalse=wrap-attributes:yes|wrap-attributes:no
|
||||
ValueDefault=0
|
||||
|
||||
[wrap-jste]
|
||||
Category=2
|
||||
Description="<html>This option specifies if Tidy should line wrap text contained within JSTE pseudo elements, which look like: <# ... #>.</html>"
|
||||
EditorType=boolean
|
||||
Enabled=false
|
||||
TrueFalse=wrap-jste:yes|wrap-jste:no
|
||||
ValueDefault=1
|
||||
|
||||
[wrap-php]
|
||||
Category=2
|
||||
Description="<html>This option specifies if Tidy should line wrap text contained within PHP pseudo elements, which look like: <?php ... ?>.</html>"
|
||||
EditorType=boolean
|
||||
Enabled=false
|
||||
TrueFalse=wrap-php:yes|wrap-php:no
|
||||
ValueDefault=1
|
||||
|
||||
[wrap-script-literals]
|
||||
Category=2
|
||||
Description=<html>This option specifies if Tidy should line wrap string literals that appear in script attributes. Tidy wraps long script string literals by inserting a backslash character before the line break.</html>
|
||||
EditorType=boolean
|
||||
Enabled=false
|
||||
TrueFalse=wrap-script-literals:yes|wrap-script-literals:no
|
||||
ValueDefault=0
|
||||
|
||||
[wrap-sections]
|
||||
Category=2
|
||||
Description=<html>This option specifies if Tidy should line wrap text contained within <![ ... ]> section tags.</html>
|
||||
EditorType=boolean
|
||||
Enabled=false
|
||||
TrueFalse=wrap-sections:yes|wrap-sections:no
|
||||
ValueDefault=0
|
||||
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
@ -0,0 +1,45 @@
|
||||
[header]
|
||||
categories=General
|
||||
cfgFileParameterEnding=cr
|
||||
configFilename=
|
||||
fileTypes=*.vb
|
||||
indenterFileName=vbsbeaut.bat
|
||||
indenterName=VBSBeautifier (VB)
|
||||
inputFileName=indentinput
|
||||
inputFileParameter=" "
|
||||
manual=http://www.daansystems.com/vbsbeaut/
|
||||
outputFileName=indentinput
|
||||
outputFileParameter=none
|
||||
parameterOrder=pio
|
||||
showHelpParameter=
|
||||
stringparaminquotes=false
|
||||
useCfgFileParameter=
|
||||
version=1.10
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
[Spaces]
|
||||
Category=0
|
||||
Description="<html>Replace tabs by this number of spaces</html>"
|
||||
Enabled=false
|
||||
EditorType=numeric
|
||||
CallName="-s"
|
||||
MinVal=0
|
||||
MaxVal=1024
|
||||
ValueDefault=4
|
||||
|
||||
[Keywords]
|
||||
Category=0
|
||||
Description="<html>Change keywords</html>"
|
||||
Enabled=false
|
||||
EditorType=multiple
|
||||
Choices="|-u|-l|-n"
|
||||
ChoicesReadable="Properize keywords|Make keywords uppercase|Make keywords lowercase|Don't change keywords"
|
||||
ValueDefault=0
|
||||
|
||||
[Split Dim]
|
||||
Category=0
|
||||
Description="<html>Split Dim statements</html>"
|
||||
Enabled=false
|
||||
EditorType=boolean
|
||||
TrueFalse=|-d
|
||||
ValueDefault=0
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,61 @@
|
||||
[header]
|
||||
categories=General
|
||||
cfgFileParameterEnding=cr
|
||||
configFilename=
|
||||
fileTypes=*.xml|*.xslt
|
||||
indenterFileName=xmlindent
|
||||
indenterName=XML Indent (XML, XSL)
|
||||
inputFileName=indentinput
|
||||
inputFileParameter=
|
||||
manual=http://universalindent.sf.net/indentermanuals/xmlindent.txt
|
||||
outputFileName=indentoutput
|
||||
outputFileParameter="-o "
|
||||
parameterOrder=poi
|
||||
showHelpParameter=-h
|
||||
stringparaminquotes=false
|
||||
useCfgFileParameter=none
|
||||
version=0.2.17
|
||||
|
||||
[Indent level]
|
||||
CallName="-i "
|
||||
Category=0
|
||||
Description=<html>Indent using n spaces or tabs.</html>
|
||||
EditorType=numeric
|
||||
Enabled=false
|
||||
MaxVal=120
|
||||
MinVal=0
|
||||
ValueDefault=4
|
||||
|
||||
[Use tabs]
|
||||
Category=0
|
||||
Description=<html>Use tabs instead of spaces for indent.</html>
|
||||
EditorType=boolean
|
||||
TrueFalse=-t|
|
||||
ValueDefault=0
|
||||
|
||||
[Maximum wrap columns]
|
||||
CallName="-l "
|
||||
Category=0
|
||||
Description=<html>Maximum columns for line wrapping.</html>
|
||||
EditorType=numeric
|
||||
Enabled=false
|
||||
MaxVal=120
|
||||
MinVal=0
|
||||
ValueDefault=80
|
||||
|
||||
[Suppress newline at pos]
|
||||
CallName="-n "
|
||||
Category=0
|
||||
Description=<html>Suppress newline at position.</html>
|
||||
EditorType=numeric
|
||||
Enabled=false
|
||||
MaxVal=120
|
||||
MinVal=0
|
||||
ValueDefault=80
|
||||
|
||||
[Force newline]
|
||||
Category=0
|
||||
Description=<html>Force newline on elements without children.</html>
|
||||
EditorType=boolean
|
||||
TrueFalse=-f|
|
||||
ValueDefault=0
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,247 @@
|
||||
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
|
||||
<html>
|
||||
<head>
|
||||
<meta http-equiv="content-type" content="text/html; charset=windows-1250">
|
||||
<title>UniversalIndentGUI ReadMe</title>
|
||||
|
||||
<style type="text/css">
|
||||
<!--
|
||||
/* Links general
|
||||
/*******************************/
|
||||
a
|
||||
{
|
||||
color: #36b;
|
||||
}
|
||||
/* Links external
|
||||
/*******************************/
|
||||
a.external
|
||||
{
|
||||
background: url("doc/images/externallinks.png") center right no-repeat;
|
||||
padding-right: 13px;
|
||||
}
|
||||
-->
|
||||
</style>
|
||||
|
||||
</head>
|
||||
|
||||
<body style="font-family: Tahoma,serif;">
|
||||
<!--
|
||||
<h1>UniversalIndentGUI</h1>
|
||||
-->
|
||||
<div align="center"><img src="doc/images/banner.jpg" alt="UiGUI Screenshot"></div>
|
||||
<br clear="all" />
|
||||
<br />
|
||||
<p style="margin-left:40pt;">
|
||||
Ever concerned about how your code looks like?<br />
|
||||
Ever heard of different indenting styles, for example K&R?<br />
|
||||
Ever received code from someone else who didn't care about code formatting?<br />
|
||||
Ever tried to configure a code indenter to convert such code to your coding style?<br />
|
||||
Ever got bored by that tedious "changing a parameter"-"call the indeter"-"try and error" procedure?<br />
|
||||
</p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
Help is close to you. UniversalIndentGUI offers a live preview for setting the parameters of nearly any indenter.
|
||||
You change the value of a parameter and directly see how your reformatted code will look like. Save your beauty looking
|
||||
code or create an anywhere usable batch/shell script to reformat whole directories or just one file even out of the
|
||||
editor of your choice that supports external tool calls.<br />
|
||||
|
||||
Many free available code beautifier, formatter and indenter are currently supported, like GNU Indent, Uncrustify,
|
||||
Artistic Styler, PHP Stylist, Ruby Beautify, HTML Tidy and many other (look at features for complete list).
|
||||
Currently not supported indenters can be easyly added by creating a configuration file for them.<br />
|
||||
|
||||
Thus UniversalIndentGUI is open for nearly any new indenter and programming languages. Give it a try.
|
||||
Perhaps you'll also find an indenter for your programming language that you even didn't know that it exists.
|
||||
</p>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<h3>Features</h3>
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
<ul>
|
||||
<li>Live Preview: change an indenter parameter and directly see how your formatted code will look like.</li>
|
||||
<li>Support for nearly any existing indenter possible. Currently supported are:</li>
|
||||
<img width="400" align="right" vspace="10" src="doc/images/screenshot8.jpg" alt="UiGUI Screenshot">
|
||||
<ul>
|
||||
<li><a class="external" href="http://astyle.sourceforge.net/">Artistic Styler</a></li>
|
||||
<li><a class="external" href="http://invisible-island.net/bcpp/">BCPP</a></li>
|
||||
<li><a class="external" href="http://www.siber.com/sct/tools/cbl-beau.html">Cobol Beautify</a></li>
|
||||
<li><a class="external" href="http://csstidy.sourceforge.net/">CSSTidy</a></li>
|
||||
<li><a class="external" href="ftp://ftp.ifremer.fr/ifremer/ditigo/fortran90/">Fortran 90 PPR</a></li>
|
||||
<li><a class="external" href="http://www.gnu.org/software/indent/">GNU Indent</a></li>
|
||||
<li><a class="external" href="http://sourceforge.net/projects/gcgreatcode/">GreatCode</a></li>
|
||||
<li><a class="external" href="http://packages.debian.org/de/lenny/hindent">hindent</a></li>
|
||||
<li><a class="external" href="http://www.digital-mines.com/htb/">HTB</a></li>
|
||||
<li><a class="external" href="http://code.gosu.pl/">Javascript Decoder</a></li>
|
||||
<li><a class="external" href="http://jsppp.sourceforge.net/">JSPPP</a></li>
|
||||
<li><a class="external" href="http://perltidy.sourceforge.net/">Perl Tidy</a></li>
|
||||
<li><a class="external" href="http://pear.php.net/package/PHP_Beautifier">PHP_Beautifier</a></li>
|
||||
<li><a class="external" href="http://www.waterproof.fr/products/phpCodeBeautifier/">PHP Code Beautifier</a></li>
|
||||
<li><a class="external" href="http://sourceforge.net/projects/phpstylist/">PHP Stylist</a></li>
|
||||
<li><a class="external" href="http://coverage.livinglogic.de/Tools/scripts/pindent.py.html">pindent</a></li>
|
||||
<li><a class="external" href="http://psti.equinoxbase.com/">Pl/Sql tidy</a></li>
|
||||
<li><a class="external" href="http://www.arachnoid.com/ruby/rubyBeautifier.html">Ruby Beautify</a></li>
|
||||
<li><a class="external" href="http://raa.ruby-lang.org/project/ruby_formatter/">Ruby Formatter</a></li>
|
||||
<li><a class="external" href="http://www.bolthole.com/AWK.html">Shell Indent</a></li>
|
||||
<li><a class="external" href="http://tidy.sourceforge.net/">(HTML) Tidy</a></li>
|
||||
<li><a class="external" href="http://uncrustify.sourceforge.net/">Uncrustify</a></li>
|
||||
<li><a class="external" href="http://www.daansystems.com/vbsbeaut/">VBSBeautifier</a></li>
|
||||
<li><a class="external" href="http://xmlindent.sourceforge.net/">XML Indent</a></li>
|
||||
|
||||
Please note that Cobol Beautify and PHP Code Beautifier can not be distributed with a UiGUI package, because
|
||||
they are only free available if you register at their homepage.
|
||||
</ul>
|
||||
<li>Easy adding of new indenters: just create a parameter definition file for the new indenter.</li>
|
||||
<li>Load and save different indenter configurations.</li>
|
||||
<li>Reset to indenters default parameters.</li>
|
||||
<li>By the above named indenters currently supported programming languages:</li>
|
||||
<img width="400" align="right" vspace="10" src="doc/images/screenshot6.jpg" alt="UiGUI Screenshot">
|
||||
<ul>
|
||||
<li>C, C++</li>
|
||||
<li>C#</li>
|
||||
<li>Cobol</li>
|
||||
<li>CSS</li>
|
||||
<li>D</li>
|
||||
<li>Fortran</li>
|
||||
<li>HTML</li>
|
||||
<li>Java</li>
|
||||
<li>JavaScript</li>
|
||||
<li>JSP</li>
|
||||
<li>Objective-C</li>
|
||||
<li>Pawn</li>
|
||||
<li>Perl</li>
|
||||
<li>PHP</li>
|
||||
<li>Pl/Sql</li>
|
||||
<li>Python</li>
|
||||
<li>Ruby</li>
|
||||
<li>Shellscript</li>
|
||||
<li>VALA</li>
|
||||
<li>Visual Basic</li>
|
||||
<li>XML</li>
|
||||
<li>XSL</li>
|
||||
</ul>
|
||||
<li>Syntax highlighting for all of these languages except for Pawn and VALA</li>
|
||||
<li>Really easy to handle user interface.</li>
|
||||
<li>Tooltips for each indenter parameter.</li>
|
||||
<li>Creation of batch/shell scripts.</li>
|
||||
<li>HTML and PDF export of your code.</li>
|
||||
<li>PortableMode and MultiUserMode: In portable mode only uses its own subdirectories for temporary writing.</li>
|
||||
<li>Multiple languages: English, German, Traditional Chinese, Russian, Ukrainian, partly Japanese.</li>
|
||||
<li>Drag'n Drop of source code files.</li>
|
||||
<li>Support for many different file encodings, like Korean KOI8-R or Chinese BIG5.</li>
|
||||
<li>Possibility to edit your code while live preview is turned on. Yeah, thats really live! (but positions cursor wrong sometimes depending on the used indenter :-( )</li>
|
||||
<li>Code completion.</li>
|
||||
<li>Automatic update check. Does check only once a day and can be disabled.</li>
|
||||
<li>A nice about dialog. Errrmm, ok beneath all the mean stuff this is somehow the programmers playground ;-)</li>
|
||||
</ul>
|
||||
</p>
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
Also a <a class="external" href="http://notepad-plus.sourceforge.net/">Notepad++</a> plugin version is available.
|
||||
The programming project for that is currently only available as Visual Studio C++ 2005 project file.
|
||||
Also this plugin has some problems with its event handling, because it is running as a DLL inside of Notepad++ event loop.
|
||||
This will be replaced with the upcoming UiGUI server functionality. See future plans for more about that.
|
||||
</p>
|
||||
|
||||
<h3>Supported and tested platforms</h3>
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
<ul>
|
||||
<li>Windows 32 bit</li>
|
||||
<li>Linux 32 and 64 bit</li>
|
||||
<li>Mac OS X >= 10.4 (currently Intel only. PPC produced mysterious linker error)</li>
|
||||
</ul>
|
||||
</p>
|
||||
|
||||
<h3>How to install / build UniversalIndentGUI</h3>
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
If you downloaded a complete binary package/archive for your system from SourceForge, you only need to unpack it and
|
||||
can run it out of the box. Also all free available indenters for your platform are included. Doing it that way,
|
||||
UiGUI will run in portable mode.
|
||||
</p>
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
But if you'd like to build UiGUI from source, follow these steps:
|
||||
<ol>
|
||||
<li>Download, unpack, configure and compile
|
||||
<a class="external" href="http://www.qtsoftware.com/downloads/opensource/appdev">Qt</a>
|
||||
>= 4.4.0. Make your QTDIR and QMAKESPEC settings. Or install Qt via a package manager.</li>
|
||||
<li>Download, unpack, compile and install
|
||||
<a class="external" href="http://www.riverbankcomputing.com/software/qscintilla/download">QScintilla</a>
|
||||
>= 2.2.</li>
|
||||
<li>Checkout UiGUI: svn co https://universalindent.svn.sourceforge.net/svnroot/universalindent/trunk universalindentgui</li>
|
||||
<li>In the checked out directory run "qmake UniversalIndentGUI.pro".</li>
|
||||
<li>Run "make release".</li>
|
||||
<li>Install it</li>
|
||||
<ol type="a">
|
||||
<li>
|
||||
Windows and Mac:<br />
|
||||
For testing on Windows/Mac download the indenter binary package from sourceforge and extract it into the
|
||||
directory where you checked out the code (in the upper example that is "universalindentgui").
|
||||
Then move the file "UniversalIndentGUI.exe" (on Mac the directory "UniversalIndentGUI") from the
|
||||
"release" directory also to that directory. Starting UiGUI from this directory will run it
|
||||
in portable mode.
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li>
|
||||
Linux:<br />
|
||||
Run "sudo make install" installs for multi user mode. Install supported indenters via package manager for
|
||||
example. For portable mode just skip "make install" and move the file "universalindentgui" from the "release"
|
||||
directory into the directory where you checked out the code (in the upper example that is
|
||||
"universalindentgui").
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
</ol>
|
||||
</ol>
|
||||
<b>Indenter binary packages</b> can be downloaded from the project at SourceForge
|
||||
<a class="external" href="http://sourceforge.net/project/showfiles.php?group_id=167482&package_id=293094">here</a>.
|
||||
<p>Beneath the possibility to build UiGUI using qmake, also project files for Visual Studio 2005
|
||||
and XCode are included.</p>
|
||||
</p>
|
||||
|
||||
<h3>Used Qt techniques</h3>
|
||||
<p>This list shows some selected functionalities that Qt offers and that I use with UiGUI.</p>
|
||||
<ul>
|
||||
<li>Translations are done with
|
||||
<a class="external" href="http://doc.trolltech.com/4.4/qtranslator.html">QTranslator</a>,
|
||||
<a class="external" href="http://doc.trolltech.com/4.4/qlocale.html">QLocale</a> and Linguist.</li>
|
||||
<li>File encodings are supported by using
|
||||
<a class="external" href="http://doc.trolltech.com/4.4/qtextcodec.html">QTextCodec</a>
|
||||
and <a class="external" href="http://doc.trolltech.com/4.4/qtextstream.html">QTextStream</a>.</li>
|
||||
<li><a class="external" href="http://doc.trolltech.com/4.4/qscriptengine.html">QScriptEngine</a>
|
||||
and <a class="external" href="http://doc.trolltech.com/4.4/qscriptvalue.html">QScriptValue</a>
|
||||
is included for executing JavaScript files used as indenters.</li>
|
||||
<li><a class="external" href="http://doc.trolltech.com/4.4/qgraphicsview.html">QGraphicsView</a>
|
||||
and <a class="external" href="http://doc.trolltech.com/4.4/qgraphicsproxywidget.html">QGraphicsProxyWidget</a>
|
||||
for creating an animated 3D about dialog, simulating that is done on the whole desktop by using
|
||||
the screenshot capability of Qt.</li>
|
||||
<li>Stylesheet settings give the about dialog a special look. Also gradients are used.</li>
|
||||
<li><a class="external" href="http://doc.trolltech.com/4.4/qhttp.html">QHttp</a>
|
||||
and <a class="external" href="http://doc.trolltech.com/4.4/qurl.html">QUrl</a>
|
||||
are used for the update check.</li>
|
||||
<li><a class="external" href="http://doc.trolltech.com/4.4/qsettings.html">QSettings</a>
|
||||
is responsible for storing the application and syntax highlighter settings.</li>
|
||||
<li><a class="external" href="http://doc.trolltech.com/4.4/qtcpserver.html">QTcpServer</a>
|
||||
and <a class="external" href="http://doc.trolltech.com/4.4/qtcpsocket.html">QTcpSocket</a>
|
||||
build the base for the UiGUI Server.</li>
|
||||
<li>Of course I use the Qt tools qmake, lupdate, lrelease, Designer, Linguist and my very best friend the Assistant.</li>
|
||||
</ul>
|
||||
|
||||
<h3>Future plans</h3>
|
||||
<ul>
|
||||
<li>Exchangeable source code view. Mainly adding a "Live Diff View" where you can see the unformatted
|
||||
code and the formatted one side by side with changes highlighted.</li>
|
||||
<li>Bring functionality to the UiGUI server so that he can be run anywhere and a client plugin in any editor
|
||||
like Eclipse or Notepad++ can communicate with it. Thus the client plugin can be written in any language
|
||||
supporting TCP/IP connections and send to be formatted code to the server. Also some settings might be
|
||||
made via that conncection. Plans are going on, so stay tuned.</li>
|
||||
<li>Batch/Multiple file and directory indenting, so that the user can throw a bunch of files or directories
|
||||
into a list and click on "Do it", so they all will get formatted.</li>
|
||||
</ul>
|
||||
|
||||
<h3>Thanks</h3>
|
||||
Here I'd like to say "thank you" to all those guys, who helped me improving UiGUI. May it be doing some
|
||||
translations, creating packages for Linux, letting me know about bugs or ways to improve or just saying
|
||||
that they found my application helpful and that they like it. So:<br /><br />
|
||||
<div align="center"><b>Thank you all out there!!</b></div>
|
||||
|
||||
<h3>Disclaimer</h3>
|
||||
You may use this software on your own risk. I am not responsible for any system damage or loss of data.
|
||||
Respect the GPL! UiGUI is being released under
|
||||
<a class="external" href="http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/gpl-2.0.html">GPL 2</a>.
|
||||
You will also find the license in the included file "LICENSE.GPL".
|
||||
</body>
|
||||
</html>
|
||||
|
After Width: | Height: | Size: 237 B |
@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
|
||||
<RCC>
|
||||
<qresource prefix="/aboutDialog">
|
||||
<file>qt_logo.png</file>
|
||||
<file>banner.png</file>
|
||||
</qresource>
|
||||
<qresource prefix="/language">
|
||||
<file>language-de.png</file>
|
||||
<file>language-en.png</file>
|
||||
<file>language-fr.png</file>
|
||||
<file>language-ru.png</file>
|
||||
<file>language-uk.png</file>
|
||||
<file>language-zh_CN.png</file>
|
||||
<file>language-zh_TW.png</file>
|
||||
<file>language-ja.png</file>
|
||||
</qresource>
|
||||
<qresource prefix="/mainWindow">
|
||||
<file>document-properties.png</file>
|
||||
<file>Icon1.png</file>
|
||||
<file>universalIndentGUI.svg</file>
|
||||
<file>document-open.png</file>
|
||||
<file>document-save-as.png</file>
|
||||
<file>document-save.png</file>
|
||||
<file>edit-clear.png</file>
|
||||
<file>exporthtml.png</file>
|
||||
<file>exportpdf.png</file>
|
||||
<file>format-justify-left.png</file>
|
||||
<file>help.png</file>
|
||||
<file>icon2.png</file>
|
||||
<file>icon3.png</file>
|
||||
<file>info.png</file>
|
||||
<file>live-preview.png</file>
|
||||
<file>load_indent_cfg.png</file>
|
||||
<file>preferences-system.png</file>
|
||||
<file>save_indent_cfg.png</file>
|
||||
<file>shell.png</file>
|
||||
<file>syntax-highlight.png</file>
|
||||
<file>system-log-out.png</file>
|
||||
<file>system-software-update.png</file>
|
||||
<file>tooltip.png</file>
|
||||
<file>view-refresh.png</file>
|
||||
</qresource>
|
||||
<qresource prefix="/settingsDialog">
|
||||
<file>accessories-text-editor.png</file>
|
||||
<file>applications-system.png</file>
|
||||
<file>icon3.png</file>
|
||||
<file>syntax-highlight.png</file>
|
||||
</qresource>
|
||||
</RCC>
|
||||
Binary file not shown.
|
After Width: | Height: | Size: 995 B |
|
After Width: | Height: | Size: 1.5 KiB |
|
After Width: | Height: | Size: 140 KiB |
|
After Width: | Height: | Size: 1.4 KiB |
|
After Width: | Height: | Size: 1.1 KiB |
|
After Width: | Height: | Size: 1.8 KiB |
|
After Width: | Height: | Size: 1.9 KiB |
|
After Width: | Height: | Size: 1.6 KiB |
|
After Width: | Height: | Size: 631 B |
|
After Width: | Height: | Size: 1.5 KiB |
|
After Width: | Height: | Size: 1.6 KiB |
|
After Width: | Height: | Size: 515 B |
|
After Width: | Height: | Size: 2.2 KiB |
|
After Width: | Height: | Size: 1.2 KiB |
|
After Width: | Height: | Size: 237 B |
|
After Width: | Height: | Size: 257 B |
|
After Width: | Height: | Size: 825 B |
|
After Width: | Height: | Size: 545 B |
|
After Width: | Height: | Size: 496 B |
|
After Width: | Height: | Size: 545 B |
|
After Width: | Height: | Size: 420 B |
|
After Width: | Height: | Size: 420 B |
|
After Width: | Height: | Size: 446 B |
|
After Width: | Height: | Size: 472 B |
|
After Width: | Height: | Size: 465 B |
|
After Width: | Height: | Size: 2.5 KiB |
|
After Width: | Height: | Size: 1.6 KiB |
|
After Width: | Height: | Size: 1.1 KiB |
@ -0,0 +1,108 @@
|
||||
/***************************************************************************
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2006-2012 by Thomas Schweitzer *
|
||||
* thomas-schweitzer(at)arcor.de *
|
||||
* *
|
||||
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify *
|
||||
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2.0 as *
|
||||
* published by the Free Software Foundation. *
|
||||
* *
|
||||
* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, *
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of *
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the *
|
||||
* GNU General Public License for more details. *
|
||||
* *
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License *
|
||||
* along with this program in the file LICENSE.GPL; if not, write to the *
|
||||
* Free Software Foundation, Inc., *
|
||||
* 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. *
|
||||
***************************************************************************/
|
||||
|
||||
#include "..\src\UiGuiVersion.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#define APSTUDIO_READONLY_SYMBOLS
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Generated from the TEXTINCLUDE 2 resource.
|
||||
//
|
||||
#include "windows.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
#undef APSTUDIO_READONLY_SYMBOLS
|
||||
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
// Deutsch (Deutschland) resources
|
||||
|
||||
#if !defined(AFX_RESOURCE_DLL) || defined(AFX_TARG_DEU)
|
||||
#ifdef _WIN32
|
||||
LANGUAGE LANG_GERMAN, SUBLANG_GERMAN
|
||||
#pragma code_page(1252)
|
||||
#endif //_WIN32
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef UNIVERSALINDENTGUI_NPP_EXPORTS
|
||||
#define PROGRAM_TITLE "UniversalIndentGUI Notepad++ Plugin"
|
||||
#define INTERNALNAME "UiGUI NPP Plugin"
|
||||
#define ORIGINALFILENAME "UniversalIndentGUI_NPP.dll"
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#define PROGRAM_TITLE "UniversalIndentGUI"
|
||||
#define INTERNALNAME "UiGUI"
|
||||
#define ORIGINALFILENAME "UniversalIndentGUI.exe"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _MAC
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Version
|
||||
//
|
||||
|
||||
VS_VERSION_INFO VERSIONINFO
|
||||
FILEVERSION RESOURCE_VERSION
|
||||
PRODUCTVERSION RESOURCE_VERSION
|
||||
FILEFLAGSMASK 0x3fL
|
||||
#ifdef _DEBUG
|
||||
FILEFLAGS 0x1L
|
||||
#else
|
||||
FILEFLAGS 0x0L
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
FILEOS 0x40004L
|
||||
FILETYPE 0x1L
|
||||
FILESUBTYPE 0x0L
|
||||
BEGIN
|
||||
BLOCK "StringFileInfo"
|
||||
BEGIN
|
||||
BLOCK "040704b0"
|
||||
BEGIN
|
||||
VALUE "Comments", "\0"
|
||||
VALUE "CompanyName", "Thomas Schweitzer\0"
|
||||
VALUE "FileDescription", PROGRAM_TITLE "\0"
|
||||
VALUE "FileVersion", RESOURCE_VERSION_STRING
|
||||
VALUE "InternalName", INTERNALNAME "\0"
|
||||
VALUE "LegalCopyright", "Copyright © Thomas Schweitzer 2012\0"
|
||||
VALUE "LegalTrademarks", "\0"
|
||||
VALUE "OriginalFilename", ORIGINALFILENAME "\0"
|
||||
VALUE "PrivateBuild", "\0"
|
||||
VALUE "ProductName", PROGRAM_TITLE "\0"
|
||||
VALUE "ProductVersion", RESOURCE_VERSION_STRING
|
||||
VALUE "SpecialBuild", "\0"
|
||||
END
|
||||
END
|
||||
BLOCK "VarFileInfo"
|
||||
BEGIN
|
||||
VALUE "Translation", 0x407, 1200
|
||||
END
|
||||
END
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // !_MAC
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // #if !defined(AFX_RESOURCE_DLL) || defined(AFX_TARG_DEU)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Icon
|
||||
//
|
||||
|
||||
// Icon with lowest ID value placed first to ensure application icon
|
||||
// remains consistent on all systems.
|
||||
IDI_ICON1 ICON DISCARDABLE "universalIndentGUI.ico"
|
||||
|
After Width: | Height: | Size: 984 B |
|
After Width: | Height: | Size: 1.6 KiB |
|
After Width: | Height: | Size: 474 B |
|
After Width: | Height: | Size: 821 B |
|
After Width: | Height: | Size: 1.2 KiB |
|
After Width: | Height: | Size: 2.2 KiB |
|
After Width: | Height: | Size: 852 B |
|
After Width: | Height: | Size: 1.2 KiB |
|
After Width: | Height: | Size: 4.4 KiB |
@ -0,0 +1,120 @@
|
||||
/* XPM */
|
||||
static char * universalIndentGUI_32x32_xpm[] = {
|
||||
"32 32 85 1",
|
||||
" c None",
|
||||
". c #DFDFDF",
|
||||
"+ c #EEEEEE",
|
||||
"@ c #DEDEDE",
|
||||
"# c #F0F0F0",
|
||||
"$ c #FFFFFF",
|
||||
"% c #EFEFEF",
|
||||
"& c #7878E4",
|
||||
"* c #6565EE",
|
||||
"= c #9191E7",
|
||||
"- c #6C6CF0",
|
||||
"; c #5555FF",
|
||||
"> c #8888F0",
|
||||
", c #E9F1E9",
|
||||
"' c #DEEBDE",
|
||||
") c #F8FAF8",
|
||||
"! c #55D655",
|
||||
"~ c #00D400",
|
||||
"{ c #ADEAAD",
|
||||
"] c #8080E5",
|
||||
"^ c #6F6FEE",
|
||||
"/ c #9898E8",
|
||||
"( c #69DF69",
|
||||
"_ c #24D324",
|
||||
": c #FEFEFE",
|
||||
"< c #AEEAAE",
|
||||
"[ c #32D632",
|
||||
"} c #FDFEFD",
|
||||
"| c #84E084",
|
||||
"1 c #CFF7CF",
|
||||
"2 c #33DD33",
|
||||
"3 c #75DE75",
|
||||
"4 c #03D503",
|
||||
"5 c #ABE8AB",
|
||||
"6 c #C3F5C3",
|
||||
"7 c #05D205",
|
||||
"8 c #96E796",
|
||||
"9 c #51D851",
|
||||
"0 c #DDF4DD",
|
||||
"a c #C8F2C8",
|
||||
"b c #20CB20",
|
||||
"c c #65D165",
|
||||
"d c #0AD30A",
|
||||
"e c #68DD68",
|
||||
"f c #D9F3D9",
|
||||
"g c #03D303",
|
||||
"h c #4DD94D",
|
||||
"i c #B5EBB5",
|
||||
"j c #FCFDFC",
|
||||
"k c #22D322",
|
||||
"l c #83E283",
|
||||
"m c #EAF6EA",
|
||||
"n c #01D301",
|
||||
"o c #44D844",
|
||||
"p c #B6ECB6",
|
||||
"q c #2ED52E",
|
||||
"r c #BEEBBE",
|
||||
"s c #D3F8D3",
|
||||
"t c #44DF44",
|
||||
"u c #80E180",
|
||||
"v c #67DC67",
|
||||
"w c #F9FCF9",
|
||||
"x c #82DF82",
|
||||
"y c #5CDB5C",
|
||||
"z c #C4F2C4",
|
||||
"A c #10C910",
|
||||
"B c #5BCF5B",
|
||||
"C c #1AD31A",
|
||||
"D c #F3FAF3",
|
||||
"E c #91E691",
|
||||
"F c #15D215",
|
||||
"G c #F6FBF6",
|
||||
"H c #58DC58",
|
||||
"I c #9DE89D",
|
||||
"J c #9C9CF5",
|
||||
"K c #8E8EFF",
|
||||
"L c #AFAFF5",
|
||||
"M c #D0F4D0",
|
||||
"N c #BBF4BB",
|
||||
"O c #EFFAEF",
|
||||
"P c #6E6EE3",
|
||||
"Q c #5A5AEE",
|
||||
"R c #8989E5",
|
||||
"S c #EDEDED",
|
||||
"T c #DCDCDC",
|
||||
".++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++@",
|
||||
"#$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$%",
|
||||
"#$$$$$$$$$$$$&**************=$$%",
|
||||
"#$$$$$$$$$$$$-;;;;;;;;;;;;;;>$$%",
|
||||
"#$$$,')$$$$$$-;;;;;;;;;;;;;;>$$%",
|
||||
"#$$$!~{$$$$$$]^^^^^^^^^^^^^^/$$%",
|
||||
"#$$$!~($$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$%",
|
||||
"#$$$!~_:$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$%",
|
||||
"#$$$!~~<$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$%",
|
||||
"#$$$!~~[}$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$%",
|
||||
"#$$$!~~~|$$$$$$$$$12222222223$$%",
|
||||
"#$$$!~~~45$$$$$$$$6~~~~~~~~~!$$%",
|
||||
"#$$$!~~~~78$$$$$$$6~~~~~~~~~!$$%",
|
||||
"#$$$!~~~~~~90$$$$$abbbbbbbbbc$$%",
|
||||
"#$$$!~~~~~~~def$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$%",
|
||||
"#$$$!~~~~~~~~~ghij$$$$$$$$$$$$$%",
|
||||
"#$$$!~~~~~~~~~~klm$$$$$$$$$$$$$%",
|
||||
"#$$$!~~~~~~~nopj$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$%",
|
||||
"#$$$!~~~~~~qr$$$$$stttttttttu$$%",
|
||||
"#$$$!~~~~~vw$$$$$$6~~~~~~~~~!$$%",
|
||||
"#$$$!~~~~x$$$$$$$$6~~~~~~~~~!$$%",
|
||||
"#$$$!~~~y$$$$$$$$$zAAAAAAAAAB$$%",
|
||||
"#$$$!~~CD$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$%",
|
||||
"#$$$!~~E$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$%",
|
||||
"#$$$!~FG$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$%",
|
||||
"#$$$!~H$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$%",
|
||||
"#$$$!~I$$$$$$JKKKKKKKKKKKKKKL$$%",
|
||||
"#$$$MNO$$$$$$-;;;;;;;;;;;;;;>$$%",
|
||||
"#$$$$$$$$$$$$-;;;;;;;;;;;;;;>$$%",
|
||||
"#$$$$$$$$$$$$PQQQQQQQQQQQQQQR$$%",
|
||||
"#$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$%",
|
||||
"@SSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSST"};
|
||||
|
After Width: | Height: | Size: 14 KiB |
|
After Width: | Height: | Size: 1.2 KiB |
|
After Width: | Height: | Size: 2.0 KiB |
@ -0,0 +1,162 @@
|
||||
/***************************************************************************
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2006-2012 by Thomas Schweitzer *
|
||||
* thomas-schweitzer(at)arcor.de *
|
||||
* *
|
||||
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify *
|
||||
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2.0 as *
|
||||
* published by the Free Software Foundation. *
|
||||
* *
|
||||
* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, *
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of *
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the *
|
||||
* GNU General Public License for more details. *
|
||||
* *
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License *
|
||||
* along with this program in the file LICENSE.GPL; if not, write to the *
|
||||
* Free Software Foundation, Inc., *
|
||||
* 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. *
|
||||
***************************************************************************/
|
||||
|
||||
#include "AboutDialog.h"
|
||||
#include "ui_AboutDialog.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#include "UiGuiVersion.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#include <QUrl>
|
||||
#include <QDesktopServices>
|
||||
#include <QScrollBar>
|
||||
#include <QTimer>
|
||||
#include <QLocale>
|
||||
|
||||
/*!
|
||||
\class AboutDialog
|
||||
\brief Displays a dialog window with information about UniversalIndentGUI
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/*!
|
||||
\brief The constructor calls the setup function for the ui created by uic and adds
|
||||
the GPL text to the text edit.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AboutDialog::AboutDialog(QWidget *parent, Qt::WindowFlags flags) : QDialog(parent, flags)
|
||||
, _dialogForm(NULL)
|
||||
, _timer(NULL)
|
||||
{
|
||||
_dialogForm = new Ui::AboutDialog();
|
||||
_dialogForm->setupUi(this);
|
||||
|
||||
_dialogForm->authorTextBrowser->setOpenExternalLinks( true );
|
||||
_dialogForm->creditsTextBrowser->setOpenExternalLinks( true );
|
||||
|
||||
QString versionString = _dialogForm->versionTextBrowser->toHtml();
|
||||
versionString = versionString.arg(PROGRAM_VERSION_STRING).arg( UiGuiVersion::getBuildRevision() ).arg( UiGuiVersion::getBuildDate() );
|
||||
_dialogForm->versionTextBrowser->setHtml(versionString);
|
||||
|
||||
_dialogForm->creditsTextBrowser->setHtml("<html><head></head><body>"
|
||||
"<pre> </br></pre>"
|
||||
"<h3 align='center'>Thanks go out to</h3>"
|
||||
"<p align='center'><a href=\"http://www.csie.nctu.edu.tw/~chtai/\"><b>Nelson Tai</b></a> for Chinese translation, good ideas and always fast answers.</p></br>"
|
||||
"<p align='center'><a href=\"http://www.hartwork.org/\"><b>Sebastian Pipping</b></a> for helping me bring UiGUI into the Debian repository and other good ideas.</p></br>"
|
||||
"<p align='center'><a href=\"http://korytskyy.lviv.ua/\"><b>Oleksandr</b></a> for Ukrainian and Russian translation.</p></br>"
|
||||
"<p align='center'><b>Erwan "leg"</b> for French translation and the icon logo.</p></br>"
|
||||
"<p align='center'>The <a href=\"http://www.scintilla.org/\"><b>Scintilla</b></a> project for their great text editing component.</p></br>"
|
||||
"<p align='center'><a href=\"http://www.riverbankcomputing.co.uk/software/qscintilla/\"><b>Riverbank</b></a> for their Scintilla Qt wrapper QScintilla.</p></br>"
|
||||
"<p align='center'>The <a href=\"http://astyle.sourceforge.net/\"><b>Artistic Style</b></a> project.</p></br>"
|
||||
"<p align='center'>The <a href=\"http://invisible-island.net/bcpp/\"><b>BCPP</b></a> project.</p></br>"
|
||||
"<p align='center'>The <a href=\"http://www.siber.com/sct/tools/cbl-beau.html\"><b>Cobol Beautifier</b></a> project.</p></br>"
|
||||
"<p align='center'>The <a href=\"http://csstidy.sourceforge.net/\"><b>CSSTidy</b></a> project.</p></br>"
|
||||
"<p align='center'>The <a href=\"ftp://ftp.ifremer.fr/ifremer/ditigo/fortran90/\"><b>Fortran 90 PPR</b></a> project.</p></br>"
|
||||
"<p align='center'>The <a href=\"http://www.gnu.org/software/indent/\"><b>GNU Indent</b></a> project.</p></br>"
|
||||
"<p align='center'>The <a href=\"http://sourceforge.net/projects/gcgreatcode/\"><b>GreatCode</b></a> project.</p></br>"
|
||||
"<p align='center'>The <a href=\"http://linux.com.hk/penguin/man/1/hindent.html\"><b>hindent</b></a> project.</p></br>"
|
||||
"<p align='center'>The <a href=\"http://www.digital-mines.com/htb/\"><b>HTB</b></a> project.</p></br>"
|
||||
"<p align='center'>The <a href=\"http://tidy.sourceforge.net/\"><b>HTML Tidy</b></a> project.</p></br>"
|
||||
"<p align='center'>The <a href=\"http://code.gosu.pl/\"><b>JsDecoder</b></a> project.</p></br>"
|
||||
"<p align='center'>The <a href=\"http://jsppp.sourceforge.net/\"><b>JSPPP</b></a> project.</p></br>"
|
||||
"<p align='center'>The <a href=\"http://perltidy.sourceforge.net/\"><b>Perltidy</b></a> project.</p></br>"
|
||||
"<p align='center'>The <a href=\"http://beautifyphp.sourceforge.net/\"><b>PHP_Beautifier</b></a> project.</p></br>"
|
||||
"<p align='center'>The <a href=\"http://www.waterproof.fr/products/phpCodeBeautifier/\"><b>phpCB</b></a> project.</p></br>"
|
||||
"<p align='center'>The <a href=\"http://sourceforge.net/projects/phpstylist/\"><b>PHP Stylist</b></a> project.</p></br>"
|
||||
"<p align='center'>The <a href=\"http://coverage.livinglogic.de/Tools/scripts/pindent.py.html\"><b>pindent</b></a> project.</p></br>"
|
||||
"<p align='center'>The <a href=\"http://psti.equinoxbase.com/\"><b>Pl/Sql tidy</b></a> project.</p></br>"
|
||||
"<p align='center'>The <a href=\"http://www.arachnoid.com/ruby/rubyBeautifier.html\"><b>Ruby Beautifier</b></a> project.</p></br>"
|
||||
"<p align='center'>The <a href=\"http://raa.ruby-lang.org/project/ruby_formatter/\"><b>Ruby Formatter</b></a> project.</p></br>"
|
||||
"<p align='center'>The <a href=\"http://www.bolthole.com/AWK.html\"><b>Shell Indent</b></a> project.</p></br>"
|
||||
"<p align='center'>The <a href=\"http://uncrustify.sourceforge.net/\"><b>Uncrustify</b></a> project, specially <b>Ben Gardner</b>.</p></br>"
|
||||
"<p align='center'>The <a href=\"http://www.daansystems.com/vbsbeaut/\"><b>VBSBeautifier</b></a> project.</p></br>"
|
||||
"<p align='center'>The <a href=\"http://xmlindent.sourceforge.net/\"><b>XML Indent</b></a> project.</p></br>"
|
||||
"<p align='center'><b>Nirvash</b> for the initial Japanese translation.</p></br>"
|
||||
"<p align='center'>The <a href=\"http://tango.freedesktop.org/Tango_Desktop_Project/\"><b>Tango Project</b></a> for their icons.</p></br>"
|
||||
"<p align='center'><a href=\"http://www.famfamfam.com/\"><b>famfamfam</b></a> for the flag icons.</p></br>"
|
||||
"<p align='center'><a href=\"http://trolltech.com/\"><b>Trolltech</b></a> for their really great GUI framework <img src=\":/aboutDialog/qt_logo.png\"/>.</p></br>"
|
||||
"<h3 align='center'>My girlfriend (meanwhile also wife) for putting my head right and not sit all the time in front of my computer ;-)</h3>"
|
||||
"</body></html>");
|
||||
|
||||
_scrollDirection = 1;
|
||||
_scrollSpeed = 100;
|
||||
_timer = new QTimer(this);
|
||||
connect( _timer, SIGNAL(timeout()), this, SLOT(scroll()) );
|
||||
connect( this, SIGNAL(accepted()), _timer, SLOT(stop()) );
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*!
|
||||
\brief Catches language change events and retranslates all needed widgets.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void AboutDialog::changeEvent(QEvent *event) {
|
||||
if (event->type() == QEvent::LanguageChange) {
|
||||
_dialogForm->retranslateUi(this);
|
||||
|
||||
QString versionString = _dialogForm->versionTextBrowser->toHtml();
|
||||
versionString = versionString.arg(PROGRAM_VERSION_STRING).arg( UiGuiVersion::getBuildRevision() ).arg( UiGuiVersion::getBuildDate() );
|
||||
_dialogForm->versionTextBrowser->setHtml(versionString);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else {
|
||||
QWidget::changeEvent(event);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*!
|
||||
\brief Reimplements the dialog execution function to init the credits scroller.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int AboutDialog::exec() {
|
||||
//creditsTextBrowser->verticalScrollBar()->setValue(0);
|
||||
_timer->start(_scrollSpeed);
|
||||
return QDialog::exec();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*!
|
||||
\brief This slot is called each _timer timeout to scroll the credits textbrowser.
|
||||
Also changes the scroll direction and speed when reaching the start or end.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void AboutDialog::scroll() {
|
||||
QScrollBar *scrollBar = _dialogForm->creditsTextBrowser->verticalScrollBar();
|
||||
scrollBar->setValue( scrollBar->value()+_scrollDirection );
|
||||
|
||||
if ( scrollBar->value() == scrollBar->maximum() ) {
|
||||
// Toggle scroll direction and change scroll speed;
|
||||
_scrollDirection = -1;
|
||||
_scrollSpeed = 5;
|
||||
_timer->stop();
|
||||
_timer->start(_scrollSpeed);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if ( scrollBar->value() == scrollBar->minimum() ) {
|
||||
// Toggle scroll direction and change scroll speed;
|
||||
_scrollDirection = 1;
|
||||
_scrollSpeed = 100;
|
||||
_timer->stop();
|
||||
_timer->start(_scrollSpeed);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
_dialogForm->creditsTextBrowser->update();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*!
|
||||
\brief Shows the about dialog and also starts the credits scroller.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void AboutDialog::show() {
|
||||
_timer->start(_scrollSpeed);
|
||||
QDialog::show();
|
||||
}
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,53 @@
|
||||
/***************************************************************************
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2006-2012 by Thomas Schweitzer *
|
||||
* thomas-schweitzer(at)arcor.de *
|
||||
* *
|
||||
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify *
|
||||
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2.0 as *
|
||||
* published by the Free Software Foundation. *
|
||||
* *
|
||||
* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, *
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of *
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the *
|
||||
* GNU General Public License for more details. *
|
||||
* *
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License *
|
||||
* along with this program in the file LICENSE.GPL; if not, write to the *
|
||||
* Free Software Foundation, Inc., *
|
||||
* 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. *
|
||||
***************************************************************************/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef ABOUTDIALOG_H
|
||||
#define ABOUTDIALOG_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include <QDialog>
|
||||
|
||||
namespace Ui {
|
||||
class AboutDialog;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
class AboutDialog : public QDialog
|
||||
{
|
||||
Q_OBJECT
|
||||
|
||||
public:
|
||||
AboutDialog(QWidget *parent = NULL, Qt::WindowFlags flags = 0);
|
||||
|
||||
public slots:
|
||||
int exec();
|
||||
void show();
|
||||
|
||||
private slots:
|
||||
void scroll();
|
||||
|
||||
private:
|
||||
void changeEvent(QEvent *event);
|
||||
|
||||
Ui::AboutDialog* _dialogForm;
|
||||
int _scrollDirection;
|
||||
int _scrollSpeed;
|
||||
QTimer *_timer;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // ABOUTDIALOG_H
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,218 @@
|
||||
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
|
||||
<ui version="4.0">
|
||||
<class>AboutDialog</class>
|
||||
<widget class="QDialog" name="AboutDialog">
|
||||
<property name="geometry">
|
||||
<rect>
|
||||
<x>0</x>
|
||||
<y>0</y>
|
||||
<width>588</width>
|
||||
<height>512</height>
|
||||
</rect>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
<property name="sizePolicy">
|
||||
<sizepolicy hsizetype="Fixed" vsizetype="Preferred">
|
||||
<horstretch>0</horstretch>
|
||||
<verstretch>0</verstretch>
|
||||
</sizepolicy>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
<property name="minimumSize">
|
||||
<size>
|
||||
<width>588</width>
|
||||
<height>333</height>
|
||||
</size>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
<property name="windowTitle">
|
||||
<string>About UniversalIndentGUI</string>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
<property name="windowIcon">
|
||||
<iconset resource="../resources/Icons.qrc">
|
||||
<normaloff>:/mainWindow/info.png</normaloff>:/mainWindow/info.png</iconset>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
<layout class="QVBoxLayout">
|
||||
<property name="margin">
|
||||
<number>0</number>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
<item>
|
||||
<widget class="QFrame" name="frame">
|
||||
<property name="styleSheet">
|
||||
<string notr="true">QFrame#frame { background-color: qlineargradient( x1:0, y1:0, x2:0, y2:1, stop:0 #FFFF60, stop:0.5 #D8C304, stop:1 #FFFF60 ); border: 2px solid #A89C57; border-radius: 4px;}</string>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
<property name="frameShape">
|
||||
<enum>QFrame::StyledPanel</enum>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
<layout class="QVBoxLayout">
|
||||
<item>
|
||||
<widget class="QLabel" name="bannerLabel">
|
||||
<property name="sizePolicy">
|
||||
<sizepolicy hsizetype="Fixed" vsizetype="Fixed">
|
||||
<horstretch>0</horstretch>
|
||||
<verstretch>0</verstretch>
|
||||
</sizepolicy>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
<property name="minimumSize">
|
||||
<size>
|
||||
<width>570</width>
|
||||
<height>87</height>
|
||||
</size>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
<property name="maximumSize">
|
||||
<size>
|
||||
<width>570</width>
|
||||
<height>87</height>
|
||||
</size>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
<property name="text">
|
||||
<string/>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
<property name="pixmap">
|
||||
<pixmap resource="../resources/Icons.qrc">:/aboutDialog/banner.png</pixmap>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
</widget>
|
||||
</item>
|
||||
<item>
|
||||
<widget class="QTextBrowser" name="versionTextBrowser">
|
||||
<property name="sizePolicy">
|
||||
<sizepolicy hsizetype="Expanding" vsizetype="Preferred">
|
||||
<horstretch>0</horstretch>
|
||||
<verstretch>0</verstretch>
|
||||
</sizepolicy>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
<property name="maximumSize">
|
||||
<size>
|
||||
<width>16777215</width>
|
||||
<height>25</height>
|
||||
</size>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
<property name="styleSheet">
|
||||
<string notr="true">QTextBrowser{background-color:transparent}</string>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
<property name="frameShape">
|
||||
<enum>QFrame::NoFrame</enum>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
<property name="verticalScrollBarPolicy">
|
||||
<enum>Qt::ScrollBarAlwaysOff</enum>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
<property name="html">
|
||||
<string><!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/strict.dtd">
|
||||
<html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /><style type="text/css">
|
||||
p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; }
|
||||
</style></head><body style=" font-family:'Lucida Grande'; font-size:13pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal;">
|
||||
<p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'sans-serif'; font-size:large;">Version %1 rev.%2, %3</span></p></body></html></string>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
</widget>
|
||||
</item>
|
||||
<item>
|
||||
<widget class="QTextBrowser" name="authorTextBrowser">
|
||||
<property name="sizePolicy">
|
||||
<sizepolicy hsizetype="Expanding" vsizetype="MinimumExpanding">
|
||||
<horstretch>0</horstretch>
|
||||
<verstretch>0</verstretch>
|
||||
</sizepolicy>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
<property name="acceptDrops">
|
||||
<bool>false</bool>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
<property name="styleSheet">
|
||||
<string notr="true">QTextBrowser{background-color:transparent}</string>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
<property name="frameShape">
|
||||
<enum>QFrame::NoFrame</enum>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
<property name="verticalScrollBarPolicy">
|
||||
<enum>Qt::ScrollBarAlwaysOff</enum>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
<property name="html">
|
||||
<string><!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/strict.dtd">
|
||||
<html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /><style type="text/css">
|
||||
p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; }
|
||||
</style></head><body style=" font-family:'Lucida Grande'; font-size:13pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal;">
|
||||
<p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Trebuchet MS,Helvetica,sans-serif'; font-size:medium;">... is a cross platform compatible GUI for several code formatter, beautifier and indenter like GreatCode, AStyle (Artistic Styler), GNU Indent, BCPP and so on. Main feature is a live preview to directly see how the selected formatting option affects the source code.</span></p>
|
||||
<p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Trebuchet MS,Helvetica,sans-serif'; font-size:medium;"><br />Written by : </span><a href="http://www.thomas-schweitzer.de"><span style=" font-family:'Trebuchet MS,Helvetica,sans-serif'; font-size:medium; text-decoration: underline; color:#0000ff;">Thomas Schweitzer</span></a></p>
|
||||
<p style=" margin-top:12px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Trebuchet MS,Helvetica,sans-serif'; font-size:medium;">Project Homepage : </span><a href="http://universalindent.sourceforge.net"><span style=" font-family:'Trebuchet MS,Helvetica,sans-serif'; font-size:medium; text-decoration: underline; color:#0000ff;">http://universalindent.sourceforge.net</span></a></p>
|
||||
<p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Trebuchet MS,Helvetica,sans-serif'; font-size:medium;">License: UniversalIndentGui is released under the GPL 2. For details read the included file LICENSE.GPL visit </span><a href="http://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html"><span style=" font-family:'Trebuchet MS,Helvetica,sans-serif'; font-size:medium; text-decoration: underline; color:#0000ff;">http://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html</span></a><span style=" font-family:'Trebuchet MS,Helvetica,sans-serif'; font-size:medium;">.</span></p>
|
||||
<p style="-qt-paragraph-type:empty; margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-family:'Trebuchet MS,Helvetica,sans-serif'; font-size:medium;"></p>
|
||||
<p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Trebuchet MS,Helvetica,sans-serif'; font-size:medium;">Credits:</span></p></body></html></string>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
</widget>
|
||||
</item>
|
||||
<item>
|
||||
<widget class="QTextBrowser" name="creditsTextBrowser">
|
||||
<property name="styleSheet">
|
||||
<string notr="true">QTextBrowser#creditsTextBrowser{border:2px solid rgba(0,0,0,10%); background-color:qlineargradient(spread:pad, x1:0, y1:0, x2:0, y2:1, stop:0 rgba(0,0,0,80%), stop:0.1 rgba(0,0,0,15%), stop:0.9 rgba(0,0,0,15%), stop:1 rgba(0,0,0,80%) )}</string>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
<property name="frameShape">
|
||||
<enum>QFrame::NoFrame</enum>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
<property name="verticalScrollBarPolicy">
|
||||
<enum>Qt::ScrollBarAlwaysOff</enum>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
</widget>
|
||||
</item>
|
||||
<item>
|
||||
<layout class="QHBoxLayout">
|
||||
<item>
|
||||
<spacer>
|
||||
<property name="orientation">
|
||||
<enum>Qt::Horizontal</enum>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
<property name="sizeHint" stdset="0">
|
||||
<size>
|
||||
<width>131</width>
|
||||
<height>31</height>
|
||||
</size>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
</spacer>
|
||||
</item>
|
||||
<item>
|
||||
<widget class="QPushButton" name="okButton">
|
||||
<property name="styleSheet">
|
||||
<string notr="true">QPushButton#okButton { background-color: qlineargradient( x1:0, y1:0, x2:0, y2:1, stop:0 #DCB28A, stop:0.5 #B8784B, stop:1 #DCB28A ); border: 2px solid #A89C57; border-radius: 4px;} QPushButton:hover#okButton { background-color: qlineargradient( x1:0, y1:0, x2:0, y2:1, stop:0 #B8784B, stop:0.5 #DCB28A, stop:1 #B8784B ); } QPushButton:pressed#okButton{ border: 2px solid #D8CB75 }</string>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
<property name="text">
|
||||
<string> OK </string>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
</widget>
|
||||
</item>
|
||||
<item>
|
||||
<spacer>
|
||||
<property name="orientation">
|
||||
<enum>Qt::Horizontal</enum>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
<property name="sizeHint" stdset="0">
|
||||
<size>
|
||||
<width>40</width>
|
||||
<height>20</height>
|
||||
</size>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
</spacer>
|
||||
</item>
|
||||
</layout>
|
||||
</item>
|
||||
</layout>
|
||||
</widget>
|
||||
</item>
|
||||
</layout>
|
||||
</widget>
|
||||
<resources>
|
||||
<include location="../resources/Icons.qrc"/>
|
||||
</resources>
|
||||
<connections>
|
||||
<connection>
|
||||
<sender>okButton</sender>
|
||||
<signal>clicked()</signal>
|
||||
<receiver>AboutDialog</receiver>
|
||||
<slot>accept()</slot>
|
||||
<hints>
|
||||
<hint type="sourcelabel">
|
||||
<x>278</x>
|
||||
<y>253</y>
|
||||
</hint>
|
||||
<hint type="destinationlabel">
|
||||
<x>96</x>
|
||||
<y>254</y>
|
||||
</hint>
|
||||
</hints>
|
||||
</connection>
|
||||
</connections>
|
||||
</ui>
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,206 @@
|
||||
/***************************************************************************
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2006-2012 by Thomas Schweitzer *
|
||||
* thomas-schweitzer(at)arcor.de *
|
||||
* *
|
||||
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify *
|
||||
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2.0 as *
|
||||
* published by the Free Software Foundation. *
|
||||
* *
|
||||
* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, *
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of *
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the *
|
||||
* GNU General Public License for more details. *
|
||||
* *
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License *
|
||||
* along with this program in the file LICENSE.GPL; if not, write to the *
|
||||
* Free Software Foundation, Inc., *
|
||||
* 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. *
|
||||
***************************************************************************/
|
||||
|
||||
#include "AboutDialogGraphicsView.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#include "AboutDialog.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#include <QtGui>
|
||||
#include <QDesktopWidget>
|
||||
#include <QDate>
|
||||
#include <QTimeLine>
|
||||
#include <QSplashScreen>
|
||||
|
||||
/*!
|
||||
\class AboutDialogGraphicsView
|
||||
\brief A container for the real \a AboutDialog. Makes the 3D animation possible.
|
||||
|
||||
The 3D animation shall suggest the user, that he is looking at his desktop, while
|
||||
this animation is done. Since this is not directly possible, \a AboutDialogGraphicsView
|
||||
when shown starts in frameless fullscreen mode with a screenshot of the desktop as background.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/*!
|
||||
\brief The constructor initializes everything needed for the 3D animation.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AboutDialogGraphicsView::AboutDialogGraphicsView(AboutDialog *aboutDialog, QWidget *parentWindow) : QGraphicsView(parentWindow)
|
||||
, _aboutDialog(NULL)
|
||||
, _graphicsProxyWidget(NULL)
|
||||
, _parentWindow(NULL)
|
||||
, _timeLine(NULL)
|
||||
, _aboutDialogAsSplashScreen(NULL)
|
||||
{
|
||||
_parentWindow = parentWindow;
|
||||
setWindowFlags(Qt::SplashScreen);
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef Q_OS_LINUX
|
||||
QRect availableGeometry = QApplication::desktop()->availableGeometry();
|
||||
QRect newGeometry = QRect( availableGeometry.x(), availableGeometry.y(), availableGeometry.width(), availableGeometry.height() );
|
||||
#else
|
||||
QRect newGeometry = QRect( -1,-1, QApplication::desktop()->rect().width()+2, QApplication::desktop()->rect().height()+2 );
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
setGeometry( newGeometry );
|
||||
|
||||
_aboutDialog = aboutDialog;
|
||||
|
||||
_windowTitleBarWidth = 0;
|
||||
_windowPosOffset = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
QGraphicsScene *scene = new QGraphicsScene(this);
|
||||
setSceneRect( newGeometry );
|
||||
_aboutDialogAsSplashScreen = new QSplashScreen(this);
|
||||
_graphicsProxyWidget = scene->addWidget(_aboutDialogAsSplashScreen);
|
||||
_graphicsProxyWidget->setWindowFlags( Qt::ToolTip );
|
||||
|
||||
setScene( scene );
|
||||
setRenderHint(QPainter::Antialiasing);
|
||||
|
||||
setCacheMode(QGraphicsView::CacheBackground);
|
||||
setViewportUpdateMode(QGraphicsView::BoundingRectViewportUpdate);
|
||||
|
||||
connect(_aboutDialog, SIGNAL(finished(int)), this, SLOT(hide()));
|
||||
|
||||
//setWindowOpacity(0.9);
|
||||
|
||||
setVerticalScrollBarPolicy(Qt::ScrollBarAlwaysOff);
|
||||
setHorizontalScrollBarPolicy(Qt::ScrollBarAlwaysOff);
|
||||
setStyleSheet("AboutDialogGraphicsView { border: 0px; }");
|
||||
|
||||
_timeLine = new QTimeLine(1000, this);
|
||||
_timeLine->setFrameRange(270, 0);
|
||||
//_timeLine->setUpdateInterval(10);
|
||||
//_timeLine->setCurveShape(QTimeLine::EaseInCurve);
|
||||
connect(_timeLine, SIGNAL(frameChanged(int)), this, SLOT(updateStep(int)));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
AboutDialogGraphicsView::~AboutDialogGraphicsView(void) {
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*!
|
||||
\brief Grabs a screenshot of the full desktop and shows that as background. Above that background the
|
||||
AboutDialog 3D animation is shown. Also grabs the content of the AboutDialog itself.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void AboutDialogGraphicsView::show() {
|
||||
// Because on X11 system the window decoration is only available after a widget has been shown once,
|
||||
// we can detect _windowTitleBarWidth here for the first time.
|
||||
_windowTitleBarWidth = _parentWindow->geometry().y() - _parentWindow->y();
|
||||
// If the _windowTitleBarWidth could not be determined, try it a second way. Even the chances are low to get good results.
|
||||
if ( _windowTitleBarWidth == 0 )
|
||||
_windowTitleBarWidth = _parentWindow->frameGeometry().height() - _parentWindow->geometry().height();
|
||||
#ifdef Q_OS_LINUX
|
||||
if ( _windowTitleBarWidth == 0 ) {
|
||||
//TODO: 27 pixel is a fix value for the Ubuntu 10.4 default window theme and so just a workaround for that specific case.
|
||||
_windowPosOffset = 27;
|
||||
_windowTitleBarWidth = 27;
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
QPixmap originalPixmap = QPixmap::grabWindow(QApplication::desktop()->winId(), QApplication::desktop()->availableGeometry().x(), QApplication::desktop()->availableGeometry().y(), geometry().width(), geometry().height() );
|
||||
QBrush brush(originalPixmap);
|
||||
QTransform transform;
|
||||
transform.translate(0, QApplication::desktop()->availableGeometry().y());
|
||||
brush.setTransform(transform);
|
||||
|
||||
setBackgroundBrush(brush);
|
||||
|
||||
_aboutDialogAsSplashScreen->setPixmap( QPixmap::grabWidget(_aboutDialog) );
|
||||
_graphicsProxyWidget->setGeometry( _aboutDialog->geometry() );
|
||||
_aboutDialog->hide();
|
||||
_graphicsProxyWidget->setPos( _parentWindow->geometry().x()+(_parentWindow->geometry().width()-_graphicsProxyWidget->geometry().width()) / 2, _parentWindow->y()+_windowTitleBarWidth-_windowPosOffset);
|
||||
|
||||
QRectF r = _graphicsProxyWidget->boundingRect();
|
||||
_graphicsProxyWidget->setTransform(QTransform()
|
||||
.translate(r.width() / 2, -_windowTitleBarWidth)
|
||||
.rotate(270, Qt::XAxis)
|
||||
//.rotate(90, Qt::YAxis)
|
||||
//.rotate(5, Qt::ZAxis)
|
||||
//.scale(1 + 1.5 * step, 1 + 1.5 * step)
|
||||
.translate(-r.width() / 2, _windowTitleBarWidth));
|
||||
|
||||
_graphicsProxyWidget->show();
|
||||
//_aboutDialogAsSplashScreen->show();
|
||||
QGraphicsView::show();
|
||||
|
||||
connect(_timeLine, SIGNAL(finished()), this, SLOT(showAboutDialog()));
|
||||
_timeLine->setDirection(QTimeLine::Forward);
|
||||
_timeLine->start();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*!
|
||||
\brief Does the next calculation/transformation step.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void AboutDialogGraphicsView::updateStep(int step) {
|
||||
QRectF r = _graphicsProxyWidget->boundingRect();
|
||||
_graphicsProxyWidget->setTransform(QTransform()
|
||||
.translate(r.width() / 2, -_windowTitleBarWidth)
|
||||
.rotate(step, Qt::XAxis)
|
||||
//.rotate(step, Qt::YAxis)
|
||||
//.rotate(step * 5, Qt::ZAxis)
|
||||
//.scale(1 + 1.5 * step, 1 + 1.5 * step)
|
||||
.translate(-r.width() / 2, _windowTitleBarWidth));
|
||||
//update();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*!
|
||||
\brief Stops the 3D animation, moves the AboutDialog to the correct place and really shows it.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void AboutDialogGraphicsView::showAboutDialog() {
|
||||
//hide();
|
||||
disconnect(_timeLine, SIGNAL(finished()), this, SLOT(showAboutDialog()));
|
||||
_aboutDialog->move( int(_parentWindow->geometry().x()+(_parentWindow->geometry().width()-_graphicsProxyWidget->geometry().width()) / 2), _parentWindow->y()+_windowTitleBarWidth-_windowPosOffset );
|
||||
_aboutDialog->exec();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*!
|
||||
\brief Does not directly hide the AboutDialog but instead starts the "fade out" 3D animation.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void AboutDialogGraphicsView::hide() {
|
||||
_graphicsProxyWidget->setPos( _parentWindow->geometry().x()+(_parentWindow->geometry().width()-_graphicsProxyWidget->geometry().width()) / 2, _parentWindow->y()+_windowTitleBarWidth-_windowPosOffset);
|
||||
|
||||
QRectF r = _graphicsProxyWidget->boundingRect();
|
||||
_graphicsProxyWidget->setTransform(QTransform()
|
||||
.translate(r.width() / 2, -_windowTitleBarWidth)
|
||||
.rotate(0, Qt::XAxis)
|
||||
//.rotate(90, Qt::YAxis)
|
||||
//.rotate(5, Qt::ZAxis)
|
||||
//.scale(1 + 1.5 * step, 1 + 1.5 * step)
|
||||
.translate(-r.width() / 2, _windowTitleBarWidth));
|
||||
|
||||
_graphicsProxyWidget->show();
|
||||
//_aboutDialogAsSplashScreen->show();
|
||||
QGraphicsView::show();
|
||||
|
||||
connect(_timeLine, SIGNAL(finished()), this, SLOT(hideReally()));
|
||||
_timeLine->setDirection(QTimeLine::Backward);
|
||||
_timeLine->start();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*!
|
||||
\brief This slot really hides this AboutDialog container.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void AboutDialogGraphicsView::hideReally() {
|
||||
disconnect(_timeLine, SIGNAL(finished()), this, SLOT(hideReally()));
|
||||
QGraphicsView::hide();
|
||||
_parentWindow->activateWindow();
|
||||
}
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,56 @@
|
||||
/***************************************************************************
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2006-2012 by Thomas Schweitzer *
|
||||
* thomas-schweitzer(at)arcor.de *
|
||||
* *
|
||||
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify *
|
||||
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2.0 as *
|
||||
* published by the Free Software Foundation. *
|
||||
* *
|
||||
* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, *
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of *
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the *
|
||||
* GNU General Public License for more details. *
|
||||
* *
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License *
|
||||
* along with this program in the file LICENSE.GPL; if not, write to the *
|
||||
* Free Software Foundation, Inc., *
|
||||
* 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. *
|
||||
***************************************************************************/
|
||||
#ifndef ABOUTDIALOGGRAPHICSVIEW_H
|
||||
#define ABOUTDIALOGGRAPHICSVIEW_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include <QGraphicsView>
|
||||
|
||||
class AboutDialog;
|
||||
|
||||
class QTimeLine;
|
||||
class QSplashScreen;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
class AboutDialogGraphicsView : public QGraphicsView
|
||||
{
|
||||
Q_OBJECT
|
||||
public:
|
||||
AboutDialogGraphicsView(AboutDialog *aboutDialog, QWidget *parentWindow = NULL);
|
||||
~AboutDialogGraphicsView(void);
|
||||
|
||||
public slots:
|
||||
void show();
|
||||
void hide();
|
||||
|
||||
private slots:
|
||||
void updateStep(int step);
|
||||
void showAboutDialog();
|
||||
void hideReally();
|
||||
|
||||
private:
|
||||
AboutDialog *_aboutDialog;
|
||||
QGraphicsProxyWidget *_graphicsProxyWidget;
|
||||
QWidget *_parentWindow;
|
||||
QTimeLine *_timeLine;
|
||||
QSplashScreen *_aboutDialogAsSplashScreen;
|
||||
int _windowTitleBarWidth;
|
||||
int _windowPosOffset;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // ABOUTDIALOGGRAPHICSVIEW_H
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,121 @@
|
||||
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
|
||||
<ui version="4.0">
|
||||
<class>FindDialog</class>
|
||||
<widget class="QDialog" name="FindDialog">
|
||||
<property name="geometry">
|
||||
<rect>
|
||||
<x>0</x>
|
||||
<y>0</y>
|
||||
<width>347</width>
|
||||
<height>227</height>
|
||||
</rect>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
<property name="windowTitle">
|
||||
<string>Find</string>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
<layout class="QVBoxLayout" name="verticalLayout">
|
||||
<item>
|
||||
<widget class="QLabel" name="label">
|
||||
<property name="sizePolicy">
|
||||
<sizepolicy hsizetype="Preferred" vsizetype="Maximum">
|
||||
<horstretch>0</horstretch>
|
||||
<verstretch>0</verstretch>
|
||||
</sizepolicy>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
<property name="text">
|
||||
<string>Find what:</string>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
</widget>
|
||||
</item>
|
||||
<item>
|
||||
<widget class="QComboBox" name="comboBox">
|
||||
<property name="editable">
|
||||
<bool>true</bool>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
</widget>
|
||||
</item>
|
||||
<item>
|
||||
<widget class="QGroupBox" name="groupBox">
|
||||
<property name="sizePolicy">
|
||||
<sizepolicy hsizetype="Preferred" vsizetype="MinimumExpanding">
|
||||
<horstretch>0</horstretch>
|
||||
<verstretch>0</verstretch>
|
||||
</sizepolicy>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
<property name="title">
|
||||
<string>Find options</string>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
<layout class="QVBoxLayout" name="verticalLayout_2">
|
||||
<item>
|
||||
<widget class="QCheckBox" name="checkBox">
|
||||
<property name="text">
|
||||
<string>Match case</string>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
</widget>
|
||||
</item>
|
||||
<item>
|
||||
<widget class="QCheckBox" name="checkBox_2">
|
||||
<property name="text">
|
||||
<string>Match whole word</string>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
</widget>
|
||||
</item>
|
||||
<item>
|
||||
<widget class="QCheckBox" name="checkBox_3">
|
||||
<property name="text">
|
||||
<string>Search forward</string>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
<property name="checked">
|
||||
<bool>true</bool>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
</widget>
|
||||
</item>
|
||||
<item>
|
||||
<widget class="QCheckBox" name="checkBox_4">
|
||||
<property name="text">
|
||||
<string>Use Regular Expressions</string>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
</widget>
|
||||
</item>
|
||||
</layout>
|
||||
</widget>
|
||||
</item>
|
||||
<item>
|
||||
<spacer name="verticalSpacer">
|
||||
<property name="orientation">
|
||||
<enum>Qt::Vertical</enum>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
<property name="sizeHint" stdset="0">
|
||||
<size>
|
||||
<width>20</width>
|
||||
<height>40</height>
|
||||
</size>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
</spacer>
|
||||
</item>
|
||||
<item>
|
||||
<layout class="QHBoxLayout" name="horizontalLayout">
|
||||
<property name="sizeConstraint">
|
||||
<enum>QLayout::SetMaximumSize</enum>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
<item>
|
||||
<widget class="QPushButton" name="pushButton">
|
||||
<property name="text">
|
||||
<string>Find Next</string>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
</widget>
|
||||
</item>
|
||||
<item>
|
||||
<widget class="QPushButton" name="pushButton_2">
|
||||
<property name="text">
|
||||
<string>Close</string>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
</widget>
|
||||
</item>
|
||||
</layout>
|
||||
</item>
|
||||
</layout>
|
||||
</widget>
|
||||
<resources/>
|
||||
<connections/>
|
||||
</ui>
|
||||
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
@ -0,0 +1,183 @@
|
||||
/***************************************************************************
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2006-2012 by Thomas Schweitzer *
|
||||
* thomas-schweitzer(at)arcor.de *
|
||||
* *
|
||||
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify *
|
||||
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2.0 as *
|
||||
* published by the Free Software Foundation. *
|
||||
* *
|
||||
* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, *
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of *
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the *
|
||||
* GNU General Public License for more details. *
|
||||
* *
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License *
|
||||
* along with this program in the file LICENSE.GPL; if not, write to the *
|
||||
* Free Software Foundation, Inc., *
|
||||
* 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. *
|
||||
***************************************************************************/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef INDENTHANDLER_H
|
||||
#define INDENTHANDLER_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include <QWidget>
|
||||
|
||||
class UiGuiErrorMessage;
|
||||
class UiGuiIniFileParser;
|
||||
|
||||
class QMenu;
|
||||
class QVBoxLayout;
|
||||
class QLabel;
|
||||
class QSpinBox;
|
||||
class QComboBox;
|
||||
class QCheckBox;
|
||||
class QLineEdit;
|
||||
class QToolButton;
|
||||
class QToolBox;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
class IndentHandler : public QWidget
|
||||
{
|
||||
Q_OBJECT
|
||||
|
||||
public:
|
||||
IndentHandler(int indenterID, QWidget *mainWindow = NULL, QWidget *parent = NULL);
|
||||
~IndentHandler();
|
||||
|
||||
QString generateShellScript(const QString &configFilename);
|
||||
QString callIndenter(QString sourceCode, QString inputFileExtension);
|
||||
bool loadConfigFile(QString filePathName);
|
||||
void resetToDefaultValues();
|
||||
QStringList getAvailableIndenters();
|
||||
QString getPossibleIndenterFileExtensions();
|
||||
QString getParameterString();
|
||||
QString getIndenterCfgFile();
|
||||
QString getManual();
|
||||
void retranslateUi();
|
||||
QString getCurrentIndenterName();
|
||||
QMenu* getIndenterMenu();
|
||||
QList<QAction*> getIndenterMenuActions();
|
||||
void contextMenuEvent( QContextMenuEvent *event );
|
||||
void setParameterChangedCallback( void(*paramChangedCallback)(void) );
|
||||
void setWindowClosedCallback( void(*winClosedCallback)(void) );
|
||||
int getIndenterId();
|
||||
|
||||
signals:
|
||||
void indenterSettingsChanged();
|
||||
void selectedIndenterIndexChanged(int index);
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
bool event( QEvent *event );
|
||||
void closeEvent(QCloseEvent *event);
|
||||
void wheelEvent( QWheelEvent *event );
|
||||
|
||||
private slots:
|
||||
void setIndenter(int indenterID);
|
||||
void showIndenterManual();
|
||||
void openConfigFileDialog();
|
||||
void saveasIndentCfgFileDialog();
|
||||
void createIndenterCallShellScript();
|
||||
void resetIndenterParameter();
|
||||
void handleChangedIndenterSettings();
|
||||
void updateDrawing();
|
||||
|
||||
private:
|
||||
QString callExecutableIndenter(QString sourceCode, QString inputFileExtension);
|
||||
QString callJavaScriptIndenter(QString sourceCode);
|
||||
void saveConfigFile(QString filePathName, QString parameterString);
|
||||
void readIndentIniFile(QString iniFilePath);
|
||||
bool createIndenterCallString();
|
||||
void initIndenterMenu();
|
||||
|
||||
//! Holds a reference to all created pages of the parameter categories toolbox and the pages boxlayout
|
||||
struct IndenterParameterCategoryPage {
|
||||
QWidget *widget;
|
||||
QVBoxLayout *vboxLayout;
|
||||
};
|
||||
QVector<IndenterParameterCategoryPage> _indenterParameterCategoryPages;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Holds a reference to all checkboxes needed for boolean parameter setting and the parameters name
|
||||
struct ParamBoolean {
|
||||
QString paramName;
|
||||
QString trueString;
|
||||
QString falseString;
|
||||
QCheckBox *checkBox;
|
||||
};
|
||||
QVector<ParamBoolean> _paramBooleans;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Holds a reference to all line edits needed for parameter setting and the parameters name
|
||||
struct ParamString {
|
||||
QString paramName;
|
||||
QString paramCallName;
|
||||
QCheckBox *valueEnabledChkBox;
|
||||
QLineEdit *lineEdit;
|
||||
QLabel *label;
|
||||
};
|
||||
QVector<ParamString> _paramStrings;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Hold a reference to all spin boxes needed for parameter setting and the parameters name
|
||||
struct ParamNumeric {
|
||||
QString paramName;
|
||||
QString paramCallName;
|
||||
QCheckBox *valueEnabledChkBox;
|
||||
QSpinBox *spinBox;
|
||||
QLabel *label;
|
||||
};
|
||||
QVector<ParamNumeric> _paramNumerics;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Hold a reference to all combo boxes needed for parameter setting and the parameters name
|
||||
struct ParamMultiple {
|
||||
QString paramName;
|
||||
QString paramCallName;
|
||||
QCheckBox *valueEnabledChkBox;
|
||||
QComboBox *comboBox;
|
||||
QStringList choicesStrings;
|
||||
QStringList choicesStringsReadable;
|
||||
};
|
||||
QVector<ParamMultiple> _paramMultiples;
|
||||
|
||||
QComboBox *_indenterSelectionCombobox;
|
||||
QToolButton *_indenterParameterHelpButton;
|
||||
//! Vertical layout box, into which the toolbox will be added
|
||||
QVBoxLayout *_toolBoxContainerLayout;
|
||||
QToolBox *_indenterParameterCategoriesToolBox;
|
||||
UiGuiIniFileParser *_indenterSettings;
|
||||
QStringList _indenterParameters;
|
||||
//! The indenters name in a descriptive form
|
||||
QString _indenterName;
|
||||
//! The indenters file name (w/o extension), that is being called
|
||||
QString _indenterFileName;
|
||||
QString _indenterDirctoryStr;
|
||||
QString _tempDirctoryStr;
|
||||
QString _settingsDirctoryStr;
|
||||
QStringList _indenterIniFileList;
|
||||
QString _parameterOrder;
|
||||
QString _globalConfigFilename;
|
||||
QString _cfgFileParameterEnding;
|
||||
QString _inputFileParameter;
|
||||
QString _inputFileName;
|
||||
QString _outputFileParameter;
|
||||
QString _outputFileName;
|
||||
QString _fileTypes;
|
||||
QString _useCfgFileParameter;
|
||||
QString _indenterShowHelpParameter;
|
||||
QWidget *_mainWindow;
|
||||
UiGuiErrorMessage *_errorMessageDialog;
|
||||
QString _indenterExecutableCallString;
|
||||
QString _indenterExecutableSuffix;
|
||||
|
||||
QMenu *_menuIndenter;
|
||||
QAction *_actionLoadIndenterConfigFile;
|
||||
QAction *_actionSaveIndenterConfigFile;
|
||||
QAction *_actionCreateShellScript;
|
||||
QAction *_actionResetIndenterParameters;
|
||||
//! Needed for the NPP plugin.
|
||||
void(*_parameterChangedCallback)(void);
|
||||
//! Needed for the NPP plugin.
|
||||
void(*_windowClosedCallback)(void);
|
||||
|
||||
//TODO: This function should go into a string helper/tool class/file.
|
||||
QString encodeToHTML(const QString &text);
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // INDENTHANDLER_H
|
||||
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
@ -0,0 +1,143 @@
|
||||
/***************************************************************************
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2006-2012 by Thomas Schweitzer *
|
||||
* thomas-schweitzer(at)arcor.de *
|
||||
* *
|
||||
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify *
|
||||
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2.0 as *
|
||||
* published by the Free Software Foundation. *
|
||||
* *
|
||||
* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, *
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of *
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the *
|
||||
* GNU General Public License for more details. *
|
||||
* *
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License *
|
||||
* along with this program in the file LICENSE.GPL; if not, write to the *
|
||||
* Free Software Foundation, Inc., *
|
||||
* 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. *
|
||||
***************************************************************************/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef MAINWINDOW_H
|
||||
#define MAINWINDOW_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include <QMainWindow>
|
||||
|
||||
#include "UiGuiSettings.h"
|
||||
|
||||
class UiGuiSettingsDialog;
|
||||
class AboutDialog;
|
||||
class AboutDialogGraphicsView;
|
||||
class UiGuiHighlighter;
|
||||
class IndentHandler;
|
||||
class UpdateCheckDialog;
|
||||
namespace Ui {
|
||||
class ToolBarWidget;
|
||||
class MainWindowUi;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
class QLabel;
|
||||
class QScrollBar;
|
||||
class QActionGroup;
|
||||
class QTranslator;
|
||||
|
||||
class QsciScintilla;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
class MainWindow : public QMainWindow
|
||||
{
|
||||
Q_OBJECT
|
||||
|
||||
public:
|
||||
//! Constructor
|
||||
MainWindow(QString file2OpenOnStart = "", QWidget *parent = NULL);
|
||||
~MainWindow() {
|
||||
_settings.clear();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
void closeEvent( QCloseEvent *event );
|
||||
bool eventFilter(QObject *obj, QEvent *event);
|
||||
|
||||
private slots:
|
||||
void openSourceFileDialog(QString fileName = "");
|
||||
bool saveasSourceFileDialog(QAction *chosenEncodingAction = NULL);
|
||||
void saveAsOtherEncoding(QAction *chosenEncodingAction);
|
||||
bool saveSourceFile();
|
||||
void callIndenter();
|
||||
void updateSourceView();
|
||||
void turnHighlightOnOff(bool turnOn);
|
||||
void setWhiteSpaceVisibility(bool visible);
|
||||
void sourceCodeChangedHelperSlot();
|
||||
void sourceCodeChangedSlot();
|
||||
void indentSettingsChangedSlot();
|
||||
void previewTurnedOnOff(bool turnOn);
|
||||
void exportToPDF();
|
||||
void exportToHTML();
|
||||
void languageChanged(int languageIndex);
|
||||
void encodingChanged(QAction *encodingAction);
|
||||
void numberOfLinesChanged();
|
||||
void updateRecentlyOpenedList();
|
||||
void openFileFromRecentlyOpenedList(QAction* recentlyOpenedAction);
|
||||
void clearRecentlyOpenedList();
|
||||
void showAboutDialog();
|
||||
void setStatusBarCursorPosInfo(int line, int column);
|
||||
|
||||
private:
|
||||
Ui::MainWindowUi *_mainWindowForm;
|
||||
|
||||
QString loadFile(QString filePath);
|
||||
QString openFileDialog(QString dialogHeaderStr, QString startPath, QString fileMaskStr);
|
||||
void updateWindowTitle();
|
||||
void loadLastOpenedFile();
|
||||
void saveSettings();
|
||||
bool maybeSave();
|
||||
void createEncodingMenu();
|
||||
void createHighlighterMenu();
|
||||
bool initApplicationLanguage();
|
||||
void initMainWindow();
|
||||
void initToolBar();
|
||||
void initTextEditor();
|
||||
void initSyntaxHighlighter();
|
||||
void initIndenter();
|
||||
void changeEvent(QEvent *event);
|
||||
void dragEnterEvent(QDragEnterEvent *event);
|
||||
void dropEvent(QDropEvent *event);
|
||||
|
||||
QsciScintilla *_qSciSourceCodeEditor;
|
||||
QSharedPointer<UiGuiSettings> _settings;
|
||||
|
||||
QString _currentEncoding;
|
||||
QString _sourceFileContent;
|
||||
QString _sourceFormattedContent;
|
||||
QString _sourceViewContent;
|
||||
UiGuiHighlighter *_highlighter;
|
||||
QScrollBar *_textEditVScrollBar;
|
||||
AboutDialog *_aboutDialog;
|
||||
AboutDialogGraphicsView *_aboutDialogGraphicsView;
|
||||
UiGuiSettingsDialog *_settingsDialog;
|
||||
int _textEditLastScrollPos;
|
||||
int _currentIndenterID;
|
||||
bool _loadLastSourceCodeFileOnStartup;
|
||||
QString _currentSourceFile;
|
||||
QString _currentSourceFileExtension;
|
||||
QString _savedSourceContent;
|
||||
QActionGroup *_encodingActionGroup;
|
||||
QActionGroup *_saveEncodedActionGroup;
|
||||
QActionGroup *_highlighterActionGroup;
|
||||
QTranslator *_uiGuiTranslator;
|
||||
QTranslator *_qTTranslator;
|
||||
bool _isFirstRunOfThisVersion;
|
||||
|
||||
bool _sourceCodeChanged;
|
||||
bool _scrollPositionChanged;
|
||||
bool _indentSettingsChanged;
|
||||
bool _previewToggled;
|
||||
QStringList _encodingsList;
|
||||
|
||||
Ui::ToolBarWidget *_toolBarWidget;
|
||||
IndentHandler *_indentHandler;
|
||||
UpdateCheckDialog *_updateCheckDialog;
|
||||
QLabel *_textEditLineColumnInfoLabel;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // MAINWINDOW_H
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,488 @@
|
||||
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
|
||||
<ui version="4.0">
|
||||
<author>Thomas_-_S</author>
|
||||
<class>MainWindowUi</class>
|
||||
<widget class="QMainWindow" name="MainWindowUi">
|
||||
<property name="geometry">
|
||||
<rect>
|
||||
<x>0</x>
|
||||
<y>0</y>
|
||||
<width>949</width>
|
||||
<height>633</height>
|
||||
</rect>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
<property name="windowTitle">
|
||||
<string>UniversalIndentGUI</string>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
<property name="windowIcon">
|
||||
<iconset resource="../resources/Icons.qrc">
|
||||
<normaloff>:/mainWindow/universalIndentGUI.svg</normaloff>:/mainWindow/universalIndentGUI.svg</iconset>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
<widget class="QWidget" name="centralwidget">
|
||||
<layout class="QHBoxLayout">
|
||||
<property name="spacing">
|
||||
<number>6</number>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
<property name="margin">
|
||||
<number>0</number>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
<item>
|
||||
<layout class="QHBoxLayout">
|
||||
<property name="spacing">
|
||||
<number>0</number>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
<property name="margin">
|
||||
<number>2</number>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
</layout>
|
||||
</item>
|
||||
</layout>
|
||||
</widget>
|
||||
<widget class="QStatusBar" name="statusbar"/>
|
||||
<widget class="QMenuBar" name="menuBar">
|
||||
<property name="geometry">
|
||||
<rect>
|
||||
<x>0</x>
|
||||
<y>0</y>
|
||||
<width>949</width>
|
||||
<height>21</height>
|
||||
</rect>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
<widget class="QMenu" name="menuIndenter">
|
||||
<property name="title">
|
||||
<string>Indenter</string>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
</widget>
|
||||
<widget class="QMenu" name="menuFile">
|
||||
<property name="title">
|
||||
<string>File</string>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
<widget class="QMenu" name="menuExport">
|
||||
<property name="title">
|
||||
<string>Export</string>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
<addaction name="actionExportPDF"/>
|
||||
<addaction name="actionExportHTML"/>
|
||||
</widget>
|
||||
<widget class="QMenu" name="menuRecently_Opened_Files">
|
||||
<property name="title">
|
||||
<string>Recently Opened Files</string>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
<addaction name="separator"/>
|
||||
<addaction name="actionClear_Recently_Opened_List"/>
|
||||
</widget>
|
||||
<widget class="QMenu" name="encodingMenu">
|
||||
<property name="title">
|
||||
<string>Reopen File with other Encoding</string>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
</widget>
|
||||
<widget class="QMenu" name="saveEncodedMenu">
|
||||
<property name="title">
|
||||
<string>Save Source File As with other Encoding</string>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
</widget>
|
||||
<addaction name="actionOpen_Source_File"/>
|
||||
<addaction name="menuRecently_Opened_Files"/>
|
||||
<addaction name="encodingMenu"/>
|
||||
<addaction name="separator"/>
|
||||
<addaction name="actionSave_Source_File"/>
|
||||
<addaction name="actionSave_Source_File_As"/>
|
||||
<addaction name="saveEncodedMenu"/>
|
||||
<addaction name="separator"/>
|
||||
<addaction name="menuExport"/>
|
||||
<addaction name="actionExit"/>
|
||||
</widget>
|
||||
<widget class="QMenu" name="menuSettings">
|
||||
<property name="title">
|
||||
<string>Settings</string>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
<widget class="QMenu" name="highlighterMenu">
|
||||
<property name="title">
|
||||
<string>Set Syntax Highlighter</string>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
</widget>
|
||||
<addaction name="actionLive_Indent_Preview"/>
|
||||
<addaction name="enableSyntaxHighlightingAction"/>
|
||||
<addaction name="whiteSpaceIsVisibleAction"/>
|
||||
<addaction name="highlighterMenu"/>
|
||||
<addaction name="indenterParameterTooltipsEnabledAction"/>
|
||||
<addaction name="loadLastOpenedFileOnStartupAction"/>
|
||||
<addaction name="actionShowSettings"/>
|
||||
</widget>
|
||||
<widget class="QMenu" name="menuHelp">
|
||||
<property name="title">
|
||||
<string>Help</string>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
<addaction name="actionCheck_for_update"/>
|
||||
<addaction name="actionShowLog"/>
|
||||
<addaction name="separator"/>
|
||||
<addaction name="actionAbout_UniversalIndentGUI"/>
|
||||
</widget>
|
||||
<addaction name="menuFile"/>
|
||||
<addaction name="menuIndenter"/>
|
||||
<addaction name="menuSettings"/>
|
||||
<addaction name="menuHelp"/>
|
||||
</widget>
|
||||
<widget class="QDockWidget" name="dockWidget">
|
||||
<property name="sizePolicy">
|
||||
<sizepolicy hsizetype="MinimumExpanding" vsizetype="Preferred">
|
||||
<horstretch>0</horstretch>
|
||||
<verstretch>0</verstretch>
|
||||
</sizepolicy>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
<property name="features">
|
||||
<set>QDockWidget::DockWidgetFloatable|QDockWidget::DockWidgetMovable</set>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
<property name="allowedAreas">
|
||||
<set>Qt::LeftDockWidgetArea|Qt::RightDockWidgetArea</set>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
<property name="windowTitle">
|
||||
<string>Indenter Settings</string>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
<attribute name="dockWidgetArea">
|
||||
<number>1</number>
|
||||
</attribute>
|
||||
<widget class="QWidget" name="dockWidgetContents">
|
||||
<layout class="QHBoxLayout">
|
||||
<property name="spacing">
|
||||
<number>6</number>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
<property name="margin">
|
||||
<number>0</number>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
<item>
|
||||
<layout class="QVBoxLayout">
|
||||
<property name="spacing">
|
||||
<number>0</number>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
<property name="margin">
|
||||
<number>0</number>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
</layout>
|
||||
</item>
|
||||
</layout>
|
||||
</widget>
|
||||
</widget>
|
||||
<widget class="QToolBar" name="toolBar">
|
||||
<property name="contextMenuPolicy">
|
||||
<enum>Qt::PreventContextMenu</enum>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
<property name="windowTitle">
|
||||
<string>Main Toolbar</string>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
<property name="orientation">
|
||||
<enum>Qt::Horizontal</enum>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
<property name="iconSize">
|
||||
<size>
|
||||
<width>16</width>
|
||||
<height>16</height>
|
||||
</size>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
<property name="toolButtonStyle">
|
||||
<enum>Qt::ToolButtonTextBesideIcon</enum>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
<attribute name="toolBarArea">
|
||||
<enum>TopToolBarArea</enum>
|
||||
</attribute>
|
||||
<attribute name="toolBarBreak">
|
||||
<bool>false</bool>
|
||||
</attribute>
|
||||
</widget>
|
||||
<action name="actionOpen_Source_File">
|
||||
<property name="icon">
|
||||
<iconset resource="../resources/Icons.qrc">
|
||||
<normaloff>:/mainWindow/document-open.png</normaloff>:/mainWindow/document-open.png</iconset>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
<property name="text">
|
||||
<string>Open Source File</string>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
<property name="statusTip">
|
||||
<string>Opens a dialog for selecting a source code file.</string>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
<property name="shortcut">
|
||||
<string>Ctrl+O</string>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
</action>
|
||||
<action name="actionSave_Source_File">
|
||||
<property name="icon">
|
||||
<iconset resource="../resources/Icons.qrc">
|
||||
<normaloff>:/mainWindow/document-save.png</normaloff>:/mainWindow/document-save.png</iconset>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
<property name="text">
|
||||
<string>Save Source File</string>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
<property name="statusTip">
|
||||
<string>Saves the currently shown source code to the last opened or saved source file.</string>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
<property name="shortcut">
|
||||
<string>Ctrl+S</string>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
</action>
|
||||
<action name="actionSave_Source_File_As">
|
||||
<property name="icon">
|
||||
<iconset resource="../resources/Icons.qrc">
|
||||
<normaloff>:/mainWindow/document-save-as.png</normaloff>:/mainWindow/document-save-as.png</iconset>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
<property name="text">
|
||||
<string>Save Source File As...</string>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
<property name="iconText">
|
||||
<string>Save Source File As...</string>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
<property name="toolTip">
|
||||
<string>Save Source File As...</string>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
<property name="statusTip">
|
||||
<string>Opens a file dialog to save the currently shown source code.</string>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
<property name="shortcut">
|
||||
<string>Ctrl+Shift+S</string>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
</action>
|
||||
<action name="actionAbout_UniversalIndentGUI">
|
||||
<property name="icon">
|
||||
<iconset resource="../resources/Icons.qrc">
|
||||
<normaloff>:/mainWindow/info.png</normaloff>:/mainWindow/info.png</iconset>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
<property name="text">
|
||||
<string>About UniversalIndentGUI</string>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
<property name="statusTip">
|
||||
<string>Shows info about UniversalIndentGUI.</string>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
</action>
|
||||
<action name="actionExit">
|
||||
<property name="icon">
|
||||
<iconset resource="../resources/Icons.qrc">
|
||||
<normaloff>:/mainWindow/system-log-out.png</normaloff>:/mainWindow/system-log-out.png</iconset>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
<property name="text">
|
||||
<string>Exit</string>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
<property name="statusTip">
|
||||
<string>Quits the UniversalIndentGUI.</string>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
<property name="shortcut">
|
||||
<string>Ctrl+Q</string>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
</action>
|
||||
<action name="actionExportPDF">
|
||||
<property name="icon">
|
||||
<iconset resource="../resources/Icons.qrc">
|
||||
<normaloff>:/mainWindow/exportpdf.png</normaloff>:/mainWindow/exportpdf.png</iconset>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
<property name="text">
|
||||
<string>PDF</string>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
<property name="statusTip">
|
||||
<string>Export the currently visible source code as PDF document</string>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
</action>
|
||||
<action name="actionExportHTML">
|
||||
<property name="icon">
|
||||
<iconset resource="../resources/Icons.qrc">
|
||||
<normaloff>:/mainWindow/exporthtml.png</normaloff>:/mainWindow/exporthtml.png</iconset>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
<property name="text">
|
||||
<string>HTML</string>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
<property name="statusTip">
|
||||
<string>Export the currently visible source code as HTML document</string>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
</action>
|
||||
<action name="indenterParameterTooltipsEnabledAction">
|
||||
<property name="checkable">
|
||||
<bool>true</bool>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
<property name="checked">
|
||||
<bool>true</bool>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
<property name="icon">
|
||||
<iconset resource="../resources/Icons.qrc">
|
||||
<normaloff>:/mainWindow/tooltip.png</normaloff>:/mainWindow/tooltip.png</iconset>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
<property name="text">
|
||||
<string>Parameter Tooltips</string>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
<property name="statusTip">
|
||||
<string>If checked, tool tips will show up if the mouse cursor remains over an indenter parameter for a while.</string>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
<property name="connectedSettingName" stdset="0">
|
||||
<string>DONOTTRANSLATE:indenterParameterTooltipsEnabled</string>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
</action>
|
||||
<action name="actionLive_Indent_Preview">
|
||||
<property name="checkable">
|
||||
<bool>true</bool>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
<property name="icon">
|
||||
<iconset resource="../resources/Icons.qrc">
|
||||
<normaloff>:/mainWindow/live-preview.png</normaloff>:/mainWindow/live-preview.png</iconset>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
<property name="text">
|
||||
<string>Live Indent Preview</string>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
<property name="shortcut">
|
||||
<string>Ctrl+L</string>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
<property name="visible">
|
||||
<bool>false</bool>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
</action>
|
||||
<action name="enableSyntaxHighlightingAction">
|
||||
<property name="checkable">
|
||||
<bool>true</bool>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
<property name="checked">
|
||||
<bool>true</bool>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
<property name="icon">
|
||||
<iconset resource="../resources/Icons.qrc">
|
||||
<normaloff>:/mainWindow/syntax-highlight.png</normaloff>:/mainWindow/syntax-highlight.png</iconset>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
<property name="text">
|
||||
<string>Syntax Highlighting</string>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
<property name="iconText">
|
||||
<string>Syntax Highlighting</string>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
<property name="toolTip">
|
||||
<string>Enables or disables syntax highlighting for the source code.</string>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
<property name="statusTip">
|
||||
<string>By enabling special key words of the source code are highlighted.</string>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
<property name="shortcut">
|
||||
<string>Ctrl+H</string>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
<property name="connectedSettingName" stdset="0">
|
||||
<string>DONOTTRANSLATE:SyntaxHighlightingEnabled</string>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
</action>
|
||||
<action name="whiteSpaceIsVisibleAction">
|
||||
<property name="checkable">
|
||||
<bool>true</bool>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
<property name="text">
|
||||
<string>White Space Visible</string>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
<property name="iconText">
|
||||
<string>White Space Visible</string>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
<property name="toolTip">
|
||||
<string>Set white space visible</string>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
<property name="statusTip">
|
||||
<string>Enables or disables diplaying of white space characters in the editor.</string>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
<property name="visible">
|
||||
<bool>false</bool>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
<property name="connectedSettingName" stdset="0">
|
||||
<string>DONOTTRANSLATE:whiteSpaceIsVisible</string>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
</action>
|
||||
<action name="loadLastOpenedFileOnStartupAction">
|
||||
<property name="checkable">
|
||||
<bool>true</bool>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
<property name="checked">
|
||||
<bool>true</bool>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
<property name="text">
|
||||
<string>Auto Open Last File</string>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
<property name="toolTip">
|
||||
<string>Auto open last source file on startup</string>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
<property name="statusTip">
|
||||
<string>If selected opens last source code file on startup</string>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
<property name="visible">
|
||||
<bool>false</bool>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
<property name="connectedSettingName" stdset="0">
|
||||
<string>DONOTTRANSLATE:loadLastSourceCodeFileOnStartup</string>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
</action>
|
||||
<action name="actionShowSettings">
|
||||
<property name="icon">
|
||||
<iconset resource="../resources/Icons.qrc">
|
||||
<normaloff>:/mainWindow/preferences-system.png</normaloff>:/mainWindow/preferences-system.png</iconset>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
<property name="text">
|
||||
<string>Settings</string>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
<property name="iconText">
|
||||
<string>Settings</string>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
<property name="toolTip">
|
||||
<string>Opens the settings dialog</string>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
<property name="statusTip">
|
||||
<string>Opens the settings dialog, to set language etc.</string>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
</action>
|
||||
<action name="actionCheck_for_update">
|
||||
<property name="icon">
|
||||
<iconset resource="../resources/Icons.qrc">
|
||||
<normaloff>:/mainWindow/system-software-update.png</normaloff>:/mainWindow/system-software-update.png</iconset>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
<property name="text">
|
||||
<string>Check for update</string>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
<property name="toolTip">
|
||||
<string>Checks online whether a new version of UniversalIndentGUI is available.</string>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
<property name="statusTip">
|
||||
<string>Checks online whether a new version of UniversalIndentGUI is available.</string>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
</action>
|
||||
<action name="actionClear_Recently_Opened_List">
|
||||
<property name="icon">
|
||||
<iconset resource="../resources/Icons.qrc">
|
||||
<normaloff>:/mainWindow/edit-clear.png</normaloff>:/mainWindow/edit-clear.png</iconset>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
<property name="text">
|
||||
<string>Clear Recently Opened List</string>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
</action>
|
||||
<action name="actionShowLog">
|
||||
<property name="icon">
|
||||
<iconset resource="../resources/Icons.qrc">
|
||||
<normaloff>:/mainWindow/document-properties.png</normaloff>:/mainWindow/document-properties.png</iconset>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
<property name="text">
|
||||
<string>Show Log</string>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
<property name="toolTip">
|
||||
<string>Displays logging information.</string>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
<property name="statusTip">
|
||||
<string>Displays logging info about the currently running UiGUI application.</string>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
</action>
|
||||
</widget>
|
||||
<resources>
|
||||
<include location="../resources/Icons.qrc"/>
|
||||
</resources>
|
||||
<connections>
|
||||
<connection>
|
||||
<sender>actionExit</sender>
|
||||
<signal>triggered()</signal>
|
||||
<receiver>MainWindowUi</receiver>
|
||||
<slot>close()</slot>
|
||||
<hints>
|
||||
<hint type="sourcelabel">
|
||||
<x>-1</x>
|
||||
<y>-1</y>
|
||||
</hint>
|
||||
<hint type="destinationlabel">
|
||||
<x>399</x>
|
||||
<y>299</y>
|
||||
</hint>
|
||||
</hints>
|
||||
</connection>
|
||||
</connections>
|
||||
</ui>
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,275 @@
|
||||
/***************************************************************************
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2006-2012 by Thomas Schweitzer *
|
||||
* thomas-schweitzer(at)arcor.de *
|
||||
* *
|
||||
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify *
|
||||
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2.0 as *
|
||||
* published by the Free Software Foundation. *
|
||||
* *
|
||||
* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, *
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of *
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the *
|
||||
* GNU General Public License for more details. *
|
||||
* *
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License *
|
||||
* along with this program in the file LICENSE.GPL; if not, write to the *
|
||||
* Free Software Foundation, Inc., *
|
||||
* 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. *
|
||||
***************************************************************************/
|
||||
|
||||
#include "SettingsPaths.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#include <QCoreApplication>
|
||||
#include <QFile>
|
||||
#include <QDir>
|
||||
#include <QDirIterator>
|
||||
#include <QStack>
|
||||
#include <QtDebug>
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stdlib.h>
|
||||
|
||||
//! \defgroup grp_Settings All concerning applications settings.
|
||||
|
||||
/*!
|
||||
\class SettingsPaths
|
||||
\ingroup grp_Settings
|
||||
\brief SettingsPaths is a pure static functions class from which info about the
|
||||
paths needed for settings can be retrieved.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
bool SettingsPaths::_alreadyInitialized = false;
|
||||
QString SettingsPaths::_applicationBinaryPath = "";
|
||||
QString SettingsPaths::_settingsPath = "";
|
||||
QString SettingsPaths::_globalFilesPath = "";
|
||||
QString SettingsPaths::_indenterPath = "";
|
||||
QString SettingsPaths::_tempPath = "";
|
||||
bool SettingsPaths::_portableMode = false;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*!
|
||||
\brief Initializes all available information about the paths.
|
||||
|
||||
Mainly during this init it is detected whether to start in portable mode or not. This is
|
||||
done by testing whether the directory "config" is in the same directory as this
|
||||
applications executable file.
|
||||
In portable mode all data is ONLY written to subdirectories of the applications executable file.
|
||||
Means also that the directory "indenters" has to be there.
|
||||
In not portable mode (multiuser mode) only users home directory is used for writing config data.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void SettingsPaths::init() {
|
||||
_alreadyInitialized = true;
|
||||
|
||||
qDebug() << __LINE__ << " " << __FUNCTION__ << ": Initializing application paths.";
|
||||
|
||||
// Get the applications binary path, with respect to MacOSXs use of the .app folder.
|
||||
_applicationBinaryPath = QCoreApplication::applicationDirPath();
|
||||
// Remove any trailing slashes
|
||||
while ( _applicationBinaryPath.right(1) == "/" ) {
|
||||
_applicationBinaryPath.chop(1);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef UNIVERSALINDENTGUI_NPP_EXPORTS
|
||||
_applicationBinaryPath += "/plugins/uigui";
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef Q_OS_MAC
|
||||
// Because on Mac universal binaries are used, the binary path is not equal
|
||||
// to the applications (.app) path. So get the .apps path here.
|
||||
int indexOfDotApp = _applicationBinaryPath.indexOf(".app");
|
||||
if ( indexOfDotApp != -1 ) {
|
||||
// Cut off after the dot of ".app".
|
||||
_applicationBinaryPath = _applicationBinaryPath.left( indexOfDotApp-1 );
|
||||
// Cut off after the first slash that was in front of ".app" (normally this is the word "UniversalIndentGUI")
|
||||
_applicationBinaryPath = _applicationBinaryPath.left( _applicationBinaryPath.lastIndexOf("/") );
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// If the "config" directory is a subdir of the applications binary path, use this one (portable mode)
|
||||
_settingsPath = _applicationBinaryPath + "/config";
|
||||
if ( QFile::exists( _settingsPath ) ) {
|
||||
_portableMode = true;
|
||||
QDir dirCreator;
|
||||
_globalFilesPath = _applicationBinaryPath;
|
||||
_indenterPath = _applicationBinaryPath + "/indenters";
|
||||
dirCreator.mkpath( _settingsPath );
|
||||
_tempPath = _applicationBinaryPath + "/temp";
|
||||
//TODO: If the portable drive has write protection, use local temp path and clean it up on exit.
|
||||
dirCreator.mkpath( _tempPath );
|
||||
}
|
||||
// ... otherwise use the system specific global application data path.
|
||||
else {
|
||||
_portableMode = false;
|
||||
QDir dirCreator;
|
||||
#ifdef Q_OS_WIN
|
||||
// Get the local users application settings directory.
|
||||
// Remove any trailing slashes.
|
||||
_settingsPath = QDir::fromNativeSeparators( qgetenv("APPDATA") );
|
||||
while ( _settingsPath.right(1) == "/" ) {
|
||||
_settingsPath.chop(1);
|
||||
}
|
||||
_settingsPath = _settingsPath + "/UniversalIndentGUI";
|
||||
|
||||
// On windows systems the directories "indenters", "translations" are subdirs of the _applicationBinaryPath.
|
||||
_globalFilesPath = _applicationBinaryPath;
|
||||
#else
|
||||
// Remove any trailing slashes.
|
||||
_settingsPath = QDir::homePath();
|
||||
while ( _settingsPath.right(1) == "/" ) {
|
||||
_settingsPath.chop(1);
|
||||
}
|
||||
_settingsPath = _settingsPath + "/.universalindentgui";
|
||||
_globalFilesPath = "/usr/share/universalindentgui";
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
dirCreator.mkpath( _settingsPath );
|
||||
// If a highlighter config file does not exist in the users home config dir
|
||||
// copy the default config file over there.
|
||||
if ( !QFile::exists(_settingsPath+"/UiGuiSyntaxHighlightConfig.ini") ) {
|
||||
QFile::copy( _globalFilesPath+"/config/UiGuiSyntaxHighlightConfig.ini", _settingsPath+"/UiGuiSyntaxHighlightConfig.ini" );
|
||||
}
|
||||
_indenterPath = _globalFilesPath + "/indenters";
|
||||
|
||||
// On different systems it may be that "QDir::tempPath()" ends with a "/" or not. So check this.
|
||||
// Remove any trailing slashes.
|
||||
_tempPath = QDir::tempPath();
|
||||
while ( _tempPath.right(1) == "/" ) {
|
||||
_tempPath.chop(1);
|
||||
}
|
||||
_tempPath = _tempPath + "/UniversalIndentGUI";
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(Q_OS_WIN32)
|
||||
dirCreator.mkpath( _tempPath );
|
||||
#else
|
||||
// On Unix based systems create a random temporary directory for security
|
||||
// reasons. Otherwise an evil human being could create a symbolic link
|
||||
// to an important existing file which gets overwritten when UiGUI writes
|
||||
// into this normally temporary but linked file.
|
||||
char *pathTemplate = new char[_tempPath.length()+8];
|
||||
QByteArray pathTemplateQBA = QString(_tempPath + "-XXXXXX").toAscii();
|
||||
delete [] pathTemplate;
|
||||
pathTemplate = pathTemplateQBA.data();
|
||||
pathTemplate = mkdtemp( pathTemplate );
|
||||
_tempPath = pathTemplate;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
qDebug() << __LINE__ << " " << __FUNCTION__ << ": Paths are:" \
|
||||
"<ul><li>_applicationBinaryPath=" << _applicationBinaryPath \
|
||||
<< "</li><li>_settingsPath=" << _settingsPath \
|
||||
<< "</li><li>_globalFilesPath=" << _globalFilesPath \
|
||||
<< "</li><li>_indenterPath=" << _indenterPath \
|
||||
<< "</li><li>_tempPath=" << _tempPath \
|
||||
<< "</li><li>Running in portable mode=" << _portableMode << "</li></ul>";
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*!
|
||||
\brief Returns the path of the applications executable.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
const QString SettingsPaths::getApplicationBinaryPath() {
|
||||
if ( !_alreadyInitialized ) {
|
||||
SettingsPaths::init();
|
||||
}
|
||||
return _applicationBinaryPath;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*!
|
||||
\brief Returns the path where all settings are being/should be written to.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
const QString SettingsPaths::getSettingsPath() {
|
||||
if ( !_alreadyInitialized ) {
|
||||
SettingsPaths::init();
|
||||
}
|
||||
return _settingsPath;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*!
|
||||
\brief Returns the path where the files concerning all users reside. For example translations.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
const QString SettingsPaths::getGlobalFilesPath() {
|
||||
if ( !_alreadyInitialized ) {
|
||||
SettingsPaths::init();
|
||||
}
|
||||
return _globalFilesPath;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*!
|
||||
\brief Returns the path where the indenter executables reside.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
const QString SettingsPaths::getIndenterPath() {
|
||||
if ( !_alreadyInitialized ) {
|
||||
SettingsPaths::init();
|
||||
}
|
||||
return _indenterPath;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*!
|
||||
\brief Returns the path where the where all temporary data should be written to.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
const QString SettingsPaths::getTempPath() {
|
||||
if ( !_alreadyInitialized ) {
|
||||
SettingsPaths::init();
|
||||
}
|
||||
return _tempPath;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*!
|
||||
\brief Returns true if portable mode shall be used.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
bool SettingsPaths::getPortableMode() {
|
||||
if ( !_alreadyInitialized ) {
|
||||
SettingsPaths::init();
|
||||
}
|
||||
return _portableMode;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*!
|
||||
\brief Completely deletes the created temporary directory with all of its content.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void SettingsPaths::cleanAndRemoveTempDir() {
|
||||
QDirIterator dirIterator(_tempPath, QDirIterator::Subdirectories);
|
||||
QStack<QString> directoryStack;
|
||||
bool noErrorsOccurred = true;
|
||||
|
||||
while ( dirIterator.hasNext() ) {
|
||||
QString currentDirOrFile = dirIterator.next();
|
||||
// If this dummy call isn't done here, calling "dirIterator.fileInfo().isDir()" later somehow fails.
|
||||
dirIterator.fileInfo();
|
||||
|
||||
if ( !currentDirOrFile.isEmpty() && dirIterator.fileName() != "." && dirIterator.fileName() != ".." ) {
|
||||
// There is a path on the stack but the current path doesn't start with that path.
|
||||
// So we changed into another parent directory and the one on the stack can be deleted
|
||||
// since it must be empty.
|
||||
if ( !directoryStack.isEmpty() && !currentDirOrFile.startsWith(directoryStack.top()) ) {
|
||||
QString dirToBeRemoved = directoryStack.pop();
|
||||
bool couldRemoveDir = QDir(dirToBeRemoved).rmdir(dirToBeRemoved);
|
||||
noErrorsOccurred &= couldRemoveDir;
|
||||
if ( couldRemoveDir == false )
|
||||
qWarning() << __LINE__ << " " << __FUNCTION__ << "Could not remove the directory: " << dirToBeRemoved;
|
||||
//qDebug() << "Removing Dir " << directoryStack.pop();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// If the iterator currently points to a directory push it onto the stack.
|
||||
if ( dirIterator.fileInfo().isDir() ) {
|
||||
directoryStack.push( currentDirOrFile );
|
||||
//qDebug() << "Pushing onto Stack " << currentDirOrFile;
|
||||
}
|
||||
// otherwise it must be a file, so delete it.
|
||||
else {
|
||||
bool couldRemoveFile = QFile::remove( currentDirOrFile );
|
||||
noErrorsOccurred &= couldRemoveFile;
|
||||
if ( couldRemoveFile == false )
|
||||
qWarning() << __LINE__ << " " << __FUNCTION__ << "Could not remove the file: " << currentDirOrFile;
|
||||
//qDebug() << "Removing File " << currentDirOrFile;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
noErrorsOccurred &= QDir(_tempPath).rmdir(_tempPath);
|
||||
if ( noErrorsOccurred == false )
|
||||
qWarning() << __LINE__ << " " << __FUNCTION__ << "While cleaning up the temp dir an error occurred.";
|
||||
}
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
|
||||
/***************************************************************************
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2006-2012 by Thomas Schweitzer *
|
||||
* thomas-schweitzer(at)arcor.de *
|
||||
* *
|
||||
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify *
|
||||
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2.0 as *
|
||||
* published by the Free Software Foundation. *
|
||||
* *
|
||||
* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, *
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of *
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the *
|
||||
* GNU General Public License for more details. *
|
||||
* *
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License *
|
||||
* along with this program in the file LICENSE.GPL; if not, write to the *
|
||||
* Free Software Foundation, Inc., *
|
||||
* 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. *
|
||||
***************************************************************************/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef SETTINGSPATHS_H
|
||||
#define SETTINGSPATHS_H
|
||||
|
||||
class QString;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
class SettingsPaths
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
static void init();
|
||||
static const QString getApplicationBinaryPath();
|
||||
static const QString getSettingsPath();
|
||||
static const QString getGlobalFilesPath();
|
||||
static const QString getIndenterPath();
|
||||
static const QString getTempPath();
|
||||
static bool getPortableMode();
|
||||
static void cleanAndRemoveTempDir();
|
||||
|
||||
private:
|
||||
SettingsPaths();
|
||||
|
||||
static bool _alreadyInitialized;
|
||||
static QString _applicationBinaryPath;
|
||||
static QString _settingsPath;
|
||||
static QString _globalFilesPath;
|
||||
static QString _indenterPath;
|
||||
static QString _tempPath;
|
||||
static bool _portableMode;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // SETTINGSPATHS_H
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,171 @@
|
||||
/***************************************************************************
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2006-2012 by Thomas Schweitzer *
|
||||
* thomas-schweitzer(at)arcor.de *
|
||||
* *
|
||||
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify *
|
||||
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2.0 as *
|
||||
* published by the Free Software Foundation. *
|
||||
* *
|
||||
* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, *
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of *
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the *
|
||||
* GNU General Public License for more details. *
|
||||
* *
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License *
|
||||
* along with this program in the file LICENSE.GPL; if not, write to the *
|
||||
* Free Software Foundation, Inc., *
|
||||
* 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. *
|
||||
***************************************************************************/
|
||||
|
||||
#include "TemplateBatchScript.h"
|
||||
|
||||
// Need to include QObject here so that platform specific defines like Q_OS_WIN32 are set.
|
||||
#include <QObject>
|
||||
|
||||
/*!
|
||||
\brief The only and static function of this class returns a batch or shell script
|
||||
as string that can be used to call an indenter with the current settings from
|
||||
the command line.
|
||||
|
||||
The returned string contains some placeholders where the indenter name needs to
|
||||
be filled in. The placeholders are "__INDENTERCALLSTRING1__" that should be replaced
|
||||
by the indenter call string that indents a complete directory.
|
||||
"__INDENTERCALLSTRING2__" the call string for indenting only one file.
|
||||
And "__INDENTERCALLSTRINGSCRIPTNAME__" which is only the shown name of the indenter.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
const char* TemplateBatchScript::getTemplateBatchScript() {
|
||||
static const char* templateBatchScript =
|
||||
#if defined(Q_OS_WIN32)
|
||||
"@echo off\n"
|
||||
"\n"
|
||||
"IF (%1)==() GOTO error\n"
|
||||
"dir /b /ad %1 >nul 2>nul && GOTO indentDir\n"
|
||||
"IF NOT EXIST %1 GOTO error\n"
|
||||
"goto indentFile\n"
|
||||
"\n"
|
||||
":indentDir\n"
|
||||
"set searchdir=%1\n"
|
||||
"\n"
|
||||
"IF (%2)==() GOTO assignDefaultSuffix\n"
|
||||
"set filesuffix=%2\n"
|
||||
"\n"
|
||||
"GOTO run\n"
|
||||
"\n"
|
||||
":assignDefaultSuffix\n"
|
||||
"::echo !!!!DEFAULT SUFFIX!!!\n"
|
||||
"set filesuffix=*\n"
|
||||
"\n"
|
||||
":run\n"
|
||||
"FOR /F \"tokens=*\" %%G IN ('DIR /B /S %searchdir%\\*.%filesuffix%') DO (\n"
|
||||
"echo Indenting file \"%%G\"\n"
|
||||
"__INDENTERCALLSTRING1__\n"
|
||||
")\n"
|
||||
"GOTO ende\n"
|
||||
"\n"
|
||||
":indentFile\n"
|
||||
"echo Indenting one file %1\n"
|
||||
"__INDENTERCALLSTRING2__\n"
|
||||
"\n"
|
||||
"GOTO ende\n"
|
||||
"\n"
|
||||
":error\n"
|
||||
"echo .\n"
|
||||
"echo ERROR: As parameter given directory or file does not exist!\n"
|
||||
"echo Syntax is: __INDENTERCALLSTRINGSCRIPTNAME__ dirname filesuffix\n"
|
||||
"echo Syntax is: __INDENTERCALLSTRINGSCRIPTNAME__ filename\n"
|
||||
"echo Example: __INDENTERCALLSTRINGSCRIPTNAME__ temp cpp\n"
|
||||
"echo .\n"
|
||||
"\n"
|
||||
":ende\n";
|
||||
|
||||
#else
|
||||
|
||||
"#!/bin/sh \n"
|
||||
"\n"
|
||||
"if [ ! -n \"$1\" ]; then\n"
|
||||
"echo \"Syntax is: recurse.sh dirname filesuffix\"\n"
|
||||
"echo \"Syntax is: recurse.sh filename\"\n"
|
||||
"echo \"Example: recurse.sh temp cpp\"\n"
|
||||
"exit 1\n"
|
||||
"fi\n"
|
||||
"\n"
|
||||
"if [ -d \"$1\" ]; then\n"
|
||||
"#echo \"Dir ${1} exists\"\n"
|
||||
"if [ -n \"$2\" ]; then\n"
|
||||
"filesuffix=$2\n"
|
||||
"else\n"
|
||||
"filesuffix=\"*\"\n"
|
||||
"fi\n"
|
||||
"\n"
|
||||
"#echo \"Filtering files using suffix ${filesuffix}\"\n"
|
||||
"\n"
|
||||
"file_list=`find ${1} -name \"*.${filesuffix}\" -type f`\n"
|
||||
"for file2indent in $file_list\n"
|
||||
"do \n"
|
||||
"echo \"Indenting file $file2indent\"\n"
|
||||
"__INDENTERCALLSTRING1__\n"
|
||||
"done\n"
|
||||
"else\n"
|
||||
"if [ -f \"$1\" ]; then\n"
|
||||
"echo \"Indenting one file $1\"\n"
|
||||
"__INDENTERCALLSTRING2__\n"
|
||||
"else\n"
|
||||
"echo \"ERROR: As parameter given directory or file does not exist!\"\n"
|
||||
"echo \"Syntax is: __INDENTERCALLSTRINGSCRIPTNAME__ dirname filesuffix\"\n"
|
||||
"echo \"Syntax is: __INDENTERCALLSTRINGSCRIPTNAME__ filename\"\n"
|
||||
"echo \"Example: __INDENTERCALLSTRINGSCRIPTNAME__ temp cpp\"\n"
|
||||
"exit 1\n"
|
||||
"fi\n"
|
||||
"fi\n";
|
||||
#endif // #if defined(Q_OS_WIN32)
|
||||
return templateBatchScript;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* Here comes the original batch script without the c++ markup
|
||||
@echo off
|
||||
|
||||
IF (%1)==() GOTO error
|
||||
dir /b /ad %1 >nul 2>nul && GOTO indentDir
|
||||
IF NOT EXIST %1 GOTO error
|
||||
goto indentFile
|
||||
|
||||
:indentDir
|
||||
set searchdir=%1
|
||||
|
||||
IF (%2)==() GOTO assignDefaultSuffix
|
||||
set filesuffix=%2
|
||||
|
||||
GOTO run
|
||||
|
||||
:assignDefaultSuffix
|
||||
::echo !!!!DEFAULT SUFFIX!!!
|
||||
set filesuffix=*
|
||||
|
||||
:run
|
||||
FOR /F "tokens=*" %%G IN ('DIR /B /S %searchdir%\*.%filesuffix%') DO (
|
||||
echo Indenting file "%%G"
|
||||
::call call_CSSTidy.bat "%%G"
|
||||
"C:/Dokumente und Einstellungen/ts/Eigene Dateien/Visual Studio 2005/Projects/UiGuixy/indenters/csstidy.exe" "%%G" --timestamp=true --allow_html_in_templates=false --compress_colors=true --compress_font=true --lowercase_s=false --preserve_css=false --remove_last_;=false --remove_bslash=true --sort_properties=false --sort_selectors=false indentoutput.css
|
||||
move /Y indentoutput.css "%%G"
|
||||
)
|
||||
GOTO ende
|
||||
|
||||
:indentFile
|
||||
echo Indenting one file %1
|
||||
"C:/Dokumente und Einstellungen/ts/Eigene Dateien/Visual Studio 2005/Projects/UiGuixy/indenters/csstidy.exe" %1 --timestamp=true --allow_html_in_templates=false --compress_colors=true --compress_font=true --lowercase_s=false --preserve_css=false --remove_last_;=false --remove_bslash=true --sort_properties=false --sort_selectors=false indentoutput.css
|
||||
move /Y indentoutput.css %1
|
||||
|
||||
GOTO ende
|
||||
|
||||
:error
|
||||
echo .
|
||||
echo ERROR: As parameter given directory or file does not exist!
|
||||
echo Syntax is: recurse.bat dirname filesuffix
|
||||
echo Syntax is: recurse.bat filename
|
||||
echo Example: recurse.bat temp cpp
|
||||
echo .
|
||||
|
||||
:ende
|
||||
|
||||
*/
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
|
||||
/***************************************************************************
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2006-2012 by Thomas Schweitzer *
|
||||
* thomas-schweitzer(at)arcor.de *
|
||||
* *
|
||||
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify *
|
||||
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2.0 as *
|
||||
* published by the Free Software Foundation. *
|
||||
* *
|
||||
* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, *
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of *
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the *
|
||||
* GNU General Public License for more details. *
|
||||
* *
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License *
|
||||
* along with this program in the file LICENSE.GPL; if not, write to the *
|
||||
* Free Software Foundation, Inc., *
|
||||
* 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. *
|
||||
***************************************************************************/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef TEMPLATEBATCHSCRIPT_H
|
||||
#define TEMPLATEBATCHSCRIPT_H
|
||||
|
||||
class TemplateBatchScript
|
||||
{
|
||||
private:
|
||||
TemplateBatchScript();
|
||||
public:
|
||||
static const char* getTemplateBatchScript();
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // TEMPLATEBATCHSCRIPT_H
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,124 @@
|
||||
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
|
||||
<ui version="4.0">
|
||||
<class>ToolBarWidget</class>
|
||||
<widget class="QWidget" name="ToolBarWidget">
|
||||
<property name="geometry">
|
||||
<rect>
|
||||
<x>0</x>
|
||||
<y>0</y>
|
||||
<width>773</width>
|
||||
<height>34</height>
|
||||
</rect>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
<property name="windowTitle">
|
||||
<string>Form</string>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
<layout class="QHBoxLayout">
|
||||
<property name="spacing">
|
||||
<number>6</number>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
<property name="margin">
|
||||
<number>0</number>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
<item>
|
||||
<widget class="QPushButton" name="pbOpen_Source_File">
|
||||
<property name="toolTip">
|
||||
<string><html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /></head><body style=" white-space: pre-wrap; font-family:MS Shell Dlg; font-size:8.25pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal; text-decoration:none;"><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-size:8pt;">Opens a dialog for selecting a source code file.</span></p><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-size:8pt;">This file will be used to show what the indent tool changes.</p></body></html></string>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
<property name="text">
|
||||
<string>Open Source File </string>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
<property name="icon">
|
||||
<iconset resource="../resources/Icons.qrc">
|
||||
<normaloff>:/mainWindow/document-open.png</normaloff>:/mainWindow/document-open.png</iconset>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
</widget>
|
||||
</item>
|
||||
<item>
|
||||
<widget class="QCheckBox" name="cbLivePreview">
|
||||
<property name="toolTip">
|
||||
<string><html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /></head><body style=" white-space: pre-wrap; font-family:MS Shell Dlg 2; font-size:8.25pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal; text-decoration:none;"><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-family:MS Shell Dlg; font-size:8pt;">Turns the preview of the reformatted source code on and off.</p><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-family:MS Shell Dlg; font-size:8pt;">In other words it switches between formatted and nonformatted code. (Ctrl+L)</p></body></html></string>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
<property name="text">
|
||||
<string>Live Indent Preview</string>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
<property name="icon">
|
||||
<iconset resource="../resources/Icons.qrc">
|
||||
<normaloff>:/mainWindow/live-preview.png</normaloff>:/mainWindow/live-preview.png</iconset>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
<property name="shortcut">
|
||||
<string>Ctrl+L</string>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
</widget>
|
||||
</item>
|
||||
<item>
|
||||
<widget class="QCheckBox" name="enableSyntaxHighlightningCheckBox">
|
||||
<property name="toolTip">
|
||||
<string><html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /></head><body style=" white-space: pre-wrap; font-family:MS Shell Dlg 2; font-size:8.25pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal; text-decoration:none;"><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-family:MS Shell Dlg; font-size:8pt;">Enables and disables the highlightning of the source</p><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-family:MS Shell Dlg; font-size:8pt;">code shown below. (Still needs some performance improvements) (Ctrl+H)</p></body></html></string>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
<property name="text">
|
||||
<string>Syntax Highlight</string>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
<property name="icon">
|
||||
<iconset resource="../resources/Icons.qrc">
|
||||
<normaloff>:/mainWindow/syntax-highlight.png</normaloff>:/mainWindow/syntax-highlight.png</iconset>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
<property name="shortcut">
|
||||
<string>Ctrl+H</string>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
<property name="checked">
|
||||
<bool>true</bool>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
<property name="connectedSettingName" stdset="0">
|
||||
<string>DONOTTRANSLATE:SyntaxHighlightingEnabled</string>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
</widget>
|
||||
</item>
|
||||
<item>
|
||||
<spacer>
|
||||
<property name="orientation">
|
||||
<enum>Qt::Horizontal</enum>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
<property name="sizeHint" stdset="0">
|
||||
<size>
|
||||
<width>40</width>
|
||||
<height>20</height>
|
||||
</size>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
</spacer>
|
||||
</item>
|
||||
<item>
|
||||
<widget class="QPushButton" name="pbAbout">
|
||||
<property name="toolTip">
|
||||
<string><html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /></head><body style=" white-space: pre-wrap; font-family:MS Shell Dlg; font-size:8.25pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal; text-decoration:none;"><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">Shows info about UniversalIndentGUI</p></body></html></string>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
<property name="text">
|
||||
<string>About</string>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
<property name="icon">
|
||||
<iconset resource="../resources/Icons.qrc">
|
||||
<normaloff>:/mainWindow/info.png</normaloff>:/mainWindow/info.png</iconset>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
</widget>
|
||||
</item>
|
||||
<item>
|
||||
<widget class="QPushButton" name="pbExit">
|
||||
<property name="toolTip">
|
||||
<string><html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /></head><body style=" white-space: pre-wrap; font-family:MS Shell Dlg; font-size:8.25pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal; text-decoration:none;"><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">Quits the UniversalIndentGUI</p></body></html></string>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
<property name="text">
|
||||
<string>Exit</string>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
<property name="icon">
|
||||
<iconset resource="../resources/Icons.qrc">
|
||||
<normaloff>:/mainWindow/system-log-out.png</normaloff>:/mainWindow/system-log-out.png</iconset>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
</widget>
|
||||
</item>
|
||||
</layout>
|
||||
</widget>
|
||||
<resources>
|
||||
<include location="../resources/Icons.qrc"/>
|
||||
</resources>
|
||||
<connections/>
|
||||
</ui>
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,87 @@
|
||||
/***************************************************************************
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2006-2012 by Thomas Schweitzer *
|
||||
* thomas-schweitzer(at)arcor.de *
|
||||
* *
|
||||
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify *
|
||||
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2.0 as *
|
||||
* published by the Free Software Foundation. *
|
||||
* *
|
||||
* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, *
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of *
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the *
|
||||
* GNU General Public License for more details. *
|
||||
* *
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License *
|
||||
* along with this program in the file LICENSE.GPL; if not, write to the *
|
||||
* Free Software Foundation, Inc., *
|
||||
* 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. *
|
||||
***************************************************************************/
|
||||
|
||||
#include "UiGuiErrorMessage.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#include <QCheckBox>
|
||||
|
||||
/*!
|
||||
\class UiGuiErrorMessage
|
||||
\ingroup grp_Dialogs
|
||||
\brief UiGuiErrorMessage is a child of QErrorMessage. But QErrorMessages
|
||||
"Do not show again" didn't work with my strings, so this is my own, working
|
||||
implementation of it.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*!
|
||||
\brief Initializes the dialog.
|
||||
|
||||
Retrieves the object pointer to the \a _showAgainCheckBox check box, sets the dialogs
|
||||
modality and for a working translation sets the check box text.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
UiGuiErrorMessage::UiGuiErrorMessage(QWidget *parent) : QErrorMessage(parent) {
|
||||
_showAgainCheckBox = findChild<QCheckBox *>();
|
||||
setWindowModality( Qt::ApplicationModal );
|
||||
_showAgainCheckBox->setText( tr("Show this message again") );
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*!
|
||||
\brief Just a lazy nothin doin destructive destructor.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
UiGuiErrorMessage::~UiGuiErrorMessage(void) {
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*!
|
||||
\brief Shows an error \a message in a dialog box with \a title.
|
||||
|
||||
The shown \a message is added to a list, if not already in there. If it is
|
||||
already in that list and "Show this message again" is not checked, that
|
||||
message will not be shown.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void UiGuiErrorMessage::showMessage( const QString &title, const QString &message ) {
|
||||
bool showAgain = true;
|
||||
|
||||
if ( _showAgainCheckBox != 0 ) {
|
||||
showAgain = _showAgainCheckBox->isChecked();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
setWindowTitle(title);
|
||||
|
||||
if ( !_errorMessageList.contains(message) ) {
|
||||
_errorMessageList << message;
|
||||
if ( _showAgainCheckBox != 0 ) {
|
||||
_showAgainCheckBox->setChecked(true);
|
||||
}
|
||||
QErrorMessage::showMessage( message );
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if ( showAgain ) {
|
||||
QErrorMessage::showMessage( message );
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*!
|
||||
\brief For convinience, for showing a dialog box with the default title "UniversalIndentGUI".
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void UiGuiErrorMessage::showMessage( const QString &message ) {
|
||||
showMessage( "UniversalIndentGUI", message );
|
||||
}
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
|
||||
/***************************************************************************
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2006-2012 by Thomas Schweitzer *
|
||||
* thomas-schweitzer(at)arcor.de *
|
||||
* *
|
||||
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify *
|
||||
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2.0 as *
|
||||
* published by the Free Software Foundation. *
|
||||
* *
|
||||
* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, *
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of *
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the *
|
||||
* GNU General Public License for more details. *
|
||||
* *
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License *
|
||||
* along with this program in the file LICENSE.GPL; if not, write to the *
|
||||
* Free Software Foundation, Inc., *
|
||||
* 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. *
|
||||
***************************************************************************/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef UIGUIERRORMESSAGE_H
|
||||
#define UIGUIERRORMESSAGE_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include <QErrorMessage>
|
||||
|
||||
class QCheckBox;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
class UiGuiErrorMessage : public QErrorMessage
|
||||
{
|
||||
Q_OBJECT
|
||||
|
||||
public:
|
||||
UiGuiErrorMessage(QWidget *parent = 0);
|
||||
~UiGuiErrorMessage(void);
|
||||
void showMessage( const QString &message );
|
||||
void showMessage( const QString &title, const QString &message );
|
||||
|
||||
private:
|
||||
QCheckBox *_showAgainCheckBox;
|
||||
QStringList _errorMessageList;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // UIGUIERRORMESSAGE_H
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,528 @@
|
||||
/***************************************************************************
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2006-2012 by Thomas Schweitzer *
|
||||
* thomas-schweitzer(at)arcor.de *
|
||||
* *
|
||||
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify *
|
||||
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2.0 as *
|
||||
* published by the Free Software Foundation. *
|
||||
* *
|
||||
* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, *
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of *
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the *
|
||||
* GNU General Public License for more details. *
|
||||
* *
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License *
|
||||
* along with this program in the file LICENSE.GPL; if not, write to the *
|
||||
* Free Software Foundation, Inc., *
|
||||
* 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. *
|
||||
***************************************************************************/
|
||||
|
||||
#include "UiGuiHighlighter.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#include "SettingsPaths.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#include <QSettings>
|
||||
#include <QMenu>
|
||||
#include <QScrollBar>
|
||||
#include <QCoreApplication>
|
||||
|
||||
#include <Qsci/qsciscintilla.h>
|
||||
#include <Qsci/qscilexer.h>
|
||||
#include <Qsci/qscilexerbash.h>
|
||||
#include <Qsci/qscilexerbatch.h>
|
||||
#include <Qsci/qscilexercmake.h>
|
||||
#include <Qsci/qscilexercpp.h>
|
||||
#include <Qsci/qscilexercsharp.h>
|
||||
#include <Qsci/qscilexercss.h>
|
||||
#include <Qsci/qscilexerd.h>
|
||||
#include <Qsci/qscilexerdiff.h>
|
||||
#if ( QSCINTILLA_VERSION >= 0x020300 )
|
||||
#include <Qsci/qscilexerfortran.h>
|
||||
#include <Qsci/qscilexerfortran77.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#include <Qsci/qscilexerhtml.h>
|
||||
#include <Qsci/qscilexeridl.h>
|
||||
#include <Qsci/qscilexerjava.h>
|
||||
#include <Qsci/qscilexerjavascript.h>
|
||||
#include <Qsci/qscilexerlua.h>
|
||||
#include <Qsci/qscilexermakefile.h>
|
||||
#if ( QSCINTILLA_VERSION >= 0x020300 )
|
||||
#include <Qsci/qscilexerpascal.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#include <Qsci/qscilexerperl.h>
|
||||
#if ( QSCINTILLA_VERSION >= 0x020300 )
|
||||
#include <Qsci/qscilexerpostscript.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#include <Qsci/qscilexerpov.h>
|
||||
#include <Qsci/qscilexerproperties.h>
|
||||
#include <Qsci/qscilexerpython.h>
|
||||
#include <Qsci/qscilexerruby.h>
|
||||
#if ( QSCINTILLA_VERSION >= 0x020400 )
|
||||
#include <Qsci/qscilexerspice.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#include <Qsci/qscilexersql.h>
|
||||
#if ( QSCINTILLA_VERSION >= 0x020300 )
|
||||
#include <Qsci/qscilexertcl.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#include <Qsci/qscilexertex.h>
|
||||
#if ( QSCINTILLA_VERSION >= 0x020400 )
|
||||
#include <Qsci/qscilexerverilog.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#include <Qsci/qscilexervhdl.h>
|
||||
#if ( QSCINTILLA_VERSION >= 0x020300 )
|
||||
#include <Qsci/qscilexerxml.h>
|
||||
#include <Qsci/qscilexeryaml.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
//! \defgroup grp_EditorComponent All concerning editor widget.
|
||||
|
||||
/*!
|
||||
\class UiGuiHighlighter
|
||||
\ingroup grp_EditorComponent
|
||||
\brief UiGuiHighlighter used for selecting the syntax highlighter/lexer for the QsciScintilla component.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/*!
|
||||
\brief The constructor initializes some regular expressions and keywords to identify cpp tokens
|
||||
*/
|
||||
UiGuiHighlighter::UiGuiHighlighter(QsciScintilla *parent) : QObject(parent) {
|
||||
_qsciEditorParent = parent;
|
||||
|
||||
// Create the highlighter _settings object from the UiGuiSyntaxHighlightConfig.ini file.
|
||||
_settings = new QSettings(SettingsPaths::getSettingsPath() + "/UiGuiSyntaxHighlightConfig.ini", QSettings::IniFormat, this);
|
||||
|
||||
_highlightningIsOn = true;
|
||||
|
||||
_mapHighlighternameToExtension["Bash"] = QStringList() << "sh";
|
||||
_mapHighlighternameToExtension["Batch"] = QStringList() << "bat";
|
||||
_mapHighlighternameToExtension["CMake"] = QStringList() << "cmake";
|
||||
_mapHighlighternameToExtension["C++"] = QStringList() << "c" << "h" << "cpp" << "hpp" << "cxx" << "hxx";
|
||||
_mapHighlighternameToExtension["C#"] = QStringList() << "cs";
|
||||
_mapHighlighternameToExtension["CSS"] = QStringList() << "css";
|
||||
_mapHighlighternameToExtension["D"] = QStringList() << "d";
|
||||
_mapHighlighternameToExtension["Diff"] = QStringList() << "diff";
|
||||
#if ( QSCINTILLA_VERSION >= 0x020300 )
|
||||
_mapHighlighternameToExtension["Fortran"] = QStringList() << "f" << "for" << "f90";
|
||||
_mapHighlighternameToExtension["Fortran77"] = QStringList() << "f77";
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
_mapHighlighternameToExtension["HTML"] = QStringList() << "html" << "htm";
|
||||
_mapHighlighternameToExtension["IDL"] = QStringList() << "idl";
|
||||
_mapHighlighternameToExtension["Java"] = QStringList() << "java";
|
||||
_mapHighlighternameToExtension["JavaScript"] = QStringList() << "js";
|
||||
_mapHighlighternameToExtension["LUA"] = QStringList() << "lua";
|
||||
_mapHighlighternameToExtension["Makefile"] = QStringList() << "makefile";
|
||||
#if ( QSCINTILLA_VERSION >= 0x020300 )
|
||||
_mapHighlighternameToExtension["Pascal"] = QStringList() << "pas";
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
_mapHighlighternameToExtension["Perl"] = QStringList() << "perl" << "pl" << "pm";
|
||||
_mapHighlighternameToExtension["PHP"] = QStringList() << "php";
|
||||
#if ( QSCINTILLA_VERSION >= 0x020300 )
|
||||
_mapHighlighternameToExtension["PostScript"] = QStringList() << "ps" << "eps" << "pdf" << "ai" << "fh";
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
_mapHighlighternameToExtension["POV"] = QStringList() << "pov";
|
||||
_mapHighlighternameToExtension["Ini"] = QStringList() << "ini";
|
||||
_mapHighlighternameToExtension["Python"] = QStringList() << "py";
|
||||
_mapHighlighternameToExtension["Ruby"] = QStringList() << "rub" << "rb";
|
||||
#if ( QSCINTILLA_VERSION >= 0x020400 )
|
||||
_mapHighlighternameToExtension["Spice"] = QStringList() << "cir";
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
_mapHighlighternameToExtension["SQL"] = QStringList() << "sql";
|
||||
#if ( QSCINTILLA_VERSION >= 0x020300 )
|
||||
_mapHighlighternameToExtension["TCL"] = QStringList() << "tcl";
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
_mapHighlighternameToExtension["TeX"] = QStringList() << "tex";
|
||||
#if ( QSCINTILLA_VERSION >= 0x020400 )
|
||||
_mapHighlighternameToExtension["Verilog"] = QStringList() << "v" << "vh";
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
_mapHighlighternameToExtension["VHDL"] = QStringList() << "vhdl";
|
||||
_mapHighlighternameToExtension["XML"] = QStringList() << "xml";
|
||||
#if ( QSCINTILLA_VERSION >= 0x020300 )
|
||||
_mapHighlighternameToExtension["YAML"] = QStringList() << "yaml";
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
_lexer = NULL;
|
||||
|
||||
// This code is only for testing.
|
||||
/*
|
||||
foreach(QStringList extensionList, _mapHighlighternameToExtension.values() ) {
|
||||
setLexerForExtension( extensionList.at(0) );
|
||||
}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
// Set default highlighter to C++ highlighter.
|
||||
setLexerForExtension( "cpp" );
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*!
|
||||
\brief Returns the available highlighters as QStringList.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
QStringList UiGuiHighlighter::getAvailableHighlighters() {
|
||||
return _mapHighlighternameToExtension.keys();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*!
|
||||
\brief This slot handles signals coming from selecting another syntax highlighter.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void UiGuiHighlighter::setHighlighterByAction(QAction* highlighterAction) {
|
||||
QString highlighterName = highlighterAction->text();
|
||||
setLexerForExtension( _mapHighlighternameToExtension[highlighterName].first() );
|
||||
//TODO: This is really no nice way. How do it better?
|
||||
// Need to do this "text update" to update the syntax highlighting. Otherwise highlighting is wrong.
|
||||
int scrollPos = _qsciEditorParent->verticalScrollBar()->value();
|
||||
_qsciEditorParent->setText( _qsciEditorParent->text() );
|
||||
_qsciEditorParent->verticalScrollBar()->setValue(scrollPos);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*!
|
||||
\brief Turns the syntax parser on.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void UiGuiHighlighter::turnHighlightOn() {
|
||||
_highlightningIsOn = true;
|
||||
_qsciEditorParent->setLexer(_lexer);
|
||||
readCurrentSettings("");
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*!
|
||||
\brief Turns the syntax parser off.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void UiGuiHighlighter::turnHighlightOff() {
|
||||
_highlightningIsOn = false;
|
||||
_qsciEditorParent->setLexer();
|
||||
#if defined(Q_OS_WIN) || defined(Q_OS_MAC)
|
||||
_qsciEditorParent->setFont( QFont("Courier", 10, QFont::Normal) );
|
||||
_qsciEditorParent->setMarginsFont( QFont("Courier", 10, QFont::Normal) );
|
||||
#else
|
||||
_qsciEditorParent->setFont( QFont("Monospace", 10, QFont::Normal) );
|
||||
_qsciEditorParent->setMarginsFont( QFont("Monospace", 10, QFont::Normal) );
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*!
|
||||
\brief Read the settings for the current lexer from the settings file.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//TODO: Refactor this function so that the coding style and variable names suit better.
|
||||
bool UiGuiHighlighter::readCurrentSettings( const char *prefix ) {
|
||||
bool ok, flag, rc = true;
|
||||
int num;
|
||||
QString key;
|
||||
|
||||
// Reset lists containing fonts and colors for each style
|
||||
_fontForStyles.clear();
|
||||
_colorForStyles.clear();
|
||||
|
||||
// Read the styles.
|
||||
for (int i = 0; i < 128; ++i) {
|
||||
// Ignore invalid styles.
|
||||
if ( _lexer->description(i).isEmpty() )
|
||||
continue;
|
||||
|
||||
key.sprintf( "%s/%s/style%d/", prefix, _lexer->language(), i );
|
||||
key.replace("+", "p");
|
||||
|
||||
// Read the foreground color.
|
||||
ok = _settings->contains(key + "color");
|
||||
num = _settings->value(key + "color", 0).toInt();
|
||||
|
||||
if (ok)
|
||||
setColor( QColor((num >> 16) & 0xff, (num >> 8) & 0xff, num & 0xff), i );
|
||||
else
|
||||
rc = false;
|
||||
|
||||
// Read the end-of-line fill.
|
||||
ok = _settings->contains(key + "eolfill");
|
||||
flag = _settings->value(key + "eolfill", false).toBool();
|
||||
|
||||
if (ok)
|
||||
_lexer->setEolFill( flag, i );
|
||||
else
|
||||
rc = false;
|
||||
|
||||
// Read the font
|
||||
QStringList fdesc;
|
||||
|
||||
ok = _settings->contains(key + "font");
|
||||
fdesc = _settings->value(key + "font").toStringList();
|
||||
|
||||
if (ok && fdesc.count() == 5) {
|
||||
QFont f;
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(Q_OS_WIN) || defined(Q_OS_MAC)
|
||||
f.setFamily(fdesc[0]);
|
||||
#else
|
||||
if ( fdesc[0].contains("courier", Qt::CaseInsensitive) )
|
||||
f.setFamily("Monospace");
|
||||
else
|
||||
f.setFamily(fdesc[0]);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
f.setPointSize(fdesc[1].toInt());
|
||||
f.setBold(fdesc[2].toInt());
|
||||
f.setItalic(fdesc[3].toInt());
|
||||
f.setUnderline(fdesc[4].toInt());
|
||||
|
||||
setFont(f, i);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
rc = false;
|
||||
|
||||
// Read the background color.
|
||||
ok = _settings->contains(key + "paper");
|
||||
num = _settings->value(key + "paper", 0).toInt();
|
||||
|
||||
if (ok)
|
||||
_lexer->setPaper( QColor((num >> 16) & 0xff, (num >> 8) & 0xff, num & 0xff), i );
|
||||
else
|
||||
rc = false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Read the properties.
|
||||
key.sprintf( "%s/%s/properties/", prefix, _lexer->language() );
|
||||
|
||||
_lexer->refreshProperties();
|
||||
|
||||
return rc;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*!
|
||||
\brief Write the settings for the current lexer to the settings file.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void UiGuiHighlighter::writeCurrentSettings( const char *prefix ) {
|
||||
QString key;
|
||||
|
||||
// Write the styles.
|
||||
for (int i = 0; i < 128; ++i) {
|
||||
// Ignore invalid styles.
|
||||
if ( _lexer->description(i).isEmpty() )
|
||||
continue;
|
||||
|
||||
int num;
|
||||
QColor c;
|
||||
|
||||
key.sprintf( "%s/%s/style%d/", prefix, _lexer->language(), i );
|
||||
key.replace("+", "p");
|
||||
|
||||
// Write style name
|
||||
_settings->setValue( key + "", _lexer->description(i) );
|
||||
|
||||
// Write the foreground color.
|
||||
if ( _colorForStyles.contains(i) ) {
|
||||
c = _colorForStyles[i];
|
||||
}
|
||||
else {
|
||||
c = _lexer->color(i);
|
||||
}
|
||||
num = (c.red() << 16) | (c.green() << 8) | c.blue();
|
||||
|
||||
_settings->setValue(key + "color", num);
|
||||
|
||||
// Write the end-of-line fill.
|
||||
_settings->setValue( key + "eolfill", _lexer->eolFill(i) );
|
||||
|
||||
// Write the font
|
||||
QStringList fdesc;
|
||||
QString fmt("%1");
|
||||
QFont f;
|
||||
|
||||
if ( _fontForStyles.contains(i) ) {
|
||||
f = _fontForStyles[i];
|
||||
}
|
||||
else {
|
||||
f = _lexer->font(i);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
fdesc += f.family();
|
||||
fdesc += fmt.arg( f.pointSize() );
|
||||
|
||||
// The casts are for Borland.
|
||||
fdesc += fmt.arg( (int)f.bold() );
|
||||
fdesc += fmt.arg( (int)f.italic() );
|
||||
fdesc += fmt.arg( (int)f.underline() );
|
||||
|
||||
_settings->setValue(key + "font", fdesc);
|
||||
|
||||
// Write the background color.
|
||||
c = _lexer->paper(i);
|
||||
num = (c.red() << 16) | (c.green() << 8) | c.blue();
|
||||
|
||||
_settings->setValue(key + "paper", num);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*!
|
||||
\brief Sets the \a color for the given \a style.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void UiGuiHighlighter::setColor(const QColor &color, int style) {
|
||||
_colorForStyles[style] = color;
|
||||
_lexer->setColor( color, style );
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*!
|
||||
\brief Sets the \a font for the given \a style.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void UiGuiHighlighter::setFont(const QFont &font, int style) {
|
||||
_fontForStyles[style] = font;
|
||||
_lexer->setFont( font, style );
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*!
|
||||
\brief Sets the to be used lexer by giving his name.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void UiGuiHighlighter::setLexerByName( QString lexerName ) {
|
||||
setLexerForExtension( _mapHighlighternameToExtension[lexerName].first() );
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*!
|
||||
\brief Sets the proper highlighter / lexer for the given file \a extension. Returns the index of the used lexer in the list.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int UiGuiHighlighter::setLexerForExtension( QString extension ) {
|
||||
int indexOfHighlighter = 0;
|
||||
extension = extension.toLower();
|
||||
|
||||
if ( _lexer != NULL ) {
|
||||
writeCurrentSettings("");
|
||||
delete _lexer;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if ( extension == "cpp" || extension == "hpp" || extension == "c" || extension == "h" || extension == "cxx" || extension == "hxx" ) {
|
||||
_lexer = new QsciLexerCPP();
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if ( extension == "sh" ) {
|
||||
_lexer = new QsciLexerBash();
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if ( extension == "bat" ) {
|
||||
_lexer = new QsciLexerBatch();
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if ( extension == "cmake" ) {
|
||||
_lexer = new QsciLexerCMake();
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if ( extension == "cs" ) {
|
||||
_lexer = new QsciLexerCSharp();
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if ( extension == "css" ) {
|
||||
_lexer = new QsciLexerCSS();
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if ( extension == "d" ) {
|
||||
_lexer = new QsciLexerD();
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if ( extension == "diff" ) {
|
||||
_lexer = new QsciLexerDiff();
|
||||
}
|
||||
#if ( QSCINTILLA_VERSION >= 0x020300 )
|
||||
else if ( extension == "f" || extension == "for" || extension == "f90" ) {
|
||||
_lexer = new QsciLexerFortran();
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if ( extension == "f77" ) {
|
||||
_lexer = new QsciLexerFortran77();
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
else if ( extension == "html" || extension == "htm" ) {
|
||||
_lexer = new QsciLexerHTML();
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if ( extension == "idl" ) {
|
||||
_lexer = new QsciLexerIDL();
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if ( extension == "java" ) {
|
||||
_lexer = new QsciLexerJava();
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if ( extension == "js" ) {
|
||||
_lexer = new QsciLexerJavaScript();
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if ( extension == "lua" ) {
|
||||
_lexer = new QsciLexerLua();
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if ( extension == "makefile" ) {
|
||||
_lexer = new QsciLexerMakefile();
|
||||
}
|
||||
#if ( QSCINTILLA_VERSION >= 0x020300 )
|
||||
else if ( extension == "pas" ) {
|
||||
_lexer = new QsciLexerPascal();
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
else if ( extension == "perl" || extension == "pl" || extension == "pm" ) {
|
||||
_lexer = new QsciLexerPerl();
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if ( extension == "php" ) {
|
||||
_lexer = new QsciLexerHTML();
|
||||
}
|
||||
#if ( QSCINTILLA_VERSION >= 0x020300 )
|
||||
else if ( extension == "ps" || extension == "eps" || extension == "pdf" || extension == "ai" || extension == "fh") {
|
||||
_lexer = new QsciLexerPostScript();
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
else if ( extension == "pov" ) {
|
||||
_lexer = new QsciLexerPOV();
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if ( extension == "ini" ) {
|
||||
_lexer = new QsciLexerProperties();
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if ( extension == "py" ) {
|
||||
_lexer = new QsciLexerPython();
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if ( extension == "rub" || extension == "rb" ) {
|
||||
_lexer = new QsciLexerRuby();
|
||||
}
|
||||
#if ( QSCINTILLA_VERSION >= 0x020400 )
|
||||
else if ( extension == "spice?" ) {
|
||||
_lexer = new QsciLexerSpice();
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
else if ( extension == "sql" ) {
|
||||
_lexer = new QsciLexerSQL();
|
||||
}
|
||||
#if ( QSCINTILLA_VERSION >= 0x020300 )
|
||||
else if ( extension == "tcl" ) {
|
||||
_lexer = new QsciLexerTCL();
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
else if ( extension == "tex" ) {
|
||||
_lexer = new QsciLexerTeX();
|
||||
}
|
||||
#if ( QSCINTILLA_VERSION >= 0x020400 )
|
||||
else if ( extension == "vlog?" ) {
|
||||
_lexer = new QsciLexerVerilog();
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
else if ( extension == "vhdl" ) {
|
||||
_lexer = new QsciLexerVHDL();
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if ( extension == "xml" ) {
|
||||
#if ( QSCINTILLA_VERSION >= 0x020300 )
|
||||
_lexer = new QsciLexerXML();
|
||||
#else
|
||||
_lexer = new QsciLexerHTML();
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
}
|
||||
#if ( QSCINTILLA_VERSION >= 0x020300 )
|
||||
else if ( extension == "yaml" ) {
|
||||
_lexer = new QsciLexerYAML();
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
else {
|
||||
_lexer = new QsciLexerCPP();
|
||||
extension = "cpp";
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Find the index of the selected _lexer.
|
||||
indexOfHighlighter = 0;
|
||||
while ( !_mapHighlighternameToExtension.values().at(indexOfHighlighter).contains(extension) ) {
|
||||
indexOfHighlighter++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Set the _lexer for the QScintilla widget.
|
||||
if ( _highlightningIsOn ) {
|
||||
_qsciEditorParent->setLexer(_lexer);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Read the _settings for the _lexer properties from file.
|
||||
readCurrentSettings("");
|
||||
|
||||
return indexOfHighlighter;
|
||||
}
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,74 @@
|
||||
/***************************************************************************
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2006-2012 by Thomas Schweitzer *
|
||||
* thomas-schweitzer(at)arcor.de *
|
||||
* *
|
||||
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify *
|
||||
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2.0 as *
|
||||
* published by the Free Software Foundation. *
|
||||
* *
|
||||
* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, *
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of *
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the *
|
||||
* GNU General Public License for more details. *
|
||||
* *
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License *
|
||||
* along with this program in the file LICENSE.GPL; if not, write to the *
|
||||
* Free Software Foundation, Inc., *
|
||||
* 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. *
|
||||
***************************************************************************/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef UIGUIHIGHLIGHTER_H
|
||||
#define UIGUIHIGHLIGHTER_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include <QObject>
|
||||
#include <QMap>
|
||||
#include <QFont>
|
||||
#include <QColor>
|
||||
|
||||
class QAction;
|
||||
class QSettings;
|
||||
|
||||
class QsciScintilla;
|
||||
class QsciLexer;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
class UiGuiHighlighter : public QObject
|
||||
{
|
||||
Q_OBJECT
|
||||
|
||||
public:
|
||||
UiGuiHighlighter(QsciScintilla *parent);
|
||||
void turnHighlightOff();
|
||||
void turnHighlightOn();
|
||||
|
||||
bool readCurrentSettings(const char *prefix);
|
||||
void writeCurrentSettings(const char *prefix);
|
||||
QStringList getAvailableHighlighters();
|
||||
|
||||
public slots:
|
||||
//! The foreground color for style number \a style is set to \a color. If
|
||||
//! \a style is -1 then the color is set for all styles.
|
||||
void setColor(const QColor &color, int style = -1);
|
||||
|
||||
//! The font for style number \a style is set to \a font. If \a style is
|
||||
//! -1 then the font is set for all styles.
|
||||
void setFont(const QFont &font, int style = -1);
|
||||
|
||||
//! Sets the lexer that is responsible for the given \a extension.
|
||||
int setLexerForExtension( QString extension );
|
||||
|
||||
void setLexerByName( QString lexerName );
|
||||
|
||||
void setHighlighterByAction(QAction* highlighterAction);
|
||||
|
||||
private:
|
||||
bool _highlightningIsOn;
|
||||
QsciScintilla *_qsciEditorParent;
|
||||
QMap<int, QFont> _fontForStyles;
|
||||
QMap<int, QColor> _colorForStyles;
|
||||
QsciLexer* _lexer;
|
||||
QSettings *_settings;
|
||||
QMap<QString, QStringList> _mapHighlighternameToExtension;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // UIGUIHIGHLIGHTER_H
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,156 @@
|
||||
/***************************************************************************
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2006-2012 by Thomas Schweitzer *
|
||||
* thomas-schweitzer(at)arcor.de *
|
||||
* *
|
||||
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify *
|
||||
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2.0 as *
|
||||
* published by the Free Software Foundation. *
|
||||
* *
|
||||
* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, *
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of *
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the *
|
||||
* GNU General Public License for more details. *
|
||||
* *
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License *
|
||||
* along with this program in the file LICENSE.GPL; if not, write to the *
|
||||
* Free Software Foundation, Inc., *
|
||||
* 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. *
|
||||
***************************************************************************/
|
||||
|
||||
#include "UiGuiIndentServer.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#include <QTcpServer>
|
||||
#include <QTcpSocket>
|
||||
#include <QMessageBox>
|
||||
#include <QtDebug>
|
||||
|
||||
//! \defgroup grp_Server All concerning the server component.
|
||||
|
||||
/*!
|
||||
\class UiGuiIndentServer
|
||||
\ingroup grp_Server
|
||||
\brief UiGuiIndentServer is in such an early state, that even the communication
|
||||
protocol isn't completely planned. So this class lacks documentation until
|
||||
I really know where all this will lead to.
|
||||
|
||||
The plan however is to have a server that receives commands for selecting an
|
||||
indenter and perhaps load some by the user predefined indenter config file. Then
|
||||
the client can send a text to it and will receive it formatted.
|
||||
The idea behind that is to make UiGUIs use as plugin or whatever more flexible.
|
||||
So the plugin is developed for Eclipse for example and it takes the client role,
|
||||
making it possible to use UiGUI from within Eclipse. Choosing a network protocol
|
||||
makes everything platform and programming language independent, so it doesn't
|
||||
matter for which application the plugin/client is developed.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
UiGuiIndentServer::UiGuiIndentServer(void) : QObject() {
|
||||
_tcpServer = NULL;
|
||||
_currentClientConnection = NULL;
|
||||
_readyForHandleRequest = false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
UiGuiIndentServer::~UiGuiIndentServer(void) {
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
void UiGuiIndentServer::startServer() {
|
||||
if ( _tcpServer == NULL ) {
|
||||
_tcpServer = new QTcpServer(this);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if ( !_tcpServer->isListening() ) {
|
||||
if ( !_tcpServer->listen(QHostAddress::Any, quint16(84484)) ) {
|
||||
QMessageBox::critical( NULL, tr("UiGUI Server"), tr("Unable to start the server: %1.").arg(_tcpServer->errorString()) );
|
||||
return;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
connect( _tcpServer, SIGNAL(newConnection()), this, SLOT(handleNewConnection()) );
|
||||
_readyForHandleRequest = true;
|
||||
_blockSize = 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
void UiGuiIndentServer::stopServer() {
|
||||
if ( _tcpServer != NULL ) {
|
||||
_tcpServer->close();
|
||||
delete _tcpServer;
|
||||
_tcpServer = NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
_currentClientConnection = NULL;
|
||||
_readyForHandleRequest = false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
void UiGuiIndentServer::handleNewConnection() {
|
||||
QTcpSocket *clientConnection = _tcpServer->nextPendingConnection();
|
||||
connect( clientConnection, SIGNAL(disconnected()), clientConnection, SLOT(deleteLater()) );
|
||||
|
||||
connect( clientConnection, SIGNAL(readyRead()), this, SLOT(handleReceivedData()) );
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
void UiGuiIndentServer::handleReceivedData() {
|
||||
if ( !_readyForHandleRequest ) {
|
||||
return;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
_currentClientConnection = qobject_cast<QTcpSocket*>( sender() );
|
||||
QString receivedData = "";
|
||||
|
||||
if ( _currentClientConnection != NULL ) {
|
||||
QDataStream in(_currentClientConnection);
|
||||
in.setVersion(QDataStream::Qt_4_0);
|
||||
|
||||
if ( _blockSize == 0 ) {
|
||||
if ( _currentClientConnection->bytesAvailable() < (int)sizeof(quint32) )
|
||||
return;
|
||||
|
||||
in >> _blockSize;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if ( _currentClientConnection->bytesAvailable() < _blockSize )
|
||||
return;
|
||||
|
||||
QString receivedMessage;
|
||||
in >> receivedMessage;
|
||||
|
||||
_blockSize = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
qDebug() << "receivedMessage: " << receivedMessage;
|
||||
|
||||
if ( receivedMessage == "ts" ) {
|
||||
sendMessage("Toll");
|
||||
}
|
||||
else {
|
||||
sendMessage("irgendwas");
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
void UiGuiIndentServer::sendMessage( const QString &message ) {
|
||||
_readyForHandleRequest = false;
|
||||
|
||||
_dataToSend = "";
|
||||
QDataStream out(&_dataToSend, QIODevice::WriteOnly);
|
||||
out.setVersion(QDataStream::Qt_4_0);
|
||||
out << (quint32)0;
|
||||
out << message;
|
||||
out.device()->seek(0);
|
||||
out << (quint32)(_dataToSend.size() - sizeof(quint32));
|
||||
|
||||
connect(_currentClientConnection, SIGNAL(bytesWritten(qint64)), this, SLOT(checkIfReadyForHandleRequest()));
|
||||
_currentClientConnection->write(_dataToSend);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
void UiGuiIndentServer::checkIfReadyForHandleRequest() {
|
||||
if ( _currentClientConnection->bytesToWrite() == 0 ) {
|
||||
QString dataToSendStr = _dataToSend.right( _dataToSend.size() - sizeof(quint32) );
|
||||
qDebug() << "checkIfReadyForHandleRequest _dataToSend was: " << dataToSendStr;
|
||||
disconnect(_currentClientConnection, SIGNAL(bytesWritten(qint64)), this, SLOT(checkIfReadyForHandleRequest()));
|
||||
_readyForHandleRequest = true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,55 @@
|
||||
/***************************************************************************
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2006-2012 by Thomas Schweitzer *
|
||||
* thomas-schweitzer(at)arcor.de *
|
||||
* *
|
||||
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify *
|
||||
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2.0 as *
|
||||
* published by the Free Software Foundation. *
|
||||
* *
|
||||
* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, *
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of *
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the *
|
||||
* GNU General Public License for more details. *
|
||||
* *
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License *
|
||||
* along with this program in the file LICENSE.GPL; if not, write to the *
|
||||
* Free Software Foundation, Inc., *
|
||||
* 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. *
|
||||
***************************************************************************/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef UIGUIINDENTSERVER_H
|
||||
#define UIGUIINDENTSERVER_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include <QObject>
|
||||
|
||||
class QTcpServer;
|
||||
class QTcpSocket;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
class UiGuiIndentServer : public QObject
|
||||
{
|
||||
Q_OBJECT
|
||||
|
||||
public:
|
||||
UiGuiIndentServer(void);
|
||||
~UiGuiIndentServer(void);
|
||||
|
||||
public slots:
|
||||
void startServer();
|
||||
void stopServer();
|
||||
|
||||
private slots:
|
||||
void handleNewConnection();
|
||||
void handleReceivedData();
|
||||
void sendMessage(const QString &message);
|
||||
void checkIfReadyForHandleRequest();
|
||||
|
||||
private:
|
||||
QTcpServer *_tcpServer;
|
||||
QByteArray _dataToSend;
|
||||
bool _readyForHandleRequest;
|
||||
QTcpSocket *_currentClientConnection;
|
||||
quint32 _blockSize;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // UIGUIINDENTSERVER_H
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,151 @@
|
||||
/***************************************************************************
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2006-2012 by Thomas Schweitzer *
|
||||
* thomas-schweitzer(at)arcor.de *
|
||||
* *
|
||||
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify *
|
||||
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2.0 as *
|
||||
* published by the Free Software Foundation. *
|
||||
* *
|
||||
* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, *
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of *
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the *
|
||||
* GNU General Public License for more details. *
|
||||
* *
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License *
|
||||
* along with this program in the file LICENSE.GPL; if not, write to the *
|
||||
* Free Software Foundation, Inc., *
|
||||
* 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. *
|
||||
***************************************************************************/
|
||||
|
||||
#include "UiGuiIniFileParser.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#include <QFile>
|
||||
#include <QStringList>
|
||||
#include <QVariant>
|
||||
#include <QTextStream>
|
||||
|
||||
//! \defgroup grp_Settings All concerning applications settings.
|
||||
|
||||
/*!
|
||||
\class UiGuiIniFileParser
|
||||
\ingroup grp_Settings
|
||||
\brief UiGuiIniFileParser is a simple ini file format parser.
|
||||
|
||||
These ini files need to have key-value pairs in the style
|
||||
"keyname=keyvalue". Groups can be defined by writing the groupname
|
||||
in the style [groupname] before some key-value pairs.
|
||||
|
||||
The reason why I use my own class instead of QSettings is mainly, that
|
||||
QSettings always internally sorts the groups alphabetically and also
|
||||
rewrites a settings file sorted. Very annoying for me.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/*!
|
||||
\brief Init and empty all needed lists and strings.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
UiGuiIniFileParser::UiGuiIniFileParser(void) {
|
||||
init();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*!
|
||||
\brief Directly loads and parses the file with name \a iniFileName.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
UiGuiIniFileParser::UiGuiIniFileParser(const QString &iniFileName) {
|
||||
init();
|
||||
_iniFileName = iniFileName;
|
||||
parseIniFile();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
void UiGuiIniFileParser::init() {
|
||||
_sections.clear();
|
||||
_keyValueMap.clear();
|
||||
_iniFileName = "";
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
UiGuiIniFileParser::~UiGuiIniFileParser(void) {
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*!
|
||||
\brief Returns the group/section names in the same order as they occurr in the ini file as QStringList.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
QStringList UiGuiIniFileParser::childGroups() {
|
||||
QStringList sectionsStringList;
|
||||
|
||||
for( unsigned int i = 0; i < _sections.size(); i++ ) {
|
||||
sectionsStringList << _sections[i];
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return sectionsStringList;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*!
|
||||
\brief Returns the value of the defined \a keyName as QVariant.
|
||||
|
||||
The \a keyName is assembled by a section name, a slash and the key name itself.
|
||||
For example if you wish to access the value of the following setting:
|
||||
<code>[NiceSection]</br>niceKeyName=2</code> you would have to call
|
||||
value("NiceSection/niceKeyName").
|
||||
*/
|
||||
QVariant UiGuiIniFileParser::value(const QString &keyName, const QString &defaultValue) {
|
||||
return _keyValueMap.value( keyName, defaultValue );
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*!
|
||||
\brief Parses the ini file and stores the key value pairs in the internal vectors \a keys and \a values.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void UiGuiIniFileParser::parseIniFile() {
|
||||
QFile iniFile(_iniFileName);
|
||||
|
||||
if ( iniFile.open(QFile::ReadOnly) ) {
|
||||
// Clear the vectors holding the keys and values.
|
||||
_sections.clear();
|
||||
_keyValueMap.clear();
|
||||
|
||||
QTextStream iniFileStream( &iniFile );
|
||||
QString line;
|
||||
QString currentSectionName = "";
|
||||
QString keyName = "";
|
||||
QString valueAsString = "";
|
||||
|
||||
while ( !iniFileStream.atEnd() ) {
|
||||
line = iniFileStream.readLine().trimmed();
|
||||
|
||||
// Test if the read line is a section name and if so remeber it.
|
||||
if ( line.startsWith("[") && line.endsWith("]") ) {
|
||||
currentSectionName = line.remove(0, 1);
|
||||
currentSectionName.chop(1);
|
||||
|
||||
// Store the section name.
|
||||
_sections.push_back( currentSectionName );
|
||||
}
|
||||
// Otherwise test whether the line has a assign char
|
||||
else if ( line.contains("=") ) {
|
||||
int indexOfFirstAssign = line.indexOf("=");
|
||||
keyName = line.left(indexOfFirstAssign);
|
||||
|
||||
if ( !keyName.isEmpty() ) {
|
||||
valueAsString = line.remove(0, indexOfFirstAssign+1);
|
||||
// Remove any existing double quotes from the value.
|
||||
if ( valueAsString.startsWith("\"") && valueAsString.endsWith("\"") ) {
|
||||
valueAsString = valueAsString.remove(0, 1);
|
||||
valueAsString.chop(1);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Prepend an eventually section name to the key name.
|
||||
if ( !currentSectionName.isEmpty() ) {
|
||||
keyName = currentSectionName + "/" + keyName;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Store the key and value in the map.
|
||||
_keyValueMap.insert(keyName, valueAsString );
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
|
||||
/***************************************************************************
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2006-2012 by Thomas Schweitzer *
|
||||
* thomas-schweitzer(at)arcor.de *
|
||||
* *
|
||||
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify *
|
||||
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2.0 as *
|
||||
* published by the Free Software Foundation. *
|
||||
* *
|
||||
* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, *
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of *
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the *
|
||||
* GNU General Public License for more details. *
|
||||
* *
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License *
|
||||
* along with this program in the file LICENSE.GPL; if not, write to the *
|
||||
* Free Software Foundation, Inc., *
|
||||
* 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. *
|
||||
***************************************************************************/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef UIGUIINIFILEPARSER_H
|
||||
#define UIGUIINIFILEPARSER_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include <QMap>
|
||||
#include <QString>
|
||||
|
||||
#include <vector>
|
||||
|
||||
class QStringList;
|
||||
class QVariant;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
class UiGuiIniFileParser
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
UiGuiIniFileParser(void);
|
||||
UiGuiIniFileParser(const QString &iniFileName);
|
||||
~UiGuiIniFileParser(void);
|
||||
QVariant value(const QString &keyName, const QString &defaultValue = "");
|
||||
QStringList childGroups();
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
void init();
|
||||
|
||||
private:
|
||||
void parseIniFile();
|
||||
|
||||
QString _iniFileName;
|
||||
std::vector<QString> _sections;
|
||||
QMap<QString, QVariant> _keyValueMap;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // UIGUIINIFILEPARSER_H
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,688 @@
|
||||
/***************************************************************************
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2006-2012 by Thomas Schweitzer *
|
||||
* thomas-schweitzer(at)arcor.de *
|
||||
* *
|
||||
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify *
|
||||
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2.0 as *
|
||||
* published by the Free Software Foundation. *
|
||||
* *
|
||||
* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, *
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of *
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the *
|
||||
* GNU General Public License for more details. *
|
||||
* *
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License *
|
||||
* along with this program in the file LICENSE.GPL; if not, write to the *
|
||||
* Free Software Foundation, Inc., *
|
||||
* 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. *
|
||||
***************************************************************************/
|
||||
|
||||
#include "UiGuiSettings.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#include "SettingsPaths.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#include <QSettings>
|
||||
#include <QPoint>
|
||||
#include <QSize>
|
||||
#include <QDir>
|
||||
#include <QDate>
|
||||
#include <QStringList>
|
||||
#include <QCoreApplication>
|
||||
#include <QMetaMethod>
|
||||
#include <QMetaProperty>
|
||||
#include <QWidget>
|
||||
|
||||
//! \defgroup grp_Settings All concerning the settings.
|
||||
|
||||
/*!
|
||||
\class UiGuiSettings
|
||||
\ingroup grp_Settings
|
||||
\brief Handles the settings of the program. Reads them on startup and saves them on exit.
|
||||
Is a singleton class and can only be accessed via getInstance().
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
// Inits the single class instance pointer.
|
||||
QWeakPointer<UiGuiSettings> UiGuiSettings::_instance;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*!
|
||||
\brief The constructor for the settings.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
UiGuiSettings::UiGuiSettings() : QObject() {
|
||||
// Create the main application settings object from the UniversalIndentGUI.ini file.
|
||||
_qsettings = new QSettings(SettingsPaths::getSettingsPath() + "/UniversalIndentGUI.ini", QSettings::IniFormat, this);
|
||||
|
||||
_indenterDirctoryStr = SettingsPaths::getGlobalFilesPath() + "/indenters";
|
||||
readAvailableTranslations();
|
||||
initSettings();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*!
|
||||
\brief Returns the instance of the settings class. If no instance exists, ONE will be created.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
QSharedPointer<UiGuiSettings> UiGuiSettings::getInstance() {
|
||||
QSharedPointer<UiGuiSettings> sharedInstance = _instance.toStrongRef();
|
||||
if ( sharedInstance.isNull() ) {
|
||||
// Create the settings object, which loads all UiGui settings from a file.
|
||||
sharedInstance = QSharedPointer<UiGuiSettings>(new UiGuiSettings());
|
||||
_instance = sharedInstance.toWeakRef();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return sharedInstance;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*!
|
||||
\brief The destructor saves the settings to a file.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
UiGuiSettings::~UiGuiSettings() {
|
||||
// Convert the language setting from an integer index to a string.
|
||||
int index = _qsettings->value("UniversalIndentGUI/language", 0).toInt();
|
||||
if ( index < 0 || index >= _availableTranslations.size() )
|
||||
index = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
_qsettings->setValue( "UniversalIndentGUI/language", _availableTranslations.at(index) );
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*!
|
||||
\brief Scans the translations directory for available translation files and
|
||||
stores them in the QList \a _availableTranslations.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void UiGuiSettings::readAvailableTranslations() {
|
||||
QString languageShort;
|
||||
QStringList languageFileList;
|
||||
|
||||
// English is the default language. A translation file does not exist but to have a menu entry, added here.
|
||||
languageFileList << "universalindent_en.qm";
|
||||
|
||||
// Find all translation files in the "translations" directory.
|
||||
QDir translationDirectory = QDir( SettingsPaths::getGlobalFilesPath() + "/translations" );
|
||||
languageFileList << translationDirectory.entryList( QStringList("universalindent_*.qm") );
|
||||
|
||||
// Loop for each found translation file
|
||||
foreach ( languageShort, languageFileList ) {
|
||||
// Remove the leading string "universalindent_" from the filename.
|
||||
languageShort.remove(0,16);
|
||||
// Remove trailing file extension ".qm".
|
||||
languageShort.chop(3);
|
||||
|
||||
_availableTranslations.append(languageShort);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*!
|
||||
\brief Returns a list of the mnemonics of the available translations.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
QStringList UiGuiSettings::getAvailableTranslations() {
|
||||
return _availableTranslations;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*!
|
||||
\brief Returns the value of the by \a settingsName defined setting as QVariant.
|
||||
|
||||
If the named setting does not exist, 0 is being returned.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
QVariant UiGuiSettings::getValueByName(QString settingName) {
|
||||
return _qsettings->value("UniversalIndentGUI/" + settingName);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*!
|
||||
\brief Loads the settings for the main application.
|
||||
|
||||
Settings are for example last selected indenter, last loaded source code file and so on.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
bool UiGuiSettings::initSettings()
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Read the version string saved in the settings file.
|
||||
_qsettings->setValue( "UniversalIndentGUI/version", _qsettings->value("UniversalIndentGUI/version", "") );
|
||||
|
||||
// Read windows last size and position from the settings file.
|
||||
_qsettings->setValue( "UniversalIndentGUI/maximized", _qsettings->value("UniversalIndentGUI/maximized", false) );
|
||||
_qsettings->setValue( "UniversalIndentGUI/position", _qsettings->value("UniversalIndentGUI/position", QPoint(50, 50)) );
|
||||
_qsettings->setValue( "UniversalIndentGUI/size", _qsettings->value("UniversalIndentGUI/size", QSize(800, 600)) );
|
||||
|
||||
// Read last selected encoding for the opened source code file.
|
||||
_qsettings->setValue( "UniversalIndentGUI/encoding", _qsettings->value("UniversalIndentGUI/encoding", "UTF-8") );
|
||||
|
||||
// Read maximum length of list for recently opened files.
|
||||
_qsettings->setValue( "UniversalIndentGUI/recentlyOpenedListSize", _qsettings->value("UniversalIndentGUI/recentlyOpenedListSize", 5) );
|
||||
|
||||
// Read if last opened source code file should be loaded on startup.
|
||||
_qsettings->setValue( "UniversalIndentGUI/loadLastSourceCodeFileOnStartup", _qsettings->value("UniversalIndentGUI/loadLastSourceCodeFileOnStartup", true) );
|
||||
|
||||
// Read last opened source code file from the settings file.
|
||||
_qsettings->setValue( "UniversalIndentGUI/lastSourceCodeFile", _qsettings->value("UniversalIndentGUI/lastSourceCodeFile", _indenterDirctoryStr+"/example.cpp") );
|
||||
|
||||
// Read last selected indenter from the settings file.
|
||||
int selectedIndenter = _qsettings->value("UniversalIndentGUI/selectedIndenter", 0).toInt();
|
||||
if ( selectedIndenter < 0 ) {
|
||||
selectedIndenter = 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
_qsettings->setValue( "UniversalIndentGUI/selectedIndenter", selectedIndenter );
|
||||
|
||||
// Read if syntax highlighting is enabled.
|
||||
_qsettings->setValue( "UniversalIndentGUI/SyntaxHighlightingEnabled", _qsettings->value("UniversalIndentGUI/SyntaxHighlightingEnabled", true) );
|
||||
|
||||
// Read if white space characters should be displayed.
|
||||
_qsettings->setValue( "UniversalIndentGUI/whiteSpaceIsVisible", _qsettings->value("UniversalIndentGUI/whiteSpaceIsVisible", false) );
|
||||
|
||||
// Read if indenter parameter tool tips are enabled.
|
||||
_qsettings->setValue( "UniversalIndentGUI/indenterParameterTooltipsEnabled", _qsettings->value("UniversalIndentGUI/indenterParameterTooltipsEnabled", true) );
|
||||
|
||||
// Read the tab width from the settings file.
|
||||
_qsettings->setValue( "UniversalIndentGUI/tabWidth", _qsettings->value("UniversalIndentGUI/tabWidth", 4) );
|
||||
|
||||
// Read the last selected language and stores the index it has in the list of available translations.
|
||||
_qsettings->setValue( "UniversalIndentGUI/language", _availableTranslations.indexOf( _qsettings->value("UniversalIndentGUI/language", "").toString() ) );
|
||||
|
||||
// Read the update check settings from the settings file.
|
||||
_qsettings->setValue( "UniversalIndentGUI/CheckForUpdate", _qsettings->value("UniversalIndentGUI/CheckForUpdate", false) );
|
||||
_qsettings->setValue( "UniversalIndentGUI/LastUpdateCheck", _qsettings->value("UniversalIndentGUI/LastUpdateCheck", QDate(1900,1,1)) );
|
||||
|
||||
// Read the main window state.
|
||||
_qsettings->setValue( "UniversalIndentGUI/MainWindowState", _qsettings->value("UniversalIndentGUI/MainWindowState", QByteArray()) );
|
||||
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*!
|
||||
\brief Register the by \a propertyName defined property of \a obj to be connected to the setting defined by \a settingName.
|
||||
|
||||
The \a propertyName must be one of those that are listed in the Qt "Properties" documentation section of a Qt Object.
|
||||
All further needed info is retrieved via the \a obj's MetaObject, like the to the property bound signal.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
bool UiGuiSettings::registerObjectProperty( QObject *obj, const QString &propertyName, const QString &settingName )
|
||||
{
|
||||
const QMetaObject *metaObject = obj->metaObject();
|
||||
bool connectSuccess = false;
|
||||
|
||||
// Connect to the objects destroyed signal, so that it will be correctly unregistered.
|
||||
connectSuccess = connect(obj, SIGNAL(destroyed(QObject*)), this, SLOT(unregisterObjectProperty(QObject*)));
|
||||
|
||||
int indexOfProp = metaObject->indexOfProperty( qPrintable(propertyName) );
|
||||
if ( connectSuccess && indexOfProp > -1 ) {
|
||||
QMetaProperty mProp = metaObject->property(indexOfProp);
|
||||
|
||||
// Connect to the property's value changed signal.
|
||||
if ( mProp.hasNotifySignal() ) {
|
||||
QMetaMethod signal = mProp.notifySignal();
|
||||
//QString teststr = qPrintable(SIGNAL() + QString(signal.signature()));
|
||||
// The command "SIGNAL() + QString(signal.signature())" assembles the signal methods signature to a valid Qt SIGNAL.
|
||||
connectSuccess = connect(obj, qPrintable(SIGNAL() + QString(signal.signature())), this, SLOT(handleObjectPropertyChange()));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if ( connectSuccess ) {
|
||||
_registeredObjectProperties[obj] = QStringList() << propertyName << settingName;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else {
|
||||
//TODO: Write a debug warning to the log.
|
||||
disconnect(obj, SIGNAL(destroyed(QObject*)), this, SLOT(unregisterObjectProperty(QObject*)));
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// If setting already exists, set the objects property to the setting value.
|
||||
if ( _qsettings->contains("UniversalIndentGUI/" + settingName) ) {
|
||||
mProp.write(obj, _qsettings->value("UniversalIndentGUI/" + settingName));
|
||||
}
|
||||
// Otherwise add the setting and set it to the value of the objects property.
|
||||
else {
|
||||
_qsettings->setValue("UniversalIndentGUI/" + settingName, mProp.read(obj));
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
else {
|
||||
//TODO: Write a debug warning to the log.
|
||||
disconnect(obj, SIGNAL(destroyed(QObject*)), this, SLOT(unregisterObjectProperty(QObject*)));
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*!
|
||||
\brief Searches the child QObjects of \a obj for a property name and setting name definition within
|
||||
their custom properties and registers this property name to that setting name if both were found.
|
||||
|
||||
The custom properties, for which are searched, are "connectedPropertyName" and "connectedSettingName",
|
||||
where "connectedPropertyName" is the name of a QObject property as it is documented in the QtDocs, and
|
||||
"connectedSettingName" is the name of a setting here within UiGuiSettings. If the mentioned setting
|
||||
name doesn't exist, it will be created.
|
||||
|
||||
Returns true, if all found property and setting definitions could be successfully registered.
|
||||
Returns false, if any of those registrations fails.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
bool UiGuiSettings::registerObjectPropertyRecursive(QObject *obj) {
|
||||
return checkCustomPropertiesAndCallFunction(obj, &UiGuiSettings::registerObjectProperty);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*!
|
||||
\brief Assigns the by \a settingName defined setting value to the by \a propertyName defined property of \a obj.
|
||||
|
||||
Returns true, if the value could be assigned, otherwise returns false, which is the case if settingName doesn't exist
|
||||
within the settings or if the mentioned propertyName wasn't found for the \a obj.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
bool UiGuiSettings::setObjectPropertyToSettingValue( QObject *obj, const QString &propertyName, const QString &settingName )
|
||||
{
|
||||
const QMetaObject *metaObject = obj->metaObject();
|
||||
|
||||
int indexOfProp = metaObject->indexOfProperty( qPrintable(propertyName) );
|
||||
if ( indexOfProp > -1 ) {
|
||||
QMetaProperty mProp = metaObject->property(indexOfProp);
|
||||
|
||||
// If setting already exists, set the objects property to the setting value.
|
||||
if ( _qsettings->contains("UniversalIndentGUI/" + settingName) ) {
|
||||
mProp.write(obj, _qsettings->value("UniversalIndentGUI/" + settingName));
|
||||
}
|
||||
// The setting didn't exist so return that setting the objects property failed.
|
||||
else {
|
||||
//TODO: Write a debug warning to the log.
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
else {
|
||||
//TODO: Write a debug warning to the log.
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*!
|
||||
\brief Searches the child QObjects of \a obj for a property name and setting name definition within
|
||||
their custom properties and sets each property to settings value.
|
||||
|
||||
The custom properties, for which are searched, are "connectedPropertyName" and "connectedSettingName",
|
||||
where "connectedPropertyName" is the name of a QObject property as it is documented in the QtDocs, and
|
||||
"connectedSettingName" is the name of a setting here within UiGuiSettings.
|
||||
|
||||
Returns true, if all found property and setting definitions could be successfully registered.
|
||||
Returns false, if any of those registrations fails.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
bool UiGuiSettings::setObjectPropertyToSettingValueRecursive(QObject *obj) {
|
||||
return checkCustomPropertiesAndCallFunction(obj, &UiGuiSettings::setObjectPropertyToSettingValue);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*!
|
||||
\brief Assigns the by \a propertyName defined property's value of \a obj to the by \a settingName defined setting.
|
||||
|
||||
If the \a settingName didn't exist yet, it will be created.
|
||||
|
||||
Returns true, if the value could be assigned, otherwise returns false, which is the case if the mentioned
|
||||
propertyName wasn't found for the \a obj.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
bool UiGuiSettings::setSettingToObjectPropertyValue( QObject *obj, const QString &propertyName, const QString &settingName )
|
||||
{
|
||||
const QMetaObject *metaObject = obj->metaObject();
|
||||
|
||||
int indexOfProp = metaObject->indexOfProperty( qPrintable(propertyName) );
|
||||
if ( indexOfProp > -1 ) {
|
||||
QMetaProperty mProp = metaObject->property(indexOfProp);
|
||||
|
||||
setValueByName(settingName, mProp.read(obj));
|
||||
}
|
||||
else {
|
||||
//TODO: Write a debug warning to the log.
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*!
|
||||
\brief Searches the child QObjects of \a obj for a property name and setting name definition within
|
||||
their custom properties and sets each setting to the property value.
|
||||
|
||||
The custom properties, for which are searched, are "connectedPropertyName" and "connectedSettingName",
|
||||
where "connectedPropertyName" is the name of a QObject property as it is documented in the QtDocs, and
|
||||
"connectedSettingName" is the name of a setting here within UiGuiSettings. If the settingName
|
||||
didn't exist yet, it will be created.
|
||||
|
||||
Returns true, if all found property and setting definitions could be successfully registered.
|
||||
Returns false, if any of those registrations fails.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
bool UiGuiSettings::setSettingToObjectPropertyValueRecursive(QObject *obj) {
|
||||
return checkCustomPropertiesAndCallFunction(obj, &UiGuiSettings::setSettingToObjectPropertyValue);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*!
|
||||
\brief Iterates over all \a objs child QObjects and checks whether they have the custom properties
|
||||
"connectedPropertyName" and "connectedSettingName" set. If both are set, it invokes the \a callBackFunc
|
||||
with both.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
bool UiGuiSettings::checkCustomPropertiesAndCallFunction(QObject *obj, bool (UiGuiSettings::*callBackFunc)(QObject *obj, const QString &propertyName, const QString &settingName)) {
|
||||
bool success = true;
|
||||
|
||||
// Find all widgets that have PropertyName and SettingName defined in their style sheet.
|
||||
QList<QObject *> allObjects = obj->findChildren<QObject *>();
|
||||
foreach (QObject *object, allObjects) {
|
||||
QString propertyName = object->property("connectedPropertyName").toString();
|
||||
QString settingName = object->property("connectedSettingName").toString();
|
||||
|
||||
// If property and setting name were found, register that widget with the settings.
|
||||
if ( !propertyName.isEmpty() && !settingName.isEmpty() ) {
|
||||
success &= (this->*callBackFunc)( object, propertyName, settingName );
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return success;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*!
|
||||
\brief The with a certain property registered \a obj gets unregistered.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void UiGuiSettings::unregisterObjectProperty(QObject *obj) {
|
||||
if ( _registeredObjectProperties.contains(obj) ) {
|
||||
const QMetaObject *metaObject = obj->metaObject();
|
||||
QString propertyName = _registeredObjectProperties[obj].first();
|
||||
QString settingName = _registeredObjectProperties[obj].last();
|
||||
|
||||
bool connectSuccess = false;
|
||||
int indexOfProp = metaObject->indexOfProperty( qPrintable(propertyName) );
|
||||
if ( indexOfProp > -1 ) {
|
||||
QMetaProperty mProp = metaObject->property(indexOfProp);
|
||||
|
||||
// Disconnect to the property's value changed signal.
|
||||
if ( mProp.hasNotifySignal() ) {
|
||||
QMetaMethod signal = mProp.notifySignal();
|
||||
// The command "SIGNAL() + QString(signal.signature())" assembles the signal methods signature to a valid Qt SIGNAL.
|
||||
connectSuccess = disconnect(obj, qPrintable(SIGNAL() + QString(signal.signature())), this, SLOT(handleObjectPropertyChange()));
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
_registeredObjectProperties.remove(obj);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*!
|
||||
\brief Registers a slot form the \a obj by its \a slotName to be invoked, if the by \a settingName defined
|
||||
setting changes.
|
||||
|
||||
The registered slot may have no parameters or exactly one. If it accepts one parameter, whenever the setting
|
||||
\a settingName changes the slot gets tried to be invoked with the settings value as parameter. This only works,
|
||||
if the slot parameter is of the same type as the setting.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
bool UiGuiSettings::registerObjectSlot(QObject *obj, const QString &slotName, const QString &settingName) {
|
||||
|
||||
const QMetaObject *metaObject = obj->metaObject();
|
||||
|
||||
bool connectSuccess = false;
|
||||
// Connect to the objects destroyed signal, so that it will be correctly unregistered.
|
||||
connectSuccess = connect(obj, SIGNAL(destroyed(QObject*)), this, SLOT(unregisterObjectSlot(QObject*)));
|
||||
|
||||
QString normalizedSlotName = QMetaObject::normalizedSignature( qPrintable(slotName) );
|
||||
int indexOfMethod = metaObject->indexOfMethod( qPrintable(normalizedSlotName) );
|
||||
if ( connectSuccess && indexOfMethod > -1 ) {
|
||||
QMetaMethod mMethod = metaObject->method(indexOfMethod);
|
||||
//QMetaMethod::Access access = mMethod.access();
|
||||
//QMetaMethod::MethodType methType = mMethod.methodType();
|
||||
|
||||
// Since the method can at maximum be invoked with the setting value as argument,
|
||||
// only methods taking max one argument are allowed.
|
||||
if ( mMethod.parameterTypes().size() <= 1 ) {
|
||||
_registeredObjectSlots.insert(obj, QStringList() << normalizedSlotName << settingName);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else {
|
||||
//TODO: Write a debug warning to the log.
|
||||
disconnect(obj, SIGNAL(destroyed(QObject*)), this, SLOT(unregisterObjectSlot(QObject*)));
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
else {
|
||||
//TODO: Write a debug warning to the log.
|
||||
disconnect(obj, SIGNAL(destroyed(QObject*)), this, SLOT(unregisterObjectSlot(QObject*)));
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*!
|
||||
\brief If \a obj, \a slotName and \a settingName are given, that certain connection is unregistered.
|
||||
If only \a obj is given, all to this object registered slot-setting connections are unregistered.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void UiGuiSettings::unregisterObjectSlot(QObject *obj, const QString &slotName, const QString &settingName) {
|
||||
//const QMetaObject *metaObject = obj->metaObject();
|
||||
QString normalizedSlotName = QMetaObject::normalizedSignature( qPrintable(slotName) );
|
||||
QMutableMapIterator<QObject*, QStringList> it(_registeredObjectSlots);
|
||||
while (it.hasNext()) {
|
||||
it.next();
|
||||
if (it.key() == obj && slotName.isEmpty() && settingName.isEmpty())
|
||||
it.remove();
|
||||
else if (it.key() == obj && it.value().first() == slotName && it.value().last() == settingName)
|
||||
it.remove();
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*!
|
||||
\brief This private slot gets invoked whenever a registered objects property changes
|
||||
and distributes the new value to all other to the same settingName registered objects.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void UiGuiSettings::handleObjectPropertyChange() {
|
||||
QObject *obj = QObject::sender();
|
||||
QString className = obj->metaObject()->className();
|
||||
const QMetaObject *metaObject = obj->metaObject();
|
||||
QString propertyName = _registeredObjectProperties[obj].first();
|
||||
QString settingName = _registeredObjectProperties[obj].last();
|
||||
|
||||
int indexOfProp = metaObject->indexOfProperty( qPrintable(propertyName) );
|
||||
if ( indexOfProp > -1 ) {
|
||||
QMetaProperty mProp = metaObject->property(indexOfProp);
|
||||
setValueByName(settingName, mProp.read(obj));
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*!
|
||||
\brief Sets the setting defined by \a settingName to \a value.
|
||||
|
||||
When setting a changed value, all to this settingName registered objects get
|
||||
the changed value set too.
|
||||
If the \a settingName didn't exist yet, it will be created.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void UiGuiSettings::setValueByName(const QString &settingName, const QVariant &value) {
|
||||
// Do the updating only, if the setting was really changed.
|
||||
if ( _qsettings->value("UniversalIndentGUI/" + settingName) != value ) {
|
||||
_qsettings->setValue("UniversalIndentGUI/" + settingName, value);
|
||||
|
||||
// Set the new value for all registered object properties for settingName.
|
||||
for ( QMap<QObject*, QStringList>::ConstIterator it = _registeredObjectProperties.begin(); it != _registeredObjectProperties.end(); ++it ) {
|
||||
if ( it.value().last() == settingName ) {
|
||||
QObject *obj = it.key();
|
||||
const QMetaObject *metaObject = obj->metaObject();
|
||||
QString propertyName = it.value().first();
|
||||
|
||||
int indexOfProp = metaObject->indexOfProperty( qPrintable(propertyName) );
|
||||
if ( indexOfProp > -1 ) {
|
||||
QMetaProperty mProp = metaObject->property(indexOfProp);
|
||||
mProp.write(obj, value);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Invoke all registered object methods for settingName.
|
||||
for ( QMap<QObject*, QStringList>::ConstIterator it = _registeredObjectSlots.begin(); it != _registeredObjectSlots.end(); ++it ) {
|
||||
if ( it.value().last() == settingName ) {
|
||||
QObject *obj = it.key();
|
||||
const QMetaObject *metaObject = obj->metaObject();
|
||||
QString slotName = it.value().first();
|
||||
|
||||
int indexOfMethod = metaObject->indexOfMethod( qPrintable(slotName) );
|
||||
if ( indexOfMethod > -1 ) {
|
||||
QMetaMethod mMethod = metaObject->method(indexOfMethod);
|
||||
//QMetaMethod::Access access = mMethod.access();
|
||||
//QMetaMethod::MethodType methType = mMethod.methodType();
|
||||
|
||||
bool success = false;
|
||||
|
||||
// Handle registered slots taking one parameter.
|
||||
if ( mMethod.parameterTypes().size() == 1 ) {
|
||||
if ( mMethod.parameterTypes().first() == value.typeName() ) {
|
||||
success = invokeMethodWithValue(obj, mMethod, value);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
// Handle registered slots taking zero parameters.
|
||||
else {
|
||||
success = mMethod.invoke( obj, Qt::DirectConnection );
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if ( success == false ) {
|
||||
// TODO: Write a warning to the log if no success.
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#include <QBitArray>
|
||||
#include <QBitmap>
|
||||
#include <QBrush>
|
||||
#include <QCursor>
|
||||
#include <QDateTime>
|
||||
#include <QFont>
|
||||
#include <QIcon>
|
||||
#include <QKeySequence>
|
||||
#include <QLocale>
|
||||
#include <QPalette>
|
||||
#include <QPen>
|
||||
#include <QSizePolicy>
|
||||
#include <QTextFormat>
|
||||
#include <QTextLength>
|
||||
#include <QUrl>
|
||||
#if QT_VERSION >= 0x040600
|
||||
#include <QMatrix4x4>
|
||||
#include <QVector2D>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
bool UiGuiSettings::invokeMethodWithValue( QObject *obj, QMetaMethod mMethod, QVariant value )
|
||||
{
|
||||
switch (value.type()) {
|
||||
case QVariant::BitArray :
|
||||
return mMethod.invoke( obj, Qt::DirectConnection, Q_ARG(QBitArray, value.toBitArray()) );
|
||||
case QVariant::Bitmap :
|
||||
return mMethod.invoke( obj, Qt::DirectConnection, Q_ARG(QBitmap, value.value<QBitmap>()) );
|
||||
case QVariant::Bool :
|
||||
return mMethod.invoke( obj, Qt::DirectConnection, Q_ARG(bool, value.toBool()) );
|
||||
case QVariant::Brush :
|
||||
return mMethod.invoke( obj, Qt::DirectConnection, Q_ARG(QBrush, value.value<QBrush>()) );
|
||||
case QVariant::ByteArray :
|
||||
return mMethod.invoke( obj, Qt::DirectConnection, Q_ARG(QByteArray, value.toByteArray()) );
|
||||
case QVariant::Char :
|
||||
return mMethod.invoke( obj, Qt::DirectConnection, Q_ARG(QChar, value.toChar()) );
|
||||
case QVariant::Color :
|
||||
return mMethod.invoke( obj, Qt::DirectConnection, Q_ARG(QColor, value.value<QColor>()) );
|
||||
case QVariant::Cursor :
|
||||
return mMethod.invoke( obj, Qt::DirectConnection, Q_ARG(QCursor, value.value<QCursor>()) );
|
||||
case QVariant::Date :
|
||||
return mMethod.invoke( obj, Qt::DirectConnection, Q_ARG(QDate, value.toDate()) );
|
||||
case QVariant::DateTime :
|
||||
return mMethod.invoke( obj, Qt::DirectConnection, Q_ARG(QDateTime, value.toDateTime()) );
|
||||
case QVariant::Double :
|
||||
return mMethod.invoke( obj, Qt::DirectConnection, Q_ARG(double, value.toDouble()) );
|
||||
case QVariant::Font :
|
||||
return mMethod.invoke( obj, Qt::DirectConnection, Q_ARG(QFont, value.value<QFont>()) );
|
||||
case QVariant::Hash :
|
||||
return mMethod.invoke( obj, Qt::DirectConnection, Q_ARG(QVariantHash, value.toHash()) );
|
||||
case QVariant::Icon :
|
||||
return mMethod.invoke( obj, Qt::DirectConnection, Q_ARG(QIcon, value.value<QIcon>()) );
|
||||
case QVariant::Image :
|
||||
return mMethod.invoke( obj, Qt::DirectConnection, Q_ARG(QImage, value.value<QImage>()) );
|
||||
case QVariant::Int :
|
||||
return mMethod.invoke( obj, Qt::DirectConnection, Q_ARG(int, value.toInt()) );
|
||||
case QVariant::KeySequence :
|
||||
return mMethod.invoke( obj, Qt::DirectConnection, Q_ARG(QKeySequence, value.value<QKeySequence>()) );
|
||||
case QVariant::Line :
|
||||
return mMethod.invoke( obj, Qt::DirectConnection, Q_ARG(QLine, value.toLine()) );
|
||||
case QVariant::LineF :
|
||||
return mMethod.invoke( obj, Qt::DirectConnection, Q_ARG(QLineF, value.toLineF()) );
|
||||
case QVariant::List :
|
||||
return mMethod.invoke( obj, Qt::DirectConnection, Q_ARG(QVariantList, value.toList()) );
|
||||
case QVariant::Locale :
|
||||
return mMethod.invoke( obj, Qt::DirectConnection, Q_ARG(QLocale, value.toLocale()) );
|
||||
case QVariant::LongLong :
|
||||
return mMethod.invoke( obj, Qt::DirectConnection, Q_ARG(qlonglong, value.toLongLong()) );
|
||||
case QVariant::Map :
|
||||
return mMethod.invoke( obj, Qt::DirectConnection, Q_ARG(QVariantMap, value.toMap()) );
|
||||
case QVariant::Matrix :
|
||||
return mMethod.invoke( obj, Qt::DirectConnection, Q_ARG(QMatrix, value.value<QMatrix>()) );
|
||||
case QVariant::Transform :
|
||||
return mMethod.invoke( obj, Qt::DirectConnection, Q_ARG(QTransform, value.value<QTransform>()) );
|
||||
#if QT_VERSION >= 0x040600
|
||||
case QVariant::Matrix4x4 :
|
||||
return mMethod.invoke( obj, Qt::DirectConnection, Q_ARG(QMatrix4x4, value.value<QMatrix4x4>()) );
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
case QVariant::Palette :
|
||||
return mMethod.invoke( obj, Qt::DirectConnection, Q_ARG(QPalette, value.value<QPalette>()) );
|
||||
case QVariant::Pen :
|
||||
return mMethod.invoke( obj, Qt::DirectConnection, Q_ARG(QPen, value.value<QPen>()) );
|
||||
case QVariant::Pixmap :
|
||||
return mMethod.invoke( obj, Qt::DirectConnection, Q_ARG(QPixmap, value.value<QPixmap>()) );
|
||||
case QVariant::Point :
|
||||
return mMethod.invoke( obj, Qt::DirectConnection, Q_ARG(QPoint, value.toPoint()) );
|
||||
// case QVariant::PointArray :
|
||||
// return Q_ARG(QPointArray, value.value<QPointArray>()) );
|
||||
case QVariant::PointF :
|
||||
return mMethod.invoke( obj, Qt::DirectConnection, Q_ARG(QPointF, value.toPointF()) );
|
||||
case QVariant::Polygon :
|
||||
return mMethod.invoke( obj, Qt::DirectConnection, Q_ARG(QPolygon, value.value<QPolygon>()) );
|
||||
#if QT_VERSION >= 0x040600
|
||||
case QVariant::Quaternion :
|
||||
return mMethod.invoke( obj, Qt::DirectConnection, Q_ARG(QQuaternion, value.value<QQuaternion>()) );
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
case QVariant::Rect :
|
||||
return mMethod.invoke( obj, Qt::DirectConnection, Q_ARG(QRect, value.toRect()) );
|
||||
case QVariant::RectF :
|
||||
return mMethod.invoke( obj, Qt::DirectConnection, Q_ARG(QRectF, value.toRectF()) );
|
||||
case QVariant::RegExp :
|
||||
return mMethod.invoke( obj, Qt::DirectConnection, Q_ARG(QRegExp, value.toRegExp()) );
|
||||
case QVariant::Region :
|
||||
return mMethod.invoke( obj, Qt::DirectConnection, Q_ARG(QRegion, value.value<QRegion>()) );
|
||||
case QVariant::Size :
|
||||
return mMethod.invoke( obj, Qt::DirectConnection, Q_ARG(QSize, value.toSize()) );
|
||||
case QVariant::SizeF :
|
||||
return mMethod.invoke( obj, Qt::DirectConnection, Q_ARG(QSizeF, value.toSizeF()) );
|
||||
case QVariant::SizePolicy :
|
||||
return mMethod.invoke( obj, Qt::DirectConnection, Q_ARG(QSizePolicy, value.value<QSizePolicy>()) );
|
||||
case QVariant::String :
|
||||
return mMethod.invoke( obj, Qt::DirectConnection, Q_ARG(QString, value.toString()) );
|
||||
case QVariant::StringList :
|
||||
return mMethod.invoke( obj, Qt::DirectConnection, Q_ARG(QStringList, value.toStringList()) );
|
||||
case QVariant::TextFormat :
|
||||
return mMethod.invoke( obj, Qt::DirectConnection, Q_ARG(QTextFormat, value.value<QTextFormat>()) );
|
||||
case QVariant::TextLength :
|
||||
return mMethod.invoke( obj, Qt::DirectConnection, Q_ARG(QTextLength, value.value<QTextLength>()) );
|
||||
case QVariant::Time :
|
||||
return mMethod.invoke( obj, Qt::DirectConnection, Q_ARG(QTime, value.toTime()) );
|
||||
case QVariant::UInt :
|
||||
return mMethod.invoke( obj, Qt::DirectConnection, Q_ARG(uint, value.toUInt()) );
|
||||
case QVariant::ULongLong :
|
||||
return mMethod.invoke( obj, Qt::DirectConnection, Q_ARG(qulonglong, value.toULongLong()) );
|
||||
case QVariant::Url :
|
||||
return mMethod.invoke( obj, Qt::DirectConnection, Q_ARG(QUrl, value.toUrl()) );
|
||||
#if QT_VERSION >= 0x040600
|
||||
case QVariant::Vector2D :
|
||||
return mMethod.invoke( obj, Qt::DirectConnection, Q_ARG(QVector2D, value.value<QVector2D>()) );
|
||||
case QVariant::Vector3D :
|
||||
return mMethod.invoke( obj, Qt::DirectConnection, Q_ARG(QVector3D, value.value<QVector3D>()) );
|
||||
case QVariant::Vector4D :
|
||||
return mMethod.invoke( obj, Qt::DirectConnection, Q_ARG(QVector4D, value.value<QVector4D>()) );
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
default:
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,83 @@
|
||||
/***************************************************************************
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2006-2012 by Thomas Schweitzer *
|
||||
* thomas-schweitzer(at)arcor.de *
|
||||
* *
|
||||
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify *
|
||||
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2.0 as *
|
||||
* published by the Free Software Foundation. *
|
||||
* *
|
||||
* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, *
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of *
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the *
|
||||
* GNU General Public License for more details. *
|
||||
* *
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License *
|
||||
* along with this program in the file LICENSE.GPL; if not, write to the *
|
||||
* Free Software Foundation, Inc., *
|
||||
* 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. *
|
||||
***************************************************************************/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef UIGUISETTINGS_H
|
||||
#define UIGUISETTINGS_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include <QObject>
|
||||
#include <QStringList>
|
||||
#include <QMultiMap>
|
||||
#include <QSharedPointer>
|
||||
|
||||
class QSettings;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
class UiGuiSettings : public QObject
|
||||
{
|
||||
Q_OBJECT
|
||||
private:
|
||||
UiGuiSettings();
|
||||
static QWeakPointer<UiGuiSettings> _instance;
|
||||
|
||||
public:
|
||||
static QSharedPointer<UiGuiSettings> getInstance();
|
||||
~UiGuiSettings();
|
||||
|
||||
bool registerObjectProperty(QObject *obj, const QString &propertyName, const QString &settingName);
|
||||
bool registerObjectPropertyRecursive(QObject *obj);
|
||||
bool setObjectPropertyToSettingValue(QObject *obj, const QString &propertyName, const QString &settingName);
|
||||
bool setObjectPropertyToSettingValueRecursive(QObject *obj);
|
||||
bool setSettingToObjectPropertyValue(QObject *obj, const QString &propertyName, const QString &settingName);
|
||||
bool setSettingToObjectPropertyValueRecursive(QObject *obj);
|
||||
bool registerObjectSlot(QObject *obj, const QString &slotName, const QString &settingName);
|
||||
QVariant getValueByName(QString settingName);
|
||||
QStringList getAvailableTranslations();
|
||||
|
||||
public slots:
|
||||
void setValueByName(const QString &settingName, const QVariant &value);
|
||||
void unregisterObjectProperty(QObject *obj);
|
||||
void unregisterObjectSlot(QObject *obj, const QString &slotName = "", const QString &settingName = "");
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
bool initSettings();
|
||||
bool invokeMethodWithValue(QObject *obj, QMetaMethod mMethod, QVariant value);
|
||||
bool checkCustomPropertiesAndCallFunction(QObject *obj, bool (UiGuiSettings::*callBackFunc)(QObject *obj, const QString &propertyName, const QString &settingName));
|
||||
|
||||
private slots:
|
||||
void handleObjectPropertyChange();
|
||||
|
||||
private:
|
||||
void readAvailableTranslations();
|
||||
|
||||
//! Stores the mnemonics of the available translations.
|
||||
QStringList _availableTranslations;
|
||||
|
||||
//! The settings file.
|
||||
QSettings *_qsettings;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Maps an QObject to a string list containing the property name and the associated setting name.
|
||||
QMap<QObject*, QStringList> _registeredObjectProperties;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Maps QObjects to a string list containing the method name and the associated setting name.
|
||||
QMultiMap<QObject*, QStringList> _registeredObjectSlots;
|
||||
|
||||
QString _indenterDirctoryStr;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // UIGUISETTINGS_H
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,169 @@
|
||||
/***************************************************************************
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2006-2012 by Thomas Schweitzer *
|
||||
* thomas-schweitzer(at)arcor.de *
|
||||
* *
|
||||
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify *
|
||||
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2.0 as *
|
||||
* published by the Free Software Foundation. *
|
||||
* *
|
||||
* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, *
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of *
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the *
|
||||
* GNU General Public License for more details. *
|
||||
* *
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License *
|
||||
* along with this program in the file LICENSE.GPL; if not, write to the *
|
||||
* Free Software Foundation, Inc., *
|
||||
* 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. *
|
||||
***************************************************************************/
|
||||
|
||||
#include "UiGuiSettingsDialog.h"
|
||||
#include "ui_UiGuiSettingsDialog.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#include "UiGuiSettings.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/*!
|
||||
\class UiGuiSettingsDialog
|
||||
\ingroup grp_Settings
|
||||
\brief Displays a dialog window with settings for UniversalIndentGUI
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/*!
|
||||
\brief The constructor calls the setup function for the ui created by uic.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
UiGuiSettingsDialog::UiGuiSettingsDialog(QWidget* parent, QSharedPointer<UiGuiSettings> settings) : QDialog(parent) {
|
||||
// Remember pointer to the UiGuiSettings object.
|
||||
_settings = settings;
|
||||
|
||||
// Init the user interface created by the UIC.
|
||||
_settingsDialogForm = new Ui::SettingsDialog();
|
||||
_settingsDialogForm->setupUi(this);
|
||||
|
||||
//TODO: This call has to be removed when the properties for the highlighters can be set
|
||||
// with the settings dialog.
|
||||
_settingsDialogForm->groupBoxSyntaxHighlighterProperties->setToolTip( "(Will be implemented soon)" + _settingsDialogForm->groupBoxSyntaxHighlighterProperties->toolTip() );
|
||||
|
||||
// Connect the accepted signal to own function, to write values back to the UiGuiSettings object.
|
||||
connect(this, SIGNAL(accepted()), this, SLOT(writeWidgetValuesToSettings()) );
|
||||
|
||||
// Init the language selection combobox.
|
||||
initTranslationSelection();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*!
|
||||
\brief By calling this function the combobox for selecting the application language will
|
||||
be initialized.
|
||||
|
||||
Also the translation itself will be reinitialized.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void UiGuiSettingsDialog::initTranslationSelection() {
|
||||
// First empty the combo box.
|
||||
_settingsDialogForm->languageSelectionComboBox->clear();
|
||||
|
||||
// Now add an entry into the box for every language short.
|
||||
foreach (QString languageShort, _settings->getAvailableTranslations() ) {
|
||||
// Identify the language mnemonic and set the full name.
|
||||
if ( languageShort == "en" ) {
|
||||
_settingsDialogForm->languageSelectionComboBox->addItem( QIcon(QString(":/language/language-"+languageShort+".png")), tr("English") );
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if ( languageShort == "fr" ) {
|
||||
_settingsDialogForm->languageSelectionComboBox->addItem( QIcon(QString(":/language/language-"+languageShort+".png")), tr("French") );
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if ( languageShort == "de" ) {
|
||||
_settingsDialogForm->languageSelectionComboBox->addItem( QIcon(QString(":/language/language-"+languageShort+".png")), tr("German") );
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if ( languageShort == "zh_TW" ) {
|
||||
_settingsDialogForm->languageSelectionComboBox->addItem( QIcon(QString(":/language/language-"+languageShort+".png")), tr("Chinese (Taiwan)") );
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if ( languageShort == "ja" ) {
|
||||
_settingsDialogForm->languageSelectionComboBox->addItem( QIcon(QString(":/language/language-"+languageShort+".png")), tr("Japanese") );
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if ( languageShort == "ru" ) {
|
||||
_settingsDialogForm->languageSelectionComboBox->addItem( QIcon(QString(":/language/language-"+languageShort+".png")), tr("Russian") );
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if ( languageShort == "uk" ) {
|
||||
_settingsDialogForm->languageSelectionComboBox->addItem( QIcon(QString(":/language/language-"+languageShort+".png")), tr("Ukrainian") );
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
else {
|
||||
_settingsDialogForm->languageSelectionComboBox->addItem( tr("Unknown language mnemonic ") + languageShort );
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*!
|
||||
\brief Displays the dialog by calling the dialogs exec function.
|
||||
|
||||
Before it gets all the values needed from the UiGuiSettings object.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int UiGuiSettingsDialog::showDialog() {
|
||||
// Init all settings dialog objects with values from settings.
|
||||
_settings->setObjectPropertyToSettingValueRecursive(this);
|
||||
|
||||
// Execute the dialog.
|
||||
return exec();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*!
|
||||
\brief This slot is called when the dialog box is closed by pressing the Ok button.
|
||||
|
||||
Writes all settings to the UiGuiSettings object.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void UiGuiSettingsDialog::writeWidgetValuesToSettings() {
|
||||
// Write settings dialog object values to settings.
|
||||
_settings->setSettingToObjectPropertyValueRecursive(this);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*!
|
||||
\brief Catches language change events and retranslates all needed widgets.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void UiGuiSettingsDialog::changeEvent(QEvent *event) {
|
||||
if (event->type() == QEvent::LanguageChange) {
|
||||
_settingsDialogForm->retranslateUi(this);
|
||||
// If this is not explicit set here, Qt < 4.3.0 does not translate the buttons.
|
||||
_settingsDialogForm->buttonBox->setStandardButtons(QDialogButtonBox::Cancel | QDialogButtonBox::NoButton|QDialogButtonBox::Ok);
|
||||
|
||||
//TODO: This has to be removed when the properties for the highlighters can be set.
|
||||
_settingsDialogForm->groupBoxSyntaxHighlighterProperties->setToolTip( "(Will be implemented soon)" + _settingsDialogForm->groupBoxSyntaxHighlighterProperties->toolTip() );
|
||||
|
||||
QStringList languageShortList = _settings->getAvailableTranslations();
|
||||
|
||||
// Now retranslate every entry in the language selection box.
|
||||
for (int i = 0; i < languageShortList.size(); i++ ) {
|
||||
QString languageShort = languageShortList.at(i);
|
||||
|
||||
// Identify the language mnemonic and set the full name.
|
||||
if ( languageShort == "en" ) {
|
||||
_settingsDialogForm->languageSelectionComboBox->setItemText( i, tr("English") );
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if ( languageShort == "fr" ) {
|
||||
_settingsDialogForm->languageSelectionComboBox->setItemText( i, tr("French") );
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if ( languageShort == "de" ) {
|
||||
_settingsDialogForm->languageSelectionComboBox->setItemText( i, tr("German") );
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if ( languageShort == "zh_TW" ) {
|
||||
_settingsDialogForm->languageSelectionComboBox->setItemText( i, tr("Chinese (Taiwan)") );
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if ( languageShort == "ja" ) {
|
||||
_settingsDialogForm->languageSelectionComboBox->setItemText( i, tr("Japanese") );
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if ( languageShort == "ru" ) {
|
||||
_settingsDialogForm->languageSelectionComboBox->setItemText( i, tr("Russian") );
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if ( languageShort == "uk" ) {
|
||||
_settingsDialogForm->languageSelectionComboBox->setItemText( i, tr("Ukrainian") );
|
||||
}
|
||||
else {
|
||||
_settingsDialogForm->languageSelectionComboBox->setItemText( i, tr("Unknown language mnemonic ") + languageShort );
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
else {
|
||||
QWidget::changeEvent(event);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,54 @@
|
||||
/***************************************************************************
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2006-2012 by Thomas Schweitzer *
|
||||
* thomas-schweitzer(at)arcor.de *
|
||||
* *
|
||||
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify *
|
||||
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2.0 as *
|
||||
* published by the Free Software Foundation. *
|
||||
* *
|
||||
* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, *
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of *
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the *
|
||||
* GNU General Public License for more details. *
|
||||
* *
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License *
|
||||
* along with this program in the file LICENSE.GPL; if not, write to the *
|
||||
* Free Software Foundation, Inc., *
|
||||
* 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. *
|
||||
***************************************************************************/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef UIGUISETTINGSDIALOG_H
|
||||
#define UIGUISETTINGSDIALOG_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include <QDialog>
|
||||
|
||||
#include "UiGuiSettings.h"
|
||||
|
||||
namespace Ui {
|
||||
class SettingsDialog;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
class UiGuiSettingsDialog : public QDialog
|
||||
{
|
||||
Q_OBJECT
|
||||
|
||||
public:
|
||||
UiGuiSettingsDialog(QWidget* parent, QSharedPointer<UiGuiSettings> settings);
|
||||
|
||||
public slots:
|
||||
int showDialog();
|
||||
|
||||
private slots:
|
||||
void writeWidgetValuesToSettings();
|
||||
|
||||
private:
|
||||
Ui::SettingsDialog *_settingsDialogForm;
|
||||
|
||||
void changeEvent(QEvent *event);
|
||||
void initTranslationSelection();
|
||||
|
||||
QSharedPointer<UiGuiSettings> _settings;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // UIGUISETTINGSDIALOG_H
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,625 @@
|
||||
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
|
||||
<ui version="4.0">
|
||||
<class>SettingsDialog</class>
|
||||
<widget class="QDialog" name="SettingsDialog">
|
||||
<property name="windowModality">
|
||||
<enum>Qt::ApplicationModal</enum>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
<property name="geometry">
|
||||
<rect>
|
||||
<x>0</x>
|
||||
<y>0</y>
|
||||
<width>503</width>
|
||||
<height>336</height>
|
||||
</rect>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
<property name="windowTitle">
|
||||
<string>Settings</string>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
<property name="windowIcon">
|
||||
<iconset resource="../resources/Icons.qrc">
|
||||
<normaloff>:/mainWindow/preferences-system.png</normaloff>:/mainWindow/preferences-system.png</iconset>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
<layout class="QVBoxLayout">
|
||||
<item>
|
||||
<widget class="QTabWidget" name="tabWidget">
|
||||
<property name="currentIndex">
|
||||
<number>0</number>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
<widget class="QWidget" name="tab">
|
||||
<attribute name="icon">
|
||||
<iconset resource="../resources/Icons.qrc">
|
||||
<normaloff>:/settingsDialog/applications-system.png</normaloff>:/settingsDialog/applications-system.png</iconset>
|
||||
</attribute>
|
||||
<attribute name="title">
|
||||
<string>Common</string>
|
||||
</attribute>
|
||||
<layout class="QVBoxLayout">
|
||||
<item>
|
||||
<layout class="QHBoxLayout">
|
||||
<item>
|
||||
<widget class="QLabel" name="label">
|
||||
<property name="toolTip">
|
||||
<string>Displays all available translations for UniversalIndentGui and lets you choose one.</string>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
<property name="text">
|
||||
<string>Application language</string>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
<property name="buddy">
|
||||
<cstring>languageSelectionComboBox</cstring>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
</widget>
|
||||
</item>
|
||||
<item>
|
||||
<widget class="QComboBox" name="languageSelectionComboBox">
|
||||
<property name="sizePolicy">
|
||||
<sizepolicy hsizetype="Fixed" vsizetype="Fixed">
|
||||
<horstretch>0</horstretch>
|
||||
<verstretch>0</verstretch>
|
||||
</sizepolicy>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
<property name="toolTip">
|
||||
<string>Displays all available translations for UniversalIndentGui and lets you choose one.</string>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
<property name="connectedSettingName" stdset="0">
|
||||
<string notr="true">language</string>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
<property name="connectedPropertyName" stdset="0">
|
||||
<string notr="true">currentIndex</string>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
</widget>
|
||||
</item>
|
||||
<item>
|
||||
<spacer>
|
||||
<property name="orientation">
|
||||
<enum>Qt::Horizontal</enum>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
<property name="sizeHint" stdset="0">
|
||||
<size>
|
||||
<width>40</width>
|
||||
<height>20</height>
|
||||
</size>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
</spacer>
|
||||
</item>
|
||||
</layout>
|
||||
</item>
|
||||
<item>
|
||||
<widget class="QCheckBox" name="loadLastOpenedFileOnStartupComboBox">
|
||||
<property name="toolTip">
|
||||
<string>If selected opens the source code file on startup that was opened last time.</string>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
<property name="text">
|
||||
<string>Automatically open last file on startup</string>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
<property name="connectedSettingName" stdset="0">
|
||||
<string notr="true">loadLastSourceCodeFileOnStartup</string>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
<property name="connectedPropertyName" stdset="0">
|
||||
<string notr="true">checked</string>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
</widget>
|
||||
</item>
|
||||
<item>
|
||||
<widget class="QCheckBox" name="enableIndenterParameterTooltipsCheckBox">
|
||||
<property name="toolTip">
|
||||
<string>If checked, tool tips will show up if the mouse cursor remains over an indenter parameter for a while.</string>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
<property name="text">
|
||||
<string>Enable Parameter Tooltips</string>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
<property name="connectedSettingName" stdset="0">
|
||||
<string notr="true">indenterParameterTooltipsEnabled</string>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
<property name="connectedPropertyName" stdset="0">
|
||||
<string notr="true">checked</string>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
</widget>
|
||||
</item>
|
||||
<item>
|
||||
<layout class="QHBoxLayout">
|
||||
<item>
|
||||
<widget class="QLabel" name="labelRecentlyOpenedListSize">
|
||||
<property name="toolTip">
|
||||
<string>Sets how many files should be remembered in the list of recently opened files.</string>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
<property name="text">
|
||||
<string>Number of files in recently opened list</string>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
</widget>
|
||||
</item>
|
||||
<item>
|
||||
<widget class="QSpinBox" name="recentlyOpenedListSizeSpinBox">
|
||||
<property name="sizePolicy">
|
||||
<sizepolicy hsizetype="Fixed" vsizetype="Fixed">
|
||||
<horstretch>0</horstretch>
|
||||
<verstretch>0</verstretch>
|
||||
</sizepolicy>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
<property name="toolTip">
|
||||
<string>Sets how many files should be remembered in the list of recently opened files.</string>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
<property name="minimum">
|
||||
<number>1</number>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
<property name="maximum">
|
||||
<number>30</number>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
<property name="value">
|
||||
<number>1</number>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
<property name="connectedSettingName" stdset="0">
|
||||
<string notr="true">recentlyOpenedListSize</string>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
<property name="connectedPropertyName" stdset="0">
|
||||
<string notr="true">value</string>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
</widget>
|
||||
</item>
|
||||
<item>
|
||||
<spacer>
|
||||
<property name="orientation">
|
||||
<enum>Qt::Horizontal</enum>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
<property name="sizeHint" stdset="0">
|
||||
<size>
|
||||
<width>40</width>
|
||||
<height>20</height>
|
||||
</size>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
</spacer>
|
||||
</item>
|
||||
</layout>
|
||||
</item>
|
||||
<item>
|
||||
<spacer>
|
||||
<property name="orientation">
|
||||
<enum>Qt::Vertical</enum>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
<property name="sizeHint" stdset="0">
|
||||
<size>
|
||||
<width>20</width>
|
||||
<height>40</height>
|
||||
</size>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
</spacer>
|
||||
</item>
|
||||
</layout>
|
||||
</widget>
|
||||
<widget class="QWidget" name="tab_2">
|
||||
<attribute name="icon">
|
||||
<iconset resource="../resources/Icons.qrc">
|
||||
<normaloff>:/settingsDialog/accessories-text-editor.png</normaloff>:/settingsDialog/accessories-text-editor.png</iconset>
|
||||
</attribute>
|
||||
<attribute name="title">
|
||||
<string>Editor</string>
|
||||
</attribute>
|
||||
<layout class="QVBoxLayout">
|
||||
<item>
|
||||
<widget class="QCheckBox" name="whiteSpaceIsVisibleCheckBox">
|
||||
<property name="toolTip">
|
||||
<string>Enables or disables displaying of white space characters in the editor.</string>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
<property name="text">
|
||||
<string>Display white space character (tabs, spaces, etc.)</string>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
<property name="connectedSettingName" stdset="0">
|
||||
<string notr="true">whiteSpaceIsVisible</string>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
<property name="connectedPropertyName" stdset="0">
|
||||
<string notr="true">checked</string>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
</widget>
|
||||
</item>
|
||||
<item>
|
||||
<layout class="QHBoxLayout">
|
||||
<item>
|
||||
<widget class="QLabel" name="labelTabWidth">
|
||||
<property name="toolTip">
|
||||
<string>Sets width in single spaces used for tabs</string>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
<property name="statusTip">
|
||||
<string>Defines how many spaces should be displayed in the editor for one tab.</string>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
<property name="text">
|
||||
<string>Displayed width of tabs</string>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
</widget>
|
||||
</item>
|
||||
<item>
|
||||
<widget class="QSpinBox" name="tabWidthSpinBox">
|
||||
<property name="sizePolicy">
|
||||
<sizepolicy hsizetype="Fixed" vsizetype="Fixed">
|
||||
<horstretch>0</horstretch>
|
||||
<verstretch>0</verstretch>
|
||||
</sizepolicy>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
<property name="toolTip">
|
||||
<string>Defines how many spaces should be displayed in the editor for one tab character.</string>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
<property name="minimum">
|
||||
<number>1</number>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
<property name="maximum">
|
||||
<number>99</number>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
<property name="value">
|
||||
<number>1</number>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
<property name="connectedSettingName" stdset="0">
|
||||
<string notr="true">tabWidth</string>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
<property name="connectedPropertyName" stdset="0">
|
||||
<string notr="true">value</string>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
</widget>
|
||||
</item>
|
||||
<item>
|
||||
<spacer>
|
||||
<property name="orientation">
|
||||
<enum>Qt::Horizontal</enum>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
<property name="sizeHint" stdset="0">
|
||||
<size>
|
||||
<width>40</width>
|
||||
<height>20</height>
|
||||
</size>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
</spacer>
|
||||
</item>
|
||||
</layout>
|
||||
</item>
|
||||
<item>
|
||||
<spacer>
|
||||
<property name="orientation">
|
||||
<enum>Qt::Vertical</enum>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
<property name="sizeHint" stdset="0">
|
||||
<size>
|
||||
<width>20</width>
|
||||
<height>40</height>
|
||||
</size>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
</spacer>
|
||||
</item>
|
||||
</layout>
|
||||
</widget>
|
||||
<widget class="QWidget" name="tab_4">
|
||||
<attribute name="icon">
|
||||
<iconset resource="../resources/Icons.qrc">
|
||||
<normaloff>:/mainWindow/system-software-update.png</normaloff>:/mainWindow/system-software-update.png</iconset>
|
||||
</attribute>
|
||||
<attribute name="title">
|
||||
<string>Network</string>
|
||||
</attribute>
|
||||
<layout class="QVBoxLayout" name="verticalLayout">
|
||||
<item>
|
||||
<widget class="QCheckBox" name="checkForUpdateCheckBox">
|
||||
<property name="toolTip">
|
||||
<string>Checks whether a new version of UniversalIndentGUI exists on program start, but only once a day.</string>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
<property name="text">
|
||||
<string>Check online for update on program start</string>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
<property name="connectedSettingName" stdset="0">
|
||||
<string notr="true">CheckForUpdate</string>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
<property name="connectedPropertyName" stdset="0">
|
||||
<string notr="true">checked</string>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
</widget>
|
||||
</item>
|
||||
<item>
|
||||
<widget class="QGroupBox" name="groupBox">
|
||||
<property name="title">
|
||||
<string/>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
<layout class="QVBoxLayout" name="verticalLayout_5">
|
||||
<item>
|
||||
<widget class="QCheckBox" name="enableProxyCheckBox">
|
||||
<property name="toolTip">
|
||||
<string>If checked, the made proxy settings will be applied for all network connections. Type of the used proxy is SOCKS5.</string>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
<property name="text">
|
||||
<string>Enable proxy</string>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
<property name="connectedSettingName" stdset="0">
|
||||
<string notr="true">ProxyEnabled</string>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
<property name="connectedPropertyName" stdset="0">
|
||||
<string notr="true">checked</string>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
</widget>
|
||||
</item>
|
||||
<item>
|
||||
<widget class="QWidget" name="widget" native="true">
|
||||
<property name="enabled">
|
||||
<bool>false</bool>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
<layout class="QGridLayout" name="gridLayout">
|
||||
<item row="0" column="0">
|
||||
<widget class="QLabel" name="label_2">
|
||||
<property name="text">
|
||||
<string>Host name:</string>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
<property name="buddy">
|
||||
<cstring>proxyHostNameLineEdit</cstring>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
</widget>
|
||||
</item>
|
||||
<item row="0" column="1">
|
||||
<widget class="QLineEdit" name="proxyHostNameLineEdit">
|
||||
<property name="toolTip">
|
||||
<string>Host name of the to be used proxy. E.g.: proxy.example.com</string>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
<property name="connectedSettingName" stdset="0">
|
||||
<string notr="true">ProxyHostName</string>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
<property name="connectedPropertyName" stdset="0">
|
||||
<string notr="true">text</string>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
</widget>
|
||||
</item>
|
||||
<item row="1" column="0">
|
||||
<widget class="QLabel" name="label_3">
|
||||
<property name="text">
|
||||
<string>Port:</string>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
<property name="buddy">
|
||||
<cstring>proxyPortSpinBox</cstring>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
</widget>
|
||||
</item>
|
||||
<item row="1" column="1">
|
||||
<widget class="QSpinBox" name="proxyPortSpinBox">
|
||||
<property name="toolTip">
|
||||
<string>Port number to connect to the before named proxy.</string>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
<property name="alignment">
|
||||
<set>Qt::AlignRight|Qt::AlignTrailing|Qt::AlignVCenter</set>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
<property name="buttonSymbols">
|
||||
<enum>QAbstractSpinBox::NoButtons</enum>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
<property name="maximum">
|
||||
<number>99999</number>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
<property name="connectedSettingName" stdset="0">
|
||||
<string notr="true">ProxyPort</string>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
<property name="connectedPropertyName" stdset="0">
|
||||
<string notr="true">text</string>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
</widget>
|
||||
</item>
|
||||
<item row="2" column="0">
|
||||
<widget class="QLabel" name="label_4">
|
||||
<property name="text">
|
||||
<string>User name:</string>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
<property name="buddy">
|
||||
<cstring>proxyUserNameLineEdit</cstring>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
</widget>
|
||||
</item>
|
||||
<item row="2" column="1">
|
||||
<widget class="QLineEdit" name="proxyUserNameLineEdit">
|
||||
<property name="toolTip">
|
||||
<string>If the proxy needs authentification, enter the login name here.</string>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
<property name="connectedSettingName" stdset="0">
|
||||
<string notr="true">ProxyUserName</string>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
<property name="connectedPropertyName" stdset="0">
|
||||
<string notr="true">text</string>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
</widget>
|
||||
</item>
|
||||
<item row="3" column="0">
|
||||
<widget class="QLabel" name="label_6">
|
||||
<property name="text">
|
||||
<string>Password:</string>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
<property name="buddy">
|
||||
<cstring>proxyPasswordLineEdit</cstring>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
</widget>
|
||||
</item>
|
||||
<item row="3" column="1">
|
||||
<widget class="QLineEdit" name="proxyPasswordLineEdit">
|
||||
<property name="toolTip">
|
||||
<string>If the proxy needs authentification, enter the password here.</string>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
<property name="echoMode">
|
||||
<enum>QLineEdit::Password</enum>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
<property name="connectedSettingName" stdset="0">
|
||||
<string notr="true">ProxyPassword</string>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
<property name="connectedPropertyName" stdset="0">
|
||||
<string notr="true">text</string>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
</widget>
|
||||
</item>
|
||||
</layout>
|
||||
</widget>
|
||||
</item>
|
||||
</layout>
|
||||
</widget>
|
||||
</item>
|
||||
</layout>
|
||||
</widget>
|
||||
<widget class="QWidget" name="tab_3">
|
||||
<attribute name="icon">
|
||||
<iconset resource="../resources/Icons.qrc">
|
||||
<normaloff>:/settingsDialog/syntax-highlight.png</normaloff>:/settingsDialog/syntax-highlight.png</iconset>
|
||||
</attribute>
|
||||
<attribute name="title">
|
||||
<string>Syntax Highlighting</string>
|
||||
</attribute>
|
||||
<layout class="QVBoxLayout">
|
||||
<item>
|
||||
<widget class="QCheckBox" name="enableSyntaxHighlightningCheckBox">
|
||||
<property name="toolTip">
|
||||
<string>By enabling special key words of the source code are highlighted.</string>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
<property name="text">
|
||||
<string>Enable syntax highlighting</string>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
<property name="connectedSettingName" stdset="0">
|
||||
<string notr="true">SyntaxHighlightingEnabled</string>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
<property name="connectedPropertyName" stdset="0">
|
||||
<string notr="true">checked</string>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
</widget>
|
||||
</item>
|
||||
<item>
|
||||
<widget class="QGroupBox" name="groupBoxSyntaxHighlighterProperties">
|
||||
<property name="enabled">
|
||||
<bool>false</bool>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
<property name="toolTip">
|
||||
<string>Lets you make settings for all properties of the available syntax highlighters, like font and color.</string>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
<property name="title">
|
||||
<string>Highlighter settings</string>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
<layout class="QHBoxLayout">
|
||||
<item>
|
||||
<widget class="QListWidget" name="listWidget">
|
||||
<property name="currentRow">
|
||||
<number>-1</number>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
</widget>
|
||||
</item>
|
||||
<item>
|
||||
<widget class="QListWidget" name="listWidget_2">
|
||||
<property name="currentRow">
|
||||
<number>-1</number>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
</widget>
|
||||
</item>
|
||||
<item>
|
||||
<layout class="QVBoxLayout">
|
||||
<item>
|
||||
<widget class="QPushButton" name="pushButton_2">
|
||||
<property name="toolTip">
|
||||
<string>Set the font for the current selected highlighter property.</string>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
<property name="text">
|
||||
<string>Set Font</string>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
</widget>
|
||||
</item>
|
||||
<item>
|
||||
<widget class="QPushButton" name="pushButton">
|
||||
<property name="toolTip">
|
||||
<string>Set the color for the current selected highlighter property.</string>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
<property name="text">
|
||||
<string>Set Color</string>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
</widget>
|
||||
</item>
|
||||
<item>
|
||||
<spacer>
|
||||
<property name="orientation">
|
||||
<enum>Qt::Vertical</enum>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
<property name="sizeHint" stdset="0">
|
||||
<size>
|
||||
<width>20</width>
|
||||
<height>40</height>
|
||||
</size>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
</spacer>
|
||||
</item>
|
||||
</layout>
|
||||
</item>
|
||||
</layout>
|
||||
</widget>
|
||||
</item>
|
||||
<item>
|
||||
<spacer>
|
||||
<property name="orientation">
|
||||
<enum>Qt::Vertical</enum>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
<property name="sizeHint" stdset="0">
|
||||
<size>
|
||||
<width>20</width>
|
||||
<height>40</height>
|
||||
</size>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
</spacer>
|
||||
</item>
|
||||
</layout>
|
||||
</widget>
|
||||
</widget>
|
||||
</item>
|
||||
<item>
|
||||
<widget class="QDialogButtonBox" name="buttonBox">
|
||||
<property name="orientation">
|
||||
<enum>Qt::Horizontal</enum>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
<property name="standardButtons">
|
||||
<set>QDialogButtonBox::Cancel|QDialogButtonBox::Ok</set>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
</widget>
|
||||
</item>
|
||||
</layout>
|
||||
</widget>
|
||||
<resources>
|
||||
<include location="../resources/Icons.qrc"/>
|
||||
</resources>
|
||||
<connections>
|
||||
<connection>
|
||||
<sender>buttonBox</sender>
|
||||
<signal>accepted()</signal>
|
||||
<receiver>SettingsDialog</receiver>
|
||||
<slot>accept()</slot>
|
||||
<hints>
|
||||
<hint type="sourcelabel">
|
||||
<x>250</x>
|
||||
<y>316</y>
|
||||
</hint>
|
||||
<hint type="destinationlabel">
|
||||
<x>153</x>
|
||||
<y>236</y>
|
||||
</hint>
|
||||
</hints>
|
||||
</connection>
|
||||
<connection>
|
||||
<sender>buttonBox</sender>
|
||||
<signal>rejected()</signal>
|
||||
<receiver>SettingsDialog</receiver>
|
||||
<slot>reject()</slot>
|
||||
<hints>
|
||||
<hint type="sourcelabel">
|
||||
<x>327</x>
|
||||
<y>316</y>
|
||||
</hint>
|
||||
<hint type="destinationlabel">
|
||||
<x>282</x>
|
||||
<y>236</y>
|
||||
</hint>
|
||||
</hints>
|
||||
</connection>
|
||||
<connection>
|
||||
<sender>enableProxyCheckBox</sender>
|
||||
<signal>toggled(bool)</signal>
|
||||
<receiver>widget</receiver>
|
||||
<slot>setEnabled(bool)</slot>
|
||||
<hints>
|
||||
<hint type="sourcelabel">
|
||||
<x>73</x>
|
||||
<y>68</y>
|
||||
</hint>
|
||||
<hint type="destinationlabel">
|
||||
<x>76</x>
|
||||
<y>95</y>
|
||||
</hint>
|
||||
</hints>
|
||||
</connection>
|
||||
</connections>
|
||||
</ui>
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,227 @@
|
||||
/***************************************************************************
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2006-2012 by Thomas Schweitzer *
|
||||
* thomas-schweitzer(at)arcor.de *
|
||||
* *
|
||||
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify *
|
||||
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2.0 as *
|
||||
* published by the Free Software Foundation. *
|
||||
* *
|
||||
* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, *
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of *
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the *
|
||||
* GNU General Public License for more details. *
|
||||
* *
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License *
|
||||
* along with this program in the file LICENSE.GPL; if not, write to the *
|
||||
* Free Software Foundation, Inc., *
|
||||
* 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. *
|
||||
***************************************************************************/
|
||||
|
||||
#include "UiGuiSystemInfo.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#include <QString>
|
||||
#include <QSysInfo>
|
||||
#include <QProcess>
|
||||
#include <QFile>
|
||||
|
||||
UiGuiSystemInfo::UiGuiSystemInfo() {
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*!
|
||||
\brief Returns the operating system UiGUI is currently running on as one string.
|
||||
|
||||
The String contains name and version of the os. E.g. Linux Ubuntu 9.04.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
QString UiGuiSystemInfo::getOperatingSystem() {
|
||||
QString operatingSystemString = "";
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(Q_WS_WIN)
|
||||
switch ( QSysInfo::WindowsVersion ) {
|
||||
case QSysInfo::WV_32s :
|
||||
operatingSystemString = "Windows 3.1 with Win 32s";
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case QSysInfo::WV_95 :
|
||||
operatingSystemString = "Windows 95";
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case QSysInfo::WV_98 :
|
||||
operatingSystemString = "Windows 98";
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case QSysInfo::WV_Me :
|
||||
operatingSystemString = "Windows Me";
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case QSysInfo::WV_NT :
|
||||
operatingSystemString = "Windows NT (operating system version 4.0)";
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case QSysInfo::WV_2000 :
|
||||
operatingSystemString = "Windows 2000 (operating system version 5.0)";
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case QSysInfo::WV_XP :
|
||||
operatingSystemString = "Windows XP (operating system version 5.1)";
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case QSysInfo::WV_2003 :
|
||||
operatingSystemString = "Windows Server 2003, Windows Server 2003 R2, Windows Home Server, Windows XP Professional x64 Edition (operating system version 5.2)";
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case QSysInfo::WV_VISTA :
|
||||
operatingSystemString = "Windows Vista, Windows Server 2008 (operating system version 6.0)";
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case QSysInfo::WV_WINDOWS7 :
|
||||
operatingSystemString = "Windows 7 (operating system version 6.1)";
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case QSysInfo::WV_CE :
|
||||
operatingSystemString = "Windows CE";
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case QSysInfo::WV_CENET :
|
||||
operatingSystemString = "Windows CE .NET";
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case QSysInfo::WV_CE_5 :
|
||||
operatingSystemString = "Windows CE 5.x";
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case QSysInfo::WV_CE_6 :
|
||||
operatingSystemString = "Windows CE 6.x";
|
||||
break;
|
||||
default :
|
||||
operatingSystemString = "Unknown Windows operating system.";
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
#elif defined(Q_WS_MAC)
|
||||
switch ( QSysInfo::MacintoshVersion ) {
|
||||
case QSysInfo::MV_9 :
|
||||
operatingSystemString = "Mac OS 9 (unsupported)";
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case QSysInfo::MV_10_0 :
|
||||
operatingSystemString = "Mac OS X 10.0 Cheetah (unsupported)";
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case QSysInfo::MV_10_1 :
|
||||
operatingSystemString = "Mac OS X 10.1 Puma (unsupported)";
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case QSysInfo::MV_10_2 :
|
||||
operatingSystemString = "Mac OS X 10.2 Jaguar (unsupported)";
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case QSysInfo::MV_10_3 :
|
||||
operatingSystemString = "Mac OS X 10.3 Panther";
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case QSysInfo::MV_10_4 :
|
||||
operatingSystemString = "Mac OS X 10.4 Tiger";
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case QSysInfo::MV_10_5 :
|
||||
operatingSystemString = "Mac OS X 10.5 Leopard";
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case QSysInfo::MV_10_6 :
|
||||
operatingSystemString = "Mac OS X 10.6 Snow Leopard";
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case QSysInfo::MV_Unknown :
|
||||
operatingSystemString = "An unknown and currently unsupported platform";
|
||||
break;
|
||||
default :
|
||||
operatingSystemString = "Unknown Mac operating system.";
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
#else
|
||||
//TODO: Detect Unix, Linux etc. distro as described on http://www.novell.com/coolsolutions/feature/11251.html
|
||||
operatingSystemString = "Linux";
|
||||
QProcess process;
|
||||
|
||||
process.start("uname -s");
|
||||
bool result = process.waitForFinished(1000);
|
||||
QString os = process.readAllStandardOutput().trimmed();
|
||||
|
||||
process.start("uname -r");
|
||||
result = process.waitForFinished(1000);
|
||||
QString rev = process.readAllStandardOutput().trimmed();
|
||||
|
||||
process.start("uname -m");
|
||||
result = process.waitForFinished(1000);
|
||||
QString mach = process.readAllStandardOutput().trimmed();
|
||||
|
||||
if ( os == "SunOS" ) {
|
||||
os = "Solaris";
|
||||
|
||||
process.start("uname -p");
|
||||
result = process.waitForFinished(1000);
|
||||
QString arch = process.readAllStandardOutput().trimmed();
|
||||
|
||||
process.start("uname -v");
|
||||
result = process.waitForFinished(1000);
|
||||
QString timestamp = process.readAllStandardOutput().trimmed();
|
||||
|
||||
operatingSystemString = os + " " + rev + " (" + arch + " " + timestamp + ")";
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if ( os == "AIX" ) {
|
||||
process.start("oslevel -r");
|
||||
result = process.waitForFinished(1000);
|
||||
QString oslevel = process.readAllStandardOutput().trimmed();
|
||||
|
||||
operatingSystemString = os + "oslevel " + oslevel;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if ( os == "Linux" ) {
|
||||
QString dist;
|
||||
QString pseudoname;
|
||||
QString kernel = rev;
|
||||
|
||||
if ( QFile::exists("/etc/redhat-release") ) {
|
||||
dist = "RedHat";
|
||||
|
||||
process.start("sh -c \"cat /etc/redhat-release | sed s/.*\\(// | sed s/\\)//\"");
|
||||
result = process.waitForFinished(1000);
|
||||
pseudoname = process.readAllStandardOutput().trimmed();
|
||||
|
||||
process.start("sh -c \"cat /etc/redhat-release | sed s/.*release\\ // | sed s/\\ .*//\"");
|
||||
result = process.waitForFinished(1000);
|
||||
rev = process.readAllStandardOutput().trimmed();
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if ( QFile::exists("/etc/SUSE-release") ) {
|
||||
process.start("sh -c \"cat /etc/SUSE-release | tr '\\n' ' '| sed s/VERSION.*//\"");
|
||||
result = process.waitForFinished(1000);
|
||||
dist = process.readAllStandardOutput().trimmed();
|
||||
|
||||
process.start("sh -c \"cat /etc/SUSE-release | tr '\\n' ' ' | sed s/.*=\\ //\"");
|
||||
result = process.waitForFinished(1000);
|
||||
rev = process.readAllStandardOutput().trimmed();
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if ( QFile::exists("/etc/mandrake-release") ) {
|
||||
dist = "Mandrake";
|
||||
|
||||
process.start("sh -c \"cat /etc/mandrake-release | sed s/.*\\(// | sed s/\\)//\"");
|
||||
result = process.waitForFinished(1000);
|
||||
pseudoname = process.readAllStandardOutput().trimmed();
|
||||
|
||||
process.start("sh -c \"cat /etc/mandrake-release | sed s/.*release\\ // | sed s/\\ .*//\"");
|
||||
result = process.waitForFinished(1000);
|
||||
rev = process.readAllStandardOutput().trimmed();
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if ( QFile::exists("/etc/lsb-release") ) {
|
||||
dist = "Ubuntu";
|
||||
|
||||
QString processCall = "sh -c \"cat /etc/lsb-release | tr '\\n' ' ' | sed s/.*DISTRIB_RELEASE=// | sed s/\\ .*//\"";
|
||||
process.start( processCall );
|
||||
result = process.waitForFinished(1000);
|
||||
rev = process.readAllStandardOutput().trimmed();
|
||||
QString errorStr = process.readAllStandardError();
|
||||
|
||||
process.start("sh -c \"cat /etc/lsb-release | tr '\\n' ' ' | sed s/.*DISTRIB_CODENAME=// | sed s/\\ .*//\"");
|
||||
result = process.waitForFinished(1000);
|
||||
pseudoname = process.readAllStandardOutput().trimmed();
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if ( QFile::exists("/etc/debian_version") ) {
|
||||
dist = "Debian";
|
||||
|
||||
process.start("cat /etc/debian_version");
|
||||
result = process.waitForFinished(1000);
|
||||
dist += process.readAllStandardOutput().trimmed();
|
||||
|
||||
rev = "";
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if ( QFile::exists("/etc/UnitedLinux-release") ) {
|
||||
process.start("sh -c \"cat /etc/UnitedLinux-release | tr '\\n' ' ' | sed s/VERSION.*//\"");
|
||||
result = process.waitForFinished(1000);
|
||||
dist += process.readAllStandardOutput().trimmed();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
operatingSystemString = os + " " + dist + " " + rev + " (" + pseudoname + " " + kernel + " " + mach + ")";
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
return operatingSystemString;
|
||||
}
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
|
||||
/***************************************************************************
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2006-2012 by Thomas Schweitzer *
|
||||
* thomas-schweitzer(at)arcor.de *
|
||||
* *
|
||||
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify *
|
||||
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2.0 as *
|
||||
* published by the Free Software Foundation. *
|
||||
* *
|
||||
* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, *
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of *
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the *
|
||||
* GNU General Public License for more details. *
|
||||
* *
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License *
|
||||
* along with this program in the file LICENSE.GPL; if not, write to the *
|
||||
* Free Software Foundation, Inc., *
|
||||
* 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. *
|
||||
***************************************************************************/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef UIGUISYSTEMINFO_H
|
||||
#define UIGUISYSTEMINFO_H
|
||||
|
||||
class QString;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
class UiGuiSystemInfo
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
static QString getOperatingSystem();
|
||||
|
||||
private:
|
||||
UiGuiSystemInfo();
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // UIGUISYSTEMINFO_H
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,61 @@
|
||||
/***************************************************************************
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2006-2012 by Thomas Schweitzer *
|
||||
* thomas-schweitzer(at)arcor.de *
|
||||
* *
|
||||
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify *
|
||||
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2.0 as *
|
||||
* published by the Free Software Foundation. *
|
||||
* *
|
||||
* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, *
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of *
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the *
|
||||
* GNU General Public License for more details. *
|
||||
* *
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License *
|
||||
* along with this program in the file LICENSE.GPL; if not, write to the *
|
||||
* Free Software Foundation, Inc., *
|
||||
* 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. *
|
||||
***************************************************************************/
|
||||
|
||||
#include "UiGuiVersion.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#include <QString>
|
||||
#include <QStringList>
|
||||
#include <QDate>
|
||||
|
||||
namespace UiGuiVersion {
|
||||
/*!
|
||||
\brief Returns the build date as a localized string, e.g. "9. Februar 2009". If
|
||||
there was some kind of error, the returned string is empty.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
QString getBuildDate() {
|
||||
QStringList monthNames;
|
||||
QString buildDateString = "";
|
||||
|
||||
monthNames << "Jan" << "Feb" << "Mar" << "Apr" << "May" << "Jun" << "Jul" << "Aug" << "Sep" << "Oct" << "Nov" << "Dez";
|
||||
QStringList buildDateStringList = QString(__DATE__).simplified().split(' '); // __DATE__ returns eg "Feb 4 2009"
|
||||
|
||||
if ( buildDateStringList.count() == 3 ) {
|
||||
QDate buildDate(buildDateStringList.last().toInt(), monthNames.indexOf( buildDateStringList.first() )+1, buildDateStringList.at(1).toInt());
|
||||
buildDateString = buildDate.toString("d. MMMM yyyy");
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return buildDateString;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*!
|
||||
\brief Returns the revision number, that the current build is based on, as string. If
|
||||
there was some kind of error, the returned string is empty.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
QString getBuildRevision() {
|
||||
QString buildRevision = "";
|
||||
QStringList buildRevisionStringList = QString(PROGRAM_REVISION).simplified().split(' ');
|
||||
|
||||
if ( buildRevisionStringList.count() == 3 ) {
|
||||
buildRevision = buildRevisionStringList.at(1); // PROGRAM_REVISION is eg "$Revision: 907 $"
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return buildRevision;
|
||||
}
|
||||
} // namespace UiGuiVersion
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
|
||||
/***************************************************************************
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2006-2012 by Thomas Schweitzer *
|
||||
* thomas-schweitzer(at)arcor.de *
|
||||
* *
|
||||
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify *
|
||||
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2.0 as *
|
||||
* published by the Free Software Foundation. *
|
||||
* *
|
||||
* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, *
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of *
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the *
|
||||
* GNU General Public License for more details. *
|
||||
* *
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License *
|
||||
* along with this program in the file LICENSE.GPL; if not, write to the *
|
||||
* Free Software Foundation, Inc., *
|
||||
* 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. *
|
||||
***************************************************************************/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef UIGUIVERSION_H
|
||||
#define UIGUIVERSION_H
|
||||
|
||||
class QString;
|
||||
|
||||
// Define the version number here. Update this as the last file before a release.
|
||||
#define PROGRAM_VERSION 1.2.0
|
||||
#define PROGRAM_VERSION_STRING "1.2.0"
|
||||
#define RESOURCE_VERSION 1,2,0,0
|
||||
#define RESOURCE_VERSION_STRING "1,2,0,0\0"
|
||||
#define PROGRAM_REVISION "$Revision: 1070 $"
|
||||
|
||||
namespace UiGuiVersion {
|
||||
|
||||
QString getBuildDate();
|
||||
QString getBuildRevision();
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // UIGUIVERSION_H
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,549 @@
|
||||
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="Windows-1252"?>
|
||||
<VisualStudioProject
|
||||
ProjectType="Visual C++"
|
||||
Version="8,00"
|
||||
Name="UniversalIndentGUI"
|
||||
ProjectGUID="{CF521500-824E-4DB7-A7FA-F4A8B6BB008A}"
|
||||
RootNamespace="UniversalIndentGUI"
|
||||
Keyword="Win32Proj"
|
||||
>
|
||||
<Platforms>
|
||||
<Platform
|
||||
Name="Win32"
|
||||
/>
|
||||
</Platforms>
|
||||
<ToolFiles>
|
||||
<ToolFile
|
||||
RelativePath="..\VS8QtRules.rules"
|
||||
/>
|
||||
</ToolFiles>
|
||||
<Configurations>
|
||||
<Configuration
|
||||
Name="Debug|Win32"
|
||||
OutputDirectory="$(SolutionDir)$(ConfigurationName)"
|
||||
IntermediateDirectory="$(SolutionDir)$(ConfigurationName)\tmp"
|
||||
ConfigurationType="1"
|
||||
CharacterSet="1"
|
||||
>
|
||||
<Tool
|
||||
Name="VCPreBuildEventTool"
|
||||
CommandLine=""
|
||||
/>
|
||||
<Tool
|
||||
Name="MOC"
|
||||
/>
|
||||
<Tool
|
||||
Name="QRC"
|
||||
/>
|
||||
<Tool
|
||||
Name="VCCustomBuildTool"
|
||||
/>
|
||||
<Tool
|
||||
Name="UIC"
|
||||
/>
|
||||
<Tool
|
||||
Name="VCXMLDataGeneratorTool"
|
||||
/>
|
||||
<Tool
|
||||
Name="VCWebServiceProxyGeneratorTool"
|
||||
/>
|
||||
<Tool
|
||||
Name="VCMIDLTool"
|
||||
/>
|
||||
<Tool
|
||||
Name="VCCLCompilerTool"
|
||||
AdditionalOptions="/D "QT_LARGEFILE_SUPPORT" /D "QT_DLL" /D "QT_GUI_LIB" /D "QT_CORE_LIB" /D "QT_THREAD_SUPPORT""
|
||||
Optimization="0"
|
||||
AdditionalIncludeDirectories=""$(OutDir)\tmp\uic\";"$(QTDIR)\include\QtNetwork";"$(QTDIR)\include\QtScript""
|
||||
PreprocessorDefinitions="WIN32;_DEBUG;_WINDOWS;QT_NO_CAST_TO_ASCII"
|
||||
MinimalRebuild="true"
|
||||
BasicRuntimeChecks="3"
|
||||
RuntimeLibrary="3"
|
||||
TreatWChar_tAsBuiltInType="false"
|
||||
UsePrecompiledHeader="0"
|
||||
ObjectFile="$(IntDir)\obj\"
|
||||
WarningLevel="3"
|
||||
Detect64BitPortabilityProblems="false"
|
||||
DebugInformationFormat="4"
|
||||
/>
|
||||
<Tool
|
||||
Name="VCManagedResourceCompilerTool"
|
||||
/>
|
||||
<Tool
|
||||
Name="VCResourceCompilerTool"
|
||||
/>
|
||||
<Tool
|
||||
Name="VCPreLinkEventTool"
|
||||
/>
|
||||
<Tool
|
||||
Name="VCLinkerTool"
|
||||
AdditionalDependencies="qtmaind.lib QtGuid4.lib QtCored4.lib QtNetworkd4.lib QtScriptd4.lib qscintilla2.lib"
|
||||
LinkIncremental="2"
|
||||
IgnoreAllDefaultLibraries="false"
|
||||
IgnoreDefaultLibraryNames="LIBCRMTD.lib"
|
||||
GenerateDebugInformation="true"
|
||||
SubSystem="2"
|
||||
TargetMachine="1"
|
||||
/>
|
||||
<Tool
|
||||
Name="VCALinkTool"
|
||||
/>
|
||||
<Tool
|
||||
Name="VCManifestTool"
|
||||
EmbedManifest="false"
|
||||
/>
|
||||
<Tool
|
||||
Name="VCXDCMakeTool"
|
||||
/>
|
||||
<Tool
|
||||
Name="VCBscMakeTool"
|
||||
/>
|
||||
<Tool
|
||||
Name="VCFxCopTool"
|
||||
/>
|
||||
<Tool
|
||||
Name="VCAppVerifierTool"
|
||||
/>
|
||||
<Tool
|
||||
Name="VCWebDeploymentTool"
|
||||
/>
|
||||
<Tool
|
||||
Name="VCPostBuildEventTool"
|
||||
/>
|
||||
</Configuration>
|
||||
<Configuration
|
||||
Name="Release|Win32"
|
||||
OutputDirectory="$(SolutionDir)$(ConfigurationName)"
|
||||
IntermediateDirectory="$(SolutionDir)$(ConfigurationName)\tmp"
|
||||
ConfigurationType="1"
|
||||
CharacterSet="1"
|
||||
WholeProgramOptimization="1"
|
||||
>
|
||||
<Tool
|
||||
Name="VCPreBuildEventTool"
|
||||
CommandLine=""
|
||||
/>
|
||||
<Tool
|
||||
Name="MOC"
|
||||
/>
|
||||
<Tool
|
||||
Name="QRC"
|
||||
/>
|
||||
<Tool
|
||||
Name="VCCustomBuildTool"
|
||||
/>
|
||||
<Tool
|
||||
Name="UIC"
|
||||
/>
|
||||
<Tool
|
||||
Name="VCXMLDataGeneratorTool"
|
||||
/>
|
||||
<Tool
|
||||
Name="VCWebServiceProxyGeneratorTool"
|
||||
/>
|
||||
<Tool
|
||||
Name="VCMIDLTool"
|
||||
/>
|
||||
<Tool
|
||||
Name="VCCLCompilerTool"
|
||||
AdditionalIncludeDirectories=""$(OutDir)\tmp\uic\";"$(QTDIR)\include\QtScript""
|
||||
PreprocessorDefinitions="WIN32;NDEBUG;_WINDOWS"
|
||||
RuntimeLibrary="2"
|
||||
TreatWChar_tAsBuiltInType="false"
|
||||
UsePrecompiledHeader="0"
|
||||
ObjectFile="$(IntDir)\obj\"
|
||||
WarningLevel="3"
|
||||
Detect64BitPortabilityProblems="false"
|
||||
DebugInformationFormat="3"
|
||||
/>
|
||||
<Tool
|
||||
Name="VCManagedResourceCompilerTool"
|
||||
/>
|
||||
<Tool
|
||||
Name="VCResourceCompilerTool"
|
||||
/>
|
||||
<Tool
|
||||
Name="VCPreLinkEventTool"
|
||||
/>
|
||||
<Tool
|
||||
Name="VCLinkerTool"
|
||||
AdditionalDependencies="qtmain.lib QtGui4.lib QtCore4.lib QtNetwork4.lib QtScript4.lib qscintilla2.lib"
|
||||
LinkIncremental="1"
|
||||
GenerateDebugInformation="true"
|
||||
SubSystem="2"
|
||||
OptimizeReferences="2"
|
||||
EnableCOMDATFolding="2"
|
||||
TargetMachine="1"
|
||||
/>
|
||||
<Tool
|
||||
Name="VCALinkTool"
|
||||
/>
|
||||
<Tool
|
||||
Name="VCManifestTool"
|
||||
VerboseOutput="true"
|
||||
/>
|
||||
<Tool
|
||||
Name="VCXDCMakeTool"
|
||||
/>
|
||||
<Tool
|
||||
Name="VCBscMakeTool"
|
||||
/>
|
||||
<Tool
|
||||
Name="VCFxCopTool"
|
||||
/>
|
||||
<Tool
|
||||
Name="VCAppVerifierTool"
|
||||
/>
|
||||
<Tool
|
||||
Name="VCWebDeploymentTool"
|
||||
/>
|
||||
<Tool
|
||||
Name="VCPostBuildEventTool"
|
||||
/>
|
||||
</Configuration>
|
||||
</Configurations>
|
||||
<References>
|
||||
</References>
|
||||
<Files>
|
||||
<Filter
|
||||
Name="Source Files"
|
||||
Filter="cpp;c;cc;cxx;def;odl;idl;hpj;bat;asm;asmx"
|
||||
UniqueIdentifier="{4FC737F1-C7A5-4376-A066-2A32D752A2FF}"
|
||||
>
|
||||
<File
|
||||
RelativePath=".\AboutDialog.cpp"
|
||||
>
|
||||
</File>
|
||||
<File
|
||||
RelativePath=".\AboutDialogGraphicsView.cpp"
|
||||
>
|
||||
</File>
|
||||
<File
|
||||
RelativePath=".\IndentHandler.cpp"
|
||||
>
|
||||
</File>
|
||||
<File
|
||||
RelativePath=".\main.cpp"
|
||||
>
|
||||
</File>
|
||||
<File
|
||||
RelativePath=".\MainWindow.cpp"
|
||||
>
|
||||
</File>
|
||||
<File
|
||||
RelativePath=".\SettingsPaths.cpp"
|
||||
>
|
||||
</File>
|
||||
<File
|
||||
RelativePath=".\TemplateBatchScript.cpp"
|
||||
>
|
||||
</File>
|
||||
<File
|
||||
RelativePath=".\UiGuiErrorMessage.cpp"
|
||||
>
|
||||
</File>
|
||||
<File
|
||||
RelativePath=".\UiGuiHighlighter.cpp"
|
||||
>
|
||||
</File>
|
||||
<File
|
||||
RelativePath=".\UiGuiIndentServer.cpp"
|
||||
>
|
||||
</File>
|
||||
<File
|
||||
RelativePath=".\UiGuiIniFileParser.cpp"
|
||||
>
|
||||
</File>
|
||||
<File
|
||||
RelativePath=".\UiGuiLogger.cpp"
|
||||
>
|
||||
</File>
|
||||
<File
|
||||
RelativePath=".\UiGuiSettings.cpp"
|
||||
>
|
||||
</File>
|
||||
<File
|
||||
RelativePath=".\UiGuiSettingsDialog.cpp"
|
||||
>
|
||||
</File>
|
||||
<File
|
||||
RelativePath=".\UiGuiSystemInfo.cpp"
|
||||
>
|
||||
</File>
|
||||
<File
|
||||
RelativePath=".\UiGuiVersion.cpp"
|
||||
>
|
||||
</File>
|
||||
<File
|
||||
RelativePath=".\UpdateCheckDialog.cpp"
|
||||
>
|
||||
</File>
|
||||
</Filter>
|
||||
<Filter
|
||||
Name="Header Files"
|
||||
Filter="h;hpp;hxx;hm;inl;inc;xsd"
|
||||
UniqueIdentifier="{93995380-89BD-4b04-88EB-625FBE52EBFB}"
|
||||
>
|
||||
<File
|
||||
RelativePath=".\AboutDialog.h"
|
||||
>
|
||||
</File>
|
||||
<File
|
||||
RelativePath=".\AboutDialogGraphicsView.h"
|
||||
>
|
||||
</File>
|
||||
<File
|
||||
RelativePath=".\IndentHandler.h"
|
||||
>
|
||||
</File>
|
||||
<File
|
||||
RelativePath=".\MainWindow.h"
|
||||
>
|
||||
</File>
|
||||
<File
|
||||
RelativePath=".\SettingsPaths.h"
|
||||
>
|
||||
</File>
|
||||
<File
|
||||
RelativePath=".\TemplateBatchScript.h"
|
||||
>
|
||||
</File>
|
||||
<File
|
||||
RelativePath=".\UiGuiErrorMessage.h"
|
||||
>
|
||||
</File>
|
||||
<File
|
||||
RelativePath=".\UiGuiHighlighter.h"
|
||||
>
|
||||
</File>
|
||||
<File
|
||||
RelativePath=".\UiGuiIndentServer.h"
|
||||
>
|
||||
</File>
|
||||
<File
|
||||
RelativePath=".\UiGuiIniFileParser.h"
|
||||
>
|
||||
</File>
|
||||
<File
|
||||
RelativePath=".\UiGuiLogger.h"
|
||||
>
|
||||
</File>
|
||||
<File
|
||||
RelativePath=".\UiGuiSettings.h"
|
||||
>
|
||||
</File>
|
||||
<File
|
||||
RelativePath=".\UiGuiSettingsDialog.h"
|
||||
>
|
||||
</File>
|
||||
<File
|
||||
RelativePath=".\UiGuiSystemInfo.h"
|
||||
>
|
||||
</File>
|
||||
<File
|
||||
RelativePath=".\UiGuiVersion.h"
|
||||
>
|
||||
</File>
|
||||
<File
|
||||
RelativePath=".\UpdateCheckDialog.h"
|
||||
>
|
||||
</File>
|
||||
</Filter>
|
||||
<Filter
|
||||
Name="Resource Files"
|
||||
Filter="rc;ico;cur;bmp;dlg;rc2;rct;bin;rgs;gif;jpg;jpeg;jpe;resx;tiff;tif;png;wav"
|
||||
UniqueIdentifier="{67DA6AB6-F800-4c08-8B7A-83BB121AAD01}"
|
||||
>
|
||||
<File
|
||||
RelativePath="..\resources\Icons.qrc"
|
||||
>
|
||||
</File>
|
||||
<File
|
||||
RelativePath="..\resources\programicon.rc"
|
||||
>
|
||||
</File>
|
||||
</Filter>
|
||||
<Filter
|
||||
Name="Forms (UI)"
|
||||
>
|
||||
<File
|
||||
RelativePath=".\AboutDialog.ui"
|
||||
>
|
||||
</File>
|
||||
<File
|
||||
RelativePath=".\MainWindow.ui"
|
||||
>
|
||||
</File>
|
||||
<File
|
||||
RelativePath=".\ToolBarWidget.ui"
|
||||
>
|
||||
</File>
|
||||
<File
|
||||
RelativePath=".\UiGuiLoggerDialog.ui"
|
||||
>
|
||||
</File>
|
||||
<File
|
||||
RelativePath=".\UiGuiSettingsDialog.ui"
|
||||
>
|
||||
</File>
|
||||
<File
|
||||
RelativePath=".\UpdateCheckDialog.ui"
|
||||
>
|
||||
</File>
|
||||
</Filter>
|
||||
<Filter
|
||||
Name="Generated"
|
||||
>
|
||||
<File
|
||||
RelativePath="$(OutDir)\tmp\moc\moc_AboutDialog.cpp"
|
||||
>
|
||||
</File>
|
||||
<File
|
||||
RelativePath="$(OutDir)\tmp\moc\moc_AboutDialogGraphicsView.cpp"
|
||||
>
|
||||
</File>
|
||||
<File
|
||||
RelativePath="$(OutDir)\tmp\moc\moc_IndentHandler.cpp"
|
||||
>
|
||||
</File>
|
||||
<File
|
||||
RelativePath="$(OutDir)\tmp\moc\moc_MainWindow.cpp"
|
||||
>
|
||||
</File>
|
||||
<File
|
||||
RelativePath="$(OutDir)\tmp\moc\moc_UiGuiErrorMessage.cpp"
|
||||
>
|
||||
</File>
|
||||
<File
|
||||
RelativePath="$(OutDir)\tmp\moc\moc_UiGuiHighlighter.cpp"
|
||||
>
|
||||
</File>
|
||||
<File
|
||||
RelativePath="$(OutDir)\tmp\moc\moc_UiGuiIndentServer.cpp"
|
||||
>
|
||||
</File>
|
||||
<File
|
||||
RelativePath="$(OutDir)\tmp\moc\moc_UiGuiLogger.cpp"
|
||||
>
|
||||
</File>
|
||||
<File
|
||||
RelativePath="$(OutDir)\tmp\moc\moc_UiGuiSettings.cpp"
|
||||
>
|
||||
</File>
|
||||
<File
|
||||
RelativePath="$(OutDir)\tmp\moc\moc_UiGuiSettingsDialog.cpp"
|
||||
>
|
||||
</File>
|
||||
<File
|
||||
RelativePath="$(OutDir)\tmp\moc\moc_UpdateCheckDialog.cpp"
|
||||
>
|
||||
</File>
|
||||
<File
|
||||
RelativePath="$(OutDir)\tmp\qrc\qrc_Icons.cpp"
|
||||
>
|
||||
</File>
|
||||
<File
|
||||
RelativePath="$(OutDir)\tmp\uic\ui_AboutDialog.h"
|
||||
>
|
||||
<FileConfiguration
|
||||
Name="Debug|Win32"
|
||||
ExcludedFromBuild="true"
|
||||
>
|
||||
<Tool
|
||||
Name="MOC"
|
||||
/>
|
||||
</FileConfiguration>
|
||||
<FileConfiguration
|
||||
Name="Release|Win32"
|
||||
ExcludedFromBuild="true"
|
||||
>
|
||||
<Tool
|
||||
Name="MOC"
|
||||
/>
|
||||
</FileConfiguration>
|
||||
</File>
|
||||
<File
|
||||
RelativePath="$(OutDir)\tmp\uic\ui_MainWindow.h"
|
||||
>
|
||||
<FileConfiguration
|
||||
Name="Debug|Win32"
|
||||
ExcludedFromBuild="true"
|
||||
>
|
||||
<Tool
|
||||
Name="MOC"
|
||||
/>
|
||||
</FileConfiguration>
|
||||
<FileConfiguration
|
||||
Name="Release|Win32"
|
||||
ExcludedFromBuild="true"
|
||||
>
|
||||
<Tool
|
||||
Name="MOC"
|
||||
/>
|
||||
</FileConfiguration>
|
||||
</File>
|
||||
<File
|
||||
RelativePath="$(OutDir)\tmp\uic\ui_ToolBarWidget.h"
|
||||
>
|
||||
<FileConfiguration
|
||||
Name="Debug|Win32"
|
||||
ExcludedFromBuild="true"
|
||||
>
|
||||
<Tool
|
||||
Name="MOC"
|
||||
/>
|
||||
</FileConfiguration>
|
||||
<FileConfiguration
|
||||
Name="Release|Win32"
|
||||
ExcludedFromBuild="true"
|
||||
>
|
||||
<Tool
|
||||
Name="MOC"
|
||||
/>
|
||||
</FileConfiguration>
|
||||
</File>
|
||||
<File
|
||||
RelativePath="$(OutDir)\tmp\uic\ui_UiGuiSettingsDialog.h"
|
||||
>
|
||||
<FileConfiguration
|
||||
Name="Debug|Win32"
|
||||
ExcludedFromBuild="true"
|
||||
>
|
||||
<Tool
|
||||
Name="MOC"
|
||||
/>
|
||||
</FileConfiguration>
|
||||
<FileConfiguration
|
||||
Name="Release|Win32"
|
||||
ExcludedFromBuild="true"
|
||||
>
|
||||
<Tool
|
||||
Name="MOC"
|
||||
/>
|
||||
</FileConfiguration>
|
||||
</File>
|
||||
<File
|
||||
RelativePath="$(OutDir)\tmp\uic\ui_UpdateCheckDialog.h"
|
||||
>
|
||||
<FileConfiguration
|
||||
Name="Debug|Win32"
|
||||
ExcludedFromBuild="true"
|
||||
>
|
||||
<Tool
|
||||
Name="MOC"
|
||||
/>
|
||||
</FileConfiguration>
|
||||
<FileConfiguration
|
||||
Name="Release|Win32"
|
||||
ExcludedFromBuild="true"
|
||||
>
|
||||
<Tool
|
||||
Name="MOC"
|
||||
/>
|
||||
</FileConfiguration>
|
||||
</File>
|
||||
</Filter>
|
||||
</Files>
|
||||
<Globals>
|
||||
</Globals>
|
||||
</VisualStudioProject>
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,322 @@
|
||||
/***************************************************************************
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2006-2012 by Thomas Schweitzer *
|
||||
* thomas-schweitzer(at)arcor.de *
|
||||
* *
|
||||
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify *
|
||||
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2.0 as *
|
||||
* published by the Free Software Foundation. *
|
||||
* *
|
||||
* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, *
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of *
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the *
|
||||
* GNU General Public License for more details. *
|
||||
* *
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License *
|
||||
* along with this program in the file LICENSE.GPL; if not, write to the *
|
||||
* Free Software Foundation, Inc., *
|
||||
* 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. *
|
||||
***************************************************************************/
|
||||
|
||||
#include "UpdateCheckDialog.h"
|
||||
#include "ui_UpdateCheckDialog.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#include "UiGuiSettings.h"
|
||||
#include "UiGuiVersion.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#include <QMessageBox>
|
||||
#include <QDesktopServices>
|
||||
#include <QNetworkAccessManager>
|
||||
#include <QTimer>
|
||||
#include <QDate>
|
||||
#include <QUrl>
|
||||
#include <QRegExpValidator>
|
||||
#include <QNetworkRequest>
|
||||
#include <QNetworkReply>
|
||||
#include <QNetworkProxy>
|
||||
|
||||
/*!
|
||||
\class UpdateCheckDialog
|
||||
\ingroup grp_MainWindow
|
||||
\brief UpdateCheckDialog is a dialog widget that contains functions
|
||||
for online checking for a new version of UniversalIndentGUI.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/*!
|
||||
\brief Initializes member variables and stores the version of UiGui and a pointer to the _settings object.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
UpdateCheckDialog::UpdateCheckDialog(QSharedPointer<UiGuiSettings> settings, QWidget *parent) : QDialog(parent),
|
||||
_manualUpdateRequested(false),
|
||||
_currentNetworkReply(NULL),
|
||||
_roleOfClickedButton(QDialogButtonBox::InvalidRole)
|
||||
{
|
||||
_updateCheckDialogForm = new Ui::UpdateCheckDialog();
|
||||
_updateCheckDialogForm->setupUi(this);
|
||||
|
||||
// Create object for _networkAccessManager request and connect it with the request return handler.
|
||||
_networkAccessManager = new QNetworkAccessManager(this);
|
||||
connect( _networkAccessManager, SIGNAL(finished(QNetworkReply*)), this, SLOT(checkResultsOfFetchedPadXMLFile(QNetworkReply*)) );
|
||||
|
||||
// Create a timer object used for the progress bar.
|
||||
_updateCheckProgressTimer = new QTimer(this);
|
||||
_updateCheckProgressTimer->setInterval(5);
|
||||
connect( _updateCheckProgressTimer, SIGNAL(timeout()), this, SLOT(updateUpdateCheckProgressBar()) );
|
||||
_updateCheckProgressCounter = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
// Connect the dialogs buttonbox with a button click handler.
|
||||
connect( _updateCheckDialogForm->buttonBox, SIGNAL(clicked(QAbstractButton*)), this, SLOT(handleUpdateCheckDialogButtonClicked(QAbstractButton*)) );
|
||||
|
||||
settings->registerObjectSlot(this, "initProxySettings()", "ProxyEnabled");
|
||||
settings->registerObjectSlot(this, "initProxySettings()", "ProxyHostName");
|
||||
settings->registerObjectSlot(this, "initProxySettings()", "ProxyPort");
|
||||
settings->registerObjectSlot(this, "initProxySettings()", "ProxyUserName");
|
||||
settings->registerObjectSlot(this, "initProxySettings()", "ProxyPassword");
|
||||
|
||||
_settings = settings;
|
||||
|
||||
initProxySettings();
|
||||
|
||||
// This dialog is always modal.
|
||||
setModal(true);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*!
|
||||
\brief On destroy cancels any currently running network request.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
UpdateCheckDialog::~UpdateCheckDialog() {
|
||||
disconnect( _networkAccessManager, SIGNAL(finished(QNetworkReply*)), this, SLOT(checkResultsOfFetchedPadXMLFile(QNetworkReply*)) );
|
||||
if (_currentNetworkReply != NULL)
|
||||
_currentNetworkReply->abort();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*!
|
||||
\brief This slot should be called, if an update check is manually invoked.
|
||||
|
||||
In difference to the automatic update check, during manual update check request
|
||||
a modal progress indicator dialog will be shown.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void UpdateCheckDialog::checkForUpdateAndShowDialog() {
|
||||
_manualUpdateRequested = true;
|
||||
getPadXMLFile();
|
||||
showCheckingForUpdateDialog();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*!
|
||||
\brief This slot should be called, if an update check is automatically invoked.
|
||||
|
||||
An automatic invoked update check should run in background, so the user
|
||||
gets not interrupted by a dialog box.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void UpdateCheckDialog::checkForUpdate() {
|
||||
_manualUpdateRequested = false;
|
||||
getPadXMLFile();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*!
|
||||
\brief This function tries to download the UniversalIndentGui pad file from the SourceForge server.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void UpdateCheckDialog::getPadXMLFile() {
|
||||
//_networkAccessManager->setHost("universalindent.sourceforge.net");
|
||||
//_networkAccessManager->get("/universalindentgui_pad.xml");
|
||||
_currentNetworkReply = _networkAccessManager->get(QNetworkRequest(QUrl("http://universalindent.sourceforge.net/universalindentgui_pad.xml")));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*!
|
||||
\brief This slot is called after the update check has returned, either by successfully
|
||||
retrieving the pad file, or on any kind of network error.
|
||||
|
||||
Shows a message if check was successful or not. Offers the user to go to the
|
||||
download page if a newer version exists. In case of an error during update
|
||||
check, a message box with the error will be displayed.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void UpdateCheckDialog::checkResultsOfFetchedPadXMLFile(QNetworkReply *networkReply) {
|
||||
Q_ASSERT(_currentNetworkReply == networkReply);
|
||||
|
||||
// Stop the progress bar timer.
|
||||
_updateCheckProgressTimer->stop();
|
||||
|
||||
if ( networkReply->error() == QNetworkReply::NoError ) {
|
||||
// Try to find the version string.
|
||||
QString returnedString = networkReply->readAll();
|
||||
int leftPosition = returnedString.indexOf("<Program_Version>");
|
||||
int rightPosition = returnedString.indexOf("</Program_Version>");
|
||||
|
||||
// If the version string could be found in the returned string, show an update dialog and set last update check date.
|
||||
if ( leftPosition != -1 && rightPosition != -1 ) {
|
||||
// Get the pure version string from returned string.
|
||||
returnedString = returnedString.mid( leftPosition+17, rightPosition-(leftPosition+17) );
|
||||
|
||||
// Create integer values from the version strings.
|
||||
int versionOnServerInt = convertVersionStringToNumber( returnedString );
|
||||
int currentVersionInt = convertVersionStringToNumber( PROGRAM_VERSION_STRING );
|
||||
|
||||
// Only show update dialog, if the current version number is lower than the one received from the server.
|
||||
if ( versionOnServerInt > currentVersionInt && currentVersionInt >= 0 && versionOnServerInt >= 0 ) {
|
||||
// Show message box whether to download the new version.
|
||||
showNewVersionAvailableDialog(returnedString);
|
||||
|
||||
// If yes clicked, open the download url in the default browser.
|
||||
if ( _roleOfClickedButton == QDialogButtonBox::YesRole ) {
|
||||
QDesktopServices::openUrl( QUrl("_networkAccessManager://sourceforge.net/project/showfiles.php?group_id=167482") );
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if ( _manualUpdateRequested ) {
|
||||
showNoNewVersionAvailableDialog();
|
||||
}
|
||||
// Set last update check date.
|
||||
_settings->setValueByName("LastUpdateCheck", QDate::currentDate());
|
||||
}
|
||||
// In the returned string, the version string could not be found.
|
||||
else {
|
||||
QMessageBox::warning(this, tr("Update check error"), tr("There was an error while trying to check for an update! The retrieved file did not contain expected content.") );
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
// If there was some error while trying to retrieve the update info from server and not cancel was pressed.
|
||||
else if ( _roleOfClickedButton != QDialogButtonBox::RejectRole ) {
|
||||
QMessageBox::warning(this, tr("Update check error"), tr("There was an error while trying to check for an update! Error was : %1").arg(networkReply->errorString()) );
|
||||
hide();
|
||||
}
|
||||
_manualUpdateRequested = false;
|
||||
networkReply->deleteLater();
|
||||
_currentNetworkReply = NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*!
|
||||
\brief Displays the progress bar during update check.
|
||||
|
||||
For displaying activity during update check, a timer is started to
|
||||
updated the progress bar. The user can press a cancel button to
|
||||
stop the update check.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void UpdateCheckDialog::showCheckingForUpdateDialog() {
|
||||
// Reset the progress bar.
|
||||
_updateCheckProgressCounter = 0;
|
||||
_updateCheckDialogForm->progressBar->setValue(_updateCheckProgressCounter);
|
||||
_updateCheckDialogForm->progressBar->setInvertedAppearance( false );
|
||||
|
||||
_updateCheckProgressTimer->start();
|
||||
_updateCheckDialogForm->progressBar->show();
|
||||
setWindowTitle( tr("Checking for update...") );
|
||||
_updateCheckDialogForm->label->setText( tr("Checking whether a newer version is available") );
|
||||
_updateCheckDialogForm->buttonBox->setStandardButtons(QDialogButtonBox::Cancel);
|
||||
show();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*!
|
||||
\brief Displays the dialog with info about the new available version.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void UpdateCheckDialog::showNewVersionAvailableDialog(QString newVersion) {
|
||||
_updateCheckDialogForm->progressBar->hide();
|
||||
setWindowTitle( tr("Update available") );
|
||||
_updateCheckDialogForm->label->setText( tr("A newer version of UniversalIndentGUI is available.\nYour version is %1. New version is %2.\nDo you want to go to the download website?").arg(PROGRAM_VERSION_STRING).arg(newVersion) );
|
||||
_updateCheckDialogForm->buttonBox->setStandardButtons(QDialogButtonBox::No|QDialogButtonBox::NoButton|QDialogButtonBox::Yes);
|
||||
exec();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*!
|
||||
\brief Displays the dialog, that no new version is available.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void UpdateCheckDialog::showNoNewVersionAvailableDialog() {
|
||||
_updateCheckDialogForm->progressBar->hide();
|
||||
setWindowTitle( tr("No new update available") );
|
||||
_updateCheckDialogForm->label->setText( tr("You already have the latest version of UniversalIndentGUI.") );
|
||||
_updateCheckDialogForm->buttonBox->setStandardButtons(QDialogButtonBox::Ok);
|
||||
exec();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*!
|
||||
\brief This slot is called, when a button in the dialog is clicked.
|
||||
|
||||
If the clicked button was the cancel button, the user wants to cancel
|
||||
the update check. So the _networkAccessManager request is aborted and the timer for the
|
||||
progress bar animation is stopped.
|
||||
|
||||
In any case if a button is clicked, the dialog box will be closed.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void UpdateCheckDialog::handleUpdateCheckDialogButtonClicked(QAbstractButton *clickedButton) {
|
||||
_roleOfClickedButton = _updateCheckDialogForm->buttonBox->buttonRole(clickedButton);
|
||||
|
||||
if ( _roleOfClickedButton == QDialogButtonBox::RejectRole ) {
|
||||
// Abort the _networkAccessManager request.
|
||||
_currentNetworkReply->abort();
|
||||
// Stop the progress bar timer.
|
||||
_updateCheckProgressTimer->stop();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
accept();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*!
|
||||
\brief This slot is responsible for the animation of the update check progress bar.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void UpdateCheckDialog::updateUpdateCheckProgressBar() {
|
||||
// Depending on the progress bar direction, decrease or increase the progressbar value.
|
||||
if ( _updateCheckDialogForm->progressBar->invertedAppearance() ) {
|
||||
_updateCheckProgressCounter--;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else {
|
||||
_updateCheckProgressCounter++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// If the progress bar reaches 0 or 100 as value, swap the animation direction.
|
||||
if ( _updateCheckProgressCounter == 0 || _updateCheckProgressCounter == 100 ) {
|
||||
_updateCheckDialogForm->progressBar->setInvertedAppearance( !_updateCheckDialogForm->progressBar->invertedAppearance() );
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Update the progress bar value.
|
||||
_updateCheckDialogForm->progressBar->setValue(_updateCheckProgressCounter);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*!
|
||||
\brief Converts the as string given version \a versionString to an integer number.
|
||||
|
||||
The \a versionString must have the format x.x.x where each x represents a number
|
||||
of a maximum of 999. If the input format is wrong, -1 will be returned.The first
|
||||
number will be multiplied by 1000000 the second by 1000 and then all three will
|
||||
be summarized.
|
||||
|
||||
Thus for example 12.5.170 will result in 12005170.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int UpdateCheckDialog::convertVersionStringToNumber(QString versionString) {
|
||||
int versionInteger = 0;
|
||||
int pos = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
QRegExp regEx("\\d{1,3}.\\d{1,3}.\\d{1,3}");
|
||||
QRegExpValidator validator(regEx, NULL);
|
||||
|
||||
if ( validator.validate(versionString, pos) == QValidator::Acceptable ) {
|
||||
QStringList versionNumberStringList = versionString.split(".");
|
||||
versionInteger = versionNumberStringList.at(0).toInt() * 1000000;
|
||||
versionInteger += versionNumberStringList.at(1).toInt() * 1000;
|
||||
versionInteger += versionNumberStringList.at(2).toInt();
|
||||
}
|
||||
else {
|
||||
versionInteger = -1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return versionInteger;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void UpdateCheckDialog::initProxySettings()
|
||||
{
|
||||
if ( _settings->getValueByName("ProxyEnabled") == true ) {
|
||||
QString proxyHostName = _settings->getValueByName("ProxyHostName").toString();
|
||||
int proxyPort = _settings->getValueByName("ProxyPort").toInt();
|
||||
QString proxyUserName = _settings->getValueByName("ProxyUserName").toString();
|
||||
QString proxyPassword = _settings->getValueByName("ProxyPassword").toString();
|
||||
_networkAccessManager->setProxy(QNetworkProxy(QNetworkProxy::Socks5Proxy, proxyHostName, proxyPort, proxyUserName, proxyPassword));
|
||||
}
|
||||
else {
|
||||
_networkAccessManager->setProxy(QNetworkProxy());
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,73 @@
|
||||
/***************************************************************************
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2006-2012 by Thomas Schweitzer *
|
||||
* thomas-schweitzer(at)arcor.de *
|
||||
* *
|
||||
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify *
|
||||
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2.0 as *
|
||||
* published by the Free Software Foundation. *
|
||||
* *
|
||||
* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, *
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of *
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the *
|
||||
* GNU General Public License for more details. *
|
||||
* *
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License *
|
||||
* along with this program in the file LICENSE.GPL; if not, write to the *
|
||||
* Free Software Foundation, Inc., *
|
||||
* 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. *
|
||||
***************************************************************************/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef UPDATECHECKDIALOG_H
|
||||
#define UPDATECHECKDIALOG_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include <QDialog>
|
||||
#include <QDialogButtonBox>
|
||||
|
||||
class UiGuiSettings;
|
||||
namespace Ui {
|
||||
class UpdateCheckDialog;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
class QTimer;
|
||||
class QDesktopServices;
|
||||
class QNetworkAccessManager;
|
||||
class QNetworkReply;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
class UpdateCheckDialog : public QDialog
|
||||
{
|
||||
Q_OBJECT
|
||||
|
||||
public:
|
||||
UpdateCheckDialog(QSharedPointer<UiGuiSettings> settings, QWidget *parent = NULL);
|
||||
~UpdateCheckDialog();
|
||||
|
||||
public slots:
|
||||
void checkForUpdateAndShowDialog();
|
||||
void checkForUpdate();
|
||||
|
||||
private slots:
|
||||
void checkResultsOfFetchedPadXMLFile(QNetworkReply *networkReply);
|
||||
void handleUpdateCheckDialogButtonClicked(QAbstractButton *clickedButton);
|
||||
void updateUpdateCheckProgressBar();
|
||||
void initProxySettings();
|
||||
|
||||
private:
|
||||
Ui::UpdateCheckDialog *_updateCheckDialogForm;
|
||||
|
||||
void getPadXMLFile();
|
||||
void showCheckingForUpdateDialog();
|
||||
void showNewVersionAvailableDialog(QString newVersion);
|
||||
void showNoNewVersionAvailableDialog();
|
||||
int convertVersionStringToNumber(QString versionString);
|
||||
|
||||
QSharedPointer<UiGuiSettings> _settings;
|
||||
bool _manualUpdateRequested;
|
||||
QNetworkAccessManager *_networkAccessManager;
|
||||
QNetworkReply *_currentNetworkReply;
|
||||
QDialogButtonBox::ButtonRole _roleOfClickedButton;
|
||||
QTimer *_updateCheckProgressTimer;
|
||||
int _updateCheckProgressCounter;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // UPDATECHECKDIALOG_H
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
|
||||
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
|
||||
<ui version="4.0">
|
||||
<class>UpdateCheckDialog</class>
|
||||
<widget class="QDialog" name="UpdateCheckDialog">
|
||||
<property name="windowModality">
|
||||
<enum>Qt::WindowModal</enum>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
<property name="geometry">
|
||||
<rect>
|
||||
<x>0</x>
|
||||
<y>0</y>
|
||||
<width>323</width>
|
||||
<height>108</height>
|
||||
</rect>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
<property name="windowTitle">
|
||||
<string>Checking for update...</string>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
<layout class="QVBoxLayout">
|
||||
<item>
|
||||
<widget class="QLabel" name="label">
|
||||
<property name="text">
|
||||
<string>Checking whether a newer version is available</string>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
</widget>
|
||||
</item>
|
||||
<item>
|
||||
<widget class="QProgressBar" name="progressBar">
|
||||
<property name="value">
|
||||
<number>0</number>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
<property name="textVisible">
|
||||
<bool>false</bool>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
</widget>
|
||||
</item>
|
||||
<item>
|
||||
<widget class="QDialogButtonBox" name="buttonBox">
|
||||
<property name="standardButtons">
|
||||
<set>QDialogButtonBox::Cancel</set>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
<property name="centerButtons">
|
||||
<bool>true</bool>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
</widget>
|
||||
</item>
|
||||
</layout>
|
||||
</widget>
|
||||
<resources/>
|
||||
<connections/>
|
||||
</ui>
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,7 @@
|
||||
END
|
||||
TSLoggerDialog.ui
|
||||
K 25
|
||||
svn:wc:ra_dav:version-url
|
||||
V 76
|
||||
/svnroot/universalindent/!svn/ver/1031/trunk/src/debugging/TSLoggerDialog.ui
|
||||
END
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,251 @@
|
||||
/***************************************************************************
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2006-2012 by Thomas Schweitzer *
|
||||
* thomas-schweitzer(at)arcor.de *
|
||||
* *
|
||||
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify *
|
||||
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2.0 as *
|
||||
* published by the Free Software Foundation. *
|
||||
* *
|
||||
* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, *
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of *
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the *
|
||||
* GNU General Public License for more details. *
|
||||
* *
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License *
|
||||
* along with this program in the file LICENSE.GPL; if not, write to the *
|
||||
* Free Software Foundation, Inc., *
|
||||
* 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. *
|
||||
***************************************************************************/
|
||||
|
||||
#include "TSLogger.h"
|
||||
#include "ui_TSLoggerDialog.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#include "SettingsPaths.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#include <QDateTime>
|
||||
#include <QFile>
|
||||
#include <QFileInfo>
|
||||
#include <QUrl>
|
||||
#include <QTextStream>
|
||||
#include <QDesktopServices>
|
||||
#include <QMessageBox>
|
||||
|
||||
#include <ctime>
|
||||
|
||||
using namespace tschweitzer;
|
||||
using namespace tschweitzer::debugging;
|
||||
|
||||
TSLogger* TSLogger::_instance = NULL;
|
||||
|
||||
/*!
|
||||
\class TSLogger
|
||||
\brief This class handles any kind of data logging, for debugging and whatever purpose.
|
||||
|
||||
Beneath being able of displaying a dialog window containing all log messages of the
|
||||
current session, a log file in the systems temporary directory is used. Its name
|
||||
is "UiGUI_log.html".
|
||||
|
||||
Setting a verbose level allows to only write messages that have the selected minimum
|
||||
priority to the log.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/*!
|
||||
\brief Returns the only existing instance of TSLogger. If the instance doesn't exist, it will be created.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
TSLogger* TSLogger::getInstance(int verboseLevel) {
|
||||
if ( _instance == NULL )
|
||||
_instance = new TSLogger(verboseLevel);
|
||||
|
||||
return _instance;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*!
|
||||
\brief Returns the only existing instance of TSLogger. If the instance doesn't exist, it will be created.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
TSLogger* TSLogger::getInstance() {
|
||||
#ifdef _DEBUG
|
||||
return TSLogger::getInstance(QtDebugMsg);
|
||||
#else
|
||||
return TSLogger::getInstance(QtWarningMsg);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*!
|
||||
\brief Initializes the dialog and sets the path to the log file in the systems temporary directory.
|
||||
Sets the default verbose level to warning level.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
TSLogger::TSLogger(int verboseLevel) : QDialog() {
|
||||
_TSLoggerDialogForm = new Ui::TSLoggerDialog();
|
||||
_TSLoggerDialogForm->setupUi(this);
|
||||
#ifdef _DEBUG
|
||||
_verboseLevel = QtDebugMsg;
|
||||
#else
|
||||
_verboseLevel = QtMsgType(verboseLevel);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
_logFileInitState = NOTINITIALZED;
|
||||
|
||||
connect( _TSLoggerDialogForm->openLogFileFolderToolButton, SIGNAL(clicked()), this, SLOT(openLogFileFolder()) );
|
||||
|
||||
// Make the main application not to wait for the logging window to close.
|
||||
setAttribute(Qt::WA_QuitOnClose, false);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*!
|
||||
\brief Logs all incoming messages \a msg to the dialogs text edit and to the log file.
|
||||
|
||||
Only messages whos \a type have a higher priority than the set verbose level are logged.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void TSLogger::messageHandler(QtMsgType type, const char *msg) {
|
||||
if ( _instance == NULL )
|
||||
_instance = TSLogger::getInstance();
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
QMessageBox messageBox;
|
||||
QString messageBoxText = QString::fromUtf8( msg );
|
||||
messageBox.setText( messageBoxText );
|
||||
messageBox.setWindowModality( Qt::ApplicationModal );
|
||||
messageBox.exec();
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
// Only log messages that have a higher or equal priority than set with the verbose level.
|
||||
if ( type < _instance->_verboseLevel )
|
||||
return;
|
||||
|
||||
// Init log message with prepended date and time.
|
||||
QString message = QDateTime::currentDateTime().toString();
|
||||
|
||||
// Depending on the QtMsgType prepend a different colored Debug, Warning, Critical or Fatal.
|
||||
switch (type) {
|
||||
case QtDebugMsg :
|
||||
message += " <span style=\"font-weight:bold; color:black;\">Debug:</span> ";
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case QtWarningMsg :
|
||||
message += " <span style=\"font-weight:bold; color:gold;\">Warning:</span> ";
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case QtCriticalMsg :
|
||||
message += "<span style=\"font-weight:bold; color:red;\">Critical:</span> ";
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case QtFatalMsg :
|
||||
message += " <span style=\"font-weight:bold; color:#D60000;\">Fatal:</span> ";
|
||||
// This one is no Qt message type, but can be used to send info messages to the log
|
||||
// by calling TSLogger::messageHandler() directly.
|
||||
case TSLoggerInfoMsg :
|
||||
message += " <span style=\"font-weight:bold; color:darkgray;\">Info:</span> ";
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Append the to UTF-8 back converted message parameter.
|
||||
message += QString::fromUtf8( msg ) + "<br/>\n";
|
||||
|
||||
// Write the message to the log windows text edit.
|
||||
_instance->_TSLoggerDialogForm->logTextEdit->append( message );
|
||||
|
||||
// Write/append the log message to the log file.
|
||||
_instance->writeToLogFile( message );
|
||||
|
||||
// In case of a fatal error abort the application.
|
||||
if ( type == QtFatalMsg )
|
||||
abort();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*!
|
||||
\brief Calling this the verbose level can be set in a range from 0 to 3
|
||||
which is equal to debug, warning, critical and fatal priority.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void TSLogger::setVerboseLevel(int level) {
|
||||
if ( level < 0 )
|
||||
_verboseLevel = QtDebugMsg;
|
||||
if ( level > 3 )
|
||||
_verboseLevel = QtFatalMsg;
|
||||
else
|
||||
_verboseLevel = QtMsgType(level);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*!
|
||||
\brief Deletes the existing _instance of TSLogger.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void TSLogger::deleteInstance() {
|
||||
if ( _instance != NULL ) {
|
||||
delete _instance;
|
||||
_instance = NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*!
|
||||
\brief Opens the folder that contains the created log file with the name "UiGUI_log.html".
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void TSLogger::openLogFileFolder() {
|
||||
QDesktopServices::openUrl( QFileInfo( _logFile ).absolutePath() );
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*!
|
||||
\brief Writes the \a message to the used log file.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void TSLogger::writeToLogFile(const QString &message) {
|
||||
// If the file where all logging messages should go to isn't initilized yet, do that now.
|
||||
if ( _logFileInitState == NOTINITIALZED ) {
|
||||
_logFileInitState = INITIALIZING;
|
||||
|
||||
// On different systems it may be that "QDir::tempPath()" ends with a "/" or not. So check this.
|
||||
// Remove any trailing slashes.
|
||||
QString tempPath = QFileInfo( SettingsPaths::getTempPath() ).absolutePath();
|
||||
while ( tempPath.right(1) == "/" ) {
|
||||
tempPath.chop(1);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// To make the temporary log file invulnerable against file symbolic link hacks
|
||||
// append the current date and time up to milliseconds to its name and a random character.
|
||||
QString logFileName = "UiGUI_log_" + QDateTime::currentDateTime().toString("yyyyMMdd");
|
||||
logFileName += "-" + QDateTime::currentDateTime().toString("hhmmsszzz");
|
||||
// By random decide whether to append a number or an upper or lower case character.
|
||||
qsrand( time(NULL) );
|
||||
unsigned char randomChar;
|
||||
switch ( qrand() % 3 ) {
|
||||
// Append a number from 0 to 9.
|
||||
case 0 :
|
||||
randomChar = qrand() % 10 + '0';
|
||||
break;
|
||||
// Append a upper case characer between A and Z.
|
||||
case 1 :
|
||||
randomChar = qrand() % 26 + 'A';
|
||||
break;
|
||||
// Append a lower case characer between a and z.
|
||||
default :
|
||||
randomChar = qrand() % 26 + 'a';
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
logFileName += "_" + QString(randomChar) + ".html";
|
||||
|
||||
_logFile.setFileName( tempPath + "/" + logFileName );
|
||||
|
||||
// Set the tooltip of the open log file folder button to show the unique name of the log file.
|
||||
_TSLoggerDialogForm->openLogFileFolderToolButton->setToolTip( _TSLoggerDialogForm->openLogFileFolderToolButton->toolTip() + " (" + logFileName + ")" );
|
||||
|
||||
_logFileInitState = INITIALZED;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Add the message to the message queue.
|
||||
_messageQueue << message;
|
||||
|
||||
// If the logging file is initialzed, write all messages contained in the message queue into the file.
|
||||
if ( _logFileInitState == INITIALZED ) {
|
||||
// Write/append the log message to the log file.
|
||||
if ( _logFile.open(QIODevice::WriteOnly | QIODevice::Text | QIODevice::Append) ) {
|
||||
QTextStream out(&_logFile);
|
||||
|
||||
while ( !_messageQueue.isEmpty() ) {
|
||||
out << _messageQueue.takeFirst() << "\n";
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
_logFile.close();
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,63 @@
|
||||
/***************************************************************************
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2006-2012 by Thomas Schweitzer *
|
||||
* thomas-schweitzer(at)arcor.de *
|
||||
* *
|
||||
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify *
|
||||
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2.0 as *
|
||||
* published by the Free Software Foundation. *
|
||||
* *
|
||||
* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, *
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of *
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the *
|
||||
* GNU General Public License for more details. *
|
||||
* *
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License *
|
||||
* along with this program in the file LICENSE.GPL; if not, write to the *
|
||||
* Free Software Foundation, Inc., *
|
||||
* 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. *
|
||||
***************************************************************************/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef TSLogger_H
|
||||
#define TSLogger_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include <QDialog>
|
||||
#include <QFile>
|
||||
|
||||
namespace Ui {
|
||||
class TSLoggerDialog;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
namespace tschweitzer { namespace debugging {
|
||||
|
||||
#define TSLoggerInfoMsg QtMsgType(4)
|
||||
|
||||
class TSLogger : public QDialog
|
||||
{
|
||||
Q_OBJECT
|
||||
|
||||
public:
|
||||
static TSLogger* getInstance(int verboseLevel);
|
||||
static TSLogger* getInstance();
|
||||
static void messageHandler(QtMsgType type, const char *msg);
|
||||
static void deleteInstance();
|
||||
void setVerboseLevel(int level);
|
||||
|
||||
private slots:
|
||||
void openLogFileFolder();
|
||||
|
||||
private:
|
||||
Ui::TSLoggerDialog *_TSLoggerDialogForm;
|
||||
|
||||
enum LogFileInitState { NOTINITIALZED, INITIALIZING, INITIALZED } _logFileInitState;
|
||||
TSLogger(int verboseLevel);
|
||||
void writeToLogFile(const QString &message);
|
||||
|
||||
static TSLogger* _instance;
|
||||
QtMsgType _verboseLevel;
|
||||
QFile _logFile;
|
||||
QStringList _messageQueue;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
}} // namespace tschweitzer::debugging
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // TSLogger_H
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,142 @@
|
||||
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
|
||||
<ui version="4.0">
|
||||
<class>TSLoggerDialog</class>
|
||||
<widget class="QDialog" name="TSLoggerDialog">
|
||||
<property name="geometry">
|
||||
<rect>
|
||||
<x>0</x>
|
||||
<y>0</y>
|
||||
<width>1030</width>
|
||||
<height>263</height>
|
||||
</rect>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
<property name="windowTitle">
|
||||
<string>Log</string>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
<property name="windowIcon">
|
||||
<iconset resource="../resources/Icons.qrc">
|
||||
<normaloff>:/mainWindow/document-properties.png</normaloff>:/mainWindow/document-properties.png</iconset>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
<layout class="QVBoxLayout">
|
||||
<item>
|
||||
<widget class="QLabel" name="label">
|
||||
<property name="text">
|
||||
<string>Logged messages</string>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
</widget>
|
||||
</item>
|
||||
<item>
|
||||
<widget class="QTextEdit" name="logTextEdit">
|
||||
<property name="readOnly">
|
||||
<bool>true</bool>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
</widget>
|
||||
</item>
|
||||
<item>
|
||||
<layout class="QHBoxLayout" name="horizontalLayout">
|
||||
<item>
|
||||
<widget class="QToolButton" name="cleanUpToolButton">
|
||||
<property name="toolTip">
|
||||
<string>Clear log</string>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
<property name="text">
|
||||
<string>...</string>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
<property name="icon">
|
||||
<iconset resource="../resources/Icons.qrc">
|
||||
<normaloff>:/mainWindow/edit-clear.png</normaloff>:/mainWindow/edit-clear.png</iconset>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
</widget>
|
||||
</item>
|
||||
<item>
|
||||
<widget class="QToolButton" name="openLogFileFolderToolButton">
|
||||
<property name="toolTip">
|
||||
<string>Open folder containing log file.</string>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
<property name="statusTip">
|
||||
<string>Open folder containing log file.</string>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
<property name="icon">
|
||||
<iconset resource="../resources/Icons.qrc">
|
||||
<normaloff>:/mainWindow/document-open.png</normaloff>:/mainWindow/document-open.png</iconset>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
</widget>
|
||||
</item>
|
||||
<item>
|
||||
<spacer name="horizontalSpacer">
|
||||
<property name="orientation">
|
||||
<enum>Qt::Horizontal</enum>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
<property name="sizeHint" stdset="0">
|
||||
<size>
|
||||
<width>40</width>
|
||||
<height>20</height>
|
||||
</size>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
</spacer>
|
||||
</item>
|
||||
<item>
|
||||
<widget class="QDialogButtonBox" name="buttonBox">
|
||||
<property name="standardButtons">
|
||||
<set>QDialogButtonBox::Close</set>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
</widget>
|
||||
</item>
|
||||
</layout>
|
||||
</item>
|
||||
</layout>
|
||||
</widget>
|
||||
<resources>
|
||||
<include location="../resources/Icons.qrc"/>
|
||||
</resources>
|
||||
<connections>
|
||||
<connection>
|
||||
<sender>TSLoggerDialog</sender>
|
||||
<signal>finished(int)</signal>
|
||||
<receiver>TSLoggerDialog</receiver>
|
||||
<slot>close()</slot>
|
||||
<hints>
|
||||
<hint type="sourcelabel">
|
||||
<x>2</x>
|
||||
<y>45</y>
|
||||
</hint>
|
||||
<hint type="destinationlabel">
|
||||
<x>5</x>
|
||||
<y>59</y>
|
||||
</hint>
|
||||
</hints>
|
||||
</connection>
|
||||
<connection>
|
||||
<sender>buttonBox</sender>
|
||||
<signal>clicked(QAbstractButton*)</signal>
|
||||
<receiver>TSLoggerDialog</receiver>
|
||||
<slot>close()</slot>
|
||||
<hints>
|
||||
<hint type="sourcelabel">
|
||||
<x>419</x>
|
||||
<y>280</y>
|
||||
</hint>
|
||||
<hint type="destinationlabel">
|
||||
<x>477</x>
|
||||
<y>263</y>
|
||||
</hint>
|
||||
</hints>
|
||||
</connection>
|
||||
<connection>
|
||||
<sender>cleanUpToolButton</sender>
|
||||
<signal>clicked()</signal>
|
||||
<receiver>logTextEdit</receiver>
|
||||
<slot>clear()</slot>
|
||||
<hints>
|
||||
<hint type="sourcelabel">
|
||||
<x>27</x>
|
||||
<y>282</y>
|
||||
</hint>
|
||||
<hint type="destinationlabel">
|
||||
<x>22</x>
|
||||
<y>231</y>
|
||||
</hint>
|
||||
</hints>
|
||||
</connection>
|
||||
</connections>
|
||||
</ui>
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,251 @@
|
||||
/***************************************************************************
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2006-2012 by Thomas Schweitzer *
|
||||
* thomas-schweitzer(at)arcor.de *
|
||||
* *
|
||||
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify *
|
||||
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2.0 as *
|
||||
* published by the Free Software Foundation. *
|
||||
* *
|
||||
* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, *
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of *
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the *
|
||||
* GNU General Public License for more details. *
|
||||
* *
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License *
|
||||
* along with this program in the file LICENSE.GPL; if not, write to the *
|
||||
* Free Software Foundation, Inc., *
|
||||
* 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. *
|
||||
***************************************************************************/
|
||||
|
||||
#include "TSLogger.h"
|
||||
#include "ui_TSLoggerDialog.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#include "SettingsPaths.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#include <QDateTime>
|
||||
#include <QFile>
|
||||
#include <QFileInfo>
|
||||
#include <QUrl>
|
||||
#include <QTextStream>
|
||||
#include <QDesktopServices>
|
||||
#include <QMessageBox>
|
||||
|
||||
#include <ctime>
|
||||
|
||||
using namespace tschweitzer;
|
||||
using namespace tschweitzer::debugging;
|
||||
|
||||
TSLogger* TSLogger::_instance = NULL;
|
||||
|
||||
/*!
|
||||
\class TSLogger
|
||||
\brief This class handles any kind of data logging, for debugging and whatever purpose.
|
||||
|
||||
Beneath being able of displaying a dialog window containing all log messages of the
|
||||
current session, a log file in the systems temporary directory is used. Its name
|
||||
is "UiGUI_log.html".
|
||||
|
||||
Setting a verbose level allows to only write messages that have the selected minimum
|
||||
priority to the log.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/*!
|
||||
\brief Returns the only existing instance of TSLogger. If the instance doesn't exist, it will be created.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
TSLogger* TSLogger::getInstance(int verboseLevel) {
|
||||
if ( _instance == NULL )
|
||||
_instance = new TSLogger(verboseLevel);
|
||||
|
||||
return _instance;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*!
|
||||
\brief Returns the only existing instance of TSLogger. If the instance doesn't exist, it will be created.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
TSLogger* TSLogger::getInstance() {
|
||||
#ifdef _DEBUG
|
||||
return TSLogger::getInstance(QtDebugMsg);
|
||||
#else
|
||||
return TSLogger::getInstance(QtWarningMsg);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*!
|
||||
\brief Initializes the dialog and sets the path to the log file in the systems temporary directory.
|
||||
Sets the default verbose level to warning level.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
TSLogger::TSLogger(int verboseLevel) : QDialog() {
|
||||
_TSLoggerDialogForm = new Ui::TSLoggerDialog();
|
||||
_TSLoggerDialogForm->setupUi(this);
|
||||
#ifdef _DEBUG
|
||||
_verboseLevel = QtDebugMsg;
|
||||
#else
|
||||
_verboseLevel = QtMsgType(verboseLevel);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
_logFileInitState = NOTINITIALZED;
|
||||
|
||||
connect( _TSLoggerDialogForm->openLogFileFolderToolButton, SIGNAL(clicked()), this, SLOT(openLogFileFolder()) );
|
||||
|
||||
// Make the main application not to wait for the logging window to close.
|
||||
setAttribute(Qt::WA_QuitOnClose, false);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*!
|
||||
\brief Logs all incoming messages \a msg to the dialogs text edit and to the log file.
|
||||
|
||||
Only messages whos \a type have a higher priority than the set verbose level are logged.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void TSLogger::messageHandler(QtMsgType type, const char *msg) {
|
||||
if ( _instance == NULL )
|
||||
_instance = TSLogger::getInstance();
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
QMessageBox messageBox;
|
||||
QString messageBoxText = QString::fromUtf8( msg );
|
||||
messageBox.setText( messageBoxText );
|
||||
messageBox.setWindowModality( Qt::ApplicationModal );
|
||||
messageBox.exec();
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
// Only log messages that have a higher or equal priority than set with the verbose level.
|
||||
if ( type < _instance->_verboseLevel )
|
||||
return;
|
||||
|
||||
// Init log message with prepended date and time.
|
||||
QString message = QDateTime::currentDateTime().toString();
|
||||
|
||||
// Depending on the QtMsgType prepend a different colored Debug, Warning, Critical or Fatal.
|
||||
switch (type) {
|
||||
case QtDebugMsg :
|
||||
message += " <span style=\"font-weight:bold; color:black;\">Debug:</span> ";
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case QtWarningMsg :
|
||||
message += " <span style=\"font-weight:bold; color:gold;\">Warning:</span> ";
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case QtCriticalMsg :
|
||||
message += "<span style=\"font-weight:bold; color:red;\">Critical:</span> ";
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case QtFatalMsg :
|
||||
message += " <span style=\"font-weight:bold; color:#D60000;\">Fatal:</span> ";
|
||||
// This one is no Qt message type, but can be used to send info messages to the log
|
||||
// by calling TSLogger::messageHandler() directly.
|
||||
case TSLoggerInfoMsg :
|
||||
message += " <span style=\"font-weight:bold; color:darkgray;\">Info:</span> ";
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Append the to UTF-8 back converted message parameter.
|
||||
message += QString::fromUtf8( msg ) + "<br/>\n";
|
||||
|
||||
// Write the message to the log windows text edit.
|
||||
_instance->_TSLoggerDialogForm->logTextEdit->append( message );
|
||||
|
||||
// Write/append the log message to the log file.
|
||||
_instance->writeToLogFile( message );
|
||||
|
||||
// In case of a fatal error abort the application.
|
||||
if ( type == QtFatalMsg )
|
||||
abort();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*!
|
||||
\brief Calling this the verbose level can be set in a range from 0 to 3
|
||||
which is equal to debug, warning, critical and fatal priority.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void TSLogger::setVerboseLevel(int level) {
|
||||
if ( level < 0 )
|
||||
_verboseLevel = QtDebugMsg;
|
||||
if ( level > 3 )
|
||||
_verboseLevel = QtFatalMsg;
|
||||
else
|
||||
_verboseLevel = QtMsgType(level);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*!
|
||||
\brief Deletes the existing _instance of TSLogger.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void TSLogger::deleteInstance() {
|
||||
if ( _instance != NULL ) {
|
||||
delete _instance;
|
||||
_instance = NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*!
|
||||
\brief Opens the folder that contains the created log file with the name "UiGUI_log.html".
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void TSLogger::openLogFileFolder() {
|
||||
QDesktopServices::openUrl( QFileInfo( _logFile ).absolutePath() );
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*!
|
||||
\brief Writes the \a message to the used log file.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void TSLogger::writeToLogFile(const QString &message) {
|
||||
// If the file where all logging messages should go to isn't initilized yet, do that now.
|
||||
if ( _logFileInitState == NOTINITIALZED ) {
|
||||
_logFileInitState = INITIALIZING;
|
||||
|
||||
// On different systems it may be that "QDir::tempPath()" ends with a "/" or not. So check this.
|
||||
// Remove any trailing slashes.
|
||||
QString tempPath = QFileInfo( SettingsPaths::getTempPath() ).absolutePath();
|
||||
while ( tempPath.right(1) == "/" ) {
|
||||
tempPath.chop(1);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// To make the temporary log file invulnerable against file symbolic link hacks
|
||||
// append the current date and time up to milliseconds to its name and a random character.
|
||||
QString logFileName = "UiGUI_log_" + QDateTime::currentDateTime().toString("yyyyMMdd");
|
||||
logFileName += "-" + QDateTime::currentDateTime().toString("hhmmsszzz");
|
||||
// By random decide whether to append a number or an upper or lower case character.
|
||||
qsrand( time(NULL) );
|
||||
unsigned char randomChar;
|
||||
switch ( qrand() % 3 ) {
|
||||
// Append a number from 0 to 9.
|
||||
case 0 :
|
||||
randomChar = qrand() % 10 + '0';
|
||||
break;
|
||||
// Append a upper case characer between A and Z.
|
||||
case 1 :
|
||||
randomChar = qrand() % 26 + 'A';
|
||||
break;
|
||||
// Append a lower case characer between a and z.
|
||||
default :
|
||||
randomChar = qrand() % 26 + 'a';
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
logFileName += "_" + QString(randomChar) + ".html";
|
||||
|
||||
_logFile.setFileName( tempPath + "/" + logFileName );
|
||||
|
||||
// Set the tooltip of the open log file folder button to show the unique name of the log file.
|
||||
_TSLoggerDialogForm->openLogFileFolderToolButton->setToolTip( _TSLoggerDialogForm->openLogFileFolderToolButton->toolTip() + " (" + logFileName + ")" );
|
||||
|
||||
_logFileInitState = INITIALZED;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Add the message to the message queue.
|
||||
_messageQueue << message;
|
||||
|
||||
// If the logging file is initialzed, write all messages contained in the message queue into the file.
|
||||
if ( _logFileInitState == INITIALZED ) {
|
||||
// Write/append the log message to the log file.
|
||||
if ( _logFile.open(QIODevice::WriteOnly | QIODevice::Text | QIODevice::Append) ) {
|
||||
QTextStream out(&_logFile);
|
||||
|
||||
while ( !_messageQueue.isEmpty() ) {
|
||||
out << _messageQueue.takeFirst() << "\n";
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
_logFile.close();
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,63 @@
|
||||
/***************************************************************************
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2006-2012 by Thomas Schweitzer *
|
||||
* thomas-schweitzer(at)arcor.de *
|
||||
* *
|
||||
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify *
|
||||
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2.0 as *
|
||||
* published by the Free Software Foundation. *
|
||||
* *
|
||||
* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, *
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of *
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the *
|
||||
* GNU General Public License for more details. *
|
||||
* *
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License *
|
||||
* along with this program in the file LICENSE.GPL; if not, write to the *
|
||||
* Free Software Foundation, Inc., *
|
||||
* 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. *
|
||||
***************************************************************************/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef TSLogger_H
|
||||
#define TSLogger_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include <QDialog>
|
||||
#include <QFile>
|
||||
|
||||
namespace Ui {
|
||||
class TSLoggerDialog;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
namespace tschweitzer { namespace debugging {
|
||||
|
||||
#define TSLoggerInfoMsg QtMsgType(4)
|
||||
|
||||
class TSLogger : public QDialog
|
||||
{
|
||||
Q_OBJECT
|
||||
|
||||
public:
|
||||
static TSLogger* getInstance(int verboseLevel);
|
||||
static TSLogger* getInstance();
|
||||
static void messageHandler(QtMsgType type, const char *msg);
|
||||
static void deleteInstance();
|
||||
void setVerboseLevel(int level);
|
||||
|
||||
private slots:
|
||||
void openLogFileFolder();
|
||||
|
||||
private:
|
||||
Ui::TSLoggerDialog *_TSLoggerDialogForm;
|
||||
|
||||
enum LogFileInitState { NOTINITIALZED, INITIALIZING, INITIALZED } _logFileInitState;
|
||||
TSLogger(int verboseLevel);
|
||||
void writeToLogFile(const QString &message);
|
||||
|
||||
static TSLogger* _instance;
|
||||
QtMsgType _verboseLevel;
|
||||
QFile _logFile;
|
||||
QStringList _messageQueue;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
}} // namespace tschweitzer::debugging
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // TSLogger_H
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,142 @@
|
||||
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
|
||||
<ui version="4.0">
|
||||
<class>TSLoggerDialog</class>
|
||||
<widget class="QDialog" name="TSLoggerDialog">
|
||||
<property name="geometry">
|
||||
<rect>
|
||||
<x>0</x>
|
||||
<y>0</y>
|
||||
<width>1030</width>
|
||||
<height>263</height>
|
||||
</rect>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
<property name="windowTitle">
|
||||
<string>Log</string>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
<property name="windowIcon">
|
||||
<iconset resource="../resources/Icons.qrc">
|
||||
<normaloff>:/mainWindow/document-properties.png</normaloff>:/mainWindow/document-properties.png</iconset>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
<layout class="QVBoxLayout">
|
||||
<item>
|
||||
<widget class="QLabel" name="label">
|
||||
<property name="text">
|
||||
<string>Logged messages</string>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
</widget>
|
||||
</item>
|
||||
<item>
|
||||
<widget class="QTextEdit" name="logTextEdit">
|
||||
<property name="readOnly">
|
||||
<bool>true</bool>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
</widget>
|
||||
</item>
|
||||
<item>
|
||||
<layout class="QHBoxLayout" name="horizontalLayout">
|
||||
<item>
|
||||
<widget class="QToolButton" name="cleanUpToolButton">
|
||||
<property name="toolTip">
|
||||
<string>Clear log</string>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
<property name="text">
|
||||
<string>...</string>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
<property name="icon">
|
||||
<iconset resource="../resources/Icons.qrc">
|
||||
<normaloff>:/mainWindow/edit-clear.png</normaloff>:/mainWindow/edit-clear.png</iconset>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
</widget>
|
||||
</item>
|
||||
<item>
|
||||
<widget class="QToolButton" name="openLogFileFolderToolButton">
|
||||
<property name="toolTip">
|
||||
<string>Open folder containing log file.</string>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
<property name="statusTip">
|
||||
<string>Open folder containing log file.</string>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
<property name="icon">
|
||||
<iconset resource="../resources/Icons.qrc">
|
||||
<normaloff>:/mainWindow/document-open.png</normaloff>:/mainWindow/document-open.png</iconset>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
</widget>
|
||||
</item>
|
||||
<item>
|
||||
<spacer name="horizontalSpacer">
|
||||
<property name="orientation">
|
||||
<enum>Qt::Horizontal</enum>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
<property name="sizeHint" stdset="0">
|
||||
<size>
|
||||
<width>40</width>
|
||||
<height>20</height>
|
||||
</size>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
</spacer>
|
||||
</item>
|
||||
<item>
|
||||
<widget class="QDialogButtonBox" name="buttonBox">
|
||||
<property name="standardButtons">
|
||||
<set>QDialogButtonBox::Close</set>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
</widget>
|
||||
</item>
|
||||
</layout>
|
||||
</item>
|
||||
</layout>
|
||||
</widget>
|
||||
<resources>
|
||||
<include location="../resources/Icons.qrc"/>
|
||||
</resources>
|
||||
<connections>
|
||||
<connection>
|
||||
<sender>TSLoggerDialog</sender>
|
||||
<signal>finished(int)</signal>
|
||||
<receiver>TSLoggerDialog</receiver>
|
||||
<slot>close()</slot>
|
||||
<hints>
|
||||
<hint type="sourcelabel">
|
||||
<x>2</x>
|
||||
<y>45</y>
|
||||
</hint>
|
||||
<hint type="destinationlabel">
|
||||
<x>5</x>
|
||||
<y>59</y>
|
||||
</hint>
|
||||
</hints>
|
||||
</connection>
|
||||
<connection>
|
||||
<sender>buttonBox</sender>
|
||||
<signal>clicked(QAbstractButton*)</signal>
|
||||
<receiver>TSLoggerDialog</receiver>
|
||||
<slot>close()</slot>
|
||||
<hints>
|
||||
<hint type="sourcelabel">
|
||||
<x>419</x>
|
||||
<y>280</y>
|
||||
</hint>
|
||||
<hint type="destinationlabel">
|
||||
<x>477</x>
|
||||
<y>263</y>
|
||||
</hint>
|
||||
</hints>
|
||||
</connection>
|
||||
<connection>
|
||||
<sender>cleanUpToolButton</sender>
|
||||
<signal>clicked()</signal>
|
||||
<receiver>logTextEdit</receiver>
|
||||
<slot>clear()</slot>
|
||||
<hints>
|
||||
<hint type="sourcelabel">
|
||||
<x>27</x>
|
||||
<y>282</y>
|
||||
</hint>
|
||||
<hint type="destinationlabel">
|
||||
<x>22</x>
|
||||
<y>231</y>
|
||||
</hint>
|
||||
</hints>
|
||||
</connection>
|
||||
</connections>
|
||||
</ui>
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,279 @@
|
||||
/***************************************************************************
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2006-2012 by Thomas Schweitzer *
|
||||
* thomas-schweitzer(at)arcor.de *
|
||||
* *
|
||||
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify *
|
||||
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2.0 as *
|
||||
* published by the Free Software Foundation. *
|
||||
* *
|
||||
* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, *
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of *
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the *
|
||||
* GNU General Public License for more details. *
|
||||
* *
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License *
|
||||
* along with this program in the file LICENSE.GPL; if not, write to the *
|
||||
* Free Software Foundation, Inc., *
|
||||
* 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. *
|
||||
***************************************************************************/
|
||||
|
||||
#include "MainWindow.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#include "UiGuiIndentServer.h"
|
||||
#include "debugging/TSLogger.h"
|
||||
#include "UiGuiIniFileParser.h"
|
||||
#include "UiGuiSettings.h"
|
||||
#include "UiGuiVersion.h"
|
||||
#include "UiGuiSystemInfo.h"
|
||||
#include "IndentHandler.h"
|
||||
#include "SettingsPaths.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#include <QApplication>
|
||||
#include <QTextCodec>
|
||||
#include <QDebug>
|
||||
|
||||
#include <string>
|
||||
#include <iostream>
|
||||
#include <algorithm>
|
||||
#include <tclap/CmdLine.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef _MSC_VER
|
||||
|
||||
#include <windows.h>
|
||||
#include <direct.h>
|
||||
#include <stdlib.h>
|
||||
#include <stdio.h>
|
||||
#include <fcntl.h>
|
||||
#include <io.h>
|
||||
#include <iostream>
|
||||
#include <fstream>
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
\brief Calling this function tries to attach to the console of the parent process and
|
||||
redirect all inputs and outputs from and to this console.
|
||||
|
||||
The redirected streams are stdout, stdin, stderr, cout, wcout, cin, wcin, wcerr, cerr, wclog and clog.
|
||||
|
||||
Code based on info from http://dslweb.nwnexus.com/~ast/dload/guicon.htm.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
bool attachToConsole(/*enum ATTACH_ONLY|TRY_ATTACH_ELSE_CREATE|CREATE_NEW*/)
|
||||
{
|
||||
int hConHandle;
|
||||
long lStdHandle;
|
||||
CONSOLE_SCREEN_BUFFER_INFO coninfo;
|
||||
FILE *fp;
|
||||
|
||||
// Trying to attach to the console of the parent process.
|
||||
BOOL successful = AttachConsole(ATTACH_PARENT_PROCESS);
|
||||
// In case that the parent process has no console return false and do no input/output redirection.
|
||||
if ( !successful )
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
|
||||
// Set the screen buffer to be big enough to let us scroll text
|
||||
GetConsoleScreenBufferInfo(GetStdHandle(STD_OUTPUT_HANDLE), &coninfo);
|
||||
// Set maximum console lines.
|
||||
coninfo.dwSize.Y = 500;
|
||||
SetConsoleScreenBufferSize(GetStdHandle(STD_OUTPUT_HANDLE), coninfo.dwSize);
|
||||
|
||||
// Redirect unbuffered STDOUT to the console.
|
||||
lStdHandle = (long)GetStdHandle(STD_OUTPUT_HANDLE);
|
||||
hConHandle = _open_osfhandle(lStdHandle, _O_TEXT);
|
||||
if ( hConHandle != -1 ) {
|
||||
fp = _fdopen( hConHandle, "w" );
|
||||
*stdout = *fp;
|
||||
setvbuf( stdout, NULL, _IONBF, 0 );
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Redirect unbuffered STDIN to the console.
|
||||
lStdHandle = (long)GetStdHandle(STD_INPUT_HANDLE);
|
||||
hConHandle = _open_osfhandle(lStdHandle, _O_TEXT);
|
||||
if ( hConHandle != -1 ) {
|
||||
fp = _fdopen( hConHandle, "r" );
|
||||
*stdin = *fp;
|
||||
setvbuf( stdin, NULL, _IONBF, 0 );
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Redirect unbuffered STDERR to the console.
|
||||
lStdHandle = (long)GetStdHandle(STD_ERROR_HANDLE);
|
||||
hConHandle = _open_osfhandle(lStdHandle, _O_TEXT);
|
||||
if ( hConHandle != -1 ) {
|
||||
fp = _fdopen( hConHandle, "w" );
|
||||
*stderr = *fp;
|
||||
setvbuf( stderr, NULL, _IONBF, 0 );
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Make cout, wcout, cin, wcin, wcerr, cerr, wclog and clog point to console as well.
|
||||
std::ios::sync_with_stdio();
|
||||
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
#else
|
||||
bool attachToConsole()
|
||||
{
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
using namespace tschweitzer::debugging;
|
||||
|
||||
/*!
|
||||
/brief Entry point to UniversalIndentGUI application.
|
||||
|
||||
Evaluates the following parameters:
|
||||
No parameters starts without server and full gui.
|
||||
A string without any parameter prefix will be loaded as file on start.
|
||||
-p --plugin : Run as plugin. Server will be started with a simplified gui.
|
||||
-s --server : Run as server only without gui.
|
||||
If -p and -s are set, -p will be used.
|
||||
-v --verbose needs a following parameter defining the verbose level as a number from 0 to 3.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int main(int argc, char *argv[]) {
|
||||
QString file2OpenOnStart = "";
|
||||
int verboseLevel = 1;
|
||||
bool startAsPlugin = false;
|
||||
bool startAsServer = false;
|
||||
bool tclapExitExceptionThrown = false;
|
||||
int returnValue = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
bool attachedToConsole = false;
|
||||
attachedToConsole = attachToConsole();
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __APPLE__
|
||||
// Filter out -psn_0_118813 and similar parameters.
|
||||
std::vector<char*> argList;
|
||||
for ( int i = 0; i < argc; i++ ) {
|
||||
QString argString(argv[i]);
|
||||
|
||||
if ( argString.startsWith("-psn_") == false ) {
|
||||
argList.push_back(argv[i]);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else {
|
||||
// std::cerr << std::endl << "The parameter "<< i << " is an invalid finder parameter. Parameter was " << argv[i] << std::endl;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
for ( size_t i = 0; i < argList.size(); i++ ) {
|
||||
argv[i] = argList.at(i);
|
||||
}
|
||||
argc = argList.size();
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// Wrap everything in a try block. Do this every time,
|
||||
// because exceptions will be thrown for problems.
|
||||
try {
|
||||
// Define the command line object.
|
||||
TCLAP::CmdLine cmd("If -p and -s are set, -p will be used.\nGiving no parameters starts full gui without server.", ' ', "UiGUI version " PROGRAM_VERSION_STRING " " PROGRAM_REVISION);
|
||||
cmd.setExceptionHandling(false);
|
||||
|
||||
// Define a value argument and add it to the command line.
|
||||
TCLAP::UnlabeledValueArg<std::string> filenameArg("file", "Opens the by filename defined file on start" , false, "", "filename");
|
||||
cmd.add( filenameArg );
|
||||
|
||||
// Define a switch and add it to the command line.
|
||||
TCLAP::SwitchArg pluginSwitch("p", "plugin", "Run as plugin. Server will be started with a simplified gui", false);
|
||||
cmd.add( pluginSwitch );
|
||||
|
||||
// Define a switch and add it to the command line.
|
||||
TCLAP::SwitchArg serverSwitch("s", "server", "Run as server only without gui", false);
|
||||
cmd.add( serverSwitch );
|
||||
|
||||
// Define a value argument and add it to the command line.
|
||||
TCLAP::ValueArg<int> verboselevelArg("v", "verbose", "Sets how many info is written to the log. 0 means with debug info, 3 means critical messages only" , false, 1, "int");
|
||||
cmd.add( verboselevelArg );
|
||||
|
||||
// Parse the args.
|
||||
cmd.parse( argc, argv );
|
||||
|
||||
// Get the value parsed by each arg.
|
||||
file2OpenOnStart = filenameArg.getValue().c_str();
|
||||
startAsPlugin = pluginSwitch.getValue();
|
||||
startAsServer = serverSwitch.getValue();
|
||||
verboseLevel = verboselevelArg.getValue();
|
||||
}
|
||||
catch (TCLAP::ArgException &e) { // catch arg exceptions
|
||||
std::cerr << std::endl << "error: " << e.error() << ". " << e.argId() << std::endl;
|
||||
returnValue = 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
catch (TCLAP::ExitException &e) { // catch exit exceptions
|
||||
tclapExitExceptionThrown = true;
|
||||
returnValue = e.getExitStatus();
|
||||
}
|
||||
catch (...) { // catch any exceptions
|
||||
std::cerr << std::endl << "There was an error! Maybe faulty command line arguments set. See --help." << std::endl;
|
||||
returnValue = 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if ( returnValue != 0 || tclapExitExceptionThrown ) {
|
||||
#ifdef _MSC_VER
|
||||
if ( attachedToConsole ) {
|
||||
// Workaround for skipped command line prompt: Get the current working directory and print it to console.
|
||||
char* buffer;
|
||||
if( (buffer = _getcwd( NULL, 0 )) != NULL ) {
|
||||
std::cerr << std::endl << buffer << ">";
|
||||
free(buffer);
|
||||
}
|
||||
// Release the connection to the parents console.
|
||||
FreeConsole();
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
return returnValue;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
QApplication app(argc, argv);
|
||||
UiGuiIndentServer server;
|
||||
MainWindow *mainWindow = NULL;
|
||||
IndentHandler *indentHandler = NULL;
|
||||
|
||||
// Init and install the logger function.
|
||||
// Setting UTF-8 as default 8-Bit encoding to ensure that qDebug does no false string conversion.
|
||||
QTextCodec::setCodecForCStrings( QTextCodec::codecForName("UTF-8") );
|
||||
QTextCodec::setCodecForLocale( QTextCodec::codecForName("UTF-8") );
|
||||
// Force creation of an TSLogger instance here, to avoid recursion with SettingsPaths init function.
|
||||
#ifdef _DEBUG
|
||||
TSLogger::getInstance(0);
|
||||
#else
|
||||
TSLogger::getInstance(verboseLevel);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
qInstallMsgHandler( TSLogger::messageHandler );
|
||||
TSLogger::messageHandler( TSLoggerInfoMsg, QString("Starting UiGUI Version %1 %2").arg(PROGRAM_VERSION_STRING).arg(PROGRAM_REVISION).toAscii() );
|
||||
TSLogger::messageHandler( TSLoggerInfoMsg, QString("Running on %1").arg(UiGuiSystemInfo::getOperatingSystem()).toAscii() );
|
||||
|
||||
// Set default values for all by UniversalIndentGUI used settings objects.
|
||||
QCoreApplication::setOrganizationName("UniversalIndentGUI");
|
||||
QCoreApplication::setOrganizationDomain("universalindent.sf.net");
|
||||
QCoreApplication::setApplicationName("UniversalIndentGUI");
|
||||
|
||||
// Start normal with full gui and without server.
|
||||
if ( !startAsPlugin && !startAsServer ) {
|
||||
mainWindow = new MainWindow(file2OpenOnStart);
|
||||
mainWindow->show();
|
||||
}
|
||||
// Start as plugin with server.
|
||||
else if ( startAsPlugin ) {
|
||||
server.startServer();
|
||||
indentHandler = new IndentHandler(0);
|
||||
indentHandler->show();
|
||||
}
|
||||
// Start as server only without any gui.
|
||||
else if ( startAsServer ) {
|
||||
server.startServer();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
try {
|
||||
returnValue = app.exec();
|
||||
}
|
||||
catch (std::exception &ex) {
|
||||
qCritical() << __LINE__ << " " << __FUNCTION__ << ": Something went terribly wrong:" << ex.what();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if ( startAsPlugin || startAsServer )
|
||||
server.stopServer();
|
||||
|
||||
delete indentHandler;
|
||||
delete mainWindow;
|
||||
|
||||
SettingsPaths::cleanAndRemoveTempDir();
|
||||
TSLogger::deleteInstance();
|
||||
|
||||
return returnValue;
|
||||
}
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,161 @@
|
||||
K 25
|
||||
svn:wc:ra_dav:version-url
|
||||
V 54
|
||||
/svnroot/universalindent/!svn/ver/1011/trunk/src/tclap
|
||||
END
|
||||
SwitchArg.h
|
||||
K 25
|
||||
svn:wc:ra_dav:version-url
|
||||
V 65
|
||||
/svnroot/universalindent/!svn/ver/992/trunk/src/tclap/SwitchArg.h
|
||||
END
|
||||
Makefile.in
|
||||
K 25
|
||||
svn:wc:ra_dav:version-url
|
||||
V 65
|
||||
/svnroot/universalindent/!svn/ver/992/trunk/src/tclap/Makefile.in
|
||||
END
|
||||
CmdLineOutput.h
|
||||
K 25
|
||||
svn:wc:ra_dav:version-url
|
||||
V 69
|
||||
/svnroot/universalindent/!svn/ver/992/trunk/src/tclap/CmdLineOutput.h
|
||||
END
|
||||
CmdLineInterface.h
|
||||
K 25
|
||||
svn:wc:ra_dav:version-url
|
||||
V 72
|
||||
/svnroot/universalindent/!svn/ver/992/trunk/src/tclap/CmdLineInterface.h
|
||||
END
|
||||
Visitor.h
|
||||
K 25
|
||||
svn:wc:ra_dav:version-url
|
||||
V 63
|
||||
/svnroot/universalindent/!svn/ver/992/trunk/src/tclap/Visitor.h
|
||||
END
|
||||
ArgTraits.h
|
||||
K 25
|
||||
svn:wc:ra_dav:version-url
|
||||
V 65
|
||||
/svnroot/universalindent/!svn/ver/992/trunk/src/tclap/ArgTraits.h
|
||||
END
|
||||
UnlabeledMultiArg.h
|
||||
K 25
|
||||
svn:wc:ra_dav:version-url
|
||||
V 73
|
||||
/svnroot/universalindent/!svn/ver/992/trunk/src/tclap/UnlabeledMultiArg.h
|
||||
END
|
||||
IgnoreRestVisitor.h
|
||||
K 25
|
||||
svn:wc:ra_dav:version-url
|
||||
V 73
|
||||
/svnroot/universalindent/!svn/ver/992/trunk/src/tclap/IgnoreRestVisitor.h
|
||||
END
|
||||
DocBookOutput.h
|
||||
K 25
|
||||
svn:wc:ra_dav:version-url
|
||||
V 69
|
||||
/svnroot/universalindent/!svn/ver/992/trunk/src/tclap/DocBookOutput.h
|
||||
END
|
||||
ValuesConstraint.h
|
||||
K 25
|
||||
svn:wc:ra_dav:version-url
|
||||
V 72
|
||||
/svnroot/universalindent/!svn/ver/992/trunk/src/tclap/ValuesConstraint.h
|
||||
END
|
||||
VersionVisitor.h
|
||||
K 25
|
||||
svn:wc:ra_dav:version-url
|
||||
V 70
|
||||
/svnroot/universalindent/!svn/ver/992/trunk/src/tclap/VersionVisitor.h
|
||||
END
|
||||
MultiSwitchArg.h
|
||||
K 25
|
||||
svn:wc:ra_dav:version-url
|
||||
V 70
|
||||
/svnroot/universalindent/!svn/ver/992/trunk/src/tclap/MultiSwitchArg.h
|
||||
END
|
||||
ValueArg.h
|
||||
K 25
|
||||
svn:wc:ra_dav:version-url
|
||||
V 64
|
||||
/svnroot/universalindent/!svn/ver/992/trunk/src/tclap/ValueArg.h
|
||||
END
|
||||
XorHandler.h
|
||||
K 25
|
||||
svn:wc:ra_dav:version-url
|
||||
V 66
|
||||
/svnroot/universalindent/!svn/ver/992/trunk/src/tclap/XorHandler.h
|
||||
END
|
||||
HelpVisitor.h
|
||||
K 25
|
||||
svn:wc:ra_dav:version-url
|
||||
V 67
|
||||
/svnroot/universalindent/!svn/ver/992/trunk/src/tclap/HelpVisitor.h
|
||||
END
|
||||
Arg.h
|
||||
K 25
|
||||
svn:wc:ra_dav:version-url
|
||||
V 59
|
||||
/svnroot/universalindent/!svn/ver/992/trunk/src/tclap/Arg.h
|
||||
END
|
||||
CmdLine.h
|
||||
K 25
|
||||
svn:wc:ra_dav:version-url
|
||||
V 64
|
||||
/svnroot/universalindent/!svn/ver/1011/trunk/src/tclap/CmdLine.h
|
||||
END
|
||||
StdOutput.h
|
||||
K 25
|
||||
svn:wc:ra_dav:version-url
|
||||
V 65
|
||||
/svnroot/universalindent/!svn/ver/992/trunk/src/tclap/StdOutput.h
|
||||
END
|
||||
OptionalUnlabeledTracker.h
|
||||
K 25
|
||||
svn:wc:ra_dav:version-url
|
||||
V 80
|
||||
/svnroot/universalindent/!svn/ver/992/trunk/src/tclap/OptionalUnlabeledTracker.h
|
||||
END
|
||||
ZshCompletionOutput.h
|
||||
K 25
|
||||
svn:wc:ra_dav:version-url
|
||||
V 75
|
||||
/svnroot/universalindent/!svn/ver/992/trunk/src/tclap/ZshCompletionOutput.h
|
||||
END
|
||||
UnlabeledValueArg.h
|
||||
K 25
|
||||
svn:wc:ra_dav:version-url
|
||||
V 73
|
||||
/svnroot/universalindent/!svn/ver/992/trunk/src/tclap/UnlabeledValueArg.h
|
||||
END
|
||||
Makefile.am
|
||||
K 25
|
||||
svn:wc:ra_dav:version-url
|
||||
V 65
|
||||
/svnroot/universalindent/!svn/ver/992/trunk/src/tclap/Makefile.am
|
||||
END
|
||||
MultiArg.h
|
||||
K 25
|
||||
svn:wc:ra_dav:version-url
|
||||
V 64
|
||||
/svnroot/universalindent/!svn/ver/992/trunk/src/tclap/MultiArg.h
|
||||
END
|
||||
Constraint.h
|
||||
K 25
|
||||
svn:wc:ra_dav:version-url
|
||||
V 66
|
||||
/svnroot/universalindent/!svn/ver/992/trunk/src/tclap/Constraint.h
|
||||
END
|
||||
StandardTraits.h
|
||||
K 25
|
||||
svn:wc:ra_dav:version-url
|
||||
V 70
|
||||
/svnroot/universalindent/!svn/ver/992/trunk/src/tclap/StandardTraits.h
|
||||
END
|
||||
ArgException.h
|
||||
K 25
|
||||
svn:wc:ra_dav:version-url
|
||||
V 68
|
||||
/svnroot/universalindent/!svn/ver/992/trunk/src/tclap/ArgException.h
|
||||
END
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
|
||||
K 13
|
||||
svn:eol-style
|
||||
V 6
|
||||
native
|
||||
END
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
|
||||
K 13
|
||||
svn:eol-style
|
||||
V 6
|
||||
native
|
||||
END
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
|
||||
K 13
|
||||
svn:eol-style
|
||||
V 6
|
||||
native
|
||||
END
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
|
||||
K 13
|
||||
svn:eol-style
|
||||
V 6
|
||||
native
|
||||
END
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
|
||||
K 13
|
||||
svn:eol-style
|
||||
V 6
|
||||
native
|
||||
END
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
|
||||
K 13
|
||||
svn:eol-style
|
||||
V 6
|
||||
native
|
||||
END
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
|
||||
K 13
|
||||
svn:eol-style
|
||||
V 6
|
||||
native
|
||||
END
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
|
||||
K 13
|
||||
svn:eol-style
|
||||
V 6
|
||||
native
|
||||
END
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
|
||||
K 13
|
||||
svn:eol-style
|
||||
V 6
|
||||
native
|
||||
END
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
|
||||
K 13
|
||||
svn:eol-style
|
||||
V 6
|
||||
native
|
||||
END
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
|
||||
K 13
|
||||
svn:eol-style
|
||||
V 6
|
||||
native
|
||||
END
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
|
||||
K 13
|
||||
svn:eol-style
|
||||
V 6
|
||||
native
|
||||
END
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
|
||||
K 13
|
||||
svn:eol-style
|
||||
V 6
|
||||
native
|
||||
END
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
|
||||
K 13
|
||||
svn:eol-style
|
||||
V 6
|
||||
native
|
||||
END
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
|
||||
K 13
|
||||
svn:eol-style
|
||||
V 6
|
||||
native
|
||||
END
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
|
||||
K 13
|
||||
svn:eol-style
|
||||
V 6
|
||||
native
|
||||
END
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
|
||||
K 13
|
||||
svn:eol-style
|
||||
V 6
|
||||
native
|
||||
END
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
|
||||
K 13
|
||||
svn:eol-style
|
||||
V 6
|
||||
native
|
||||
END
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
|
||||
K 13
|
||||
svn:eol-style
|
||||
V 6
|
||||
native
|
||||
END
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
|
||||
K 13
|
||||
svn:eol-style
|
||||
V 6
|
||||
native
|
||||
END
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
|
||||
K 13
|
||||
svn:eol-style
|
||||
V 6
|
||||
native
|
||||
END
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
|
||||
K 13
|
||||
svn:eol-style
|
||||
V 6
|
||||
native
|
||||
END
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
|
||||
K 13
|
||||
svn:eol-style
|
||||
V 6
|
||||
native
|
||||
END
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
|
||||
K 13
|
||||
svn:eol-style
|
||||
V 6
|
||||
native
|
||||
END
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
|
||||
K 13
|
||||
svn:eol-style
|
||||
V 6
|
||||
native
|
||||
END
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
|
||||
K 13
|
||||
svn:eol-style
|
||||
V 6
|
||||
native
|
||||
END
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,672 @@
|
||||
// -*- Mode: c++; c-basic-offset: 4; tab-width: 4; -*-
|
||||
|
||||
/******************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* file: Arg.h
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2003, Michael E. Smoot .
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2004, Michael E. Smoot, Daniel Aarno .
|
||||
* All rights reverved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* See the file COPYING in the top directory of this distribution for
|
||||
* more information.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED _AS IS_, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS
|
||||
* OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
|
||||
* FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
|
||||
* THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
|
||||
* LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
|
||||
* FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER
|
||||
* DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*****************************************************************************/
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef TCLAP_ARGUMENT_H
|
||||
#define TCLAP_ARGUMENT_H
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
|
||||
#include <config.h>
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#define HAVE_SSTREAM
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include <string>
|
||||
#include <vector>
|
||||
#include <list>
|
||||
#include <iostream>
|
||||
#include <iomanip>
|
||||
#include <cstdio>
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(HAVE_SSTREAM)
|
||||
#include <sstream>
|
||||
typedef std::istringstream istringstream;
|
||||
#elif defined(HAVE_STRSTREAM)
|
||||
#include <strstream>
|
||||
typedef std::istrstream istringstream;
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#error "Need a stringstream (sstream or strstream) to compile!"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include <tclap/ArgException.h>
|
||||
#include <tclap/Visitor.h>
|
||||
#include <tclap/CmdLineInterface.h>
|
||||
#include <tclap/ArgTraits.h>
|
||||
#include <tclap/StandardTraits.h>
|
||||
|
||||
namespace TCLAP {
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* A virtual base class that defines the essential data for all arguments.
|
||||
* This class, or one of its existing children, must be subclassed to do
|
||||
* anything.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
class Arg
|
||||
{
|
||||
private:
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Indicates whether the rest of the arguments should be ignored.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static bool& ignoreRestRef() { static bool ign = false; return ign; }
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* The delimiter that separates an argument flag/name from the
|
||||
* value.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static char& delimiterRef() { static char delim = ' '; return delim; }
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* The single char flag used to identify the argument.
|
||||
* This value (preceded by a dash {-}), can be used to identify
|
||||
* an argument on the command line. The _flag can be blank,
|
||||
* in fact this is how unlabeled args work. Unlabeled args must
|
||||
* override appropriate functions to get correct handling. Note
|
||||
* that the _flag does NOT include the dash as part of the flag.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
std::string _flag;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* A single work namd indentifying the argument.
|
||||
* This value (preceded by two dashed {--}) can also be used
|
||||
* to identify an argument on the command line. Note that the
|
||||
* _name does NOT include the two dashes as part of the _name. The
|
||||
* _name cannot be blank.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
std::string _name;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Description of the argument.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
std::string _description;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Indicating whether the argument is required.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
bool _required;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Label to be used in usage description. Normally set to
|
||||
* "required", but can be changed when necessary.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
std::string _requireLabel;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Indicates whether a value is required for the argument.
|
||||
* Note that the value may be required but the argument/value
|
||||
* combination may not be, as specified by _required.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
bool _valueRequired;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Indicates whether the argument has been set.
|
||||
* Indicates that a value on the command line has matched the
|
||||
* name/flag of this argument and the values have been set accordingly.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
bool _alreadySet;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* A pointer to a vistitor object.
|
||||
* The visitor allows special handling to occur as soon as the
|
||||
* argument is matched. This defaults to NULL and should not
|
||||
* be used unless absolutely necessary.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
Visitor* _visitor;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Whether this argument can be ignored, if desired.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
bool _ignoreable;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Indicates that the arg was set as part of an XOR and not on the
|
||||
* command line.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
bool _xorSet;
|
||||
|
||||
bool _acceptsMultipleValues;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Performs the special handling described by the Vistitor.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void _checkWithVisitor() const;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Primary constructor. YOU (yes you) should NEVER construct an Arg
|
||||
* directly, this is a base class that is extended by various children
|
||||
* that are meant to be used. Use SwitchArg, ValueArg, MultiArg,
|
||||
* UnlabeledValueArg, or UnlabeledMultiArg instead.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param flag - The flag identifying the argument.
|
||||
* \param name - The name identifying the argument.
|
||||
* \param desc - The description of the argument, used in the usage.
|
||||
* \param req - Whether the argument is required.
|
||||
* \param valreq - Whether the a value is required for the argument.
|
||||
* \param v - The visitor checked by the argument. Defaults to NULL.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
Arg( const std::string& flag,
|
||||
const std::string& name,
|
||||
const std::string& desc,
|
||||
bool req,
|
||||
bool valreq,
|
||||
Visitor* v = NULL );
|
||||
|
||||
public:
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Destructor.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
virtual ~Arg();
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Adds this to the specified list of Args.
|
||||
* \param argList - The list to add this to.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
virtual void addToList( std::list<Arg*>& argList ) const;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Begin ignoring arguments since the "--" argument was specified.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static void beginIgnoring() { ignoreRestRef() = true; }
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Whether to ignore the rest.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static bool ignoreRest() { return ignoreRestRef(); }
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* The delimiter that separates an argument flag/name from the
|
||||
* value.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static char delimiter() { return delimiterRef(); }
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* The char used as a place holder when SwitchArgs are combined.
|
||||
* Currently set to the bell char (ASCII 7).
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static char blankChar() { return (char)7; }
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* The char that indicates the beginning of a flag. Currently '-'.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static char flagStartChar() { return '-'; }
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* The sting that indicates the beginning of a flag. Currently "-".
|
||||
* Should be identical to flagStartChar.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static const std::string flagStartString() { return "-"; }
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* The sting that indicates the beginning of a name. Currently "--".
|
||||
* Should be flagStartChar twice.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static const std::string nameStartString() { return "--"; }
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* The name used to identify the ignore rest argument.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static const std::string ignoreNameString() { return "ignore_rest"; }
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Sets the delimiter for all arguments.
|
||||
* \param c - The character that delimits flags/names from values.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static void setDelimiter( char c ) { delimiterRef() = c; }
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Pure virtual method meant to handle the parsing and value assignment
|
||||
* of the string on the command line.
|
||||
* \param i - Pointer the the current argument in the list.
|
||||
* \param args - Mutable list of strings. What is
|
||||
* passed in from main.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
virtual bool processArg(int *i, std::vector<std::string>& args) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Operator ==.
|
||||
* Equality operator. Must be virtual to handle unlabeled args.
|
||||
* \param a - The Arg to be compared to this.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
virtual bool operator==(const Arg& a) const;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Returns the argument flag.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
const std::string& getFlag() const;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Returns the argument name.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
const std::string& getName() const;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Returns the argument description.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
std::string getDescription() const;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Indicates whether the argument is required.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
virtual bool isRequired() const;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Sets _required to true. This is used by the XorHandler.
|
||||
* You really have no reason to ever use it.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void forceRequired();
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Sets the _alreadySet value to true. This is used by the XorHandler.
|
||||
* You really have no reason to ever use it.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void xorSet();
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Indicates whether a value must be specified for argument.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
bool isValueRequired() const;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Indicates whether the argument has already been set. Only true
|
||||
* if the arg has been matched on the command line.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
bool isSet() const;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Indicates whether the argument can be ignored, if desired.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
bool isIgnoreable() const;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* A method that tests whether a string matches this argument.
|
||||
* This is generally called by the processArg() method. This
|
||||
* method could be re-implemented by a child to change how
|
||||
* arguments are specified on the command line.
|
||||
* \param s - The string to be compared to the flag/name to determine
|
||||
* whether the arg matches.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
virtual bool argMatches( const std::string& s ) const;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Returns a simple string representation of the argument.
|
||||
* Primarily for debugging.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
virtual std::string toString() const;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Returns a short ID for the usage.
|
||||
* \param valueId - The value used in the id.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
virtual std::string shortID( const std::string& valueId = "val" ) const;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Returns a long ID for the usage.
|
||||
* \param valueId - The value used in the id.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
virtual std::string longID( const std::string& valueId = "val" ) const;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Trims a value off of the flag.
|
||||
* \param flag - The string from which the flag and value will be
|
||||
* trimmed. Contains the flag once the value has been trimmed.
|
||||
* \param value - Where the value trimmed from the string will
|
||||
* be stored.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
virtual void trimFlag( std::string& flag, std::string& value ) const;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Checks whether a given string has blank chars, indicating that
|
||||
* it is a combined SwitchArg. If so, return true, otherwise return
|
||||
* false.
|
||||
* \param s - string to be checked.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
bool _hasBlanks( const std::string& s ) const;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Sets the requireLabel. Used by XorHandler. You shouldn't ever
|
||||
* use this.
|
||||
* \param s - Set the requireLabel to this value.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void setRequireLabel( const std::string& s );
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Used for MultiArgs and XorHandler to determine whether args
|
||||
* can still be set.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
virtual bool allowMore();
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Use by output classes to determine whether an Arg accepts
|
||||
* multiple values.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
virtual bool acceptsMultipleValues();
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Clears the Arg object and allows it to be reused by new
|
||||
* command lines.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
virtual void reset();
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Typedef of an Arg list iterator.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef std::list<Arg*>::iterator ArgListIterator;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Typedef of an Arg vector iterator.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef std::vector<Arg*>::iterator ArgVectorIterator;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Typedef of a Visitor list iterator.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef std::list<Visitor*>::iterator VisitorListIterator;
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Extract a value of type T from it's string representation contained
|
||||
* in strVal. The ValueLike parameter used to select the correct
|
||||
* specialization of ExtractValue depending on the value traits of T.
|
||||
* ValueLike traits use operator>> to assign the value from strVal.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
template<typename T> void
|
||||
ExtractValue(T &destVal, const std::string& strVal, ValueLike vl)
|
||||
{
|
||||
static_cast<void>(vl); // Avoid warning about unused vl
|
||||
std::istringstream is(strVal);
|
||||
|
||||
int valuesRead = 0;
|
||||
while ( is.good() ) {
|
||||
if ( is.peek() != EOF )
|
||||
#ifdef TCLAP_SETBASE_ZERO
|
||||
is >> std::setbase(0) >> destVal;
|
||||
#else
|
||||
is >> destVal;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
else
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
valuesRead++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if ( is.fail() )
|
||||
throw( ArgParseException("Couldn't read argument value "
|
||||
"from string '" + strVal + "'"));
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
if ( valuesRead > 1 )
|
||||
throw( ArgParseException("More than one valid value parsed from "
|
||||
"string '" + strVal + "'"));
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Extract a value of type T from it's string representation contained
|
||||
* in strVal. The ValueLike parameter used to select the correct
|
||||
* specialization of ExtractValue depending on the value traits of T.
|
||||
* StringLike uses assignment (operator=) to assign from strVal.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
template<typename T> void
|
||||
ExtractValue(T &destVal, const std::string& strVal, StringLike sl)
|
||||
{
|
||||
static_cast<void>(sl); // Avoid warning about unused sl
|
||||
SetString(destVal, strVal);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
//BEGIN Arg.cpp
|
||||
//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
inline Arg::Arg(const std::string& flag,
|
||||
const std::string& name,
|
||||
const std::string& desc,
|
||||
bool req,
|
||||
bool valreq,
|
||||
Visitor* v) :
|
||||
_flag(flag),
|
||||
_name(name),
|
||||
_description(desc),
|
||||
_required(req),
|
||||
_requireLabel("required"),
|
||||
_valueRequired(valreq),
|
||||
_alreadySet(false),
|
||||
_visitor( v ),
|
||||
_ignoreable(true),
|
||||
_xorSet(false),
|
||||
_acceptsMultipleValues(false)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if ( _flag.length() > 1 )
|
||||
throw(SpecificationException(
|
||||
"Argument flag can only be one character long", toString() ) );
|
||||
|
||||
if ( _name != ignoreNameString() &&
|
||||
( _flag == Arg::flagStartString() ||
|
||||
_flag == Arg::nameStartString() ||
|
||||
_flag == " " ) )
|
||||
throw(SpecificationException("Argument flag cannot be either '" +
|
||||
Arg::flagStartString() + "' or '" +
|
||||
Arg::nameStartString() + "' or a space.",
|
||||
toString() ) );
|
||||
|
||||
if ( ( _name.substr( 0, Arg::flagStartString().length() ) == Arg::flagStartString() ) ||
|
||||
( _name.substr( 0, Arg::nameStartString().length() ) == Arg::nameStartString() ) ||
|
||||
( _name.find( " ", 0 ) != std::string::npos ) )
|
||||
throw(SpecificationException("Argument name begin with either '" +
|
||||
Arg::flagStartString() + "' or '" +
|
||||
Arg::nameStartString() + "' or space.",
|
||||
toString() ) );
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline Arg::~Arg() { }
|
||||
|
||||
inline std::string Arg::shortID( const std::string& valueId ) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
std::string id = "";
|
||||
|
||||
if ( _flag != "" )
|
||||
id = Arg::flagStartString() + _flag;
|
||||
else
|
||||
id = Arg::nameStartString() + _name;
|
||||
|
||||
if ( _valueRequired )
|
||||
id += std::string( 1, Arg::delimiter() ) + "<" + valueId + ">";
|
||||
|
||||
if ( !_required )
|
||||
id = "[" + id + "]";
|
||||
|
||||
return id;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline std::string Arg::longID( const std::string& valueId ) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
std::string id = "";
|
||||
|
||||
if ( _flag != "" )
|
||||
{
|
||||
id += Arg::flagStartString() + _flag;
|
||||
|
||||
if ( _valueRequired )
|
||||
id += std::string( 1, Arg::delimiter() ) + "<" + valueId + ">";
|
||||
|
||||
id += ", ";
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
id += Arg::nameStartString() + _name;
|
||||
|
||||
if ( _valueRequired )
|
||||
id += std::string( 1, Arg::delimiter() ) + "<" + valueId + ">";
|
||||
|
||||
return id;
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline bool Arg::operator==(const Arg& a) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
if ( ( _flag != "" && _flag == a._flag ) || _name == a._name)
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
else
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline std::string Arg::getDescription() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
std::string desc = "";
|
||||
if ( _required )
|
||||
desc = "(" + _requireLabel + ") ";
|
||||
|
||||
// if ( _valueRequired )
|
||||
// desc += "(value required) ";
|
||||
|
||||
desc += _description;
|
||||
return desc;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline const std::string& Arg::getFlag() const { return _flag; }
|
||||
|
||||
inline const std::string& Arg::getName() const { return _name; }
|
||||
|
||||
inline bool Arg::isRequired() const { return _required; }
|
||||
|
||||
inline bool Arg::isValueRequired() const { return _valueRequired; }
|
||||
|
||||
inline bool Arg::isSet() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
if ( _alreadySet && !_xorSet )
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
else
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline bool Arg::isIgnoreable() const { return _ignoreable; }
|
||||
|
||||
inline void Arg::setRequireLabel( const std::string& s)
|
||||
{
|
||||
_requireLabel = s;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline bool Arg::argMatches( const std::string& argFlag ) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
if ( ( argFlag == Arg::flagStartString() + _flag && _flag != "" ) ||
|
||||
argFlag == Arg::nameStartString() + _name )
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
else
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline std::string Arg::toString() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
std::string s = "";
|
||||
|
||||
if ( _flag != "" )
|
||||
s += Arg::flagStartString() + _flag + " ";
|
||||
|
||||
s += "(" + Arg::nameStartString() + _name + ")";
|
||||
|
||||
return s;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline void Arg::_checkWithVisitor() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
if ( _visitor != NULL )
|
||||
_visitor->visit();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Implementation of trimFlag.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
inline void Arg::trimFlag(std::string& flag, std::string& value) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
int stop = 0;
|
||||
for ( int i = 0; static_cast<unsigned int>(i) < flag.length(); i++ )
|
||||
if ( flag[i] == Arg::delimiter() )
|
||||
{
|
||||
stop = i;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if ( stop > 1 )
|
||||
{
|
||||
value = flag.substr(stop+1);
|
||||
flag = flag.substr(0,stop);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Implementation of _hasBlanks.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
inline bool Arg::_hasBlanks( const std::string& s ) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
for ( int i = 1; static_cast<unsigned int>(i) < s.length(); i++ )
|
||||
if ( s[i] == Arg::blankChar() )
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline void Arg::forceRequired()
|
||||
{
|
||||
_required = true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline void Arg::xorSet()
|
||||
{
|
||||
_alreadySet = true;
|
||||
_xorSet = true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Overridden by Args that need to added to the end of the list.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
inline void Arg::addToList( std::list<Arg*>& argList ) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
argList.push_front( const_cast<Arg*>(this) );
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline bool Arg::allowMore()
|
||||
{
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline bool Arg::acceptsMultipleValues()
|
||||
{
|
||||
return _acceptsMultipleValues;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline void Arg::reset()
|
||||
{
|
||||
_xorSet = false;
|
||||
_alreadySet = false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
//END Arg.cpp
|
||||
//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
} //namespace TCLAP
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,200 @@
|
||||
// -*- Mode: c++; c-basic-offset: 4; tab-width: 4; -*-
|
||||
|
||||
/******************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* file: ArgException.h
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2003, Michael E. Smoot .
|
||||
* All rights reverved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* See the file COPYING in the top directory of this distribution for
|
||||
* more information.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED _AS IS_, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS
|
||||
* OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
|
||||
* FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
|
||||
* THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
|
||||
* LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
|
||||
* FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER
|
||||
* DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*****************************************************************************/
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef TCLAP_ARG_EXCEPTION_H
|
||||
#define TCLAP_ARG_EXCEPTION_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include <string>
|
||||
#include <exception>
|
||||
|
||||
namespace TCLAP {
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* A simple class that defines and argument exception. Should be caught
|
||||
* whenever a CmdLine is created and parsed.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
class ArgException : public std::exception
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Constructor.
|
||||
* \param text - The text of the exception.
|
||||
* \param id - The text identifying the argument source.
|
||||
* \param td - Text describing the type of ArgException it is.
|
||||
* of the exception.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
ArgException( const std::string& text = "undefined exception",
|
||||
const std::string& id = "undefined",
|
||||
const std::string& td = "Generic ArgException")
|
||||
: std::exception(),
|
||||
_errorText(text),
|
||||
_argId( id ),
|
||||
_typeDescription(td)
|
||||
{ }
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Destructor.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
virtual ~ArgException() throw() { }
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Returns the error text.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
std::string error() const { return ( _errorText ); }
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Returns the argument id.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
std::string argId() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
if ( _argId == "undefined" )
|
||||
return " ";
|
||||
else
|
||||
return ( "Argument: " + _argId );
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Returns the arg id and error text.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
const char* what() const throw()
|
||||
{
|
||||
static std::string ex;
|
||||
ex = _argId + " -- " + _errorText;
|
||||
return ex.c_str();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Returns the type of the exception. Used to explain and distinguish
|
||||
* between different child exceptions.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
std::string typeDescription() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return _typeDescription;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
private:
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* The text of the exception message.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
std::string _errorText;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* The argument related to this exception.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
std::string _argId;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Describes the type of the exception. Used to distinguish
|
||||
* between different child exceptions.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
std::string _typeDescription;
|
||||
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Thrown from within the child Arg classes when it fails to properly
|
||||
* parse the argument it has been passed.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
class ArgParseException : public ArgException
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Constructor.
|
||||
* \param text - The text of the exception.
|
||||
* \param id - The text identifying the argument source
|
||||
* of the exception.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
ArgParseException( const std::string& text = "undefined exception",
|
||||
const std::string& id = "undefined" )
|
||||
: ArgException( text,
|
||||
id,
|
||||
std::string( "Exception found while parsing " ) +
|
||||
std::string( "the value the Arg has been passed." ))
|
||||
{ }
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Thrown from CmdLine when the arguments on the command line are not
|
||||
* properly specified, e.g. too many arguments, required argument missing, etc.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
class CmdLineParseException : public ArgException
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Constructor.
|
||||
* \param text - The text of the exception.
|
||||
* \param id - The text identifying the argument source
|
||||
* of the exception.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
CmdLineParseException( const std::string& text = "undefined exception",
|
||||
const std::string& id = "undefined" )
|
||||
: ArgException( text,
|
||||
id,
|
||||
std::string( "Exception found when the values ") +
|
||||
std::string( "on the command line do not meet ") +
|
||||
std::string( "the requirements of the defined ") +
|
||||
std::string( "Args." ))
|
||||
{ }
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Thrown from Arg and CmdLine when an Arg is improperly specified, e.g.
|
||||
* same flag as another Arg, same name, etc.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
class SpecificationException : public ArgException
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Constructor.
|
||||
* \param text - The text of the exception.
|
||||
* \param id - The text identifying the argument source
|
||||
* of the exception.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
SpecificationException( const std::string& text = "undefined exception",
|
||||
const std::string& id = "undefined" )
|
||||
: ArgException( text,
|
||||
id,
|
||||
std::string("Exception found when an Arg object ")+
|
||||
std::string("is improperly defined by the ") +
|
||||
std::string("developer." ))
|
||||
{ }
|
||||
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
class ExitException {
|
||||
public:
|
||||
ExitException(int estat) : _estat(estat) {}
|
||||
|
||||
int getExitStatus() const { return _estat; }
|
||||
|
||||
private:
|
||||
int _estat;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
} // namespace TCLAP
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,81 @@
|
||||
// -*- Mode: c++; c-basic-offset: 4; tab-width: 4; -*-
|
||||
|
||||
/******************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* file: ArgTraits.h
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2007, Daniel Aarno, Michael E. Smoot .
|
||||
* All rights reverved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* See the file COPYING in the top directory of this distribution for
|
||||
* more information.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED _AS IS_, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS
|
||||
* OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
|
||||
* FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
|
||||
* THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
|
||||
* LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
|
||||
* FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER
|
||||
* DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*****************************************************************************/
|
||||
|
||||
// This is an internal tclap file, you should probably not have to
|
||||
// include this directly
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef TCLAP_ARGTRAITS_H
|
||||
#define TCLAP_ARGTRAITS_H
|
||||
|
||||
namespace TCLAP {
|
||||
|
||||
// We use two empty structs to get compile type specialization
|
||||
// function to work
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* A value like argument value type is a value that can be set using
|
||||
* operator>>. This is the default value type.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
struct ValueLike {
|
||||
typedef ValueLike ValueCategory;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* A string like argument value type is a value that can be set using
|
||||
* operator=(string). Usefull if the value type contains spaces which
|
||||
* will be broken up into individual tokens by operator>>.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
struct StringLike {};
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* A class can inherit from this object to make it have string like
|
||||
* traits. This is a compile time thing and does not add any overhead
|
||||
* to the inherenting class.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
struct StringLikeTrait {
|
||||
typedef StringLike ValueCategory;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* A class can inherit from this object to make it have value like
|
||||
* traits. This is a compile time thing and does not add any overhead
|
||||
* to the inherenting class.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
struct ValueLikeTrait {
|
||||
typedef ValueLike ValueCategory;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Arg traits are used to get compile type specialization when parsing
|
||||
* argument values. Using an ArgTraits you can specify the way that
|
||||
* values gets assigned to any particular type during parsing. The two
|
||||
* supported types are string like and value like.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
template<typename T>
|
||||
struct ArgTraits {
|
||||
typedef typename T::ValueCategory ValueCategory;
|
||||
//typedef ValueLike ValueCategory;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
} // namespace
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,621 @@
|
||||
// -*- Mode: c++; c-basic-offset: 4; tab-width: 4; -*-
|
||||
|
||||
/******************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* file: CmdLine.h
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2003, Michael E. Smoot .
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2004, Michael E. Smoot, Daniel Aarno.
|
||||
* All rights reverved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* See the file COPYING in the top directory of this distribution for
|
||||
* more information.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED _AS IS_, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS
|
||||
* OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
|
||||
* FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
|
||||
* THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
|
||||
* LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
|
||||
* FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER
|
||||
* DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*****************************************************************************/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef TCLAP_CMDLINE_H
|
||||
#define TCLAP_CMDLINE_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include <tclap/SwitchArg.h>
|
||||
#include <tclap/MultiSwitchArg.h>
|
||||
#include <tclap/UnlabeledValueArg.h>
|
||||
#include <tclap/UnlabeledMultiArg.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#include <tclap/XorHandler.h>
|
||||
#include <tclap/HelpVisitor.h>
|
||||
#include <tclap/VersionVisitor.h>
|
||||
#include <tclap/IgnoreRestVisitor.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#include <tclap/CmdLineOutput.h>
|
||||
#include <tclap/StdOutput.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#include <tclap/Constraint.h>
|
||||
#include <tclap/ValuesConstraint.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#include <string>
|
||||
#include <vector>
|
||||
#include <list>
|
||||
#include <iostream>
|
||||
#include <iomanip>
|
||||
#include <algorithm>
|
||||
#include <stdlib.h> // Needed for exit(), which isn't defined in some envs.
|
||||
|
||||
namespace TCLAP {
|
||||
|
||||
template<typename T> void DelPtr(T ptr)
|
||||
{
|
||||
delete ptr;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
template<typename C> void ClearContainer(C &c)
|
||||
{
|
||||
typedef typename C::value_type value_type;
|
||||
std::for_each(c.begin(), c.end(), DelPtr<value_type>);
|
||||
c.clear();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* The base class that manages the command line definition and passes
|
||||
* along the parsing to the appropriate Arg classes.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
class CmdLine : public CmdLineInterface
|
||||
{
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* The list of arguments that will be tested against the
|
||||
* command line.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
std::list<Arg*> _argList;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* The name of the program. Set to argv[0].
|
||||
*/
|
||||
std::string _progName;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* A message used to describe the program. Used in the usage output.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
std::string _message;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* The version to be displayed with the --version switch.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
std::string _version;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* The number of arguments that are required to be present on
|
||||
* the command line. This is set dynamically, based on the
|
||||
* Args added to the CmdLine object.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int _numRequired;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* The character that is used to separate the argument flag/name
|
||||
* from the value. Defaults to ' ' (space).
|
||||
*/
|
||||
char _delimiter;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* The handler that manages xoring lists of args.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
XorHandler _xorHandler;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* A list of Args to be explicitly deleted when the destructor
|
||||
* is called. At the moment, this only includes the three default
|
||||
* Args.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
std::list<Arg*> _argDeleteOnExitList;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* A list of Visitors to be explicitly deleted when the destructor
|
||||
* is called. At the moment, these are the Vistors created for the
|
||||
* default Args.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
std::list<Visitor*> _visitorDeleteOnExitList;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Object that handles all output for the CmdLine.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
CmdLineOutput* _output;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Should CmdLine handle parsing exceptions internally?
|
||||
*/
|
||||
bool _handleExceptions;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Throws an exception listing the missing args.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void missingArgsException();
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Checks whether a name/flag string matches entirely matches
|
||||
* the Arg::blankChar. Used when multiple switches are combined
|
||||
* into a single argument.
|
||||
* \param s - The message to be used in the usage.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
bool _emptyCombined(const std::string& s);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Perform a delete ptr; operation on ptr when this object is deleted.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void deleteOnExit(Arg* ptr);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Perform a delete ptr; operation on ptr when this object is deleted.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void deleteOnExit(Visitor* ptr);
|
||||
|
||||
private:
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Encapsulates the code common to the constructors
|
||||
* (which is all of it).
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void _constructor();
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Is set to true when a user sets the output object. We use this so
|
||||
* that we don't delete objects that are created outside of this lib.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
bool _userSetOutput;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Whether or not to automatically create help and version switches.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
bool _helpAndVersion;
|
||||
|
||||
public:
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Command line constructor. Defines how the arguments will be
|
||||
* parsed.
|
||||
* \param message - The message to be used in the usage
|
||||
* output.
|
||||
* \param delimiter - The character that is used to separate
|
||||
* the argument flag/name from the value. Defaults to ' ' (space).
|
||||
* \param version - The version number to be used in the
|
||||
* --version switch.
|
||||
* \param helpAndVersion - Whether or not to create the Help and
|
||||
* Version switches. Defaults to true.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
CmdLine(const std::string& message,
|
||||
const char delimiter = ' ',
|
||||
const std::string& version = "none",
|
||||
bool helpAndVersion = true);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Deletes any resources allocated by a CmdLine object.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
virtual ~CmdLine();
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Adds an argument to the list of arguments to be parsed.
|
||||
* \param a - Argument to be added.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void add( Arg& a );
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* An alternative add. Functionally identical.
|
||||
* \param a - Argument to be added.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void add( Arg* a );
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Add two Args that will be xor'd. If this method is used, add does
|
||||
* not need to be called.
|
||||
* \param a - Argument to be added and xor'd.
|
||||
* \param b - Argument to be added and xor'd.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void xorAdd( Arg& a, Arg& b );
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Add a list of Args that will be xor'd. If this method is used,
|
||||
* add does not need to be called.
|
||||
* \param xors - List of Args to be added and xor'd.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void xorAdd( std::vector<Arg*>& xors );
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Parses the command line.
|
||||
* \param argc - Number of arguments.
|
||||
* \param argv - Array of arguments.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void parse(int argc, const char * const * argv);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Parses the command line.
|
||||
* \param args - A vector of strings representing the args.
|
||||
* args[0] is still the program name.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void parse(std::vector<std::string>& args);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
CmdLineOutput* getOutput();
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void setOutput(CmdLineOutput* co);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
std::string& getVersion();
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
std::string& getProgramName();
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
std::list<Arg*>& getArgList();
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
XorHandler& getXorHandler();
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
char getDelimiter();
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
std::string& getMessage();
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
bool hasHelpAndVersion();
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Disables or enables CmdLine's internal parsing exception handling.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param state Should CmdLine handle parsing exceptions internally?
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void setExceptionHandling(const bool state);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Returns the current state of the internal exception handling.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @retval true Parsing exceptions are handled internally.
|
||||
* @retval false Parsing exceptions are propagated to the caller.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
bool getExceptionHandling() const;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Allows the CmdLine object to be reused.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void reset();
|
||||
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
//Begin CmdLine.cpp
|
||||
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
inline CmdLine::CmdLine(const std::string& m,
|
||||
char delim,
|
||||
const std::string& v,
|
||||
bool help )
|
||||
: _progName("not_set_yet"),
|
||||
_message(m),
|
||||
_version(v),
|
||||
_numRequired(0),
|
||||
_delimiter(delim),
|
||||
_handleExceptions(true),
|
||||
_userSetOutput(false),
|
||||
_helpAndVersion(help)
|
||||
{
|
||||
_constructor();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline CmdLine::~CmdLine()
|
||||
{
|
||||
ClearContainer(_argDeleteOnExitList);
|
||||
ClearContainer(_visitorDeleteOnExitList);
|
||||
|
||||
if ( !_userSetOutput ) {
|
||||
delete _output;
|
||||
_output = 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline void CmdLine::_constructor()
|
||||
{
|
||||
_output = new StdOutput;
|
||||
|
||||
Arg::setDelimiter( _delimiter );
|
||||
|
||||
Visitor* v;
|
||||
|
||||
if ( _helpAndVersion )
|
||||
{
|
||||
v = new HelpVisitor( this, &_output );
|
||||
SwitchArg* help = new SwitchArg("h","help",
|
||||
"Displays usage information and exits.",
|
||||
false, v);
|
||||
add( help );
|
||||
deleteOnExit(help);
|
||||
deleteOnExit(v);
|
||||
|
||||
v = new VersionVisitor( this, &_output );
|
||||
SwitchArg* vers = new SwitchArg("","version",
|
||||
"Displays version information and exits.",
|
||||
false, v);
|
||||
add( vers );
|
||||
deleteOnExit(vers);
|
||||
deleteOnExit(v);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
v = new IgnoreRestVisitor();
|
||||
SwitchArg* ignore = new SwitchArg(Arg::flagStartString(),
|
||||
Arg::ignoreNameString(),
|
||||
"Ignores the rest of the labeled arguments following this flag.",
|
||||
false, v);
|
||||
add( ignore );
|
||||
deleteOnExit(ignore);
|
||||
deleteOnExit(v);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline void CmdLine::xorAdd( std::vector<Arg*>& ors )
|
||||
{
|
||||
_xorHandler.add( ors );
|
||||
|
||||
for (ArgVectorIterator it = ors.begin(); it != ors.end(); it++)
|
||||
{
|
||||
(*it)->forceRequired();
|
||||
(*it)->setRequireLabel( "OR required" );
|
||||
|
||||
add( *it );
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline void CmdLine::xorAdd( Arg& a, Arg& b )
|
||||
{
|
||||
std::vector<Arg*> ors;
|
||||
ors.push_back( &a );
|
||||
ors.push_back( &b );
|
||||
xorAdd( ors );
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline void CmdLine::add( Arg& a )
|
||||
{
|
||||
add( &a );
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline void CmdLine::add( Arg* a )
|
||||
{
|
||||
for( ArgListIterator it = _argList.begin(); it != _argList.end(); it++ )
|
||||
if ( *a == *(*it) )
|
||||
throw( SpecificationException(
|
||||
"Argument with same flag/name already exists!",
|
||||
a->longID() ) );
|
||||
|
||||
a->addToList( _argList );
|
||||
|
||||
if ( a->isRequired() )
|
||||
_numRequired++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
inline void CmdLine::parse(int argc, const char * const * argv)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// this step is necessary so that we have easy access to
|
||||
// mutable strings.
|
||||
std::vector<std::string> args;
|
||||
for (int i = 0; i < argc; i++)
|
||||
args.push_back(argv[i]);
|
||||
|
||||
parse(args);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline void CmdLine::parse(std::vector<std::string>& args)
|
||||
{
|
||||
bool shouldExit = false;
|
||||
int estat = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
try {
|
||||
_progName = args.front();
|
||||
args.erase(args.begin());
|
||||
|
||||
int requiredCount = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
for (int i = 0; static_cast<unsigned int>(i) < args.size(); i++) {
|
||||
bool matched = false;
|
||||
for (ArgListIterator it = _argList.begin();
|
||||
it != _argList.end(); it++) {
|
||||
if ( (*it)->processArg( &i, args ) )
|
||||
{
|
||||
requiredCount += _xorHandler.check( *it );
|
||||
matched = true;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// checks to see if the argument is an empty combined
|
||||
// switch and if so, then we've actually matched it
|
||||
if ( !matched && _emptyCombined( args[i] ) )
|
||||
matched = true;
|
||||
|
||||
if ( !matched && !Arg::ignoreRest() )
|
||||
throw(CmdLineParseException("Couldn't find match "
|
||||
"for argument",
|
||||
args[i]));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if ( requiredCount < _numRequired )
|
||||
missingArgsException();
|
||||
|
||||
if ( requiredCount > _numRequired )
|
||||
throw(CmdLineParseException("Too many arguments!"));
|
||||
|
||||
} catch ( ArgException& e ) {
|
||||
// If we're not handling the exceptions, rethrow.
|
||||
if ( !_handleExceptions) {
|
||||
throw;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
try {
|
||||
_output->failure(*this,e);
|
||||
} catch ( ExitException &ee ) {
|
||||
estat = ee.getExitStatus();
|
||||
shouldExit = true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
} catch (ExitException &ee) {
|
||||
// If we're not handling the exceptions, rethrow.
|
||||
if ( !_handleExceptions) {
|
||||
throw;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
estat = ee.getExitStatus();
|
||||
shouldExit = true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (shouldExit)
|
||||
exit(estat);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline bool CmdLine::_emptyCombined(const std::string& s)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if ( s.length() > 0 && s[0] != Arg::flagStartChar() )
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
|
||||
for ( int i = 1; static_cast<unsigned int>(i) < s.length(); i++ )
|
||||
if ( s[i] != Arg::blankChar() )
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline void CmdLine::missingArgsException()
|
||||
{
|
||||
int count = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
std::string missingArgList;
|
||||
for (ArgListIterator it = _argList.begin(); it != _argList.end(); it++)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if ( (*it)->isRequired() && !(*it)->isSet() )
|
||||
{
|
||||
missingArgList += (*it)->getName();
|
||||
missingArgList += ", ";
|
||||
count++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
missingArgList = missingArgList.substr(0,missingArgList.length()-2);
|
||||
|
||||
std::string msg;
|
||||
if ( count > 1 )
|
||||
msg = "Required arguments missing: ";
|
||||
else
|
||||
msg = "Required argument missing: ";
|
||||
|
||||
msg += missingArgList;
|
||||
|
||||
throw(CmdLineParseException(msg));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline void CmdLine::deleteOnExit(Arg* ptr)
|
||||
{
|
||||
_argDeleteOnExitList.push_back(ptr);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline void CmdLine::deleteOnExit(Visitor* ptr)
|
||||
{
|
||||
_visitorDeleteOnExitList.push_back(ptr);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline CmdLineOutput* CmdLine::getOutput()
|
||||
{
|
||||
return _output;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline void CmdLine::setOutput(CmdLineOutput* co)
|
||||
{
|
||||
_userSetOutput = true;
|
||||
_output = co;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline std::string& CmdLine::getVersion()
|
||||
{
|
||||
return _version;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline std::string& CmdLine::getProgramName()
|
||||
{
|
||||
return _progName;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline std::list<Arg*>& CmdLine::getArgList()
|
||||
{
|
||||
return _argList;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline XorHandler& CmdLine::getXorHandler()
|
||||
{
|
||||
return _xorHandler;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline char CmdLine::getDelimiter()
|
||||
{
|
||||
return _delimiter;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline std::string& CmdLine::getMessage()
|
||||
{
|
||||
return _message;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline bool CmdLine::hasHelpAndVersion()
|
||||
{
|
||||
return _helpAndVersion;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline void CmdLine::setExceptionHandling(const bool state)
|
||||
{
|
||||
_handleExceptions = state;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline bool CmdLine::getExceptionHandling() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return _handleExceptions;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline void CmdLine::reset()
|
||||
{
|
||||
for( ArgListIterator it = _argList.begin(); it != _argList.end(); it++ )
|
||||
{
|
||||
(*it)->reset();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
_progName.clear();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
//End CmdLine.cpp
|
||||
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
} //namespace TCLAP
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,150 @@
|
||||
|
||||
/******************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* file: CmdLineInterface.h
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2003, Michael E. Smoot .
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2004, Michael E. Smoot, Daniel Aarno.
|
||||
* All rights reverved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* See the file COPYING in the top directory of this distribution for
|
||||
* more information.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED _AS IS_, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS
|
||||
* OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
|
||||
* FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
|
||||
* THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
|
||||
* LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
|
||||
* FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER
|
||||
* DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*****************************************************************************/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef TCLAP_COMMANDLINE_INTERFACE_H
|
||||
#define TCLAP_COMMANDLINE_INTERFACE_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include <string>
|
||||
#include <vector>
|
||||
#include <list>
|
||||
#include <iostream>
|
||||
#include <algorithm>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
namespace TCLAP {
|
||||
|
||||
class Arg;
|
||||
class CmdLineOutput;
|
||||
class XorHandler;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* The base class that manages the command line definition and passes
|
||||
* along the parsing to the appropriate Arg classes.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
class CmdLineInterface
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Destructor
|
||||
*/
|
||||
virtual ~CmdLineInterface() {}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Adds an argument to the list of arguments to be parsed.
|
||||
* \param a - Argument to be added.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
virtual void add( Arg& a )=0;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* An alternative add. Functionally identical.
|
||||
* \param a - Argument to be added.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
virtual void add( Arg* a )=0;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Add two Args that will be xor'd.
|
||||
* If this method is used, add does
|
||||
* not need to be called.
|
||||
* \param a - Argument to be added and xor'd.
|
||||
* \param b - Argument to be added and xor'd.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
virtual void xorAdd( Arg& a, Arg& b )=0;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Add a list of Args that will be xor'd. If this method is used,
|
||||
* add does not need to be called.
|
||||
* \param xors - List of Args to be added and xor'd.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
virtual void xorAdd( std::vector<Arg*>& xors )=0;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Parses the command line.
|
||||
* \param argc - Number of arguments.
|
||||
* \param argv - Array of arguments.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
virtual void parse(int argc, const char * const * argv)=0;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Parses the command line.
|
||||
* \param args - A vector of strings representing the args.
|
||||
* args[0] is still the program name.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void parse(std::vector<std::string>& args);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Returns the CmdLineOutput object.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
virtual CmdLineOutput* getOutput()=0;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \param co - CmdLineOutput object that we want to use instead.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
virtual void setOutput(CmdLineOutput* co)=0;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Returns the version string.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
virtual std::string& getVersion()=0;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Returns the program name string.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
virtual std::string& getProgramName()=0;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Returns the argList.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
virtual std::list<Arg*>& getArgList()=0;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Returns the XorHandler.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
virtual XorHandler& getXorHandler()=0;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Returns the delimiter string.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
virtual char getDelimiter()=0;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Returns the message string.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
virtual std::string& getMessage()=0;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Indicates whether or not the help and version switches were created
|
||||
* automatically.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
virtual bool hasHelpAndVersion()=0;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Resets the instance as if it had just been constructed so that the
|
||||
* instance can be reused.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
virtual void reset()=0;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
} //namespace
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,74 @@
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/******************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* file: CmdLineOutput.h
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2004, Michael E. Smoot
|
||||
* All rights reverved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* See the file COPYING in the top directory of this distribution for
|
||||
* more information.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED _AS IS_, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS
|
||||
* OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
|
||||
* FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
|
||||
* THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
|
||||
* LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
|
||||
* FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER
|
||||
* DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*****************************************************************************/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef TCLAP_CMDLINEOUTPUT_H
|
||||
#define TCLAP_CMDLINEOUTPUT_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include <string>
|
||||
#include <vector>
|
||||
#include <list>
|
||||
#include <iostream>
|
||||
#include <iomanip>
|
||||
#include <algorithm>
|
||||
|
||||
namespace TCLAP {
|
||||
|
||||
class CmdLineInterface;
|
||||
class ArgException;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* The interface that any output object must implement.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
class CmdLineOutput
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
||||
public:
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Virtual destructor.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
virtual ~CmdLineOutput() {}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Generates some sort of output for the USAGE.
|
||||
* \param c - The CmdLine object the output is generated for.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
virtual void usage(CmdLineInterface& c)=0;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Generates some sort of output for the version.
|
||||
* \param c - The CmdLine object the output is generated for.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
virtual void version(CmdLineInterface& c)=0;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Generates some sort of output for a failure.
|
||||
* \param c - The CmdLine object the output is generated for.
|
||||
* \param e - The ArgException that caused the failure.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
virtual void failure( CmdLineInterface& c,
|
||||
ArgException& e )=0;
|
||||
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
} //namespace TCLAP
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,68 @@
|
||||
|
||||
/******************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* file: Constraint.h
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2005, Michael E. Smoot
|
||||
* All rights reverved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* See the file COPYING in the top directory of this distribution for
|
||||
* more information.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED _AS IS_, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS
|
||||
* OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
|
||||
* FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
|
||||
* THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
|
||||
* LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
|
||||
* FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER
|
||||
* DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*****************************************************************************/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef TCLAP_CONSTRAINT_H
|
||||
#define TCLAP_CONSTRAINT_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include <string>
|
||||
#include <vector>
|
||||
#include <list>
|
||||
#include <iostream>
|
||||
#include <iomanip>
|
||||
#include <algorithm>
|
||||
|
||||
namespace TCLAP {
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* The interface that defines the interaction between the Arg and Constraint.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
template<class T>
|
||||
class Constraint
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
||||
public:
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Returns a description of the Constraint.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
virtual std::string description() const =0;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Returns the short ID for the Constraint.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
virtual std::string shortID() const =0;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* The method used to verify that the value parsed from the command
|
||||
* line meets the constraint.
|
||||
* \param value - The value that will be checked.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
virtual bool check(const T& value) const =0;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Destructor.
|
||||
* Silences warnings about Constraint being a base class with virtual
|
||||
* functions but without a virtual destructor.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
virtual ~Constraint() { ; }
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
} //namespace TCLAP
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,299 @@
|
||||
// -*- Mode: c++; c-basic-offset: 4; tab-width: 4; -*-
|
||||
|
||||
/******************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* file: DocBookOutput.h
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2004, Michael E. Smoot
|
||||
* All rights reverved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* See the file COPYING in the top directory of this distribution for
|
||||
* more information.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED _AS IS_, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS
|
||||
* OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
|
||||
* FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
|
||||
* THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
|
||||
* LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
|
||||
* FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER
|
||||
* DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*****************************************************************************/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef TCLAP_DOCBOOKOUTPUT_H
|
||||
#define TCLAP_DOCBOOKOUTPUT_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include <string>
|
||||
#include <vector>
|
||||
#include <list>
|
||||
#include <iostream>
|
||||
#include <algorithm>
|
||||
|
||||
#include <tclap/CmdLineInterface.h>
|
||||
#include <tclap/CmdLineOutput.h>
|
||||
#include <tclap/XorHandler.h>
|
||||
#include <tclap/Arg.h>
|
||||
|
||||
namespace TCLAP {
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* A class that generates DocBook output for usage() method for the
|
||||
* given CmdLine and its Args.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
class DocBookOutput : public CmdLineOutput
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
||||
public:
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Prints the usage to stdout. Can be overridden to
|
||||
* produce alternative behavior.
|
||||
* \param c - The CmdLine object the output is generated for.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
virtual void usage(CmdLineInterface& c);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Prints the version to stdout. Can be overridden
|
||||
* to produce alternative behavior.
|
||||
* \param c - The CmdLine object the output is generated for.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
virtual void version(CmdLineInterface& c);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Prints (to stderr) an error message, short usage
|
||||
* Can be overridden to produce alternative behavior.
|
||||
* \param c - The CmdLine object the output is generated for.
|
||||
* \param e - The ArgException that caused the failure.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
virtual void failure(CmdLineInterface& c,
|
||||
ArgException& e );
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Substitutes the char r for string x in string s.
|
||||
* \param s - The string to operate on.
|
||||
* \param r - The char to replace.
|
||||
* \param x - What to replace r with.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void substituteSpecialChars( std::string& s, char r, std::string& x );
|
||||
void removeChar( std::string& s, char r);
|
||||
void basename( std::string& s );
|
||||
|
||||
void printShortArg(Arg* it);
|
||||
void printLongArg(Arg* it);
|
||||
|
||||
char theDelimiter;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
inline void DocBookOutput::version(CmdLineInterface& _cmd)
|
||||
{
|
||||
std::cout << _cmd.getVersion() << std::endl;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline void DocBookOutput::usage(CmdLineInterface& _cmd )
|
||||
{
|
||||
std::list<Arg*> argList = _cmd.getArgList();
|
||||
std::string progName = _cmd.getProgramName();
|
||||
std::string version = _cmd.getVersion();
|
||||
theDelimiter = _cmd.getDelimiter();
|
||||
XorHandler xorHandler = _cmd.getXorHandler();
|
||||
std::vector< std::vector<Arg*> > xorList = xorHandler.getXorList();
|
||||
basename(progName);
|
||||
|
||||
std::cout << "<?xml version='1.0'?>" << std::endl;
|
||||
std::cout << "<!DOCTYPE refentry PUBLIC \"-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.2//EN\"" << std::endl;
|
||||
std::cout << "\t\"http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.2/docbookx.dtd\">" << std::endl << std::endl;
|
||||
|
||||
std::cout << "<refentry>" << std::endl;
|
||||
|
||||
std::cout << "<refmeta>" << std::endl;
|
||||
std::cout << "<refentrytitle>" << progName << "</refentrytitle>" << std::endl;
|
||||
std::cout << "<manvolnum>1</manvolnum>" << std::endl;
|
||||
std::cout << "</refmeta>" << std::endl;
|
||||
|
||||
std::cout << "<refnamediv>" << std::endl;
|
||||
std::cout << "<refname>" << progName << "</refname>" << std::endl;
|
||||
std::cout << "<refpurpose>" << _cmd.getMessage() << "</refpurpose>" << std::endl;
|
||||
std::cout << "</refnamediv>" << std::endl;
|
||||
|
||||
std::cout << "<refsynopsisdiv>" << std::endl;
|
||||
std::cout << "<cmdsynopsis>" << std::endl;
|
||||
|
||||
std::cout << "<command>" << progName << "</command>" << std::endl;
|
||||
|
||||
// xor
|
||||
for ( int i = 0; (unsigned int)i < xorList.size(); i++ )
|
||||
{
|
||||
std::cout << "<group choice='req'>" << std::endl;
|
||||
for ( ArgVectorIterator it = xorList[i].begin();
|
||||
it != xorList[i].end(); it++ )
|
||||
printShortArg((*it));
|
||||
|
||||
std::cout << "</group>" << std::endl;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// rest of args
|
||||
for (ArgListIterator it = argList.begin(); it != argList.end(); it++)
|
||||
if ( !xorHandler.contains( (*it) ) )
|
||||
printShortArg((*it));
|
||||
|
||||
std::cout << "</cmdsynopsis>" << std::endl;
|
||||
std::cout << "</refsynopsisdiv>" << std::endl;
|
||||
|
||||
std::cout << "<refsect1>" << std::endl;
|
||||
std::cout << "<title>Description</title>" << std::endl;
|
||||
std::cout << "<para>" << std::endl;
|
||||
std::cout << _cmd.getMessage() << std::endl;
|
||||
std::cout << "</para>" << std::endl;
|
||||
std::cout << "</refsect1>" << std::endl;
|
||||
|
||||
std::cout << "<refsect1>" << std::endl;
|
||||
std::cout << "<title>Options</title>" << std::endl;
|
||||
|
||||
std::cout << "<variablelist>" << std::endl;
|
||||
|
||||
for (ArgListIterator it = argList.begin(); it != argList.end(); it++)
|
||||
printLongArg((*it));
|
||||
|
||||
std::cout << "</variablelist>" << std::endl;
|
||||
std::cout << "</refsect1>" << std::endl;
|
||||
|
||||
std::cout << "<refsect1>" << std::endl;
|
||||
std::cout << "<title>Version</title>" << std::endl;
|
||||
std::cout << "<para>" << std::endl;
|
||||
std::cout << version << std::endl;
|
||||
std::cout << "</para>" << std::endl;
|
||||
std::cout << "</refsect1>" << std::endl;
|
||||
|
||||
std::cout << "</refentry>" << std::endl;
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline void DocBookOutput::failure( CmdLineInterface& _cmd,
|
||||
ArgException& e )
|
||||
{
|
||||
static_cast<void>(_cmd); // unused
|
||||
std::cout << e.what() << std::endl;
|
||||
throw ExitException(1);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline void DocBookOutput::substituteSpecialChars( std::string& s,
|
||||
char r,
|
||||
std::string& x )
|
||||
{
|
||||
size_t p;
|
||||
while ( (p = s.find_first_of(r)) != std::string::npos )
|
||||
{
|
||||
s.erase(p,1);
|
||||
s.insert(p,x);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline void DocBookOutput::removeChar( std::string& s, char r)
|
||||
{
|
||||
size_t p;
|
||||
while ( (p = s.find_first_of(r)) != std::string::npos )
|
||||
{
|
||||
s.erase(p,1);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline void DocBookOutput::basename( std::string& s )
|
||||
{
|
||||
size_t p = s.find_last_of('/');
|
||||
if ( p != std::string::npos )
|
||||
{
|
||||
s.erase(0, p + 1);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline void DocBookOutput::printShortArg(Arg* a)
|
||||
{
|
||||
std::string lt = "<";
|
||||
std::string gt = ">";
|
||||
|
||||
std::string id = a->shortID();
|
||||
substituteSpecialChars(id,'<',lt);
|
||||
substituteSpecialChars(id,'>',gt);
|
||||
removeChar(id,'[');
|
||||
removeChar(id,']');
|
||||
|
||||
std::string choice = "opt";
|
||||
if ( a->isRequired() )
|
||||
choice = "plain";
|
||||
|
||||
std::cout << "<arg choice='" << choice << '\'';
|
||||
if ( a->acceptsMultipleValues() )
|
||||
std::cout << " rep='repeat'";
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
std::cout << '>';
|
||||
if ( !a->getFlag().empty() )
|
||||
std::cout << a->flagStartChar() << a->getFlag();
|
||||
else
|
||||
std::cout << a->nameStartString() << a->getName();
|
||||
if ( a->isValueRequired() )
|
||||
{
|
||||
std::string arg = a->shortID();
|
||||
removeChar(arg,'[');
|
||||
removeChar(arg,']');
|
||||
removeChar(arg,'<');
|
||||
removeChar(arg,'>');
|
||||
arg.erase(0, arg.find_last_of(theDelimiter) + 1);
|
||||
std::cout << theDelimiter;
|
||||
std::cout << "<replaceable>" << arg << "</replaceable>";
|
||||
}
|
||||
std::cout << "</arg>" << std::endl;
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline void DocBookOutput::printLongArg(Arg* a)
|
||||
{
|
||||
std::string lt = "<";
|
||||
std::string gt = ">";
|
||||
|
||||
std::string desc = a->getDescription();
|
||||
substituteSpecialChars(desc,'<',lt);
|
||||
substituteSpecialChars(desc,'>',gt);
|
||||
|
||||
std::cout << "<varlistentry>" << std::endl;
|
||||
|
||||
if ( !a->getFlag().empty() )
|
||||
{
|
||||
std::cout << "<term>" << std::endl;
|
||||
std::cout << "<option>";
|
||||
std::cout << a->flagStartChar() << a->getFlag();
|
||||
std::cout << "</option>" << std::endl;
|
||||
std::cout << "</term>" << std::endl;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
std::cout << "<term>" << std::endl;
|
||||
std::cout << "<option>";
|
||||
std::cout << a->nameStartString() << a->getName();
|
||||
if ( a->isValueRequired() )
|
||||
{
|
||||
std::string arg = a->shortID();
|
||||
removeChar(arg,'[');
|
||||
removeChar(arg,']');
|
||||
removeChar(arg,'<');
|
||||
removeChar(arg,'>');
|
||||
arg.erase(0, arg.find_last_of(theDelimiter) + 1);
|
||||
std::cout << theDelimiter;
|
||||
std::cout << "<replaceable>" << arg << "</replaceable>";
|
||||
}
|
||||
std::cout << "</option>" << std::endl;
|
||||
std::cout << "</term>" << std::endl;
|
||||
|
||||
std::cout << "<listitem>" << std::endl;
|
||||
std::cout << "<para>" << std::endl;
|
||||
std::cout << desc << std::endl;
|
||||
std::cout << "</para>" << std::endl;
|
||||
std::cout << "</listitem>" << std::endl;
|
||||
|
||||
std::cout << "</varlistentry>" << std::endl;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
} //namespace TCLAP
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,69 @@
|
||||
|
||||
/******************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* file: HelpVisitor.h
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2003, Michael E. Smoot .
|
||||
* All rights reverved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* See the file COPYING in the top directory of this distribution for
|
||||
* more information.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED _AS IS_, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS
|
||||
* OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
|
||||
* FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
|
||||
* THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
|
||||
* LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
|
||||
* FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER
|
||||
* DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*****************************************************************************/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef TCLAP_HELP_VISITOR_H
|
||||
#define TCLAP_HELP_VISITOR_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include <tclap/CmdLineInterface.h>
|
||||
#include <tclap/CmdLineOutput.h>
|
||||
#include <tclap/Visitor.h>
|
||||
|
||||
namespace TCLAP {
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* A Visitor object that calls the usage method of the given CmdLineOutput
|
||||
* object for the specified CmdLine object.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
class HelpVisitor: public Visitor
|
||||
{
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* The CmdLine the output will be generated for.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
CmdLineInterface* _cmd;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* The output object.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
CmdLineOutput** _out;
|
||||
|
||||
public:
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Constructor.
|
||||
* \param cmd - The CmdLine the output will be generated for.
|
||||
* \param out - The type of output.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
HelpVisitor(CmdLineInterface* cmd, CmdLineOutput** out)
|
||||
: Visitor(), _cmd( cmd ), _out( out ) { }
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Calls the usage method of the CmdLineOutput for the
|
||||
* specified CmdLine.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void visit() { (*_out)->usage(*_cmd); throw ExitException(0); }
|
||||
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
|
||||
|
||||
/******************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* file: IgnoreRestVisitor.h
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2003, Michael E. Smoot .
|
||||
* All rights reverved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* See the file COPYING in the top directory of this distribution for
|
||||
* more information.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED _AS IS_, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS
|
||||
* OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
|
||||
* FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
|
||||
* THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
|
||||
* LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
|
||||
* FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER
|
||||
* DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*****************************************************************************/
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef TCLAP_IGNORE_REST_VISITOR_H
|
||||
#define TCLAP_IGNORE_REST_VISITOR_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include <tclap/Visitor.h>
|
||||
#include <tclap/Arg.h>
|
||||
|
||||
namespace TCLAP {
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* A Vistor that tells the CmdLine to begin ignoring arguments after
|
||||
* this one is parsed.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
class IgnoreRestVisitor: public Visitor
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Constructor.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
IgnoreRestVisitor() : Visitor() {}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Sets Arg::_ignoreRest.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void visit() { Arg::beginIgnoring(); }
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
|
||||
|
||||
libtclapincludedir = $(includedir)/tclap
|
||||
|
||||
libtclapinclude_HEADERS = \
|
||||
CmdLineInterface.h \
|
||||
ArgException.h \
|
||||
CmdLine.h \
|
||||
XorHandler.h \
|
||||
MultiArg.h \
|
||||
UnlabeledMultiArg.h \
|
||||
ValueArg.h \
|
||||
UnlabeledValueArg.h \
|
||||
Visitor.h Arg.h \
|
||||
HelpVisitor.h \
|
||||
SwitchArg.h \
|
||||
MultiSwitchArg.h \
|
||||
VersionVisitor.h \
|
||||
IgnoreRestVisitor.h \
|
||||
CmdLineOutput.h \
|
||||
StdOutput.h \
|
||||
DocBookOutput.h \
|
||||
ZshCompletionOutput.h \
|
||||
OptionalUnlabeledTracker.h \
|
||||
Constraint.h \
|
||||
ValuesConstraint.h \
|
||||
ArgTraits.h \
|
||||
StandardTraits.h
|
||||
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,387 @@
|
||||
# Makefile.in generated by automake 1.9.2 from Makefile.am.
|
||||
# @configure_input@
|
||||
|
||||
# Copyright (C) 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002,
|
||||
# 2003, 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
# This Makefile.in is free software; the Free Software Foundation
|
||||
# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
|
||||
# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
|
||||
|
||||
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law; without
|
||||
# even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A
|
||||
# PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
|
||||
|
||||
@SET_MAKE@
|
||||
|
||||
srcdir = @srcdir@
|
||||
top_srcdir = @top_srcdir@
|
||||
VPATH = @srcdir@
|
||||
pkgdatadir = $(datadir)/@PACKAGE@
|
||||
pkglibdir = $(libdir)/@PACKAGE@
|
||||
pkgincludedir = $(includedir)/@PACKAGE@
|
||||
top_builddir = ../..
|
||||
am__cd = CDPATH="$${ZSH_VERSION+.}$(PATH_SEPARATOR)" && cd
|
||||
INSTALL = @INSTALL@
|
||||
install_sh_DATA = $(install_sh) -c -m 644
|
||||
install_sh_PROGRAM = $(install_sh) -c
|
||||
install_sh_SCRIPT = $(install_sh) -c
|
||||
INSTALL_HEADER = $(INSTALL_DATA)
|
||||
transform = $(program_transform_name)
|
||||
NORMAL_INSTALL = :
|
||||
PRE_INSTALL = :
|
||||
POST_INSTALL = :
|
||||
NORMAL_UNINSTALL = :
|
||||
PRE_UNINSTALL = :
|
||||
POST_UNINSTALL = :
|
||||
subdir = include/tclap
|
||||
DIST_COMMON = $(libtclapinclude_HEADERS) $(srcdir)/Makefile.am \
|
||||
$(srcdir)/Makefile.in
|
||||
ACLOCAL_M4 = $(top_srcdir)/aclocal.m4
|
||||
am__aclocal_m4_deps = $(top_srcdir)/config/ac_cxx_have_long_long.m4 \
|
||||
$(top_srcdir)/config/ac_cxx_have_sstream.m4 \
|
||||
$(top_srcdir)/config/ac_cxx_have_strstream.m4 \
|
||||
$(top_srcdir)/config/ac_cxx_namespaces.m4 \
|
||||
$(top_srcdir)/config/bb_enable_doxygen.m4 \
|
||||
$(top_srcdir)/configure.in
|
||||
am__configure_deps = $(am__aclocal_m4_deps) $(CONFIGURE_DEPENDENCIES) \
|
||||
$(ACLOCAL_M4)
|
||||
mkinstalldirs = $(SHELL) $(top_srcdir)/config/mkinstalldirs
|
||||
CONFIG_HEADER = $(top_builddir)/config/config.h
|
||||
CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES =
|
||||
SOURCES =
|
||||
DIST_SOURCES =
|
||||
am__vpath_adj_setup = srcdirstrip=`echo "$(srcdir)" | sed 's|.|.|g'`;
|
||||
am__vpath_adj = case $$p in \
|
||||
$(srcdir)/*) f=`echo "$$p" | sed "s|^$$srcdirstrip/||"`;; \
|
||||
*) f=$$p;; \
|
||||
esac;
|
||||
am__strip_dir = `echo $$p | sed -e 's|^.*/||'`;
|
||||
am__installdirs = "$(DESTDIR)$(libtclapincludedir)"
|
||||
libtclapincludeHEADERS_INSTALL = $(INSTALL_HEADER)
|
||||
HEADERS = $(libtclapinclude_HEADERS)
|
||||
ETAGS = etags
|
||||
CTAGS = ctags
|
||||
DISTFILES = $(DIST_COMMON) $(DIST_SOURCES) $(TEXINFOS) $(EXTRA_DIST)
|
||||
ACLOCAL = @ACLOCAL@
|
||||
AMDEP_FALSE = @AMDEP_FALSE@
|
||||
AMDEP_TRUE = @AMDEP_TRUE@
|
||||
AMTAR = @AMTAR@
|
||||
AUTOCONF = @AUTOCONF@
|
||||
AUTOHEADER = @AUTOHEADER@
|
||||
AUTOMAKE = @AUTOMAKE@
|
||||
AWK = @AWK@
|
||||
CPPFLAGS = @CPPFLAGS@
|
||||
CXX = @CXX@
|
||||
CXXCPP = @CXXCPP@
|
||||
CXXDEPMODE = @CXXDEPMODE@
|
||||
CXXFLAGS = @CXXFLAGS@
|
||||
CYGPATH_W = @CYGPATH_W@
|
||||
DEFS = @DEFS@
|
||||
DEPDIR = @DEPDIR@
|
||||
DOC_FALSE = @DOC_FALSE@
|
||||
DOC_TRUE = @DOC_TRUE@
|
||||
DOT = @DOT@
|
||||
DOXYGEN = @DOXYGEN@
|
||||
ECHO_C = @ECHO_C@
|
||||
ECHO_N = @ECHO_N@
|
||||
ECHO_T = @ECHO_T@
|
||||
EGREP = @EGREP@
|
||||
EXEEXT = @EXEEXT@
|
||||
HAVE_GNU_COMPILERS_FALSE = @HAVE_GNU_COMPILERS_FALSE@
|
||||
HAVE_GNU_COMPILERS_TRUE = @HAVE_GNU_COMPILERS_TRUE@
|
||||
INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@
|
||||
INSTALL_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_PROGRAM@
|
||||
INSTALL_SCRIPT = @INSTALL_SCRIPT@
|
||||
INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM@
|
||||
LDFLAGS = @LDFLAGS@
|
||||
LIBOBJS = @LIBOBJS@
|
||||
LIBS = @LIBS@
|
||||
LTLIBOBJS = @LTLIBOBJS@
|
||||
MAKEINFO = @MAKEINFO@
|
||||
OBJEXT = @OBJEXT@
|
||||
PACKAGE = @PACKAGE@
|
||||
PACKAGE_BUGREPORT = @PACKAGE_BUGREPORT@
|
||||
PACKAGE_NAME = @PACKAGE_NAME@
|
||||
PACKAGE_STRING = @PACKAGE_STRING@
|
||||
PACKAGE_TARNAME = @PACKAGE_TARNAME@
|
||||
PACKAGE_VERSION = @PACKAGE_VERSION@
|
||||
PATH_SEPARATOR = @PATH_SEPARATOR@
|
||||
RANLIB = @RANLIB@
|
||||
SET_MAKE = @SET_MAKE@
|
||||
SHELL = @SHELL@
|
||||
STRIP = @STRIP@
|
||||
VERSION = @VERSION@
|
||||
ac_ct_CXX = @ac_ct_CXX@
|
||||
ac_ct_RANLIB = @ac_ct_RANLIB@
|
||||
ac_ct_STRIP = @ac_ct_STRIP@
|
||||
am__fastdepCXX_FALSE = @am__fastdepCXX_FALSE@
|
||||
am__fastdepCXX_TRUE = @am__fastdepCXX_TRUE@
|
||||
am__include = @am__include@
|
||||
am__leading_dot = @am__leading_dot@
|
||||
am__quote = @am__quote@
|
||||
am__tar = @am__tar@
|
||||
am__untar = @am__untar@
|
||||
bindir = @bindir@
|
||||
build_alias = @build_alias@
|
||||
datadir = @datadir@
|
||||
exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@
|
||||
host_alias = @host_alias@
|
||||
includedir = @includedir@
|
||||
infodir = @infodir@
|
||||
install_sh = @install_sh@
|
||||
libdir = @libdir@
|
||||
libexecdir = @libexecdir@
|
||||
localstatedir = @localstatedir@
|
||||
mandir = @mandir@
|
||||
mkdir_p = @mkdir_p@
|
||||
oldincludedir = @oldincludedir@
|
||||
prefix = @prefix@
|
||||
program_transform_name = @program_transform_name@
|
||||
sbindir = @sbindir@
|
||||
sharedstatedir = @sharedstatedir@
|
||||
sysconfdir = @sysconfdir@
|
||||
target_alias = @target_alias@
|
||||
libtclapincludedir = $(includedir)/tclap
|
||||
libtclapinclude_HEADERS = \
|
||||
CmdLineInterface.h \
|
||||
ArgException.h \
|
||||
CmdLine.h \
|
||||
XorHandler.h \
|
||||
MultiArg.h \
|
||||
UnlabeledMultiArg.h \
|
||||
ValueArg.h \
|
||||
UnlabeledValueArg.h \
|
||||
Visitor.h Arg.h \
|
||||
HelpVisitor.h \
|
||||
SwitchArg.h \
|
||||
MultiSwitchArg.h \
|
||||
VersionVisitor.h \
|
||||
IgnoreRestVisitor.h \
|
||||
CmdLineOutput.h \
|
||||
StdOutput.h \
|
||||
DocBookOutput.h \
|
||||
ZshCompletionOutput.h \
|
||||
OptionalUnlabeledTracker.h \
|
||||
Constraint.h \
|
||||
ValuesConstraint.h \
|
||||
ArgTraits.h \
|
||||
StandardTraits.h
|
||||
|
||||
all: all-am
|
||||
|
||||
.SUFFIXES:
|
||||
$(srcdir)/Makefile.in: $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(am__configure_deps)
|
||||
@for dep in $?; do \
|
||||
case '$(am__configure_deps)' in \
|
||||
*$$dep*) \
|
||||
cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh \
|
||||
&& exit 0; \
|
||||
exit 1;; \
|
||||
esac; \
|
||||
done; \
|
||||
echo ' cd $(top_srcdir) && $(AUTOMAKE) --gnu include/tclap/Makefile'; \
|
||||
cd $(top_srcdir) && \
|
||||
$(AUTOMAKE) --gnu include/tclap/Makefile
|
||||
.PRECIOUS: Makefile
|
||||
Makefile: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in $(top_builddir)/config.status
|
||||
@case '$?' in \
|
||||
*config.status*) \
|
||||
cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh;; \
|
||||
*) \
|
||||
echo ' cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $(subdir)/$@ $(am__depfiles_maybe)'; \
|
||||
cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $(subdir)/$@ $(am__depfiles_maybe);; \
|
||||
esac;
|
||||
|
||||
$(top_builddir)/config.status: $(top_srcdir)/configure $(CONFIG_STATUS_DEPENDENCIES)
|
||||
cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh
|
||||
|
||||
$(top_srcdir)/configure: $(am__configure_deps)
|
||||
cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh
|
||||
$(ACLOCAL_M4): $(am__aclocal_m4_deps)
|
||||
cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh
|
||||
uninstall-info-am:
|
||||
install-libtclapincludeHEADERS: $(libtclapinclude_HEADERS)
|
||||
@$(NORMAL_INSTALL)
|
||||
test -z "$(libtclapincludedir)" || $(mkdir_p) "$(DESTDIR)$(libtclapincludedir)"
|
||||
@list='$(libtclapinclude_HEADERS)'; for p in $$list; do \
|
||||
if test -f "$$p"; then d=; else d="$(srcdir)/"; fi; \
|
||||
f=$(am__strip_dir) \
|
||||
echo " $(libtclapincludeHEADERS_INSTALL) '$$d$$p' '$(DESTDIR)$(libtclapincludedir)/$$f'"; \
|
||||
$(libtclapincludeHEADERS_INSTALL) "$$d$$p" "$(DESTDIR)$(libtclapincludedir)/$$f"; \
|
||||
done
|
||||
|
||||
uninstall-libtclapincludeHEADERS:
|
||||
@$(NORMAL_UNINSTALL)
|
||||
@list='$(libtclapinclude_HEADERS)'; for p in $$list; do \
|
||||
f=$(am__strip_dir) \
|
||||
echo " rm -f '$(DESTDIR)$(libtclapincludedir)/$$f'"; \
|
||||
rm -f "$(DESTDIR)$(libtclapincludedir)/$$f"; \
|
||||
done
|
||||
|
||||
ID: $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES)
|
||||
list='$(SOURCES) $(HEADERS) $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES)'; \
|
||||
unique=`for i in $$list; do \
|
||||
if test -f "$$i"; then echo $$i; else echo $(srcdir)/$$i; fi; \
|
||||
done | \
|
||||
$(AWK) ' { files[$$0] = 1; } \
|
||||
END { for (i in files) print i; }'`; \
|
||||
mkid -fID $$unique
|
||||
tags: TAGS
|
||||
|
||||
TAGS: $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) $(TAGS_DEPENDENCIES) \
|
||||
$(TAGS_FILES) $(LISP)
|
||||
tags=; \
|
||||
here=`pwd`; \
|
||||
list='$(SOURCES) $(HEADERS) $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES)'; \
|
||||
unique=`for i in $$list; do \
|
||||
if test -f "$$i"; then echo $$i; else echo $(srcdir)/$$i; fi; \
|
||||
done | \
|
||||
$(AWK) ' { files[$$0] = 1; } \
|
||||
END { for (i in files) print i; }'`; \
|
||||
if test -z "$(ETAGS_ARGS)$$tags$$unique"; then :; else \
|
||||
test -n "$$unique" || unique=$$empty_fix; \
|
||||
$(ETAGS) $(ETAGSFLAGS) $(AM_ETAGSFLAGS) $(ETAGS_ARGS) \
|
||||
$$tags $$unique; \
|
||||
fi
|
||||
ctags: CTAGS
|
||||
CTAGS: $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) $(TAGS_DEPENDENCIES) \
|
||||
$(TAGS_FILES) $(LISP)
|
||||
tags=; \
|
||||
here=`pwd`; \
|
||||
list='$(SOURCES) $(HEADERS) $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES)'; \
|
||||
unique=`for i in $$list; do \
|
||||
if test -f "$$i"; then echo $$i; else echo $(srcdir)/$$i; fi; \
|
||||
done | \
|
||||
$(AWK) ' { files[$$0] = 1; } \
|
||||
END { for (i in files) print i; }'`; \
|
||||
test -z "$(CTAGS_ARGS)$$tags$$unique" \
|
||||
|| $(CTAGS) $(CTAGSFLAGS) $(AM_CTAGSFLAGS) $(CTAGS_ARGS) \
|
||||
$$tags $$unique
|
||||
|
||||
GTAGS:
|
||||
here=`$(am__cd) $(top_builddir) && pwd` \
|
||||
&& cd $(top_srcdir) \
|
||||
&& gtags -i $(GTAGS_ARGS) $$here
|
||||
|
||||
distclean-tags:
|
||||
-rm -f TAGS ID GTAGS GRTAGS GSYMS GPATH tags
|
||||
|
||||
distdir: $(DISTFILES)
|
||||
@srcdirstrip=`echo "$(srcdir)" | sed 's|.|.|g'`; \
|
||||
topsrcdirstrip=`echo "$(top_srcdir)" | sed 's|.|.|g'`; \
|
||||
list='$(DISTFILES)'; for file in $$list; do \
|
||||
case $$file in \
|
||||
$(srcdir)/*) file=`echo "$$file" | sed "s|^$$srcdirstrip/||"`;; \
|
||||
$(top_srcdir)/*) file=`echo "$$file" | sed "s|^$$topsrcdirstrip/|$(top_builddir)/|"`;; \
|
||||
esac; \
|
||||
if test -f $$file || test -d $$file; then d=.; else d=$(srcdir); fi; \
|
||||
dir=`echo "$$file" | sed -e 's,/[^/]*$$,,'`; \
|
||||
if test "$$dir" != "$$file" && test "$$dir" != "."; then \
|
||||
dir="/$$dir"; \
|
||||
$(mkdir_p) "$(distdir)$$dir"; \
|
||||
else \
|
||||
dir=''; \
|
||||
fi; \
|
||||
if test -d $$d/$$file; then \
|
||||
if test -d $(srcdir)/$$file && test $$d != $(srcdir); then \
|
||||
cp -pR $(srcdir)/$$file $(distdir)$$dir || exit 1; \
|
||||
fi; \
|
||||
cp -pR $$d/$$file $(distdir)$$dir || exit 1; \
|
||||
else \
|
||||
test -f $(distdir)/$$file \
|
||||
|| cp -p $$d/$$file $(distdir)/$$file \
|
||||
|| exit 1; \
|
||||
fi; \
|
||||
done
|
||||
check-am: all-am
|
||||
check: check-am
|
||||
all-am: Makefile $(HEADERS)
|
||||
installdirs:
|
||||
for dir in "$(DESTDIR)$(libtclapincludedir)"; do \
|
||||
test -z "$$dir" || $(mkdir_p) "$$dir"; \
|
||||
done
|
||||
install: install-am
|
||||
install-exec: install-exec-am
|
||||
install-data: install-data-am
|
||||
uninstall: uninstall-am
|
||||
|
||||
install-am: all-am
|
||||
@$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) install-exec-am install-data-am
|
||||
|
||||
installcheck: installcheck-am
|
||||
install-strip:
|
||||
$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) INSTALL_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" \
|
||||
install_sh_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" INSTALL_STRIP_FLAG=-s \
|
||||
`test -z '$(STRIP)' || \
|
||||
echo "INSTALL_PROGRAM_ENV=STRIPPROG='$(STRIP)'"` install
|
||||
mostlyclean-generic:
|
||||
|
||||
clean-generic:
|
||||
|
||||
distclean-generic:
|
||||
-test -z "$(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES)" || rm -f $(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES)
|
||||
|
||||
maintainer-clean-generic:
|
||||
@echo "This command is intended for maintainers to use"
|
||||
@echo "it deletes files that may require special tools to rebuild."
|
||||
clean: clean-am
|
||||
|
||||
clean-am: clean-generic mostlyclean-am
|
||||
|
||||
distclean: distclean-am
|
||||
-rm -f Makefile
|
||||
distclean-am: clean-am distclean-generic distclean-tags
|
||||
|
||||
dvi: dvi-am
|
||||
|
||||
dvi-am:
|
||||
|
||||
html: html-am
|
||||
|
||||
info: info-am
|
||||
|
||||
info-am:
|
||||
|
||||
install-data-am: install-libtclapincludeHEADERS
|
||||
|
||||
install-exec-am:
|
||||
|
||||
install-info: install-info-am
|
||||
|
||||
install-man:
|
||||
|
||||
installcheck-am:
|
||||
|
||||
maintainer-clean: maintainer-clean-am
|
||||
-rm -f Makefile
|
||||
maintainer-clean-am: distclean-am maintainer-clean-generic
|
||||
|
||||
mostlyclean: mostlyclean-am
|
||||
|
||||
mostlyclean-am: mostlyclean-generic
|
||||
|
||||
pdf: pdf-am
|
||||
|
||||
pdf-am:
|
||||
|
||||
ps: ps-am
|
||||
|
||||
ps-am:
|
||||
|
||||
uninstall-am: uninstall-info-am uninstall-libtclapincludeHEADERS
|
||||
|
||||
.PHONY: CTAGS GTAGS all all-am check check-am clean clean-generic \
|
||||
ctags distclean distclean-generic distclean-tags distdir dvi \
|
||||
dvi-am html html-am info info-am install install-am \
|
||||
install-data install-data-am install-exec install-exec-am \
|
||||
install-info install-info-am install-libtclapincludeHEADERS \
|
||||
install-man install-strip installcheck installcheck-am \
|
||||
installdirs maintainer-clean maintainer-clean-generic \
|
||||
mostlyclean mostlyclean-generic pdf pdf-am ps ps-am tags \
|
||||
uninstall uninstall-am uninstall-info-am \
|
||||
uninstall-libtclapincludeHEADERS
|
||||
|
||||
# Tell versions [3.59,3.63) of GNU make to not export all variables.
|
||||
# Otherwise a system limit (for SysV at least) may be exceeded.
|
||||
.NOEXPORT:
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,422 @@
|
||||
/******************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* file: MultiArg.h
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2003, Michael E. Smoot .
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2004, Michael E. Smoot, Daniel Aarno.
|
||||
* All rights reverved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* See the file COPYING in the top directory of this distribution for
|
||||
* more information.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED _AS IS_, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS
|
||||
* OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
|
||||
* FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
|
||||
* THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
|
||||
* LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
|
||||
* FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER
|
||||
* DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*****************************************************************************/
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef TCLAP_MULTIPLE_ARGUMENT_H
|
||||
#define TCLAP_MULTIPLE_ARGUMENT_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include <string>
|
||||
#include <vector>
|
||||
|
||||
#include <tclap/Arg.h>
|
||||
#include <tclap/Constraint.h>
|
||||
|
||||
namespace TCLAP {
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* An argument that allows multiple values of type T to be specified. Very
|
||||
* similar to a ValueArg, except a vector of values will be returned
|
||||
* instead of just one.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
template<class T>
|
||||
class MultiArg : public Arg
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
typedef std::vector<T> container_type;
|
||||
typedef typename container_type::iterator iterator;
|
||||
typedef typename container_type::const_iterator const_iterator;
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* The list of values parsed from the CmdLine.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
std::vector<T> _values;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* The description of type T to be used in the usage.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
std::string _typeDesc;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* A list of constraint on this Arg.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
Constraint<T>* _constraint;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Extracts the value from the string.
|
||||
* Attempts to parse string as type T, if this fails an exception
|
||||
* is thrown.
|
||||
* \param val - The string to be read.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void _extractValue( const std::string& val );
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Used by XorHandler to decide whether to keep parsing for this arg.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
bool _allowMore;
|
||||
|
||||
public:
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Constructor.
|
||||
* \param flag - The one character flag that identifies this
|
||||
* argument on the command line.
|
||||
* \param name - A one word name for the argument. Can be
|
||||
* used as a long flag on the command line.
|
||||
* \param desc - A description of what the argument is for or
|
||||
* does.
|
||||
* \param req - Whether the argument is required on the command
|
||||
* line.
|
||||
* \param typeDesc - A short, human readable description of the
|
||||
* type that this object expects. This is used in the generation
|
||||
* of the USAGE statement. The goal is to be helpful to the end user
|
||||
* of the program.
|
||||
* \param v - An optional visitor. You probably should not
|
||||
* use this unless you have a very good reason.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
MultiArg( const std::string& flag,
|
||||
const std::string& name,
|
||||
const std::string& desc,
|
||||
bool req,
|
||||
const std::string& typeDesc,
|
||||
Visitor* v = NULL);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Constructor.
|
||||
* \param flag - The one character flag that identifies this
|
||||
* argument on the command line.
|
||||
* \param name - A one word name for the argument. Can be
|
||||
* used as a long flag on the command line.
|
||||
* \param desc - A description of what the argument is for or
|
||||
* does.
|
||||
* \param req - Whether the argument is required on the command
|
||||
* line.
|
||||
* \param typeDesc - A short, human readable description of the
|
||||
* type that this object expects. This is used in the generation
|
||||
* of the USAGE statement. The goal is to be helpful to the end user
|
||||
* of the program.
|
||||
* \param parser - A CmdLine parser object to add this Arg to
|
||||
* \param v - An optional visitor. You probably should not
|
||||
* use this unless you have a very good reason.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
MultiArg( const std::string& flag,
|
||||
const std::string& name,
|
||||
const std::string& desc,
|
||||
bool req,
|
||||
const std::string& typeDesc,
|
||||
CmdLineInterface& parser,
|
||||
Visitor* v = NULL );
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Constructor.
|
||||
* \param flag - The one character flag that identifies this
|
||||
* argument on the command line.
|
||||
* \param name - A one word name for the argument. Can be
|
||||
* used as a long flag on the command line.
|
||||
* \param desc - A description of what the argument is for or
|
||||
* does.
|
||||
* \param req - Whether the argument is required on the command
|
||||
* line.
|
||||
* \param constraint - A pointer to a Constraint object used
|
||||
* to constrain this Arg.
|
||||
* \param v - An optional visitor. You probably should not
|
||||
* use this unless you have a very good reason.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
MultiArg( const std::string& flag,
|
||||
const std::string& name,
|
||||
const std::string& desc,
|
||||
bool req,
|
||||
Constraint<T>* constraint,
|
||||
Visitor* v = NULL );
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Constructor.
|
||||
* \param flag - The one character flag that identifies this
|
||||
* argument on the command line.
|
||||
* \param name - A one word name for the argument. Can be
|
||||
* used as a long flag on the command line.
|
||||
* \param desc - A description of what the argument is for or
|
||||
* does.
|
||||
* \param req - Whether the argument is required on the command
|
||||
* line.
|
||||
* \param constraint - A pointer to a Constraint object used
|
||||
* to constrain this Arg.
|
||||
* \param parser - A CmdLine parser object to add this Arg to
|
||||
* \param v - An optional visitor. You probably should not
|
||||
* use this unless you have a very good reason.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
MultiArg( const std::string& flag,
|
||||
const std::string& name,
|
||||
const std::string& desc,
|
||||
bool req,
|
||||
Constraint<T>* constraint,
|
||||
CmdLineInterface& parser,
|
||||
Visitor* v = NULL );
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Handles the processing of the argument.
|
||||
* This re-implements the Arg version of this method to set the
|
||||
* _value of the argument appropriately. It knows the difference
|
||||
* between labeled and unlabeled.
|
||||
* \param i - Pointer the the current argument in the list.
|
||||
* \param args - Mutable list of strings. Passed from main().
|
||||
*/
|
||||
virtual bool processArg(int* i, std::vector<std::string>& args);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Returns a vector of type T containing the values parsed from
|
||||
* the command line.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
const std::vector<T>& getValue();
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Returns an iterator over the values parsed from the command
|
||||
* line.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
const_iterator begin() const { return _values.begin(); }
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Returns the end of the values parsed from the command
|
||||
* line.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
const_iterator end() const { return _values.end(); }
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Returns the a short id string. Used in the usage.
|
||||
* \param val - value to be used.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
virtual std::string shortID(const std::string& val="val") const;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Returns the a long id string. Used in the usage.
|
||||
* \param val - value to be used.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
virtual std::string longID(const std::string& val="val") const;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Once we've matched the first value, then the arg is no longer
|
||||
* required.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
virtual bool isRequired() const;
|
||||
|
||||
virtual bool allowMore();
|
||||
|
||||
virtual void reset();
|
||||
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
template<class T>
|
||||
MultiArg<T>::MultiArg(const std::string& flag,
|
||||
const std::string& name,
|
||||
const std::string& desc,
|
||||
bool req,
|
||||
const std::string& typeDesc,
|
||||
Visitor* v)
|
||||
: Arg( flag, name, desc, req, true, v ),
|
||||
_typeDesc( typeDesc ),
|
||||
_constraint( NULL ),
|
||||
_allowMore(false)
|
||||
{
|
||||
_acceptsMultipleValues = true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
template<class T>
|
||||
MultiArg<T>::MultiArg(const std::string& flag,
|
||||
const std::string& name,
|
||||
const std::string& desc,
|
||||
bool req,
|
||||
const std::string& typeDesc,
|
||||
CmdLineInterface& parser,
|
||||
Visitor* v)
|
||||
: Arg( flag, name, desc, req, true, v ),
|
||||
_typeDesc( typeDesc ),
|
||||
_constraint( NULL ),
|
||||
_allowMore(false)
|
||||
{
|
||||
parser.add( this );
|
||||
_acceptsMultipleValues = true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
template<class T>
|
||||
MultiArg<T>::MultiArg(const std::string& flag,
|
||||
const std::string& name,
|
||||
const std::string& desc,
|
||||
bool req,
|
||||
Constraint<T>* constraint,
|
||||
Visitor* v)
|
||||
: Arg( flag, name, desc, req, true, v ),
|
||||
_typeDesc( constraint->shortID() ),
|
||||
_constraint( constraint ),
|
||||
_allowMore(false)
|
||||
{
|
||||
_acceptsMultipleValues = true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
template<class T>
|
||||
MultiArg<T>::MultiArg(const std::string& flag,
|
||||
const std::string& name,
|
||||
const std::string& desc,
|
||||
bool req,
|
||||
Constraint<T>* constraint,
|
||||
CmdLineInterface& parser,
|
||||
Visitor* v)
|
||||
: Arg( flag, name, desc, req, true, v ),
|
||||
_typeDesc( constraint->shortID() ),
|
||||
_constraint( constraint ),
|
||||
_allowMore(false)
|
||||
{
|
||||
parser.add( this );
|
||||
_acceptsMultipleValues = true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
template<class T>
|
||||
const std::vector<T>& MultiArg<T>::getValue() { return _values; }
|
||||
|
||||
template<class T>
|
||||
bool MultiArg<T>::processArg(int *i, std::vector<std::string>& args)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if ( _ignoreable && Arg::ignoreRest() )
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
|
||||
if ( _hasBlanks( args[*i] ) )
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
|
||||
std::string flag = args[*i];
|
||||
std::string value = "";
|
||||
|
||||
trimFlag( flag, value );
|
||||
|
||||
if ( argMatches( flag ) )
|
||||
{
|
||||
if ( Arg::delimiter() != ' ' && value == "" )
|
||||
throw( ArgParseException(
|
||||
"Couldn't find delimiter for this argument!",
|
||||
toString() ) );
|
||||
|
||||
// always take the first one, regardless of start string
|
||||
if ( value == "" )
|
||||
{
|
||||
(*i)++;
|
||||
if ( static_cast<unsigned int>(*i) < args.size() )
|
||||
_extractValue( args[*i] );
|
||||
else
|
||||
throw( ArgParseException("Missing a value for this argument!",
|
||||
toString() ) );
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
_extractValue( value );
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
// continuing taking the args until we hit one with a start string
|
||||
while ( (unsigned int)(*i)+1 < args.size() &&
|
||||
args[(*i)+1].find_first_of( Arg::flagStartString() ) != 0 &&
|
||||
args[(*i)+1].find_first_of( Arg::nameStartString() ) != 0 )
|
||||
_extractValue( args[++(*i)] );
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
_alreadySet = true;
|
||||
_checkWithVisitor();
|
||||
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
template<class T>
|
||||
std::string MultiArg<T>::shortID(const std::string& val) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
static_cast<void>(val); // Ignore input, don't warn
|
||||
return Arg::shortID(_typeDesc) + " ... ";
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
template<class T>
|
||||
std::string MultiArg<T>::longID(const std::string& val) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
static_cast<void>(val); // Ignore input, don't warn
|
||||
return Arg::longID(_typeDesc) + " (accepted multiple times)";
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Once we've matched the first value, then the arg is no longer
|
||||
* required.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
template<class T>
|
||||
bool MultiArg<T>::isRequired() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
if ( _required )
|
||||
{
|
||||
if ( _values.size() > 1 )
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
else
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
template<class T>
|
||||
void MultiArg<T>::_extractValue( const std::string& val )
|
||||
{
|
||||
try {
|
||||
T tmp;
|
||||
ExtractValue(tmp, val, typename ArgTraits<T>::ValueCategory());
|
||||
_values.push_back(tmp);
|
||||
} catch( ArgParseException &e) {
|
||||
throw ArgParseException(e.error(), toString());
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if ( _constraint != NULL )
|
||||
if ( ! _constraint->check( _values.back() ) )
|
||||
throw( CmdLineParseException( "Value '" + val +
|
||||
"' does not meet constraint: " +
|
||||
_constraint->description(),
|
||||
toString() ) );
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
template<class T>
|
||||
bool MultiArg<T>::allowMore()
|
||||
{
|
||||
bool am = _allowMore;
|
||||
_allowMore = true;
|
||||
return am;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
template<class T>
|
||||
void MultiArg<T>::reset()
|
||||
{
|
||||
Arg::reset();
|
||||
_values.clear();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
} // namespace TCLAP
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,216 @@
|
||||
|
||||
/******************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* file: MultiSwitchArg.h
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2003, Michael E. Smoot .
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2004, Michael E. Smoot, Daniel Aarno.
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2005, Michael E. Smoot, Daniel Aarno, Erik Zeek.
|
||||
* All rights reverved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* See the file COPYING in the top directory of this distribution for
|
||||
* more information.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED _AS IS_, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS
|
||||
* OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
|
||||
* FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
|
||||
* THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
|
||||
* LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
|
||||
* FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER
|
||||
* DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*****************************************************************************/
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef TCLAP_MULTI_SWITCH_ARG_H
|
||||
#define TCLAP_MULTI_SWITCH_ARG_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include <string>
|
||||
#include <vector>
|
||||
|
||||
#include <tclap/SwitchArg.h>
|
||||
|
||||
namespace TCLAP {
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* A multiple switch argument. If the switch is set on the command line, then
|
||||
* the getValue method will return the number of times the switch appears.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
class MultiSwitchArg : public SwitchArg
|
||||
{
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* The value of the switch.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int _value;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Used to support the reset() method so that ValueArg can be
|
||||
* reset to their constructed value.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int _default;
|
||||
|
||||
public:
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* MultiSwitchArg constructor.
|
||||
* \param flag - The one character flag that identifies this
|
||||
* argument on the command line.
|
||||
* \param name - A one word name for the argument. Can be
|
||||
* used as a long flag on the command line.
|
||||
* \param desc - A description of what the argument is for or
|
||||
* does.
|
||||
* \param init - Optional. The initial/default value of this Arg.
|
||||
* Defaults to 0.
|
||||
* \param v - An optional visitor. You probably should not
|
||||
* use this unless you have a very good reason.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
MultiSwitchArg(const std::string& flag,
|
||||
const std::string& name,
|
||||
const std::string& desc,
|
||||
int init = 0,
|
||||
Visitor* v = NULL);
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* MultiSwitchArg constructor.
|
||||
* \param flag - The one character flag that identifies this
|
||||
* argument on the command line.
|
||||
* \param name - A one word name for the argument. Can be
|
||||
* used as a long flag on the command line.
|
||||
* \param desc - A description of what the argument is for or
|
||||
* does.
|
||||
* \param parser - A CmdLine parser object to add this Arg to
|
||||
* \param init - Optional. The initial/default value of this Arg.
|
||||
* Defaults to 0.
|
||||
* \param v - An optional visitor. You probably should not
|
||||
* use this unless you have a very good reason.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
MultiSwitchArg(const std::string& flag,
|
||||
const std::string& name,
|
||||
const std::string& desc,
|
||||
CmdLineInterface& parser,
|
||||
int init = 0,
|
||||
Visitor* v = NULL);
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Handles the processing of the argument.
|
||||
* This re-implements the SwitchArg version of this method to set the
|
||||
* _value of the argument appropriately.
|
||||
* \param i - Pointer the the current argument in the list.
|
||||
* \param args - Mutable list of strings. Passed
|
||||
* in from main().
|
||||
*/
|
||||
virtual bool processArg(int* i, std::vector<std::string>& args);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Returns int, the number of times the switch has been set.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int getValue();
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Returns the shortID for this Arg.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
std::string shortID(const std::string& val) const;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Returns the longID for this Arg.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
std::string longID(const std::string& val) const;
|
||||
|
||||
void reset();
|
||||
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
//BEGIN MultiSwitchArg.cpp
|
||||
//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
inline MultiSwitchArg::MultiSwitchArg(const std::string& flag,
|
||||
const std::string& name,
|
||||
const std::string& desc,
|
||||
int init,
|
||||
Visitor* v )
|
||||
: SwitchArg(flag, name, desc, false, v),
|
||||
_value( init ),
|
||||
_default( init )
|
||||
{ }
|
||||
|
||||
inline MultiSwitchArg::MultiSwitchArg(const std::string& flag,
|
||||
const std::string& name,
|
||||
const std::string& desc,
|
||||
CmdLineInterface& parser,
|
||||
int init,
|
||||
Visitor* v )
|
||||
: SwitchArg(flag, name, desc, false, v),
|
||||
_value( init ),
|
||||
_default( init )
|
||||
{
|
||||
parser.add( this );
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline int MultiSwitchArg::getValue() { return _value; }
|
||||
|
||||
inline bool MultiSwitchArg::processArg(int *i, std::vector<std::string>& args)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if ( _ignoreable && Arg::ignoreRest() )
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
|
||||
if ( argMatches( args[*i] ))
|
||||
{
|
||||
// so the isSet() method will work
|
||||
_alreadySet = true;
|
||||
|
||||
// Matched argument: increment value.
|
||||
++_value;
|
||||
|
||||
_checkWithVisitor();
|
||||
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if ( combinedSwitchesMatch( args[*i] ) )
|
||||
{
|
||||
// so the isSet() method will work
|
||||
_alreadySet = true;
|
||||
|
||||
// Matched argument: increment value.
|
||||
++_value;
|
||||
|
||||
// Check for more in argument and increment value.
|
||||
while ( combinedSwitchesMatch( args[*i] ) )
|
||||
++_value;
|
||||
|
||||
_checkWithVisitor();
|
||||
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline std::string
|
||||
MultiSwitchArg::shortID(const std::string& val) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return Arg::shortID(val) + " ... ";
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline std::string
|
||||
MultiSwitchArg::longID(const std::string& val) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return Arg::longID(val) + " (accepted multiple times)";
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline void
|
||||
MultiSwitchArg::reset()
|
||||
{
|
||||
MultiSwitchArg::_value = MultiSwitchArg::_default;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
//END MultiSwitchArg.cpp
|
||||
//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
} //namespace TCLAP
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,62 @@
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/******************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* file: OptionalUnlabeledTracker.h
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2005, Michael E. Smoot .
|
||||
* All rights reverved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* See the file COPYING in the top directory of this distribution for
|
||||
* more information.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED _AS IS_, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS
|
||||
* OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
|
||||
* FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
|
||||
* THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
|
||||
* LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
|
||||
* FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER
|
||||
* DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*****************************************************************************/
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef TCLAP_OPTIONAL_UNLABELED_TRACKER_H
|
||||
#define TCLAP_OPTIONAL_UNLABELED_TRACKER_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include <string>
|
||||
|
||||
namespace TCLAP {
|
||||
|
||||
class OptionalUnlabeledTracker
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
||||
public:
|
||||
|
||||
static void check( bool req, const std::string& argName );
|
||||
|
||||
static void gotOptional() { alreadyOptionalRef() = true; }
|
||||
|
||||
static bool& alreadyOptional() { return alreadyOptionalRef(); }
|
||||
|
||||
private:
|
||||
|
||||
static bool& alreadyOptionalRef() { static bool ct = false; return ct; }
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
inline void OptionalUnlabeledTracker::check( bool req, const std::string& argName )
|
||||
{
|
||||
if ( OptionalUnlabeledTracker::alreadyOptional() )
|
||||
throw( SpecificationException(
|
||||
"You can't specify ANY Unlabeled Arg following an optional Unlabeled Arg",
|
||||
argName ) );
|
||||
|
||||
if ( !req )
|
||||
OptionalUnlabeledTracker::gotOptional();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
} // namespace TCLAP
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,186 @@
|
||||
// -*- Mode: c++; c-basic-offset: 4; tab-width: 4; -*-
|
||||
|
||||
/******************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* file: StandardTraits.h
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2007, Daniel Aarno, Michael E. Smoot .
|
||||
* All rights reverved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* See the file COPYING in the top directory of this distribution for
|
||||
* more information.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED _AS IS_, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS
|
||||
* OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
|
||||
* FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
|
||||
* THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
|
||||
* LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
|
||||
* FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER
|
||||
* DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*****************************************************************************/
|
||||
|
||||
// This is an internal tclap file, you should probably not have to
|
||||
// include this directly
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef TCLAP_STANDARD_TRAITS_H
|
||||
#define TCLAP_STANDARD_TRAITS_H
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
|
||||
#include <config.h> // To check for long long
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
namespace TCLAP {
|
||||
|
||||
// ======================================================================
|
||||
// Integer types
|
||||
// ======================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* longs have value-like semantics.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
template<>
|
||||
struct ArgTraits<long> {
|
||||
typedef ValueLike ValueCategory;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* ints have value-like semantics.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
template<>
|
||||
struct ArgTraits<int> {
|
||||
typedef ValueLike ValueCategory;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* shorts have value-like semantics.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
template<>
|
||||
struct ArgTraits<short> {
|
||||
typedef ValueLike ValueCategory;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* chars have value-like semantics.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
template<>
|
||||
struct ArgTraits<char> {
|
||||
typedef ValueLike ValueCategory;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef HAVE_LONG_LONG
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* long longs have value-like semantics.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
template<>
|
||||
struct ArgTraits<long long> {
|
||||
typedef ValueLike ValueCategory;
|
||||
};
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// ======================================================================
|
||||
// Unsigned integer types
|
||||
// ======================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* unsigned longs have value-like semantics.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
template<>
|
||||
struct ArgTraits<unsigned long> {
|
||||
typedef ValueLike ValueCategory;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* unsigned ints have value-like semantics.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
template<>
|
||||
struct ArgTraits<unsigned int> {
|
||||
typedef ValueLike ValueCategory;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* unsigned shorts have value-like semantics.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
template<>
|
||||
struct ArgTraits<unsigned short> {
|
||||
typedef ValueLike ValueCategory;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* unsigned chars have value-like semantics.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
template<>
|
||||
struct ArgTraits<unsigned char> {
|
||||
typedef ValueLike ValueCategory;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef HAVE_LONG_LONG
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* unsigned long longs have value-like semantics.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
template<>
|
||||
struct ArgTraits<unsigned long long> {
|
||||
typedef ValueLike ValueCategory;
|
||||
};
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// ======================================================================
|
||||
// Float types
|
||||
// ======================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* floats have value-like semantics.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
template<>
|
||||
struct ArgTraits<float> {
|
||||
typedef ValueLike ValueCategory;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* doubles have value-like semantics.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
template<>
|
||||
struct ArgTraits<double> {
|
||||
typedef ValueLike ValueCategory;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
// ======================================================================
|
||||
// Other types
|
||||
// ======================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* bools have value-like semantics.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
template<>
|
||||
struct ArgTraits<bool> {
|
||||
typedef ValueLike ValueCategory;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* wchar_ts have value-like semantics.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
/*
|
||||
template<>
|
||||
struct ArgTraits<wchar_t> {
|
||||
typedef ValueLike ValueCategory;
|
||||
};
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Strings have string like argument traits.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
template<>
|
||||
struct ArgTraits<std::string> {
|
||||
typedef StringLike ValueCategory;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
template<typename T>
|
||||
void SetString(T &dst, const std::string &src)
|
||||
{
|
||||
dst = src;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
} // namespace
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,298 @@
|
||||
// -*- Mode: c++; c-basic-offset: 4; tab-width: 4; -*-
|
||||
|
||||
/******************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* file: StdOutput.h
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2004, Michael E. Smoot
|
||||
* All rights reverved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* See the file COPYING in the top directory of this distribution for
|
||||
* more information.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED _AS IS_, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS
|
||||
* OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
|
||||
* FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
|
||||
* THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
|
||||
* LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
|
||||
* FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER
|
||||
* DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*****************************************************************************/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef TCLAP_STDCMDLINEOUTPUT_H
|
||||
#define TCLAP_STDCMDLINEOUTPUT_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include <string>
|
||||
#include <vector>
|
||||
#include <list>
|
||||
#include <iostream>
|
||||
#include <algorithm>
|
||||
|
||||
#include <tclap/CmdLineInterface.h>
|
||||
#include <tclap/CmdLineOutput.h>
|
||||
#include <tclap/XorHandler.h>
|
||||
#include <tclap/Arg.h>
|
||||
|
||||
namespace TCLAP {
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* A class that isolates any output from the CmdLine object so that it
|
||||
* may be easily modified.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
class StdOutput : public CmdLineOutput
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
||||
public:
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Prints the usage to stdout. Can be overridden to
|
||||
* produce alternative behavior.
|
||||
* \param c - The CmdLine object the output is generated for.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
virtual void usage(CmdLineInterface& c);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Prints the version to stdout. Can be overridden
|
||||
* to produce alternative behavior.
|
||||
* \param c - The CmdLine object the output is generated for.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
virtual void version(CmdLineInterface& c);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Prints (to stderr) an error message, short usage
|
||||
* Can be overridden to produce alternative behavior.
|
||||
* \param c - The CmdLine object the output is generated for.
|
||||
* \param e - The ArgException that caused the failure.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
virtual void failure(CmdLineInterface& c,
|
||||
ArgException& e );
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Writes a brief usage message with short args.
|
||||
* \param c - The CmdLine object the output is generated for.
|
||||
* \param os - The stream to write the message to.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void _shortUsage( CmdLineInterface& c, std::ostream& os ) const;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Writes a longer usage message with long and short args,
|
||||
* provides descriptions and prints message.
|
||||
* \param c - The CmdLine object the output is generated for.
|
||||
* \param os - The stream to write the message to.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void _longUsage( CmdLineInterface& c, std::ostream& os ) const;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* This function inserts line breaks and indents long strings
|
||||
* according the params input. It will only break lines at spaces,
|
||||
* commas and pipes.
|
||||
* \param os - The stream to be printed to.
|
||||
* \param s - The string to be printed.
|
||||
* \param maxWidth - The maxWidth allowed for the output line.
|
||||
* \param indentSpaces - The number of spaces to indent the first line.
|
||||
* \param secondLineOffset - The number of spaces to indent the second
|
||||
* and all subsequent lines in addition to indentSpaces.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void spacePrint( std::ostream& os,
|
||||
const std::string& s,
|
||||
int maxWidth,
|
||||
int indentSpaces,
|
||||
int secondLineOffset ) const;
|
||||
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
inline void StdOutput::version(CmdLineInterface& _cmd)
|
||||
{
|
||||
std::string progName = _cmd.getProgramName();
|
||||
std::string version = _cmd.getVersion();
|
||||
|
||||
std::cout << std::endl << progName << " version: "
|
||||
<< version << std::endl << std::endl;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline void StdOutput::usage(CmdLineInterface& _cmd )
|
||||
{
|
||||
std::cout << std::endl << "USAGE: " << std::endl << std::endl;
|
||||
|
||||
_shortUsage( _cmd, std::cout );
|
||||
|
||||
std::cout << std::endl << std::endl << "Where: " << std::endl << std::endl;
|
||||
|
||||
_longUsage( _cmd, std::cout );
|
||||
|
||||
std::cout << std::endl;
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline void StdOutput::failure( CmdLineInterface& _cmd,
|
||||
ArgException& e )
|
||||
{
|
||||
std::string progName = _cmd.getProgramName();
|
||||
|
||||
std::cerr << "PARSE ERROR: " << e.argId() << std::endl
|
||||
<< " " << e.error() << std::endl << std::endl;
|
||||
|
||||
if ( _cmd.hasHelpAndVersion() )
|
||||
{
|
||||
std::cerr << "Brief USAGE: " << std::endl;
|
||||
|
||||
_shortUsage( _cmd, std::cerr );
|
||||
|
||||
std::cerr << std::endl << "For complete USAGE and HELP type: "
|
||||
<< std::endl << " " << progName << " --help"
|
||||
<< std::endl << std::endl;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
usage(_cmd);
|
||||
|
||||
throw ExitException(1);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline void
|
||||
StdOutput::_shortUsage( CmdLineInterface& _cmd,
|
||||
std::ostream& os ) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
std::list<Arg*> argList = _cmd.getArgList();
|
||||
std::string progName = _cmd.getProgramName();
|
||||
XorHandler xorHandler = _cmd.getXorHandler();
|
||||
std::vector< std::vector<Arg*> > xorList = xorHandler.getXorList();
|
||||
|
||||
std::string s = progName + " ";
|
||||
|
||||
// first the xor
|
||||
for ( int i = 0; static_cast<unsigned int>(i) < xorList.size(); i++ )
|
||||
{
|
||||
s += " {";
|
||||
for ( ArgVectorIterator it = xorList[i].begin();
|
||||
it != xorList[i].end(); it++ )
|
||||
s += (*it)->shortID() + "|";
|
||||
|
||||
s[s.length()-1] = '}';
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// then the rest
|
||||
for (ArgListIterator it = argList.begin(); it != argList.end(); it++)
|
||||
if ( !xorHandler.contains( (*it) ) )
|
||||
s += " " + (*it)->shortID();
|
||||
|
||||
// if the program name is too long, then adjust the second line offset
|
||||
int secondLineOffset = static_cast<int>(progName.length()) + 2;
|
||||
if ( secondLineOffset > 75/2 )
|
||||
secondLineOffset = static_cast<int>(75/2);
|
||||
|
||||
spacePrint( os, s, 75, 3, secondLineOffset );
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline void
|
||||
StdOutput::_longUsage( CmdLineInterface& _cmd,
|
||||
std::ostream& os ) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
std::list<Arg*> argList = _cmd.getArgList();
|
||||
std::string message = _cmd.getMessage();
|
||||
XorHandler xorHandler = _cmd.getXorHandler();
|
||||
std::vector< std::vector<Arg*> > xorList = xorHandler.getXorList();
|
||||
|
||||
// first the xor
|
||||
for ( int i = 0; static_cast<unsigned int>(i) < xorList.size(); i++ )
|
||||
{
|
||||
for ( ArgVectorIterator it = xorList[i].begin();
|
||||
it != xorList[i].end();
|
||||
it++ )
|
||||
{
|
||||
spacePrint( os, (*it)->longID(), 75, 3, 3 );
|
||||
spacePrint( os, (*it)->getDescription(), 75, 5, 0 );
|
||||
|
||||
if ( it+1 != xorList[i].end() )
|
||||
spacePrint(os, "-- OR --", 75, 9, 0);
|
||||
}
|
||||
os << std::endl << std::endl;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// then the rest
|
||||
for (ArgListIterator it = argList.begin(); it != argList.end(); it++)
|
||||
if ( !xorHandler.contains( (*it) ) )
|
||||
{
|
||||
spacePrint( os, (*it)->longID(), 75, 3, 3 );
|
||||
spacePrint( os, (*it)->getDescription(), 75, 5, 0 );
|
||||
os << std::endl;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
os << std::endl;
|
||||
|
||||
spacePrint( os, message, 75, 3, 0 );
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline void StdOutput::spacePrint( std::ostream& os,
|
||||
const std::string& s,
|
||||
int maxWidth,
|
||||
int indentSpaces,
|
||||
int secondLineOffset ) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
int len = static_cast<int>(s.length());
|
||||
|
||||
if ( (len + indentSpaces > maxWidth) && maxWidth > 0 )
|
||||
{
|
||||
int allowedLen = maxWidth - indentSpaces;
|
||||
int start = 0;
|
||||
while ( start < len )
|
||||
{
|
||||
// find the substring length
|
||||
// int stringLen = std::min<int>( len - start, allowedLen );
|
||||
// doing it this way to support a VisualC++ 2005 bug
|
||||
using namespace std;
|
||||
int stringLen = min<int>( len - start, allowedLen );
|
||||
|
||||
// trim the length so it doesn't end in middle of a word
|
||||
if ( stringLen == allowedLen )
|
||||
while ( stringLen >= 0 &&
|
||||
s[stringLen+start] != ' ' &&
|
||||
s[stringLen+start] != ',' &&
|
||||
s[stringLen+start] != '|' )
|
||||
stringLen--;
|
||||
|
||||
// ok, the word is longer than the line, so just split
|
||||
// wherever the line ends
|
||||
if ( stringLen <= 0 )
|
||||
stringLen = allowedLen;
|
||||
|
||||
// check for newlines
|
||||
for ( int i = 0; i < stringLen; i++ )
|
||||
if ( s[start+i] == '\n' )
|
||||
stringLen = i+1;
|
||||
|
||||
// print the indent
|
||||
for ( int i = 0; i < indentSpaces; i++ )
|
||||
os << " ";
|
||||
|
||||
if ( start == 0 )
|
||||
{
|
||||
// handle second line offsets
|
||||
indentSpaces += secondLineOffset;
|
||||
|
||||
// adjust allowed len
|
||||
allowedLen -= secondLineOffset;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
os << s.substr(start,stringLen) << std::endl;
|
||||
|
||||
// so we don't start a line with a space
|
||||
while ( s[stringLen+start] == ' ' && start < len )
|
||||
start++;
|
||||
|
||||
start += stringLen;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
for ( int i = 0; i < indentSpaces; i++ )
|
||||
os << " ";
|
||||
os << s << std::endl;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
} //namespace TCLAP
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,228 @@
|
||||
|
||||
/******************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* file: SwitchArg.h
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2003, Michael E. Smoot .
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2004, Michael E. Smoot, Daniel Aarno.
|
||||
* All rights reverved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* See the file COPYING in the top directory of this distribution for
|
||||
* more information.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED _AS IS_, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS
|
||||
* OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
|
||||
* FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
|
||||
* THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
|
||||
* LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
|
||||
* FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER
|
||||
* DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*****************************************************************************/
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef TCLAP_SWITCH_ARG_H
|
||||
#define TCLAP_SWITCH_ARG_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include <string>
|
||||
#include <vector>
|
||||
|
||||
#include <tclap/Arg.h>
|
||||
|
||||
namespace TCLAP {
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* A simple switch argument. If the switch is set on the command line, then
|
||||
* the getValue method will return the opposite of the default value for the
|
||||
* switch.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
class SwitchArg : public Arg
|
||||
{
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* The value of the switch.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
bool _value;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Used to support the reset() method so that ValueArg can be
|
||||
* reset to their constructed value.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
bool _default;
|
||||
|
||||
public:
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* SwitchArg constructor.
|
||||
* \param flag - The one character flag that identifies this
|
||||
* argument on the command line.
|
||||
* \param name - A one word name for the argument. Can be
|
||||
* used as a long flag on the command line.
|
||||
* \param desc - A description of what the argument is for or
|
||||
* does.
|
||||
* \param def - The default value for this Switch.
|
||||
* \param v - An optional visitor. You probably should not
|
||||
* use this unless you have a very good reason.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
SwitchArg(const std::string& flag,
|
||||
const std::string& name,
|
||||
const std::string& desc,
|
||||
bool def = false,
|
||||
Visitor* v = NULL);
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* SwitchArg constructor.
|
||||
* \param flag - The one character flag that identifies this
|
||||
* argument on the command line.
|
||||
* \param name - A one word name for the argument. Can be
|
||||
* used as a long flag on the command line.
|
||||
* \param desc - A description of what the argument is for or
|
||||
* does.
|
||||
* \param parser - A CmdLine parser object to add this Arg to
|
||||
* \param def - The default value for this Switch.
|
||||
* \param v - An optional visitor. You probably should not
|
||||
* use this unless you have a very good reason.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
SwitchArg(const std::string& flag,
|
||||
const std::string& name,
|
||||
const std::string& desc,
|
||||
CmdLineInterface& parser,
|
||||
bool def = false,
|
||||
Visitor* v = NULL);
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Handles the processing of the argument.
|
||||
* This re-implements the Arg version of this method to set the
|
||||
* _value of the argument appropriately.
|
||||
* \param i - Pointer the the current argument in the list.
|
||||
* \param args - Mutable list of strings. Passed
|
||||
* in from main().
|
||||
*/
|
||||
virtual bool processArg(int* i, std::vector<std::string>& args);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Checks a string to see if any of the chars in the string
|
||||
* match the flag for this Switch.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
bool combinedSwitchesMatch(std::string& combined);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Returns bool, whether or not the switch has been set.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
bool getValue();
|
||||
|
||||
virtual void reset();
|
||||
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
//BEGIN SwitchArg.cpp
|
||||
//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
inline SwitchArg::SwitchArg(const std::string& flag,
|
||||
const std::string& name,
|
||||
const std::string& desc,
|
||||
bool default_val,
|
||||
Visitor* v )
|
||||
: Arg(flag, name, desc, false, false, v),
|
||||
_value( default_val ),
|
||||
_default( default_val )
|
||||
{ }
|
||||
|
||||
inline SwitchArg::SwitchArg(const std::string& flag,
|
||||
const std::string& name,
|
||||
const std::string& desc,
|
||||
CmdLineInterface& parser,
|
||||
bool default_val,
|
||||
Visitor* v )
|
||||
: Arg(flag, name, desc, false, false, v),
|
||||
_value( default_val ),
|
||||
_default(default_val)
|
||||
{
|
||||
parser.add( this );
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline bool SwitchArg::getValue() { return _value; }
|
||||
|
||||
inline bool SwitchArg::combinedSwitchesMatch(std::string& combinedSwitches )
|
||||
{
|
||||
// make sure this is actually a combined switch
|
||||
if ( combinedSwitches.length() > 0 &&
|
||||
combinedSwitches[0] != Arg::flagStartString()[0] )
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
|
||||
// make sure it isn't a long name
|
||||
if ( combinedSwitches.substr( 0, Arg::nameStartString().length() ) ==
|
||||
Arg::nameStartString() )
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
|
||||
// make sure the delimiter isn't in the string
|
||||
if ( combinedSwitches.find_first_of( Arg::delimiter() ) != std::string::npos )
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
|
||||
// ok, we're not specifying a ValueArg, so we know that we have
|
||||
// a combined switch list.
|
||||
for ( unsigned int i = 1; i < combinedSwitches.length(); i++ )
|
||||
if ( _flag.length() > 0 &&
|
||||
combinedSwitches[i] == _flag[0] &&
|
||||
_flag[0] != Arg::flagStartString()[0] )
|
||||
{
|
||||
// update the combined switches so this one is no longer present
|
||||
// this is necessary so that no unlabeled args are matched
|
||||
// later in the processing.
|
||||
//combinedSwitches.erase(i,1);
|
||||
combinedSwitches[i] = Arg::blankChar();
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// none of the switches passed in the list match.
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
inline bool SwitchArg::processArg(int *i, std::vector<std::string>& args)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if ( _ignoreable && Arg::ignoreRest() )
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
|
||||
if ( argMatches( args[*i] ) || combinedSwitchesMatch( args[*i] ) )
|
||||
{
|
||||
// If we match on a combined switch, then we want to return false
|
||||
// so that other switches in the combination will also have a
|
||||
// chance to match.
|
||||
bool ret = false;
|
||||
if ( argMatches( args[*i] ) )
|
||||
ret = true;
|
||||
|
||||
if ( _alreadySet || ( !ret && combinedSwitchesMatch( args[*i] ) ) )
|
||||
throw(CmdLineParseException("Argument already set!", toString()));
|
||||
|
||||
_alreadySet = true;
|
||||
|
||||
if ( _value == true )
|
||||
_value = false;
|
||||
else
|
||||
_value = true;
|
||||
|
||||
_checkWithVisitor();
|
||||
|
||||
return ret;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline void SwitchArg::reset()
|
||||
{
|
||||
Arg::reset();
|
||||
_value = _default;
|
||||
}
|
||||
//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
//End SwitchArg.cpp
|
||||
//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
} //namespace TCLAP
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,301 @@
|
||||
|
||||
/******************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* file: UnlabeledMultiArg.h
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2003, Michael E. Smoot.
|
||||
* All rights reverved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* See the file COPYING in the top directory of this distribution for
|
||||
* more information.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED _AS IS_, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS
|
||||
* OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
|
||||
* FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
|
||||
* THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
|
||||
* LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
|
||||
* FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER
|
||||
* DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*****************************************************************************/
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef TCLAP_MULTIPLE_UNLABELED_ARGUMENT_H
|
||||
#define TCLAP_MULTIPLE_UNLABELED_ARGUMENT_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include <string>
|
||||
#include <vector>
|
||||
|
||||
#include <tclap/MultiArg.h>
|
||||
#include <tclap/OptionalUnlabeledTracker.h>
|
||||
|
||||
namespace TCLAP {
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Just like a MultiArg, except that the arguments are unlabeled. Basically,
|
||||
* this Arg will slurp up everything that hasn't been matched to another
|
||||
* Arg.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
template<class T>
|
||||
class UnlabeledMultiArg : public MultiArg<T>
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
||||
// If compiler has two stage name lookup (as gcc >= 3.4 does)
|
||||
// this is requried to prevent undef. symbols
|
||||
using MultiArg<T>::_ignoreable;
|
||||
using MultiArg<T>::_hasBlanks;
|
||||
using MultiArg<T>::_extractValue;
|
||||
using MultiArg<T>::_typeDesc;
|
||||
using MultiArg<T>::_name;
|
||||
using MultiArg<T>::_description;
|
||||
using MultiArg<T>::_alreadySet;
|
||||
using MultiArg<T>::toString;
|
||||
|
||||
public:
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Constructor.
|
||||
* \param name - The name of the Arg. Note that this is used for
|
||||
* identification, not as a long flag.
|
||||
* \param desc - A description of what the argument is for or
|
||||
* does.
|
||||
* \param req - Whether the argument is required on the command
|
||||
* line.
|
||||
* \param typeDesc - A short, human readable description of the
|
||||
* type that this object expects. This is used in the generation
|
||||
* of the USAGE statement. The goal is to be helpful to the end user
|
||||
* of the program.
|
||||
* \param ignoreable - Whether or not this argument can be ignored
|
||||
* using the "--" flag.
|
||||
* \param v - An optional visitor. You probably should not
|
||||
* use this unless you have a very good reason.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
UnlabeledMultiArg( const std::string& name,
|
||||
const std::string& desc,
|
||||
bool req,
|
||||
const std::string& typeDesc,
|
||||
bool ignoreable = false,
|
||||
Visitor* v = NULL );
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Constructor.
|
||||
* \param name - The name of the Arg. Note that this is used for
|
||||
* identification, not as a long flag.
|
||||
* \param desc - A description of what the argument is for or
|
||||
* does.
|
||||
* \param req - Whether the argument is required on the command
|
||||
* line.
|
||||
* \param typeDesc - A short, human readable description of the
|
||||
* type that this object expects. This is used in the generation
|
||||
* of the USAGE statement. The goal is to be helpful to the end user
|
||||
* of the program.
|
||||
* \param parser - A CmdLine parser object to add this Arg to
|
||||
* \param ignoreable - Whether or not this argument can be ignored
|
||||
* using the "--" flag.
|
||||
* \param v - An optional visitor. You probably should not
|
||||
* use this unless you have a very good reason.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
UnlabeledMultiArg( const std::string& name,
|
||||
const std::string& desc,
|
||||
bool req,
|
||||
const std::string& typeDesc,
|
||||
CmdLineInterface& parser,
|
||||
bool ignoreable = false,
|
||||
Visitor* v = NULL );
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Constructor.
|
||||
* \param name - The name of the Arg. Note that this is used for
|
||||
* identification, not as a long flag.
|
||||
* \param desc - A description of what the argument is for or
|
||||
* does.
|
||||
* \param req - Whether the argument is required on the command
|
||||
* line.
|
||||
* \param constraint - A pointer to a Constraint object used
|
||||
* to constrain this Arg.
|
||||
* \param ignoreable - Whether or not this argument can be ignored
|
||||
* using the "--" flag.
|
||||
* \param v - An optional visitor. You probably should not
|
||||
* use this unless you have a very good reason.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
UnlabeledMultiArg( const std::string& name,
|
||||
const std::string& desc,
|
||||
bool req,
|
||||
Constraint<T>* constraint,
|
||||
bool ignoreable = false,
|
||||
Visitor* v = NULL );
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Constructor.
|
||||
* \param name - The name of the Arg. Note that this is used for
|
||||
* identification, not as a long flag.
|
||||
* \param desc - A description of what the argument is for or
|
||||
* does.
|
||||
* \param req - Whether the argument is required on the command
|
||||
* line.
|
||||
* \param constraint - A pointer to a Constraint object used
|
||||
* to constrain this Arg.
|
||||
* \param parser - A CmdLine parser object to add this Arg to
|
||||
* \param ignoreable - Whether or not this argument can be ignored
|
||||
* using the "--" flag.
|
||||
* \param v - An optional visitor. You probably should not
|
||||
* use this unless you have a very good reason.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
UnlabeledMultiArg( const std::string& name,
|
||||
const std::string& desc,
|
||||
bool req,
|
||||
Constraint<T>* constraint,
|
||||
CmdLineInterface& parser,
|
||||
bool ignoreable = false,
|
||||
Visitor* v = NULL );
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Handles the processing of the argument.
|
||||
* This re-implements the Arg version of this method to set the
|
||||
* _value of the argument appropriately. It knows the difference
|
||||
* between labeled and unlabeled.
|
||||
* \param i - Pointer the the current argument in the list.
|
||||
* \param args - Mutable list of strings. Passed from main().
|
||||
*/
|
||||
virtual bool processArg(int* i, std::vector<std::string>& args);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Returns the a short id string. Used in the usage.
|
||||
* \param val - value to be used.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
virtual std::string shortID(const std::string& val="val") const;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Returns the a long id string. Used in the usage.
|
||||
* \param val - value to be used.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
virtual std::string longID(const std::string& val="val") const;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Opertor ==.
|
||||
* \param a - The Arg to be compared to this.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
virtual bool operator==(const Arg& a) const;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Pushes this to back of list rather than front.
|
||||
* \param argList - The list this should be added to.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
virtual void addToList( std::list<Arg*>& argList ) const;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
template<class T>
|
||||
UnlabeledMultiArg<T>::UnlabeledMultiArg(const std::string& name,
|
||||
const std::string& desc,
|
||||
bool req,
|
||||
const std::string& typeDesc,
|
||||
bool ignoreable,
|
||||
Visitor* v)
|
||||
: MultiArg<T>("", name, desc, req, typeDesc, v)
|
||||
{
|
||||
_ignoreable = ignoreable;
|
||||
OptionalUnlabeledTracker::check(true, toString());
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
template<class T>
|
||||
UnlabeledMultiArg<T>::UnlabeledMultiArg(const std::string& name,
|
||||
const std::string& desc,
|
||||
bool req,
|
||||
const std::string& typeDesc,
|
||||
CmdLineInterface& parser,
|
||||
bool ignoreable,
|
||||
Visitor* v)
|
||||
: MultiArg<T>("", name, desc, req, typeDesc, v)
|
||||
{
|
||||
_ignoreable = ignoreable;
|
||||
OptionalUnlabeledTracker::check(true, toString());
|
||||
parser.add( this );
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
template<class T>
|
||||
UnlabeledMultiArg<T>::UnlabeledMultiArg(const std::string& name,
|
||||
const std::string& desc,
|
||||
bool req,
|
||||
Constraint<T>* constraint,
|
||||
bool ignoreable,
|
||||
Visitor* v)
|
||||
: MultiArg<T>("", name, desc, req, constraint, v)
|
||||
{
|
||||
_ignoreable = ignoreable;
|
||||
OptionalUnlabeledTracker::check(true, toString());
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
template<class T>
|
||||
UnlabeledMultiArg<T>::UnlabeledMultiArg(const std::string& name,
|
||||
const std::string& desc,
|
||||
bool req,
|
||||
Constraint<T>* constraint,
|
||||
CmdLineInterface& parser,
|
||||
bool ignoreable,
|
||||
Visitor* v)
|
||||
: MultiArg<T>("", name, desc, req, constraint, v)
|
||||
{
|
||||
_ignoreable = ignoreable;
|
||||
OptionalUnlabeledTracker::check(true, toString());
|
||||
parser.add( this );
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
template<class T>
|
||||
bool UnlabeledMultiArg<T>::processArg(int *i, std::vector<std::string>& args)
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
||||
if ( _hasBlanks( args[*i] ) )
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
|
||||
// never ignore an unlabeled multi arg
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
// always take the first value, regardless of the start string
|
||||
_extractValue( args[(*i)] );
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
// continue taking args until we hit the end or a start string
|
||||
while ( (unsigned int)(*i)+1 < args.size() &&
|
||||
args[(*i)+1].find_first_of( Arg::flagStartString() ) != 0 &&
|
||||
args[(*i)+1].find_first_of( Arg::nameStartString() ) != 0 )
|
||||
_extractValue( args[++(*i)] );
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
_alreadySet = true;
|
||||
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
template<class T>
|
||||
std::string UnlabeledMultiArg<T>::shortID(const std::string& val) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
static_cast<void>(val); // Ignore input, don't warn
|
||||
return std::string("<") + _typeDesc + "> ...";
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
template<class T>
|
||||
std::string UnlabeledMultiArg<T>::longID(const std::string& val) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
static_cast<void>(val); // Ignore input, don't warn
|
||||
return std::string("<") + _typeDesc + "> (accepted multiple times)";
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
template<class T>
|
||||
bool UnlabeledMultiArg<T>::operator==(const Arg& a) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
if ( _name == a.getName() || _description == a.getDescription() )
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
else
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
template<class T>
|
||||
void UnlabeledMultiArg<T>::addToList( std::list<Arg*>& argList ) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
argList.push_back( const_cast<Arg*>(static_cast<const Arg* const>(this)) );
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,340 @@
|
||||
|
||||
/******************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* file: UnlabeledValueArg.h
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2003, Michael E. Smoot .
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2004, Michael E. Smoot, Daniel Aarno.
|
||||
* All rights reverved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* See the file COPYING in the top directory of this distribution for
|
||||
* more information.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED _AS IS_, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS
|
||||
* OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
|
||||
* FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
|
||||
* THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
|
||||
* LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
|
||||
* FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER
|
||||
* DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*****************************************************************************/
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef TCLAP_UNLABELED_VALUE_ARGUMENT_H
|
||||
#define TCLAP_UNLABELED_VALUE_ARGUMENT_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include <string>
|
||||
#include <vector>
|
||||
|
||||
#include <tclap/ValueArg.h>
|
||||
#include <tclap/OptionalUnlabeledTracker.h>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
namespace TCLAP {
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* The basic unlabeled argument that parses a value.
|
||||
* This is a template class, which means the type T defines the type
|
||||
* that a given object will attempt to parse when an UnlabeledValueArg
|
||||
* is reached in the list of args that the CmdLine iterates over.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
template<class T>
|
||||
class UnlabeledValueArg : public ValueArg<T>
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
||||
// If compiler has two stage name lookup (as gcc >= 3.4 does)
|
||||
// this is requried to prevent undef. symbols
|
||||
using ValueArg<T>::_ignoreable;
|
||||
using ValueArg<T>::_hasBlanks;
|
||||
using ValueArg<T>::_extractValue;
|
||||
using ValueArg<T>::_typeDesc;
|
||||
using ValueArg<T>::_name;
|
||||
using ValueArg<T>::_description;
|
||||
using ValueArg<T>::_alreadySet;
|
||||
using ValueArg<T>::toString;
|
||||
|
||||
public:
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* UnlabeledValueArg constructor.
|
||||
* \param name - A one word name for the argument. Note that this is used for
|
||||
* identification, not as a long flag.
|
||||
* \param desc - A description of what the argument is for or
|
||||
* does.
|
||||
* \param req - Whether the argument is required on the command
|
||||
* line.
|
||||
* \param value - The default value assigned to this argument if it
|
||||
* is not present on the command line.
|
||||
* \param typeDesc - A short, human readable description of the
|
||||
* type that this object expects. This is used in the generation
|
||||
* of the USAGE statement. The goal is to be helpful to the end user
|
||||
* of the program.
|
||||
* \param ignoreable - Allows you to specify that this argument can be
|
||||
* ignored if the '--' flag is set. This defaults to false (cannot
|
||||
* be ignored) and should generally stay that way unless you have
|
||||
* some special need for certain arguments to be ignored.
|
||||
* \param v - Optional Vistor. You should leave this blank unless
|
||||
* you have a very good reason.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
UnlabeledValueArg( const std::string& name,
|
||||
const std::string& desc,
|
||||
bool req,
|
||||
T value,
|
||||
const std::string& typeDesc,
|
||||
bool ignoreable = false,
|
||||
Visitor* v = NULL);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* UnlabeledValueArg constructor.
|
||||
* \param name - A one word name for the argument. Note that this is used for
|
||||
* identification, not as a long flag.
|
||||
* \param desc - A description of what the argument is for or
|
||||
* does.
|
||||
* \param req - Whether the argument is required on the command
|
||||
* line.
|
||||
* \param value - The default value assigned to this argument if it
|
||||
* is not present on the command line.
|
||||
* \param typeDesc - A short, human readable description of the
|
||||
* type that this object expects. This is used in the generation
|
||||
* of the USAGE statement. The goal is to be helpful to the end user
|
||||
* of the program.
|
||||
* \param parser - A CmdLine parser object to add this Arg to
|
||||
* \param ignoreable - Allows you to specify that this argument can be
|
||||
* ignored if the '--' flag is set. This defaults to false (cannot
|
||||
* be ignored) and should generally stay that way unless you have
|
||||
* some special need for certain arguments to be ignored.
|
||||
* \param v - Optional Vistor. You should leave this blank unless
|
||||
* you have a very good reason.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
UnlabeledValueArg( const std::string& name,
|
||||
const std::string& desc,
|
||||
bool req,
|
||||
T value,
|
||||
const std::string& typeDesc,
|
||||
CmdLineInterface& parser,
|
||||
bool ignoreable = false,
|
||||
Visitor* v = NULL );
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* UnlabeledValueArg constructor.
|
||||
* \param name - A one word name for the argument. Note that this is used for
|
||||
* identification, not as a long flag.
|
||||
* \param desc - A description of what the argument is for or
|
||||
* does.
|
||||
* \param req - Whether the argument is required on the command
|
||||
* line.
|
||||
* \param value - The default value assigned to this argument if it
|
||||
* is not present on the command line.
|
||||
* \param constraint - A pointer to a Constraint object used
|
||||
* to constrain this Arg.
|
||||
* \param ignoreable - Allows you to specify that this argument can be
|
||||
* ignored if the '--' flag is set. This defaults to false (cannot
|
||||
* be ignored) and should generally stay that way unless you have
|
||||
* some special need for certain arguments to be ignored.
|
||||
* \param v - Optional Vistor. You should leave this blank unless
|
||||
* you have a very good reason.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
UnlabeledValueArg( const std::string& name,
|
||||
const std::string& desc,
|
||||
bool req,
|
||||
T value,
|
||||
Constraint<T>* constraint,
|
||||
bool ignoreable = false,
|
||||
Visitor* v = NULL );
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* UnlabeledValueArg constructor.
|
||||
* \param name - A one word name for the argument. Note that this is used for
|
||||
* identification, not as a long flag.
|
||||
* \param desc - A description of what the argument is for or
|
||||
* does.
|
||||
* \param req - Whether the argument is required on the command
|
||||
* line.
|
||||
* \param value - The default value assigned to this argument if it
|
||||
* is not present on the command line.
|
||||
* \param constraint - A pointer to a Constraint object used
|
||||
* to constrain this Arg.
|
||||
* \param parser - A CmdLine parser object to add this Arg to
|
||||
* \param ignoreable - Allows you to specify that this argument can be
|
||||
* ignored if the '--' flag is set. This defaults to false (cannot
|
||||
* be ignored) and should generally stay that way unless you have
|
||||
* some special need for certain arguments to be ignored.
|
||||
* \param v - Optional Vistor. You should leave this blank unless
|
||||
* you have a very good reason.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
UnlabeledValueArg( const std::string& name,
|
||||
const std::string& desc,
|
||||
bool req,
|
||||
T value,
|
||||
Constraint<T>* constraint,
|
||||
CmdLineInterface& parser,
|
||||
bool ignoreable = false,
|
||||
Visitor* v = NULL);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Handles the processing of the argument.
|
||||
* This re-implements the Arg version of this method to set the
|
||||
* _value of the argument appropriately. Handling specific to
|
||||
* unlabled arguments.
|
||||
* \param i - Pointer the the current argument in the list.
|
||||
* \param args - Mutable list of strings.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
virtual bool processArg(int* i, std::vector<std::string>& args);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Overrides shortID for specific behavior.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
virtual std::string shortID(const std::string& val="val") const;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Overrides longID for specific behavior.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
virtual std::string longID(const std::string& val="val") const;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Overrides operator== for specific behavior.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
virtual bool operator==(const Arg& a ) const;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Instead of pushing to the front of list, push to the back.
|
||||
* \param argList - The list to add this to.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
virtual void addToList( std::list<Arg*>& argList ) const;
|
||||
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Constructor implemenation.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
template<class T>
|
||||
UnlabeledValueArg<T>::UnlabeledValueArg(const std::string& name,
|
||||
const std::string& desc,
|
||||
bool req,
|
||||
T val,
|
||||
const std::string& typeDesc,
|
||||
bool ignoreable,
|
||||
Visitor* v)
|
||||
: ValueArg<T>("", name, desc, req, val, typeDesc, v)
|
||||
{
|
||||
_ignoreable = ignoreable;
|
||||
|
||||
OptionalUnlabeledTracker::check(req, toString());
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
template<class T>
|
||||
UnlabeledValueArg<T>::UnlabeledValueArg(const std::string& name,
|
||||
const std::string& desc,
|
||||
bool req,
|
||||
T val,
|
||||
const std::string& typeDesc,
|
||||
CmdLineInterface& parser,
|
||||
bool ignoreable,
|
||||
Visitor* v)
|
||||
: ValueArg<T>("", name, desc, req, val, typeDesc, v)
|
||||
{
|
||||
_ignoreable = ignoreable;
|
||||
OptionalUnlabeledTracker::check(req, toString());
|
||||
parser.add( this );
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Constructor implemenation.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
template<class T>
|
||||
UnlabeledValueArg<T>::UnlabeledValueArg(const std::string& name,
|
||||
const std::string& desc,
|
||||
bool req,
|
||||
T val,
|
||||
Constraint<T>* constraint,
|
||||
bool ignoreable,
|
||||
Visitor* v)
|
||||
: ValueArg<T>("", name, desc, req, val, constraint, v)
|
||||
{
|
||||
_ignoreable = ignoreable;
|
||||
OptionalUnlabeledTracker::check(req, toString());
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
template<class T>
|
||||
UnlabeledValueArg<T>::UnlabeledValueArg(const std::string& name,
|
||||
const std::string& desc,
|
||||
bool req,
|
||||
T val,
|
||||
Constraint<T>* constraint,
|
||||
CmdLineInterface& parser,
|
||||
bool ignoreable,
|
||||
Visitor* v)
|
||||
: ValueArg<T>("", name, desc, req, val, constraint, v)
|
||||
{
|
||||
_ignoreable = ignoreable;
|
||||
OptionalUnlabeledTracker::check(req, toString());
|
||||
parser.add( this );
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Implementation of processArg().
|
||||
*/
|
||||
template<class T>
|
||||
bool UnlabeledValueArg<T>::processArg(int *i, std::vector<std::string>& args)
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
||||
if ( _alreadySet )
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
|
||||
if ( _hasBlanks( args[*i] ) )
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
|
||||
// never ignore an unlabeled arg
|
||||
|
||||
_extractValue( args[*i] );
|
||||
_alreadySet = true;
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Overriding shortID for specific output.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
template<class T>
|
||||
std::string UnlabeledValueArg<T>::shortID(const std::string& val) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
static_cast<void>(val); // Ignore input, don't warn
|
||||
return std::string("<") + _typeDesc + ">";
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Overriding longID for specific output.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
template<class T>
|
||||
std::string UnlabeledValueArg<T>::longID(const std::string& val) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
static_cast<void>(val); // Ignore input, don't warn
|
||||
|
||||
// Ideally we would like to be able to use RTTI to return the name
|
||||
// of the type required for this argument. However, g++ at least,
|
||||
// doesn't appear to return terribly useful "names" of the types.
|
||||
return std::string("<") + _typeDesc + ">";
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Overriding operator== for specific behavior.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
template<class T>
|
||||
bool UnlabeledValueArg<T>::operator==(const Arg& a ) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
if ( _name == a.getName() || _description == a.getDescription() )
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
else
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
template<class T>
|
||||
void UnlabeledValueArg<T>::addToList( std::list<Arg*>& argList ) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
argList.push_back( const_cast<Arg*>(static_cast<const Arg* const>(this)) );
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,411 @@
|
||||
/******************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* file: ValueArg.h
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2003, Michael E. Smoot .
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2004, Michael E. Smoot, Daniel Aarno.
|
||||
* All rights reverved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* See the file COPYING in the top directory of this distribution for
|
||||
* more information.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED _AS IS_, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS
|
||||
* OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
|
||||
* FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
|
||||
* THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
|
||||
* LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
|
||||
* FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER
|
||||
* DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*****************************************************************************/
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef TCLAP_VALUE_ARGUMENT_H
|
||||
#define TCLAP_VALUE_ARGUMENT_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include <string>
|
||||
#include <vector>
|
||||
|
||||
#include <tclap/Arg.h>
|
||||
#include <tclap/Constraint.h>
|
||||
|
||||
namespace TCLAP {
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* The basic labeled argument that parses a value.
|
||||
* This is a template class, which means the type T defines the type
|
||||
* that a given object will attempt to parse when the flag/name is matched
|
||||
* on the command line. While there is nothing stopping you from creating
|
||||
* an unflagged ValueArg, it is unwise and would cause significant problems.
|
||||
* Instead use an UnlabeledValueArg.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
template<class T>
|
||||
class ValueArg : public Arg
|
||||
{
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* The value parsed from the command line.
|
||||
* Can be of any type, as long as the >> operator for the type
|
||||
* is defined.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
T _value;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Used to support the reset() method so that ValueArg can be
|
||||
* reset to their constructed value.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
T _default;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* A human readable description of the type to be parsed.
|
||||
* This is a hack, plain and simple. Ideally we would use RTTI to
|
||||
* return the name of type T, but until there is some sort of
|
||||
* consistent support for human readable names, we are left to our
|
||||
* own devices.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
std::string _typeDesc;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* A Constraint this Arg must conform to.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
Constraint<T>* _constraint;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Extracts the value from the string.
|
||||
* Attempts to parse string as type T, if this fails an exception
|
||||
* is thrown.
|
||||
* \param val - value to be parsed.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void _extractValue( const std::string& val );
|
||||
|
||||
public:
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Labeled ValueArg constructor.
|
||||
* You could conceivably call this constructor with a blank flag,
|
||||
* but that would make you a bad person. It would also cause
|
||||
* an exception to be thrown. If you want an unlabeled argument,
|
||||
* use the other constructor.
|
||||
* \param flag - The one character flag that identifies this
|
||||
* argument on the command line.
|
||||
* \param name - A one word name for the argument. Can be
|
||||
* used as a long flag on the command line.
|
||||
* \param desc - A description of what the argument is for or
|
||||
* does.
|
||||
* \param req - Whether the argument is required on the command
|
||||
* line.
|
||||
* \param value - The default value assigned to this argument if it
|
||||
* is not present on the command line.
|
||||
* \param typeDesc - A short, human readable description of the
|
||||
* type that this object expects. This is used in the generation
|
||||
* of the USAGE statement. The goal is to be helpful to the end user
|
||||
* of the program.
|
||||
* \param v - An optional visitor. You probably should not
|
||||
* use this unless you have a very good reason.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
ValueArg( const std::string& flag,
|
||||
const std::string& name,
|
||||
const std::string& desc,
|
||||
bool req,
|
||||
T value,
|
||||
const std::string& typeDesc,
|
||||
Visitor* v = NULL);
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Labeled ValueArg constructor.
|
||||
* You could conceivably call this constructor with a blank flag,
|
||||
* but that would make you a bad person. It would also cause
|
||||
* an exception to be thrown. If you want an unlabeled argument,
|
||||
* use the other constructor.
|
||||
* \param flag - The one character flag that identifies this
|
||||
* argument on the command line.
|
||||
* \param name - A one word name for the argument. Can be
|
||||
* used as a long flag on the command line.
|
||||
* \param desc - A description of what the argument is for or
|
||||
* does.
|
||||
* \param req - Whether the argument is required on the command
|
||||
* line.
|
||||
* \param value - The default value assigned to this argument if it
|
||||
* is not present on the command line.
|
||||
* \param typeDesc - A short, human readable description of the
|
||||
* type that this object expects. This is used in the generation
|
||||
* of the USAGE statement. The goal is to be helpful to the end user
|
||||
* of the program.
|
||||
* \param parser - A CmdLine parser object to add this Arg to
|
||||
* \param v - An optional visitor. You probably should not
|
||||
* use this unless you have a very good reason.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
ValueArg( const std::string& flag,
|
||||
const std::string& name,
|
||||
const std::string& desc,
|
||||
bool req,
|
||||
T value,
|
||||
const std::string& typeDesc,
|
||||
CmdLineInterface& parser,
|
||||
Visitor* v = NULL );
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Labeled ValueArg constructor.
|
||||
* You could conceivably call this constructor with a blank flag,
|
||||
* but that would make you a bad person. It would also cause
|
||||
* an exception to be thrown. If you want an unlabeled argument,
|
||||
* use the other constructor.
|
||||
* \param flag - The one character flag that identifies this
|
||||
* argument on the command line.
|
||||
* \param name - A one word name for the argument. Can be
|
||||
* used as a long flag on the command line.
|
||||
* \param desc - A description of what the argument is for or
|
||||
* does.
|
||||
* \param req - Whether the argument is required on the command
|
||||
* line.
|
||||
* \param value - The default value assigned to this argument if it
|
||||
* is not present on the command line.
|
||||
* \param constraint - A pointer to a Constraint object used
|
||||
* to constrain this Arg.
|
||||
* \param parser - A CmdLine parser object to add this Arg to.
|
||||
* \param v - An optional visitor. You probably should not
|
||||
* use this unless you have a very good reason.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
ValueArg( const std::string& flag,
|
||||
const std::string& name,
|
||||
const std::string& desc,
|
||||
bool req,
|
||||
T value,
|
||||
Constraint<T>* constraint,
|
||||
CmdLineInterface& parser,
|
||||
Visitor* v = NULL );
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Labeled ValueArg constructor.
|
||||
* You could conceivably call this constructor with a blank flag,
|
||||
* but that would make you a bad person. It would also cause
|
||||
* an exception to be thrown. If you want an unlabeled argument,
|
||||
* use the other constructor.
|
||||
* \param flag - The one character flag that identifies this
|
||||
* argument on the command line.
|
||||
* \param name - A one word name for the argument. Can be
|
||||
* used as a long flag on the command line.
|
||||
* \param desc - A description of what the argument is for or
|
||||
* does.
|
||||
* \param req - Whether the argument is required on the command
|
||||
* line.
|
||||
* \param value - The default value assigned to this argument if it
|
||||
* is not present on the command line.
|
||||
* \param constraint - A pointer to a Constraint object used
|
||||
* to constrain this Arg.
|
||||
* \param v - An optional visitor. You probably should not
|
||||
* use this unless you have a very good reason.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
ValueArg( const std::string& flag,
|
||||
const std::string& name,
|
||||
const std::string& desc,
|
||||
bool req,
|
||||
T value,
|
||||
Constraint<T>* constraint,
|
||||
Visitor* v = NULL );
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Handles the processing of the argument.
|
||||
* This re-implements the Arg version of this method to set the
|
||||
* _value of the argument appropriately. It knows the difference
|
||||
* between labeled and unlabeled.
|
||||
* \param i - Pointer the the current argument in the list.
|
||||
* \param args - Mutable list of strings. Passed
|
||||
* in from main().
|
||||
*/
|
||||
virtual bool processArg(int* i, std::vector<std::string>& args);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Returns the value of the argument.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
T& getValue() ;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Specialization of shortID.
|
||||
* \param val - value to be used.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
virtual std::string shortID(const std::string& val = "val") const;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Specialization of longID.
|
||||
* \param val - value to be used.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
virtual std::string longID(const std::string& val = "val") const;
|
||||
|
||||
virtual void reset() ;
|
||||
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Constructor implementation.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
template<class T>
|
||||
ValueArg<T>::ValueArg(const std::string& flag,
|
||||
const std::string& name,
|
||||
const std::string& desc,
|
||||
bool req,
|
||||
T val,
|
||||
const std::string& typeDesc,
|
||||
Visitor* v)
|
||||
: Arg(flag, name, desc, req, true, v),
|
||||
_value( val ),
|
||||
_default( val ),
|
||||
_typeDesc( typeDesc ),
|
||||
_constraint( NULL )
|
||||
{ }
|
||||
|
||||
template<class T>
|
||||
ValueArg<T>::ValueArg(const std::string& flag,
|
||||
const std::string& name,
|
||||
const std::string& desc,
|
||||
bool req,
|
||||
T val,
|
||||
const std::string& typeDesc,
|
||||
CmdLineInterface& parser,
|
||||
Visitor* v)
|
||||
: Arg(flag, name, desc, req, true, v),
|
||||
_value( val ),
|
||||
_default( val ),
|
||||
_typeDesc( typeDesc ),
|
||||
_constraint( NULL )
|
||||
{
|
||||
parser.add( this );
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
template<class T>
|
||||
ValueArg<T>::ValueArg(const std::string& flag,
|
||||
const std::string& name,
|
||||
const std::string& desc,
|
||||
bool req,
|
||||
T val,
|
||||
Constraint<T>* constraint,
|
||||
Visitor* v)
|
||||
: Arg(flag, name, desc, req, true, v),
|
||||
_value( val ),
|
||||
_default( val ),
|
||||
_typeDesc( constraint->shortID() ),
|
||||
_constraint( constraint )
|
||||
{ }
|
||||
|
||||
template<class T>
|
||||
ValueArg<T>::ValueArg(const std::string& flag,
|
||||
const std::string& name,
|
||||
const std::string& desc,
|
||||
bool req,
|
||||
T val,
|
||||
Constraint<T>* constraint,
|
||||
CmdLineInterface& parser,
|
||||
Visitor* v)
|
||||
: Arg(flag, name, desc, req, true, v),
|
||||
_value( val ),
|
||||
_default( val ),
|
||||
_typeDesc( constraint->shortID() ),
|
||||
_constraint( constraint )
|
||||
{
|
||||
parser.add( this );
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Implementation of getValue().
|
||||
*/
|
||||
template<class T>
|
||||
T& ValueArg<T>::getValue() { return _value; }
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Implementation of processArg().
|
||||
*/
|
||||
template<class T>
|
||||
bool ValueArg<T>::processArg(int *i, std::vector<std::string>& args)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if ( _ignoreable && Arg::ignoreRest() )
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
|
||||
if ( _hasBlanks( args[*i] ) )
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
|
||||
std::string flag = args[*i];
|
||||
|
||||
std::string value = "";
|
||||
trimFlag( flag, value );
|
||||
|
||||
if ( argMatches( flag ) )
|
||||
{
|
||||
if ( _alreadySet )
|
||||
throw( CmdLineParseException("Argument already set!", toString()) );
|
||||
|
||||
if ( Arg::delimiter() != ' ' && value == "" )
|
||||
throw( ArgParseException(
|
||||
"Couldn't find delimiter for this argument!",
|
||||
toString() ) );
|
||||
|
||||
if ( value == "" )
|
||||
{
|
||||
(*i)++;
|
||||
if ( static_cast<unsigned int>(*i) < args.size() )
|
||||
_extractValue( args[*i] );
|
||||
else
|
||||
throw( ArgParseException("Missing a value for this argument!",
|
||||
toString() ) );
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
_extractValue( value );
|
||||
|
||||
_alreadySet = true;
|
||||
_checkWithVisitor();
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Implementation of shortID.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
template<class T>
|
||||
std::string ValueArg<T>::shortID(const std::string& val) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
static_cast<void>(val); // Ignore input, don't warn
|
||||
return Arg::shortID( _typeDesc );
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Implementation of longID.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
template<class T>
|
||||
std::string ValueArg<T>::longID(const std::string& val) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
static_cast<void>(val); // Ignore input, don't warn
|
||||
return Arg::longID( _typeDesc );
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
template<class T>
|
||||
void ValueArg<T>::_extractValue( const std::string& val )
|
||||
{
|
||||
try {
|
||||
ExtractValue(_value, val, typename ArgTraits<T>::ValueCategory());
|
||||
} catch( ArgParseException &e) {
|
||||
throw ArgParseException(e.error(), toString());
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if ( _constraint != NULL )
|
||||
if ( ! _constraint->check( _value ) )
|
||||
throw( CmdLineParseException( "Value '" + val +
|
||||
+ "' does not meet constraint: "
|
||||
+ _constraint->description(),
|
||||
toString() ) );
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
template<class T>
|
||||
void ValueArg<T>::reset()
|
||||
{
|
||||
Arg::reset();
|
||||
_value = _default;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
} // namespace TCLAP
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,147 @@
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/******************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* file: ValuesConstraint.h
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2005, Michael E. Smoot
|
||||
* All rights reverved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* See the file COPYING in the top directory of this distribution for
|
||||
* more information.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED _AS IS_, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS
|
||||
* OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
|
||||
* FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
|
||||
* THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
|
||||
* LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
|
||||
* FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER
|
||||
* DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*****************************************************************************/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef TCLAP_VALUESCONSTRAINT_H
|
||||
#define TCLAP_VALUESCONSTRAINT_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include <string>
|
||||
#include <vector>
|
||||
#include <tclap/Constraint.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
|
||||
#include <config.h>
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#define HAVE_SSTREAM
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(HAVE_SSTREAM)
|
||||
#include <sstream>
|
||||
#elif defined(HAVE_STRSTREAM)
|
||||
#include <strstream>
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#error "Need a stringstream (sstream or strstream) to compile!"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
namespace TCLAP {
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* A Constraint that constrains the Arg to only those values specified
|
||||
* in the constraint.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
template<class T>
|
||||
class ValuesConstraint : public Constraint<T>
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
||||
public:
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Constructor.
|
||||
* \param allowed - vector of allowed values.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
ValuesConstraint(std::vector<T>& allowed);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Virtual destructor.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
virtual ~ValuesConstraint() {}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Returns a description of the Constraint.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
virtual std::string description() const;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Returns the short ID for the Constraint.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
virtual std::string shortID() const;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* The method used to verify that the value parsed from the command
|
||||
* line meets the constraint.
|
||||
* \param value - The value that will be checked.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
virtual bool check(const T& value) const;
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* The list of valid values.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
std::vector<T> _allowed;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* The string used to describe the allowed values of this constraint.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
std::string _typeDesc;
|
||||
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
template<class T>
|
||||
ValuesConstraint<T>::ValuesConstraint(std::vector<T>& allowed)
|
||||
: _allowed(allowed)
|
||||
{
|
||||
for ( unsigned int i = 0; i < _allowed.size(); i++ )
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(HAVE_SSTREAM)
|
||||
std::ostringstream os;
|
||||
#elif defined(HAVE_STRSTREAM)
|
||||
std::ostrstream os;
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#error "Need a stringstream (sstream or strstream) to compile!"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
os << _allowed[i];
|
||||
|
||||
std::string temp( os.str() );
|
||||
|
||||
if ( i > 0 )
|
||||
_typeDesc += "|";
|
||||
_typeDesc += temp;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
template<class T>
|
||||
bool ValuesConstraint<T>::check( const T& val ) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
if ( std::find(_allowed.begin(),_allowed.end(),val) == _allowed.end() )
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
else
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
template<class T>
|
||||
std::string ValuesConstraint<T>::shortID() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return _typeDesc;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
template<class T>
|
||||
std::string ValuesConstraint<T>::description() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return _typeDesc;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
} //namespace TCLAP
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,74 @@
|
||||
// -*- Mode: c++; c-basic-offset: 4; tab-width: 4; -*-
|
||||
|
||||
/******************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* file: VersionVisitor.h
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2003, Michael E. Smoot .
|
||||
* All rights reverved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* See the file COPYING in the top directory of this distribution for
|
||||
* more information.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED _AS IS_, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS
|
||||
* OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
|
||||
* FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
|
||||
* THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
|
||||
* LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
|
||||
* FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER
|
||||
* DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*****************************************************************************/
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef TCLAP_VERSION_VISITOR_H
|
||||
#define TCLAP_VERSION_VISITOR_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include <tclap/CmdLineInterface.h>
|
||||
#include <tclap/CmdLineOutput.h>
|
||||
#include <tclap/Visitor.h>
|
||||
|
||||
namespace TCLAP {
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* A Vistor that will call the version method of the given CmdLineOutput
|
||||
* for the specified CmdLine object and then exit.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
class VersionVisitor: public Visitor
|
||||
{
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* The CmdLine of interest.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
CmdLineInterface* _cmd;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* The output object.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
CmdLineOutput** _out;
|
||||
|
||||
public:
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Constructor.
|
||||
* \param cmd - The CmdLine the output is generated for.
|
||||
* \param out - The type of output.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
VersionVisitor( CmdLineInterface* cmd, CmdLineOutput** out )
|
||||
: Visitor(), _cmd( cmd ), _out( out ) { }
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Calls the version method of the output object using the
|
||||
* specified CmdLine.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void visit() {
|
||||
(*_out)->version(*_cmd);
|
||||
throw ExitException(0);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,53 @@
|
||||
|
||||
/******************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* file: Visitor.h
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2003, Michael E. Smoot .
|
||||
* All rights reverved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* See the file COPYING in the top directory of this distribution for
|
||||
* more information.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED _AS IS_, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS
|
||||
* OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
|
||||
* FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
|
||||
* THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
|
||||
* LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
|
||||
* FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER
|
||||
* DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*****************************************************************************/
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef TCLAP_VISITOR_H
|
||||
#define TCLAP_VISITOR_H
|
||||
|
||||
namespace TCLAP {
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* A base class that defines the interface for visitors.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
class Visitor
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Constructor. Does nothing.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
Visitor() { }
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Destructor. Does nothing.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
virtual ~Visitor() { }
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Does nothing. Should be overridden by child.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
virtual void visit() { }
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,156 @@
|
||||
|
||||
/******************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* file: XorHandler.h
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2003, Michael E. Smoot .
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2004, Michael E. Smoot, Daniel Aarno.
|
||||
* All rights reverved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* See the file COPYING in the top directory of this distribution for
|
||||
* more information.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED _AS IS_, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS
|
||||
* OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
|
||||
* FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
|
||||
* THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
|
||||
* LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
|
||||
* FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER
|
||||
* DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*****************************************************************************/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef TCLAP_XORHANDLER_H
|
||||
#define TCLAP_XORHANDLER_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include <tclap/Arg.h>
|
||||
#include <string>
|
||||
#include <vector>
|
||||
#include <algorithm>
|
||||
#include <iostream>
|
||||
|
||||
namespace TCLAP {
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* This class handles lists of Arg's that are to be XOR'd on the command
|
||||
* line. This is used by CmdLine and you shouldn't ever use it.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
class XorHandler
|
||||
{
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* The list of of lists of Arg's to be or'd together.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
std::vector< std::vector<Arg*> > _orList;
|
||||
|
||||
public:
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Constructor. Does nothing.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
XorHandler( ) {}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Add a list of Arg*'s that will be orred together.
|
||||
* \param ors - list of Arg* that will be xor'd.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void add( std::vector<Arg*>& ors );
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Checks whether the specified Arg is in one of the xor lists and
|
||||
* if it does match one, returns the size of the xor list that the
|
||||
* Arg matched. If the Arg matches, then it also sets the rest of
|
||||
* the Arg's in the list. You shouldn't use this.
|
||||
* \param a - The Arg to be checked.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int check( const Arg* a );
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Returns the XOR specific short usage.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
std::string shortUsage();
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Prints the XOR specific long usage.
|
||||
* \param os - Stream to print to.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void printLongUsage(std::ostream& os);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Simply checks whether the Arg is contained in one of the arg
|
||||
* lists.
|
||||
* \param a - The Arg to be checked.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
bool contains( const Arg* a );
|
||||
|
||||
std::vector< std::vector<Arg*> >& getXorList();
|
||||
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
//BEGIN XOR.cpp
|
||||
//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
inline void XorHandler::add( std::vector<Arg*>& ors )
|
||||
{
|
||||
_orList.push_back( ors );
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline int XorHandler::check( const Arg* a )
|
||||
{
|
||||
// iterate over each XOR list
|
||||
for ( int i = 0; static_cast<unsigned int>(i) < _orList.size(); i++ )
|
||||
{
|
||||
// if the XOR list contains the arg..
|
||||
ArgVectorIterator ait = std::find( _orList[i].begin(),
|
||||
_orList[i].end(), a );
|
||||
if ( ait != _orList[i].end() )
|
||||
{
|
||||
// go through and set each arg that is not a
|
||||
for ( ArgVectorIterator it = _orList[i].begin();
|
||||
it != _orList[i].end();
|
||||
it++ )
|
||||
if ( a != (*it) )
|
||||
(*it)->xorSet();
|
||||
|
||||
// return the number of required args that have now been set
|
||||
if ( (*ait)->allowMore() )
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
else
|
||||
return static_cast<int>(_orList[i].size());
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if ( a->isRequired() )
|
||||
return 1;
|
||||
else
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline bool XorHandler::contains( const Arg* a )
|
||||
{
|
||||
for ( int i = 0; static_cast<unsigned int>(i) < _orList.size(); i++ )
|
||||
for ( ArgVectorIterator it = _orList[i].begin();
|
||||
it != _orList[i].end();
|
||||
it++ )
|
||||
if ( a == (*it) )
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline std::vector< std::vector<Arg*> >& XorHandler::getXorList()
|
||||
{
|
||||
return _orList;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
//END XOR.cpp
|
||||
//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
} //namespace TCLAP
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,321 @@
|
||||
// -*- Mode: c++; c-basic-offset: 4; tab-width: 4; -*-
|
||||
|
||||
/******************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* file: ZshCompletionOutput.h
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2006, Oliver Kiddle
|
||||
* All rights reverved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* See the file COPYING in the top directory of this distribution for
|
||||
* more information.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED _AS IS_, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS
|
||||
* OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
|
||||
* FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
|
||||
* THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
|
||||
* LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
|
||||
* FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER
|
||||
* DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*****************************************************************************/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef TCLAP_ZSHCOMPLETIONOUTPUT_H
|
||||
#define TCLAP_ZSHCOMPLETIONOUTPUT_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include <string>
|
||||
#include <vector>
|
||||
#include <list>
|
||||
#include <iostream>
|
||||
#include <map>
|
||||
|
||||
#include <tclap/CmdLineInterface.h>
|
||||
#include <tclap/CmdLineOutput.h>
|
||||
#include <tclap/XorHandler.h>
|
||||
#include <tclap/Arg.h>
|
||||
|
||||
namespace TCLAP {
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* A class that generates a Zsh completion function as output from the usage()
|
||||
* method for the given CmdLine and its Args.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
class ZshCompletionOutput : public CmdLineOutput
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
||||
public:
|
||||
|
||||
ZshCompletionOutput();
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Prints the usage to stdout. Can be overridden to
|
||||
* produce alternative behavior.
|
||||
* \param c - The CmdLine object the output is generated for.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
virtual void usage(CmdLineInterface& c);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Prints the version to stdout. Can be overridden
|
||||
* to produce alternative behavior.
|
||||
* \param c - The CmdLine object the output is generated for.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
virtual void version(CmdLineInterface& c);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Prints (to stderr) an error message, short usage
|
||||
* Can be overridden to produce alternative behavior.
|
||||
* \param c - The CmdLine object the output is generated for.
|
||||
* \param e - The ArgException that caused the failure.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
virtual void failure(CmdLineInterface& c,
|
||||
ArgException& e );
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
|
||||
void basename( std::string& s );
|
||||
void quoteSpecialChars( std::string& s );
|
||||
|
||||
std::string getMutexList( CmdLineInterface& _cmd, Arg* a );
|
||||
void printOption( Arg* it, std::string mutex );
|
||||
void printArg( Arg* it );
|
||||
|
||||
std::map<std::string, std::string> common;
|
||||
char theDelimiter;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
ZshCompletionOutput::ZshCompletionOutput()
|
||||
{
|
||||
common["host"] = "_hosts";
|
||||
common["hostname"] = "_hosts";
|
||||
common["file"] = "_files";
|
||||
common["filename"] = "_files";
|
||||
common["user"] = "_users";
|
||||
common["username"] = "_users";
|
||||
common["directory"] = "_directories";
|
||||
common["path"] = "_directories";
|
||||
common["url"] = "_urls";
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline void ZshCompletionOutput::version(CmdLineInterface& _cmd)
|
||||
{
|
||||
std::cout << _cmd.getVersion() << std::endl;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline void ZshCompletionOutput::usage(CmdLineInterface& _cmd )
|
||||
{
|
||||
std::list<Arg*> argList = _cmd.getArgList();
|
||||
std::string progName = _cmd.getProgramName();
|
||||
std::string version = _cmd.getVersion();
|
||||
theDelimiter = _cmd.getDelimiter();
|
||||
basename(progName);
|
||||
|
||||
std::cout << "#compdef " << progName << std::endl << std::endl <<
|
||||
"# " << progName << " version " << _cmd.getVersion() << std::endl << std::endl <<
|
||||
"_arguments -s -S";
|
||||
|
||||
for (ArgListIterator it = argList.begin(); it != argList.end(); it++)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if ( (*it)->shortID().at(0) == '<' )
|
||||
printArg((*it));
|
||||
else if ( (*it)->getFlag() != "-" )
|
||||
printOption((*it), getMutexList(_cmd, *it));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
std::cout << std::endl;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline void ZshCompletionOutput::failure( CmdLineInterface& _cmd,
|
||||
ArgException& e )
|
||||
{
|
||||
static_cast<void>(_cmd); // unused
|
||||
std::cout << e.what() << std::endl;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline void ZshCompletionOutput::quoteSpecialChars( std::string& s )
|
||||
{
|
||||
size_t idx = s.find_last_of(':');
|
||||
while ( idx != std::string::npos )
|
||||
{
|
||||
s.insert(idx, 1, '\\');
|
||||
idx = s.find_last_of(':', idx);
|
||||
}
|
||||
idx = s.find_last_of('\'');
|
||||
while ( idx != std::string::npos )
|
||||
{
|
||||
s.insert(idx, "'\\'");
|
||||
if (idx == 0)
|
||||
idx = std::string::npos;
|
||||
else
|
||||
idx = s.find_last_of('\'', --idx);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline void ZshCompletionOutput::basename( std::string& s )
|
||||
{
|
||||
size_t p = s.find_last_of('/');
|
||||
if ( p != std::string::npos )
|
||||
{
|
||||
s.erase(0, p + 1);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline void ZshCompletionOutput::printArg(Arg* a)
|
||||
{
|
||||
static int count = 1;
|
||||
|
||||
std::cout << " \\" << std::endl << " '";
|
||||
if ( a->acceptsMultipleValues() )
|
||||
std::cout << '*';
|
||||
else
|
||||
std::cout << count++;
|
||||
std::cout << ':';
|
||||
if ( !a->isRequired() )
|
||||
std::cout << ':';
|
||||
|
||||
std::cout << a->getName() << ':';
|
||||
std::map<std::string, std::string>::iterator compArg = common.find(a->getName());
|
||||
if ( compArg != common.end() )
|
||||
{
|
||||
std::cout << compArg->second;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
std::cout << "_guard \"^-*\" " << a->getName();
|
||||
}
|
||||
std::cout << '\'';
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline void ZshCompletionOutput::printOption(Arg* a, std::string mutex)
|
||||
{
|
||||
std::string flag = a->flagStartChar() + a->getFlag();
|
||||
std::string name = a->nameStartString() + a->getName();
|
||||
std::string desc = a->getDescription();
|
||||
|
||||
// remove full stop and capitalisation from description as
|
||||
// this is the convention for zsh function
|
||||
if (!desc.compare(0, 12, "(required) "))
|
||||
{
|
||||
desc.erase(0, 12);
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (!desc.compare(0, 15, "(OR required) "))
|
||||
{
|
||||
desc.erase(0, 15);
|
||||
}
|
||||
size_t len = desc.length();
|
||||
if (len && desc.at(--len) == '.')
|
||||
{
|
||||
desc.erase(len);
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (len)
|
||||
{
|
||||
desc.replace(0, 1, 1, tolower(desc.at(0)));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
std::cout << " \\" << std::endl << " '" << mutex;
|
||||
|
||||
if ( a->getFlag().empty() )
|
||||
{
|
||||
std::cout << name;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
std::cout << "'{" << flag << ',' << name << "}'";
|
||||
}
|
||||
if ( theDelimiter == '=' && a->isValueRequired() )
|
||||
std::cout << "=-";
|
||||
quoteSpecialChars(desc);
|
||||
std::cout << '[' << desc << ']';
|
||||
|
||||
if ( a->isValueRequired() )
|
||||
{
|
||||
std::string arg = a->shortID();
|
||||
arg.erase(0, arg.find_last_of(theDelimiter) + 1);
|
||||
if ( arg.at(arg.length()-1) == ']' )
|
||||
arg.erase(arg.length()-1);
|
||||
if ( arg.at(arg.length()-1) == ']' )
|
||||
{
|
||||
arg.erase(arg.length()-1);
|
||||
}
|
||||
if ( arg.at(0) == '<' )
|
||||
{
|
||||
arg.erase(arg.length()-1);
|
||||
arg.erase(0, 1);
|
||||
}
|
||||
size_t p = arg.find('|');
|
||||
if ( p != std::string::npos )
|
||||
{
|
||||
do
|
||||
{
|
||||
arg.replace(p, 1, 1, ' ');
|
||||
}
|
||||
while ( (p = arg.find_first_of('|', p)) != std::string::npos );
|
||||
quoteSpecialChars(arg);
|
||||
std::cout << ": :(" << arg << ')';
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
std::cout << ':' << arg;
|
||||
std::map<std::string, std::string>::iterator compArg = common.find(arg);
|
||||
if ( compArg != common.end() )
|
||||
{
|
||||
std::cout << ':' << compArg->second;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
std::cout << '\'';
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline std::string ZshCompletionOutput::getMutexList( CmdLineInterface& _cmd, Arg* a)
|
||||
{
|
||||
XorHandler xorHandler = _cmd.getXorHandler();
|
||||
std::vector< std::vector<Arg*> > xorList = xorHandler.getXorList();
|
||||
|
||||
if (a->getName() == "help" || a->getName() == "version")
|
||||
{
|
||||
return "(-)";
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
std::ostringstream list;
|
||||
if ( a->acceptsMultipleValues() )
|
||||
{
|
||||
list << '*';
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
for ( int i = 0; static_cast<unsigned int>(i) < xorList.size(); i++ )
|
||||
{
|
||||
for ( ArgVectorIterator it = xorList[i].begin();
|
||||
it != xorList[i].end();
|
||||
it++)
|
||||
if ( a == (*it) )
|
||||
{
|
||||
list << '(';
|
||||
for ( ArgVectorIterator iu = xorList[i].begin();
|
||||
iu != xorList[i].end();
|
||||
iu++ )
|
||||
{
|
||||
bool notCur = (*iu) != a;
|
||||
bool hasFlag = !(*iu)->getFlag().empty();
|
||||
if ( iu != xorList[i].begin() && (notCur || hasFlag) )
|
||||
list << ' ';
|
||||
if (hasFlag)
|
||||
list << (*iu)->flagStartChar() << (*iu)->getFlag() << ' ';
|
||||
if ( notCur || hasFlag )
|
||||
list << (*iu)->nameStartString() << (*iu)->getName();
|
||||
}
|
||||
list << ')';
|
||||
return list.str();
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// wasn't found in xor list
|
||||
if (!a->getFlag().empty()) {
|
||||
list << "(" << a->flagStartChar() << a->getFlag() << ' ' <<
|
||||
a->nameStartString() << a->getName() << ')';
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return list.str();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
} //namespace TCLAP
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,672 @@
|
||||
// -*- Mode: c++; c-basic-offset: 4; tab-width: 4; -*-
|
||||
|
||||
/******************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* file: Arg.h
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2003, Michael E. Smoot .
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2004, Michael E. Smoot, Daniel Aarno .
|
||||
* All rights reverved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* See the file COPYING in the top directory of this distribution for
|
||||
* more information.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED _AS IS_, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS
|
||||
* OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
|
||||
* FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
|
||||
* THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
|
||||
* LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
|
||||
* FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER
|
||||
* DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*****************************************************************************/
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef TCLAP_ARGUMENT_H
|
||||
#define TCLAP_ARGUMENT_H
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
|
||||
#include <config.h>
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#define HAVE_SSTREAM
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include <string>
|
||||
#include <vector>
|
||||
#include <list>
|
||||
#include <iostream>
|
||||
#include <iomanip>
|
||||
#include <cstdio>
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(HAVE_SSTREAM)
|
||||
#include <sstream>
|
||||
typedef std::istringstream istringstream;
|
||||
#elif defined(HAVE_STRSTREAM)
|
||||
#include <strstream>
|
||||
typedef std::istrstream istringstream;
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#error "Need a stringstream (sstream or strstream) to compile!"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include <tclap/ArgException.h>
|
||||
#include <tclap/Visitor.h>
|
||||
#include <tclap/CmdLineInterface.h>
|
||||
#include <tclap/ArgTraits.h>
|
||||
#include <tclap/StandardTraits.h>
|
||||
|
||||
namespace TCLAP {
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* A virtual base class that defines the essential data for all arguments.
|
||||
* This class, or one of its existing children, must be subclassed to do
|
||||
* anything.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
class Arg
|
||||
{
|
||||
private:
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Indicates whether the rest of the arguments should be ignored.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static bool& ignoreRestRef() { static bool ign = false; return ign; }
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* The delimiter that separates an argument flag/name from the
|
||||
* value.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static char& delimiterRef() { static char delim = ' '; return delim; }
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* The single char flag used to identify the argument.
|
||||
* This value (preceded by a dash {-}), can be used to identify
|
||||
* an argument on the command line. The _flag can be blank,
|
||||
* in fact this is how unlabeled args work. Unlabeled args must
|
||||
* override appropriate functions to get correct handling. Note
|
||||
* that the _flag does NOT include the dash as part of the flag.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
std::string _flag;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* A single work namd indentifying the argument.
|
||||
* This value (preceded by two dashed {--}) can also be used
|
||||
* to identify an argument on the command line. Note that the
|
||||
* _name does NOT include the two dashes as part of the _name. The
|
||||
* _name cannot be blank.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
std::string _name;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Description of the argument.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
std::string _description;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Indicating whether the argument is required.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
bool _required;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Label to be used in usage description. Normally set to
|
||||
* "required", but can be changed when necessary.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
std::string _requireLabel;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Indicates whether a value is required for the argument.
|
||||
* Note that the value may be required but the argument/value
|
||||
* combination may not be, as specified by _required.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
bool _valueRequired;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Indicates whether the argument has been set.
|
||||
* Indicates that a value on the command line has matched the
|
||||
* name/flag of this argument and the values have been set accordingly.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
bool _alreadySet;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* A pointer to a vistitor object.
|
||||
* The visitor allows special handling to occur as soon as the
|
||||
* argument is matched. This defaults to NULL and should not
|
||||
* be used unless absolutely necessary.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
Visitor* _visitor;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Whether this argument can be ignored, if desired.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
bool _ignoreable;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Indicates that the arg was set as part of an XOR and not on the
|
||||
* command line.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
bool _xorSet;
|
||||
|
||||
bool _acceptsMultipleValues;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Performs the special handling described by the Vistitor.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void _checkWithVisitor() const;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Primary constructor. YOU (yes you) should NEVER construct an Arg
|
||||
* directly, this is a base class that is extended by various children
|
||||
* that are meant to be used. Use SwitchArg, ValueArg, MultiArg,
|
||||
* UnlabeledValueArg, or UnlabeledMultiArg instead.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param flag - The flag identifying the argument.
|
||||
* \param name - The name identifying the argument.
|
||||
* \param desc - The description of the argument, used in the usage.
|
||||
* \param req - Whether the argument is required.
|
||||
* \param valreq - Whether the a value is required for the argument.
|
||||
* \param v - The visitor checked by the argument. Defaults to NULL.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
Arg( const std::string& flag,
|
||||
const std::string& name,
|
||||
const std::string& desc,
|
||||
bool req,
|
||||
bool valreq,
|
||||
Visitor* v = NULL );
|
||||
|
||||
public:
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Destructor.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
virtual ~Arg();
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Adds this to the specified list of Args.
|
||||
* \param argList - The list to add this to.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
virtual void addToList( std::list<Arg*>& argList ) const;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Begin ignoring arguments since the "--" argument was specified.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static void beginIgnoring() { ignoreRestRef() = true; }
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Whether to ignore the rest.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static bool ignoreRest() { return ignoreRestRef(); }
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* The delimiter that separates an argument flag/name from the
|
||||
* value.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static char delimiter() { return delimiterRef(); }
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* The char used as a place holder when SwitchArgs are combined.
|
||||
* Currently set to the bell char (ASCII 7).
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static char blankChar() { return (char)7; }
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* The char that indicates the beginning of a flag. Currently '-'.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static char flagStartChar() { return '-'; }
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* The sting that indicates the beginning of a flag. Currently "-".
|
||||
* Should be identical to flagStartChar.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static const std::string flagStartString() { return "-"; }
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* The sting that indicates the beginning of a name. Currently "--".
|
||||
* Should be flagStartChar twice.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static const std::string nameStartString() { return "--"; }
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* The name used to identify the ignore rest argument.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static const std::string ignoreNameString() { return "ignore_rest"; }
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Sets the delimiter for all arguments.
|
||||
* \param c - The character that delimits flags/names from values.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static void setDelimiter( char c ) { delimiterRef() = c; }
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Pure virtual method meant to handle the parsing and value assignment
|
||||
* of the string on the command line.
|
||||
* \param i - Pointer the the current argument in the list.
|
||||
* \param args - Mutable list of strings. What is
|
||||
* passed in from main.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
virtual bool processArg(int *i, std::vector<std::string>& args) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Operator ==.
|
||||
* Equality operator. Must be virtual to handle unlabeled args.
|
||||
* \param a - The Arg to be compared to this.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
virtual bool operator==(const Arg& a) const;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Returns the argument flag.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
const std::string& getFlag() const;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Returns the argument name.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
const std::string& getName() const;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Returns the argument description.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
std::string getDescription() const;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Indicates whether the argument is required.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
virtual bool isRequired() const;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Sets _required to true. This is used by the XorHandler.
|
||||
* You really have no reason to ever use it.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void forceRequired();
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Sets the _alreadySet value to true. This is used by the XorHandler.
|
||||
* You really have no reason to ever use it.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void xorSet();
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Indicates whether a value must be specified for argument.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
bool isValueRequired() const;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Indicates whether the argument has already been set. Only true
|
||||
* if the arg has been matched on the command line.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
bool isSet() const;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Indicates whether the argument can be ignored, if desired.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
bool isIgnoreable() const;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* A method that tests whether a string matches this argument.
|
||||
* This is generally called by the processArg() method. This
|
||||
* method could be re-implemented by a child to change how
|
||||
* arguments are specified on the command line.
|
||||
* \param s - The string to be compared to the flag/name to determine
|
||||
* whether the arg matches.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
virtual bool argMatches( const std::string& s ) const;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Returns a simple string representation of the argument.
|
||||
* Primarily for debugging.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
virtual std::string toString() const;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Returns a short ID for the usage.
|
||||
* \param valueId - The value used in the id.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
virtual std::string shortID( const std::string& valueId = "val" ) const;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Returns a long ID for the usage.
|
||||
* \param valueId - The value used in the id.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
virtual std::string longID( const std::string& valueId = "val" ) const;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Trims a value off of the flag.
|
||||
* \param flag - The string from which the flag and value will be
|
||||
* trimmed. Contains the flag once the value has been trimmed.
|
||||
* \param value - Where the value trimmed from the string will
|
||||
* be stored.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
virtual void trimFlag( std::string& flag, std::string& value ) const;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Checks whether a given string has blank chars, indicating that
|
||||
* it is a combined SwitchArg. If so, return true, otherwise return
|
||||
* false.
|
||||
* \param s - string to be checked.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
bool _hasBlanks( const std::string& s ) const;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Sets the requireLabel. Used by XorHandler. You shouldn't ever
|
||||
* use this.
|
||||
* \param s - Set the requireLabel to this value.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void setRequireLabel( const std::string& s );
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Used for MultiArgs and XorHandler to determine whether args
|
||||
* can still be set.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
virtual bool allowMore();
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Use by output classes to determine whether an Arg accepts
|
||||
* multiple values.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
virtual bool acceptsMultipleValues();
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Clears the Arg object and allows it to be reused by new
|
||||
* command lines.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
virtual void reset();
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Typedef of an Arg list iterator.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef std::list<Arg*>::iterator ArgListIterator;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Typedef of an Arg vector iterator.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef std::vector<Arg*>::iterator ArgVectorIterator;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Typedef of a Visitor list iterator.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef std::list<Visitor*>::iterator VisitorListIterator;
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Extract a value of type T from it's string representation contained
|
||||
* in strVal. The ValueLike parameter used to select the correct
|
||||
* specialization of ExtractValue depending on the value traits of T.
|
||||
* ValueLike traits use operator>> to assign the value from strVal.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
template<typename T> void
|
||||
ExtractValue(T &destVal, const std::string& strVal, ValueLike vl)
|
||||
{
|
||||
static_cast<void>(vl); // Avoid warning about unused vl
|
||||
std::istringstream is(strVal);
|
||||
|
||||
int valuesRead = 0;
|
||||
while ( is.good() ) {
|
||||
if ( is.peek() != EOF )
|
||||
#ifdef TCLAP_SETBASE_ZERO
|
||||
is >> std::setbase(0) >> destVal;
|
||||
#else
|
||||
is >> destVal;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
else
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
valuesRead++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if ( is.fail() )
|
||||
throw( ArgParseException("Couldn't read argument value "
|
||||
"from string '" + strVal + "'"));
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
if ( valuesRead > 1 )
|
||||
throw( ArgParseException("More than one valid value parsed from "
|
||||
"string '" + strVal + "'"));
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Extract a value of type T from it's string representation contained
|
||||
* in strVal. The ValueLike parameter used to select the correct
|
||||
* specialization of ExtractValue depending on the value traits of T.
|
||||
* StringLike uses assignment (operator=) to assign from strVal.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
template<typename T> void
|
||||
ExtractValue(T &destVal, const std::string& strVal, StringLike sl)
|
||||
{
|
||||
static_cast<void>(sl); // Avoid warning about unused sl
|
||||
SetString(destVal, strVal);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
//BEGIN Arg.cpp
|
||||
//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
inline Arg::Arg(const std::string& flag,
|
||||
const std::string& name,
|
||||
const std::string& desc,
|
||||
bool req,
|
||||
bool valreq,
|
||||
Visitor* v) :
|
||||
_flag(flag),
|
||||
_name(name),
|
||||
_description(desc),
|
||||
_required(req),
|
||||
_requireLabel("required"),
|
||||
_valueRequired(valreq),
|
||||
_alreadySet(false),
|
||||
_visitor( v ),
|
||||
_ignoreable(true),
|
||||
_xorSet(false),
|
||||
_acceptsMultipleValues(false)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if ( _flag.length() > 1 )
|
||||
throw(SpecificationException(
|
||||
"Argument flag can only be one character long", toString() ) );
|
||||
|
||||
if ( _name != ignoreNameString() &&
|
||||
( _flag == Arg::flagStartString() ||
|
||||
_flag == Arg::nameStartString() ||
|
||||
_flag == " " ) )
|
||||
throw(SpecificationException("Argument flag cannot be either '" +
|
||||
Arg::flagStartString() + "' or '" +
|
||||
Arg::nameStartString() + "' or a space.",
|
||||
toString() ) );
|
||||
|
||||
if ( ( _name.substr( 0, Arg::flagStartString().length() ) == Arg::flagStartString() ) ||
|
||||
( _name.substr( 0, Arg::nameStartString().length() ) == Arg::nameStartString() ) ||
|
||||
( _name.find( " ", 0 ) != std::string::npos ) )
|
||||
throw(SpecificationException("Argument name begin with either '" +
|
||||
Arg::flagStartString() + "' or '" +
|
||||
Arg::nameStartString() + "' or space.",
|
||||
toString() ) );
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline Arg::~Arg() { }
|
||||
|
||||
inline std::string Arg::shortID( const std::string& valueId ) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
std::string id = "";
|
||||
|
||||
if ( _flag != "" )
|
||||
id = Arg::flagStartString() + _flag;
|
||||
else
|
||||
id = Arg::nameStartString() + _name;
|
||||
|
||||
if ( _valueRequired )
|
||||
id += std::string( 1, Arg::delimiter() ) + "<" + valueId + ">";
|
||||
|
||||
if ( !_required )
|
||||
id = "[" + id + "]";
|
||||
|
||||
return id;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline std::string Arg::longID( const std::string& valueId ) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
std::string id = "";
|
||||
|
||||
if ( _flag != "" )
|
||||
{
|
||||
id += Arg::flagStartString() + _flag;
|
||||
|
||||
if ( _valueRequired )
|
||||
id += std::string( 1, Arg::delimiter() ) + "<" + valueId + ">";
|
||||
|
||||
id += ", ";
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
id += Arg::nameStartString() + _name;
|
||||
|
||||
if ( _valueRequired )
|
||||
id += std::string( 1, Arg::delimiter() ) + "<" + valueId + ">";
|
||||
|
||||
return id;
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline bool Arg::operator==(const Arg& a) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
if ( ( _flag != "" && _flag == a._flag ) || _name == a._name)
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
else
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline std::string Arg::getDescription() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
std::string desc = "";
|
||||
if ( _required )
|
||||
desc = "(" + _requireLabel + ") ";
|
||||
|
||||
// if ( _valueRequired )
|
||||
// desc += "(value required) ";
|
||||
|
||||
desc += _description;
|
||||
return desc;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline const std::string& Arg::getFlag() const { return _flag; }
|
||||
|
||||
inline const std::string& Arg::getName() const { return _name; }
|
||||
|
||||
inline bool Arg::isRequired() const { return _required; }
|
||||
|
||||
inline bool Arg::isValueRequired() const { return _valueRequired; }
|
||||
|
||||
inline bool Arg::isSet() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
if ( _alreadySet && !_xorSet )
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
else
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline bool Arg::isIgnoreable() const { return _ignoreable; }
|
||||
|
||||
inline void Arg::setRequireLabel( const std::string& s)
|
||||
{
|
||||
_requireLabel = s;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline bool Arg::argMatches( const std::string& argFlag ) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
if ( ( argFlag == Arg::flagStartString() + _flag && _flag != "" ) ||
|
||||
argFlag == Arg::nameStartString() + _name )
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
else
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline std::string Arg::toString() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
std::string s = "";
|
||||
|
||||
if ( _flag != "" )
|
||||
s += Arg::flagStartString() + _flag + " ";
|
||||
|
||||
s += "(" + Arg::nameStartString() + _name + ")";
|
||||
|
||||
return s;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline void Arg::_checkWithVisitor() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
if ( _visitor != NULL )
|
||||
_visitor->visit();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Implementation of trimFlag.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
inline void Arg::trimFlag(std::string& flag, std::string& value) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
int stop = 0;
|
||||
for ( int i = 0; static_cast<unsigned int>(i) < flag.length(); i++ )
|
||||
if ( flag[i] == Arg::delimiter() )
|
||||
{
|
||||
stop = i;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if ( stop > 1 )
|
||||
{
|
||||
value = flag.substr(stop+1);
|
||||
flag = flag.substr(0,stop);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Implementation of _hasBlanks.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
inline bool Arg::_hasBlanks( const std::string& s ) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
for ( int i = 1; static_cast<unsigned int>(i) < s.length(); i++ )
|
||||
if ( s[i] == Arg::blankChar() )
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline void Arg::forceRequired()
|
||||
{
|
||||
_required = true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline void Arg::xorSet()
|
||||
{
|
||||
_alreadySet = true;
|
||||
_xorSet = true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Overridden by Args that need to added to the end of the list.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
inline void Arg::addToList( std::list<Arg*>& argList ) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
argList.push_front( const_cast<Arg*>(this) );
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline bool Arg::allowMore()
|
||||
{
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline bool Arg::acceptsMultipleValues()
|
||||
{
|
||||
return _acceptsMultipleValues;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline void Arg::reset()
|
||||
{
|
||||
_xorSet = false;
|
||||
_alreadySet = false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
//END Arg.cpp
|
||||
//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
} //namespace TCLAP
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,200 @@
|
||||
// -*- Mode: c++; c-basic-offset: 4; tab-width: 4; -*-
|
||||
|
||||
/******************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* file: ArgException.h
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2003, Michael E. Smoot .
|
||||
* All rights reverved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* See the file COPYING in the top directory of this distribution for
|
||||
* more information.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED _AS IS_, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS
|
||||
* OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
|
||||
* FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
|
||||
* THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
|
||||
* LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
|
||||
* FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER
|
||||
* DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*****************************************************************************/
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef TCLAP_ARG_EXCEPTION_H
|
||||
#define TCLAP_ARG_EXCEPTION_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include <string>
|
||||
#include <exception>
|
||||
|
||||
namespace TCLAP {
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* A simple class that defines and argument exception. Should be caught
|
||||
* whenever a CmdLine is created and parsed.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
class ArgException : public std::exception
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Constructor.
|
||||
* \param text - The text of the exception.
|
||||
* \param id - The text identifying the argument source.
|
||||
* \param td - Text describing the type of ArgException it is.
|
||||
* of the exception.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
ArgException( const std::string& text = "undefined exception",
|
||||
const std::string& id = "undefined",
|
||||
const std::string& td = "Generic ArgException")
|
||||
: std::exception(),
|
||||
_errorText(text),
|
||||
_argId( id ),
|
||||
_typeDescription(td)
|
||||
{ }
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Destructor.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
virtual ~ArgException() throw() { }
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Returns the error text.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
std::string error() const { return ( _errorText ); }
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Returns the argument id.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
std::string argId() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
if ( _argId == "undefined" )
|
||||
return " ";
|
||||
else
|
||||
return ( "Argument: " + _argId );
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Returns the arg id and error text.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
const char* what() const throw()
|
||||
{
|
||||
static std::string ex;
|
||||
ex = _argId + " -- " + _errorText;
|
||||
return ex.c_str();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Returns the type of the exception. Used to explain and distinguish
|
||||
* between different child exceptions.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
std::string typeDescription() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return _typeDescription;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
private:
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* The text of the exception message.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
std::string _errorText;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* The argument related to this exception.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
std::string _argId;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Describes the type of the exception. Used to distinguish
|
||||
* between different child exceptions.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
std::string _typeDescription;
|
||||
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Thrown from within the child Arg classes when it fails to properly
|
||||
* parse the argument it has been passed.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
class ArgParseException : public ArgException
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Constructor.
|
||||
* \param text - The text of the exception.
|
||||
* \param id - The text identifying the argument source
|
||||
* of the exception.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
ArgParseException( const std::string& text = "undefined exception",
|
||||
const std::string& id = "undefined" )
|
||||
: ArgException( text,
|
||||
id,
|
||||
std::string( "Exception found while parsing " ) +
|
||||
std::string( "the value the Arg has been passed." ))
|
||||
{ }
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Thrown from CmdLine when the arguments on the command line are not
|
||||
* properly specified, e.g. too many arguments, required argument missing, etc.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
class CmdLineParseException : public ArgException
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Constructor.
|
||||
* \param text - The text of the exception.
|
||||
* \param id - The text identifying the argument source
|
||||
* of the exception.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
CmdLineParseException( const std::string& text = "undefined exception",
|
||||
const std::string& id = "undefined" )
|
||||
: ArgException( text,
|
||||
id,
|
||||
std::string( "Exception found when the values ") +
|
||||
std::string( "on the command line do not meet ") +
|
||||
std::string( "the requirements of the defined ") +
|
||||
std::string( "Args." ))
|
||||
{ }
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Thrown from Arg and CmdLine when an Arg is improperly specified, e.g.
|
||||
* same flag as another Arg, same name, etc.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
class SpecificationException : public ArgException
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Constructor.
|
||||
* \param text - The text of the exception.
|
||||
* \param id - The text identifying the argument source
|
||||
* of the exception.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
SpecificationException( const std::string& text = "undefined exception",
|
||||
const std::string& id = "undefined" )
|
||||
: ArgException( text,
|
||||
id,
|
||||
std::string("Exception found when an Arg object ")+
|
||||
std::string("is improperly defined by the ") +
|
||||
std::string("developer." ))
|
||||
{ }
|
||||
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
class ExitException {
|
||||
public:
|
||||
ExitException(int estat) : _estat(estat) {}
|
||||
|
||||
int getExitStatus() const { return _estat; }
|
||||
|
||||
private:
|
||||
int _estat;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
} // namespace TCLAP
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,81 @@
|
||||
// -*- Mode: c++; c-basic-offset: 4; tab-width: 4; -*-
|
||||
|
||||
/******************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* file: ArgTraits.h
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2007, Daniel Aarno, Michael E. Smoot .
|
||||
* All rights reverved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* See the file COPYING in the top directory of this distribution for
|
||||
* more information.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED _AS IS_, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS
|
||||
* OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
|
||||
* FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
|
||||
* THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
|
||||
* LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
|
||||
* FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER
|
||||
* DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*****************************************************************************/
|
||||
|
||||
// This is an internal tclap file, you should probably not have to
|
||||
// include this directly
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef TCLAP_ARGTRAITS_H
|
||||
#define TCLAP_ARGTRAITS_H
|
||||
|
||||
namespace TCLAP {
|
||||
|
||||
// We use two empty structs to get compile type specialization
|
||||
// function to work
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* A value like argument value type is a value that can be set using
|
||||
* operator>>. This is the default value type.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
struct ValueLike {
|
||||
typedef ValueLike ValueCategory;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* A string like argument value type is a value that can be set using
|
||||
* operator=(string). Usefull if the value type contains spaces which
|
||||
* will be broken up into individual tokens by operator>>.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
struct StringLike {};
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* A class can inherit from this object to make it have string like
|
||||
* traits. This is a compile time thing and does not add any overhead
|
||||
* to the inherenting class.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
struct StringLikeTrait {
|
||||
typedef StringLike ValueCategory;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* A class can inherit from this object to make it have value like
|
||||
* traits. This is a compile time thing and does not add any overhead
|
||||
* to the inherenting class.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
struct ValueLikeTrait {
|
||||
typedef ValueLike ValueCategory;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Arg traits are used to get compile type specialization when parsing
|
||||
* argument values. Using an ArgTraits you can specify the way that
|
||||
* values gets assigned to any particular type during parsing. The two
|
||||
* supported types are string like and value like.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
template<typename T>
|
||||
struct ArgTraits {
|
||||
typedef typename T::ValueCategory ValueCategory;
|
||||
//typedef ValueLike ValueCategory;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
} // namespace
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,621 @@
|
||||
// -*- Mode: c++; c-basic-offset: 4; tab-width: 4; -*-
|
||||
|
||||
/******************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* file: CmdLine.h
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2003, Michael E. Smoot .
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2004, Michael E. Smoot, Daniel Aarno.
|
||||
* All rights reverved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* See the file COPYING in the top directory of this distribution for
|
||||
* more information.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED _AS IS_, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS
|
||||
* OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
|
||||
* FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
|
||||
* THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
|
||||
* LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
|
||||
* FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER
|
||||
* DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*****************************************************************************/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef TCLAP_CMDLINE_H
|
||||
#define TCLAP_CMDLINE_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include <tclap/SwitchArg.h>
|
||||
#include <tclap/MultiSwitchArg.h>
|
||||
#include <tclap/UnlabeledValueArg.h>
|
||||
#include <tclap/UnlabeledMultiArg.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#include <tclap/XorHandler.h>
|
||||
#include <tclap/HelpVisitor.h>
|
||||
#include <tclap/VersionVisitor.h>
|
||||
#include <tclap/IgnoreRestVisitor.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#include <tclap/CmdLineOutput.h>
|
||||
#include <tclap/StdOutput.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#include <tclap/Constraint.h>
|
||||
#include <tclap/ValuesConstraint.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#include <string>
|
||||
#include <vector>
|
||||
#include <list>
|
||||
#include <iostream>
|
||||
#include <iomanip>
|
||||
#include <algorithm>
|
||||
#include <stdlib.h> // Needed for exit(), which isn't defined in some envs.
|
||||
|
||||
namespace TCLAP {
|
||||
|
||||
template<typename T> void DelPtr(T ptr)
|
||||
{
|
||||
delete ptr;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
template<typename C> void ClearContainer(C &c)
|
||||
{
|
||||
typedef typename C::value_type value_type;
|
||||
std::for_each(c.begin(), c.end(), DelPtr<value_type>);
|
||||
c.clear();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* The base class that manages the command line definition and passes
|
||||
* along the parsing to the appropriate Arg classes.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
class CmdLine : public CmdLineInterface
|
||||
{
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* The list of arguments that will be tested against the
|
||||
* command line.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
std::list<Arg*> _argList;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* The name of the program. Set to argv[0].
|
||||
*/
|
||||
std::string _progName;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* A message used to describe the program. Used in the usage output.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
std::string _message;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* The version to be displayed with the --version switch.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
std::string _version;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* The number of arguments that are required to be present on
|
||||
* the command line. This is set dynamically, based on the
|
||||
* Args added to the CmdLine object.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int _numRequired;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* The character that is used to separate the argument flag/name
|
||||
* from the value. Defaults to ' ' (space).
|
||||
*/
|
||||
char _delimiter;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* The handler that manages xoring lists of args.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
XorHandler _xorHandler;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* A list of Args to be explicitly deleted when the destructor
|
||||
* is called. At the moment, this only includes the three default
|
||||
* Args.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
std::list<Arg*> _argDeleteOnExitList;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* A list of Visitors to be explicitly deleted when the destructor
|
||||
* is called. At the moment, these are the Vistors created for the
|
||||
* default Args.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
std::list<Visitor*> _visitorDeleteOnExitList;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Object that handles all output for the CmdLine.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
CmdLineOutput* _output;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Should CmdLine handle parsing exceptions internally?
|
||||
*/
|
||||
bool _handleExceptions;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Throws an exception listing the missing args.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void missingArgsException();
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Checks whether a name/flag string matches entirely matches
|
||||
* the Arg::blankChar. Used when multiple switches are combined
|
||||
* into a single argument.
|
||||
* \param s - The message to be used in the usage.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
bool _emptyCombined(const std::string& s);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Perform a delete ptr; operation on ptr when this object is deleted.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void deleteOnExit(Arg* ptr);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Perform a delete ptr; operation on ptr when this object is deleted.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void deleteOnExit(Visitor* ptr);
|
||||
|
||||
private:
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Encapsulates the code common to the constructors
|
||||
* (which is all of it).
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void _constructor();
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Is set to true when a user sets the output object. We use this so
|
||||
* that we don't delete objects that are created outside of this lib.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
bool _userSetOutput;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Whether or not to automatically create help and version switches.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
bool _helpAndVersion;
|
||||
|
||||
public:
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Command line constructor. Defines how the arguments will be
|
||||
* parsed.
|
||||
* \param message - The message to be used in the usage
|
||||
* output.
|
||||
* \param delimiter - The character that is used to separate
|
||||
* the argument flag/name from the value. Defaults to ' ' (space).
|
||||
* \param version - The version number to be used in the
|
||||
* --version switch.
|
||||
* \param helpAndVersion - Whether or not to create the Help and
|
||||
* Version switches. Defaults to true.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
CmdLine(const std::string& message,
|
||||
const char delimiter = ' ',
|
||||
const std::string& version = "none",
|
||||
bool helpAndVersion = true);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Deletes any resources allocated by a CmdLine object.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
virtual ~CmdLine();
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Adds an argument to the list of arguments to be parsed.
|
||||
* \param a - Argument to be added.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void add( Arg& a );
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* An alternative add. Functionally identical.
|
||||
* \param a - Argument to be added.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void add( Arg* a );
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Add two Args that will be xor'd. If this method is used, add does
|
||||
* not need to be called.
|
||||
* \param a - Argument to be added and xor'd.
|
||||
* \param b - Argument to be added and xor'd.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void xorAdd( Arg& a, Arg& b );
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Add a list of Args that will be xor'd. If this method is used,
|
||||
* add does not need to be called.
|
||||
* \param xors - List of Args to be added and xor'd.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void xorAdd( std::vector<Arg*>& xors );
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Parses the command line.
|
||||
* \param argc - Number of arguments.
|
||||
* \param argv - Array of arguments.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void parse(int argc, const char * const * argv);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Parses the command line.
|
||||
* \param args - A vector of strings representing the args.
|
||||
* args[0] is still the program name.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void parse(std::vector<std::string>& args);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
CmdLineOutput* getOutput();
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void setOutput(CmdLineOutput* co);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
std::string& getVersion();
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
std::string& getProgramName();
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
std::list<Arg*>& getArgList();
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
XorHandler& getXorHandler();
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
char getDelimiter();
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
std::string& getMessage();
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
bool hasHelpAndVersion();
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Disables or enables CmdLine's internal parsing exception handling.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param state Should CmdLine handle parsing exceptions internally?
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void setExceptionHandling(const bool state);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Returns the current state of the internal exception handling.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @retval true Parsing exceptions are handled internally.
|
||||
* @retval false Parsing exceptions are propagated to the caller.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
bool getExceptionHandling() const;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Allows the CmdLine object to be reused.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void reset();
|
||||
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
//Begin CmdLine.cpp
|
||||
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
inline CmdLine::CmdLine(const std::string& m,
|
||||
char delim,
|
||||
const std::string& v,
|
||||
bool help )
|
||||
: _progName("not_set_yet"),
|
||||
_message(m),
|
||||
_version(v),
|
||||
_numRequired(0),
|
||||
_delimiter(delim),
|
||||
_handleExceptions(true),
|
||||
_userSetOutput(false),
|
||||
_helpAndVersion(help)
|
||||
{
|
||||
_constructor();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline CmdLine::~CmdLine()
|
||||
{
|
||||
ClearContainer(_argDeleteOnExitList);
|
||||
ClearContainer(_visitorDeleteOnExitList);
|
||||
|
||||
if ( !_userSetOutput ) {
|
||||
delete _output;
|
||||
_output = 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline void CmdLine::_constructor()
|
||||
{
|
||||
_output = new StdOutput;
|
||||
|
||||
Arg::setDelimiter( _delimiter );
|
||||
|
||||
Visitor* v;
|
||||
|
||||
if ( _helpAndVersion )
|
||||
{
|
||||
v = new HelpVisitor( this, &_output );
|
||||
SwitchArg* help = new SwitchArg("h","help",
|
||||
"Displays usage information and exits.",
|
||||
false, v);
|
||||
add( help );
|
||||
deleteOnExit(help);
|
||||
deleteOnExit(v);
|
||||
|
||||
v = new VersionVisitor( this, &_output );
|
||||
SwitchArg* vers = new SwitchArg("","version",
|
||||
"Displays version information and exits.",
|
||||
false, v);
|
||||
add( vers );
|
||||
deleteOnExit(vers);
|
||||
deleteOnExit(v);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
v = new IgnoreRestVisitor();
|
||||
SwitchArg* ignore = new SwitchArg(Arg::flagStartString(),
|
||||
Arg::ignoreNameString(),
|
||||
"Ignores the rest of the labeled arguments following this flag.",
|
||||
false, v);
|
||||
add( ignore );
|
||||
deleteOnExit(ignore);
|
||||
deleteOnExit(v);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline void CmdLine::xorAdd( std::vector<Arg*>& ors )
|
||||
{
|
||||
_xorHandler.add( ors );
|
||||
|
||||
for (ArgVectorIterator it = ors.begin(); it != ors.end(); it++)
|
||||
{
|
||||
(*it)->forceRequired();
|
||||
(*it)->setRequireLabel( "OR required" );
|
||||
|
||||
add( *it );
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline void CmdLine::xorAdd( Arg& a, Arg& b )
|
||||
{
|
||||
std::vector<Arg*> ors;
|
||||
ors.push_back( &a );
|
||||
ors.push_back( &b );
|
||||
xorAdd( ors );
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline void CmdLine::add( Arg& a )
|
||||
{
|
||||
add( &a );
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline void CmdLine::add( Arg* a )
|
||||
{
|
||||
for( ArgListIterator it = _argList.begin(); it != _argList.end(); it++ )
|
||||
if ( *a == *(*it) )
|
||||
throw( SpecificationException(
|
||||
"Argument with same flag/name already exists!",
|
||||
a->longID() ) );
|
||||
|
||||
a->addToList( _argList );
|
||||
|
||||
if ( a->isRequired() )
|
||||
_numRequired++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
inline void CmdLine::parse(int argc, const char * const * argv)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// this step is necessary so that we have easy access to
|
||||
// mutable strings.
|
||||
std::vector<std::string> args;
|
||||
for (int i = 0; i < argc; i++)
|
||||
args.push_back(argv[i]);
|
||||
|
||||
parse(args);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline void CmdLine::parse(std::vector<std::string>& args)
|
||||
{
|
||||
bool shouldExit = false;
|
||||
int estat = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
try {
|
||||
_progName = args.front();
|
||||
args.erase(args.begin());
|
||||
|
||||
int requiredCount = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
for (int i = 0; static_cast<unsigned int>(i) < args.size(); i++) {
|
||||
bool matched = false;
|
||||
for (ArgListIterator it = _argList.begin();
|
||||
it != _argList.end(); it++) {
|
||||
if ( (*it)->processArg( &i, args ) )
|
||||
{
|
||||
requiredCount += _xorHandler.check( *it );
|
||||
matched = true;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// checks to see if the argument is an empty combined
|
||||
// switch and if so, then we've actually matched it
|
||||
if ( !matched && _emptyCombined( args[i] ) )
|
||||
matched = true;
|
||||
|
||||
if ( !matched && !Arg::ignoreRest() )
|
||||
throw(CmdLineParseException("Couldn't find match "
|
||||
"for argument",
|
||||
args[i]));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if ( requiredCount < _numRequired )
|
||||
missingArgsException();
|
||||
|
||||
if ( requiredCount > _numRequired )
|
||||
throw(CmdLineParseException("Too many arguments!"));
|
||||
|
||||
} catch ( ArgException& e ) {
|
||||
// If we're not handling the exceptions, rethrow.
|
||||
if ( !_handleExceptions) {
|
||||
throw;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
try {
|
||||
_output->failure(*this,e);
|
||||
} catch ( ExitException &ee ) {
|
||||
estat = ee.getExitStatus();
|
||||
shouldExit = true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
} catch (ExitException &ee) {
|
||||
// If we're not handling the exceptions, rethrow.
|
||||
if ( !_handleExceptions) {
|
||||
throw;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
estat = ee.getExitStatus();
|
||||
shouldExit = true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (shouldExit)
|
||||
exit(estat);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline bool CmdLine::_emptyCombined(const std::string& s)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if ( s.length() > 0 && s[0] != Arg::flagStartChar() )
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
|
||||
for ( int i = 1; static_cast<unsigned int>(i) < s.length(); i++ )
|
||||
if ( s[i] != Arg::blankChar() )
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline void CmdLine::missingArgsException()
|
||||
{
|
||||
int count = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
std::string missingArgList;
|
||||
for (ArgListIterator it = _argList.begin(); it != _argList.end(); it++)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if ( (*it)->isRequired() && !(*it)->isSet() )
|
||||
{
|
||||
missingArgList += (*it)->getName();
|
||||
missingArgList += ", ";
|
||||
count++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
missingArgList = missingArgList.substr(0,missingArgList.length()-2);
|
||||
|
||||
std::string msg;
|
||||
if ( count > 1 )
|
||||
msg = "Required arguments missing: ";
|
||||
else
|
||||
msg = "Required argument missing: ";
|
||||
|
||||
msg += missingArgList;
|
||||
|
||||
throw(CmdLineParseException(msg));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline void CmdLine::deleteOnExit(Arg* ptr)
|
||||
{
|
||||
_argDeleteOnExitList.push_back(ptr);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline void CmdLine::deleteOnExit(Visitor* ptr)
|
||||
{
|
||||
_visitorDeleteOnExitList.push_back(ptr);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline CmdLineOutput* CmdLine::getOutput()
|
||||
{
|
||||
return _output;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline void CmdLine::setOutput(CmdLineOutput* co)
|
||||
{
|
||||
_userSetOutput = true;
|
||||
_output = co;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline std::string& CmdLine::getVersion()
|
||||
{
|
||||
return _version;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline std::string& CmdLine::getProgramName()
|
||||
{
|
||||
return _progName;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline std::list<Arg*>& CmdLine::getArgList()
|
||||
{
|
||||
return _argList;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline XorHandler& CmdLine::getXorHandler()
|
||||
{
|
||||
return _xorHandler;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline char CmdLine::getDelimiter()
|
||||
{
|
||||
return _delimiter;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline std::string& CmdLine::getMessage()
|
||||
{
|
||||
return _message;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline bool CmdLine::hasHelpAndVersion()
|
||||
{
|
||||
return _helpAndVersion;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline void CmdLine::setExceptionHandling(const bool state)
|
||||
{
|
||||
_handleExceptions = state;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline bool CmdLine::getExceptionHandling() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return _handleExceptions;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline void CmdLine::reset()
|
||||
{
|
||||
for( ArgListIterator it = _argList.begin(); it != _argList.end(); it++ )
|
||||
{
|
||||
(*it)->reset();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
_progName.clear();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
//End CmdLine.cpp
|
||||
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
} //namespace TCLAP
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,150 @@
|
||||
|
||||
/******************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* file: CmdLineInterface.h
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2003, Michael E. Smoot .
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2004, Michael E. Smoot, Daniel Aarno.
|
||||
* All rights reverved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* See the file COPYING in the top directory of this distribution for
|
||||
* more information.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED _AS IS_, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS
|
||||
* OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
|
||||
* FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
|
||||
* THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
|
||||
* LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
|
||||
* FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER
|
||||
* DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*****************************************************************************/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef TCLAP_COMMANDLINE_INTERFACE_H
|
||||
#define TCLAP_COMMANDLINE_INTERFACE_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include <string>
|
||||
#include <vector>
|
||||
#include <list>
|
||||
#include <iostream>
|
||||
#include <algorithm>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
namespace TCLAP {
|
||||
|
||||
class Arg;
|
||||
class CmdLineOutput;
|
||||
class XorHandler;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* The base class that manages the command line definition and passes
|
||||
* along the parsing to the appropriate Arg classes.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
class CmdLineInterface
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Destructor
|
||||
*/
|
||||
virtual ~CmdLineInterface() {}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Adds an argument to the list of arguments to be parsed.
|
||||
* \param a - Argument to be added.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
virtual void add( Arg& a )=0;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* An alternative add. Functionally identical.
|
||||
* \param a - Argument to be added.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
virtual void add( Arg* a )=0;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Add two Args that will be xor'd.
|
||||
* If this method is used, add does
|
||||
* not need to be called.
|
||||
* \param a - Argument to be added and xor'd.
|
||||
* \param b - Argument to be added and xor'd.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
virtual void xorAdd( Arg& a, Arg& b )=0;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Add a list of Args that will be xor'd. If this method is used,
|
||||
* add does not need to be called.
|
||||
* \param xors - List of Args to be added and xor'd.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
virtual void xorAdd( std::vector<Arg*>& xors )=0;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Parses the command line.
|
||||
* \param argc - Number of arguments.
|
||||
* \param argv - Array of arguments.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
virtual void parse(int argc, const char * const * argv)=0;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Parses the command line.
|
||||
* \param args - A vector of strings representing the args.
|
||||
* args[0] is still the program name.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void parse(std::vector<std::string>& args);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Returns the CmdLineOutput object.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
virtual CmdLineOutput* getOutput()=0;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \param co - CmdLineOutput object that we want to use instead.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
virtual void setOutput(CmdLineOutput* co)=0;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Returns the version string.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
virtual std::string& getVersion()=0;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Returns the program name string.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
virtual std::string& getProgramName()=0;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Returns the argList.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
virtual std::list<Arg*>& getArgList()=0;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Returns the XorHandler.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
virtual XorHandler& getXorHandler()=0;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Returns the delimiter string.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
virtual char getDelimiter()=0;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Returns the message string.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
virtual std::string& getMessage()=0;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Indicates whether or not the help and version switches were created
|
||||
* automatically.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
virtual bool hasHelpAndVersion()=0;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Resets the instance as if it had just been constructed so that the
|
||||
* instance can be reused.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
virtual void reset()=0;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
} //namespace
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,74 @@
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/******************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* file: CmdLineOutput.h
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2004, Michael E. Smoot
|
||||
* All rights reverved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* See the file COPYING in the top directory of this distribution for
|
||||
* more information.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED _AS IS_, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS
|
||||
* OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
|
||||
* FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
|
||||
* THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
|
||||
* LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
|
||||
* FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER
|
||||
* DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*****************************************************************************/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef TCLAP_CMDLINEOUTPUT_H
|
||||
#define TCLAP_CMDLINEOUTPUT_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include <string>
|
||||
#include <vector>
|
||||
#include <list>
|
||||
#include <iostream>
|
||||
#include <iomanip>
|
||||
#include <algorithm>
|
||||
|
||||
namespace TCLAP {
|
||||
|
||||
class CmdLineInterface;
|
||||
class ArgException;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* The interface that any output object must implement.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
class CmdLineOutput
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
||||
public:
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Virtual destructor.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
virtual ~CmdLineOutput() {}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Generates some sort of output for the USAGE.
|
||||
* \param c - The CmdLine object the output is generated for.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
virtual void usage(CmdLineInterface& c)=0;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Generates some sort of output for the version.
|
||||
* \param c - The CmdLine object the output is generated for.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
virtual void version(CmdLineInterface& c)=0;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Generates some sort of output for a failure.
|
||||
* \param c - The CmdLine object the output is generated for.
|
||||
* \param e - The ArgException that caused the failure.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
virtual void failure( CmdLineInterface& c,
|
||||
ArgException& e )=0;
|
||||
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
} //namespace TCLAP
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,68 @@
|
||||
|
||||
/******************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* file: Constraint.h
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2005, Michael E. Smoot
|
||||
* All rights reverved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* See the file COPYING in the top directory of this distribution for
|
||||
* more information.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED _AS IS_, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS
|
||||
* OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
|
||||
* FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
|
||||
* THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
|
||||
* LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
|
||||
* FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER
|
||||
* DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*****************************************************************************/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef TCLAP_CONSTRAINT_H
|
||||
#define TCLAP_CONSTRAINT_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include <string>
|
||||
#include <vector>
|
||||
#include <list>
|
||||
#include <iostream>
|
||||
#include <iomanip>
|
||||
#include <algorithm>
|
||||
|
||||
namespace TCLAP {
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* The interface that defines the interaction between the Arg and Constraint.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
template<class T>
|
||||
class Constraint
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
||||
public:
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Returns a description of the Constraint.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
virtual std::string description() const =0;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Returns the short ID for the Constraint.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
virtual std::string shortID() const =0;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* The method used to verify that the value parsed from the command
|
||||
* line meets the constraint.
|
||||
* \param value - The value that will be checked.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
virtual bool check(const T& value) const =0;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Destructor.
|
||||
* Silences warnings about Constraint being a base class with virtual
|
||||
* functions but without a virtual destructor.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
virtual ~Constraint() { ; }
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
} //namespace TCLAP
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,299 @@
|
||||
// -*- Mode: c++; c-basic-offset: 4; tab-width: 4; -*-
|
||||
|
||||
/******************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* file: DocBookOutput.h
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2004, Michael E. Smoot
|
||||
* All rights reverved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* See the file COPYING in the top directory of this distribution for
|
||||
* more information.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED _AS IS_, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS
|
||||
* OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
|
||||
* FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
|
||||
* THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
|
||||
* LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
|
||||
* FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER
|
||||
* DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*****************************************************************************/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef TCLAP_DOCBOOKOUTPUT_H
|
||||
#define TCLAP_DOCBOOKOUTPUT_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include <string>
|
||||
#include <vector>
|
||||
#include <list>
|
||||
#include <iostream>
|
||||
#include <algorithm>
|
||||
|
||||
#include <tclap/CmdLineInterface.h>
|
||||
#include <tclap/CmdLineOutput.h>
|
||||
#include <tclap/XorHandler.h>
|
||||
#include <tclap/Arg.h>
|
||||
|
||||
namespace TCLAP {
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* A class that generates DocBook output for usage() method for the
|
||||
* given CmdLine and its Args.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
class DocBookOutput : public CmdLineOutput
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
||||
public:
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Prints the usage to stdout. Can be overridden to
|
||||
* produce alternative behavior.
|
||||
* \param c - The CmdLine object the output is generated for.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
virtual void usage(CmdLineInterface& c);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Prints the version to stdout. Can be overridden
|
||||
* to produce alternative behavior.
|
||||
* \param c - The CmdLine object the output is generated for.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
virtual void version(CmdLineInterface& c);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Prints (to stderr) an error message, short usage
|
||||
* Can be overridden to produce alternative behavior.
|
||||
* \param c - The CmdLine object the output is generated for.
|
||||
* \param e - The ArgException that caused the failure.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
virtual void failure(CmdLineInterface& c,
|
||||
ArgException& e );
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Substitutes the char r for string x in string s.
|
||||
* \param s - The string to operate on.
|
||||
* \param r - The char to replace.
|
||||
* \param x - What to replace r with.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void substituteSpecialChars( std::string& s, char r, std::string& x );
|
||||
void removeChar( std::string& s, char r);
|
||||
void basename( std::string& s );
|
||||
|
||||
void printShortArg(Arg* it);
|
||||
void printLongArg(Arg* it);
|
||||
|
||||
char theDelimiter;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
inline void DocBookOutput::version(CmdLineInterface& _cmd)
|
||||
{
|
||||
std::cout << _cmd.getVersion() << std::endl;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline void DocBookOutput::usage(CmdLineInterface& _cmd )
|
||||
{
|
||||
std::list<Arg*> argList = _cmd.getArgList();
|
||||
std::string progName = _cmd.getProgramName();
|
||||
std::string version = _cmd.getVersion();
|
||||
theDelimiter = _cmd.getDelimiter();
|
||||
XorHandler xorHandler = _cmd.getXorHandler();
|
||||
std::vector< std::vector<Arg*> > xorList = xorHandler.getXorList();
|
||||
basename(progName);
|
||||
|
||||
std::cout << "<?xml version='1.0'?>" << std::endl;
|
||||
std::cout << "<!DOCTYPE refentry PUBLIC \"-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.2//EN\"" << std::endl;
|
||||
std::cout << "\t\"http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.2/docbookx.dtd\">" << std::endl << std::endl;
|
||||
|
||||
std::cout << "<refentry>" << std::endl;
|
||||
|
||||
std::cout << "<refmeta>" << std::endl;
|
||||
std::cout << "<refentrytitle>" << progName << "</refentrytitle>" << std::endl;
|
||||
std::cout << "<manvolnum>1</manvolnum>" << std::endl;
|
||||
std::cout << "</refmeta>" << std::endl;
|
||||
|
||||
std::cout << "<refnamediv>" << std::endl;
|
||||
std::cout << "<refname>" << progName << "</refname>" << std::endl;
|
||||
std::cout << "<refpurpose>" << _cmd.getMessage() << "</refpurpose>" << std::endl;
|
||||
std::cout << "</refnamediv>" << std::endl;
|
||||
|
||||
std::cout << "<refsynopsisdiv>" << std::endl;
|
||||
std::cout << "<cmdsynopsis>" << std::endl;
|
||||
|
||||
std::cout << "<command>" << progName << "</command>" << std::endl;
|
||||
|
||||
// xor
|
||||
for ( int i = 0; (unsigned int)i < xorList.size(); i++ )
|
||||
{
|
||||
std::cout << "<group choice='req'>" << std::endl;
|
||||
for ( ArgVectorIterator it = xorList[i].begin();
|
||||
it != xorList[i].end(); it++ )
|
||||
printShortArg((*it));
|
||||
|
||||
std::cout << "</group>" << std::endl;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// rest of args
|
||||
for (ArgListIterator it = argList.begin(); it != argList.end(); it++)
|
||||
if ( !xorHandler.contains( (*it) ) )
|
||||
printShortArg((*it));
|
||||
|
||||
std::cout << "</cmdsynopsis>" << std::endl;
|
||||
std::cout << "</refsynopsisdiv>" << std::endl;
|
||||
|
||||
std::cout << "<refsect1>" << std::endl;
|
||||
std::cout << "<title>Description</title>" << std::endl;
|
||||
std::cout << "<para>" << std::endl;
|
||||
std::cout << _cmd.getMessage() << std::endl;
|
||||
std::cout << "</para>" << std::endl;
|
||||
std::cout << "</refsect1>" << std::endl;
|
||||
|
||||
std::cout << "<refsect1>" << std::endl;
|
||||
std::cout << "<title>Options</title>" << std::endl;
|
||||
|
||||
std::cout << "<variablelist>" << std::endl;
|
||||
|
||||
for (ArgListIterator it = argList.begin(); it != argList.end(); it++)
|
||||
printLongArg((*it));
|
||||
|
||||
std::cout << "</variablelist>" << std::endl;
|
||||
std::cout << "</refsect1>" << std::endl;
|
||||
|
||||
std::cout << "<refsect1>" << std::endl;
|
||||
std::cout << "<title>Version</title>" << std::endl;
|
||||
std::cout << "<para>" << std::endl;
|
||||
std::cout << version << std::endl;
|
||||
std::cout << "</para>" << std::endl;
|
||||
std::cout << "</refsect1>" << std::endl;
|
||||
|
||||
std::cout << "</refentry>" << std::endl;
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline void DocBookOutput::failure( CmdLineInterface& _cmd,
|
||||
ArgException& e )
|
||||
{
|
||||
static_cast<void>(_cmd); // unused
|
||||
std::cout << e.what() << std::endl;
|
||||
throw ExitException(1);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline void DocBookOutput::substituteSpecialChars( std::string& s,
|
||||
char r,
|
||||
std::string& x )
|
||||
{
|
||||
size_t p;
|
||||
while ( (p = s.find_first_of(r)) != std::string::npos )
|
||||
{
|
||||
s.erase(p,1);
|
||||
s.insert(p,x);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline void DocBookOutput::removeChar( std::string& s, char r)
|
||||
{
|
||||
size_t p;
|
||||
while ( (p = s.find_first_of(r)) != std::string::npos )
|
||||
{
|
||||
s.erase(p,1);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline void DocBookOutput::basename( std::string& s )
|
||||
{
|
||||
size_t p = s.find_last_of('/');
|
||||
if ( p != std::string::npos )
|
||||
{
|
||||
s.erase(0, p + 1);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline void DocBookOutput::printShortArg(Arg* a)
|
||||
{
|
||||
std::string lt = "<";
|
||||
std::string gt = ">";
|
||||
|
||||
std::string id = a->shortID();
|
||||
substituteSpecialChars(id,'<',lt);
|
||||
substituteSpecialChars(id,'>',gt);
|
||||
removeChar(id,'[');
|
||||
removeChar(id,']');
|
||||
|
||||
std::string choice = "opt";
|
||||
if ( a->isRequired() )
|
||||
choice = "plain";
|
||||
|
||||
std::cout << "<arg choice='" << choice << '\'';
|
||||
if ( a->acceptsMultipleValues() )
|
||||
std::cout << " rep='repeat'";
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
std::cout << '>';
|
||||
if ( !a->getFlag().empty() )
|
||||
std::cout << a->flagStartChar() << a->getFlag();
|
||||
else
|
||||
std::cout << a->nameStartString() << a->getName();
|
||||
if ( a->isValueRequired() )
|
||||
{
|
||||
std::string arg = a->shortID();
|
||||
removeChar(arg,'[');
|
||||
removeChar(arg,']');
|
||||
removeChar(arg,'<');
|
||||
removeChar(arg,'>');
|
||||
arg.erase(0, arg.find_last_of(theDelimiter) + 1);
|
||||
std::cout << theDelimiter;
|
||||
std::cout << "<replaceable>" << arg << "</replaceable>";
|
||||
}
|
||||
std::cout << "</arg>" << std::endl;
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline void DocBookOutput::printLongArg(Arg* a)
|
||||
{
|
||||
std::string lt = "<";
|
||||
std::string gt = ">";
|
||||
|
||||
std::string desc = a->getDescription();
|
||||
substituteSpecialChars(desc,'<',lt);
|
||||
substituteSpecialChars(desc,'>',gt);
|
||||
|
||||
std::cout << "<varlistentry>" << std::endl;
|
||||
|
||||
if ( !a->getFlag().empty() )
|
||||
{
|
||||
std::cout << "<term>" << std::endl;
|
||||
std::cout << "<option>";
|
||||
std::cout << a->flagStartChar() << a->getFlag();
|
||||
std::cout << "</option>" << std::endl;
|
||||
std::cout << "</term>" << std::endl;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
std::cout << "<term>" << std::endl;
|
||||
std::cout << "<option>";
|
||||
std::cout << a->nameStartString() << a->getName();
|
||||
if ( a->isValueRequired() )
|
||||
{
|
||||
std::string arg = a->shortID();
|
||||
removeChar(arg,'[');
|
||||
removeChar(arg,']');
|
||||
removeChar(arg,'<');
|
||||
removeChar(arg,'>');
|
||||
arg.erase(0, arg.find_last_of(theDelimiter) + 1);
|
||||
std::cout << theDelimiter;
|
||||
std::cout << "<replaceable>" << arg << "</replaceable>";
|
||||
}
|
||||
std::cout << "</option>" << std::endl;
|
||||
std::cout << "</term>" << std::endl;
|
||||
|
||||
std::cout << "<listitem>" << std::endl;
|
||||
std::cout << "<para>" << std::endl;
|
||||
std::cout << desc << std::endl;
|
||||
std::cout << "</para>" << std::endl;
|
||||
std::cout << "</listitem>" << std::endl;
|
||||
|
||||
std::cout << "</varlistentry>" << std::endl;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
} //namespace TCLAP
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,69 @@
|
||||
|
||||
/******************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* file: HelpVisitor.h
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2003, Michael E. Smoot .
|
||||
* All rights reverved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* See the file COPYING in the top directory of this distribution for
|
||||
* more information.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED _AS IS_, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS
|
||||
* OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
|
||||
* FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
|
||||
* THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
|
||||
* LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
|
||||
* FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER
|
||||
* DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*****************************************************************************/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef TCLAP_HELP_VISITOR_H
|
||||
#define TCLAP_HELP_VISITOR_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include <tclap/CmdLineInterface.h>
|
||||
#include <tclap/CmdLineOutput.h>
|
||||
#include <tclap/Visitor.h>
|
||||
|
||||
namespace TCLAP {
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* A Visitor object that calls the usage method of the given CmdLineOutput
|
||||
* object for the specified CmdLine object.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
class HelpVisitor: public Visitor
|
||||
{
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* The CmdLine the output will be generated for.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
CmdLineInterface* _cmd;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* The output object.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
CmdLineOutput** _out;
|
||||
|
||||
public:
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Constructor.
|
||||
* \param cmd - The CmdLine the output will be generated for.
|
||||
* \param out - The type of output.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
HelpVisitor(CmdLineInterface* cmd, CmdLineOutput** out)
|
||||
: Visitor(), _cmd( cmd ), _out( out ) { }
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Calls the usage method of the CmdLineOutput for the
|
||||
* specified CmdLine.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void visit() { (*_out)->usage(*_cmd); throw ExitException(0); }
|
||||
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
|
||||
|
||||
/******************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* file: IgnoreRestVisitor.h
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2003, Michael E. Smoot .
|
||||
* All rights reverved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* See the file COPYING in the top directory of this distribution for
|
||||
* more information.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED _AS IS_, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS
|
||||
* OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
|
||||
* FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
|
||||
* THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
|
||||
* LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
|
||||
* FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER
|
||||
* DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*****************************************************************************/
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef TCLAP_IGNORE_REST_VISITOR_H
|
||||
#define TCLAP_IGNORE_REST_VISITOR_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include <tclap/Visitor.h>
|
||||
#include <tclap/Arg.h>
|
||||
|
||||
namespace TCLAP {
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* A Vistor that tells the CmdLine to begin ignoring arguments after
|
||||
* this one is parsed.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
class IgnoreRestVisitor: public Visitor
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Constructor.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
IgnoreRestVisitor() : Visitor() {}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Sets Arg::_ignoreRest.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void visit() { Arg::beginIgnoring(); }
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
|
||||
|
||||
libtclapincludedir = $(includedir)/tclap
|
||||
|
||||
libtclapinclude_HEADERS = \
|
||||
CmdLineInterface.h \
|
||||
ArgException.h \
|
||||
CmdLine.h \
|
||||
XorHandler.h \
|
||||
MultiArg.h \
|
||||
UnlabeledMultiArg.h \
|
||||
ValueArg.h \
|
||||
UnlabeledValueArg.h \
|
||||
Visitor.h Arg.h \
|
||||
HelpVisitor.h \
|
||||
SwitchArg.h \
|
||||
MultiSwitchArg.h \
|
||||
VersionVisitor.h \
|
||||
IgnoreRestVisitor.h \
|
||||
CmdLineOutput.h \
|
||||
StdOutput.h \
|
||||
DocBookOutput.h \
|
||||
ZshCompletionOutput.h \
|
||||
OptionalUnlabeledTracker.h \
|
||||
Constraint.h \
|
||||
ValuesConstraint.h \
|
||||
ArgTraits.h \
|
||||
StandardTraits.h
|
||||
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,387 @@
|
||||
# Makefile.in generated by automake 1.9.2 from Makefile.am.
|
||||
# @configure_input@
|
||||
|
||||
# Copyright (C) 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002,
|
||||
# 2003, 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
# This Makefile.in is free software; the Free Software Foundation
|
||||
# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
|
||||
# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
|
||||
|
||||
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law; without
|
||||
# even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A
|
||||
# PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
|
||||
|
||||
@SET_MAKE@
|
||||
|
||||
srcdir = @srcdir@
|
||||
top_srcdir = @top_srcdir@
|
||||
VPATH = @srcdir@
|
||||
pkgdatadir = $(datadir)/@PACKAGE@
|
||||
pkglibdir = $(libdir)/@PACKAGE@
|
||||
pkgincludedir = $(includedir)/@PACKAGE@
|
||||
top_builddir = ../..
|
||||
am__cd = CDPATH="$${ZSH_VERSION+.}$(PATH_SEPARATOR)" && cd
|
||||
INSTALL = @INSTALL@
|
||||
install_sh_DATA = $(install_sh) -c -m 644
|
||||
install_sh_PROGRAM = $(install_sh) -c
|
||||
install_sh_SCRIPT = $(install_sh) -c
|
||||
INSTALL_HEADER = $(INSTALL_DATA)
|
||||
transform = $(program_transform_name)
|
||||
NORMAL_INSTALL = :
|
||||
PRE_INSTALL = :
|
||||
POST_INSTALL = :
|
||||
NORMAL_UNINSTALL = :
|
||||
PRE_UNINSTALL = :
|
||||
POST_UNINSTALL = :
|
||||
subdir = include/tclap
|
||||
DIST_COMMON = $(libtclapinclude_HEADERS) $(srcdir)/Makefile.am \
|
||||
$(srcdir)/Makefile.in
|
||||
ACLOCAL_M4 = $(top_srcdir)/aclocal.m4
|
||||
am__aclocal_m4_deps = $(top_srcdir)/config/ac_cxx_have_long_long.m4 \
|
||||
$(top_srcdir)/config/ac_cxx_have_sstream.m4 \
|
||||
$(top_srcdir)/config/ac_cxx_have_strstream.m4 \
|
||||
$(top_srcdir)/config/ac_cxx_namespaces.m4 \
|
||||
$(top_srcdir)/config/bb_enable_doxygen.m4 \
|
||||
$(top_srcdir)/configure.in
|
||||
am__configure_deps = $(am__aclocal_m4_deps) $(CONFIGURE_DEPENDENCIES) \
|
||||
$(ACLOCAL_M4)
|
||||
mkinstalldirs = $(SHELL) $(top_srcdir)/config/mkinstalldirs
|
||||
CONFIG_HEADER = $(top_builddir)/config/config.h
|
||||
CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES =
|
||||
SOURCES =
|
||||
DIST_SOURCES =
|
||||
am__vpath_adj_setup = srcdirstrip=`echo "$(srcdir)" | sed 's|.|.|g'`;
|
||||
am__vpath_adj = case $$p in \
|
||||
$(srcdir)/*) f=`echo "$$p" | sed "s|^$$srcdirstrip/||"`;; \
|
||||
*) f=$$p;; \
|
||||
esac;
|
||||
am__strip_dir = `echo $$p | sed -e 's|^.*/||'`;
|
||||
am__installdirs = "$(DESTDIR)$(libtclapincludedir)"
|
||||
libtclapincludeHEADERS_INSTALL = $(INSTALL_HEADER)
|
||||
HEADERS = $(libtclapinclude_HEADERS)
|
||||
ETAGS = etags
|
||||
CTAGS = ctags
|
||||
DISTFILES = $(DIST_COMMON) $(DIST_SOURCES) $(TEXINFOS) $(EXTRA_DIST)
|
||||
ACLOCAL = @ACLOCAL@
|
||||
AMDEP_FALSE = @AMDEP_FALSE@
|
||||
AMDEP_TRUE = @AMDEP_TRUE@
|
||||
AMTAR = @AMTAR@
|
||||
AUTOCONF = @AUTOCONF@
|
||||
AUTOHEADER = @AUTOHEADER@
|
||||
AUTOMAKE = @AUTOMAKE@
|
||||
AWK = @AWK@
|
||||
CPPFLAGS = @CPPFLAGS@
|
||||
CXX = @CXX@
|
||||
CXXCPP = @CXXCPP@
|
||||
CXXDEPMODE = @CXXDEPMODE@
|
||||
CXXFLAGS = @CXXFLAGS@
|
||||
CYGPATH_W = @CYGPATH_W@
|
||||
DEFS = @DEFS@
|
||||
DEPDIR = @DEPDIR@
|
||||
DOC_FALSE = @DOC_FALSE@
|
||||
DOC_TRUE = @DOC_TRUE@
|
||||
DOT = @DOT@
|
||||
DOXYGEN = @DOXYGEN@
|
||||
ECHO_C = @ECHO_C@
|
||||
ECHO_N = @ECHO_N@
|
||||
ECHO_T = @ECHO_T@
|
||||
EGREP = @EGREP@
|
||||
EXEEXT = @EXEEXT@
|
||||
HAVE_GNU_COMPILERS_FALSE = @HAVE_GNU_COMPILERS_FALSE@
|
||||
HAVE_GNU_COMPILERS_TRUE = @HAVE_GNU_COMPILERS_TRUE@
|
||||
INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@
|
||||
INSTALL_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_PROGRAM@
|
||||
INSTALL_SCRIPT = @INSTALL_SCRIPT@
|
||||
INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM@
|
||||
LDFLAGS = @LDFLAGS@
|
||||
LIBOBJS = @LIBOBJS@
|
||||
LIBS = @LIBS@
|
||||
LTLIBOBJS = @LTLIBOBJS@
|
||||
MAKEINFO = @MAKEINFO@
|
||||
OBJEXT = @OBJEXT@
|
||||
PACKAGE = @PACKAGE@
|
||||
PACKAGE_BUGREPORT = @PACKAGE_BUGREPORT@
|
||||
PACKAGE_NAME = @PACKAGE_NAME@
|
||||
PACKAGE_STRING = @PACKAGE_STRING@
|
||||
PACKAGE_TARNAME = @PACKAGE_TARNAME@
|
||||
PACKAGE_VERSION = @PACKAGE_VERSION@
|
||||
PATH_SEPARATOR = @PATH_SEPARATOR@
|
||||
RANLIB = @RANLIB@
|
||||
SET_MAKE = @SET_MAKE@
|
||||
SHELL = @SHELL@
|
||||
STRIP = @STRIP@
|
||||
VERSION = @VERSION@
|
||||
ac_ct_CXX = @ac_ct_CXX@
|
||||
ac_ct_RANLIB = @ac_ct_RANLIB@
|
||||
ac_ct_STRIP = @ac_ct_STRIP@
|
||||
am__fastdepCXX_FALSE = @am__fastdepCXX_FALSE@
|
||||
am__fastdepCXX_TRUE = @am__fastdepCXX_TRUE@
|
||||
am__include = @am__include@
|
||||
am__leading_dot = @am__leading_dot@
|
||||
am__quote = @am__quote@
|
||||
am__tar = @am__tar@
|
||||
am__untar = @am__untar@
|
||||
bindir = @bindir@
|
||||
build_alias = @build_alias@
|
||||
datadir = @datadir@
|
||||
exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@
|
||||
host_alias = @host_alias@
|
||||
includedir = @includedir@
|
||||
infodir = @infodir@
|
||||
install_sh = @install_sh@
|
||||
libdir = @libdir@
|
||||
libexecdir = @libexecdir@
|
||||
localstatedir = @localstatedir@
|
||||
mandir = @mandir@
|
||||
mkdir_p = @mkdir_p@
|
||||
oldincludedir = @oldincludedir@
|
||||
prefix = @prefix@
|
||||
program_transform_name = @program_transform_name@
|
||||
sbindir = @sbindir@
|
||||
sharedstatedir = @sharedstatedir@
|
||||
sysconfdir = @sysconfdir@
|
||||
target_alias = @target_alias@
|
||||
libtclapincludedir = $(includedir)/tclap
|
||||
libtclapinclude_HEADERS = \
|
||||
CmdLineInterface.h \
|
||||
ArgException.h \
|
||||
CmdLine.h \
|
||||
XorHandler.h \
|
||||
MultiArg.h \
|
||||
UnlabeledMultiArg.h \
|
||||
ValueArg.h \
|
||||
UnlabeledValueArg.h \
|
||||
Visitor.h Arg.h \
|
||||
HelpVisitor.h \
|
||||
SwitchArg.h \
|
||||
MultiSwitchArg.h \
|
||||
VersionVisitor.h \
|
||||
IgnoreRestVisitor.h \
|
||||
CmdLineOutput.h \
|
||||
StdOutput.h \
|
||||
DocBookOutput.h \
|
||||
ZshCompletionOutput.h \
|
||||
OptionalUnlabeledTracker.h \
|
||||
Constraint.h \
|
||||
ValuesConstraint.h \
|
||||
ArgTraits.h \
|
||||
StandardTraits.h
|
||||
|
||||
all: all-am
|
||||
|
||||
.SUFFIXES:
|
||||
$(srcdir)/Makefile.in: $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(am__configure_deps)
|
||||
@for dep in $?; do \
|
||||
case '$(am__configure_deps)' in \
|
||||
*$$dep*) \
|
||||
cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh \
|
||||
&& exit 0; \
|
||||
exit 1;; \
|
||||
esac; \
|
||||
done; \
|
||||
echo ' cd $(top_srcdir) && $(AUTOMAKE) --gnu include/tclap/Makefile'; \
|
||||
cd $(top_srcdir) && \
|
||||
$(AUTOMAKE) --gnu include/tclap/Makefile
|
||||
.PRECIOUS: Makefile
|
||||
Makefile: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in $(top_builddir)/config.status
|
||||
@case '$?' in \
|
||||
*config.status*) \
|
||||
cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh;; \
|
||||
*) \
|
||||
echo ' cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $(subdir)/$@ $(am__depfiles_maybe)'; \
|
||||
cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $(subdir)/$@ $(am__depfiles_maybe);; \
|
||||
esac;
|
||||
|
||||
$(top_builddir)/config.status: $(top_srcdir)/configure $(CONFIG_STATUS_DEPENDENCIES)
|
||||
cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh
|
||||
|
||||
$(top_srcdir)/configure: $(am__configure_deps)
|
||||
cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh
|
||||
$(ACLOCAL_M4): $(am__aclocal_m4_deps)
|
||||
cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh
|
||||
uninstall-info-am:
|
||||
install-libtclapincludeHEADERS: $(libtclapinclude_HEADERS)
|
||||
@$(NORMAL_INSTALL)
|
||||
test -z "$(libtclapincludedir)" || $(mkdir_p) "$(DESTDIR)$(libtclapincludedir)"
|
||||
@list='$(libtclapinclude_HEADERS)'; for p in $$list; do \
|
||||
if test -f "$$p"; then d=; else d="$(srcdir)/"; fi; \
|
||||
f=$(am__strip_dir) \
|
||||
echo " $(libtclapincludeHEADERS_INSTALL) '$$d$$p' '$(DESTDIR)$(libtclapincludedir)/$$f'"; \
|
||||
$(libtclapincludeHEADERS_INSTALL) "$$d$$p" "$(DESTDIR)$(libtclapincludedir)/$$f"; \
|
||||
done
|
||||
|
||||
uninstall-libtclapincludeHEADERS:
|
||||
@$(NORMAL_UNINSTALL)
|
||||
@list='$(libtclapinclude_HEADERS)'; for p in $$list; do \
|
||||
f=$(am__strip_dir) \
|
||||
echo " rm -f '$(DESTDIR)$(libtclapincludedir)/$$f'"; \
|
||||
rm -f "$(DESTDIR)$(libtclapincludedir)/$$f"; \
|
||||
done
|
||||
|
||||
ID: $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES)
|
||||
list='$(SOURCES) $(HEADERS) $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES)'; \
|
||||
unique=`for i in $$list; do \
|
||||
if test -f "$$i"; then echo $$i; else echo $(srcdir)/$$i; fi; \
|
||||
done | \
|
||||
$(AWK) ' { files[$$0] = 1; } \
|
||||
END { for (i in files) print i; }'`; \
|
||||
mkid -fID $$unique
|
||||
tags: TAGS
|
||||
|
||||
TAGS: $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) $(TAGS_DEPENDENCIES) \
|
||||
$(TAGS_FILES) $(LISP)
|
||||
tags=; \
|
||||
here=`pwd`; \
|
||||
list='$(SOURCES) $(HEADERS) $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES)'; \
|
||||
unique=`for i in $$list; do \
|
||||
if test -f "$$i"; then echo $$i; else echo $(srcdir)/$$i; fi; \
|
||||
done | \
|
||||
$(AWK) ' { files[$$0] = 1; } \
|
||||
END { for (i in files) print i; }'`; \
|
||||
if test -z "$(ETAGS_ARGS)$$tags$$unique"; then :; else \
|
||||
test -n "$$unique" || unique=$$empty_fix; \
|
||||
$(ETAGS) $(ETAGSFLAGS) $(AM_ETAGSFLAGS) $(ETAGS_ARGS) \
|
||||
$$tags $$unique; \
|
||||
fi
|
||||
ctags: CTAGS
|
||||
CTAGS: $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) $(TAGS_DEPENDENCIES) \
|
||||
$(TAGS_FILES) $(LISP)
|
||||
tags=; \
|
||||
here=`pwd`; \
|
||||
list='$(SOURCES) $(HEADERS) $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES)'; \
|
||||
unique=`for i in $$list; do \
|
||||
if test -f "$$i"; then echo $$i; else echo $(srcdir)/$$i; fi; \
|
||||
done | \
|
||||
$(AWK) ' { files[$$0] = 1; } \
|
||||
END { for (i in files) print i; }'`; \
|
||||
test -z "$(CTAGS_ARGS)$$tags$$unique" \
|
||||
|| $(CTAGS) $(CTAGSFLAGS) $(AM_CTAGSFLAGS) $(CTAGS_ARGS) \
|
||||
$$tags $$unique
|
||||
|
||||
GTAGS:
|
||||
here=`$(am__cd) $(top_builddir) && pwd` \
|
||||
&& cd $(top_srcdir) \
|
||||
&& gtags -i $(GTAGS_ARGS) $$here
|
||||
|
||||
distclean-tags:
|
||||
-rm -f TAGS ID GTAGS GRTAGS GSYMS GPATH tags
|
||||
|
||||
distdir: $(DISTFILES)
|
||||
@srcdirstrip=`echo "$(srcdir)" | sed 's|.|.|g'`; \
|
||||
topsrcdirstrip=`echo "$(top_srcdir)" | sed 's|.|.|g'`; \
|
||||
list='$(DISTFILES)'; for file in $$list; do \
|
||||
case $$file in \
|
||||
$(srcdir)/*) file=`echo "$$file" | sed "s|^$$srcdirstrip/||"`;; \
|
||||
$(top_srcdir)/*) file=`echo "$$file" | sed "s|^$$topsrcdirstrip/|$(top_builddir)/|"`;; \
|
||||
esac; \
|
||||
if test -f $$file || test -d $$file; then d=.; else d=$(srcdir); fi; \
|
||||
dir=`echo "$$file" | sed -e 's,/[^/]*$$,,'`; \
|
||||
if test "$$dir" != "$$file" && test "$$dir" != "."; then \
|
||||
dir="/$$dir"; \
|
||||
$(mkdir_p) "$(distdir)$$dir"; \
|
||||
else \
|
||||
dir=''; \
|
||||
fi; \
|
||||
if test -d $$d/$$file; then \
|
||||
if test -d $(srcdir)/$$file && test $$d != $(srcdir); then \
|
||||
cp -pR $(srcdir)/$$file $(distdir)$$dir || exit 1; \
|
||||
fi; \
|
||||
cp -pR $$d/$$file $(distdir)$$dir || exit 1; \
|
||||
else \
|
||||
test -f $(distdir)/$$file \
|
||||
|| cp -p $$d/$$file $(distdir)/$$file \
|
||||
|| exit 1; \
|
||||
fi; \
|
||||
done
|
||||
check-am: all-am
|
||||
check: check-am
|
||||
all-am: Makefile $(HEADERS)
|
||||
installdirs:
|
||||
for dir in "$(DESTDIR)$(libtclapincludedir)"; do \
|
||||
test -z "$$dir" || $(mkdir_p) "$$dir"; \
|
||||
done
|
||||
install: install-am
|
||||
install-exec: install-exec-am
|
||||
install-data: install-data-am
|
||||
uninstall: uninstall-am
|
||||
|
||||
install-am: all-am
|
||||
@$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) install-exec-am install-data-am
|
||||
|
||||
installcheck: installcheck-am
|
||||
install-strip:
|
||||
$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) INSTALL_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" \
|
||||
install_sh_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" INSTALL_STRIP_FLAG=-s \
|
||||
`test -z '$(STRIP)' || \
|
||||
echo "INSTALL_PROGRAM_ENV=STRIPPROG='$(STRIP)'"` install
|
||||
mostlyclean-generic:
|
||||
|
||||
clean-generic:
|
||||
|
||||
distclean-generic:
|
||||
-test -z "$(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES)" || rm -f $(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES)
|
||||
|
||||
maintainer-clean-generic:
|
||||
@echo "This command is intended for maintainers to use"
|
||||
@echo "it deletes files that may require special tools to rebuild."
|
||||
clean: clean-am
|
||||
|
||||
clean-am: clean-generic mostlyclean-am
|
||||
|
||||
distclean: distclean-am
|
||||
-rm -f Makefile
|
||||
distclean-am: clean-am distclean-generic distclean-tags
|
||||
|
||||
dvi: dvi-am
|
||||
|
||||
dvi-am:
|
||||
|
||||
html: html-am
|
||||
|
||||
info: info-am
|
||||
|
||||
info-am:
|
||||
|
||||
install-data-am: install-libtclapincludeHEADERS
|
||||
|
||||
install-exec-am:
|
||||
|
||||
install-info: install-info-am
|
||||
|
||||
install-man:
|
||||
|
||||
installcheck-am:
|
||||
|
||||
maintainer-clean: maintainer-clean-am
|
||||
-rm -f Makefile
|
||||
maintainer-clean-am: distclean-am maintainer-clean-generic
|
||||
|
||||
mostlyclean: mostlyclean-am
|
||||
|
||||
mostlyclean-am: mostlyclean-generic
|
||||
|
||||
pdf: pdf-am
|
||||
|
||||
pdf-am:
|
||||
|
||||
ps: ps-am
|
||||
|
||||
ps-am:
|
||||
|
||||
uninstall-am: uninstall-info-am uninstall-libtclapincludeHEADERS
|
||||
|
||||
.PHONY: CTAGS GTAGS all all-am check check-am clean clean-generic \
|
||||
ctags distclean distclean-generic distclean-tags distdir dvi \
|
||||
dvi-am html html-am info info-am install install-am \
|
||||
install-data install-data-am install-exec install-exec-am \
|
||||
install-info install-info-am install-libtclapincludeHEADERS \
|
||||
install-man install-strip installcheck installcheck-am \
|
||||
installdirs maintainer-clean maintainer-clean-generic \
|
||||
mostlyclean mostlyclean-generic pdf pdf-am ps ps-am tags \
|
||||
uninstall uninstall-am uninstall-info-am \
|
||||
uninstall-libtclapincludeHEADERS
|
||||
|
||||
# Tell versions [3.59,3.63) of GNU make to not export all variables.
|
||||
# Otherwise a system limit (for SysV at least) may be exceeded.
|
||||
.NOEXPORT:
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,422 @@
|
||||
/******************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* file: MultiArg.h
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2003, Michael E. Smoot .
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2004, Michael E. Smoot, Daniel Aarno.
|
||||
* All rights reverved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* See the file COPYING in the top directory of this distribution for
|
||||
* more information.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED _AS IS_, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS
|
||||
* OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
|
||||
* FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
|
||||
* THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
|
||||
* LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
|
||||
* FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER
|
||||
* DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*****************************************************************************/
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef TCLAP_MULTIPLE_ARGUMENT_H
|
||||
#define TCLAP_MULTIPLE_ARGUMENT_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include <string>
|
||||
#include <vector>
|
||||
|
||||
#include <tclap/Arg.h>
|
||||
#include <tclap/Constraint.h>
|
||||
|
||||
namespace TCLAP {
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* An argument that allows multiple values of type T to be specified. Very
|
||||
* similar to a ValueArg, except a vector of values will be returned
|
||||
* instead of just one.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
template<class T>
|
||||
class MultiArg : public Arg
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
typedef std::vector<T> container_type;
|
||||
typedef typename container_type::iterator iterator;
|
||||
typedef typename container_type::const_iterator const_iterator;
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* The list of values parsed from the CmdLine.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
std::vector<T> _values;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* The description of type T to be used in the usage.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
std::string _typeDesc;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* A list of constraint on this Arg.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
Constraint<T>* _constraint;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Extracts the value from the string.
|
||||
* Attempts to parse string as type T, if this fails an exception
|
||||
* is thrown.
|
||||
* \param val - The string to be read.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void _extractValue( const std::string& val );
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Used by XorHandler to decide whether to keep parsing for this arg.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
bool _allowMore;
|
||||
|
||||
public:
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Constructor.
|
||||
* \param flag - The one character flag that identifies this
|
||||
* argument on the command line.
|
||||
* \param name - A one word name for the argument. Can be
|
||||
* used as a long flag on the command line.
|
||||
* \param desc - A description of what the argument is for or
|
||||
* does.
|
||||
* \param req - Whether the argument is required on the command
|
||||
* line.
|
||||
* \param typeDesc - A short, human readable description of the
|
||||
* type that this object expects. This is used in the generation
|
||||
* of the USAGE statement. The goal is to be helpful to the end user
|
||||
* of the program.
|
||||
* \param v - An optional visitor. You probably should not
|
||||
* use this unless you have a very good reason.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
MultiArg( const std::string& flag,
|
||||
const std::string& name,
|
||||
const std::string& desc,
|
||||
bool req,
|
||||
const std::string& typeDesc,
|
||||
Visitor* v = NULL);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Constructor.
|
||||
* \param flag - The one character flag that identifies this
|
||||
* argument on the command line.
|
||||
* \param name - A one word name for the argument. Can be
|
||||
* used as a long flag on the command line.
|
||||
* \param desc - A description of what the argument is for or
|
||||
* does.
|
||||
* \param req - Whether the argument is required on the command
|
||||
* line.
|
||||
* \param typeDesc - A short, human readable description of the
|
||||
* type that this object expects. This is used in the generation
|
||||
* of the USAGE statement. The goal is to be helpful to the end user
|
||||
* of the program.
|
||||
* \param parser - A CmdLine parser object to add this Arg to
|
||||
* \param v - An optional visitor. You probably should not
|
||||
* use this unless you have a very good reason.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
MultiArg( const std::string& flag,
|
||||
const std::string& name,
|
||||
const std::string& desc,
|
||||
bool req,
|
||||
const std::string& typeDesc,
|
||||
CmdLineInterface& parser,
|
||||
Visitor* v = NULL );
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Constructor.
|
||||
* \param flag - The one character flag that identifies this
|
||||
* argument on the command line.
|
||||
* \param name - A one word name for the argument. Can be
|
||||
* used as a long flag on the command line.
|
||||
* \param desc - A description of what the argument is for or
|
||||
* does.
|
||||
* \param req - Whether the argument is required on the command
|
||||
* line.
|
||||
* \param constraint - A pointer to a Constraint object used
|
||||
* to constrain this Arg.
|
||||
* \param v - An optional visitor. You probably should not
|
||||
* use this unless you have a very good reason.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
MultiArg( const std::string& flag,
|
||||
const std::string& name,
|
||||
const std::string& desc,
|
||||
bool req,
|
||||
Constraint<T>* constraint,
|
||||
Visitor* v = NULL );
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Constructor.
|
||||
* \param flag - The one character flag that identifies this
|
||||
* argument on the command line.
|
||||
* \param name - A one word name for the argument. Can be
|
||||
* used as a long flag on the command line.
|
||||
* \param desc - A description of what the argument is for or
|
||||
* does.
|
||||
* \param req - Whether the argument is required on the command
|
||||
* line.
|
||||
* \param constraint - A pointer to a Constraint object used
|
||||
* to constrain this Arg.
|
||||
* \param parser - A CmdLine parser object to add this Arg to
|
||||
* \param v - An optional visitor. You probably should not
|
||||
* use this unless you have a very good reason.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
MultiArg( const std::string& flag,
|
||||
const std::string& name,
|
||||
const std::string& desc,
|
||||
bool req,
|
||||
Constraint<T>* constraint,
|
||||
CmdLineInterface& parser,
|
||||
Visitor* v = NULL );
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Handles the processing of the argument.
|
||||
* This re-implements the Arg version of this method to set the
|
||||
* _value of the argument appropriately. It knows the difference
|
||||
* between labeled and unlabeled.
|
||||
* \param i - Pointer the the current argument in the list.
|
||||
* \param args - Mutable list of strings. Passed from main().
|
||||
*/
|
||||
virtual bool processArg(int* i, std::vector<std::string>& args);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Returns a vector of type T containing the values parsed from
|
||||
* the command line.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
const std::vector<T>& getValue();
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Returns an iterator over the values parsed from the command
|
||||
* line.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
const_iterator begin() const { return _values.begin(); }
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Returns the end of the values parsed from the command
|
||||
* line.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
const_iterator end() const { return _values.end(); }
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Returns the a short id string. Used in the usage.
|
||||
* \param val - value to be used.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
virtual std::string shortID(const std::string& val="val") const;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Returns the a long id string. Used in the usage.
|
||||
* \param val - value to be used.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
virtual std::string longID(const std::string& val="val") const;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Once we've matched the first value, then the arg is no longer
|
||||
* required.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
virtual bool isRequired() const;
|
||||
|
||||
virtual bool allowMore();
|
||||
|
||||
virtual void reset();
|
||||
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
template<class T>
|
||||
MultiArg<T>::MultiArg(const std::string& flag,
|
||||
const std::string& name,
|
||||
const std::string& desc,
|
||||
bool req,
|
||||
const std::string& typeDesc,
|
||||
Visitor* v)
|
||||
: Arg( flag, name, desc, req, true, v ),
|
||||
_typeDesc( typeDesc ),
|
||||
_constraint( NULL ),
|
||||
_allowMore(false)
|
||||
{
|
||||
_acceptsMultipleValues = true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
template<class T>
|
||||
MultiArg<T>::MultiArg(const std::string& flag,
|
||||
const std::string& name,
|
||||
const std::string& desc,
|
||||
bool req,
|
||||
const std::string& typeDesc,
|
||||
CmdLineInterface& parser,
|
||||
Visitor* v)
|
||||
: Arg( flag, name, desc, req, true, v ),
|
||||
_typeDesc( typeDesc ),
|
||||
_constraint( NULL ),
|
||||
_allowMore(false)
|
||||
{
|
||||
parser.add( this );
|
||||
_acceptsMultipleValues = true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
template<class T>
|
||||
MultiArg<T>::MultiArg(const std::string& flag,
|
||||
const std::string& name,
|
||||
const std::string& desc,
|
||||
bool req,
|
||||
Constraint<T>* constraint,
|
||||
Visitor* v)
|
||||
: Arg( flag, name, desc, req, true, v ),
|
||||
_typeDesc( constraint->shortID() ),
|
||||
_constraint( constraint ),
|
||||
_allowMore(false)
|
||||
{
|
||||
_acceptsMultipleValues = true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
template<class T>
|
||||
MultiArg<T>::MultiArg(const std::string& flag,
|
||||
const std::string& name,
|
||||
const std::string& desc,
|
||||
bool req,
|
||||
Constraint<T>* constraint,
|
||||
CmdLineInterface& parser,
|
||||
Visitor* v)
|
||||
: Arg( flag, name, desc, req, true, v ),
|
||||
_typeDesc( constraint->shortID() ),
|
||||
_constraint( constraint ),
|
||||
_allowMore(false)
|
||||
{
|
||||
parser.add( this );
|
||||
_acceptsMultipleValues = true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
template<class T>
|
||||
const std::vector<T>& MultiArg<T>::getValue() { return _values; }
|
||||
|
||||
template<class T>
|
||||
bool MultiArg<T>::processArg(int *i, std::vector<std::string>& args)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if ( _ignoreable && Arg::ignoreRest() )
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
|
||||
if ( _hasBlanks( args[*i] ) )
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
|
||||
std::string flag = args[*i];
|
||||
std::string value = "";
|
||||
|
||||
trimFlag( flag, value );
|
||||
|
||||
if ( argMatches( flag ) )
|
||||
{
|
||||
if ( Arg::delimiter() != ' ' && value == "" )
|
||||
throw( ArgParseException(
|
||||
"Couldn't find delimiter for this argument!",
|
||||
toString() ) );
|
||||
|
||||
// always take the first one, regardless of start string
|
||||
if ( value == "" )
|
||||
{
|
||||
(*i)++;
|
||||
if ( static_cast<unsigned int>(*i) < args.size() )
|
||||
_extractValue( args[*i] );
|
||||
else
|
||||
throw( ArgParseException("Missing a value for this argument!",
|
||||
toString() ) );
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
_extractValue( value );
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
// continuing taking the args until we hit one with a start string
|
||||
while ( (unsigned int)(*i)+1 < args.size() &&
|
||||
args[(*i)+1].find_first_of( Arg::flagStartString() ) != 0 &&
|
||||
args[(*i)+1].find_first_of( Arg::nameStartString() ) != 0 )
|
||||
_extractValue( args[++(*i)] );
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
_alreadySet = true;
|
||||
_checkWithVisitor();
|
||||
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
template<class T>
|
||||
std::string MultiArg<T>::shortID(const std::string& val) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
static_cast<void>(val); // Ignore input, don't warn
|
||||
return Arg::shortID(_typeDesc) + " ... ";
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
template<class T>
|
||||
std::string MultiArg<T>::longID(const std::string& val) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
static_cast<void>(val); // Ignore input, don't warn
|
||||
return Arg::longID(_typeDesc) + " (accepted multiple times)";
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Once we've matched the first value, then the arg is no longer
|
||||
* required.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
template<class T>
|
||||
bool MultiArg<T>::isRequired() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
if ( _required )
|
||||
{
|
||||
if ( _values.size() > 1 )
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
else
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
template<class T>
|
||||
void MultiArg<T>::_extractValue( const std::string& val )
|
||||
{
|
||||
try {
|
||||
T tmp;
|
||||
ExtractValue(tmp, val, typename ArgTraits<T>::ValueCategory());
|
||||
_values.push_back(tmp);
|
||||
} catch( ArgParseException &e) {
|
||||
throw ArgParseException(e.error(), toString());
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if ( _constraint != NULL )
|
||||
if ( ! _constraint->check( _values.back() ) )
|
||||
throw( CmdLineParseException( "Value '" + val +
|
||||
"' does not meet constraint: " +
|
||||
_constraint->description(),
|
||||
toString() ) );
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
template<class T>
|
||||
bool MultiArg<T>::allowMore()
|
||||
{
|
||||
bool am = _allowMore;
|
||||
_allowMore = true;
|
||||
return am;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
template<class T>
|
||||
void MultiArg<T>::reset()
|
||||
{
|
||||
Arg::reset();
|
||||
_values.clear();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
} // namespace TCLAP
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,216 @@
|
||||
|
||||
/******************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* file: MultiSwitchArg.h
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2003, Michael E. Smoot .
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2004, Michael E. Smoot, Daniel Aarno.
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2005, Michael E. Smoot, Daniel Aarno, Erik Zeek.
|
||||
* All rights reverved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* See the file COPYING in the top directory of this distribution for
|
||||
* more information.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED _AS IS_, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS
|
||||
* OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
|
||||
* FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
|
||||
* THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
|
||||
* LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
|
||||
* FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER
|
||||
* DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*****************************************************************************/
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef TCLAP_MULTI_SWITCH_ARG_H
|
||||
#define TCLAP_MULTI_SWITCH_ARG_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include <string>
|
||||
#include <vector>
|
||||
|
||||
#include <tclap/SwitchArg.h>
|
||||
|
||||
namespace TCLAP {
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* A multiple switch argument. If the switch is set on the command line, then
|
||||
* the getValue method will return the number of times the switch appears.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
class MultiSwitchArg : public SwitchArg
|
||||
{
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* The value of the switch.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int _value;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Used to support the reset() method so that ValueArg can be
|
||||
* reset to their constructed value.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int _default;
|
||||
|
||||
public:
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* MultiSwitchArg constructor.
|
||||
* \param flag - The one character flag that identifies this
|
||||
* argument on the command line.
|
||||
* \param name - A one word name for the argument. Can be
|
||||
* used as a long flag on the command line.
|
||||
* \param desc - A description of what the argument is for or
|
||||
* does.
|
||||
* \param init - Optional. The initial/default value of this Arg.
|
||||
* Defaults to 0.
|
||||
* \param v - An optional visitor. You probably should not
|
||||
* use this unless you have a very good reason.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
MultiSwitchArg(const std::string& flag,
|
||||
const std::string& name,
|
||||
const std::string& desc,
|
||||
int init = 0,
|
||||
Visitor* v = NULL);
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* MultiSwitchArg constructor.
|
||||
* \param flag - The one character flag that identifies this
|
||||
* argument on the command line.
|
||||
* \param name - A one word name for the argument. Can be
|
||||
* used as a long flag on the command line.
|
||||
* \param desc - A description of what the argument is for or
|
||||
* does.
|
||||
* \param parser - A CmdLine parser object to add this Arg to
|
||||
* \param init - Optional. The initial/default value of this Arg.
|
||||
* Defaults to 0.
|
||||
* \param v - An optional visitor. You probably should not
|
||||
* use this unless you have a very good reason.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
MultiSwitchArg(const std::string& flag,
|
||||
const std::string& name,
|
||||
const std::string& desc,
|
||||
CmdLineInterface& parser,
|
||||
int init = 0,
|
||||
Visitor* v = NULL);
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Handles the processing of the argument.
|
||||
* This re-implements the SwitchArg version of this method to set the
|
||||
* _value of the argument appropriately.
|
||||
* \param i - Pointer the the current argument in the list.
|
||||
* \param args - Mutable list of strings. Passed
|
||||
* in from main().
|
||||
*/
|
||||
virtual bool processArg(int* i, std::vector<std::string>& args);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Returns int, the number of times the switch has been set.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int getValue();
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Returns the shortID for this Arg.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
std::string shortID(const std::string& val) const;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Returns the longID for this Arg.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
std::string longID(const std::string& val) const;
|
||||
|
||||
void reset();
|
||||
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
//BEGIN MultiSwitchArg.cpp
|
||||
//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
inline MultiSwitchArg::MultiSwitchArg(const std::string& flag,
|
||||
const std::string& name,
|
||||
const std::string& desc,
|
||||
int init,
|
||||
Visitor* v )
|
||||
: SwitchArg(flag, name, desc, false, v),
|
||||
_value( init ),
|
||||
_default( init )
|
||||
{ }
|
||||
|
||||
inline MultiSwitchArg::MultiSwitchArg(const std::string& flag,
|
||||
const std::string& name,
|
||||
const std::string& desc,
|
||||
CmdLineInterface& parser,
|
||||
int init,
|
||||
Visitor* v )
|
||||
: SwitchArg(flag, name, desc, false, v),
|
||||
_value( init ),
|
||||
_default( init )
|
||||
{
|
||||
parser.add( this );
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline int MultiSwitchArg::getValue() { return _value; }
|
||||
|
||||
inline bool MultiSwitchArg::processArg(int *i, std::vector<std::string>& args)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if ( _ignoreable && Arg::ignoreRest() )
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
|
||||
if ( argMatches( args[*i] ))
|
||||
{
|
||||
// so the isSet() method will work
|
||||
_alreadySet = true;
|
||||
|
||||
// Matched argument: increment value.
|
||||
++_value;
|
||||
|
||||
_checkWithVisitor();
|
||||
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if ( combinedSwitchesMatch( args[*i] ) )
|
||||
{
|
||||
// so the isSet() method will work
|
||||
_alreadySet = true;
|
||||
|
||||
// Matched argument: increment value.
|
||||
++_value;
|
||||
|
||||
// Check for more in argument and increment value.
|
||||
while ( combinedSwitchesMatch( args[*i] ) )
|
||||
++_value;
|
||||
|
||||
_checkWithVisitor();
|
||||
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline std::string
|
||||
MultiSwitchArg::shortID(const std::string& val) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return Arg::shortID(val) + " ... ";
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline std::string
|
||||
MultiSwitchArg::longID(const std::string& val) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return Arg::longID(val) + " (accepted multiple times)";
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline void
|
||||
MultiSwitchArg::reset()
|
||||
{
|
||||
MultiSwitchArg::_value = MultiSwitchArg::_default;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
//END MultiSwitchArg.cpp
|
||||
//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
} //namespace TCLAP
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,62 @@
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/******************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* file: OptionalUnlabeledTracker.h
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2005, Michael E. Smoot .
|
||||
* All rights reverved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* See the file COPYING in the top directory of this distribution for
|
||||
* more information.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED _AS IS_, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS
|
||||
* OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
|
||||
* FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
|
||||
* THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
|
||||
* LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
|
||||
* FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER
|
||||
* DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*****************************************************************************/
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef TCLAP_OPTIONAL_UNLABELED_TRACKER_H
|
||||
#define TCLAP_OPTIONAL_UNLABELED_TRACKER_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include <string>
|
||||
|
||||
namespace TCLAP {
|
||||
|
||||
class OptionalUnlabeledTracker
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
||||
public:
|
||||
|
||||
static void check( bool req, const std::string& argName );
|
||||
|
||||
static void gotOptional() { alreadyOptionalRef() = true; }
|
||||
|
||||
static bool& alreadyOptional() { return alreadyOptionalRef(); }
|
||||
|
||||
private:
|
||||
|
||||
static bool& alreadyOptionalRef() { static bool ct = false; return ct; }
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
inline void OptionalUnlabeledTracker::check( bool req, const std::string& argName )
|
||||
{
|
||||
if ( OptionalUnlabeledTracker::alreadyOptional() )
|
||||
throw( SpecificationException(
|
||||
"You can't specify ANY Unlabeled Arg following an optional Unlabeled Arg",
|
||||
argName ) );
|
||||
|
||||
if ( !req )
|
||||
OptionalUnlabeledTracker::gotOptional();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
} // namespace TCLAP
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,186 @@
|
||||
// -*- Mode: c++; c-basic-offset: 4; tab-width: 4; -*-
|
||||
|
||||
/******************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* file: StandardTraits.h
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2007, Daniel Aarno, Michael E. Smoot .
|
||||
* All rights reverved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* See the file COPYING in the top directory of this distribution for
|
||||
* more information.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED _AS IS_, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS
|
||||
* OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
|
||||
* FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
|
||||
* THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
|
||||
* LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
|
||||
* FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER
|
||||
* DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*****************************************************************************/
|
||||
|
||||
// This is an internal tclap file, you should probably not have to
|
||||
// include this directly
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef TCLAP_STANDARD_TRAITS_H
|
||||
#define TCLAP_STANDARD_TRAITS_H
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
|
||||
#include <config.h> // To check for long long
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
namespace TCLAP {
|
||||
|
||||
// ======================================================================
|
||||
// Integer types
|
||||
// ======================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* longs have value-like semantics.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
template<>
|
||||
struct ArgTraits<long> {
|
||||
typedef ValueLike ValueCategory;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* ints have value-like semantics.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
template<>
|
||||
struct ArgTraits<int> {
|
||||
typedef ValueLike ValueCategory;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* shorts have value-like semantics.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
template<>
|
||||
struct ArgTraits<short> {
|
||||
typedef ValueLike ValueCategory;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* chars have value-like semantics.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
template<>
|
||||
struct ArgTraits<char> {
|
||||
typedef ValueLike ValueCategory;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef HAVE_LONG_LONG
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* long longs have value-like semantics.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
template<>
|
||||
struct ArgTraits<long long> {
|
||||
typedef ValueLike ValueCategory;
|
||||
};
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// ======================================================================
|
||||
// Unsigned integer types
|
||||
// ======================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* unsigned longs have value-like semantics.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
template<>
|
||||
struct ArgTraits<unsigned long> {
|
||||
typedef ValueLike ValueCategory;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* unsigned ints have value-like semantics.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
template<>
|
||||
struct ArgTraits<unsigned int> {
|
||||
typedef ValueLike ValueCategory;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* unsigned shorts have value-like semantics.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
template<>
|
||||
struct ArgTraits<unsigned short> {
|
||||
typedef ValueLike ValueCategory;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* unsigned chars have value-like semantics.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
template<>
|
||||
struct ArgTraits<unsigned char> {
|
||||
typedef ValueLike ValueCategory;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef HAVE_LONG_LONG
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* unsigned long longs have value-like semantics.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
template<>
|
||||
struct ArgTraits<unsigned long long> {
|
||||
typedef ValueLike ValueCategory;
|
||||
};
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// ======================================================================
|
||||
// Float types
|
||||
// ======================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* floats have value-like semantics.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
template<>
|
||||
struct ArgTraits<float> {
|
||||
typedef ValueLike ValueCategory;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* doubles have value-like semantics.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
template<>
|
||||
struct ArgTraits<double> {
|
||||
typedef ValueLike ValueCategory;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
// ======================================================================
|
||||
// Other types
|
||||
// ======================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* bools have value-like semantics.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
template<>
|
||||
struct ArgTraits<bool> {
|
||||
typedef ValueLike ValueCategory;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* wchar_ts have value-like semantics.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
/*
|
||||
template<>
|
||||
struct ArgTraits<wchar_t> {
|
||||
typedef ValueLike ValueCategory;
|
||||
};
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Strings have string like argument traits.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
template<>
|
||||
struct ArgTraits<std::string> {
|
||||
typedef StringLike ValueCategory;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
template<typename T>
|
||||
void SetString(T &dst, const std::string &src)
|
||||
{
|
||||
dst = src;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
} // namespace
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,298 @@
|
||||
// -*- Mode: c++; c-basic-offset: 4; tab-width: 4; -*-
|
||||
|
||||
/******************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* file: StdOutput.h
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2004, Michael E. Smoot
|
||||
* All rights reverved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* See the file COPYING in the top directory of this distribution for
|
||||
* more information.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED _AS IS_, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS
|
||||
* OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
|
||||
* FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
|
||||
* THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
|
||||
* LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
|
||||
* FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER
|
||||
* DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*****************************************************************************/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef TCLAP_STDCMDLINEOUTPUT_H
|
||||
#define TCLAP_STDCMDLINEOUTPUT_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include <string>
|
||||
#include <vector>
|
||||
#include <list>
|
||||
#include <iostream>
|
||||
#include <algorithm>
|
||||
|
||||
#include <tclap/CmdLineInterface.h>
|
||||
#include <tclap/CmdLineOutput.h>
|
||||
#include <tclap/XorHandler.h>
|
||||
#include <tclap/Arg.h>
|
||||
|
||||
namespace TCLAP {
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* A class that isolates any output from the CmdLine object so that it
|
||||
* may be easily modified.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
class StdOutput : public CmdLineOutput
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
||||
public:
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Prints the usage to stdout. Can be overridden to
|
||||
* produce alternative behavior.
|
||||
* \param c - The CmdLine object the output is generated for.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
virtual void usage(CmdLineInterface& c);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Prints the version to stdout. Can be overridden
|
||||
* to produce alternative behavior.
|
||||
* \param c - The CmdLine object the output is generated for.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
virtual void version(CmdLineInterface& c);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Prints (to stderr) an error message, short usage
|
||||
* Can be overridden to produce alternative behavior.
|
||||
* \param c - The CmdLine object the output is generated for.
|
||||
* \param e - The ArgException that caused the failure.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
virtual void failure(CmdLineInterface& c,
|
||||
ArgException& e );
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Writes a brief usage message with short args.
|
||||
* \param c - The CmdLine object the output is generated for.
|
||||
* \param os - The stream to write the message to.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void _shortUsage( CmdLineInterface& c, std::ostream& os ) const;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Writes a longer usage message with long and short args,
|
||||
* provides descriptions and prints message.
|
||||
* \param c - The CmdLine object the output is generated for.
|
||||
* \param os - The stream to write the message to.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void _longUsage( CmdLineInterface& c, std::ostream& os ) const;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* This function inserts line breaks and indents long strings
|
||||
* according the params input. It will only break lines at spaces,
|
||||
* commas and pipes.
|
||||
* \param os - The stream to be printed to.
|
||||
* \param s - The string to be printed.
|
||||
* \param maxWidth - The maxWidth allowed for the output line.
|
||||
* \param indentSpaces - The number of spaces to indent the first line.
|
||||
* \param secondLineOffset - The number of spaces to indent the second
|
||||
* and all subsequent lines in addition to indentSpaces.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void spacePrint( std::ostream& os,
|
||||
const std::string& s,
|
||||
int maxWidth,
|
||||
int indentSpaces,
|
||||
int secondLineOffset ) const;
|
||||
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
inline void StdOutput::version(CmdLineInterface& _cmd)
|
||||
{
|
||||
std::string progName = _cmd.getProgramName();
|
||||
std::string version = _cmd.getVersion();
|
||||
|
||||
std::cout << std::endl << progName << " version: "
|
||||
<< version << std::endl << std::endl;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline void StdOutput::usage(CmdLineInterface& _cmd )
|
||||
{
|
||||
std::cout << std::endl << "USAGE: " << std::endl << std::endl;
|
||||
|
||||
_shortUsage( _cmd, std::cout );
|
||||
|
||||
std::cout << std::endl << std::endl << "Where: " << std::endl << std::endl;
|
||||
|
||||
_longUsage( _cmd, std::cout );
|
||||
|
||||
std::cout << std::endl;
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline void StdOutput::failure( CmdLineInterface& _cmd,
|
||||
ArgException& e )
|
||||
{
|
||||
std::string progName = _cmd.getProgramName();
|
||||
|
||||
std::cerr << "PARSE ERROR: " << e.argId() << std::endl
|
||||
<< " " << e.error() << std::endl << std::endl;
|
||||
|
||||
if ( _cmd.hasHelpAndVersion() )
|
||||
{
|
||||
std::cerr << "Brief USAGE: " << std::endl;
|
||||
|
||||
_shortUsage( _cmd, std::cerr );
|
||||
|
||||
std::cerr << std::endl << "For complete USAGE and HELP type: "
|
||||
<< std::endl << " " << progName << " --help"
|
||||
<< std::endl << std::endl;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
usage(_cmd);
|
||||
|
||||
throw ExitException(1);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline void
|
||||
StdOutput::_shortUsage( CmdLineInterface& _cmd,
|
||||
std::ostream& os ) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
std::list<Arg*> argList = _cmd.getArgList();
|
||||
std::string progName = _cmd.getProgramName();
|
||||
XorHandler xorHandler = _cmd.getXorHandler();
|
||||
std::vector< std::vector<Arg*> > xorList = xorHandler.getXorList();
|
||||
|
||||
std::string s = progName + " ";
|
||||
|
||||
// first the xor
|
||||
for ( int i = 0; static_cast<unsigned int>(i) < xorList.size(); i++ )
|
||||
{
|
||||
s += " {";
|
||||
for ( ArgVectorIterator it = xorList[i].begin();
|
||||
it != xorList[i].end(); it++ )
|
||||
s += (*it)->shortID() + "|";
|
||||
|
||||
s[s.length()-1] = '}';
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// then the rest
|
||||
for (ArgListIterator it = argList.begin(); it != argList.end(); it++)
|
||||
if ( !xorHandler.contains( (*it) ) )
|
||||
s += " " + (*it)->shortID();
|
||||
|
||||
// if the program name is too long, then adjust the second line offset
|
||||
int secondLineOffset = static_cast<int>(progName.length()) + 2;
|
||||
if ( secondLineOffset > 75/2 )
|
||||
secondLineOffset = static_cast<int>(75/2);
|
||||
|
||||
spacePrint( os, s, 75, 3, secondLineOffset );
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline void
|
||||
StdOutput::_longUsage( CmdLineInterface& _cmd,
|
||||
std::ostream& os ) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
std::list<Arg*> argList = _cmd.getArgList();
|
||||
std::string message = _cmd.getMessage();
|
||||
XorHandler xorHandler = _cmd.getXorHandler();
|
||||
std::vector< std::vector<Arg*> > xorList = xorHandler.getXorList();
|
||||
|
||||
// first the xor
|
||||
for ( int i = 0; static_cast<unsigned int>(i) < xorList.size(); i++ )
|
||||
{
|
||||
for ( ArgVectorIterator it = xorList[i].begin();
|
||||
it != xorList[i].end();
|
||||
it++ )
|
||||
{
|
||||
spacePrint( os, (*it)->longID(), 75, 3, 3 );
|
||||
spacePrint( os, (*it)->getDescription(), 75, 5, 0 );
|
||||
|
||||
if ( it+1 != xorList[i].end() )
|
||||
spacePrint(os, "-- OR --", 75, 9, 0);
|
||||
}
|
||||
os << std::endl << std::endl;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// then the rest
|
||||
for (ArgListIterator it = argList.begin(); it != argList.end(); it++)
|
||||
if ( !xorHandler.contains( (*it) ) )
|
||||
{
|
||||
spacePrint( os, (*it)->longID(), 75, 3, 3 );
|
||||
spacePrint( os, (*it)->getDescription(), 75, 5, 0 );
|
||||
os << std::endl;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
os << std::endl;
|
||||
|
||||
spacePrint( os, message, 75, 3, 0 );
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline void StdOutput::spacePrint( std::ostream& os,
|
||||
const std::string& s,
|
||||
int maxWidth,
|
||||
int indentSpaces,
|
||||
int secondLineOffset ) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
int len = static_cast<int>(s.length());
|
||||
|
||||
if ( (len + indentSpaces > maxWidth) && maxWidth > 0 )
|
||||
{
|
||||
int allowedLen = maxWidth - indentSpaces;
|
||||
int start = 0;
|
||||
while ( start < len )
|
||||
{
|
||||
// find the substring length
|
||||
// int stringLen = std::min<int>( len - start, allowedLen );
|
||||
// doing it this way to support a VisualC++ 2005 bug
|
||||
using namespace std;
|
||||
int stringLen = min<int>( len - start, allowedLen );
|
||||
|
||||
// trim the length so it doesn't end in middle of a word
|
||||
if ( stringLen == allowedLen )
|
||||
while ( stringLen >= 0 &&
|
||||
s[stringLen+start] != ' ' &&
|
||||
s[stringLen+start] != ',' &&
|
||||
s[stringLen+start] != '|' )
|
||||
stringLen--;
|
||||
|
||||
// ok, the word is longer than the line, so just split
|
||||
// wherever the line ends
|
||||
if ( stringLen <= 0 )
|
||||
stringLen = allowedLen;
|
||||
|
||||
// check for newlines
|
||||
for ( int i = 0; i < stringLen; i++ )
|
||||
if ( s[start+i] == '\n' )
|
||||
stringLen = i+1;
|
||||
|
||||
// print the indent
|
||||
for ( int i = 0; i < indentSpaces; i++ )
|
||||
os << " ";
|
||||
|
||||
if ( start == 0 )
|
||||
{
|
||||
// handle second line offsets
|
||||
indentSpaces += secondLineOffset;
|
||||
|
||||
// adjust allowed len
|
||||
allowedLen -= secondLineOffset;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
os << s.substr(start,stringLen) << std::endl;
|
||||
|
||||
// so we don't start a line with a space
|
||||
while ( s[stringLen+start] == ' ' && start < len )
|
||||
start++;
|
||||
|
||||
start += stringLen;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
for ( int i = 0; i < indentSpaces; i++ )
|
||||
os << " ";
|
||||
os << s << std::endl;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
} //namespace TCLAP
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,228 @@
|
||||
|
||||
/******************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* file: SwitchArg.h
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2003, Michael E. Smoot .
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2004, Michael E. Smoot, Daniel Aarno.
|
||||
* All rights reverved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* See the file COPYING in the top directory of this distribution for
|
||||
* more information.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED _AS IS_, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS
|
||||
* OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
|
||||
* FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
|
||||
* THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
|
||||
* LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
|
||||
* FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER
|
||||
* DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*****************************************************************************/
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef TCLAP_SWITCH_ARG_H
|
||||
#define TCLAP_SWITCH_ARG_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include <string>
|
||||
#include <vector>
|
||||
|
||||
#include <tclap/Arg.h>
|
||||
|
||||
namespace TCLAP {
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* A simple switch argument. If the switch is set on the command line, then
|
||||
* the getValue method will return the opposite of the default value for the
|
||||
* switch.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
class SwitchArg : public Arg
|
||||
{
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* The value of the switch.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
bool _value;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Used to support the reset() method so that ValueArg can be
|
||||
* reset to their constructed value.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
bool _default;
|
||||
|
||||
public:
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* SwitchArg constructor.
|
||||
* \param flag - The one character flag that identifies this
|
||||
* argument on the command line.
|
||||
* \param name - A one word name for the argument. Can be
|
||||
* used as a long flag on the command line.
|
||||
* \param desc - A description of what the argument is for or
|
||||
* does.
|
||||
* \param def - The default value for this Switch.
|
||||
* \param v - An optional visitor. You probably should not
|
||||
* use this unless you have a very good reason.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
SwitchArg(const std::string& flag,
|
||||
const std::string& name,
|
||||
const std::string& desc,
|
||||
bool def = false,
|
||||
Visitor* v = NULL);
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* SwitchArg constructor.
|
||||
* \param flag - The one character flag that identifies this
|
||||
* argument on the command line.
|
||||
* \param name - A one word name for the argument. Can be
|
||||
* used as a long flag on the command line.
|
||||
* \param desc - A description of what the argument is for or
|
||||
* does.
|
||||
* \param parser - A CmdLine parser object to add this Arg to
|
||||
* \param def - The default value for this Switch.
|
||||
* \param v - An optional visitor. You probably should not
|
||||
* use this unless you have a very good reason.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
SwitchArg(const std::string& flag,
|
||||
const std::string& name,
|
||||
const std::string& desc,
|
||||
CmdLineInterface& parser,
|
||||
bool def = false,
|
||||
Visitor* v = NULL);
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Handles the processing of the argument.
|
||||
* This re-implements the Arg version of this method to set the
|
||||
* _value of the argument appropriately.
|
||||
* \param i - Pointer the the current argument in the list.
|
||||
* \param args - Mutable list of strings. Passed
|
||||
* in from main().
|
||||
*/
|
||||
virtual bool processArg(int* i, std::vector<std::string>& args);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Checks a string to see if any of the chars in the string
|
||||
* match the flag for this Switch.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
bool combinedSwitchesMatch(std::string& combined);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Returns bool, whether or not the switch has been set.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
bool getValue();
|
||||
|
||||
virtual void reset();
|
||||
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
//BEGIN SwitchArg.cpp
|
||||
//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
inline SwitchArg::SwitchArg(const std::string& flag,
|
||||
const std::string& name,
|
||||
const std::string& desc,
|
||||
bool default_val,
|
||||
Visitor* v )
|
||||
: Arg(flag, name, desc, false, false, v),
|
||||
_value( default_val ),
|
||||
_default( default_val )
|
||||
{ }
|
||||
|
||||
inline SwitchArg::SwitchArg(const std::string& flag,
|
||||
const std::string& name,
|
||||
const std::string& desc,
|
||||
CmdLineInterface& parser,
|
||||
bool default_val,
|
||||
Visitor* v )
|
||||
: Arg(flag, name, desc, false, false, v),
|
||||
_value( default_val ),
|
||||
_default(default_val)
|
||||
{
|
||||
parser.add( this );
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline bool SwitchArg::getValue() { return _value; }
|
||||
|
||||
inline bool SwitchArg::combinedSwitchesMatch(std::string& combinedSwitches )
|
||||
{
|
||||
// make sure this is actually a combined switch
|
||||
if ( combinedSwitches.length() > 0 &&
|
||||
combinedSwitches[0] != Arg::flagStartString()[0] )
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
|
||||
// make sure it isn't a long name
|
||||
if ( combinedSwitches.substr( 0, Arg::nameStartString().length() ) ==
|
||||
Arg::nameStartString() )
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
|
||||
// make sure the delimiter isn't in the string
|
||||
if ( combinedSwitches.find_first_of( Arg::delimiter() ) != std::string::npos )
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
|
||||
// ok, we're not specifying a ValueArg, so we know that we have
|
||||
// a combined switch list.
|
||||
for ( unsigned int i = 1; i < combinedSwitches.length(); i++ )
|
||||
if ( _flag.length() > 0 &&
|
||||
combinedSwitches[i] == _flag[0] &&
|
||||
_flag[0] != Arg::flagStartString()[0] )
|
||||
{
|
||||
// update the combined switches so this one is no longer present
|
||||
// this is necessary so that no unlabeled args are matched
|
||||
// later in the processing.
|
||||
//combinedSwitches.erase(i,1);
|
||||
combinedSwitches[i] = Arg::blankChar();
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// none of the switches passed in the list match.
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
inline bool SwitchArg::processArg(int *i, std::vector<std::string>& args)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if ( _ignoreable && Arg::ignoreRest() )
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
|
||||
if ( argMatches( args[*i] ) || combinedSwitchesMatch( args[*i] ) )
|
||||
{
|
||||
// If we match on a combined switch, then we want to return false
|
||||
// so that other switches in the combination will also have a
|
||||
// chance to match.
|
||||
bool ret = false;
|
||||
if ( argMatches( args[*i] ) )
|
||||
ret = true;
|
||||
|
||||
if ( _alreadySet || ( !ret && combinedSwitchesMatch( args[*i] ) ) )
|
||||
throw(CmdLineParseException("Argument already set!", toString()));
|
||||
|
||||
_alreadySet = true;
|
||||
|
||||
if ( _value == true )
|
||||
_value = false;
|
||||
else
|
||||
_value = true;
|
||||
|
||||
_checkWithVisitor();
|
||||
|
||||
return ret;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline void SwitchArg::reset()
|
||||
{
|
||||
Arg::reset();
|
||||
_value = _default;
|
||||
}
|
||||
//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
//End SwitchArg.cpp
|
||||
//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
} //namespace TCLAP
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,301 @@
|
||||
|
||||
/******************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* file: UnlabeledMultiArg.h
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2003, Michael E. Smoot.
|
||||
* All rights reverved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* See the file COPYING in the top directory of this distribution for
|
||||
* more information.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED _AS IS_, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS
|
||||
* OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
|
||||
* FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
|
||||
* THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
|
||||
* LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
|
||||
* FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER
|
||||
* DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*****************************************************************************/
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef TCLAP_MULTIPLE_UNLABELED_ARGUMENT_H
|
||||
#define TCLAP_MULTIPLE_UNLABELED_ARGUMENT_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include <string>
|
||||
#include <vector>
|
||||
|
||||
#include <tclap/MultiArg.h>
|
||||
#include <tclap/OptionalUnlabeledTracker.h>
|
||||
|
||||
namespace TCLAP {
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Just like a MultiArg, except that the arguments are unlabeled. Basically,
|
||||
* this Arg will slurp up everything that hasn't been matched to another
|
||||
* Arg.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
template<class T>
|
||||
class UnlabeledMultiArg : public MultiArg<T>
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
||||
// If compiler has two stage name lookup (as gcc >= 3.4 does)
|
||||
// this is requried to prevent undef. symbols
|
||||
using MultiArg<T>::_ignoreable;
|
||||
using MultiArg<T>::_hasBlanks;
|
||||
using MultiArg<T>::_extractValue;
|
||||
using MultiArg<T>::_typeDesc;
|
||||
using MultiArg<T>::_name;
|
||||
using MultiArg<T>::_description;
|
||||
using MultiArg<T>::_alreadySet;
|
||||
using MultiArg<T>::toString;
|
||||
|
||||
public:
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Constructor.
|
||||
* \param name - The name of the Arg. Note that this is used for
|
||||
* identification, not as a long flag.
|
||||
* \param desc - A description of what the argument is for or
|
||||
* does.
|
||||
* \param req - Whether the argument is required on the command
|
||||
* line.
|
||||
* \param typeDesc - A short, human readable description of the
|
||||
* type that this object expects. This is used in the generation
|
||||
* of the USAGE statement. The goal is to be helpful to the end user
|
||||
* of the program.
|
||||
* \param ignoreable - Whether or not this argument can be ignored
|
||||
* using the "--" flag.
|
||||
* \param v - An optional visitor. You probably should not
|
||||
* use this unless you have a very good reason.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
UnlabeledMultiArg( const std::string& name,
|
||||
const std::string& desc,
|
||||
bool req,
|
||||
const std::string& typeDesc,
|
||||
bool ignoreable = false,
|
||||
Visitor* v = NULL );
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Constructor.
|
||||
* \param name - The name of the Arg. Note that this is used for
|
||||
* identification, not as a long flag.
|
||||
* \param desc - A description of what the argument is for or
|
||||
* does.
|
||||
* \param req - Whether the argument is required on the command
|
||||
* line.
|
||||
* \param typeDesc - A short, human readable description of the
|
||||
* type that this object expects. This is used in the generation
|
||||
* of the USAGE statement. The goal is to be helpful to the end user
|
||||
* of the program.
|
||||
* \param parser - A CmdLine parser object to add this Arg to
|
||||
* \param ignoreable - Whether or not this argument can be ignored
|
||||
* using the "--" flag.
|
||||
* \param v - An optional visitor. You probably should not
|
||||
* use this unless you have a very good reason.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
UnlabeledMultiArg( const std::string& name,
|
||||
const std::string& desc,
|
||||
bool req,
|
||||
const std::string& typeDesc,
|
||||
CmdLineInterface& parser,
|
||||
bool ignoreable = false,
|
||||
Visitor* v = NULL );
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Constructor.
|
||||
* \param name - The name of the Arg. Note that this is used for
|
||||
* identification, not as a long flag.
|
||||
* \param desc - A description of what the argument is for or
|
||||
* does.
|
||||
* \param req - Whether the argument is required on the command
|
||||
* line.
|
||||
* \param constraint - A pointer to a Constraint object used
|
||||
* to constrain this Arg.
|
||||
* \param ignoreable - Whether or not this argument can be ignored
|
||||
* using the "--" flag.
|
||||
* \param v - An optional visitor. You probably should not
|
||||
* use this unless you have a very good reason.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
UnlabeledMultiArg( const std::string& name,
|
||||
const std::string& desc,
|
||||
bool req,
|
||||
Constraint<T>* constraint,
|
||||
bool ignoreable = false,
|
||||
Visitor* v = NULL );
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Constructor.
|
||||
* \param name - The name of the Arg. Note that this is used for
|
||||
* identification, not as a long flag.
|
||||
* \param desc - A description of what the argument is for or
|
||||
* does.
|
||||
* \param req - Whether the argument is required on the command
|
||||
* line.
|
||||
* \param constraint - A pointer to a Constraint object used
|
||||
* to constrain this Arg.
|
||||
* \param parser - A CmdLine parser object to add this Arg to
|
||||
* \param ignoreable - Whether or not this argument can be ignored
|
||||
* using the "--" flag.
|
||||
* \param v - An optional visitor. You probably should not
|
||||
* use this unless you have a very good reason.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
UnlabeledMultiArg( const std::string& name,
|
||||
const std::string& desc,
|
||||
bool req,
|
||||
Constraint<T>* constraint,
|
||||
CmdLineInterface& parser,
|
||||
bool ignoreable = false,
|
||||
Visitor* v = NULL );
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Handles the processing of the argument.
|
||||
* This re-implements the Arg version of this method to set the
|
||||
* _value of the argument appropriately. It knows the difference
|
||||
* between labeled and unlabeled.
|
||||
* \param i - Pointer the the current argument in the list.
|
||||
* \param args - Mutable list of strings. Passed from main().
|
||||
*/
|
||||
virtual bool processArg(int* i, std::vector<std::string>& args);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Returns the a short id string. Used in the usage.
|
||||
* \param val - value to be used.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
virtual std::string shortID(const std::string& val="val") const;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Returns the a long id string. Used in the usage.
|
||||
* \param val - value to be used.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
virtual std::string longID(const std::string& val="val") const;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Opertor ==.
|
||||
* \param a - The Arg to be compared to this.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
virtual bool operator==(const Arg& a) const;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Pushes this to back of list rather than front.
|
||||
* \param argList - The list this should be added to.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
virtual void addToList( std::list<Arg*>& argList ) const;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
template<class T>
|
||||
UnlabeledMultiArg<T>::UnlabeledMultiArg(const std::string& name,
|
||||
const std::string& desc,
|
||||
bool req,
|
||||
const std::string& typeDesc,
|
||||
bool ignoreable,
|
||||
Visitor* v)
|
||||
: MultiArg<T>("", name, desc, req, typeDesc, v)
|
||||
{
|
||||
_ignoreable = ignoreable;
|
||||
OptionalUnlabeledTracker::check(true, toString());
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
template<class T>
|
||||
UnlabeledMultiArg<T>::UnlabeledMultiArg(const std::string& name,
|
||||
const std::string& desc,
|
||||
bool req,
|
||||
const std::string& typeDesc,
|
||||
CmdLineInterface& parser,
|
||||
bool ignoreable,
|
||||
Visitor* v)
|
||||
: MultiArg<T>("", name, desc, req, typeDesc, v)
|
||||
{
|
||||
_ignoreable = ignoreable;
|
||||
OptionalUnlabeledTracker::check(true, toString());
|
||||
parser.add( this );
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
template<class T>
|
||||
UnlabeledMultiArg<T>::UnlabeledMultiArg(const std::string& name,
|
||||
const std::string& desc,
|
||||
bool req,
|
||||
Constraint<T>* constraint,
|
||||
bool ignoreable,
|
||||
Visitor* v)
|
||||
: MultiArg<T>("", name, desc, req, constraint, v)
|
||||
{
|
||||
_ignoreable = ignoreable;
|
||||
OptionalUnlabeledTracker::check(true, toString());
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
template<class T>
|
||||
UnlabeledMultiArg<T>::UnlabeledMultiArg(const std::string& name,
|
||||
const std::string& desc,
|
||||
bool req,
|
||||
Constraint<T>* constraint,
|
||||
CmdLineInterface& parser,
|
||||
bool ignoreable,
|
||||
Visitor* v)
|
||||
: MultiArg<T>("", name, desc, req, constraint, v)
|
||||
{
|
||||
_ignoreable = ignoreable;
|
||||
OptionalUnlabeledTracker::check(true, toString());
|
||||
parser.add( this );
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
template<class T>
|
||||
bool UnlabeledMultiArg<T>::processArg(int *i, std::vector<std::string>& args)
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
||||
if ( _hasBlanks( args[*i] ) )
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
|
||||
// never ignore an unlabeled multi arg
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
// always take the first value, regardless of the start string
|
||||
_extractValue( args[(*i)] );
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
// continue taking args until we hit the end or a start string
|
||||
while ( (unsigned int)(*i)+1 < args.size() &&
|
||||
args[(*i)+1].find_first_of( Arg::flagStartString() ) != 0 &&
|
||||
args[(*i)+1].find_first_of( Arg::nameStartString() ) != 0 )
|
||||
_extractValue( args[++(*i)] );
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
_alreadySet = true;
|
||||
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
template<class T>
|
||||
std::string UnlabeledMultiArg<T>::shortID(const std::string& val) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
static_cast<void>(val); // Ignore input, don't warn
|
||||
return std::string("<") + _typeDesc + "> ...";
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
template<class T>
|
||||
std::string UnlabeledMultiArg<T>::longID(const std::string& val) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
static_cast<void>(val); // Ignore input, don't warn
|
||||
return std::string("<") + _typeDesc + "> (accepted multiple times)";
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
template<class T>
|
||||
bool UnlabeledMultiArg<T>::operator==(const Arg& a) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
if ( _name == a.getName() || _description == a.getDescription() )
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
else
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
template<class T>
|
||||
void UnlabeledMultiArg<T>::addToList( std::list<Arg*>& argList ) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
argList.push_back( const_cast<Arg*>(static_cast<const Arg* const>(this)) );
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,340 @@
|
||||
|
||||
/******************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* file: UnlabeledValueArg.h
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2003, Michael E. Smoot .
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2004, Michael E. Smoot, Daniel Aarno.
|
||||
* All rights reverved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* See the file COPYING in the top directory of this distribution for
|
||||
* more information.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED _AS IS_, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS
|
||||
* OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
|
||||
* FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
|
||||
* THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
|
||||
* LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
|
||||
* FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER
|
||||
* DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*****************************************************************************/
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef TCLAP_UNLABELED_VALUE_ARGUMENT_H
|
||||
#define TCLAP_UNLABELED_VALUE_ARGUMENT_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include <string>
|
||||
#include <vector>
|
||||
|
||||
#include <tclap/ValueArg.h>
|
||||
#include <tclap/OptionalUnlabeledTracker.h>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
namespace TCLAP {
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* The basic unlabeled argument that parses a value.
|
||||
* This is a template class, which means the type T defines the type
|
||||
* that a given object will attempt to parse when an UnlabeledValueArg
|
||||
* is reached in the list of args that the CmdLine iterates over.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
template<class T>
|
||||
class UnlabeledValueArg : public ValueArg<T>
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
||||
// If compiler has two stage name lookup (as gcc >= 3.4 does)
|
||||
// this is requried to prevent undef. symbols
|
||||
using ValueArg<T>::_ignoreable;
|
||||
using ValueArg<T>::_hasBlanks;
|
||||
using ValueArg<T>::_extractValue;
|
||||
using ValueArg<T>::_typeDesc;
|
||||
using ValueArg<T>::_name;
|
||||
using ValueArg<T>::_description;
|
||||
using ValueArg<T>::_alreadySet;
|
||||
using ValueArg<T>::toString;
|
||||
|
||||
public:
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* UnlabeledValueArg constructor.
|
||||
* \param name - A one word name for the argument. Note that this is used for
|
||||
* identification, not as a long flag.
|
||||
* \param desc - A description of what the argument is for or
|
||||
* does.
|
||||
* \param req - Whether the argument is required on the command
|
||||
* line.
|
||||
* \param value - The default value assigned to this argument if it
|
||||
* is not present on the command line.
|
||||
* \param typeDesc - A short, human readable description of the
|
||||
* type that this object expects. This is used in the generation
|
||||
* of the USAGE statement. The goal is to be helpful to the end user
|
||||
* of the program.
|
||||
* \param ignoreable - Allows you to specify that this argument can be
|
||||
* ignored if the '--' flag is set. This defaults to false (cannot
|
||||
* be ignored) and should generally stay that way unless you have
|
||||
* some special need for certain arguments to be ignored.
|
||||
* \param v - Optional Vistor. You should leave this blank unless
|
||||
* you have a very good reason.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
UnlabeledValueArg( const std::string& name,
|
||||
const std::string& desc,
|
||||
bool req,
|
||||
T value,
|
||||
const std::string& typeDesc,
|
||||
bool ignoreable = false,
|
||||
Visitor* v = NULL);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* UnlabeledValueArg constructor.
|
||||
* \param name - A one word name for the argument. Note that this is used for
|
||||
* identification, not as a long flag.
|
||||
* \param desc - A description of what the argument is for or
|
||||
* does.
|
||||
* \param req - Whether the argument is required on the command
|
||||
* line.
|
||||
* \param value - The default value assigned to this argument if it
|
||||
* is not present on the command line.
|
||||
* \param typeDesc - A short, human readable description of the
|
||||
* type that this object expects. This is used in the generation
|
||||
* of the USAGE statement. The goal is to be helpful to the end user
|
||||
* of the program.
|
||||
* \param parser - A CmdLine parser object to add this Arg to
|
||||
* \param ignoreable - Allows you to specify that this argument can be
|
||||
* ignored if the '--' flag is set. This defaults to false (cannot
|
||||
* be ignored) and should generally stay that way unless you have
|
||||
* some special need for certain arguments to be ignored.
|
||||
* \param v - Optional Vistor. You should leave this blank unless
|
||||
* you have a very good reason.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
UnlabeledValueArg( const std::string& name,
|
||||
const std::string& desc,
|
||||
bool req,
|
||||
T value,
|
||||
const std::string& typeDesc,
|
||||
CmdLineInterface& parser,
|
||||
bool ignoreable = false,
|
||||
Visitor* v = NULL );
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* UnlabeledValueArg constructor.
|
||||
* \param name - A one word name for the argument. Note that this is used for
|
||||
* identification, not as a long flag.
|
||||
* \param desc - A description of what the argument is for or
|
||||
* does.
|
||||
* \param req - Whether the argument is required on the command
|
||||
* line.
|
||||
* \param value - The default value assigned to this argument if it
|
||||
* is not present on the command line.
|
||||
* \param constraint - A pointer to a Constraint object used
|
||||
* to constrain this Arg.
|
||||
* \param ignoreable - Allows you to specify that this argument can be
|
||||
* ignored if the '--' flag is set. This defaults to false (cannot
|
||||
* be ignored) and should generally stay that way unless you have
|
||||
* some special need for certain arguments to be ignored.
|
||||
* \param v - Optional Vistor. You should leave this blank unless
|
||||
* you have a very good reason.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
UnlabeledValueArg( const std::string& name,
|
||||
const std::string& desc,
|
||||
bool req,
|
||||
T value,
|
||||
Constraint<T>* constraint,
|
||||
bool ignoreable = false,
|
||||
Visitor* v = NULL );
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* UnlabeledValueArg constructor.
|
||||
* \param name - A one word name for the argument. Note that this is used for
|
||||
* identification, not as a long flag.
|
||||
* \param desc - A description of what the argument is for or
|
||||
* does.
|
||||
* \param req - Whether the argument is required on the command
|
||||
* line.
|
||||
* \param value - The default value assigned to this argument if it
|
||||
* is not present on the command line.
|
||||
* \param constraint - A pointer to a Constraint object used
|
||||
* to constrain this Arg.
|
||||
* \param parser - A CmdLine parser object to add this Arg to
|
||||
* \param ignoreable - Allows you to specify that this argument can be
|
||||
* ignored if the '--' flag is set. This defaults to false (cannot
|
||||
* be ignored) and should generally stay that way unless you have
|
||||
* some special need for certain arguments to be ignored.
|
||||
* \param v - Optional Vistor. You should leave this blank unless
|
||||
* you have a very good reason.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
UnlabeledValueArg( const std::string& name,
|
||||
const std::string& desc,
|
||||
bool req,
|
||||
T value,
|
||||
Constraint<T>* constraint,
|
||||
CmdLineInterface& parser,
|
||||
bool ignoreable = false,
|
||||
Visitor* v = NULL);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Handles the processing of the argument.
|
||||
* This re-implements the Arg version of this method to set the
|
||||
* _value of the argument appropriately. Handling specific to
|
||||
* unlabled arguments.
|
||||
* \param i - Pointer the the current argument in the list.
|
||||
* \param args - Mutable list of strings.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
virtual bool processArg(int* i, std::vector<std::string>& args);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Overrides shortID for specific behavior.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
virtual std::string shortID(const std::string& val="val") const;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Overrides longID for specific behavior.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
virtual std::string longID(const std::string& val="val") const;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Overrides operator== for specific behavior.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
virtual bool operator==(const Arg& a ) const;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Instead of pushing to the front of list, push to the back.
|
||||
* \param argList - The list to add this to.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
virtual void addToList( std::list<Arg*>& argList ) const;
|
||||
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Constructor implemenation.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
template<class T>
|
||||
UnlabeledValueArg<T>::UnlabeledValueArg(const std::string& name,
|
||||
const std::string& desc,
|
||||
bool req,
|
||||
T val,
|
||||
const std::string& typeDesc,
|
||||
bool ignoreable,
|
||||
Visitor* v)
|
||||
: ValueArg<T>("", name, desc, req, val, typeDesc, v)
|
||||
{
|
||||
_ignoreable = ignoreable;
|
||||
|
||||
OptionalUnlabeledTracker::check(req, toString());
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
template<class T>
|
||||
UnlabeledValueArg<T>::UnlabeledValueArg(const std::string& name,
|
||||
const std::string& desc,
|
||||
bool req,
|
||||
T val,
|
||||
const std::string& typeDesc,
|
||||
CmdLineInterface& parser,
|
||||
bool ignoreable,
|
||||
Visitor* v)
|
||||
: ValueArg<T>("", name, desc, req, val, typeDesc, v)
|
||||
{
|
||||
_ignoreable = ignoreable;
|
||||
OptionalUnlabeledTracker::check(req, toString());
|
||||
parser.add( this );
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Constructor implemenation.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
template<class T>
|
||||
UnlabeledValueArg<T>::UnlabeledValueArg(const std::string& name,
|
||||
const std::string& desc,
|
||||
bool req,
|
||||
T val,
|
||||
Constraint<T>* constraint,
|
||||
bool ignoreable,
|
||||
Visitor* v)
|
||||
: ValueArg<T>("", name, desc, req, val, constraint, v)
|
||||
{
|
||||
_ignoreable = ignoreable;
|
||||
OptionalUnlabeledTracker::check(req, toString());
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
template<class T>
|
||||
UnlabeledValueArg<T>::UnlabeledValueArg(const std::string& name,
|
||||
const std::string& desc,
|
||||
bool req,
|
||||
T val,
|
||||
Constraint<T>* constraint,
|
||||
CmdLineInterface& parser,
|
||||
bool ignoreable,
|
||||
Visitor* v)
|
||||
: ValueArg<T>("", name, desc, req, val, constraint, v)
|
||||
{
|
||||
_ignoreable = ignoreable;
|
||||
OptionalUnlabeledTracker::check(req, toString());
|
||||
parser.add( this );
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Implementation of processArg().
|
||||
*/
|
||||
template<class T>
|
||||
bool UnlabeledValueArg<T>::processArg(int *i, std::vector<std::string>& args)
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
||||
if ( _alreadySet )
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
|
||||
if ( _hasBlanks( args[*i] ) )
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
|
||||
// never ignore an unlabeled arg
|
||||
|
||||
_extractValue( args[*i] );
|
||||
_alreadySet = true;
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Overriding shortID for specific output.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
template<class T>
|
||||
std::string UnlabeledValueArg<T>::shortID(const std::string& val) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
static_cast<void>(val); // Ignore input, don't warn
|
||||
return std::string("<") + _typeDesc + ">";
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Overriding longID for specific output.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
template<class T>
|
||||
std::string UnlabeledValueArg<T>::longID(const std::string& val) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
static_cast<void>(val); // Ignore input, don't warn
|
||||
|
||||
// Ideally we would like to be able to use RTTI to return the name
|
||||
// of the type required for this argument. However, g++ at least,
|
||||
// doesn't appear to return terribly useful "names" of the types.
|
||||
return std::string("<") + _typeDesc + ">";
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Overriding operator== for specific behavior.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
template<class T>
|
||||
bool UnlabeledValueArg<T>::operator==(const Arg& a ) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
if ( _name == a.getName() || _description == a.getDescription() )
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
else
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
template<class T>
|
||||
void UnlabeledValueArg<T>::addToList( std::list<Arg*>& argList ) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
argList.push_back( const_cast<Arg*>(static_cast<const Arg* const>(this)) );
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,411 @@
|
||||
/******************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* file: ValueArg.h
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2003, Michael E. Smoot .
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2004, Michael E. Smoot, Daniel Aarno.
|
||||
* All rights reverved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* See the file COPYING in the top directory of this distribution for
|
||||
* more information.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED _AS IS_, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS
|
||||
* OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
|
||||
* FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
|
||||
* THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
|
||||
* LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
|
||||
* FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER
|
||||
* DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*****************************************************************************/
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef TCLAP_VALUE_ARGUMENT_H
|
||||
#define TCLAP_VALUE_ARGUMENT_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include <string>
|
||||
#include <vector>
|
||||
|
||||
#include <tclap/Arg.h>
|
||||
#include <tclap/Constraint.h>
|
||||
|
||||
namespace TCLAP {
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* The basic labeled argument that parses a value.
|
||||
* This is a template class, which means the type T defines the type
|
||||
* that a given object will attempt to parse when the flag/name is matched
|
||||
* on the command line. While there is nothing stopping you from creating
|
||||
* an unflagged ValueArg, it is unwise and would cause significant problems.
|
||||
* Instead use an UnlabeledValueArg.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
template<class T>
|
||||
class ValueArg : public Arg
|
||||
{
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* The value parsed from the command line.
|
||||
* Can be of any type, as long as the >> operator for the type
|
||||
* is defined.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
T _value;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Used to support the reset() method so that ValueArg can be
|
||||
* reset to their constructed value.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
T _default;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* A human readable description of the type to be parsed.
|
||||
* This is a hack, plain and simple. Ideally we would use RTTI to
|
||||
* return the name of type T, but until there is some sort of
|
||||
* consistent support for human readable names, we are left to our
|
||||
* own devices.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
std::string _typeDesc;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* A Constraint this Arg must conform to.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
Constraint<T>* _constraint;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Extracts the value from the string.
|
||||
* Attempts to parse string as type T, if this fails an exception
|
||||
* is thrown.
|
||||
* \param val - value to be parsed.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void _extractValue( const std::string& val );
|
||||
|
||||
public:
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Labeled ValueArg constructor.
|
||||
* You could conceivably call this constructor with a blank flag,
|
||||
* but that would make you a bad person. It would also cause
|
||||
* an exception to be thrown. If you want an unlabeled argument,
|
||||
* use the other constructor.
|
||||
* \param flag - The one character flag that identifies this
|
||||
* argument on the command line.
|
||||
* \param name - A one word name for the argument. Can be
|
||||
* used as a long flag on the command line.
|
||||
* \param desc - A description of what the argument is for or
|
||||
* does.
|
||||
* \param req - Whether the argument is required on the command
|
||||
* line.
|
||||
* \param value - The default value assigned to this argument if it
|
||||
* is not present on the command line.
|
||||
* \param typeDesc - A short, human readable description of the
|
||||
* type that this object expects. This is used in the generation
|
||||
* of the USAGE statement. The goal is to be helpful to the end user
|
||||
* of the program.
|
||||
* \param v - An optional visitor. You probably should not
|
||||
* use this unless you have a very good reason.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
ValueArg( const std::string& flag,
|
||||
const std::string& name,
|
||||
const std::string& desc,
|
||||
bool req,
|
||||
T value,
|
||||
const std::string& typeDesc,
|
||||
Visitor* v = NULL);
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Labeled ValueArg constructor.
|
||||
* You could conceivably call this constructor with a blank flag,
|
||||
* but that would make you a bad person. It would also cause
|
||||
* an exception to be thrown. If you want an unlabeled argument,
|
||||
* use the other constructor.
|
||||
* \param flag - The one character flag that identifies this
|
||||
* argument on the command line.
|
||||
* \param name - A one word name for the argument. Can be
|
||||
* used as a long flag on the command line.
|
||||
* \param desc - A description of what the argument is for or
|
||||
* does.
|
||||
* \param req - Whether the argument is required on the command
|
||||
* line.
|
||||
* \param value - The default value assigned to this argument if it
|
||||
* is not present on the command line.
|
||||
* \param typeDesc - A short, human readable description of the
|
||||
* type that this object expects. This is used in the generation
|
||||
* of the USAGE statement. The goal is to be helpful to the end user
|
||||
* of the program.
|
||||
* \param parser - A CmdLine parser object to add this Arg to
|
||||
* \param v - An optional visitor. You probably should not
|
||||
* use this unless you have a very good reason.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
ValueArg( const std::string& flag,
|
||||
const std::string& name,
|
||||
const std::string& desc,
|
||||
bool req,
|
||||
T value,
|
||||
const std::string& typeDesc,
|
||||
CmdLineInterface& parser,
|
||||
Visitor* v = NULL );
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Labeled ValueArg constructor.
|
||||
* You could conceivably call this constructor with a blank flag,
|
||||
* but that would make you a bad person. It would also cause
|
||||
* an exception to be thrown. If you want an unlabeled argument,
|
||||
* use the other constructor.
|
||||
* \param flag - The one character flag that identifies this
|
||||
* argument on the command line.
|
||||
* \param name - A one word name for the argument. Can be
|
||||
* used as a long flag on the command line.
|
||||
* \param desc - A description of what the argument is for or
|
||||
* does.
|
||||
* \param req - Whether the argument is required on the command
|
||||
* line.
|
||||
* \param value - The default value assigned to this argument if it
|
||||
* is not present on the command line.
|
||||
* \param constraint - A pointer to a Constraint object used
|
||||
* to constrain this Arg.
|
||||
* \param parser - A CmdLine parser object to add this Arg to.
|
||||
* \param v - An optional visitor. You probably should not
|
||||
* use this unless you have a very good reason.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
ValueArg( const std::string& flag,
|
||||
const std::string& name,
|
||||
const std::string& desc,
|
||||
bool req,
|
||||
T value,
|
||||
Constraint<T>* constraint,
|
||||
CmdLineInterface& parser,
|
||||
Visitor* v = NULL );
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Labeled ValueArg constructor.
|
||||
* You could conceivably call this constructor with a blank flag,
|
||||
* but that would make you a bad person. It would also cause
|
||||
* an exception to be thrown. If you want an unlabeled argument,
|
||||
* use the other constructor.
|
||||
* \param flag - The one character flag that identifies this
|
||||
* argument on the command line.
|
||||
* \param name - A one word name for the argument. Can be
|
||||
* used as a long flag on the command line.
|
||||
* \param desc - A description of what the argument is for or
|
||||
* does.
|
||||
* \param req - Whether the argument is required on the command
|
||||
* line.
|
||||
* \param value - The default value assigned to this argument if it
|
||||
* is not present on the command line.
|
||||
* \param constraint - A pointer to a Constraint object used
|
||||
* to constrain this Arg.
|
||||
* \param v - An optional visitor. You probably should not
|
||||
* use this unless you have a very good reason.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
ValueArg( const std::string& flag,
|
||||
const std::string& name,
|
||||
const std::string& desc,
|
||||
bool req,
|
||||
T value,
|
||||
Constraint<T>* constraint,
|
||||
Visitor* v = NULL );
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Handles the processing of the argument.
|
||||
* This re-implements the Arg version of this method to set the
|
||||
* _value of the argument appropriately. It knows the difference
|
||||
* between labeled and unlabeled.
|
||||
* \param i - Pointer the the current argument in the list.
|
||||
* \param args - Mutable list of strings. Passed
|
||||
* in from main().
|
||||
*/
|
||||
virtual bool processArg(int* i, std::vector<std::string>& args);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Returns the value of the argument.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
T& getValue() ;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Specialization of shortID.
|
||||
* \param val - value to be used.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
virtual std::string shortID(const std::string& val = "val") const;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Specialization of longID.
|
||||
* \param val - value to be used.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
virtual std::string longID(const std::string& val = "val") const;
|
||||
|
||||
virtual void reset() ;
|
||||
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Constructor implementation.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
template<class T>
|
||||
ValueArg<T>::ValueArg(const std::string& flag,
|
||||
const std::string& name,
|
||||
const std::string& desc,
|
||||
bool req,
|
||||
T val,
|
||||
const std::string& typeDesc,
|
||||
Visitor* v)
|
||||
: Arg(flag, name, desc, req, true, v),
|
||||
_value( val ),
|
||||
_default( val ),
|
||||
_typeDesc( typeDesc ),
|
||||
_constraint( NULL )
|
||||
{ }
|
||||
|
||||
template<class T>
|
||||
ValueArg<T>::ValueArg(const std::string& flag,
|
||||
const std::string& name,
|
||||
const std::string& desc,
|
||||
bool req,
|
||||
T val,
|
||||
const std::string& typeDesc,
|
||||
CmdLineInterface& parser,
|
||||
Visitor* v)
|
||||
: Arg(flag, name, desc, req, true, v),
|
||||
_value( val ),
|
||||
_default( val ),
|
||||
_typeDesc( typeDesc ),
|
||||
_constraint( NULL )
|
||||
{
|
||||
parser.add( this );
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
template<class T>
|
||||
ValueArg<T>::ValueArg(const std::string& flag,
|
||||
const std::string& name,
|
||||
const std::string& desc,
|
||||
bool req,
|
||||
T val,
|
||||
Constraint<T>* constraint,
|
||||
Visitor* v)
|
||||
: Arg(flag, name, desc, req, true, v),
|
||||
_value( val ),
|
||||
_default( val ),
|
||||
_typeDesc( constraint->shortID() ),
|
||||
_constraint( constraint )
|
||||
{ }
|
||||
|
||||
template<class T>
|
||||
ValueArg<T>::ValueArg(const std::string& flag,
|
||||
const std::string& name,
|
||||
const std::string& desc,
|
||||
bool req,
|
||||
T val,
|
||||
Constraint<T>* constraint,
|
||||
CmdLineInterface& parser,
|
||||
Visitor* v)
|
||||
: Arg(flag, name, desc, req, true, v),
|
||||
_value( val ),
|
||||
_default( val ),
|
||||
_typeDesc( constraint->shortID() ),
|
||||
_constraint( constraint )
|
||||
{
|
||||
parser.add( this );
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Implementation of getValue().
|
||||
*/
|
||||
template<class T>
|
||||
T& ValueArg<T>::getValue() { return _value; }
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Implementation of processArg().
|
||||
*/
|
||||
template<class T>
|
||||
bool ValueArg<T>::processArg(int *i, std::vector<std::string>& args)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if ( _ignoreable && Arg::ignoreRest() )
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
|
||||
if ( _hasBlanks( args[*i] ) )
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
|
||||
std::string flag = args[*i];
|
||||
|
||||
std::string value = "";
|
||||
trimFlag( flag, value );
|
||||
|
||||
if ( argMatches( flag ) )
|
||||
{
|
||||
if ( _alreadySet )
|
||||
throw( CmdLineParseException("Argument already set!", toString()) );
|
||||
|
||||
if ( Arg::delimiter() != ' ' && value == "" )
|
||||
throw( ArgParseException(
|
||||
"Couldn't find delimiter for this argument!",
|
||||
toString() ) );
|
||||
|
||||
if ( value == "" )
|
||||
{
|
||||
(*i)++;
|
||||
if ( static_cast<unsigned int>(*i) < args.size() )
|
||||
_extractValue( args[*i] );
|
||||
else
|
||||
throw( ArgParseException("Missing a value for this argument!",
|
||||
toString() ) );
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
_extractValue( value );
|
||||
|
||||
_alreadySet = true;
|
||||
_checkWithVisitor();
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Implementation of shortID.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
template<class T>
|
||||
std::string ValueArg<T>::shortID(const std::string& val) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
static_cast<void>(val); // Ignore input, don't warn
|
||||
return Arg::shortID( _typeDesc );
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Implementation of longID.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
template<class T>
|
||||
std::string ValueArg<T>::longID(const std::string& val) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
static_cast<void>(val); // Ignore input, don't warn
|
||||
return Arg::longID( _typeDesc );
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
template<class T>
|
||||
void ValueArg<T>::_extractValue( const std::string& val )
|
||||
{
|
||||
try {
|
||||
ExtractValue(_value, val, typename ArgTraits<T>::ValueCategory());
|
||||
} catch( ArgParseException &e) {
|
||||
throw ArgParseException(e.error(), toString());
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if ( _constraint != NULL )
|
||||
if ( ! _constraint->check( _value ) )
|
||||
throw( CmdLineParseException( "Value '" + val +
|
||||
+ "' does not meet constraint: "
|
||||
+ _constraint->description(),
|
||||
toString() ) );
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
template<class T>
|
||||
void ValueArg<T>::reset()
|
||||
{
|
||||
Arg::reset();
|
||||
_value = _default;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
} // namespace TCLAP
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,147 @@
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/******************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* file: ValuesConstraint.h
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2005, Michael E. Smoot
|
||||
* All rights reverved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* See the file COPYING in the top directory of this distribution for
|
||||
* more information.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED _AS IS_, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS
|
||||
* OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
|
||||
* FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
|
||||
* THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
|
||||
* LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
|
||||
* FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER
|
||||
* DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*****************************************************************************/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef TCLAP_VALUESCONSTRAINT_H
|
||||
#define TCLAP_VALUESCONSTRAINT_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include <string>
|
||||
#include <vector>
|
||||
#include <tclap/Constraint.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
|
||||
#include <config.h>
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#define HAVE_SSTREAM
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(HAVE_SSTREAM)
|
||||
#include <sstream>
|
||||
#elif defined(HAVE_STRSTREAM)
|
||||
#include <strstream>
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#error "Need a stringstream (sstream or strstream) to compile!"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
namespace TCLAP {
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* A Constraint that constrains the Arg to only those values specified
|
||||
* in the constraint.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
template<class T>
|
||||
class ValuesConstraint : public Constraint<T>
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
||||
public:
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Constructor.
|
||||
* \param allowed - vector of allowed values.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
ValuesConstraint(std::vector<T>& allowed);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Virtual destructor.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
virtual ~ValuesConstraint() {}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Returns a description of the Constraint.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
virtual std::string description() const;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Returns the short ID for the Constraint.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
virtual std::string shortID() const;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* The method used to verify that the value parsed from the command
|
||||
* line meets the constraint.
|
||||
* \param value - The value that will be checked.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
virtual bool check(const T& value) const;
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* The list of valid values.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
std::vector<T> _allowed;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* The string used to describe the allowed values of this constraint.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
std::string _typeDesc;
|
||||
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
template<class T>
|
||||
ValuesConstraint<T>::ValuesConstraint(std::vector<T>& allowed)
|
||||
: _allowed(allowed)
|
||||
{
|
||||
for ( unsigned int i = 0; i < _allowed.size(); i++ )
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(HAVE_SSTREAM)
|
||||
std::ostringstream os;
|
||||
#elif defined(HAVE_STRSTREAM)
|
||||
std::ostrstream os;
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#error "Need a stringstream (sstream or strstream) to compile!"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
os << _allowed[i];
|
||||
|
||||
std::string temp( os.str() );
|
||||
|
||||
if ( i > 0 )
|
||||
_typeDesc += "|";
|
||||
_typeDesc += temp;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
template<class T>
|
||||
bool ValuesConstraint<T>::check( const T& val ) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
if ( std::find(_allowed.begin(),_allowed.end(),val) == _allowed.end() )
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
else
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
template<class T>
|
||||
std::string ValuesConstraint<T>::shortID() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return _typeDesc;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
template<class T>
|
||||
std::string ValuesConstraint<T>::description() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return _typeDesc;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
} //namespace TCLAP
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,74 @@
|
||||
// -*- Mode: c++; c-basic-offset: 4; tab-width: 4; -*-
|
||||
|
||||
/******************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* file: VersionVisitor.h
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2003, Michael E. Smoot .
|
||||
* All rights reverved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* See the file COPYING in the top directory of this distribution for
|
||||
* more information.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED _AS IS_, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS
|
||||
* OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
|
||||
* FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
|
||||
* THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
|
||||
* LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
|
||||
* FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER
|
||||
* DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*****************************************************************************/
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef TCLAP_VERSION_VISITOR_H
|
||||
#define TCLAP_VERSION_VISITOR_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include <tclap/CmdLineInterface.h>
|
||||
#include <tclap/CmdLineOutput.h>
|
||||
#include <tclap/Visitor.h>
|
||||
|
||||
namespace TCLAP {
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* A Vistor that will call the version method of the given CmdLineOutput
|
||||
* for the specified CmdLine object and then exit.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
class VersionVisitor: public Visitor
|
||||
{
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* The CmdLine of interest.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
CmdLineInterface* _cmd;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* The output object.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
CmdLineOutput** _out;
|
||||
|
||||
public:
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Constructor.
|
||||
* \param cmd - The CmdLine the output is generated for.
|
||||
* \param out - The type of output.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
VersionVisitor( CmdLineInterface* cmd, CmdLineOutput** out )
|
||||
: Visitor(), _cmd( cmd ), _out( out ) { }
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Calls the version method of the output object using the
|
||||
* specified CmdLine.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void visit() {
|
||||
(*_out)->version(*_cmd);
|
||||
throw ExitException(0);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,53 @@
|
||||
|
||||
/******************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* file: Visitor.h
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2003, Michael E. Smoot .
|
||||
* All rights reverved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* See the file COPYING in the top directory of this distribution for
|
||||
* more information.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED _AS IS_, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS
|
||||
* OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
|
||||
* FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
|
||||
* THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
|
||||
* LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
|
||||
* FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER
|
||||
* DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*****************************************************************************/
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef TCLAP_VISITOR_H
|
||||
#define TCLAP_VISITOR_H
|
||||
|
||||
namespace TCLAP {
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* A base class that defines the interface for visitors.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
class Visitor
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Constructor. Does nothing.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
Visitor() { }
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Destructor. Does nothing.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
virtual ~Visitor() { }
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Does nothing. Should be overridden by child.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
virtual void visit() { }
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,156 @@
|
||||
|
||||
/******************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* file: XorHandler.h
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2003, Michael E. Smoot .
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2004, Michael E. Smoot, Daniel Aarno.
|
||||
* All rights reverved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* See the file COPYING in the top directory of this distribution for
|
||||
* more information.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED _AS IS_, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS
|
||||
* OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
|
||||
* FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
|
||||
* THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
|
||||
* LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
|
||||
* FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER
|
||||
* DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*****************************************************************************/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef TCLAP_XORHANDLER_H
|
||||
#define TCLAP_XORHANDLER_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include <tclap/Arg.h>
|
||||
#include <string>
|
||||
#include <vector>
|
||||
#include <algorithm>
|
||||
#include <iostream>
|
||||
|
||||
namespace TCLAP {
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* This class handles lists of Arg's that are to be XOR'd on the command
|
||||
* line. This is used by CmdLine and you shouldn't ever use it.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
class XorHandler
|
||||
{
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* The list of of lists of Arg's to be or'd together.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
std::vector< std::vector<Arg*> > _orList;
|
||||
|
||||
public:
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Constructor. Does nothing.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
XorHandler( ) {}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Add a list of Arg*'s that will be orred together.
|
||||
* \param ors - list of Arg* that will be xor'd.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void add( std::vector<Arg*>& ors );
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Checks whether the specified Arg is in one of the xor lists and
|
||||
* if it does match one, returns the size of the xor list that the
|
||||
* Arg matched. If the Arg matches, then it also sets the rest of
|
||||
* the Arg's in the list. You shouldn't use this.
|
||||
* \param a - The Arg to be checked.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int check( const Arg* a );
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Returns the XOR specific short usage.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
std::string shortUsage();
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Prints the XOR specific long usage.
|
||||
* \param os - Stream to print to.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void printLongUsage(std::ostream& os);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Simply checks whether the Arg is contained in one of the arg
|
||||
* lists.
|
||||
* \param a - The Arg to be checked.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
bool contains( const Arg* a );
|
||||
|
||||
std::vector< std::vector<Arg*> >& getXorList();
|
||||
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
//BEGIN XOR.cpp
|
||||
//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
inline void XorHandler::add( std::vector<Arg*>& ors )
|
||||
{
|
||||
_orList.push_back( ors );
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline int XorHandler::check( const Arg* a )
|
||||
{
|
||||
// iterate over each XOR list
|
||||
for ( int i = 0; static_cast<unsigned int>(i) < _orList.size(); i++ )
|
||||
{
|
||||
// if the XOR list contains the arg..
|
||||
ArgVectorIterator ait = std::find( _orList[i].begin(),
|
||||
_orList[i].end(), a );
|
||||
if ( ait != _orList[i].end() )
|
||||
{
|
||||
// go through and set each arg that is not a
|
||||
for ( ArgVectorIterator it = _orList[i].begin();
|
||||
it != _orList[i].end();
|
||||
it++ )
|
||||
if ( a != (*it) )
|
||||
(*it)->xorSet();
|
||||
|
||||
// return the number of required args that have now been set
|
||||
if ( (*ait)->allowMore() )
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
else
|
||||
return static_cast<int>(_orList[i].size());
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if ( a->isRequired() )
|
||||
return 1;
|
||||
else
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline bool XorHandler::contains( const Arg* a )
|
||||
{
|
||||
for ( int i = 0; static_cast<unsigned int>(i) < _orList.size(); i++ )
|
||||
for ( ArgVectorIterator it = _orList[i].begin();
|
||||
it != _orList[i].end();
|
||||
it++ )
|
||||
if ( a == (*it) )
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline std::vector< std::vector<Arg*> >& XorHandler::getXorList()
|
||||
{
|
||||
return _orList;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
//END XOR.cpp
|
||||
//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
} //namespace TCLAP
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,321 @@
|
||||
// -*- Mode: c++; c-basic-offset: 4; tab-width: 4; -*-
|
||||
|
||||
/******************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* file: ZshCompletionOutput.h
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2006, Oliver Kiddle
|
||||
* All rights reverved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* See the file COPYING in the top directory of this distribution for
|
||||
* more information.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED _AS IS_, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS
|
||||
* OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
|
||||
* FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
|
||||
* THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
|
||||
* LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
|
||||
* FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER
|
||||
* DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*****************************************************************************/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef TCLAP_ZSHCOMPLETIONOUTPUT_H
|
||||
#define TCLAP_ZSHCOMPLETIONOUTPUT_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include <string>
|
||||
#include <vector>
|
||||
#include <list>
|
||||
#include <iostream>
|
||||
#include <map>
|
||||
|
||||
#include <tclap/CmdLineInterface.h>
|
||||
#include <tclap/CmdLineOutput.h>
|
||||
#include <tclap/XorHandler.h>
|
||||
#include <tclap/Arg.h>
|
||||
|
||||
namespace TCLAP {
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* A class that generates a Zsh completion function as output from the usage()
|
||||
* method for the given CmdLine and its Args.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
class ZshCompletionOutput : public CmdLineOutput
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
||||
public:
|
||||
|
||||
ZshCompletionOutput();
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Prints the usage to stdout. Can be overridden to
|
||||
* produce alternative behavior.
|
||||
* \param c - The CmdLine object the output is generated for.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
virtual void usage(CmdLineInterface& c);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Prints the version to stdout. Can be overridden
|
||||
* to produce alternative behavior.
|
||||
* \param c - The CmdLine object the output is generated for.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
virtual void version(CmdLineInterface& c);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Prints (to stderr) an error message, short usage
|
||||
* Can be overridden to produce alternative behavior.
|
||||
* \param c - The CmdLine object the output is generated for.
|
||||
* \param e - The ArgException that caused the failure.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
virtual void failure(CmdLineInterface& c,
|
||||
ArgException& e );
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
|
||||
void basename( std::string& s );
|
||||
void quoteSpecialChars( std::string& s );
|
||||
|
||||
std::string getMutexList( CmdLineInterface& _cmd, Arg* a );
|
||||
void printOption( Arg* it, std::string mutex );
|
||||
void printArg( Arg* it );
|
||||
|
||||
std::map<std::string, std::string> common;
|
||||
char theDelimiter;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
ZshCompletionOutput::ZshCompletionOutput()
|
||||
{
|
||||
common["host"] = "_hosts";
|
||||
common["hostname"] = "_hosts";
|
||||
common["file"] = "_files";
|
||||
common["filename"] = "_files";
|
||||
common["user"] = "_users";
|
||||
common["username"] = "_users";
|
||||
common["directory"] = "_directories";
|
||||
common["path"] = "_directories";
|
||||
common["url"] = "_urls";
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline void ZshCompletionOutput::version(CmdLineInterface& _cmd)
|
||||
{
|
||||
std::cout << _cmd.getVersion() << std::endl;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline void ZshCompletionOutput::usage(CmdLineInterface& _cmd )
|
||||
{
|
||||
std::list<Arg*> argList = _cmd.getArgList();
|
||||
std::string progName = _cmd.getProgramName();
|
||||
std::string version = _cmd.getVersion();
|
||||
theDelimiter = _cmd.getDelimiter();
|
||||
basename(progName);
|
||||
|
||||
std::cout << "#compdef " << progName << std::endl << std::endl <<
|
||||
"# " << progName << " version " << _cmd.getVersion() << std::endl << std::endl <<
|
||||
"_arguments -s -S";
|
||||
|
||||
for (ArgListIterator it = argList.begin(); it != argList.end(); it++)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if ( (*it)->shortID().at(0) == '<' )
|
||||
printArg((*it));
|
||||
else if ( (*it)->getFlag() != "-" )
|
||||
printOption((*it), getMutexList(_cmd, *it));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
std::cout << std::endl;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline void ZshCompletionOutput::failure( CmdLineInterface& _cmd,
|
||||
ArgException& e )
|
||||
{
|
||||
static_cast<void>(_cmd); // unused
|
||||
std::cout << e.what() << std::endl;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline void ZshCompletionOutput::quoteSpecialChars( std::string& s )
|
||||
{
|
||||
size_t idx = s.find_last_of(':');
|
||||
while ( idx != std::string::npos )
|
||||
{
|
||||
s.insert(idx, 1, '\\');
|
||||
idx = s.find_last_of(':', idx);
|
||||
}
|
||||
idx = s.find_last_of('\'');
|
||||
while ( idx != std::string::npos )
|
||||
{
|
||||
s.insert(idx, "'\\'");
|
||||
if (idx == 0)
|
||||
idx = std::string::npos;
|
||||
else
|
||||
idx = s.find_last_of('\'', --idx);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline void ZshCompletionOutput::basename( std::string& s )
|
||||
{
|
||||
size_t p = s.find_last_of('/');
|
||||
if ( p != std::string::npos )
|
||||
{
|
||||
s.erase(0, p + 1);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline void ZshCompletionOutput::printArg(Arg* a)
|
||||
{
|
||||
static int count = 1;
|
||||
|
||||
std::cout << " \\" << std::endl << " '";
|
||||
if ( a->acceptsMultipleValues() )
|
||||
std::cout << '*';
|
||||
else
|
||||
std::cout << count++;
|
||||
std::cout << ':';
|
||||
if ( !a->isRequired() )
|
||||
std::cout << ':';
|
||||
|
||||
std::cout << a->getName() << ':';
|
||||
std::map<std::string, std::string>::iterator compArg = common.find(a->getName());
|
||||
if ( compArg != common.end() )
|
||||
{
|
||||
std::cout << compArg->second;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
std::cout << "_guard \"^-*\" " << a->getName();
|
||||
}
|
||||
std::cout << '\'';
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline void ZshCompletionOutput::printOption(Arg* a, std::string mutex)
|
||||
{
|
||||
std::string flag = a->flagStartChar() + a->getFlag();
|
||||
std::string name = a->nameStartString() + a->getName();
|
||||
std::string desc = a->getDescription();
|
||||
|
||||
// remove full stop and capitalisation from description as
|
||||
// this is the convention for zsh function
|
||||
if (!desc.compare(0, 12, "(required) "))
|
||||
{
|
||||
desc.erase(0, 12);
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (!desc.compare(0, 15, "(OR required) "))
|
||||
{
|
||||
desc.erase(0, 15);
|
||||
}
|
||||
size_t len = desc.length();
|
||||
if (len && desc.at(--len) == '.')
|
||||
{
|
||||
desc.erase(len);
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (len)
|
||||
{
|
||||
desc.replace(0, 1, 1, tolower(desc.at(0)));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
std::cout << " \\" << std::endl << " '" << mutex;
|
||||
|
||||
if ( a->getFlag().empty() )
|
||||
{
|
||||
std::cout << name;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
std::cout << "'{" << flag << ',' << name << "}'";
|
||||
}
|
||||
if ( theDelimiter == '=' && a->isValueRequired() )
|
||||
std::cout << "=-";
|
||||
quoteSpecialChars(desc);
|
||||
std::cout << '[' << desc << ']';
|
||||
|
||||
if ( a->isValueRequired() )
|
||||
{
|
||||
std::string arg = a->shortID();
|
||||
arg.erase(0, arg.find_last_of(theDelimiter) + 1);
|
||||
if ( arg.at(arg.length()-1) == ']' )
|
||||
arg.erase(arg.length()-1);
|
||||
if ( arg.at(arg.length()-1) == ']' )
|
||||
{
|
||||
arg.erase(arg.length()-1);
|
||||
}
|
||||
if ( arg.at(0) == '<' )
|
||||
{
|
||||
arg.erase(arg.length()-1);
|
||||
arg.erase(0, 1);
|
||||
}
|
||||
size_t p = arg.find('|');
|
||||
if ( p != std::string::npos )
|
||||
{
|
||||
do
|
||||
{
|
||||
arg.replace(p, 1, 1, ' ');
|
||||
}
|
||||
while ( (p = arg.find_first_of('|', p)) != std::string::npos );
|
||||
quoteSpecialChars(arg);
|
||||
std::cout << ": :(" << arg << ')';
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
std::cout << ':' << arg;
|
||||
std::map<std::string, std::string>::iterator compArg = common.find(arg);
|
||||
if ( compArg != common.end() )
|
||||
{
|
||||
std::cout << ':' << compArg->second;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
std::cout << '\'';
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline std::string ZshCompletionOutput::getMutexList( CmdLineInterface& _cmd, Arg* a)
|
||||
{
|
||||
XorHandler xorHandler = _cmd.getXorHandler();
|
||||
std::vector< std::vector<Arg*> > xorList = xorHandler.getXorList();
|
||||
|
||||
if (a->getName() == "help" || a->getName() == "version")
|
||||
{
|
||||
return "(-)";
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
std::ostringstream list;
|
||||
if ( a->acceptsMultipleValues() )
|
||||
{
|
||||
list << '*';
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
for ( int i = 0; static_cast<unsigned int>(i) < xorList.size(); i++ )
|
||||
{
|
||||
for ( ArgVectorIterator it = xorList[i].begin();
|
||||
it != xorList[i].end();
|
||||
it++)
|
||||
if ( a == (*it) )
|
||||
{
|
||||
list << '(';
|
||||
for ( ArgVectorIterator iu = xorList[i].begin();
|
||||
iu != xorList[i].end();
|
||||
iu++ )
|
||||
{
|
||||
bool notCur = (*iu) != a;
|
||||
bool hasFlag = !(*iu)->getFlag().empty();
|
||||
if ( iu != xorList[i].begin() && (notCur || hasFlag) )
|
||||
list << ' ';
|
||||
if (hasFlag)
|
||||
list << (*iu)->flagStartChar() << (*iu)->getFlag() << ' ';
|
||||
if ( notCur || hasFlag )
|
||||
list << (*iu)->nameStartString() << (*iu)->getName();
|
||||
}
|
||||
list << ')';
|
||||
return list.str();
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// wasn't found in xor list
|
||||
if (!a->getFlag().empty()) {
|
||||
list << "(" << a->flagStartChar() << a->getFlag() << ' ' <<
|
||||
a->nameStartString() << a->getName() << ')';
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return list.str();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
} //namespace TCLAP
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
Loading…
Reference in new issue